 |
 |
| HABILETÉ
- HABITUDE - HAC
- HALL - HAP - HARCÈLEMENT
- HARLOW - HE - HEBB
- HI - HILGARD -
HO - HOM - HU -
HULL - HY |
 Habenula : Noyau situé
dans l'épiphyse. Habenular
complex.
| |
|
WANG, R.Y. & AGHAJANIAN, G.K. (1977). Physiological
evidence for habenula as major link between forebrain and
midbrain raphe. Science, 197, 89-91. |
SHEPARD, P.D., HOLCOMB, H.H. & GOLD, J.M. (2006).
Schizophrenia in translation : the presence of absence :
habenular regulation of dopamine neurons and the encoding
of negative outcomes. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 32, 417-421. |
|
WIRTSHAFTER, D., ASIN, K.E. & PITZER, M.R. (1994).
Dopamine agonists and stress produce different patterns of
Fos-like immunoreactivity in the lateral habenula.
Brain Research, 633 (1-2), 21-26. |
MATSUMOTO M. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2007). Lateral habenula
as a source of negative reward signals in dopamine
neurons. Nature, 447, 1111-1115. |
|
ELLISON, G. (1994). Stimulant-induced psychosis, the
dopamine theory of schizophrenia, and the habenula. Brain
Research Reviews, 19 (2), 223-239. |
YANG, L.M., HU, B., XIA, Y.H., ZHANG, B.L. & ZHAO, H.
(2008). Lateral habenula lesions improve the behavioral
response in depressed rats via increasing the serotonin
level in dorsal raphe nucleus. Behavioural Brain
Research, 188 (1), 84-90. |
|
FERRARO, G., MONTALBANO, M.E., SARDO, P. & LA GRUTTA,
V. (1996). Lateral habenular influence on dorsal raphe
neurons. Brain Research Bulletin, 41, 47-52. |
HONG, S. & HIKOSAKA, O. (2008). The globus pallidus
sends reward-related signals to the lateral habenula.
Neuron, 60, 720-729. [PDF] |
|
AMAT, J., SPARKS, P.D., MATUS-AMAT, P., GRIGGS, J.,
WATKINS, L.R. & MAIER, S.F. (2001). The role of the
habenular complex in the elevation of dorsal raphe nucleus
serotonin and the changes in the behavioral responses
produced by uncontrollable stress. Brain Research,
917, 118-126. [PDF] |
HIKOSAKA, O., SESACK, S.R., LECOURTIER, L. & SHEPARD,
P.D. (2008). Habenula : crossroad between the basal
ganglia and the limbic system. Journal of
Neuroscience, 28, 11825-11829. [PDF] |
| |
Voir aussi Noyaux
du raphé dorsal |
|
CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human
neuroanatomy. Londres : Williams & Wilkins. |
 |
|
|
|
Haber Suzanne N. ( ) : Neurobiologiste
américaine et collaboratrice de Knutson.
Elle s'intéresse notamment aux circuits
neuraux. Collaboratrice de Knutson.
 |
HABER, S.N., LYND, E., KLEIN, C. & GRONEWEGEN, H.J.
(1990). Topographic organization of the ventral striatal
efferent projections in the rhesus monkey : an anterograde
tracing study. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 293
(2), 282-298. |
|
HABER, S.N., KUNISHIO, K., MIZOBUCHI, M. & LYND-BALTA,
E. (1995). The orbital and medial prefrontal circuit
through the primate basal ganglia. Journal of
Neuroscience, 15 (7), 4851-4867. |
|
HABER, S.N. & McFARLAND, N.R. (1999). The concept of
the ventral striatum in non-human primates. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 877, 33-48. |
|
HABER, S.N. & KNUTSON, B. (2010). The reward circuit :
Linking primate anatomy and human imaging. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35, 4-26. [PDF] |
|
HABER, S.N. (2016). Corticostriatal circuitry. Dialogues
in Clinical Neuroscience, 18 (1), 7-21. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Haberman Shelby J. ( ) :
Statisticienne américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la mesure,
notamment en éducation.
Elle s'intéresse aussi à la théorie
de la réponse. Étudiante de Goodman.
Collaboratrice de Holland
et Sinharay.
|
HABERMAN, S.J., HOLLAND, P.W. & SINHARAY, S. (2007).
Limits on log odds ratios for unidimen- sional item
response theory models. Psychometrika, 72,
551-561. |
|
HABERMAN, S.J. (2007). The interaction model. In M. von
Davier & C.H. Carstensen (Eds.), Multivariate and
mixture distribution Rasch models : Extensions and
applications (pp. 201-216). New York : Springer. |
|
HABERMAN, S.J. & SINHARAY, S. (2010). Reporting of
subscores using multidimensional item response theory. Psychometrika, 75, 209-227. |
|
HABERMAN, S.J., SINHARAY, S. & CHON, K.H. (2013).
Assessing item t for unidimensional item response theory
models using residuals from estimated item response
functions. Psychometrika, 78, 417-440. |
|
HABERMAN, S.J. & SINHARAY, S. (2013). Generalized
residuals for general models for contingency tables with
application to item response theory. Journal of the
American Statistical Association, 108, 1435-1444. |
|
|
|
Habermas Jürgen (Düsserldorf 1929-) : Sociologue
et philosophe phénoménologiste
allemand, spécialiste de l'herméneutique.
 |
HABERMAS, J. (1972). Knowledge and human interests.
Boston, MA : Beacon. |
|
HABERMAS, J. (1990). Écrits politiques. Paris :
Les Éditions du Cerf. |
|
HABERMAS, J. (1992). De l'éthique de la discussion. Paris
: Les Éditions du Cerf. |
|
HABERMAS, J. (1992). The new conservatism, cultural
criticism and the historians debate. Cambridge :
MIT Press. |
|
HABERMAS, J. (1994). Textes et contextes : essais de
reconnaissance théorique. Paris : Les Éditions du
Cerf. |
|
|
|
PETTIT, P. (1982). Habermas on truth and justice. In G.H.R. Parkinson (Ed.), Marx and marxisms (pp. 207-228).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
RAWLS, J. (1995). Political Liberalism : Reply
to Habermas. Journal of Philosophy, 92 (3),
132–180. |
|
|
|
|
|
Habib Michel ( ) : Neurologue
français et spécialiste de l'étude de la dyslexie.
Collaborateur de Galaburda.
|
HABIB, M. et SERRATRICE, G. (1993). L'écriture et le
cerveau. Mécanismes neuro-physiologiques. Paris :
Masson. |
|
HABIB, M. (1998). Apathie, aboulie, athymhormie : vers une
neurologie de la motivation humaine. Revue de
Neuropsychologie, 8 (4), 537-586. |
|
HABIB, M. (2000). The neurological basis of developmental
dyslexia : an overview and working hypothesis. Brain,
123, 2373-2399. |
|
HABIB, M. (2006). Neurologie de l’action et de la
motivation : de l’athymhormie à l’hyperactivité. L’Encéphale,
32, 10-24. [PDF] |
|
HABIB, M. & BESSON, M. (2009). What do music training
and musical experience teach us about brain plasticity ?
Journal of the University of California Press, 26,
279-285. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Habib Reza ( ) : Neuropsychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la mémoire.
Étudiant de Tulving.
Collaborateur de Dixon, Gallup,
Lepage, Nyberg
et Wheeler.
 |
NYBERG, L., HABIB, R. & HERLITZ, A. (2000). Brain
activation during episodic retrieval : Sex differences. Acta Psychologica, 105, 181-194. |
|
HABIB, R., NYBERG, L. & TULVING, E. (2003).
Hemispheric asymmetries of memory : The HERA model
revisited. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 7 (6),
241-245. [PDF] |
|
HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E. (2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based
novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia, 41, 271-279. [PDF] |
|
HABIB, R. & NYBERG, L. (2008). Neural correlates of
availability and accessibility in memory. Cerebral
Cortex, 18 (7), 1720-1726. |
|
HABIB, R. & DIXON, M.R. (2009). Neurobehavioral
evidence for the "near-miss" effect in pathological
gamblers. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 93 (3), 313-328.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Habileté : Le concept
désigne tantôt la capacité d'acquérir un ensemble de comportements
ou de cognitions bien
adaptés à un contexte ou à une situation particulière - et que
l'on qualifie souvent "d'efficace" - tantôt cet ensemble
particulier de cognitions ou de comportements. Dans ce dernier
cas, les habiletés sont des chaînes parfois complexes de comportement sociaux, verbaux et moteurs acquises
progressivement. EX : Résoudre un problème
mathématique, construire une maison, conduire une voiture,
développer un site internet, lire "Guerre et Paix". Dans tous les
cas, le concept renvoie à l'idée de maîtrise de cette capacité ou
de cet ensemble de comportements/cognitions. Contrairement au
comportement - que l'on émet ou pas - l'habileté se décline en
plusieurs degrés d'où l'expression niveau d'habileté.
Cette plus ou moins grande maîtrise se définit par rapport à son
adéquation avec un contexte donné. EX :
Habileté plus ou moins grande à lire un article scientifique
(littératie scientifique).
=
compotement adéquat, comportement effficace, conduite adaptée, bon
comportement, bonne réponse.
( ): Voir tableau ci-dessous.
Skill.
| |
|
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1933). The acquisition of skill in
infancy. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 43 (1), 3-48. |
IWATA, B.A., WALLACE, M.D., KAHNG, S., LINDBERG, J.S.,
ROSCOE, E.M., CONNERS, J., HANLEY, G.P., THOMPSON, R.H.
& WORSDELL, A.S. (2000). Skill acquisition in the
implementation of functional analysis methodology.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 33 (2),
181-194. [PDF] |
|
TUCKMAN, J. & LORGE, I. (1962). Individual ability as
a determinant of group superiority. Human Relations,
15, 45-51. |
|
|
HOPS, H. & COBB, J.A. (1974). Initial investigations
into academic survival skils training, direct instruction,
and first-grade achievement. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 66, 548-553. |
SUN, R., MERRILL, E. & ETERSON, T. (2001). From
implicit skill to explicit knowledge : a bottom-up model
of skill learning. Cognitive Science, 25,
203-244. [PDF] |
|
HALL, J.A., ROSENTHAL, R., ARCHER, D., DIMMATTEO, M.R.
& ROGERS, P.L. (1977). Nonverbal skills in the
classroom. Theory into Practice, 16, 162-166. |
|
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S. (1979). The concept of skill in nonverbal
communication : Implications for understanding social
interaction. In R. Rosenthal (Ed.), Skill in nonverbal
communication. Cambridge, MA : OGH. |
|
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies of skills. Psychological
Review, 87, 477-531. |
ABERNETHY, B. (2001). Acquisition of skill. In F.S. Pyke
(Ed.), Better coaching : Advanced coch's manual (pp.
161-170). Lower Mitcham, SA : Human Kinetics. |
|
NEWELL, A. & ROSENBLOOM, P.S. (1981). Mechanisms of
skill acquisition and the law of practice. In J.R.
Anderson (Ed.), Cognitive skills and their
acquisition (pp. 1-55). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
DWECK, C.S. (2003). Ability conceptions, motivation and
development. Development & Motivation, 2,
13-27. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M. (1981). Skill learning. In D.H. Holding
(Ed.), Human skills (pp. 203-226). New York :
Wiley. |
|
|
MACKAY, D.G. (1982). The problem of flexibility and
fluency in skilled behavior. Psychological Review,
89, 483-506. |
NADOLSKI, R.J., KIRSCHNER, P.A. et VAN MERRIENBOER, J.J.G.
(2005). Optimizing the number of steps in learning tasks
for complex skills. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 75 (2), 223-237. |
|
ERICSSON, K.A. (1985). Memory skill. Canadian Journal
of Psychology, 39 (2), 188-231. |
SUN, R., SLUSARZ, P. & TERRY, C. (2005). The
interaction of the explicit and the implicit in skill
learning : A dual-process approach. Psychological
Review, 112 (1), 159-192. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, W. (1985). Training high performance skills :
Fallacies and guidelines. Human Factors, 27,
285-300. |
|
|
FISCHER, K.W. & FARRAR, M.J. (1987). Generalizations
about generalization : How a theory of skill development
explains both generality and specificity.
International Journal of Psychology, 22, 643-677. |
HERRMANN, E., CALL, J., HERNÀNDEZ-LLOREDA, M.V., HARE, B.
& TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Humans have evolved
specialized skills of social cognition : The cultural
intelligence hypothesis. Science, 317,
1360-1366. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1987). Individual differences in skill
learning : An integration of psychometric and information
processing perspectives. Psychological Bulletin, 102,
3-27. |
BLICKLE, G., MEURS, J.A., ZETTLER, I., SOLGA, J., NOETHE,
N.D., KRAMER, J. & FERRI, G.R. (2008). Personality,
political skill, and job performance. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 72 (3), 377-387. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M. (1987). Skill learning and human factors : A
brief overview. In L.S. Mark, J.S. Warm & R.L. Huston
(Eds.), Egonomics and human factor. New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
KARSTEN, A.M. & CARR, J.E. (2009). The effects of
differential reinforcement of unprompted responding on the
skill acquisition of children with autism.Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (2), 327-334. [PDF] |
 |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1988). Determinants of individual
differences during skill acquisition : Cognitive abilities
and information processing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General 117, 288-318. |
|
|
RIGGIO, R.E. & SOTOODEH, Y. (1989). Social skills and
birth order. Psychological Reports, 64, 211-217. |
ERDLEY, C.A., RIVERA, M.S., SHEPHERD, E.J. & HOLLEB,
L.J. (2010). Social-cognitive models and skills. In D.W.
Nangle et al. (Eds.), Practitioner's guide to
empirically based measures of social skills.
Springer Science+Business Media. [PDF] |
|
KANFER, R. & ACKERMAN, P.L. (1989). Motivation and
cognitive abilities : An integrative/aptitude-treatment
interaction approach to skill acquiition. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 74, 657-690. |
HAQ, S., KODAK, T., KURTZ-NELSON, E., PORRITT, M., RUSH,
K. & CARIVEAU, T. (2015). Comparing the effects of
massed and distributed practice on skill acquisition for
children with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 48 (2), 454-459. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E. TUCKER, J.S. & COFFARO, D. (1989). Social
skills and empathy. Personality & Individual
Differences, 10, 93-99. |
PADEN, A. & KODAK, T. (2015). The effect of
reinforcement magnitude on skill acquisition with children
with autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 48
(4), 924-929. |
|
NEWELL, K.M., McDONALD, P.V. & KUGLER, P.N. (1991).
The perceptual- motor workspace and the acquisition of
skill. In J. Requin & G.E. Stelmach (Eds.), Tutorials
in motor neuroscience (pp. 95-108). Dordrecht The
Netherlands : Kluwer. |
CARROLL, R.A., KODAK, T. & ADOLPH, K.J. (2015). Effect
of delayed reinforcement on skill acquisition during
discrete-trial instruction : Implications for
treatmen-integrity errors in academic settings. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 49 (1), 176-181. |
|
KRUGER J. & DUNNING, D. (1999). Unskilled and unaware
of it. How difficulties in recognizing one's own
incompetence lead to inflated self-assessment. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 77 (6),
1121-1134. [PDF] |
FIDLER, D.J., SCHWORER, E., PRINCE, M., WILL, E., PATEL,
L., NEEDHAM, A. & DAUNHAUER, L. (2019). Early
exploratory profiles and developmental skill acquisition
in infants with Down syndrome. Infant Behavior &
Development, 56, 41-65. |
|
MULICK, J.A. (1999). Making a difference :
“Differential rates of skill acquisition and outcome of
early intervention in autism”. Behavioral
Interventions, 14 (1), 29-34. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Expertise
et Compétence |
|
|
Habileté(s) (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer les habiletés.
Assessment of skill.
| |
|
|
BELLACK, A.S. (1979). Behavioral assessment of social
skills. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Dirs.), Research
and practice in social skills training (pp.
75-104). New York : Plenum Press. |
|
|
WRIGHT, M.J. (1980). Measuring the social competence of
preschool children. Canadian Journal of Behavioral
Science, 12, 16-32. |
KORALEWSKI, M.A. & CONGER, J.C. (1992). The assessment
of social skills among sexually coercive college males.
The Journal of Sex Research, 29 (2), 169-188. |
|
CONGER, J.C. & CONGER, A.J. (1986). Assessment of
social skills. Dans A.R. Ciminero, K.S. Calhoun & H.E.
Adams (Eds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment
(pp. 526-560). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
BRAZA, F., BRAZA, P., MUNÖZ, J.M. & CARRERAS, M.R.
(1997). The index of amplitude of behavior as a measuring
instrument of social ability in preschool children. Psicothema,
9 (2), 305-310. [PDF] |
|
RIGGIO, R.E. (1986). Assessment of basic social skills. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 51,
649-660. |
MULICK, J.A. (1999). Making a difference :
“Differential rates of skill acquisition and outcome of
early intervention in autism”. Behavioral
Interventions, 14 (1), 29-34. |
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1987). Social skills
deficits of learning disabled students : Issues of
definition, classification, and assessment. Journal
of Reading, Writing, & Learning Disabilities
International, 21, 167-181. |
BELLACK, A., BROWN, C. & THOMAS-LOHRMAN, S. (2006).
Psychometric characteristics of role-play assessments of
social skill in schizophrenia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 339-352. |
|
ELLIOTT, S.N., GRESHAM, F.M., FREEMAN, T. &
McCLOSKEY, G. (1988). Teacher and observer ratings of
children's social skills : Validation of the Social Skill
a Rating Scales. Journal of Psychoeducational
Assessment, 6, 152-161. |
WILLIAMS, A.M. & ABERNETHY, B. (2012). Anticipation
and decision-making : skills, methods and measures. In G.
Tenenbaum, R.C. Eklund & A. Kamata (Ed.),
Measurement in sport and exercise psychology (pp.
191-202). Champaign, Ill., U.S.A. : Human Kinetics. |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté |
|
|
Habileté au combat : Lors d'un combat,
séquence de comportements
agonistiques qui permettent à un organisme
de vaincre son adversaire,
généralement un congénère.
Fighting ability, fighting behaviour.
| |
|
|
PARKER, G.A. (1974). Assessment strategy and the evolution
of fighting behaviour. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
47, 223-243. |
|
BOND, A.B. (1989). Toward a resolution of the paradox of
aggressive displays : I. Optimal deceit in the
communication of fighting ability. Ethology, 81,
29-46. [PDF] |
|
MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1995). Towards
a theory of dominance hierarchies : effects of assessment,
group size and variation in fighting ability. Behavioral
Ecology, 6, 416-423. |
|
HOFMANN, H.A. & SCHILDBERGER, K. (2001). Assessment of
strength and willingness to fight during aggressive
encounters in crickets. Animal Behaviour, 62,
337-348. [PDF] |
|
ARNOTT, G. & ELWOOD, R.W. (2009). Assessment of
fighting ability in animal contests. Animal
Behaviour, 77, 991-1004. |
|
|
Voir Combat, Comportement agonistique et Habileté |
|
|
Habileté
cognitive : Habiletés à
résoudre des problèmes abstraits, à prendre des décisions.
Les habiletés cognitives sont une composante de
l'intelligence. Plusieurs auteurs distinguent également les
fonctions cognitives
(qui sont des propriétés innées du traitement de l'information ( EX
: attention), des habiletés cognitives acquises par
apprentissage ( EX : savoir multiplier
ou diviser).
Habileté cognitive, raisonnement
et argument.
= Habileté mentale,
habileté logique, activité intellectuelle.
Cognitive skill, cognitive ability, mental skill, mental hability, reasoning skill, intellectual ability, deductive reasoning skill.
| |
|
|
SPEARMAN, C. (1927). The abilities of man. London
: Macmillan. |
HALPERN, D.F. (2000). Sex differences in cognitive
abilities.Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum
Associates. |
|
BURT, C.L. (1958). The inheritance of mental ability. American
Psychologist, 13, 1-15. |
PAULHUS, D.L. & HARMS, P.D. (2000). Measuring
cognitive ability with the overclaiming technique. Intelligence, 32, 297-314. [PDF] |
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (1979). The nature of mental habilities. American Psychologist, 34, 214-230. |
|
|
FISHER, K.W. (1980). A theory of cognitive development :
The control and construction of hierarchies and skills. Psychological Review, 87, 477-531. |
|
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological Review, 89 (4), 369-406. [PDF] |
NAZZI, T. & GOPNIK, A. (2001). Linguistic and
cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become
a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20.
[PDF] |
|
McMANUS, I.C. & MASCIE-TAYLOR, C.G.N. (1983).
Biosocial correlates of cognitive abilities. Journal
of Biosocial Science, 15, 289-306. [PDF] |
WARD, P. & WILLIAMS A.M. (2003). Perceptual and
cognitive skill development in soccer : The
multidimensional nature of expert performance. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 25, 93-111. [PDF] |
|
VON HOFSTEN, C. (1983). Catching skills in infancy. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 9 (1), 75-85. |
LEIGHTON, J.P. (2005). Teaching and assessing deductive
reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education,
74, 109-136. |
|
THOMPSON, L.A., PLOMIN, R. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1985). Parent-infant resemblance for general and specific cognitive abilities in the Colorado adoption project. Intelligence, 9 (1), 1-13. |
|
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1986). Cognitive ability, cognitive
aptitude, job knowledge, and job performance. Journal
of Vocational Behavior, 29, 340–362. |
COLOM, R., REBOLLO, I., ABAD, F.J. & SHIH, P.C.
(2006). Complex span tasks, simple span tasks, and
cognitive abilities : A re-analysis of key studies. Memory
& Cognition, 34, 158-171.
[PDF] |
|
LEINHARDT, G. & GREENO, J.G. (1986). The cognitive
skill of teaching. Journal of Educational Psychology,
78 (2), 75-95. |
LEIGHTON, J.P. (2006). Teaching and assessing deductive
reasoning skills. Journal of Experimental Education,
74 (2), 109-136. |
|
ACKERMAN, P.L. (1988). Determinants of individual
differences during skill acquisition : Cognitive abilities
and information processing. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : General, 117, 288-318. |
|
|
FULKER, D.W., DEFRIES, J.C. & PLOMIN, R. (1988).
Genetic influence on general mental ability increases
between infancy and middle childhood. Nature, 336, 767-769. |
HABERMAN, S.J. & VON DAVIER, M. (2007). Some notes on
models for cognitively based skills. In C.R. Rao & S.
Sinharay (Eds.), Handbook of statistics : Psychometrics
(Vol 26, pp. 1031-1038). Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
KANFER, R. & ACKERMAN, P.L. (1989). Motivation and
cognitive abilities : An integrative/aptitude-treatment
interaction approach to skill acquisition. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 74, 657-690. |
BATTY, G.D., DEARY, I.J., SCHOON, I. & GALE, C.R.
(2007). Mental ability across childhood in relation to
risk factors for premature mortality in adult life : the
1970. British cohort study. Journal of Epidemiology
& Community Health, 61, 997–1003. |
|
SCHAIE, K.W., DUTTA, R. & WILLIS, S.L. (1991).
Relation between Rigidity-Flexibility and cognitive
abilities in adulthood. Psychology & Aging, 6 (3),
371-383. [PDF] |
BUTCHER, L.M., DAVIS, O.S.P., CRAIG, I.W. & PLOMIN, R.
(2008). Genome-wide quantitative trait locus association
scan of general cognitive ability using pooled DNA and
500K single nucleotide polymorphism microarrays. Genes
Brain & Behavior, 7 (4), 435-446. [PDF] |
|
THOMPSON, L.A., DETTERMAN, D.K. & PLOMIN, R. (1991). Associations between cognitive abilities and scholastic achievement : Genetic overlap but environmental differences. Psychological Science, 2 (3), 158-165. |
|
|
THOMPSON, L.A., FAGAN, J.F. & FULKER, D.W. (1991). Longitudinal Prediction of specific cognitive abilities from Infant novelty preference. Child Development, 62 (3), 530-538. |
|
|
PEDERSEN, N.L., PLOMIN, R., NESSELROADE, J.R. &
McCLEARN, G.E. (1992). A quantitative genetic analysis of
cognitive abilities during the second half of the life
span. Psychological Science, 3, 346-353. |
RUSTON, J.P. & ANKNEY, C.D. (2009). Whole brain size
and general mental ability : a review. International
Journal of Neuroscience, 119, 691-731. [PDF] |
|
|
CARROLL, J.B. (1993). Human cognitive abilities : A
survey of factor-analytical studies. New York :
Cambridge University Press. |
RINDERMANN, H., SAILER, M. & THOMPSON, J. (2009). The
impact of smart fractions, cognitive ability of
politicians and average competence of peoples on social
development. Talent Development & Excellence, 1,
3-25. |
|
LINEHAN, M.M. (1993). Skills training manual for
treating borderline personality disorder. New York
: Guilford Press. |
WHITE, S., CHEN, J. & FORSYTH, B. (2010).
Reading-related literacy activities of American adults :
Time spent, task types, and cognitive skills used.
Journal of Literacy Research, 42, 276-307. |
|
STUMPF, H. & JACKSON, D.N. (1994). Gender-related
differences in cognitive abilities : Evidence from a
medical school admission testing program. Personality
& Individual Differences, 17, 335-344. |
|
|
SCHUNK, D.H. (1996). Goal and self-evaluative influences
during children’s cognitive skills learning. American
Educational Research Journal, 33 (2), 359-382. |
UNSWORTH, N. (2010). Interference control, working memory
capacity, and cognitive abilities : A latent variable
analysis. Intelligence, 38, 255-267. [PDF] |
|
HENDERSON, V.W., WATT, L. & BUCKWALTER, J.G. (1996).
Cognitive skills associated with estrogen replacement in
women with Alzheimer's disease. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
21, 421-430. |
ZHU, B., CHEN, C., LOFTUS, E.F., LIN, C., HE, Q., CHEN,
C., LI, H., MOYSZIS, R., LESSARD, J. & DONG, Q.
(2010). Individual differences in false memory from
misinformation : Personality characteristics and their
interactions with cognitivie abilities. Personality
& Individual Difference, 48, 889-894. [PDF] |
|
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K.
(1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict
growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal
investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88
(2), 296-304. [PDF] |
HARRIS, S.E. & DEARY, I.J. (2011). The genetics of
cognitive ability and cognitive ageing in healthy older
people. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 15 (9),
388-394. [PDF] |
|
RUSHTON, J.P. & ANKEY, C.D. (1996). Brain size and
cognitive ability : Correlations with age, sex, social
class, and race. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 3
(1), 21-36. |
LEE, J.J. & CHABRIS, C.F. (2013). General cognitive
ability and the psychological refractory period :
Individual differences in the mind's bottleneck.
Psychological Science, 24 (7), 1226-1233. [PDF] |
|
VAN MERRIËNBOER, J.J.G. (1997). Training complex
cognitive skills. Englewood Cliffs, NJ :
Educational Technology Publications. |
METCALFE, L.A., HARVEY, E.A. & HOLLY, B. (2013). The
longitudinal relation between academic/cognitive skills
and externalizing behavior problems in preschool children.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 105 (3),
881-894. [PDF] |
|
POSNER, M.I., DIGIROLOMO, G.J. & FERNANDEZ-DUQUE, D.
(1997). Brain mechanisms of cognitive skills. Consciousness
& Cognition, 6, 267-290. |
SALVUCCI, D.D. (2013). Integration and reuse in cognitive
skill acquisition. Cognitive Science, 37,
829-860. [PDF] |
|
KOLZ, A., McFARLAND, L.A. & SILVERMAN, A.B. (1998).
Cognitive ability and job experience as predictors of work
performance. Journal of Psychology, 132,
539-548. |
RAVIZZA, S.M., HAMBRICK, D.Z. & FENN, K.M. (2014).
Non-academic Internet use in the classroom is negatively
related to classroom learning regardless of intellectual
ability. Computers & Education, 78, 109-114.
[PDF] |
|
DEARY, I.J. (1998). Differences in mental ability. British
Medical Journal, 317, 1701-1703. |
|
|
PLOMIN R. & DEFRIES, J.C. (1998). The genetics of
cognitive abilities and disabilities. Scientific
American, 278 (5), 62-69. |
FURNHAM, A. (2016). The relationship between cognitive
ability, emotional intelligence and creativity. Psychology,
7, 193-197. [PDF] |
|
DETTERMAN, D.K. & RUTHSATZ, J. (1999). Toward a more comprehensive theory of exceptional abilities. Journal for the Education of the Gifted, 22, 148-158. |
BEDIOU, B., ADAMS, D.M., MAYER, R.E., TIPTON, E., GREEN, C.S. & BAVELIER, D. (2017). Meta-analysis of action video game impact on perceptual, attentional, and cognitive skills. Psychological Bulletin, 144 (1), 77-110. [PDF] |
|
PLOMIN, R. (1999). Genetics and general cognitive ability. Nature, 402, 25-29. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Fonction
exécutive, Habileté, Intelligence,
Compter et Raisonner |
| |
|
|
Habileté d'apprentissage :
Habileté à apprendre,
notamment dans un contexte
scolaire. = étudier,
habileté à apprendre.
Learning skills.
| |
|
|
HATTIE, J., BIGGS, J. & PURDIE, N. (1996). Effects of
learning skills interventions on student learning : A
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 66
(2), 99-136. |
|
TAIT, H. & ENTWISTLE, N. (1996). Identifying students
at risk through ineffective study strategies. Higher
Education, 31, 97-116. |
|
RUPH. F. et HRIMECH, M. (2001). Les effets perçus d’un
atelier d’efficience cognitive sur le changement de
stratégies d’apprentissage d’étudiants universitaires. Revue
des Sciences de l’Éducation, 27 (3), 595-620. |
| JOSEPH, N. (2010). Metacognition needed : Teaching middle
and high school students to develop strategic learning
skills. Preventing school failures, 54 (2),
99-103. |
|
MAO, J. & PECK, K. (2013). Assessment strategies,
self-regulated learning skills, and perceptions of
assessment in online learning. The Quarterly Review of
Distance Education, 14, 75-95. |
|
PARECH, G., BROWN, R.S. & ZHENG, S. (2018). Learning
skills, system equity, and implicit bias within Ontario,
Canada. Educational Policy, 35 (2), 1-27. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté,
Apprentissage et
Étudier |
|
|
|
Habileté de lecture : Voir
Lecture.
Reading skills.
|
Habileté mathématique : Type d'habileté cognitive qui consiste à résoudre des problèmes
mathématiques et logiques en manipulant (computer
et compter) des nombres
et des symboles, selon des
règles précises (opération,
equation équation et
algorithmes). Habileté,
littéracie
mathématique et enseignement
des mathématiques. /dyscalculie.
Mathematical hability, arithmetic
skill, mathematical attainment.
| |
|
| |
|
THORNDIKE, E.L. (1922). The psychology of arithmetic.
New York : Macmillan. |
XU, F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2000). Large number
discrimination in 6-month- old infants. Cognition, 74
(B), 1-11. [PDF] |
| |
WOLFGANG, S.H., STANNARD, L.L. & JONES, I. (2001).
Block play performance among preschoolers as a predictor
of later school achievement in mathematics. Journal
of Research in Childhood Education, 15 (2),
173-180. [DOC] |
|
PROVUS, M.M. (1960). Ability grouping in mathematics. Elementary
School Journal, 60, 391-398. |
HECHT, S.A., TORGESEN, J.K., WAGNER, R.K. & RASHOTTE,
C.A. (2001). The relations between phonological processing
abilities and emerging individual differences in
mathematical computation skills : a longitudinal study
from second to fifth grades. Journal of Experimental
Child Psychology, 79, 192-227. |
|
SEKULAR, R. & MIERKIEWICZ, D. (1977). Children’s
judgments of numerical inequality. Child Development,
48, 630-633. |
RITTLE-JOHNSON, B., SIEGLER, R.S. & ALIBALI, M.W.
(2001). Developing conceptual understanding and procedural
skill in mathematics : An iterative process. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 93, 346-362. |
|
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory
in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10, 302-323. |
ROBINSON, C.S., MENCHETTI, B.M. & TORGESEN, J.K.
(2002). Toward a two-factor theory of one type of
mathematics disabilities. Learning Disabilities
Research & Practice, 17 (2), 81-89. |
|
BENBOW, C.P. & STANLEY J.C. (1980). Sex differences in
mathematical ability : Fact or artifact ? Science,
210 (12), 1262-1264. [PDF]
|
PICA, P., LEMER, C., IZARD, V. & DEHAENE, S. (2004).
Exact and approximate arithmetic in an Amazonian indigene
group. Science, 306, 499-503. |
|
BRAINERD, C.J. (Ed.) (1982). Children's logical and
mathematical cognition. New York : Springer-Verlag |
SIEGLER, R.S. & BOOTH, J.L. (2004). Development of
numerical estimation in young children. Child
Development, 75, 428-444. [PDF] |
|
CAPLAN, P.J., MCPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Sex
differences in mathematical reasoning ability : Their
status 20 years later. Psychological Science, 11,
474-480. |
COWAN, R., DONLAN, C., NEWTON, E.J. & LLOYD, D.
(2005). Number skills and knowledge in children with
specific language impairment. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 97 (4), 732-744. [PDF] |
|
JACOBS, J.E. & ECCLES, J.S. (1985). Gender differences
in mathematics ability : The impact of media reports on
parents. Educational Researcher, 14, 20-25. |
BUTTERWORTH, B. (2005). The development of arithmetical
abilities. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 46 (1), 3-18. [PDF] |
|
MARSH, H.W. (1989). Sex differences in the development of
verbal and math constructs : The High School and Beyond
study. American Educational Research Journal, 26, 191-225. |
DURAND, M., HULME, C., LARKIN, R. & SNOWLING, M.
(2005). The cognitive foundations of reading and
arithmetic skills in 7- to 10-year old children. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 91, 113-136. |
|
BENBOW, C.P. (1990). Sex differences in mathematical
reasoning ability : Further thoughts. Behavior &
Brain Sciences, 13, 196. |
DOWKER, A. (2005). Individual differences in
arithmetic. Hove : Psychology Press. |
| |
SKWARCHUK, S.L. & BETTS, P. (2005). An error analysis
of elementary school children's number production
abilities. Australian Journal of Educational &
Developmental Psychology, 5, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
ZIMMERMAN, W. & CUNNINGHAM, S. (1991). Visualization
in teaching and learning mathematics. Washington
(DC) : Mathematical Association of America |
GILMORE, C. & BRYANT, P.E. (2006). Individual
differences in children's understanding of inversion and
arithmetical skill. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 76, 309- 331. |
|
GEARY, D.C., HOARD, M.K., BYRD-CRAVEV, J., NUGENT, L.
& NUMTEE, C. (2007). Cognitive mechanisms underlying
achievement deficits in children with mathematical
learning disability. Child Development, 78 (4),
1343-1359. [PDF] |
| |
McCLELLAND, M.M., CAMERON, C.E., CONNOR, C.M., FARRIS,
C.L., JEWKES, A.M. & MORRISON, F.J. (2007). Links
between behavioral regulation and preschoolers' literacy,
vocabulary, and math skills. Developmental
Psychology, 43 (4), 947-959. |
| |
BLAIR, C. & RAZZA, R.P. (2007). Relating effortful
control, executive function, and false belief
understanding to emerging math and literacy ability in
kindergarten. Child Development, 78 (2),
647-663. |
| |
GILMORE, C. & BRYANT, P.E. (2007). Can children
construct inverse relations in arithmetic ? Evidence for
individual differences in the development of conceptual
understanding and computational skill. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 26, 301-316. |
|
|
WIDAMAN, K.F., LITTLE, T.D., GEARY, D.C. & CORMIER, P.
(1992). Individual differences in the development of skill
in mental addition : Internal and external validation of
chronometric models. Learning & Individual
Differences, 4, 167-213. |
BRIGSTOCKE, S., HULME, C. & NYE, J. (2008). Number and
arithmetic skills in children with Down syndrome. Down
Syndrome Education International, 74-78. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Addition and subtraction by human
infants. Nature, 358, 749-750. [PDF] |
COWAN, R. (2008). Why children differ in their
mathematical attainment at primary school. Anales de
Psicología, 24 (2), 180-188. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, K. (1992). Children's acquisition of the number
words and the counting system. Cognitive Psychology,
24, 220-251. [PDF] |
MUSSOLIN, C. & NOËL, M.P. (2008). Specific retrieval
deficit from long-term memory in children with poor
arithmetic facts abilities. The Open Psychology
Journal, 1, 26-34. [PDF] |
|
LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOOW, C.P. (1992). Gender
differences in abilities and preferences among the gifted
: Implications for the math/science pipeline. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 1, 61-66. |
IMBO, I. & VANDIERENDONCK, A. (2008). Practice effects
on strategy selection and strategy efficiency in simple
mental arithmetic. Psychological Research, 72,
528-541 |
| |
ANDERSSON, U. (2008). Working memory as a predictor of
written arithmetical skills in children : The importance
of central executive functions. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 78 (2), 181-203. |
| |
NUNES, T. & BRYANT, P., SYLVA, K. & BARROS, R.
(2011). Development of maths capabilities and
confidence in primary School. University of Oxford.
[PDF] |
| |
LEFEVRE, J.A., POLYZOI, E., SKWARCHUK, S., FAST, L. &
SOWINSKI, C. (2010). Do home numeracy and literacy
pratices of Greek and Canadian parents predict the
numeracy skills of kindergarten children ? International
Journal of Early Years Education, 18 (1), 55-70. |
|
PEPPERBERG, I.M. (1994). Numerical competence in african
grey parrot (Psittacus erithacus). Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 108 (1), 36-44.
[PDF] |
FUCHS, L., GEARY, D.C., COMPTON, D.L., FUCHS, D., HAMLETT,
C.L., SEETHALER, P.M., BRYANT, J.D. & SCHATSCHNEIDER,
C. (2010). Do different types of school mathematics
development depend on different constellations of
numerical versus general cognitive abilities ? Developmental
Psychology, 46, 1731-1746. [PDF] |
| |
GEARY, D.C. (2010). Mathematical learning disabilities. In
J. Holmes (Ed.), Advances in child development and
behavior (Vol. 38, pp. 45-77). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
|
DOWKER, A. (1998). Individual differences in normal
arithmetical development. In C. Donlan (Ed.), The
development of mathematical skills (pp. 275-302).
Hove : Psychology Press. |
NUNES, T. & BRYANT, P., BARROS, R. & SYLVA, K.
(2011). The relative importance of two different
mathematical abilities to mathematical achievement. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 82, 136-156. |
|
ADAMS, J. & HITCH, G. (1998). Children's mental
arithmetic and working memory. In C. Donlan (Ed.) The
development of mathematical skills. Psychological
Press, 153-173. |
KLEEMANS, T., PEETERS, M., SEGWRS, E. & VERHOEVEN, L.
(2012). Child and home predictors of early numeracy skills
in kindergarten. Early Childhood Research Quarterly,
27, 471-477. [PDF] |
| |
SELLA, F., LANFRANCHI, S. & ZORZI, M. (2013).
Enumeration skills in Down syndrome. Research in
Developmental Disabilities, 34, 3798-3806. [PDF] |
|
SLAVIT, D. (1998). The role of operation sense in
transitions from arithmetic to algebraic thought. Educational
Studies in Mathematics, 37, 251-274. |
CAMPOS, I.S., ALMEIDA, L.S., FERREIRA, A.I., MARTINEZ,
L.F. & RAMALHO, G. (2013). Cognitive processes and
math performance : a study with children at third grade of
basic education. Europeen Journal of Psycholgy of
Education, 28 (2), 421-436. [PDF] |
| |
BENBOW, C.P., LUBINSKI D., SHEA, D.L. &
EFTEKHARI-SANJANI, H. (2000). Sex differences in
mathematical reasoning ability at age 13 : Their status 20
years later. Psychological Science, 11, 474-480.
[PDF] |
|
BUTTERWORTH, B. (1999). The mathematical brain.
London : Macmillan. |
LEFEVRE, J.A., BERRIGAN, L., VENDETTI., C., KAMAWAR, D.,
BISANZ, J., SKWARCHUK, S. & SMITH-CHANT, B.L. (2013).
The role of executive attention in the acquisition of
mathematical skills for children in grades two through
four. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 114 (2),
243-261. [PDF] |
|
BULL, R., JOHNSTON, R.S. & ROY, J.A. (1999). Exploring
the roles of the visual-spatial sketch pad and central
executive in children's arithmetical skills : Views from
cognition and developmental neuropsychology. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 15, 421-442. |
SI, J., LI.H., SUN, Y., XU, Y. & SUN, Y. (2015).
Age-related differences of individuals' arithmetic
strategy utilization with different level of math anxiety.
Frontiers in Psychology, 7, [1612], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Opération
mathématique, Habileté,
Enseignement
des mathématique, Calculer
et Dyscalculie |
|
|
|
|
|
Habileté motrice : Comportement
ou chaîne de comportements
moteurs appris et requis dans un contexte donné, souvent en
vue d'accomplir une tâche
motrice. Habileté motrice,
échauffement et mouvement.
Motor skill, motor learning, skill learning,
motor skill learning, sensorimotor skill.
| |
|
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Acquisition of motor skill : l.
Quantitative analysis and theoretical formulation. Psychological
Review, 54, 268-281. |
NEWELL, K.M. (1991). Motor skill acquisition. Annual
Review of Psychology, 42, 2130-237. [PDF] |
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1947). Acquisition of motor skill : ll.
Rotary pursuit performance with continuous practice before
and after a single rest. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 37, 393-341. |
ALLARD, F. & STARKES, J.L. (1991). Motor-skill experts
in sports, dance and other domains. In K.A. Ericsson &
J. Smith (Eds.), Toward a general theory of expertise
: Prospects and limits (pp. 126-152). Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
AMMONS, R.B. (1949). Motor skills research exchange.
Perceptual & Motor Skills, 1 (3), 18-21. |
|
|
AMMONS, R.B. & AMMONS, C.H. (1951). Motor skills
research exchange. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 3
(3), 53-60. |
|
BAHRICK, H.P. (1953). Perceptual and motor skill research
in German laboratories, 1940-52. Human Resources
Research Center, Research Bulletin 53-20.
|
|
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1957).The relationship between certain
measures ofability and the acquisition of a psychomotor
criterion response. Journal of General Psychology,
56, 121-134. |
JOURDEN, E.J., BANDURA, A. & BANFIELD, J. (1991). The
impact of conceptions of ability on self-regulatory
factors and motor skill acquisition. Journal of Sport
& Exercise Psychology, 8, 213-226. |
|
BILODEAU, E.A. & BILODEAU, A. (1961). Motor-skills
learning. Annual Review of Psychology, 2,
243-280. |
|
|
ADAMS, J.A. & DIJKSTRA, S. (1966). Short-term memory
for motor responses. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 71, 314-318. |
CARRETTA, T.R. & REE, M.J. (1995). Negligible sex dif-
ferences in the relation of cognitive and psychomotor
abilities. Personality & Individual Differences,
22 (2), 165-172. |
|
JOHNSTON, M.K., KELLY, C.S., HARRIS, F.R. & WOLF, M.M.
(1966). An application of reinforcement principles to the
development of motor skills of a young child. Child
Development, 37 (2), 370-387. |
NEWELL, K.M. (1996). Change in movement and skill :
Learning, retention, and transfer. In M. Latash & M.
Turvey (Eds.), Dexerity and its development.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1969). Forgetting of motor responses. In M.
H. Marx (Ed.), Learning : Processes (pp.
495-504). New York : Macmillan. |
FOX, P.W., HERSHBERGER, S.L. & BOUCHARD, T.J. (1996).
Genetic and environmental contributions to the acquisition
of a motor skill. Nature, 384, 356-358. |
|
MARTENS, R. & LANDERS, D.M. (1970). Motor performance
under stress : A test of the inverted-U hypothesis. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 15,
29-37. |
HALLETT, M. & GRAFMAN, J. (1997). Executive function
and motor skill learning. International Review of
Neurobiology, 41, 297-323. |
|
WHITLEY, J.D. (1970). Effects of practice distribution on
learning a fine motor task. Research Quarterly, 41,
576-583. |
NEWELL, K.M. & VALVANO, J. (1998). Therapeutic
intervention as a constraint in learning and relearning
movement skills. Scandanavian Journal of Occupational
Therapy, 5, 51-57. |
|
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1971). A closed-loop theory of motor
learning. Journal of Motor Behavior, 3, 111-150. |
WILLINGHAM, D.B. (1998). A neuropsychological theory of
motor skill learning. Psychological Review, 105,
558-584. |
| SCHMIDT, R.A. (1975). A schema theory of discrete motor
skill learning. Psychological Review, 82,
225-260. |
WILLINGHAM, D.B. (1999). The neural basis of motor skill
learning. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
8, 178-183. |
|
SCHMIDT, R.A.,
ZELAZNICK, H. N., HAWKINS, B., FRANK, J.S. & QUINN
J.T. (1979). Motor-output variability : A theory for the
accuracy of rapid motor acts. Psychological Review,
86, 415-451. |
NEWELL, K.M., MAYER-KRESS, G. & LIU, Y.-H. (2001).
Time scales in motor learning and development. Psychological
Review, 108 (1), 57-82. [PDF] |
|
SHEA, J.B. & MORGAN, R.L. (1979). Contextual
interference effects on the acquisition, retention, and
transfer of a motor skill. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 5, 183. |
FISHER, A.G. (2001). Assessment of motor and process
skills. Fort Collins, TX : Three Star Press. |
|
ANDERSON, J.R. (1982). Acquisition of cognitive skill. Psychological
Review, 89 (4), 369-406. [PDF] |
ADOLPH, K.E. & EPPLER, M.A. (2002). Flexibility and
specificity in infant motor skill acquisition. In J. Fagan
(Ed.), Progress in infancy research (Vol. 2, pp.
121-167). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1983). On integration of the verbal and motor
domains. In R.A. Magill (Ed.), Memory and control of
action (pp. 3-15). Amsterdam : North-Holland. |
BEILOCK, S.L., CARR, T.H., MacMAHON, C. & STARKES,
J.L. (2002). When paying attention becomes
counterproductive : Impact of divided versus skill-focused
attention on novice and experienced performance of
sensorimotor skills. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Applied, 8, 6-16. [PDF] |
|
VON HOFSTEN, C. (1983). Catching skills ininfancy. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance 9, 75-85. |
BEILOCK, S.L., WIERANGA, S.A. & CARR, T.H. (2002).
Expertise, attention, and memory in sensorimotor skill
execution : Impact of novel task constraints on dual-task
performance and episodic memory. The Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Experimental
Psychology, 55, 1211-1240. [PDF] |
| |
SCHMIDT, R.A. (2003). Motor schema theory after 27 years :
Reflections and implications for a new theory. Research
Quarterly for Exercise & Sport, 74 (4),
366-375. [PDF] |
|
NEWELL, K.M., MORRIS, L.R. & SCULLY, D.M. (1985).
Augmented information and the acquisition of skill in
physical activity. Exercise & Sport Sciences
Reviews, 13, 235-262. |
KEETCH, K.M., LEE, T.D., SCHMIDT, R.A. & YOUNG, D.E.
(2005). Especial skills : Their emergence with massive
amounts of practice. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 31
(5), 970-978. [PDF] |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E., KARASIK, L. & TAMIS-LEMONDA, C.S.
(2010). Motor skill. In M. Bornstein (Ed.), Handbook
of cultural developmental science (pp. 61-88). New
York : Taylor & Francis. |
|
ADAMS, J.A. (1987). Historical review and appraisal of
research on learning, retention, and transfer of human
motor skills. Psychological Bulletin, 101 (1),
41-74. [PDF] |
SOSKA, K.C., ADOLPH, K.E. & JOHNSON, S.P. (2010).
Systems in development : Motor skill acquisition
facilitates 3D object completion. Developmental
Psychology, 46, 129-138. |
|
LANDERS, D.M. & BJORK, R.A. (1988). Improving motor
skills. In D. Druckman & J.A. Swets (Eds.), Enhancing
human performance : Issues, theories, and techniques
(pp. 61-102). Washington, DC : National Academy Press. |
ADOLPH, K.E., COLE, W.G., CHAN, G.L.Y. & VEREIJKEN, B.
(2013). Perceiving affordances for different motor skills.
Experimental Brain Research, 225, 309-319. |
| |
ADOLPH, K.E., COLE, W.G. & VEREJKEN, B. (2015).
Intra-individual variability in the development of motor
skills in childhood. In M. Diehl, K. Hooker & M.
Sliwinski (Eds.), Handbook of intra-individual
variability across the lifespan (pp. 59-83). New
York : Routledge/Taylor & Francis Group. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Mouvement,
Développement moteur, Comportement
moteur, Locomotion,
Motricité et Tâche
motrice |
| |
|
|
Habiletés non-verbles :
Nonverbal skill.
| |
|
|
RIGGIO, R.E. & FRIEDMAN, H.S. (1982). The
interrelationships of self-monitoring factors, personality
traits, and nonverbal social skills. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 7, 33-45. |
|
HALE, S., MYERSON, J. & WAGSTAFF, D. (1987). General
slowing of nonverbal information processing : Evidence for
a power law. Journal of Gerontology, 42 (2),
131-136. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMAN, H.S., RIGGIO, R.E. & CASELLA, D. (1988).
Nonverbal skill, personal charisma, and initial
attraction. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 14, 203-211. |
|
VRIJ, A. (1993). Credibility judgments of detectives : The
impact of nonverbal behavior, social skills and physical
characteristics on impression formation. Journal of
Social Psychology, 133, 601-611. |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté |
|
|
Habiletés parentales : Type d'habileté
sociale nécessaire pour jouer efficacement son rôle
de parent. Habiletés
parentales et parent.
= compétence parentale. Parenting
skills.
| |
|
|
CEDAR, B. & LEVANT, R.F. (1990). A meta-analysis of
the effects of parent effectiveness training. The
American Journal of Family Therapy, 18 (4),
373-384. |
|
SALMON, M.P., ABEL, K.M., CORDINGLY, L., FRIEDMAN, T.
& APPLEBY, L. (2003). Clinical and parenting skills
outcomes following joint mother baby psychiatric
admission. Australian & New Zealand Journal of
Psychiatry, 37, 556-562. |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté et Parent |
|
|
|
Habiletés scolaires : Ensemble des habiletés
cognitives et sociales qu'un élève/ étudiant
doit acquérir pour apprendre
efficacement et
réussir ses études. Habiletés scolaire et
étudier. =
habileté cognitive,
aptitude scolaire.
Academic skill, cognitive skill.
| |
|
|
JONES, C.H., SLATE, J.R., BELL, S. & SADDLER, C.D.
(1991). Helping high school students improve their
academic skills : A necessary role for teachers. High
School Journal, 74, 198-202. |
|
VAN DER GAAST, K., KOENDERS, L. & POST, G. (2017).
Academic skills for interdisciplinary studies.
Amsterdam University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté |
|
|
Habileté sociale : Comportement ou chaîne de
comportements requis dans un contexte social donné. EX:
Dire bonjour et sourire (chaîne de comportements)
lorsqu'on rencontre un ami (contexte social donné). Habileté
sociale, comportement
prosocial et socialisation.
= compétence
sociale, comportement efficace, comportement adéquat.
Social skill, skill, social competence.
| |
|
|
KELLER, M.F. & CARLSON, P.M. (1974). Social skills in
preschool children with low levels of social
responsiveness. Child Development, 45, 912-919. |
PETERSON, G.W. & LEIGH, G.K. (1990). The family and
social competence in adolescence. Dans T.P. Gullotta, G.R.
Adams & R. Montemayor (Eds.), Developing social
competency in adolescence (pp. 97-138). Newbury
Park : Sage Publications. |
|
CURRAN, J.P. (1975). Social skils training and systematic desensitizationing reducing dating anxiety. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 13, 65-68. |
VAUGHN, S. & LANCELOTTA, G.X. (1990).
Teaching interpersonal social skills to poorly accepted
students : Peer-pairing versus non-peer-pairing.
Journal of School Psychology, 28, 181-188. |
|
GOLDSMITH, J.B. & McFALL, R.M. (1975). Development and evaluation of an interpersonal skill-training program for psychiatric inpatients. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 84 (1), 51-58. |
VERDUYN, C.M., LORD M. & FORREST, G.C. (1990). Social
skills training in schools : An evaluation study.
Journal of Adolescence, 13, 3-16. |
|
McGRATH, R.A. & RHYNE, L.L. (1975). Social skils
training : the efects of behavior rehearsal in groups on
dating skils. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 22,
224-230. |
CAVELL, T.A. (1990). Social adjustment, social
performance, and social skills : A tri-component model of
social competence. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 19 (2), 111-122. |
|
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). A multiple-baseline
analysis of social-skills training in chronic
schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
9 (3), 239-245. [PDF] |
BENTON, M.K. & SCHROEDER, H.E. (1990). Social skills
training with schizophrenics : A meta-analytic evaluation.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58 (6),
741-747. |
|
FREDERIKSEN, L.W., JENKINS, J.O., FOY, D.W. & EISLER,
R.M. (1976). Social-skills training to modify abusive
verbal outbursts in adults. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 9 (2), 117-125. [PDF] |
BELLACK, A.S., MORRISON, R.L., WIXTED, J.T. & MUESER,
K.T. (1990). An analysis of social competence in
schizophrenia. British Journal of Psychology, 156,
809-818. |
|
PHILLIPS, E.L. (1978). The social skills basis of
pschopathology : Althernatives to abnormal psychology
and psychiatry. NY : Greene and Stratton. |
FONTANNA, D. (1990). Social skills at work.
BPCC, Exeta. |
|
GALASSI, J.P. & GALASSI, M.D. (1979). Modification of
heterosocial skills deficits. in A.S. Bellack & M.
Hersen (Eds.), Research and practice in social skills
training (pp. 131-187). New York : Pergamon Press. |
McFALL, R.M. (1990). The enhancement of social skills : an
information-processing analysis. Dans W.L. Marshall, D.R.
Laws & H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual
assault : Issues, theories, and treatment of the
offender (pp. 311-329). New York : Plenum Press. |
|
FREEDMAN, B.J., ROSENTHAL, L., DONAHOE, C.P., SCHLUNDT,
D.G. & MCFALL, R.M. (1978). A social-behavioral
analysis of skills deficits in delinquent and
nondelinquent adolescent boys. Journal of Clinical
& Clinical Psychology, 46 (6), 1448-1462. |
MIZE, J. & LADD, G.W. (1990). A cognitive-social
learning approach to social skill training with low-status
preschool children. Developmental Psychology, 26, 388-397. |
|
BELLACK, A.S. (1979). Behavioral assessment of social
skills. In A.S. Bellack & M. Hersen (Dirs.), Research
and practice in social skills training (pp.
75-104). New York : Plenum Press. |
BUCK, R. (1991). Temperament, social skills, and the
communication of emotion : A developmental-interactionist
view. In D.G. Gilbert & J.J. Connolly (Eds.), Personality,
social skills, and psychopathology : An individual
differences approach (pp. 85-105). New York :
Plenum Press. |
|
WALLACE, C.J., NELSON, C.J., LIBERMAN, R.P., AITCHISON,
L.D., ELDER, J.P. & FERIS, U. (1980). A review and
critique of social skills training with schizophrenia
patients. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 6, 46-52. |
KAMPS, D.M., LEONARD, B., VERNON, S., DUGAN, E.,
DELQUADRI, J., GERSHON, B., WADE, L. & FOLK, L.
(1992). Teaching social skills to students with autism to
increase peer interactions in an integrated first grade
classroom. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 25
(2), 281-288. [PDF] |
|
SARANSON, I.G. & SARANSON, B.R. (1981). Teaching
cognitive and social skills to high school students. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 49,
908-918. |
HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Intervention for social skill and
social competence. Child & Adolescent Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 1, 539-552. |
|
CONGER, J.C. & FARRELL, A.D. (1981). Behavioural
components of hetero-sexual skills. Behavior Therapy,
12 (1), 41-55. |
KORALEWSKI, M.A. & CONGER, J.C. (1992). The assessment
of social skills among sexually coercive college males.
The Journal of Sex Research, 29 (2), 169-188. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E. & FRIEDMAN, H.S. (1982). The
interrelationships of self-monitoring factors, personality
traits, and nonverbal social skills. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 7, 33-45. |
|
|
STRANVYNSKI, A., MARKS, I. & YULE, W. (1982). Social
skills problems in neurotic outpatients : Social skills
training with and without cognitive modification. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 39, 1378-1385. |
VRIJ, A. (1993). Credibility judgments of detectives : The
impact of nonverbal behavior, social skills and physical
characteristics on impression formation. Journal of
Social Psychology, 133, 601-611. |
|
McFALL, R.M. (1982). A review and reformation of the
concept of social skills. Behavioral Assessment, 4,
1-33. |
NANGLE, D.W. & HANSEN, D.J. (1993). Relations between
social skills and high-risk sexual interactions among
adolescents. Behavior Modification, 17 (2),
113-135. |
|
|
WILKINSON, J. & CANTER, S. (1982). Social skills
training manual : Assessment, programme design and
management of training. NY : John Wiley and Sons. |
ELLIOTT, S.N. & GRESHAM, F.M. (1993). Social skills
interventions for children. Behavior Modification, 17,
287-313. |
|
KELLY, J.A. (1982). Social skills training : A
practical guide for intervention. NY : Springer
Publishing Company. |
O'DONOHUE, W.T. & KRASNER, L. (Eds.) (1994). Handbook
of psychological skills training. New York : Allyn
& Bacon. |
|
JONES, W.H., HOBBS, S.A. & HOCKENBURY, D. (1982).
Loneliness and social skills deficits. Journal of
Personality & Social Personality, 42 (4),
27-48. |
MILLER, R.S. (1995). On the nature of embarassability,
shyness, social evaluation, and social skill. The
Journal of Psychology, 63, 315-339. |
|
CRANE, C. & REYNOLDS, J. (1983). Social skills and
me. Houston, TX : Crane/Reynolds, Inc. |
MACKINTOSH, N.J. & COLMAN, A.M. (Ed.) (1995). Learning
and skills. London and New York : Longman. |
|
LADD, G.W. & MIZE, J. (1983). A cognitive-social
learning model of social skill training. Psychological
Review, 90, 127-157. |
RICHARD-BESSETTE, S. (1996). Les habiletés hétérosociales
des adolescents agresseurs sexuels : une recension des
écrits. Revue Sexologique, 4 (1), 55-76.
[PDF] |
|
HAZEL, J.S., SCHUMAKER, J.B., SHERMAN, J.A. &
SHELDON-WILDGEN, J.S. (1983). Social skills training with
court-adjudicated youths. In C. LeCroy (Ed.), Social
skills training for children and youth (pp.
117-137). New York : Haworth. |
BRAZA, F., BRAZA, P., MUNÖZ, J.M. & CARRERAS, M.R.
(1997). The index of amplitude of behavior as a measuring
instrument of social ability in preschool children. Psicothema,
9 (2), 305-310. [PDF] |
|
GAYLORD-ROSS, R.J., HARING, T.G., BREEN, C., PITTS-CONWAY,
V. (1984). The training and generalization of social
interaction skills with autistic youth. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 17 (2), 229-247. [PDF] |
HERRING, M. & NORTHUP, J. (1998). The generalization
of social skills for a child with behavior disorders in
the school setting. Journal Child & Family
Behavior Therapy, 20 (3), 51-66. |
|
BARON, R.A. & BRUSH, C.G. (1999). The role of social
skills in entrepreneur’s success : Evidence from
videotapes of entrepreneurs’ presentations. In P.D.
Reynolds, W.B. Bygrave, S. Manigart, C.M. Mason, G.D.
Meyer, H.J. Sapienze, & K.G.Shaver (Eds.), Frontiers
of entrepreneurship research (pp. 79-91). Babson
Park, MA : Babson College.
|
|
AZRIN, R.D. & HAYES, S.C. (1984). The discrimination
of interest within a heterosexual interaction : Training,
generalization, and effects on social skills. Behavior
Therapy, 15 (2), 173-184. |
SPENCE, S.H., DONOVAN, C. & BRECHMAN-TOUSSAINT, M.
(1999). Social skills, social outcomes, and cognitive
features of childhood social phobia. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 108 (2), 211-221. |
|
TURNER, S.M., BEIDEL, D.C., HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S.
(1984). Effects of race on ratings of social skill. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52, 474-475. |
QUINN, M.M., KAVALE, K.A., MATHUR, S.R., RUTHERFORD, R.B.
& FORNESS, S.R. (1999). A meta-analysis of social
skills interventions for students with emotional and
behavioural disorders. Journal of Emotional &
Behavioural Disorders, 7, 54-64. |
|
BARON, R.A. & MARKMAN, G.D. (2000). Beyond social
capital : How social skills can enhance entrepreneurs’
success. Academy of Management Executive, 14 (1),
106-116.
|
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1984). Assessment and
classification of children's social skills : A review of
methods and issues. School Psychology Review, 13, 292-301. |
HUPP, S.D.A. & REITMAN, D. (2000). Parent-assisted
modification of pivotal social skills for a child
diagnosed with PDD : A clinical replication. Journal
of Positive Behavior Interventions, 2, 183-187. |
| |
MERRELL, K.W. (2001). Assessment of children's social
skills : Recent developments, best practices, and new
directions. Exceptionality, 9, 3-18. |
|
SEGAL, Z.V. & MARSHALL, W.L. (1985). Heterosexual
social skills in a population of rapists and child
molesters. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 53, 55-63. |
ELLIOTT, S.N., MALECKI, C.K. & DEMARAY, M.K. (2001).
New directions in social skills assessment and
intervention for elementary and middle school students. Exceptionality,
9 (1-2), 19-33. [PDF] |
|
MASON, C.Y. (1985). Social skills. Journal of
Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 68-69. |
BULLIS, M.B., WSLKER H.M. & SPARAGUE, J.R. (2001). A
promise unfulfilled : Social skills training with at-risk
and antisocial children and youth. Exceptionality, 9
(1-2), 67-90. |
| |
CRAGER, D.E. & HORVATH, L.S. (2003). The application
of social skills training in the treatment of a child with
Asperger's disorder. Clinical Case Studies, 2
(1), 34-49. |
| |
FOX, C.L. & BOULTON, M.J. (2003). Evaluating the
effect of a social skills training (SST) programme for
victims of bullying. Educational Research, 45, 231-247. |
|
MASON, C.Y. (1985). Precision teaching and social skills
training : Some possible directions. Journal of
Precision Teaching, 6 (3), 70-71. |
SMITH, S.W. & GILLES, D.L. (2003). Using key
instructional elements to systematically promote social
skill generalization for students with challenging
behavior. Intervention in School & Clinic, 39
(1), 30-37. |
| |
VAUGHN, S., KIM, A., SLOAN, C.V.M., HUGHES, M.T., ELBAUM,
B. & SRIDHAR, D. (2003). Social skills interventions
for young children with disabilities : A synthesis of
group design studies. Remedial & Special
Education, 24, 2-15. |
| |
DeROSIER, M.E. (2004). Building relationships and
combating bullying : Effectiveness of a school-based
social skills group intervention. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 33, 125-130. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E. (1986). Assesment of basic social skills. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 51, 649-660. |
GRESHAM, F.M., VAN, M.B. & COOK, C.R. (2006). Social
skills training for teaching replacement behaviors :
remediating acquisition deficits in at-risk students. Behavioral
Disorders, 31, 363-377. |
|
CONGER, J.C. & CONGER, A.J. (1986). Assessment of
social skills. Dans A.R. Ciminero, K.S. Calhoun & H.E.
Adams (Eds.), Handbook of behavioral assessment
(pp. 526-560). New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
MAAG, J.W. (2006). Social skills training for students
with emotional and behavioral disorders : A review of
reviews. Behavioral Disorders, 32 (1), 5-17. [PDF] |
|
MUESER, K.T. & FOY, D.W. (1986). Social skills
training for job maintainence in a psychiatric patients.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 33 (3), 360-362. |
BEELMANN, A. & LÖSEL, F. (2006). Child social skills
training in developmental crime prevention : Effects on
antisocial behavior and social competence. Psicothema,
18 (3), 603-610. [PDF] |
|
LIBERMAN, R.P., MUESER, K.T., WALLACE, C.J., JACOBS, H.E.,
ECKMAN T. & MASSEL, H.K. (1986). Training skills in
the psychiatrically disabled : Learning coping and
competence. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 12, 631-647. |
BELLACK, A., BROWN, C. & THOMAS-LOHRMAN, S. (2006).
Psychometric characteristics of role-play assessments of
social skill in schizophrenia. Behavior Therapy, 37, 339-352. |
|
|
FARLEY, R.C. & HINMAN, S. (1986). Enhancing job
interview and job retention behavior with relationship
skills training. Vocational Evaluation & Work
Adjustment Bulletin, 19 (2), 55-60. |
BLICKLE, G., MEURS, J.A., ZETTLER, I., SOLGA, J., NOETHE,
N.D., KRAMER, J. & FERRI, G.R. (2008). Personality,
political skill, and job performance. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 72 (3), 377-387. [PDF] |
|
FURNHAM, A. (1986). Social skills training with
adolescents and young adults. In C.R. Hollin & P.
Trower (Eds.), Handbook of social skills training :
Implications across the life span (Vol. 1, pp.
33-57). New York : Pergamon Press. |
BASS, J.D. & MULICK, J.A. (2007). Social play
skill enhancement of children with autism using
peers and siblings as therapists. Psychology in the
Schools, 44, 727-725. |
|
RALPH, A. & BIRNBRAUER, J.S. (1986). The potential of
correspondence training for facilitating generalisation of
social skills. Applied Research in Mental
Retardation, 7 (4), 415-429. |
TAKAHASHI, Y., OKADA, K., HOSHINO, T. & ANME, T.
(2008). Social skills for preschoolers : Stability of
factor structures and predictive validity from a
nationwide cohort study in Japan. The Japanese
Journal of Educational Psychology, 56, 81-92. |
|
PELLEGRINI, D.S., MASTEN, A.S., GARMEZY, N. &
FERRARESE, M.J. (1987). Correlates of social and academic
competence in middle childhood. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 28 (5), 699-714. |
MURRAY, D.S., RUBLE, L.A., WILIS, H. & MOLLOY, C.A.
(2009). Parent and teacher report of social skills in
children with autism spectrum disorders. Language,
Speech, & Hearing Services in Schools, 40,
109-115. [PDF]
|
|
GRESHAM, F.M. & ELLIOTT, S.N. (1987). Social skills
deficits of learning disabled students : Issues of
definition, classification, and assessment. Journal
of Reading, Writing, & Learning Disabilities
International, 21, 167-181. |
SCHRANDT, J.A., BUFFINGTON TOWSHEND, D. & POULSON,
C.L. (2009). Teaching empathy skills to children with
autism. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 42 (1),
17-32. [PDF] |
|
D'ZURILLA, T.J. & NEZU, A.M. (1987). The Heppner and
Krauskopf approach : A model of personal problem solving
or social skills ? The Counseling Psychologist, 15,
463-470. |
BEIDEL, D.C., RAO, P. A., SCHARFSTEIN, L.A., WONG, N.
& ALFANO, C.A. (2010). Social skills and social phobia
: an investigation of DSM-IV subtypes. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 48, 992-1001. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E., TUCKER, J. & THROCKMORTON, B. (1987).
Social skills and deception ability. Personality and
Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 568-577. |
|
|
ELLIOTT, S.N., GRESHAM, F.M., FREEMAN, T. & McCLOSKEY,
G. (1988). Teachers' and observers' ratings of children's
social skills : Validation of the Social Skills Rating
Scale. Journal of Psychoeducational Assessment, 6, 152-161. |
TAN, T. & CAMRAS, L.A. (2011). Social skills of
adopted Chinese girls at home and in school : Parent and
teacher ratings. Children & Youth Services
Review, 33, 1813-1821. |
|
STRAIN, P.S. & KOHLER, F.W. (1988). Social skill
intervention with young handicapped children : some new
conceptualizations and directions. In S.L. Odom & M.B.
Karnes (Eds.), Early intervention for infants and
children with handicaps : An empirical base (pp.
129-143). Baltimore, MD : Brookes. |
DOWNEY, D.B., CONDRON, D.J. & YUCEL, D. (2015) Number
of siblings and social skills revisited among American
fifth graders. Journal of Family Issue, 36,
273-396. |
|
WIXTED, J.T., MORRISON, R.L. & BELLACK, A.S. (1988).
Social skills training in the treatment of negative
symptoms. International Journal of Mental Health, 17,
3-21. [PDF] |
TAKAHASHI, Y., OKADA, K., HOSHINO, T. & ANME, T.
(2015). Developmental trajectories of social skills during
early childhood and links to parenting practices in a
Japanese sample. PLOS One, 10, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
MONTAGUE, M. (1988). Job-related social skills training
for adolescents with handicaps. Career Development
for Exceptional Individuals, 11, 26-41. |
CRAIG, A.B., DEROSIER, M.E. & WATANABE, Y. (2015).
Differences between Japanese and U.S. children's
performance on "Zoo U" : A game-based social skills
assessment. Games for Health Journal : Research,
Development, & Clinical Applications, 4 (4),
285-294. [PDF] |
|
ARGYLE, M. (1988). The psychology of interpersonal
relationships. New York : Penguin. |
RIGGIO, R.E., TUCKER, J. & COFFARO, D. (1989). Socials
skills and empathy. Personality & Individual
Differences, 10 (1), 93-99. |
|
RIGGIO, R.E., TUCKER, J. & COFFARO, D. (1989). Socials
skills and empathy. Personality & Individual
Differences, 10 (1), 93-99. |
GRANHOLM, E. & HARVEY, P.D. (2018). Social skills
training for negative symptoms of schizophrenia. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 44 (3), 472-474. [PDF] |
|
PARK, H.S. & GAYLORD-ROSS, R. (1989). A
problem-solving approach to social skills training in
employment settings with mentally retarded youth. Journal
of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 22 (4), 373-380. [PDF] |
MALEKI, M., MARDANI, A., CHEHRZAD, M.M., DIANATINASABN, M.
& VAISMORADI, M. (2019). Social skills in children at
home and in preschool. Behaviorale Sciences, 9,
[74], 2-15.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Comportement
prosocial, Habileté
et Socialisation |
| |
|
|
Habileté spatiale : Habileté spatiale, mémoire
spatiale et rotation
mentale.
Spatial ability, spatial
visualization.
| |
|
|
STAFFORD, R.E. (1961). Sex differences in spatial
visualization as evidence of sex-linked inheritance. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 13, 428. |
BURIN, D.I., DELGADO, A.R. & PRIETO, G. (2000).
Solution strategies and gender differences in spatial
visualization tasks. Psicológica, 21, 275-286. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S., GEIRINGER, E.R. & YEN, W. (1975). On the
empirical relation between sex differences in spatial
ability and other aspects of cognitive performance. Multivariate
Behavioral Research, 10, 289-310. |
GEARY, D.C., SAULTS, S.J., LIU, F. & HOARD, M.K.
(2000). Sex differences in spatial cognition,
computational fluency, and arithmetical reasoning.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 77,
337-353. |
|
KAIL, R., CARTER, P & PELLEGRINO, J.W. (1979). The
locus of sex differences in spatial ability. Perception
& Psychophysics, 26, 182-186. [PDF] |
|
|
KAIL, R. & PELLEGRINO, J.W. (1982). Process analyses
of spatial aptitude. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances
in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 1).
Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum. |
GEARY, D.C. & DESOTO, M.C. (2001). Sex differences in
spatial abilities among adults from the United States and
China : Implications for evolutionary theory. Evolution
& Cognition, 7, 172-177. |
|
SHUTE, V.J. PELLEGRINO, J.W., HUBERT, L. & REYNOLDS,
R.W. (1983). The relationship between androgen levels and
human spatial abilities. Bulletin of the Psychonomic
Society, 21, 465-468. [PDF] |
SHEA, D.L., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2001).
Importance of assessing spatial ability in talented young
adolescents : A 20-year longitudinal study. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 93, 604-614. |
|
PELLEGRINO, J.W., ALDERTON, D.L. & SHUTE, V.J. (1984).
Understanding spatial ability. Educational
Psychologist, 19 (3), 239-253. [PDF] |
WANG, R.F. & SPELKE, E.S. (2002). Human spatial
representation : Insights from animals. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 6, 376-382. |
|
CAPLAN, P.J., MacPHERSON, G.M. & TOBIN, P. (1985). Do
sex-related differences in spatial abilities exist ? American
Psychologist, 40, 786-799. |
SAUCIER, D., BOWMAN, M. & ELIAS, L. (2003). Sex
differences in the effect of articulatory or spatial dual
task interference during navigation. Brain &
Cognition, 53, 346-350. |
|
JOHNSON, E.S. & MEADE, A.C. (1987). Developmental
patterns of spatial ability : An early sex difference. Child
Development, 58, 725-740. |
VOYER D., RODGERS, M.A. & McCORMICK, P.A. (2004).
Timing conditions and the magnitude of gender differences
on the mental rotations test. Memory & Cognition,
32 (1), 72-82. |
|
LOHMAN, D.F. (1988). Spatial abilities as traits,
processes, and knowledge. In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), Advances
in the psychology of human intelligence (Vol. 4,
pp. 181-248). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
|
GEARY, D.C. & GILGER, J.W. (1989). Age of sexual
maturation and adult spatial ability. Bulletin of the
Psychonomic Society, 27, 241-244. |
|
|
GAULIN, S.J.C., FITZGERALD, R.W. & WARTELL, M.S.
(1990). Sex differences in spatial ability and activity in
two vole species. Journal of Comparative Psychology,
104, 88-93. |
|
|
WILLIAMS, C.L. & MECK, W.H. (1991). The organizational
effects of gonadal steroids on sexually dimorphic spatial
ability. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 16 (1-3),
155-176. |
|
|
SILVERMAN, I. & EALS, M. (1992). Sex differences in
spatial abilities : evolutionary theory and data. In J.H.
Barkow, L. Cosmides & J. Tooby (Eds.), The
adapted mind : Evolutionary psychology and the
generation of culture (pp. 533-553). New York :
Oxford University Press. |
WEBB, R.M., LUBINSKI, D. & BENBOW, C.P. (2007).
Spatial ability : A neglected dimension in talent searches
for intellectually precocious youth. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 99, 397-420. [PDF] |
|
VOYER, S., VOYER, D. & BRYDEN, M.P. (1995). Magnitude
of sex differences in spatial abilities : A meta-analysis
and consideration of critical variables. Psychological
Bulletin, 117 (2), 250-270. [PDF] |
|
|
CASEY, M.B. (1996). Do gender differences in spatial
skills mediate gender differences in mathematics among
high ability students ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 19, 247-248. |
|
|
KASS, S.J., AHLERS, R.H. & DUGGER, M. (1998).
Eliminating gender differences through practice in an
applied visual spatial task. Human Performance, 11, 337-349. |
|
|
BROSNAN, M. (1998). Spatial ability in children's play
with Lego blocks. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 87,
19-28. |
|
|
CASEY, M.B., NUTTALL, R.L. & PEZARIS, E. (1999).
Evidence in support of a model that predicats how
biological and environmental factors interact to influence
spatial skills. Developmental Psychology, 35,
1237-1247. |
UTTAL, D.H., MEADOW, N.G., TIPTON, E., HAND, L.L., ALDEN,
A.R., WARREN, C. & NEWCOMBE, N.S. (2013). The
malleability of spatial skills : A meta-analysis of
training studies. Psychological bulletin, 139
(2), 352-403. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Habileté, Différence sexuelle, Mémoire
spatiale et
Rotation mentale |
| |
|
|
Habileté verbale : Habileté, Litéracie et comportement
verbal.
Verbal ability.
| |
|
|
WOODDROW, H. (1939). The relation of verbal ability to
improvement with practice in verbal tests. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 30, 179-186. |
|
DICKSON, W.P. (Ed.) (1981). Children’s oral
communication skills. New York : Academic Press. |
|
ALWIN, D. (1991). Family of origin and cohort differences
in verbal ability. American Sociological Review, 56,
625-638. |
|
ECHOLS, L.D., WEST, R.F., STANOVICH, K.E. & ZEHR, K.
(1996). Using children's literacy activities to predict
growth in verbal cognitive skills : A longitudinal
investigation. Journal of Educational Psychology, 88
(2), 296-304. [PDF] |
|
NAZZI, T. & GOPNIK, A. (2001). Linguistic and
cognitive abilities in infancy : when does language become
a tool for categorization ? Cognition, 80, 11-20. |
|
CAIN, K., BRYANT, P. & OAKHILL, J. (2004). Children's
reading comprehension ability : Concurrent prediction by
working memory, verbal ability, and component skills. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 96 (1), 31-42.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Habileté,
Litératie et Comportement
verbal |
|
|
|
|
|
Habit : Habiller : Habillement
: Consiste à choisir
ses vêtements. leur
coupe, leur couleur, leur
style, etc. Habillement, apparence
et mode.
= vêtement, se vêtir, uniforme, veston, tailleur, robe.
Dress style, clothing, attire, clothes preference, fashion
clothing.
| |
|
|
HAMID, P.N. (1968). Style of dress as a perceptual cue in
impression formation. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
26, 904-906. |
TURNER-BOWKER, D.M. (2001). How can you pull yourself up
by your bootstraps, if you don't have boots ?
Work-appropriate clothing for poor women. Journal of
Social Issues, 57 (2), 311-322. |
| |
O'CASS, A. (2000). An assessment of consumers product,
purchase decision, advertising and consumption involvement
in fashion clothing. Journal of Economic Psychology,
21 (5), 545-576.
[PDF] |
| |
BEASLEY B. & STANDLEY T.C. (2002). Shirts vs. skins :
Clothing as an indicator of gender role stereotyping in
video games. Mass Communication & Society, 5,
279-293. |
|
LAMBERT, S. (1972). Reactions to a stranger as a function
of style of dress. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 35,
711-712. |
GUÉGUEN, N., JACOB, C. et LEGOHÉREL, P. (2003).
Personnalisation, attrait physique et acceptation d'une
requête : Une évaluation dans le cas de la communication
médiatisée par ordinateur. Revue Canadienne des
Sciences du Comportement, 35, 84-96. |
|
JOSEPH, N. & ALEX, N. (1972). The uniform : A
sociological perspective. American Journal of
Sociology, 7 (7), 719-730. |
BRASE, G.L. & RICHMOND, J. (2004). The white-coat
effect : Physician attire and perceived authority,
friendliness, and attractiveness. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 34 (12), 2469-2481. |
|
GREEN, P. & GILES, H. (1973). Reactions to a stranger
as a function of dress style : the tie. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 37, 676. |
GRAMMER, K., RENNINGER, L.A. & FISCHER, B. (2004).
Disco clothing, female sexual motivation, and Style of
dress as a perceptual cue in impression formation.
relationship status : Is she dressed to impress ? Journal
of Sex Research, 41, 66-74. [PDF] |
| |
BARTON, R.A. & HILL, R.A. (2005). Sporting contests -
Seeing red ? Putting sportswear in context - Reply.
Nature, 437, 10-11. [PDF] |
|
BICKMAN, L. (1974). The social power of a uniform. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 4, 47-61. |
EISEND, M. (2006). Source credibility dimensions in
marketing communication – A generalized solution. Journal
of Empirical Generalizations in Marketing Science, 10 (2),
1-33. [PDF] |
|
CONNORS, B.H., PETERS, K. & NAGASAWA, R.H. (1975).
Person and costume : Effects on the formation of first
impressions. Home Economics Research Journal, 4 (1),
32-41. |
JULHAN, S., KSIBII-SAHLI, A., LAMOINE, A. et LEGENDRE, C.
(2007). L'apparence : atout ou obstacle ? Influence du
style vestimentaire sur l'attractivité d'une personne.
Laboratoire de Psychologie Sociale et Cognitive, 3, 57-65.
[PDF] |
|
JUDD, N., BULL, R.H.C. & GAHAGAN, D. (1975). The
effects of clothing style upon the reactions of a
stranger. Social Behavior & Personality, 3
(2), 225-227. [PDF] |
GURUNG, R.A.R. & CHROUSER, C.J. (2007). Predicting
objectification : Do provocative clothing and observer
characteristics matter ? Sex Roles, 57, 91-99. |
| |
GILLIGAN, I. (2007). Clothing and farming origins : The
Indo-Pacific evidence. Journal of Indo-Pacific
Archaeology, 27, 12–21. |
|
JOHNSON, B.H., NAGASAWA, R.H. & PETERS, K. (1977).
Clothing style differences : Their impression of
sociability. Home Economics Journal, 6 (1),
58-63. |
CHORY, R.M. (2007). Enhancing student perceptions of
fairness : The relationship between instructor credibility
and classroom justice. Communication Education, 56
(1), 89-105. |
|
FORTENBERRY, J.H., MACLEAN J., MORRIS, P. & O'CONNELL,
M. (1978). Mode of dress as a perceptual cue to deference.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 104, 139-140. |
ELLIOT, A.J. & NIESTA, D. (2008). Romantic red : Red
enhances men's attraction to women. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 95, 1150-1164.
[PDF] |
|
NUTTER, D. & REID, D.H. (1978). Teaching retarded
women a clothing selection skill using community norms. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (4), 475-487. [PDF] |
ATTRILL, M.J., GRESTY, K.A., HILL, R.A. & BARTON, R.A.
(2008). Red shirt colour is associated with long-term team
success in English football. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 26, 577-582. [PDF] |
|
BULL, R. & GIBSON-ROBINSON, E. (1981). The influence
of eye-gaze, style of dress, and locality on the amounts
of money donated to a charity. Human Relations, 34,
895-905. |
SEBASTIAN, R.J. & BRISTOW, D. (2008). Formal or
Informal ? The impact of style of dress and forms of
address on business students ? Perceptions of professors.
Journal of Education for Business, 83 (4),
196-201. |
|
EDMONDS, E.M. & CAHOON, D.D. (1984). Female clothes
preference related to male sexual interest. Bulletin
of the Psychonomic Society, 22, 171-173. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2009). Man's uniform and receptivity of women
to courtship request : Three field experiments with a
firefighter's uniform. European Journal of Social
Sciences, 12 (2), 235-240. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, L.L. (1985). Perceived somatotype, body-cathexis,
and attitudes toward clothing among college females. Perceptual
and Motor Skills, 61, 1199-1205. |
ROBERTS, C., OWEN, R.C. & HAVLICEK, J. (2010).
Distinguishing between perceiver and wearer effects in
clothing color-associated attributions. Evolutionary
Psychology, 8 (3), 350-364. |
|
DAMHORST, M.L. & REED, J.A.P. (1986), Clothing color
value and facial expression : Effects on evaluations of
female job applicants. Social Behavior &
Personality, 14, 89-98. |
McDERMOTT, L.A. & PETTIJOHN, T.F. (2011). The
influence of clothing fashion and race on the perceived
socioeconomic status and person perception of college
students. Psychology & Society, 4 (2),
64-75. [PDF] |
|
|
ABBEY, A., COZZARELLI, C., McLAUGHLIN, K. & HARNISH,
R.J. (1987). The effects of clothing and dyad sex
composition on perceptions of sexual intent : do women and
men evaluate these cues differently ? Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 12, 108-126. |
GOODIN, S., VAN DENBURG, A., MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L.
(2011). "Putting on" sexiness : A content analysis of the
presence of sexualizing characteristics in girls'
clothing. Sex Roles, 65, 1-12. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E. (1988). Trait inferences based on perceived
ownership of designer, brand name, or store brand jeans. Clothing
& Textiles Research Journal, 6 (2), 23-29. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2011). The effect of women's suggestive
clothing on men's behavior and judgment : a field study. Psychological
Reports, 109 (2), 635-638.
[PDF] |
|
FRANK, M.G. & GILOVICH, T. (1988), The dark side of
self- and social perception : Black uniforms and
aggression in professional sports, Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 54, 74-85. |
LIGHTSTONE, K., FRANCIS, R. & KOCUM, L. (2011).
University faculty style of dress and students' perception
of instructor credibility. International Journal of
Business & Social Science, 2 (15), 15-22.
[PDF] |
|
SATRAPA, A., MELHADO, M.B., CURADO- COELHO M.M. &
OTTA, E. (1992). Influence of style of dress on formation
of first impressions. Perceptual & Motor Skills,
74 (1), 159-162.
[PDF] |
TAKAHASHI, S. (2012). Effect of red vs black clothing on
the impression of persons engaged in a dialogue. Journal
of the International Colour Association, 7, 4-12 [PDF] |
| |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2012). Color and women attractiveness : When
red clothed women are perceived to have more intense
sexual intent. The Journal of Social Psychology, 152
(3), 261-265. |
| |
MEIER, B.P., D'AGOSTINO, P.R., ELLIOT, A.J., MAIER, M.A.
& WILKOWSKI, B.M. (2012). Color in context :
Psychological context moderates the influence of red on
approach-and avoidance-motivated behavior. PLOS One,
7 (7), 1-5. [PDF] |
| |
GRAFF, K., MURNEN, S.K. & SMOLAK, L. (2012). Too
sexualized to be taken seriously ? Perceptions of a girl
in childlike vs. sexualizing clothing. Sex Roles, 11,
764-775. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E., JOHNSON, K.K. & HADELER, B. (1993). The
influence of clothing on students' interpretative and
extended inferences about a teaching assistant.
College Student Journal, 27 (1), 119-128. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2012). Clothing color and
tipping : Gentlemen patrons give more tips to waitresses
with red clothes. Journal of Hospitality &
Tourism, 38 (2), 275-280. [PDF] |
|
LUKAVSKY, J., BUTLER, S. & HARDEN, A.J. (1995).
Perceptions of an instructor : Dress and students ?
characteristics. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 81,
231-240. |
ELLIOT, A.J., TRACY, J.L., PRAZDA, A.D. & BEALL, A.T.
(2013). Red enhances women's attractiveness to men : First
evidence suggesting universality. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 49, 165-168. [PDF] |
| |
DREISKAMPER, D., STAUSS, B., HAGEMANN, N. & BUESCH, D.
(2013). Influence of red jersey colour on physical
parameters in combat sports. International Journal of
Sport & Exercise Psychology, 35, 44-49. [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, T.L., GORHAM, J., COHEN, S.H. & HUFFMAN, D.
(1996). Fashion in the classroom : Effects of attire on
student perceptions of instructors in college classes. Communication
Education, 45 (2), 135-148. |
BEALL, A.T. & TRACY, J.L. (2013). Women are more
likely to wear red or pink at peak fertility. Psycholgical
Science, 24 (9), 1837-1841. [PDF] |
|
ROACH, D.K. (1997). Effects of graduate teaching assistant
attire on student leaming, misbehaviors, and ratings of
instruction. Communication Quarterly, 4 (3),
125-141. [PDF] |
SUN, Y. & GUO, S. (2014). Media exposure, social
comparison and self-discrepancy : A model of prediction of
fashion clothing involvement. Intercultural
Communication Studies, 22 (2), 151-172. [PDF] |
|
BARBER, N. (1999). Women's dress fashions as a function of
reproductive strategy. Sex Roles, 40, 459-471. |
GUÉGUEN, N. & JACOB, C. (2014). Clothing color and
tipping : Gentlemen patrons give more tips to waitresses
with red clothes. Journal of Hospitality &
Tourism Research, 38 (2), 275-280. |
|
WORKMAN, J.E. & FRREBURG, E.W. (1999). An examination
of date rape, victim dress, and perceiver variables within
the context of attribution theory. Sex Roles, 41,
261 278. |
GILLIGAN, I. (2016). Clothing. In T.K. Shackelford (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of evolutioanary psychological science (pp.
1-8). Springer. [PDF] |
| |
WIEDEMANN, D, BURT, D.M., HILL, R.A. & BARTON, R.A.
(2018). Red clothing increases perceived dominance,
aggression and anger. Biology Letters, 11, 1-4.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Attirance
physique, Attraction
interpersonnelle, Théorie
naïve, Mode,
Impression, Couleur
et Apparence |
|
|
|
Habitat : Voir Milieu
naturel. Natural setting, naturalistic
setting, natural environment, natural life setting, real-world
setting.
|
Habituation
: Disparition progressive d'une réponse
par suite de la répétition
du stimulus qui déclenche
cette réponse. EX: Lorsqu'on habite près d'une
grande artère, on s'habitue avec le temps aux bruits de la rue,
aux passages des voitures; et la campagne ou le sous-bois
deviennent alors insupportables... :0) Habituation.
| |
|
|
MILLER, N.E. (1950). Outline on training and habituation
of rats for laboratory work. In R.W. Gerard (Ed.), Methods
in medical research (Vol. 3, pp. 216-218). Chicago
: Yearbook Publishers. |
McCALL, R.E. & GARRIGER, M.S. (1993). A meta analysis
of infant habituation and recognition memory performance
as predictors of later IQ. Child Development, 64,
57-79. |
|
BRIMER, C.J. & KAMIN, L.J. (1963). Disinhibition,
habituation, sensitization, and the conditioned emotional
response. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 56, 508-516. |
BROSTER, B.S. & RANKIN, C.H. (1994). Effects of chang-
ing interstimulus interval during habituation in
Caeorhabditis elegans. Behavioral Neuroscience, 108,
1019-1029. |
|
THOMPSON, R.F. & SPENCER W.A. (1966). Habituation : A
model phenomenon for the study of neuronal substrates of
behavior. Psychological Review, 73, 16-43. |
STADDON, J.ER. & HIGGA, J.J. (1996). Multiple time
scales in simple habituation. Psychological Review,
103, 720-733. |
|
GROVES, P.M. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1970). Habituation : a
dual-process theory. Psychological Review, 77,
419-450. |
|
|
DAVIS, M. (1970). Effects of interstimulus interval length
and variability on startle-response habituation in the
rat. Journal of Comparative & Physiological
Psychology, 72, 177–192. |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & WEATHERLY, J. (1998). Habituation to
the reinforcer may contribute to multiple-schedule
behavioral contrast. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis Behavior, 69 (2), 199-221.
[PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, S. & FENZ, W.D. (1970). Habituation to a loud
sound as a function of manifest anxiety. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 75, 189-194. |
|
|
PANCRATZ, C.N. & COHEN, L.B. (1970). Recovery of
habituation in infants. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 9, 208-215. |
|
|
ROSE, J.K. & RANKIN, C.H. (2001). Analyses of
habituation in C. elegans. Learning & Memory, 8,
63-69. |
COHEN, L.B., GELBER, E.R. & LAZAR, M.A. (1971). Infant
habituation and generalization to differing degrees of
stimulus novelty. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 11,
379-389. |
|
|
JEFFREY, W.E. & COHEN, L.B. (1971). Habituation in the
human infant. In H. Reese (Ed.), Advances in child
development and behavior (Vol.6, pp. 63-97). New
York : Academic Press. |
|
|
AVRILL, J.R., MALMSTROM, E.J., KORIAT, A. & LAZARUS
R.S. (1972). Habituation to complex emotional stimuli.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 80, 20-28. |
ERNST, M.M. & EPSTEIN, L.H. (2002). Habituation of
responding for food in humans. Appetite, 38,
224-234. |
|
ÖHMAN, A. & LADER, M.H. (1972). Selective attention
and "habituation" of the auditory averaged evoked response
in humans. Physiology & Behavior, 8, 79-85. |
SIROIS, S. & MARESCHAL, D. (2002) Models of infant
habituation. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 6,
293-298. |
|
ÖHMAN, A., KAYE, J.J. & LADER, M.H. (1972). Regular
interstimulus interval as a critical determinant of
short-term "habituation" of the auditory averaged evoked
response. Psychonomic Science, 27, 275-278. |
|
|
EISENSTEIN, E.M. & PERETZ, B. (1973). Comparative as-
pects of habituation in invertebrates. In H.V.S. Peeke
& M.J. Herz (Eds.), Habituation : Physiological
substrates (Vol. 2. pp. 1–31). New York : Academic
Press. |
McSWEENEY, F.K. & SWINDELL, S. (2002). Common
processes may contribute to extinction and habituation. Journal
of General Psychology, 129 (4), 364-400. |
|
KORIAT, A., AVRILL, J.R. & MALMSTROM, E.J. (1973).
Individual differences in habituation : Some conceptual
issues. Journal of Experimental Research in
Personality, 7, 88-101. |
McSWEENEY, F.K., MURPHY, E.S. & KOWAL, B.P. (2003).
Dishabituation with component transitions may contribute
to the interactions observed during multiple schedules. Behavioural Processes, 64, 77-89. |
|
WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1974).
Pharmacological and anatomical dissociation of two types
of habituation. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 87, 724-732. |
GRAMMER, K., RENNINGER, L.A. & FISCHER, B. (2004).
Disco clothing, female sexual motivation, and relationship
status : Is she dressed to impress ? Journal of Sex
Research, 41, 66-74. [PDF] |
|
|
WILLIAMS, J.M., HAMILTON, L.W. & CARLTON, P.I. (1975).
Ontogenetic dissociationof two classes of habituation. Journal
of Comparative physiology & Psychological, 89,
733-737. |
McSWEENEY, F.K. (2004). Dynamic changes in reinforcer
effectiveness : Satiation and habituation have different
implications for theory and practice. The Behavior
Analyst, 27, 171-188.
[PDF] |
|
COHEN, L.B., DELOACHE, J.S. & RISSMAN, M.W. (1975).
The effect of stimulus complexity on infant visual
attention and habituation. Child Development, 45,
611-617 |
|
|
WHITLOW, J.W. (1975). Short-term memory in habituation and
dishabituation. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 1, 189-206. |
SCHÖNER, G. & THELEN, E. (2006). Using dynamic field
theory to rethink infant habituation. Psychological
Review, 113 (2), 273-299.
[PDF] |
|
WAGNER, A.R. (1976). Priming in STM : An
information-processing mechanism for self-generated or
retrieval- generated depression in performance. In T.J.
Tighe & R.N. Leaton (Eds.), Habituation :
Perspectives from child development, animal behavior and
neurophysiology (pp. 95-128). New York : Wiley. |
|
COHEN, L.B. (1976). Habituation of infant visual
attention. In T. Tighe & R. N. Leaton (Eds.), Habituation
: Perspectives from child development, animal behavior
and neurophysiology
(pp. 207-238). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
COHEN, L.B. & MENTEN, T.G. (1981). The rise and fall
of infant habituation. Infant Behavior &
Development, 4, 269-280. |
|
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1987). Neurobiology, psychology and
habituation. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 25
(2), 81-97. |
ATTRILL, M.J., GRESTY, K.A., HILL, R.A. & BARTON, R.A.
(2008). Red shirt colour is associated with long-term team
success in English football. Journal of Sports
Sciences, 26, 577-582. [PDF] |
|
BORNSTEIN, M.H. (1988). Answers to three prominent
questions about habituation. Cahiers de Psychologie
Cognitive, 8, 531-538. |
TEMPLE, J.L., GIACOMELLI, A.M., ROEMMICH, J.N. &
EPSTEIN, L.H. (2008). Habituation and within session
changes in motivated responding for food in children. Appetite,
50 (2-3), 390-396. [PDF]
|
|
POUCET, B., DURUP, M. & THINUS-BLANC, C. (1988).
Short-term and long-term habituation of exploration in
rats, hamsters and gerbils. Behavioural Processes,
16, 203-211. |
|
|
MACKINTOSH, N.J. (1988). Comparator theories of
habituation : A reply. Biological Psychology, 27,
65-67. |
RANKIN, C.H., ABRAMS, T., BARRY, R.J., BHATNAGAR, S.
CLAYTON, D., COLOMBO, J., COPPOLA, G., GEYER, M.A.,
GLANZMAN, D.L., MARSLAND, S., MCSWEENEY, F., WILSON, D.A.,
WU, C.F. & THOMPSON, R.F. (2009). Habituation
revisited : An updated and revised description of the
behavioral characteristics of habituation. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 92, 135-138. [PDF] |
|
HALL, G. & HONEY, R.C. (1989). Contextual effects in
conditioning, latent inhibition, and habituation :
Associative and retrieval functions of contextual cues. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes,
15 (3), 232-241. [PDF] |
|
|
BORNSTEIN, M.H. & LUDEMANN, P.L. (1989). Habituation
at home. Infant Behavior & Development, 12,
525-529. |
EPSTEIN, L.H., TEMPLE, J.L., ROEMMICH, J.N. & BOUTON,
M.E. (2009). Habituation as a determinant of human food
intake. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 384-407.
[PDF] |
|
EPSTEIN, L.H., RODEFER, J.S., WISNIEWSKI, L., MCSWEENEY,
F.K., MURPHY, E.S., KOWAL, B. & CAGGIULA, A.R. (1992).
Habituation and dishabituation of humans salivary
response. Physiology & Behavior, 51,
945-950. |
ROBERTS, S.C., OWEN, R.C. & HAVLICEK, J. (2010).
Distinguishing between perceiver and wearer effects in
clothing color-associated attributions. Evolutionary
Psychology, 8, 350-364. |
|
LEINBACH, M. & FAGOT, B. (1993). Categorical
habituation to male and female faces : Gender schematic
processing in infancy. Infant Behavior &
Development, 16, 317-332. |
EPSTEIN L.H., CARR, K.A., CAVANAUGH, M.D., PALUCH, R.A.
& BOUTON, M.E. (2011). Long-term habituation to food
in obese and nonobese women. The American Journal of
Clinical Nutrition, 94, 371-376. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Réponse |
|
|
Habitude : Comportement
fréquent et automatique (émis sans conscience ou volonté). En
raison de sa fréquence,
l'habitude est un comportement difficile à modifier et parfois
nuisible. Dans la théorie de Hull,
l'habitude désigne la relation entre le stimulus
et le comportement.
Habit.
| |
|
|
BEAUNIS, H.E. (1856). De l'habitude en général. |
AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R.G. (1977). Habit control in
a day. New York : Simon & Shuster. |
|
JAMES, W. (1890). Habit. New York : H. Holt and
Co. |
AZRIN, N.H. & NUNN, R.G. (1973). Habit- reversal : A
method of eliminating nervous habits and tics.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 11, 619-628. |
|
MORGAN, C.L. (1896). Habit and instinct. London
: Edward Arnold. |
PILIAVIN, J.A. (1991). Is the road to helping paved with
good intentions ? Or inertia based on habit ? In J. Howard
& P.L. Callero (Eds.) The self-society interface :
Cognition, emotion, and action (pp. 259-280).
Cambridge : Cambridge University Pess. |
|
BRYAN, W.L. & HARTER, N. (1899). Studies on the
telegraphic language : The acquisition of a hierarchy of
habits. Psychological Review, 6, 345-375. |
WOODS, D.W. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (1995). Habit
reversal : A review of applications and variations.
Journal of Behavior Therapy & Experimental
Psychiatry, 26, 123-131. |
|
BAIR, J.H. (1902). The practice curve : A study of the
formation of habits. Psychological review : Monograph
supplements, 19, 1-70. |
WOODS, D.W., MILTENBERGER, R.G. & LUMLEY, V.A. (1996).
Sequential application of major habit-reversal. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 34 (4), 483-493. [PDF] |
|
YERKES, R.M. & DODSON, J.D. (1908). The relation of
strength of stimuli to rapidity of habit-formation. Journal
of Comparative Neurology & Psychology, 18, 459-82.
[PDF] |
OUELLETTE, J. & WOOD, W. (1998). Habit and intention
in everyday life : The multiple processes by which past
behavior predicts future behavior. Psychological
Bulletin, 124, 54-74. [PDF] |
|
FRANZ, S.I. & LASHLEY, K.S. (1917). The retention of
habits by the rat after destruction of the frontal portion
of the cerebrum. Psychobiology, 1, 3-18. |
ALLEN, K.D. (1998). The use of an enhanced simplified
habit-reversal procedure to reduce disruptive outbursts
during athletic. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 31 (3), 489-492. [PDF] |
| |
AARTS, H. & DIJKSTERHUIS, A. (1999). Habit, attitude,
and planned behaviour : is habit an empty construct or an
interesting case of goal-directed automaticity ? European
Review of Social Psychology, 10 (1), 101-134. |
| |
AARTS, H. & DIJKSTERHUIS, A. (2000). Habits as
knowledge structures : Automaticity in goal-directed
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 53-63. |
|
LASHLEY, K.S. & FRANZ, S.I. (1917). The effects of
cerebral destruction upon habit formation and retention in
the albino rat. Psychobiology, 1, 71-139. |
WOODS, D.W. & TWOHIG, M.P. (2001). Habit reversal as a
treatment for chronic skin picking in typically developing
adult male siblings. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 34 (2), 217-220. [PDF] |
|
KANTOR, J.R. (1922). The integrative character of habits.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 2, 195-216. |
CERUTTI, D.T. (2002). Psychology of conditioning and
habit. In N.J. Smelser & P.B. Baltes (Eds.), International
encyclopedia of the social and behavioral sciences.
Oxford : Elsevier Science. |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1930). Repetition in the breaking of habits. Scientific
Monthly, 30, 66-70. |
WOOD, W. QUINN, J.M. & KASHY, D.A. (2002). Habits in
everyday life : thought, emotion, and action. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 83 (6),
1281-1297. [PDF] |
|
DUNLAP, K. (1932). Habits : Their making and
unmaking. New York : Liveright. |
PICKEL, A. (2005). The habitus process : A biopsychosocial
conception. Journal for the Theory of Social
Behaviour, 35 (4), 437-461. |
|
|
HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family
hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological
Review, 41, 33-54. |
MARKS, D.F. (2005). Overcoming your smoking habit.
London : Robinson. |
|
SCHMIDEBERG, M. (1935). Bad habits in childhood. Their
importance in development. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 14, 455-461. |
EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W. (2005.) Neural systems
of reinforcement for drug addiction : from actions to
habits to compulsion. Nature Neuroscience, 8, 1481-1489.
[PDF] |
|
ISAACS, S.S. (1935). Bad habits. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 446-454. |
WOOD, W., TAM, L. & GUERRERO WITT, M. (2005). Changing
circumstances, disrupting habits. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 88, 918-933. [PDF] |
|
WHITING, J.W.M. & MOWRER, O.H. (1943). Habit
progression and regression : A laboratory study of some
factors relevant to human socialization. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 36 (3), 229-253. |
MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2005). Habit Reversal. In A. Gross
& R. Drabman (Eds.), Encyclopedia of behavior
modification and cognitive behavior therapy (Vol.2,
pp. 873-877). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage. |
| |
BACHEVALIER, J. (2006). Ontogenetic development of habit
and memory formation in primates. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 608 (1), 457-484. |
|
FINNEGAN, J.K., LARSON, P.S. & HAAG, H.B. (1945). The
role of nicotine in the cigarette habit. Science,
102, 94-96. |
NEAL, D.T., WOOD, W. & QUINN, J.M. (2006). Habits : A
repeat performance. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 15, 198-202. [PDF] |
|
MOWRER, O.H. & JONES, H. (1945). Habit strength as a
function of the pattern of reinforcement. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35, 293-311. |
WOOD, W. & NEAL, D.T. (2007). A new look at habits and
the habit-goal interface. Psychological Review, 114
(4), 843-863. [PDF] |
|
DOLLARD, J. (1947). The acquisition of new social habits.
In R. Linton (Ed.), The science of man in the world
crisis (pp. 442-464). New York : Columbia
University Press. |
WEBB, T.L., SHEERAN, P. & LUSZCZYNSKA, A. (2010).
Planning to break unwanted habits : Habit strength
moderates implementation intention effects on behaviour
change. British Journal of Social Psychology, 48
(3), 507-523. |
|
GORN, S. (1959). On the mechanical stimulation of
habit-forming and learning. Information &
Control, 2, 226-259. |
NEAL, D.T., WOOD, W., ABRECQUE, J.S. & LAILY, P.
(2011). How do habits guide behavior ? Perceived and
actual triggers of habits in daily life. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 48 (2), 492-498.
[PDF] |
| |
OULASVIRTA, A, RATTENBURRY, T. & MA, L. & RAITA, E. (2011). Habits make smartphone use more pervasive. Personal
& Ubiquitous Computing, 16 (1), 105-114. |
|
DULANY, D.E. (1961). Hypotheses and habits in verbal
"operant conditioning". Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 63, 251-263. |
AGGARWAL, M. & WICKENS, J.R. (2011). A role for phasic
dopamine neuron firing in habit learning. Neuron, 72,
892-894. [PDF] |
|
NILSEN, P., ROBACK, K., BROSTRÖM, A. & ELLSTRÖM,
P.E.E. (2012). Creatures of habit : accounting for the
role of habit in implementation research on clinical
behaviour change. Implementation Science, 7,
53-59. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Comportement |
|
|
Habitude auto-mutilante : Ensemble d'habitudes qui peuvent se transformer en
compulsion, qui engendre alors des mutilations
corporelles légères mais qui avec le temps, peuvent occassioner
des problèmes gde santé ou un rejet social. =
habitude auto-destructive.
Body dysmorphic disorder.
| |
|
|
ROBERTS, S., O'CONNOR, K. & BÉLANGER, C. (2013).
Emotion regulation and other psychological models for
body-focused repetitive behaviors. Clinical
Psychology Review, 33, 745-762. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Automutilation |
| |
|
Habitus : Selon Bourdieu,
forme de socialisation
des individus qui favorise la reproduction des
inégalités sociales, notamment des classes
sociales.
| |
|
|
BOURDIEU, P. (1990). The logic of practice.
Cambridge : Polity Press. [PDF] |
|
BOURDIEU, P. (2000). Esquisse d'une théorie de la
pratique. Paris : Seuil |
|
BOLTANSKI, L. (2003). Usages faibles, usages forts de
l'habitus. In P. Encrevé et R.-M. Lagrave (Dirs.), Travailler
avec Bourdieu (p. 153-161). Paris : Éditions
Flammarion. |
|
SAPIRO, G. (2004). La formation de l'habitus scientifique.
In L. Pinto, G. Sapiro et P. Champagne (Dirs.), Pierre
Bourdieu, sociologue (p. 319-325). Paris : Fayard. |
|
HAUGAARD, M. (2008). Power and habitus. Journal of
Power, 1 (2), 189-206. |
|
|
Voir aussi Bourdieu
|
|
|
| HA
- HAGOPIAN
- HALDANE - HALL -
HALLUCINATION - HALPERN
- HAMILTON - HAMNER
- HANDICAP MENTAL -
HANS/Petit - HAP |
Hackenberg Timothy D. (Lynwood 1959-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage.
Étudiant de Hineline.
Collaborateur de Branch, Dallery,
Lattal et Madden.
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. & HINELINE, P.N. (1987). Remote
effects of aversive contingencies : Disruption of
appetitive behavior by adjacent avoidance sessions. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 48 (1),
161-173. [PDF] |
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. & HINELINE, P.N. (1992). Choice in
situations of time-based diminishing returns : Immediate
versus delayed consequences of action. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 57 (1), 67-80.
[PDF] |
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. & VAIDYA, M. (2003). Determinants of
pigeons’ choices in token-based self-control procedures. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 79 (2),
207-218. [PDF] |
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. (2009). Token reinforcement : A review
and analysis. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 91 (2), 257-286. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HACKENBERG, T.D. (2009). Realism without truth : A review
of Giere’s Science without laws and scientific
perspectivism. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 91 (3), 391-402. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hacking Ian (Vancouver 1936-2023 Toronto) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
canadien.
|
HACKING, I. (1963). What is strict implication ? Journal of Symbolic Logic, 28, 51-71. |
|
HACKING, I. (1978). On the reality of existence and
identity. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 8, 613-632. |
|
HACKING, I. (1979). What is logic ? Journal of
Philosophy, 86, 285-319. |
|
HACKING, I. (1982). Experimentation and scientific
realism. Philosophical Topics, 13, 81-87. |
|
HACKING, I. (1989). The life of instruments. Studies
in the History & Philosophy of Science, 20,
265-279. |
|
|
|
Hadley Charles D. ( ) : Politologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des partis
politiques.
|
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Political
parties and political issues : Patterns in
differentiation since the New Deal. Beverly Hills :
SAGE. |
|
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1973). Party definition and party differentiation. Public Opinion Quarterly, 37 (2), 21-34. |
|
HADLEY, C.D. & LADD, E.C. (1975). Transformations of the american party system : Political coalitions from
the New Deal to the 1970s. New York : W.W. Norton
& Company. |
|
HADLEY, C.D. (1981). Survey research and southern politics : The implications of data management. Public Opinion
Quarterly, 45 (4), 393-401. |
|
HADLEY, C.D. & EPSTEIN, L. (1990). On the treatment of
political parties in the U.S. Supreme Court, 1900-1986. The
Journal of Politics, 52 (5), 413-432. |
|
|
|
Haeckel Ernst Heinrich Philipp August (Potsdam 1834-1919) :
Biologiste et philosophe
allemand. Il a fait connaître la théorie de la sélection naturelle
de Darwin en Allemagne.
|
|
|
Hagger Martin ( ) : Psychologue anglais et spécialiste de la psychologie
de la santé et de la
médecine béhaviorale. Il s'intéresse notamment aux facteurs psychologiques à l'origine de l'exercice
physique. Collaborateur de Chatzisarantis.
|
HAGGER, M.S. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2009).
Self-determination theory and the psychology of exercise. International Review of Sport & Exercise
Psychology, 1 (1), 79-103. [PDF] |
|
HAGGER, M.S. (2009). Theoretical integration in health
psychology : Unifying ideas and complimentary
explanations. British Journal of Health Psychology,
14, 189-194. |
|
HAGGER, M.S. (2010). Health psychology review : Advancing theory and research in health psychology and behavioural medicine. Health Psychology Review, 4, 1-5. |
|
HAGGER, M.S., RENTZELAS, P. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2014). Effects of individualist and collectivist group
norms and choice on intrinsic motivation. Motivation
& Emotion, 38, 215-223. |
|
HAGGER, M.S. & CHATZISARANTIS, N.L.D. (2016). The
trans-contextual model of autonomous motivation in
education : Conceptual and empirical issues and
meta-analysis. Review of Educational Research, 86 (2),
360-407. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hagopian Louis P. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain. Collaborateur de Iwata,
Bailey, Deleon,
Fisher, Leblanc,
Piazza, Poling,
Thompson, Vollmer
et Zarcone.
|
HAGOPIAN, L.P., FISHER, W.W. & LEGACY, S.M. (1994).
Schedule effects of noncontingent reinforcement on
attention-maintained destructive behavior in identical
quadruplets. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 27
(2), 317-325. [PDF] |
|
HAGOPIAN, L.P., CROCKETT, J.L., VAN STONE, M., DELEON,
I.G. & BOWMAN, L.G. (2000). Effects of noncontingent
reinforcement on problem behavior and stimulus engagement
: The role of satiation, extinction, and alternative
reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
33 (4), 433-449.
[PDF] |
|
HAGOPIAN, L.P., TOOLE, L.M., LONG, E.S., BOWMAN, L.G.
& LIEVING, G.A. (2004). A comparison of dense-to-lean
and fixed lean schedules of alternative reinforcement and
extinction. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 37
(3), 323-328. [PDF] |
|
HAGOPIAN, L.P., BRUZECK, J.L., BOWMAN, L.G. & JENNETT, H.K. (2007). Assessment and treatment of problem behavior occasioned by interruption of free-operant behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 40 (1), 89-103. [PDF] |
|
HAGOPIAN, L.P., ROOKER, G.W. & ZARCONE, J.R. (2015). Delineating subtypes of self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 48 (3), 523-543.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Haidt Jonathan ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain et tenant de la psychologue
positive, spécialisé dans l'étude de la moralité
et des émotions.
Collaborateur de Keltner, Olatunji,
Rodin, Rozin,
Shiota et Stenner.
|
HAIDT, J., KOLLER, S. & DIAS, M. (1993). Affect,
culture, and morality, or is it wrong to eat your dog ? Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 613-628.
[PDF]
|
|
HAIDT, J., ROZIN, P., MCCAULEY, C. & IMADA, S. (1997).
Body, psyche, and culture : The relationship of disgust to
morality. Psychology & Developing Societies, 9,
107-131. [PDF]
|
|
HAIDT, J. & RODIN, J. (1999). Control and efficacy as
interdisciplinary bridges. Review of General
Psychology, 3, 317-337. [PDF]
|
|
HAIDT, J. (2001). The emotional dog and its rational tail
: A social intuitionist approach to moral judgment. Psychological
Review, 108, 814-834. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HAIDT, J. (2007). The new synthesis in moral psychology. Science,
316, 998-1002. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Haier
Richard J. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Collaborateur de
Jung, Maddi et Yeo.
|
HAIER, R.J., CHUEH, D., TOUCHETTE, P., LOTT, I.,
BUCHSBAUM, M.S., MACMILLAN, D., SANDMAN, C. LACASSE, L.
& SOSA, E. (1995). Brain size and cerebral glucose
metabolic rate in nonspecific mental retardation and Down
syndrome. Intelligence, 20 191-210. [PDF] |
|
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE,
M.T. (2004). Structural brain variation and general
intelligence. NeuroImage, 23 (1), 425-433. [PDF] |
|
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE,
M.T. (2005). The neuroanatomy of general intelligence :
sex matters. NeuroImage, 25, 320-327. [PDF] |
|
HAIER, R.J., JUNG, R.E., YEO, R.A., HEAD, K. & ALKIRE, M.T. (2005). Structural brain variation, age and response
time. Cognitive, Affective, & Behavioral
Neuroscience, 5 (2), 246-251. [PDF] |
|
HAIER, R.J. (2014). Increased intelligence is a myth (so far). Frontier in Systems Neuroscience, 8, 1-3.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hailman Jack P. (St. Louis 1936-2016 Jupiter Inlet Colony)
: Éthologiste et ornithologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'instinct,
notamment chez le geai bleu.
Étudiant de Wilson.
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1967). The ontogeny of an instinct : The
pecking response in chicks of the laughing gull (Larus
atricilla L.) and related species. Behaviour, 15 (S),
1-159. |
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Spectral pecking preference in gull
chicks : Possible resolution of a species difference.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
67 (4), 465-467. |
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1969). Blue jay mimics osprey. Florida Field Naturalist, 18 (4), 81-82. [PDF] |
|
HAILMAN, J.P. (1989). Toward a new philosophy of biology - review. Auk, 106, 751-752. [LIRE] |
|
HAILMAN, J.P., McGOWAN, K.J. & WOOLFENDEN, G.E.
(1994). Role of helpers in the sentinel behaviour of the Florida scrub jay (Aphelocoma c. coerulescens). Ethology,
97, 119-140. |
|
|
|
Haine : Émotion ou sentinement.
Haine, violence et racisme.
Hate, hatred.
| |
|
|
TARDIEU, E. (1905). La haine : Étude psychologique. Revue
Philosophique de la France et de l'Étranger, 60,
624. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (2003). A duplex theory of hate :
Development and application to terrorism, massacres, and
genocide. Review of General Psychology, 7 (3),
299-328. |
|
GARDINER, H.N. (1906). La haine. Étude psychologique;
L'ironie. Étude psychologique; Les conditions biologiques
du remords. Psychological Bulletin, 4 (2), 50–52.
|
STERNBERG, R.J. (2004). Understanding and combating hate.
In R.J. Sternberg (Ed.), The psychology of hate
(pp. 37-49). American Psychological Association. |
|
ECKHARDT, W. (1968). Prejudice : Fear, hate or mythology ?
Journal of Human Relations, 16 (1), 32-41. |
SMITH, E.R. & MACKIE, D.M. (2005). Aggression, hatred,
and other emotions. In J.F. Dovidio, P. Glick, and L.A.
Budman (Eds.), On the nnature of prejudice : Fifty
Years after Allport (pp. 361-376). Malden, MA :
Blackwell. |
|
ZEKI, S.M. & ROMAYA, J. (2008). Neural correlates of
hate. PLOS One, 3 (10), 1-8. [PDF] |
|
APPIAH, K.A. (1990). Racism : History of hatred : A
review of George Frederickson's racism : A short
history. New York Times, Book Review Section. |
STERNBERG, R.J. & STERNBERG, K. (2008). The
nature of hate. New York : Cambridge University
Press. |
|
BECK, A.T. (1999). Prisoners of hate : The cognitive
basis of anger, hostility and violence. New York :
HarperCollins. |
FISETTE, D. (2009). Love and hate : Brentano and Stumpf on
emotions and sense feelings. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1),
115-127. |
|
| |
Voir aussi Émotion, Amour
et Racisme |
|
|
|
Haines Mary M. ( ) : Psychiatre
australienne, spécialisée dans l'étude du stress environnemental
et des influences du bruit
sur la santé mentale.
Collaboratrice de Hygge et
Stansfeld.
|
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., BRENTNALL, S., HEAD, J.,
BERRY, B., JIGGINS, M. & HYGGE, S. (2001). The west
London Schools study : the effects of chronic aircraft
noise exposure on child health. Psychological
Medicine, 31, 1385-1396. |
|
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R.F., BERGLUND, B.
& HEAD, J. (2001). Chronic aircraft noise exposure,
stress responses, mental health and cognitive performance
in school children. Psychological Medicine, 31,
265-277. |
|
HAINES, M.M., STANSFELD, S.A., JOB, R., BERGLUND, B. &
HEAD, J. (2001). A follow-up study of effects of chronic
aircraft noise exposure on child stress responses and
cognition. International Journal of Epidemiology,
30, 839-845. |
|
HAINES, M.M. (2002). Multilevel modelling of aircraft
noise on performance tests in schools around Heathrow
Airport London. Journal of Epidemiology &
Community Health, 56, 139-144. |
|
HAINES, M.M. (2003). Qualitative responses of children to
environmental noise. Noise Health, 5, 19-30. |
|
|
|
Haïti : Pays.
| |
|
|
LABELLE, M. (1978/1987). Idéologie de couleur et
classes sociales en Haïti. Montréal : Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
LABELLE, M.D. HOLLY, M.D. et LAROSE, S. (1979).
L'émigration haïtienne, un problème national. Collectif
Paroles, 2,18-26. |
|
LABELLE, M., LAROSE, S. et PICHÉ, V. (1983). Émigration et
immigration : les Haïtiens au Québec. Sociologie et
Sociétés, 15 (2), 73-87. |
|
LABELLE, M., MEINTEL, D., TURCOTTE, G. et KEMPENEERS, M.
(1987). Histoires d'immigrées. Itinéraires d'ouvrières
Colombiennes, Haïtiennes, Grecques, Portugaises de
Montréal. Montréal : Boréal. |
|
LABELLE, M. et THERRIEN, M. (1992). Le mouvement
associatif haïtien au Québec et le discours de leaders. Nouvelles
Pratiques Sociales, 5 (2), 65-83. |
|
LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, É., MARCIL-GRATTON, N. & LE
BOURDAIS, C. (2006). A balancing act : Parents' work
arrangements and family time. In K. McQuillan & Z.R.
Ravanera (Eds.), Canada's changing families :
Implications for individuals and society (pp.
49-75). Toronto : University of Toronto Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Pays |
|
|
Hakanen
Jari J. ( ) : Psychologue
finlandais et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épuisement
professionnel. Collaborateur de
Bakker et Schaufeli.
|
HAKANEN, J.J., PERHONIEMI, R. & TOPPINEN-TANNER, S.
(2008). Positive gain spirals at work : from job resources
to work engagement, personal initiative and work-unit
innovativeness. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 73,
78-91. |
|
HAKANEN, J.J. & SCHAUFELI, W.B. & AHOLA, K.
(2008). The job demands-resources model : a three-year
cross-lagged study of burnout, depression, commitment, and
work engagement. Work & Stress, 22, 224-241. |
|
HAKANEN, J.J. & BAKKER, A.B. & JOKISAARI, M.
(2011). A 35-year follow-up study on burnout among Finnish
employees. Journal of Occupational Health Psychology,
16, 345-360. |
|
HAKANEN, J.J., PEETERS, M. & PERHOIEMI, R. (2011).
Enrichment processes and gain spirals at work and at home
: a three-year cross-lagged panel study. Journal of
Occupational & Organizational Psychology, 84, 8-30. |
|
HAKANEN, J.J. & SCHAUFELI, W.B. (2012). Do burnout and
work engagement predict depressive symptoms and life
satisfaction ? A three-wave seven-year prospective study.
Journal of Affective Disorders, 141 (2-3),
415-424.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hake
Don F. (Indiana 1936-1982 Little Falls) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de de la modification
du comportement, notamment de la coopération, de l'agression
et de la punition.
Collaborateur de Azrin,
Foxx, Holz, Hutchinson
et Ulrich
|
HAKE, D.F. & AZRIN, N.H. (1965). Conditioned
punishment. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 8, 279-293. [PDF] |
|
HAKE, D.F. & VUKELICH, R. (1972). A classification and
review of cooperation procedures. Journal of the
Ex-perimental Analysis of Behavior, 18 (2),
333-343. [PDF] |
|
HAKE, D.F. & VUKELICH, R. (1973). Analysis of the
control exerted by a complex cooperation procedure. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (1),
3-16. [PDF] |
|
HAKE, D.F., VUKELICH, R. & KAPLAN, D.J. (1973). Audit
responses : responses maintained by access to existing
self or coactor scores during non-social, parallel work,
and cooperation procedures. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (3), 409-423.
[PDF] |
|
HAKE, D.F., VUKELICH, R. & OLIVERA, D. (1975). The
measurement of sharing and cooperation as equity effects
and some relationships between them. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9 (3), 233-237.
[PDF] |
|
|
FOXX, R.M. (1985). Don F. Hake (1936-1982). American
Psychologist, 40 (1), 115. |
|
|
|
|
|
Haladyna Thomas M. ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'évaluation,
et plus particulièrement de la validation et de la standardisation
des tests à
choix multiple. Collaborateur de Nolen
et Shaughnessy.
|
HALADYNA, T.M. (1974). Effects of different samples on
item and test characteristics of criterion-referenced
tests. Journal of Educational Measurement, 11, 93-100. |
|
HALADYNA, T.M. & DOWNING, S.M. (1989). Validity of a
taxonomy of multiple-choice item-writing rules. Applied
Measurement in Education, 2, 51-78. |
|
HALADYNA, T.M. (1992). The effectiveness of several
multiple-choice formats. Applied Measurement in
Education, 5, 73-88. |
|
HALADYNA, T.M., DOWNING, S.M. & RODRIGUEZ, M.C.
(2002). A review of multiple-choice item-writing
guidelines for classroom assessment. Applied
Measurement in Education, 15, 309-334. [PDF] |
|
HALADYNA, T.M. (2006). Perils of standardized achievement
testing. Educational Horizons, 85 (1), 40-43. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Halbwachs Maurice (Reims 1877-1945 Buchenwald) : Sociologue
français. On lui doit notamment le
concept de mémoire
collective. Étudiant de Bergson
et Durkheim. Professeur
de Stoetzel. 
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1925). Cadres sociaux de la mémoire.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1930). Les causes du suicide. Paris
: Félix Alcan. |
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1938). Esquisse d'une psychologie des
classes sociales. Paris : Librairie Marcel Rivière
et Cie. |
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1938). La psychologie collective du
raisonnement. Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung. |
|
HALBWACHS, M. (1950). La mémoire collective. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
SABOURIN, P. (1997). Perspective sur la mémoire sociale de Maurice Halbwachs. Sociologie et Sociétés, 29 (2), 139-161.
|
|
MARCEL, J.C. (1998). Jean Stoetzel, élève de Maurice
Halbwachs : Les origines françaises de la théorie des
opinions. L’Année Sociologique, 48 (2), 319-351.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Haldane John Burdon Sanderson (Edimbourg Écosse 1892-1964) : Biologiste, évolutionniste
et généticien
anglais. Il est considéré par plusieurs historiens
des sciences comme l'un des fondateurs de la génétique
des populations (avec Fisher
et Wright). Professeur de
Maynard Smith. Collaborateur
de Smart.
 |
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1927). Selection and mutation. Proceedings
of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 23,
838-844. |
|
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1932). The causes of evolution.
London : Macmillan. |
|
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1933). The part played by recurrent
mutation in evolution. American Naturalist, 67, 5-19. |
|
HALDANE, J.B.S. (1953). Animal populations and their
regulation. Penguin Modern Biology, 15, 9-24. |
|
SMART, J.J.C. & HALDANE, J.B.S. (2003). Atheism
and theism. Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
|
DAVEY-SMITH, G. (2008). "Something funny seems to happen"
: J.B.S. Haldane and our chaotic, complex but
understandable world. International Journal of
Epidemiology, 37, 423-426. |
|
|
|
Hale Sandra ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et
spécialiste de l'étude du
traitement de l'information, notamment de sa vitesse.
Professeur de Bui.
|
HALE, S., MYERSON, J. & WAGSTAFF, D. (1987). General
slowing of nonverbal information processing : Evidence for
a power law. Journal of Gerontology, 42 (2),
131-136. [PDF] |
|
HALE, S. (1990). A global developmental trend in cognitive
processing speed. Child Development, 61, 653-663. |
|
HALE, S., FRY, A.F. & JESSIE, K.A. (1993). Effects of
practice on speed of information processing in children and
adults : Age sensitivity and age invariance. Developmental
Psychology, 29 (5), 880-892. [PDF] |
|
HALE, S. & JANSEN, J. (1994). Global processing-time
coefficients characterize individual and group differences
in cognitive speed. Psychological Science, 5, 384-389. |
|
HALE, S., ROSE, N., MYERSON J., STRUBE, M., SOMMERS, M.,
YE-MURRAY, N. & SPEHAR, B. (2011). The structure of
working memory : Age invariance across the adult life
span. Psychology & Aging, 26, 92–110. |
|
|
|
|
|
Halford
Graeme ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement.
Collaborateur de Cowan.
|
HALFORD, G.S., WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998).
Abstraction : nature, costs, and benefits. International
Journal of Educational Research, 27, 21-35. |
|
HALFORD, G.S., WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (1998).
Processing capacity defined by relational complexity :
Implications for comparative, developmental, and cognitive
psychology. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21, 803-865. |
|
HALFORD, G.S. & ANDREWS, G. (2004). The development of
deductive reasoning : How important is complexity ? Thinking
& Reasoning, 10, 123-145. |
|
HALFORD, G.S., COWAN, N. & ANDREWS, G. (2007).
Separating cognitive capacity from knowledge : A new
hypothesis. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 11,
236-242. |
|
HALFORD, G.S., WILSON, W.H. & PHILLIPS, S. (2010).
Relational knowledge : The Foundation of higher cognition.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 14, 497-505. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hall Calvin Springer (Seattle 1909-1985 Santa Cruz)
: Psychanalyste
et vulgarisateur
scientifique américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des rêves
et narcissime. Collaborateur de Lindzey
et Raskin.
 |
HALL, C.S. (1947). Diagnosing personality by the analysis
of dreams. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 42, 68-79. |
|
HALL, C.S. (1951). What people dream about. Scientific
American, 184, 60-63. |
|
HALL, C.S. (1953). A cognitive theory of dream symbols. Journal
of General Psychology, 48, 169-186. |
|
HALL, C.S. (1957). L'ABC de la psychologie
freudienne. Paris : Montaigne. |
|
HALL, C.S. & LINDZEY, G. (1957). Theories of
personality. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
|
LINDZEY, G. (1987). Obituary : Calvin Springer Hall
(1909-1985). American Psychologist, 42 (2),
185. |
|
|
|
Hall Edward Twitchell (Webster Groves, États-Unis
1914-2009 Santa Fe) : Anthropologue
américain. On lui doit le concept de proxémie
et de distance sociale
(Hall's theory of interpersonal zones).
|
HALL, E.T. (1959/84). The silent language.
Garden City, N.Y : Doubleday/Le langage silencieux.
Paris : Seuil. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1963). A system for the notation of proxemic
behavior. American Anthropology new series, 57, 1003-1026. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1968). Proxemics. Current Anthropology, 9
(2-3), 83-95. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1971). The hidden dimension. Garden
City, N.Y. : Doubleday & Co./ La dimension
cachée. Paris : Seuil. |
|
HALL, E.T. (1976/91). Beyond culture. Garden
City : Anchor Press/Au-delà de la culture. Paris
: Seuil. |
|
|
|
Hall Granville Stanley (Ashfield États-Unis 1844-1924
Worcester États-Unis) : Psychologue
et historien
américain, chef de file du fonctionnalisme.
Il a fondé le premier laboratoire
de psychologie
scientifique aux États-unis (Université
Johns Hopkins). Il a aussi fondé la première revue
scientifique en psychologie, soit l' American Journal of
Psychology et le Journal
of Applied Psychology (Avec Geissler
et Baird). Il fut également le premier président de l'Association
américaine de psychologie (1892 et de nouveau en 1924).
Étudiant de James, Ludwig,
Helmholtz et
Wundt. Professeur de Cattel,
Jatrow, Goddard,
Hume,
Sanford, Sumner et Terman.
Collaborateur de Bowditch.
|
|
HALL, G.S. (1904). Adolescence : its psychology and
its relation to physiology, anthropology, sociology,
sex, crime, religion and education. New York : D.
Appleton & Company. |
|
HALL, G.S. (1906). Youth. New York : D. Appleton
& Company. |
|
HALL, G.S. (1912). Founders of modern psychology. New
York : D. Appleton & Company. |
|
HALL, G.S. (1922). Senescence : the last half of
life. New York : D. Appleton & Company. |
|
HALL, G.S. (1924). Life and confessions of a
psychologist. New York : D. Appleton & Company. |
|
|
ROSS, D. (1972). G. Stanley Hall : The psychologists
as prophet. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago
Press. |
|
DIEHL, L.A. (1986). The paradox of G. Stanley Hall : Foe
of coeducation and educator of women. American
Psychologist, 41, 868-878. |
|
BROOKS-GUNN, J. & JOHNSON, A.D. (2006). G. Stanley
Hall’s contribution to science, practice and policy : The
child study, education and reform movements. History
of Psychology, 9, 247-258. |
|
|
|
Hall Judith A. (Waghington 1946-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des différences
sexuelles, plus particulièrement des
comportements non-verbaux et de la communication
non-verbale. Collaboratrice de Rosenthal,
Taylor et Zucherman.
= J.H. Koivumaki.
|
HALL, J.A. & TAYLOR, S.E. (1976). When love is blind :
Maintaining idealized images of one's spouse. Human
Relations, 29, 751-761 |
|
HALL, J.A., ROSENTHAL, R., ARCHER, D., DIMMATTEO, M.R.
& ROGERS, P.L. (1977). Nonverbal skills in the
classroom. Theory into Practice, 16, 162-166. |
|
HALL, J.A. (1978). Gender effects in decoding nonverbal
cues. Psychological Bulletin, 85, 845-857. |
|
HALL, J.A., HARRIGAN, J.A. & ROSENTHAL, R. (1995).
Nonverbal behavior in clinician-patient interaction. Applied
& Preventive Psychology, 4, 21-37. |
|
HALL, J.A. & MATSUMOTO, D. (2004). Gender difference
in judgments of multiple emotions from facial expressions.
Emotion, 4 (2), 201-206. |
|
|
|
Hall Nancy E. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du bégaiement.
Collaboratrice de Aram
et Bates.
|
HALL, N.E., YAMASHITA, T.S. & ARAM, D.M. (1993).
Relationship between language and fluency in children with
developmental language disorders. Journal of Speech
& Hearing Research, 36 (3), 568-379. |
|
HALL, N.E. (1997). Developmental language disorders.
Seminars in pediatric neurology, 4 (2), 77-85. |
|
HALL, N.E. (2004). Lexical development and retrieval in
treating children who stutter. Language, Speech, &
Hearing Services in Schools, 35, 57-69. |
|
HALL, N.E. (2016). Maternal postpartum depression and
communication development in infants : Is there a role for
the speech-language pathologist ? Perspectives on
Language Learning & Education, 1 (1), 175-181. |
|
HALL, N.E. (2016). The role of observation in clinical
practice. Contemporary Issues in Communication
Sciences & Disorders, 43, 97-104. |
|
|
|
Hall R. Vince ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain, spécialisée en éducation,
plus particulièrement dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
et des renforcements
sociaux. Collaborateur de Axelrod,
Greenwood et Wolf.
|
HALL, R.V. & BRODEN, M. (1967). Behavior changes in
brain-injured children through social reinforcement. Journal
of Experimental Child Psychology, 5 (4), 463-479. |
|
HALL, R.V., LUND, D. & JACKSON, D. (1968). Effects of
teacher attention on study behavior. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
HALL, R.V., PANYAN, M., RABON, D. & BRODEN, M. (1968).
Instructing beginning teachers in reinforcement procedures
that improve classroom control. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (4), 315-322. [PDF] |
|
HALL, R.V., CRISTLER, C., CRANSTON, S.S. & TUCKER, B.
(1970). Teachers and parents as reaserchers using multiple
baseline designs. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 3 (4), 247-255. [PDF] |
|
HALL, R.V., FOX, R., WILLARD, D., GOLDSMITH, L., EMERSON,
M., OWEN, M., DAVIS, F. & PORCIA, E. (1971). The
teacher as observer and experimenter in the modification
of disputing and talking-out behaviors. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 4 (2), 141-149. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Halliwell Wayne R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
québécois, spécialisé en motivation,
notamment dans le sport. Il
enseigne à l'Université de
Montréal. Collaborateur de Vallerand.
|
VALLERAND, R.J. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1983). Vers une
méthodologie de validation trans-culturelle de
questionnaires psychologiques : Implications pour la
psychologie du sport. Journal Canadien des Sciences
Appliquées au Sport, 8, 9-18. [PDF] |
|
VALLERAND, R.J. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1983). Formulations
théoriques contemporaines en motivation intrinsèque :
Revue et critique. Psychologie Canadienne, 24, 243-256.
[PDF] |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., GAUVIN, L.I. & HALLIWELL, W.R.
(1986). Effects of zero-sum competition on children's
intrinsic motivation and perceived competence. Journal
of Social Psychology, 126, 465-472. [PDF] |
|
VALLERAND, R.J., GAUVIN, L.I. & HALLIWELL, W.R. (1986).
Negative effects of competition on children's intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Social Psychology, 126,
649-657. [PDF] |
|
TROTTIER, C., TRUDEL, P., MAGEAU, G. & HALLIWELL, W.R
(2008). Validation de la version canadienne-française du
Life Orientation Test-Revised. Canadian Journal of
Behavioural Science, 40 (4), 238-243. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Halloween
:
Halloween.
|
|
| |
TOBACYK, J.J. (1982). Halloween and paranormal belief. Psychological Reports, 50 (3), 1006. |
|
|
Voir aussi Croyance
ésotérique |
|
|
Hallucination : Déformation de la perception spatiotemporelle. EX: Si, en
regardant cette page sur votre écran, vous voyez le premier
ministre de notre beau grand pays en train d'écrire un discours,
vous souffrez d'une hallucination visuelle; et si vous l'entendez
un jour dire que les banques font trop d'argent, vous êtes, sans
nul doute, victime d'une hallucination auditive.
Hallucination.
| |
|
|
KLÜVER, H. (1966). Mescal and mechanisms of
hallucinations. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
BHUYAN, D., NAYEK, S. & SAIKIA, H. (2016). A
comparative study of nature and types of hallucination
across different kinds of psychosis. Open Journal of
Psychiatry & Allied Sciences, 8 (1), 46-52.
[PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Perception
et Illusion |
|
|
Hallucination auditive : Symptômes de la schizophrénie
ou de certains traumatismes
cérébraux. Il s'agit d'une déformation de la perception qui
se traduit par des bruits ou des voix qui n'existent pas ou qui
correspond pas à la réalité (aucun stimulus), mais que l'on tient
pour réels et vrais.
= entendre des voix, hallucination sonore, hallucination verbale.
Hearing voice, voices, auditory hallucination, psychotic hallucination.
| |
|
|
GOULD, L. (1950). Verbal hallucinations as automatic
speech : There activation of dormant speech habit. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 107, 110-119. |
AARTS, H. & DIJKSTERHUIS, A. (2000) Habits as
knowledge structures : automaticity in goal-directed
behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 53-56. |
|
BARBER, T.X. & CALVERLEY, D.S. (1964). An experimental
study of "hypnotic" (auditory and visual) hallucinations.
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 63, 13-20. |
CHADWICK, P.D.J., SAMBROOKE, S., RASCH, S. & DAVIES,
E. (2000). Challenging the omnipotence of voices : Group
cognitive therapy for voices. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 38, 993-1003. |
|
McGUIGAN, F. (1966). Covert oral behavior and auditory
hallucinations. Psychophysiology, 3 (1), 73-80. |
BIRCHWOOD, M.J., MEADEN, A., TROWER, P., GILBERT, P. &
PLAISTOW, J. (2000). The power and omnipotence of voices :
Subordination and entrapment by voices and significant
others. Psychological Medicine, 30, 337-344. |
|
ERICKSON, G. & GUSTAFSON, G. (1968). Controlling
auditory hallucinations. Hospital & Community
Psychiatry, 19 (10), 327-329. |
|
|
WEINGAERTNER, A. (1971). Self-administered aversive
stimulation with hallucinating hospitalized schizo-
phrenics. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 36, 422-429. |
|
|
SLADE, P. (1972). The effects of systematic
desensitization on auditory hallucinations. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 10, 85-91. |
|
|
HAYNES, S. & GEDDY, P. (1973). Suppression of
psychotic hallucinations through time-out. Behavior
Therapy, 4, 123-127. |
|
|
MOSER, A. (1974). Covert punishment of hallucinatory
behavior in a psychotic male. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 5, 297-299. |
|
|
ALFORD, G. & TURNER, S. (1976). Stimulus interference
and conditioned inhibition of auditory hallucinations. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimenal Psychiatry, 7,
155-160. |
FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis
and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on
delusions and hallucinations. Behavior Research &
Therapy, 41, 923-497. [PDF] |
|
TURNER, S., HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A. (1977). Effects
of social disruption, stimulus interference, and aversive
conditioning on auditory hallucinations. Behavior
Modification, 1, 249-258. |
WATERS, F.A., BADCOCK, J.C., MAYBERY, M.T. & MICHIE,
P.T. (2003). Inhibition in schizophrenia : association
with auditory hallucinations. Schizophrenia Research,
62, 275-280. |
|
FALLOON, I. & TALBOT, R. (1981). Persistent auditory
hallucinations : Coping mechanisms and implications for
management. Psychological Medicine, 11, 329-339. |
BEHRENDT, R.P. & YOUNG, C. (2004) Hallucinations in
schizophrenia, sensory impairment, and brain disease : A
unifying model. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 27,
771-830. |
|
BURNS, C.E.S., HEIBY, E.M. & THARP, R.G. (1983). A
verbal behavior analysis of auditory hallucinations.
The Behavior Analyst, 6 (2), 133-143. [PDF] |
GARCELÀN-PERONA, S. (2004). A psychological model for
verbal auditory hallucinations. International Journal
of Psychology & Psychological Therapy, 4 (1),
129-153. [PDF] |
|
|
BENTALL, R.P. & SLADE, P.D. (1985). Reality testing
and auditory hallucinations : a signal detection analysis.
British Journal of Clinical Psychology, 24, 159-169. |
|
|
RAMANATHAN, A. (1986). An exploratory story on the
relation between neuroticism and certain aspects of
auditory hallucinations in schizophrenics. Indian
Journal of Psychiatry, 28, 69-72. |
|
|
YOUNG, H.F., BENTALL, R.P., SLADE, P.D. & DEWEY, M.E.
(1986). Disposition towards hallucination, gender and IQ
scores. Personality & Individual Differences, 7,
247-249 |
|
|
ROMME, M.A. & ESCHER, S. (1989). Hearing voices. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 15, 209-216. |
JONES, S.R. & FERNYHOUGH, C. (2007). Neural correlates
of inner speech and auditory verbal hallucinations : A
critical review and theoretical integration. Clinical
Psychology Review, 27, 140-154. |
|
BENJAMIN, L.S. (1989). Is chronicity a function of the
relationship between the person and the auditory
hallucination ? Schizophrenia Bulletin, 15 (2),
291-310. |
|
|
FOWLER, D. & MORLEY, S. (1989). The
cognitive-behavioural treatment of hallucinations and
delusions : a preliminary study. Behavioural
Psychotherapy, 17, 267-282. |
|
|
BENJAMIN, L.S. (1989). Is Chronicity a function of the
relationship between the person and the auditory
hallucinations ? Schizophrenia Bulletin, 15,
291-309. |
BRÉBION, G., DAVID A.S., BRESSAN, R.A., OHLSEN, R.I. &
PILOWSKY, L.S. (2009). Hallucinations and two types of
free-recall intrusion in schizophrenia. Psychological
Medicine. 39, 917-926. |
|
BENTALL, R.P., BAKER, G. & HAVERS, S. (1991). Reality
monitoring and psychotic hallucinations. British
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 30, 213-222. |
HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E.M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left
temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality
underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia.
Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45. |
|
GARETY, P.A. & HEMSLEY, D.R. (199). Delusions :
Investigations into the psychology of delusional
reasoning. Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & BIRCHWOOD, M.J. (1994). The
omnipotenceof voices : A cognitive approach to
hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 164,
190-201. [PDF] |
HUGDAHL, K. (2009). "Hearing voices" : Auditory
hallucinations as failure of top-down control of bottom-up
perceptual processes. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 50, 553-560. |
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J. & BIRCHWOOD, M.J. (1995). The
omnipotence of voices II. The beliefs about voices
questionnaire. British Journal of Psychiatry, 165,
190-201. |
|
|
CHADWICK, P.D.J., BIRCHWOOD, M.J. & TROWER, P. (1996).
Cognitive therapy for delusions, voices and paranoia.
Chichester, UK : Wiley. |
CHADWICK, P.D.J., HUGHES, S., RUSSELL, D., RUSSELL, I.
& DAGNA, D. (2009). Mindfulness groups for distressing
voices and paranoia : a replication and feasibility trial.
Behavioural & Cognitive Psychotherapy, 37, 403-412. |
|
WAGNER, P.S. (1996). First person account : a voice from
another closet. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 22, 399-401. |
SOMMER, A. (2011). Professional heresy : Edmund Gurney
(1847-1888) and the study of hallucinations and hypnotism.
Medical History, 55, 383-388. |
|
CLOSE, H. & GARETY, P. (1998). Cognitive assessment of
voices : further developments in the understanding the
emotional impact of voices. British Journal of
Clinical Psychology, 37, 173-188. |
|
|
BAKER, C. & MORRISON, A.P. (1998). Metacognition,
intrusive thoughts and auditory hallucinations. Psychological
Medicine, 28, 1199-1208. |
WATERS, F.A., ALLEN, P., ALEMAN, A., FERNYHOUGH, C.,
WOODWARD, T.S., BADCOCK, J.C., BARKUS, E., JOHNS, L.
VARESE, F., MENON, M., VERCAMMEN, A. & LAROI, F.
(2012). Auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia and
nonschizophrenia populations : A review and integrated
model of cognitive mechanisms. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 38 (4), 683-692. [PDF] |
|
READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations,
delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric
inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric
Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF] |
BHUYAN, D., NAYEK, S. & SAIKIA, H. (2016). A
comparative study of nature and types of hallucination
across different kinds of psychosis. Open Journal of
Psychiatry & Allied Sciences, 8 (1), 46-52.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Personnalité
paranoïaque, Schizophrènie,
Illusion et Délire |
| |
|
|
Hallucination visuelle : Déformation de la perception qui se traduit par une image ou une vision qui n'existe pas ou qu ne correspond pas à la
réalité, mais que l'on tient pour réelles et vraies.
L'hallucination visuelle est un symptôme de plusieurs maladies, notamment la schizophrénie
et la démence.
Hallucination.
| |
|
|
BAILLARGER, J. (1846). Des hallucinations.
Paris. |
BENTALL, R.P. (1990). The illusion of reality : A review
and integration of psychological research on
hallucination. Psychological Bulletin, 107,
82-95. |
|
SCRIPTURE, E.W. & SEASHORE, C.E. (1893). On the
measurement of hallucinations. Science, 22, 353.
|
LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1991). Les hallucinations.
Paris : Masson. |
|
BION, W.R. (1958/83). L'hallucination. Réflexion
faite. Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
TIEN, A.Y. (1991). Distributions of hallucinations in the
population. Social Psychiatry & Psychiatric
Epidemiology, 26,287-292. |
|
LINDSLEY, O.R. (1963). Direct measurement and functional
definition of vocal hallucinatory symptoms. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disease, 136 (3), 293-297. |
LAGACHE, D. (1997). Les oeuvres 1 ; Les
hallucinations verbales. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
MOTT, R.H., SMALL, I.F. & ANDERSON, J.M. (1965).
Comparative study of hallucinations. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 12 (6), 595-601. |
READ, J. & ARGYLE, N. (1999). Hallucinations,
delusions, and thought disorder among adult psychiatric
inpatients with a history of child abuse. Psychiatric
Services, 50, 1467-1472. [PDF] |
|
ALLEN, T.E. & ARGUS, B. (1968). Hyperventilation
leading to hallucinations. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 125, 632-637. |
KOCHMAN, F. & PARQUET, P.J. (1999). Dépression et
phénomènes hallucinatoires et/ou délirants chez l’enfant
et l’adolescent. Revue Française de Psychiatrie et de
Psychologie Médicale, 26, 31-34. |
|
BALDWIN, M. (Ed.) (1970). Neurological syndromes and
hallucinations. New York : Plenum. |
LAGACHE, D. et ROSENBLUM, E. (2001). Les
hallucinations verbales et travaux cliniques
(1932-1946). Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
GIBSON, J.J. (1970). On the relation between hallucination
and perception. Leonardo, 3, 425-427. |
FREEMAN, D. & GARETY, P.A. (2003). Connecting neurosis and psychosis : The direct influence of emotion on delusions
and hallucinations. Behavior Research & Therapy,
41, 923-497. |
|
GUILLEMINAULT, C. (1972). Sommeil, hallucination et modele
experimentale. Revue de Neuropsychiatrie Infantile,
20, 849-855. |
THOMAS, P., BRACKEN, P. & LEUDAR, I. (2004). Hearing
voices : a phenomenological-hermeneutic approach. Cognitive
Neuropsychiatry, 9, 13-23. |
|
EGDELL, H.G. & KOLVIN, I. (1972). Childhood
hallucinations. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiary, 13, 279-287. |
CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de
l'hallucination. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 44
(2), 151-155. |
|
SIEGAL, R.K. (1977). Hallucinations. Scientific
American, 237, 132-140. |
WOODWARD, T.S., MENON, M. & WHITMAN, J.C. (2007).
Source monitoring biases and auditory hallucinations.
Cognitive Neuropsychiatry, 12 (6), 477-494. |
|
ZIGLER, E. & LEVINE, J. (1983). Hallucinations vs.
delusions : A developmental approach. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Dissease, 171, 141-146. |
FYTCH, D. (2008). The hodology of hallucinations.
Cortex, 44 (8), 1067-1083. |
|
LAYNG, T.V.J. & ANDRONIS, P.T. (1984). Toward a
functional analysis of delusional speech and hallucinatory
behavior. The Behavior Analyst, 7 (2), 139-156.
[PDF] |
CHEYNE, J.A. & GIRARD, T.A. (2009). The body unbound :
Vestibular-motor hallucinations and out-of-body
experiences. Cortex, 45, 201-215. [PDF] |
|
GARRALDA, M.E. (1984). Psychotic children with
hallucinations. British Journal of Psychiatry, 145 (722),
74-77. |
HUGDAHL, K., LOBERG, E.M. & NYGARD, M. (2009). Left
temporal lobe structural and functional abnormality
underlying auditory hallucinations in schizophrenia.
Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3, 34-45. [PDF] |
|
BENTALL, R.P. & SLADE, P.D. (1988). Sensory
deception : A scientific analysis of hallucination. Johns
Hopkins University Press. |
FERNYHOUGH, C. & WATERS, F. (2014). Special supplement
introduction : Hallucinations. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 40, 195-197. [PDF] |
| |
BHUYAN, D., NAYEK, S. & SAIKIA, H. (2016). A
comparative study of nature and types of hallucination
across different kinds of psychosis. Open Journal of
Psychiatry & Allied Sciences, 8 (1), 46-52.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Illusion
et Perception |
|
|
Hallucination xénopathique : Chez les schizophrènes,
hallucinations auditives
qui prennent la forme de voix «extérieures et étrangères à soi»
auxquelles les sujets parviennent difficilement à échapper.
| |
|
|
BREMAUD, N. (2003). Le schizophrène et la voix. Information
Psychiatrique, 79 (9), 789-795. |
|
CHRISTAKI, A. (2005). Une approche métapsychologique de
l'hallucination. Perspectives Psychiatriques, 44
(2), 151-155 |
|
BANOVIC, I., GILIBERT, D., GIMENEZ, G. et JEBRANE, A.
(2009). Mise en scène et origine perçue des voix
hallucinées dans des discours de patients schizophrènes. Annales
Médico-psychologiques, 167 (10), 736-744. |
|
SHAWYER, F., FARHALL, J., MACKINNON A., TRAUER, T., SIMS,
E., RATCLIFF, K., LARNER, C., THOMAS, N., CASTLE, D.,
MULLEN, P. & COPOLOV, D. (2012). A randomised
controlled trial of acceptance-based cognitive behavioural
therapy for command hallucinations in psychotic disorders.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 50, 110-121. |
|
|
Voir aussi Schizophrène |
|
|
Hallucinogène : Famille de drogues
naturelles et synthétiques qui altèrent la conscience
en déformant la perception spatiotemporelle (hallucination)
et les processus de pensée. = drogue
psychédélique. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-bas. Hallucinogen.
|
|
| |
LUDWIG, A.M. & PYLE, R. (1969). Assessment of danger
potential of some of the more commonly abused stimulants,
depressants and hallucinogens. Wisconsin Medical
Journal, 68, 216-218. |
|
JACOBS, B.L. (1987). How hallucinogenic drugs work. American
Scientist, 75, 386-392. |
|
ABRAHAM, H.D., ALDRIDGE, A.M. & GOGIA, P. (1996). The
psychopharmacology of hallucinogens. Neuropsychopharmacology,
14, 285-298. [PDF] |
|
APPEL, J.B. (2005). LSD : The prototype hallucinogen. In
R. Wright & J.M. Miller (Eds.), Encyclopedia of
criminology (Vol 2, pp. 944-948). New York :
Routeledge. |
|
JOHNSON, M.W., RICHARDS, W.A. & GRIFFITHS, R.R.
(2008). Human hallucinogen research : guidelines for
safety. Journal of psychopharmacology, 22 (6),
603-620. |
|
Voir aussi Drogue |
|
|
Haloperidol : Neuroleptique
typique.
Haloperidol.
| |
|
|
SHAPIRO, A.K. & SHAPIRO, E.S. & WAYNE, H.L.
(1973). Treatment of Gilles de la Tourette's syndrome with
haloperidol : review of 34 cases. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 28, 92-96. |
|
SHAPIRO, A.K. & SHAPIRO, E.S. (1982). Clinical
efficacy of haloperidol, pimozide, penfluridol, and
clonidine in the treatment of Tourette syndrome. Advances
in neurology, 35, 17-23. |
|
SOLOFF, P.H., GEORGE, A. & NATHAN, R. S. (1986).
Progress in pharmacotherapy of borderline disorders : a
double-blind study of amitriptyline, haloperidol and
placebo. Archives of General Psychiatry, 43,
691-697. |
|
SOLOFF, P.H., CORNELIUS, J. & ANSELM, G. (1993).
Efficacy of phenelzine and haloperidol in borderline
personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry,
50, 377-385. |
|
HARPER, D.N. (1999). Behavioral resistance to haloperidol
and clozapine. Behavioural Processes, 46, 1-13. |
|
YEN,Y.-C., LUNG, F.-W. & CHONG, M.-Y. (2004). Adverse
effects of risperidone and haloperidol treatment in
schizophrenia. Progress in Neuro- Psychopharrnacology
& Biological Psychiatry, 28, 285-290. |
|
DORPH-PETERSEN, K.A. (2005). The influence of chronic
exposure to antipsychotic medications on brain size before
and after tissue fixation. Neuropsychopharmaology,
30, 1649-1661. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Neuroleptique |
|
|
Halpern
Diane F. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine. Elle a étudié les différences
sexuelles sur le plan cognitif. Présidente de l'APA
en 2004. Collaboratrice de Aronson,
Benbow,
Bouchard, Ceci, Cheung,
Denmark, Johnson,
Geary, Gernsbacher,
Gur,
Hyde, Loehlin, Neisser,
Nisbett, Perloff,
Roediger, Sternberg
et Urbina.
 |
HALPERN, D.F. (1989). The disappearance of cognitive
gender differences : what you see depends on where you
look. American Psychologist, 44, 1156-1158. |
|
HALPERN, D.F. & LAMAY, M. (2000). The smarter sex : A
critical review of sex differences in intelligence. Educational
Psychology Review, 12 (2), 229-246. [PDF] |
|
HALPERN, D. (2000). HALPERN, D.F. (2004). A
cognitive-process taxonomy for sex differences in
cognitive abilities. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 13 (4), 135-139. [PDF] |
|
HALPERN, D., BENBOW, C., GEARY, D.C., GUR, R., HYDE, J.S.
& GERNSBACHER, M.A. (2007). The science of sex
differences in science and mathematics. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 8, 1-52. |
|
HALPERN, D.F. ELIOT, L., BIGLER, R.S., FABES, R.A.,
HANISH, L.D., HYDE, J.S., LIBEN, L.S. & MARTIN, C.L.
(2011). The pseudoscience of single-sex schooling. Science,
333, 1706-1707.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Halverson H.M. ( ) : Spécialiste dans
l'étude des habiletés
motrices, notamment la préhension
et la succion.
Collaborateur de Gesell.
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1931). An experimental study of
prehension in infants by means of systematic cinema
records. Genetic Psychology Monographs, 10, 107-283. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1932). A further study of grasping.
Journal of Genetic Psychology, 7, 34-63. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1933). The acquisition of skill in
infancy. The Pedagogical Seminary & Journal of
Genetic Psychology, 43 (1), 3-48. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1937). Studies of grasping responses of
early infancy : I, 11,111. Journal of Genetic
Psychology, 51, 371-449. |
|
HALVERSON, H.M. (1938). Infant sucking and tensional
behavior. Journal of Genetic Psychology, 53 (2),
365-430. |
|
|
|
Ham (1956-1983) : Chimpanzé
dressé et étudié par Brady
dans le cadre du programme spatial américain (Mercury).
|
Hamann Stephan B. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'amygdale,
notamment en lien avec la mémoire et les émotions.
|
HAMANN, S.B., ELY, T., GRAFTON, S. & KILTS, C. (1999).
Amygdala activity related to enhanced memory for pleasant
and aversive stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 2,
289-293. |
|
HAMANN, S.B. (2001). Cognitive and neural mechanisms of
emotional memory. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 5 (9),
394-400. [PDF] |
|
HAMANN, S.B., HERMAN, R.A., NOLAN, C.L. & WALLEN, K.
(2004). A sex difference in amygdala response to visual
sexual stimuli. Nature Neuroscience, 7, 411-416. |
|
HAMANN, S.B. (2005). Sex differences in the responses of
the human amygdala. Neuroscientist, 11 (4),
288-293. [PDF] |
|
HAMANN, S.B. (2012). Mapping discrete and dimensional
emotions onto the brain : controversies and consensus. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 16, 458-466. |
|
|
|
Hambleton Ronald K. (Hamilton 1943-2022) : Mathématicienne,
statisticien et
spécialiste canadien de l'éducation,
plus particulièrement de la théorie
de la réponse.
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1983). Application of item response
models to criterion-referenced assessment. Applied
Psychological Measurement, 7, 33-44. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1986). The changing conception of
measurement : A commentary. Applied Psychological
Measurement, 10, 415-421. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. (1987). Computerized adaptive testing :
Theory, applications, and standards. Bulletin of the
International Test Commission, 14, 5-18. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JONES, W. (1993). Comparison of
classical test theory and item response. Educational
Measurement : Issues & Practice, 12 (3),
38-47. |
|
HAMBLETON, R.K. & JIRKA, S. (2004). How to do your
best on standardized tests : Some suggestions for adult
learners. Adventures in Assessment, 16, 5-12. |
|
|
|
|
HAMBRICK, D.C. (1981). Environment, strategy and power
within top management teams. Administrative Science
Quarterly, 26 (2), 253-275. |
|
HAMBRICK, D.C. & MASSON, P.A. (1984). Upper echelons :
The organization as a reflection of its top managers. Academy
of Management Review, 9 (2), 193-206. |
|
HAMBRICK, D.C. (1994). Top management groups : a
conceptual integration and reconsideration of the "team"
label. Research in Organizational Behavior, 16, 171-213. |
|
HAMBRICK, D.C. (1997). Corporate coherence and the top
management team. Strategic Leadership, 25 (5),
24-29. |
|
HAMBRICK, D.C. (2007). Upper echelons theory : an update. Academy
of Management Review, 32 (2), 334-343. |
|
|
|
Hamer Dean H. (1951-) : Biologiste
et généticien américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
bio-génétiques (notamment le gène Xq28)
de l'orientation
sexuelle.
 |
HAMER, D.H., HU, S., MAGNUSON, V.L., HU, N. &
PATTATUCHI, A.M.L. (1993). A linkage between DNA markers
on the X chromosome and male sexual orientation. Science,
261 (5119), 320-326. [PDF] |
|
LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a
biological influence in male homosexuality. Scienfic
American, 270, 20-25. |
|
PATTATUCHI. A.M.L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Development
and familiality of sexual orientation in females. Behavior
Genetics, 25, 407-420. |
|
HU, S., PATTATUCHI, A.M.L., PATTERSON, C., LI, L., FULKER,
D.W., CHERNY, S.S., KRUGLYAK, L. & HAMER, D.H. (1994).
Linkage between sexual orientation and chromosome Xq28 in
males but not in females. Nature Genetics, 11,
248-256. |
|
HAMER, D. & COPELAND, P. (1999). Living with our
genes. New York : Doubleday. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hamilton Gilbert Van Tassel ( ) : Psychologue
américain, spécialisé en psychopathologie.
|
FRANZ, S.I. & HAMILTON, G.V. (1905). The effects of
exercise upon the retardation in conditions of depression.
American Journal of Insanity, 62, 239-256. |
|
HAMILTON, G.V. (1906). Stereoscopic vision and the
difference of retinal images. Harvard Psychological
Studies, 2, 43-55. |
|
HAMILTON, G.V. (1907). An experimental study of an unusual
type of reaction in a dog. Journal of Comparative
Neurology & Psychology, 17 (4), 329-341. |
|
HAMILTON, G.V. (1911). A study of trial and error
reactions in mammals. Journal of Animal Behavior, 1,
33-66. |
|
HAMILTON, G.V. (1925). An introduction to objective
psychopathology. St. Louis : The C.V. Mosby
Company. |
|
|
|
Hamilton Max (1912-1988) : Psychiatre
britannique d'origine allemande. Il est l'inventeur d'une échelle
d'évaluation de la dépression encore utilisée de nos jours
(Hamilton Rating Scale for Depression). Étudiant de Burt
et Lewis.
 |
HAMILTON, M. (1959). The assessment of anxiety states by
rating. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 32, 50–55. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1960). A rating scale for depression. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 23,
56-62. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1966). Assessment of change in psychiatric
state by means of rating scales. Proceedings of the
Royal Society of Medicine, 59 (S1), 10-13. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1967). Development of a rating scale for
primary depressive illness. British Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 6, 278-296. |
|
HAMILTON, M. (1980). Rating depressive patients.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 41, 21-24. |
|
|
BAILEY, J. & COPPEN, A. (1976). A comparison between
the Hamilton Rating Scale and the Beck Inventory in the
measurement of depression. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 128, 486-469. |
|
HEDLUND, J.L. & VIEWIG, B.W. (1979). The Hamilton
rating scale for depression : a comprehensive review. Journal
of Operational Psychiatry, 10, 149-165. |
|
BECH, P., ALLERUP, P., GRAM L.F., REISBY, N., ROSENBERG,
R., JACONSEN, O. & NAGY, A. (1981). The Hamilton
depression scale. Evaluation of objectivity using logistic
models. Acta Psychiatrica Scandinavica, 63,
290-299. |
|
BAGBY, R.M., RYDER, A.G., SCHULLER, D.R. & MARSHAL,
M.B. (2004). The Hamilton depression rating scale : has
the gold standard become a lead weight ? American
Journal of Psychiatry, 161, 2163-2177. |
|
BECH, P. (2009). Fifty years with the Hamilton scales for
anxiety and depression. A tribute to Max Hamilton. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 78, 202-211. |
|
|
|
Hamilton William D. (1936-2000) : Biologiste
et évolutionniste
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'altruisme.
et de la sélection
de parentèle. Collaborateur d'Axelrod.
 |
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The evolution of altruistic
behavior. The American Naturalist, 97, 354-6. |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behaviour I. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7, 1-52.
[PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1964). The genetical evolution of social
behaviour II. Journal of Theoretical Biology, 7,
17-52. [PDF] |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1967). Extraordinary sex ratios. Science,
156, 477-488. |
|
HAMILTON, W.D. (1972). Altruism and related phenomena,
mainly in social insects. Annual Review of Ecology,
Evolution & Systematics, 3, 193-232. |
|
|
NEE, S. (1989). Does Hamilton’s rule describe the
evolution of reciprocal altruism ? Journal of
Theoretical Biology, 141, 81–91. |
|
WEST, S.A., MURRAY, M.G., MACHADO, C.A., GRIFFIN, A.S.
& HERRE, E.A. (2001). Testing Hamilton’s rule with
competition between relatives. Nature, 409, 510–513. |
|
|
|
Hamlin J. Kiley ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du
développement, notamment de l'évaluation
sociale des autres et de la perception des comportement
anti-sociaux, notamment chez les enfants. Collaboratrice de
Bloom et Wynn.
|
HAMLIN, J.K., WYNN, K. & BLOOM, P. (2007). Social
evaluation by preverbal infants. Nature, 450, 557-559.
[PDF] |
|
HAMLIN, J.K., WYNN, K., BLOOM, P. & MAHAJAN, N.
(2011). How infants and toddlers react to antisocial
others. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, USA, 108, 19931-19936. [PDF] |
|
HAMLIN, J.K., MAHJAN, N., LIBERMAN, Z. & WYNN, K.
(2013). Not like me = bad : Infants prefer those who harm
dissimilar others. Psychological Science, 24
(4), 589-594. [PDF] |
|
HAMLIN, J.K. (2013). Moral judgment and action in
preverbal infants and toddlers : Evidence for an innate
moral core. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 22 (3), 186-193. [PDF] |
|
HAMLIN, J.K. (2014). Context-dependent social evaluation
in 4.5-month-old human infants : The role of
domain-general versus domain-specific processes in the
development of social evaluation. Frontiers in
Psychology, 5 [614], 1-10.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hamner Mark B. ( ) : Psychiatre
américain, spécialisé dans le traitement du syndrome
post-traumatique, notamment chez les vétérans
de guerre. Collaborateur de Frueh.
|
HAMNER, M.B. FOSSEY, M.D. (1993). Psychotic symptoms
associated with posttraumatic stress disorder. Neuropsychopharmacology,
9 (S), 121-122. |
|
HAMNER, M.B. (1996). Clozapine treatment for a veteran
with comorbid psychosis and PTSD. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 153, 841. |
|
HAMNER, M.B. (1997). Psychotic features and
combat-associated PTSD. Depression Anxiety, 5, 34-38. |
|
HAMNER, M.B., FRUEH, C., ULMER, H.G. & ARANA, G.W.
(1999). Psychotic features and illness severity in combat
veterans with chronic posttraumatic stress disorder. Biological
Psychiatry, 45, 846-852. [PDF] |
|
HAMNER, M.B. (2011). Psychotic symptoms in posttraumatic
stress disorder. Focus, 9 (3), 278-285.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hampes Williams P. ( ) :
Psychologue américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'humour.
|
HAMPES, W.P. (1993). Relation between humor and
generativity. Psychological Reports, 73, 131-136. |
|
HAMPES, W.H. (1999). The relationship between humor and
trust. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 12, 253-260. |
|
HAMPES, W.H. (2005). Correlations between humor styles and
loneliness. Psychological Reports, 96, 747-750.
[PDF] |
|
HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation
between humor styles and shyness. Humor -
International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2),
179-187. |
|
HAMPES, W.H. (2010). The relation between humor styles and
empathy. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6 (3),
34-45. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hampson Sarah E. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la personnalité,
notamment en lien avec la santé et ses problèmes, comme le diabète.
Collaboratrice de Goldberg
et Skinner.
|
HAMPSON, S.E., GLASGOW, R.E. & FOSTER, L.S. (1995).
Personal models of diabetes among older adults : Relation
to self-management and other variables. The Diabetes
Educator, 21 (4), 300-307. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E. (1997). Determinants of inconsistent
personality descriptions : Trait and target effects. Journal of Personality, 65, 249-290. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E. & EDMONDS, G.W., VOGT, T.N. &
DUBANOSKI, J. (2006). Forty Years on : Teachers'
assessments of children's personality traits predict
self-reported health behaviors and outcomes at midlife. Health
Psychology, 25, 57-64. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E., EDMONDS, G.W., GOLDBERG, L.R., DUBANOSKI,
J.P. & HILLIER, T.A. (2015). A lifespan behavioral
mechanism relating childhood conscientiousness to adult
clinical health. Health Psychology, 34, 887-895. |
|
HAMPSON, S.E. & EDMONDS, G.W. (2018). A new twist on
old questions : A lifespan approach to the trait concept.
Journal of Personality, 86, 97-108. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hamster : Animal de la famille
des rongeurs.
Hamster.
| |
|
|
ROWELL, T.E. (1961). The family group in golden hamsters :
its formationand breakup. Behaviour, 17, 81-94. |
|
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the
organization of behavior in golden hamsters : Punishment
of three action patterns. Learning & Motivation,
9, 99-123. |
|
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the
organization of behavior in golden hamsters : Pavlovian
conditioning with food and shock USs. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior Processes, 4,
152-169. |
|
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1978). Reinforcement and the
organization of behaviour in golden hamsters : Sunflower
seed and nest paper reinforcers. Animal Learning
& Behaviour, 6, 352-362. |
|
VAUCLAIR, J. (1980). Étude ontogénétique de l'exploration
chez le Hamster doré. Behaviour, 73, 205-218. [PDF] |
|
TONNEAU, F., ORTIZ, R. & CABRERA, F. (2012). Hamsters'
(Mesocricetus auratus) memory in a radial maze analog :
the role of spatial versus olfactory cues. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 126 (1), 82-86. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
|
|
Handball : Sport. Handball.
| |
|
|
MIRJAMALI, E., RAMZANINEZHAD, R., RAHMANINIA, F. &
REIHANI, M. (2012). A study of sources of stress in
International and National Referees of soccer, volleyball,
basketball and handball in Iran. World Journal of
Sport Sciences, 6 (4), 347-354. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Équipe
et Sport |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Handicap physique : *déficience
intellectuelle.
Physical disabilities.
| |
|
|
COMER, R.J. & PILIAVIN, J.A. (1975). As others see us
: attitudes of physically handicapped and normal to own
and other groups. Rehabilitation Literature, 36
(7), 206-221, 225. |
|
SNYDER, M.L., KLECK, R.E., STRENTA, A. & MENTZER, S.J.
(1979). Avoidance of the handicapped : An attributional
ambiguity analysis. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 37, 2297-2306. |
|
THOMPSON, T.L. (1982). Gaze toward and avoidance of the
physically handicapped : A field experiment. Journal
of Nonverbal Behavior, 6, 188-196. |
|
SIGELMAN, C.K., ADAMS, R.M., MEEKS, S.R. & PURCELL,
M.A. (1986). Children’s nonverbal responses to a
physically disabled person. Journal of Nonverbal
Behavior, 10, 173-186. |
|
PARK, J.H., FAULKNER, L. & SCHALLER, M. (2003).
Evolved disease-avoidance processes and contemporary
anti-social behavior : prejudicial attitudes and avoidance
of people with physical disabilities. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 27 (2), 65-87.
[PDF] |
|
MARISSAL, J.-P. (2009). Les conceptions du handicap : du
modèle médical au modèle social et réciproquement. Revue
d’Éthique et de Théologie Morale, 256, 19-28. |
|
|
Voir aussi Parkinson
et Développement
moteur |
|
|
Handicap social : Stratégie
individuelle qui consiste à créer délibérément des obstacles à
l'atteinte des ses propres objectifs afin de diminuer les attentes et les pressions sociales
en cas d'échec et ainsi préserver son
estime de soi.
= auto-handicap. *Handicap physique ou handicap intellectuelle.
Self-handicapping.
| |
|
|
JONES, E.E. & BERGLAS, S. (1978). Control of
attributions about the self through self-handicapping
strategies : The appeal of alcohol and the role of
underachievement. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 4, 200-206. |
BECK, B.L., KOONS, S.R. & MLGRIM. D.L. (2000).
Correlates and consequences of behavioral procrastination
: The effects of academic procrastination,
self-consciousness, self-esteem and self-handicapping.
Procrastination : Current Issues and New Directions :
Journal of Social Behavior & Personality, 15 (5),
3-13. |
|
BERGLAS, S. & JONES, E.E. (1978). Drug choice as a
self-handicapping strategy in response to non-contingent
structures. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 36, 405-417. |
HIRT, E.R., MCCREA, S.M. & KIMBLE, C.E. (2000). Public
self-focus and sex differences in behavioral
self-handicapping : Does increasing self-threat still make
it "just a man's game ?" Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1131-1141. |
| |
URDAN, T. & MIDGLEY, C. (2001). Academic
self-handicapping : What we know, what more there is to
learn. Educational Psychology Review, 13, 115-138. |
|
TUCKER, J.A., VUCHINICH, R.E. & SOBELL, M.B. (1981).
Alcohol consumption as a self-handicapping Strategy. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 90 (3), 220-230. |
THOMPSON, T. & RICHARDSON, A. (2001).
Self-handicapping status, claimed self-handicaps and
reduced practice effort following success and failure
feedback. The British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 71, 151-170. |
|
SNYDER, C.R. & SMITH, T.W. (1982). Symptoms as
self-handicapping strategies : The virtues of old wine in
a new bottle. In G. Weary & H.L. Mirels (Eds.), Integrations
of clinical and social psychology (pp. 104-127).
New York : Oxford University Press. |
MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2001). A
quadripolar need achievement representation of
self-handicapping and defensive pessimism. American
Educational Research Journal, 38, 583-610. |
|
JONES, E.E. & RHODEWALT, F. (1982). The
Self-Handicapping Scale. Princeton, NJ : Princeton
University. |
OMMUNDSEN, Y. (2001). Self-handicapping strategies in
physical education classes : The influence of implicit
theories of the nature of ability and achievement goal
orientations. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 2
(3), 139-156. |
|
KOLDITZ, T. & ARKIN, R.M. (1982). An impression
management interpretation of the self-handicapping
phenomenon. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 43, 492-502. |
MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (2001). Academic
self-handicapping and achievement goals : A further
examination. Contemporary Educational Psychology, 26,
61-75. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, T.W., SNYDER, C.R. & HANDELSMAN, M.M. (1982).
On the self-serving function of an academic wooden leg :
Test-anxiety as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 42,
314-321. |
MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2001).
Self-handicapping and defensive pessimism : Exploring a
model of predictors and outcomes from a self-protection
perspective. Journal of Educational Psychology, 93,
87-102. |
|
SMITH, T.W., SNYDER, C.R. & PERKINS, S.C. (1983). The
self-serving function of hypochondriacal complaints :
Physical symptoms as self-handicapping strategies. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 44,
787-797. |
McCREA, S.M. & HIRT, E.R. (2001). The role of ability
judgments in self-handicapping. Personality &
Social Psychology Bulletin, 27, 1378-1389. [PDF] |
|
RHODEWALT, F., SALTZMAN, A.T. & WITTMENT, J. (1984).
Self-handicapping among competitive athletes : The role of
practice in self-esteem protection. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 5 (3), 197-209. |
|
|
|
SNYDER, C.R., SMITH, T.W., AUGELLI, R.W. & INGRAM,
R.E. (1985). On the self-serving function of social
anxiety : Shyness as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 48 (4),
970-980. |
MARTIN, K.A. & BRAWLEY, L.R. (2002). Self-handicapping
in physical achievement settings : The contributions of
self-esteem and self-efficacy. Self & Identity,
1, 337-351. |
|
DEGREE, C.E. & SNYDER, C.R. (1985). Adler's Psychology
(of use) today : Personal history of traumatic life events
as a self-handicapping strategy. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48 (6),
1512-1519. |
RYKA, T.A. (2002). Effects of situational
self-handicapping and state self-confidence on the
physical performance of young participants. The
Psychological Record, 52, 461-478. |
|
ARKIN, R.M. & BAUMGARDNER, A.H. (1985).
Self-handicapping. In J.H. Harvey & G.W. Weary (Eds.),
Attribution : Basic issues and applications (pp.
169-202). Orlando, FL: Academic Press. |
RHODEWALT, F. & TRAGAKIS, M. (2002). Self-handicapping
and the social self : The costs and rewards of
interpersonal self-construction. In J. Forgas & K.
Williams (Eds.), The social self : Cognitive,
interpersonal, and intergroup perspectives (pp.
121-143). Philadelphia, PA : Psychology Press. |
|
GREENBERG, J. (1985). Unattainable goal choice as a
self-handicapping strategy. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 15, 140-152. |
SMEDEREVAC, S., NOVOVIC. Z., MILIN, P., JANICIC, B.,
PAJIC, D. & BIRO, M. (2003). Tendency to
self-handicapping in the situation of expected failure. Psihologia, 36 (1-2), 39-58. |
|
BAUMGARDNER, A.H., LAKE, E.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1985).
Claiming mood as a self-handicap : The influence of
spoiled and unspoiled public identities. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 349-357. |
ELLIOT, A.J. & CHURCH, M.A. (2003). A motivational
analysis of defensive pessimism and self-handicapping. Journal of Personality, 71, 369-396. [PDF] |
|
STRUBE, M.J. (1986). An analysis of the Self-Handicapping
Scale. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 7,
211-224. |
MARTIN, A.J., MARSH, H.W. & DEBUS, R.L. (2003).
Self-handicapping and defensive pessimism : A model of
self-protection from a longitudinal perspective.
Contemporary Educational Psychology, 28, 1-36. |
|
LEARY, M.R. & SHEPPERD, J.A. (1986). Behavioral
self-handicaps versus self-reported self-handicaps : A
conceptual note. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 1265-1268. |
HIRT, E.R., McCREA, S.M. & BORIS, H.E. (2003). “I know
you self-handicapped last exam” : Gender differences in
reactions to self-handicapping. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 84, 177-193. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & DAVISON, J. (1986). Self-handicapping
and subsequent performance : The role of outcome valence
and attributional ambiguity. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 7, 307-322. |
KUCKA, K.K. & TRESASURE, D.C. (2005).
Self-handicapping in competitive sport : Influence of the
motivational climate, self-efficacy, and perceived
importance. Psychology of Sport & Exercise, 6, 539-550. |
|
|
BORDINI, E.J., TUCKER, J.A., VUCHINICH, R.E. & RUDD,
E.J. (1986). Alcohol consumption as a self-handicapping
strategy in women. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 95
(4), 346-349. |
URDAN, T. (2004). Predictors of academic self-handicapping
and achievement : Examining achievement goals, classroom
goal structures, and culture. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 96, 251-264. |
|
HARRIS, R.N. & SNYDER, C.R. (1986). The role of
uncertain self-esteem in self-handicapping. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 51,
451-458. |
PULFORD, B.D., JOHNSON, A. & AWAIDA, M. (2005). A
cross-cultural study of predictors of self-handicapping in
university students. Personality & Individual
Differences 39, 727-737. [PDF] |
|
SCHOUTEN, P.G. & HANDELSMANM, M.M. (1987). Social
basis of self-handicapping : The case of depression. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 13, 103-110. |
ZUCKERMAN, M. & TSAI, F.F. (2005). Costs of
self-handicapping. Journal of Personality, 73,
411-442. |
|
HIGGINS, R.L. & HARRIS, R.N. (1988).
Strategic"alcohol" use : Drinking to self-handicap.
Journal of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6,
191-202. |
SALOMON, J.F., FAMOSE, J.-P. & CURY, F. (2005). Les
stratégies d'auto-handicap dans le domaine des pratiques
motrices : valeur prédictive de l'estime de soi et des
buts d'accomplissement. Bulletin de Psychologie, 475
(1), 47-55. [PDF] |
|
DALE, P.S. & COLE, K.N. (1988). Comparison of academic
and cognitive programs for young handicapped children. Exceptional
Children, 54, 439–447. |
RHODEWALT, F., TRAGAKIS, M. & FINNERTY, J. (2006).
Narcissism and self-handicapping : Linking
self-aggrandizement to behavior. Journal of Research
in Personality, 40, 573-597. |
|
ISLEIB, R. A., VUCHINICH, R.E. & TUCKER, J.A. (1988).
Performance attributions and changes in self-esteem
following self-handicapping with alcohol consumption. Journal
of Social & Clinical Psychology, 6, 88-103. |
WANT, J. & KLEITMAN, S. (2006). Imposter phenomenon
and self-handicapping : Links with parenting styles and
self-confidence. Personality & Individual
Differences, 40, 961-971. |
|
SHEPPERD, J.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1988). Determinants of
self-handicapping : Task importance and the effects of
preexisting handicaps on self-generated handicaps.
Personality & Social Psychology Bulletin, 15,
101-112. [PDF] |
ELLIOT, A.J., CURY, F., FRYER, J.W. & HUGUET, P.
(2006). Achievement goals, self-handicapping, and
performance attainment : A mediational analysis.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 28,
344-361. |
|
SHEPPERD, J.A. & ARKIN, R.M. (1989). Self-handicapping
: The mediating roles of public self-consciousness and
task importance. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 15, 252-265. |
ALTER, A.L. & FORGAS, J.R. (2007). On being
happy but fearing failure : The effects of mood on self-
handicapping strategies. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 43, 947-954. |
|
TICE, D.M. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1990). Self-esteem,
self-handicapping, and self-presentation : the strategy of
inadequate practice. Journal of Personality, 58, 443-464. |
THOMAS, C.R. & GADBOIS, S.A. (2007). Academic
self-handicapping : The role of self-concept clarity and
students' learning strategies. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 77, 101-119. |
|
HIGGINS, R.L., SNYDER, C.R. & BERGLAS, S. (1990).
Self-handicapping : The paradox that isn't. New
York : Plenum. |
LEONDARI, A. & GONIDA, E. (2007). Predicting academic
self-handicapping in different age groups : The role of
personal achievement goals and social goals. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 77, 595-611. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. (1990). Self-handicappes : Individual
differences in the preference for anticipatory
self-protective acts. In R.L. Higgins, C.R. Snyder &
S. Berglas (Eds.), Self-handicapping : The paradox
that isn't (pp. 69-106). New York : Plenum Press. |
KEARNS, H., FORBES, S.A. & GARDINER, M. (2007). A
cognitive behavioural coaching intervention for the
treatment of perfectionism and self-handicapping in a
nonclinical population. Behaviour Change, 24, 157-172. |
|
TICE, D.M. (1991). Esteem protection or enhancement ?
Self-handicapping motives and attributions differ by trait
self-esteem. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60, 711-725. |
McCREA, S.M., HIRT, E.R. & MILNER, B.J. (2008). She
works hard for the money : Valuing effort underlies gender
differences in behavioral self-handicapping. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44 (2),
292-311. |
|
RHODEWALT, F., MORF, C., HAZLETT, S. & FAIRFIELD, M.
(1991). Self-handicapping : The role of discounting and
augmentation in the preservation of self-esteem.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61,
121-131. |
COUDEVYLLE, G.R., MIGINIS-MARTIN, K.A. & FAMOSE, J.-P.
(2008). Determinants of self- handicapping strategies in
sport and their effects on athletic performance. Social
Behavior & Personality, 36 (3), 391-398. [PDF] |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & FAIRFIELD, M. (1991). Claimed
self-handicaps and the self-handicapper : On the relation
of reductions in intended effort to performance. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 25 (4),
402-417. |
CHEN, L.H., CHEN, M.Y., LIN, M.S., KEE, Y.H., KUO, C.F.
& SHUI, S.H. (2008). Implicit theory of athletic
ability and self-handicapping in college students. Psychological
Reports 103, 476-484. |
| |
McCREA, S.M. (2008). Self-handicapping, excuse-making, and
counterfactual thinking : Consequences for self-esteem and
future motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 95, 274-292. |
|
SMITH, D.S. & STRUBE, M.J. (1991). Self-protective
tendencies as moderators of selfhandicapping impressions.
Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 12, 63–80. |
BROWN, C.M. & KIMBLE, C.E. (2009). Personal,
interpersonal, and situational influences on behavioral
self-handicapping. The Journal of Social Psychology,
149 (6), 609-626. |
| |
McCREA, S.M., MYERS, A.L. & HIRT, E.R. (2009).
Self-handicapping as an anticipatory self-protection
strategy. In E.P. Lamont (Ed.), Social psychology new
research (pp. 31-53). Hauppuage, NY : Nova
Science. |
|
HIRT, E.R., DEPPE, R.K. & GORDON, L.J. (1991).
Self-reported versus behavioral self-handicapping :
Empirical evidence for a theoretical distinction.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 61,
981-991. |
HIRT, E.R. & McCREA, S.M. (2009). Man smart, woman
smarter ? Getting to the root of gender differences in
self-handicapping. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 3, 260-274. |
|
MURRAY, C.B. & WARDEN, M.R. (1992). Implications of
self-handicapping strategies for academic achievement : A
reconceptualization. The Journal of Social Psychology,
132, 23-37. |
SALOMON, J.F. (2009). Self-handicapping and self esteem.
Motor control & Learning, 3, 130-145. |
| |
NTOUMANIS, N., TAYLOR, I.M. & STANDAGE, M. (2010).
Testing a model of antecedents and consequences of
defensive pessimism and self-handicapping in school
physical education. Journal of Sports Sciences, 28 (14),
1515-1525. |
| RHODEWALT, F. (1994). Conceptions of ability, achievement goals, and individual differences in self-handicapping
behavior. Journal of Personality, 62 (1),
67-85. |
UYSAL, A. & LU, Q. (2010). Self-handicapping and pain
catastrophizing. Personality & Individual
Differences, 49 (5), 502-505. |
|
| |
AKIN, A. (2011). Academic locus of control and
self-handicapping. Procedia-Social & Behavioral
Sciences, 30, 812-816. |
|
DREXLER, L.P., AHRENS, A.H. & HAAGA, D.A. (1995). The
affective consequences of self-handicapping. Journal
of Social Behavior & Personality, 10, 861-870. |
SCHWINGER, M. & STIENSMEIER-PELSTER, J. (2011).
Prevention of self-handicapping - The protective function
of mastery goals. Learning & Individual
Differences, 21, 699-709. |
|
MIDGLEY, C. & URDAN, T. (1995). Predictors of middle
school students' use of self-handicapping strategies. The
Journal of Early Adolescence, 15, 389-411. |
SAHRANÇ, Ü. (2011). An Investigation of the Relationships
between self-handicapping and depression, anxiety, and
stress. International Online Journal of Educational
Sciences, 3 (2), 526-540. [PDF] |
| |
McCREA, S.M. & FLAMM, A. (2011). Dysfunctional
anticipatory thoughts and the self-handicapping strategy.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 42, 72-81. |
|
RHODEWALT, F. & HILL, S.K. (1995). Self-handicapping
in the classroom : The effects of claimed self-handicaps
on responses to academic failure. Basic & Applied
Social PsychologY, 17 (4), 397-416. |
AKIN, A., ABACI, R. & AKIN, Ü. (2011).
Self-handicapping : A conceptual analysis, International
Online Journal of Educational Sciences, 3 (3),
1155-1168. |
|
HOBDEN, K. & PLINER, P. (1995). Self-handicapping and
dimensions of perfectionism : Self-presentation vs
self-protection. Journal of Research in Personality,
29, 461-474. |
COCORADA, E. (2011). Academic self-handicapping and their
correlates in adolescence. Bulletin of the
Transilvania University of Brasov, 53, 57-64. |
| |
McCREA, S.M. & HIRT, E.R. (2011). Limitations on the
substitutability of self- protective processes :
Self-handicapping is not reduced by related-domain self-
affirmations. Social Psychology, 42, 9-18. |
| |
GADBOIS, S.A. & STURGEON, R.D. (2011). Academic
self-handicapping : Relationships with learning specific
and general self-perceptions and academic performance over
time. British Journal of Educational Psychology, 81,
207-222. |
|
MIDGLEY, C., ARONKUMAR, R. & URDAN, T. (1996). "If I
don't do well tomorrow, there's a reason" : Predictors of
adolescents' use of academic self-handicapping strategies.
Journal of Educational Psychology, 88, 423-434. |
AKÇA, F. (2012). An investigation into the
self-handicapping behaviors of undergraduates in terms of
academic procrastination, the locus of control and
academic success. Journal of Education &
Learning, 1 (2), 288-297. [PDF] |
|
MELLO-GOLDNER, D. & WURF, E. (1997). The self in
self-handicapping : Differential effects of public and
private internal audiences. Current Psychology :
Developmental, Learning, Personality, Social, 15, 319-331. |
FINEZ, L., BERJOT, S., ROSNET, E., CLEVELAMD C. &
TICE, D.M. (2012). Trait self-esteem and claimed
self-handicapping motives in sports situations.
Journal of Sports Sciences, 30 (16), 1757-1765. |
|
FEICK, D.L. & RHODEWALT, F. (1997). The double-edged
sword of self-handicapping : Discounting, augmentation,
and the protection and enhancement of self-esteem. Motivation
& Emotion, 21, 147-163. |
AKIN, A. (2012). Academic locus of control and
self-handicapping. Procedia-Social & Behavioral
Sciences, 30, 812-816. |
|
KNEE, C.R. & ZUCKERMAN, M. (1998). A non-defensive
personality : Autonomy and control as moderators of
defensive coping and self-handicapping. Journal of
Research in Personality, 32 (2), 115-130. |
CHORBA, K., WAS, C.A. & ISAACSON, R.M. (2012).
Individual differences in academic identity and
self-handicapping in undergraduate college students.
Individual Differences Research, 10 (2), 60-68. |
|
URDAN, T., MIDGLEY, C. & ANDERMAN, E.M. (1998). The
role of classroom goal structure in student use of
self-handicapping strategies. American Educational
Research Journal, 35, 101-122. |
SCHWINGER, M. (2013). Structure of academic
self-handicapping - Global or domain-specific construct ?
Learning & Individual Differences, 27,
134-143. |
|
RYSKA, T.A., YIN, Z.N. & COOLEY, D. (1998). Effects of
trait and situational self-handicapping on competitive
anxiety among athletes. Current Psychology, 17,
48-56. |
SCHWINGER, M., LEMMER, G., WITHWEIN, L. & STEINMAYR,
R. (2014). Academic self-handicapping and achievement : A
meta-analysis. Journal of Educational Psychology, 106
(3), 744-761.
[PDF] |
|
SHEPPERD, J. & ARKIN, R. (1998). Determinants of
self-handicapping : Task importance and effects of
pre-existing handicaps on self-generated handicaps. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 15, 101-112. |
GUPTA, S. & GEETIKA, M. (2020). Academic
Self-Handicapping Scale : Development and validation in
Indian context. International Journal of Instruction,
13 (4), 87-102. |
|
ARKIN, R.M. & OLESON, K.C. (1998). Self-handicapping.
In J. Darley & J. Cooper (Eds.), The legacy of Ned
Jones. American Psychology Association. |
|
|
KIMBLE, C.E., KIMBLE, E.A. & CROY, N.A. (1998).
Development of self-handicapping tendencies. The
Journal of Social Psychology, 138 (4), 524-535. |
|
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., KIEFFER, S. & KNEE, C.R. (1998).
Consequences of self-handicapping : Effects on coping,
academic performance, and adjustment. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 74 (6),
1619-1628. |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Estime
de soi et Soi |
|
|
Handicap social : (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic,
des tests et des
outils de collecte de données
qui permettent d'évaluer et
de mesurer le handicap social.
Self-handicapping scale.
| |
|
|
JONES, E.E. & RHODEWALT, F. (1982). The
Self-Handicapping Scale. Princeton, NJ : Princeton
University. |
|
STRUBE, M.J. (1986). An analysis of the self-handicapping
Scale. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 7,
211-224. |
|
GUPTA, S. & GEETIKA, M. (2020). Academic
Self-Handicapping Scale : Development and validation in
Indian context. International Journal of Instruction,
13 (4), 87-102. |
|
|
|
|
|
Handley Simon J. ( ) : .
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain d'origine britannique. Il étudie le développement
de la pensée et du raisonnement.
Professeur de Ghasemi
et Trippas. Collaborateur
de Evans, Ball, Markovitz, Newstead,
Sloman, Thompson et Verde.
|
HANDLEY, S.J., CAPON, A., BEVERIDGE, M., DENNIS, I.,
EVANS, J.St.B.T. (2004). Working memory, inhibitory
control and the development of children's reasoning. Thinking
& Reasoning, 10 (2), 175-195. |
|
HANDLEY, S.J. & THOMPSON, V.A. (2006). The negation of
conditionals : A litmus test for the suppositional
condiional ? Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 32, 559-569. |
|
HANDLEY, S.J., NEWSTEAD, S.E. & TRIPPAS, D. (2011).
Logic, beliefs, and instruction : A test of the default
interventionist account of belief bias. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory, &
Cognition, 37, 28-43. |
|
HANDLEY, S.J. & TRIPPAS, D. (2014). Dual processes and
the interplay between knowledge and structure : A new
parallel processing model. Psychology of Learning
& Motivation - Advances in Research & Theory,
131, 75-91. |
|
HANDLEY, S.J., VERDE, M.F. & MORSANYI, K.
(2016). Logic brightens my day : Evidence for implicit
sensitivity to logical validity. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory & Cognition, 42 (9), 1448–1457. |
|
|
|
Hanley Gregory P. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des comportement
inadaptés. Étudiant de
Iwata. Collaborateur de
Fisher, Kahng,
Piazza et Thompson.
|
HANLEY, G.P., PIAZZA, C.C. & FISHER, W.W. (1997).
Noncontingent presentation of attention and alternative
stimuli in the treatment of attention- maintained
destructive behavior. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 30 (2), 229-237. [PDF] |
|
HANLEY, G.P., IWATA, B.A. & THOMPSON, R.H. (2001).
Reinforcement schedule thinning following treatment with
functional communication training. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 34 (1), 17-38.
[PDF] |
|
HANLEY, G.P., IWATA, B.A. & McCORD, B.E. (2003).
Functional analysis of problem behavior : A review.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 36 (2),
147-185. [PDF] |
|
HANLEY, G.P., PIAZZA, C.C., FISHER, W.W. & MAGLLIERI,
K.A. (2005). On the effectiveness of and preference for
punishment and extinction components of function-based
interventions. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis,
38 (1), 51-65. [PDF] |
|
HANLEY, G.P. (2012). Functional assessment of problem
behavior : Dispelling myths, overcoming implementation
obstacles, and developing new lore. Behavior Analysis
in Practice, 5, 54-72. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hans (Petit) : Hans était un patient
de Freud, âgé de trois ans
au moment de sa thérapie,
qui avait une peur maladive des chevaux (phobie).
= l'homme au cheval. Little
Hans.
| |
WOLPE, J. & RACHMAN, S. (1960). Psychoanalytic
"evidence" : A critique based on Freud's case of Little
Hans. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 130, 135-148. |
|
FROMM, E. & NARVAEZ, F. (1968). The Oedipus complex :
Comments on 'The case of Little Hans'. Contempory
Psychoanalysis, 4, 178-187. |
|
LINDON, J.A. (1992). A reassessment of little Hans, his
parents, and his castration complex. Journal of
American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 20, 375-394. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Attachment and sibling rivalry in
Little Hans : The "phantasy of the two giraffes"
reconsidered. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic
Association, 55, 821-849. |
|
WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007). Little Hans and attachment theory
: Bowlby’s hypothesis reconsidered in light of new
evidence from the Freud Archives. The Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 62, 61-91. |
|
|
Voir aussi Freud et
Phobie |
|
|
Hansel Charles Edward Mark (1917-2011) : Psychologue
anglais et critique de la parapsychologie, notamment la
télépahie. Il
est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experimental evidence for
extra-sensory-perception. Nature, 184 (S19),
1515-1516. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1959). Experiments on telepathy. New
Scientist, 5, 457-459. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1960). Experiments on telepathy. British
Journal of Statistical Psychology, 13, 175-178. |
|
HANSEL, C.E.M. (1966). ESP : A scientific evaluation.
New York : Charles Scribner's Sons. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Hansen George P. ( ) : Parapsychologue
et magicien américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des phénomènes
parapsychologiques et des croyances
en ces phénomènes.
 |
HANSEN, G.P. (1985). A brief overview of magic for
parapsychologists. Parapsychology Review, 16, 5-8.
|
|
HANSEN, G.P. (1990). Deception by subjects in psi
research. Journal of the American Society for
Psychical Research, 84 (1), 25-80. |
|
HANSEN, G.P. (1992). CSICOP and the skeptics : An
overview. Journal of the American Society for
Psychical Research, 86 (1), 19-63. |
|
HANSEN, G.P. (1992). Magicians on the paranormal : An
essay and review of three books. Journal of the
American Society for Psychical Research, 86 (2),
151-185. |
|
HANSEN, G.P. (2001). The trickster and the
paranormal. Xlibris Corporation. |
|
|
|
Hansen James E. (Denison 1941-) :
Climatologue américain et spécialiste du réchauffement
climatique et de ses effets négatifs sur l'humain.
 |
HANSEN, J., JOHNSON, D., LACIS, S. LEBEDEFF, S. LEE, P.,
RIND, D. & RUSSELL, G. (1981). Climate impact of
increasing atmospheric carbon dioxide. Science, 213
(4511), 957-966. [PDF] |
|
HANSEN, J. & WILSON, H. (1993). Commentary on the
significance of global temperature records. Climatic
Change, 25 (2), 185-191. [PDF] |
|
HANSEN, J., RUEDY, R., SATO, M. & LO, K. (2002).
Global warming continues. Science, 295 (5553),
275. [PDF] |
|
HANSEN, J. (2003). Can we defuse the global warming
time bomb ? [PDF] |
|
HANSEN, J. (2009). Storms of my grandchildren.
London : Bloomsbury Publishing |
|
|
|
Hanson R. Karl ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la récidive.
|
HANSON, R.K. & BUSSIÈRE, M. (1998). Predicting relapse
: A meta-analysis of sexual offender recidivism studies. Journal
of Counseling & Clinical Psychology, 66,
348-362. |
|
HANSON, R.K. (2002). Recidivism and age. Journal of
Interpersonal Violence, 17, 1046-1062. |
|
HANSON, R.K. & MORTON, K.E. & HARRIS, A.J. (2003).
Sexual offender recidivism risk : What We know and what We
need to know. Annals of the New York Academy of
Science, 989, 154-166. [PDF] |
|
HANSON, R.K. & MORTON-BOURGON, K.E. (2005). The
characteristics of persistent sexual offenders : A
meta-analysis of recidivism studies. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73 (6),
1154-1163. [PDF] |
|
HANSON, R.K. & YATES, P.M. (2013). Psychological
treatment of sex offenders. Current Psychiatry
Reports, 15 (3), 348. |
|
|
|
|
HANTOUCHE, E.G., AKISKAL, H.S., LANCRENON, J.F.,
ALLILAIRE, SECHTER, D., JAZORIN, J.M., BOURGEOIS,
M.L., FRAUD, J.P. & CHÂTELET-DUCHÊNE, L.
(1998). Systematic clinical methodology for
validating bipolar-II disorder : data in mid-stream from a
French national multi-site study (EPIDEP). Journal of
Affective Disorders, 50 (2-3), 163-173. |
|
HANTOUCHE, E.G. & AKISKAL, H.S. (2006).
Toward a defnition of a cyclothymic behavioral
endophenotype : which traits tap the familial diathesis
for bipolar II disorder ? Journal of Affective
Disorders, 96 (3), 233–237. |
|
HANTOUCHE, E.G. et HOUYVET, B. (2007/12). Cyclothymie
: troubles bipolaires des enfants et des adolescents au
quotidien. Paris : Josette Lyon. |
|
HANTOUCHE, E.G. & PERUGI, G. (2012). Should
cyclothymia be considered as a specific and distinct
bipolar disorder ? Neuropsychiatry, 2 (5),
407-414. |
HANTOUCHE, E.G. (2018). Living with a bipolar. La
Revue du Praticien, 68 (6), 641-642.
|
|
|
|
Hanushek Eric Alan ( ) :
Économiste américain et spécialiste de
l'éducation.
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. & TAYLOR, L.L. (1989). Alternative
assessments of the performance of schools : Measurement of
state variations in achievement. The Journal of
Human Resources, 25 (2), 179-200.
[PDF] |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (1995). Moving beyond spending fetishes.
Educational Leadership, 53 (3), 60-64. |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (1999). Some Findings From an independent
investigation of the Tennessee STAR Experiment and from
other investigations of class size effects.
Educational Evaluation & Policy Analysis, 21 (2),
143-164. [PDF] |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (2003). The failure of input-based
schooling policies. Economic Journal, 113, 64-98.
[PDF] |
|
HANUSHEK, E.A. (2016). Will more higher education improve
economic growth ? Oxford Review of Economic Policy,
32 (4), 538-552. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
HAC - HARCELER - HARDIN
- HARE - HARLOW -
HARRÉ - HARRIS -
HART - HARTMANN -
HASARD - HATFIELD - HATTIE
- HAYES - HAZAN - HE
|
Happé Francesca Gabrielle Elisabeth (Cambridge 1967-)
: Psychologue
anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'autisme. Étudiante de
Frith. Collaboratrice de
Caspi, Gillberg Moffitt et Plomin.
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1993). Communicative competence and theory of
mind in autism : a test of relevance theory. Cognition,
48, 101-119. |
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1994). An advanced test of theory of mind :
understanding of story characters' thoughts and feelings
by able autistic, mentally handicapped, and normal
children and adults. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorder, 24, 129-154. |
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1994). Wechsler IQ profile and theory of mind
in autism : a research note. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 35 (8), 1461-1471. |
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1997). Central coherence and theory of mind in
autism : reading homographs in context. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 15 (1), 1-12. |
|
HAPPÉ, F. (1999) Autism : Cognitive deficit or cognitive
style ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 3, 216-222.
|
|
|
|
Haploïde : Qualifie une cellule
produite par méiose, appelée
aussi gamète, qui ne
comporte qu'un seul exemplaire de chaque paire chromosomique.
|
|
| |
Voir aussi Méiose |
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Haplotype : Groupe de gènes liés
et transmis simultanément lors de la reproduction.
Haplotype.
|
|
| |
DEKA, R., JIN, L., SHRIVER, M.D., YU, L.M., SAHA, N.,
BARRANTES, R., CHAKRABORTY, R. & FERRELL, R.E. (1996).
Dispersion of human Y chromosome haplotypes based on five
microsatellites in global populations. Genome
Research, 6, 1177–1184. |
|
|
|
|
Haptique (Système/Processus/Perception/Inférence) : Du grec haptomai qui
veut dire «je touche, j'établis un contact». Qualifie tout
phénomène qui concerne le toucher
et les sens kinesthésiques,
c'est-à-dire la perception du corps dans l’environnement, par
analogie avec l'acoustique (audition) ou l'optique (vision).
EX : Toucher des lettres
en trois dimensions afin d'apprendre à mieux les tracer.
Haptique, perception
haptique et mémoire
haptiques. = tactile, perception
tactile, modalité perceptive tactilo-kinesthésique, traitement
haptique. Haptic, haptic modality, haptic
recognition, haptic memory, haptic perception, haptic
processing.
| |
|
|
DAY, R. & AVERY, G. (1970). Absence of the
horizontal-vertical illusion in haptic space. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 83, 172-173. |
GENTAZ E. et HATWELL, Y. (2000). Le traitement haptique
des propriétés spatiales et des propriétés matérielles des
objets. In Y. Hatwell, A. Streri et E. Gentaz (Dirs.), Toucher
pour connaître. Psychologie cognitive de la perception
tactile manuelle (p. 128-162). Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
DAY, R. & WONG, T.S. (1971). Radial and tangential
movement directions as determinants of the haptic illusion
in an L figure. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
87, 19-22. |
HELLER, M.A., BRACKETT, D.D., WILSON, K., YONEYAMA K.
& BOYER, A. (2002). Visual experience and the haptic
horizontal-vertical illusion. British Journal of
Visual Impairment, 20, 105-109. |
|
DEREGOWSKI, J. & ELLIS, H.D. (1972). Effect of
stimulus orientation upon haptic perception of the
horizontal-vertical illusion. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 95, 14-19. |
HELLER, M.A., BRACKETT, D.D., WILSON, K., YONEYAMA K.,
BOYER, A. & STEFFEN, H. (2002). The haptic Müller-Lyer
illusion in sighted and blind people. Perception, 31,
1263-1274. |
|
WONG, T.S. (1975). The respective role of limb and eye
movements in the haptic and visual Müller-Lyer illusion. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 27, 659-666. |
|
|
WONG, T.S. (1977). Dynamic properties of radial and
tangential movements as determinants of the haptic
horizontal-vertical illusion with an L figure. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 3, 151-164. |
|
|
SUZUKI, K. & ARASHIDA, R. (1992). Geometrical haptic
illusions revisited : Haptic illusions compared with
visual illusions. Perception & Psychophysics, 52,
329-335. |
WOODS, A.T. & NEWELL, F.N. (2004). Visual, haptic and
cross-modal recognition of objects and scenes. Journal
of Physiology, 98, 147-159. [PDF] |
|
LEDERMAN, S.J. & KLATSKY, R.L. (1993). Extracting
object properties through haptic exploration. Acta
Psychologica, 84, 29-40. |
|
|
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1996). Role of gravitational
cues in the haptic perception of orientation.
Perception & Psychophysics, 58, 1278-1292. |
|
|
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1996). Role of gravitational
cues in the haptic perception of orientation.
Perception & Psychophysics, 58, 1278-1292. |
|
|
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1998). The haptic oblique
effect in the perception of rod orientation by blind
adults. Perception & Psychophysics, 60,
157-167. |
|
|
KLATZKY, R.L. (1999). Path completion after haptic
exploration with out vision : Implications for haptic
spatial representations. Perception &
Psychophysics, 61, 220-235. |
|
|
GENTAZ E. & HATWELL, Y. (1999). Role of memorisation
conditions in the haptic processing of orientations and
the "oblique effect". British Journal of Psychology,
90, 377-388. |
BARA, F., FRENDEMBACH, B. & GENTAZ E. (2010). Rôle des
procédures exploratoires manuelles dans la perception
haptique et visuelle de formes chez des enfants scolarisés
en cycle 2. L’Année Psychologique, 110, 197-225. |
|
CASLA, M., BLANCO, F. & TRAVIESO, D. (1999). Haptic
perception of geometric illusions by persons who are
totally congenitally blind. Journal of Visual
Impairment & Blindness, 93, 583-588. |
BAUD-BODY, G. & GENTAZ E. (2012). The perception and
representation of orientations : a study in the haptic
modality. Acta Psychologica, 141 (1), 24-30. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Toucher,
Perception haptique
et Mémoire
haptique |
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
Harackiewicz Judy M. ( ) : Psychologue
sociale américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la motivation
intrinsèque. Collaboratrice de Elliott.
|
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. (1979). The effects of reward
contingency and performance feedback on intrinsic
motivation. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 37 (8), 1352-1363. |
|
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M., SANSONE, C. & MANDERLINK, G.
(1985). Competence, achievement orientation, and intrinsic
motivation : A process analysis. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 48, 493-508. |
|
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. & ELLIOT, A.J. (1993). Achievement
goals and intrinsic motivation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 65, 904-915. |
|
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. & HULLEMAN, C.S. (2010). The
importance of interest : The role of achievement goals and
task values in promoting the development of interest. Social
& Personality Psychology Compass, 4, 42-52. |
|
HARACKIEWICZ, J.M., CANNING, E.A., TIBBETTS, Y., GIFFEN,
C.J., BLAIR, S.S., ROUSE, D.I. & HYDE, J.S. (2014).
Closing the social class achievement gap for
first-generation students in undergraduate biology. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 106, 375-389. |
|
|
|
Harcèlement : Harceler : Moqueries, humiliation,
intimidation et
parfois violence commises à maintes reprises par un individu ou un groupe (agresseur) à
l'endroit d'une autre personne (victime).
Bullying, harassment, mobbing.
| |
|
|
LOWENSTEIN, L. (1978). Who is the bully ? Bulletin of
the British Psychological Society, 31, 147-149. |
|
|
FARRINGTON, D.P. (1993). Understanding and preventing
bullying. Crime & Justice, 17, 381-458. |
RODKIN, P.C. & BERGER, C. (2008). Who bullies whom ?
Social status asymmetries by victim gender. International
Journal of Behavioral Development, 32, 473-485. |
|
ROLAND, E. (1993). Bullying : A developing tradition of
research and management. In D.P. Tattum (Ed.), Understanding
and managing bullying (pp. 15-30). Oxford, UK :
Heinemann Educational. |
WIMMER, S. (2009). Views on gender differences in bullying
in relation to language and gender role socialisation. Griffith
Working Papers in Pragmatics & Intercultural
Communication, 2 (1), 18-26. [PDF] |
|
RIVERS, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Types of bullying
behaviour and their correlates. Aggressive Behavior,
20, 359–368. |
BEALS, K.P., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2009). Stigma
management and well-being : The role of perceived social
support, emotional processing, and suppression. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 867-879. |
|
MURRELL, A.J., OLSON, J.E. & FRIEZE, I.H. (1995).
Sexual harassment and gender discrimination : A
longitudinal study of women managers. Journal of
Social Issues, 51, 139-149. |
|
|
SALMIVALLI, C., LAGERSPETZ, K. BJÖRKQVIST, K., OSTERMAIM,
K. & KAUKIANEN A. (1996). Bullying as a group process
: Participant roles and their relations to social status
within the group. Aggressive Behavior, 22, 1-15. |
BERGER, C. & RODKIN, P. C. (2009). Male and female
victims of male bullies. Sex Roles, 61, 72-84. |
|
SWAIN, J. (1998). What does bullying really mean ?
Educational Research, 40, 358-364. |
SALMIVALLI, C. (2010). Bullying and the peer group : A
review. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 15, 112-120.
[PDF] |
|
SUTTON, J. & SMITH, P.K. (1999). Bullying as a group
process : An adaptation of the participant role approach.
Aggressive Behavior, 25, 97–111. |
RODKIN, P.C. (2011). White House report : Bullying : And
the power of peers. Educational Leadership, 69,
10-16. |
|
EINARSEN, S. (2000). Harassment and bullying at work : A
review of the Scandinavian approach. Aggression &
Violent Behavior, 5 (4), 379-401. |
BARNIGHT, L.J., HUBBARD, J.A., GRASSETTI, S. & MORROW,
M.T. (2017). Relations between actual group norms,
perceived peer behavior, and bystander children's
intervention to bullying. Journal of Clinical Child
& Adolescent Psychology, 46, 394-400. |
|
RIGBY, K. (2002). New perspectives on bullying.
London : Jessica Kingsley. |
|
|
SALMIVALLI, C. & NIEMINEN, E. (2002). Proactive and
reactive aggression in bullies, victims, and
bully–victims. Aggressive Behavior, 28, 30–44. |
FRISEN, A., HASSELBLAD, T. & HOLMQVIST, K. (2012).
What actually makes bullying stop ? Journal of
Adolescence, 35, 981-990. |
|
SOUTH, C. & WOOD, J. (2006). Bullying in prisons : The
importance of perceived social status, prisonization, and
moral disengagement. Aggressive Behavior, 32,
490–501. |
RODKIN, P.C., ESPELAGE, D.L. & DANISH, L.D. (2015). A
relational framework for understanding bullying :
Developmental antecedents and outcomes. American
Psychologist, 70 (4), 311-321. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Intimidation,
Taxage et Violence |
|
|
Harcèlement
(Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
les différentes formes de harcèlement. Measuring
workplace bullying, measuring exposure to bullying.
| |
|
|
FITZGERALD, L.F., GELFAND, M.J. & DRASGOW, F. (1995).
Measuring sexual harassment : Theoretical and psychometric
advances. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 17,
425-445. [PDF] |
BERAN, T. (2006). A construct validity study of bullying.
Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 52 (4),
238-247. [PDF] |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1996). The revised Bully/Victim
Questionnaire. Bergen, Norway : Mimeo HEMIL
Center, University of Bergen. |
|
|
FITZGERALD, L.F., MAGLEY, V.J., DRASGOW, F. & WALDO,
C.R. (1999). Measuring sexual harassment in the military :
the sexual experiences questionnaire (SEQ—DoD). Military
Psychology 11 (3), 243-263. |
HEAMES, J. & HARVEY, M. (2006). Workplace bullying : A
cross-level assessment. Management Decisions, 44
(9), 1214-1230. |
|
COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P., RIVERS, I., SMITH, P.K. &
PEREIRA, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7, 33-51. [PDF] |
EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009).
Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work :
Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of
the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work stress,
23, 24-44. [PDF]
|
|
SOLBERG, M.E. & OLWEUS, D. (2003). Prevalence
estimation of school bullying with the Olweus Bully/Victim
Questionnaire. Aggressive Behavior, 29 (3),
239-268. |
TSUNO, K, KAWAKAMI, N., INOUE, A. & ABE, K. (2010).
Measuring workplace bullying : reliability and validity of
the Japanese version of the negative acts questionnaire. Journal
of Occupational Health, 52 (4), 216-226.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Émotion, Amour
et Racisme |
|
|
|
Harcèlement
(Prévention) :
Preventing bullying, antibullying program, anti-bullying
intervention.
| |
|
|
FARRINGTON, D.P. (1993). Understanding and preventing
bullying. Crime & Justice, 17, 381-458. |
RIGBY, K., SMITH, P.K. & PEPLER, D. (2004). Working to
prevent school bullying : Key issues. In P. Smith, D.
Pepler and K. Rigby (Eds.) Bullying in schools : How
successful can interventions be ? (pp. 1-12).
United Kingdom : University Press. |
|
PEPLER, D.J., CRAIG, W.M., ZIEGLER, S. & CHARACH, A.
(1994). An evaluation of an anti-bullying intervention in
Toronto Schools. Canadian Journal of Community Mental
Health, 13 (2), 95-110. |
LIMBER, S.P., MAURY, N., ALLISON, J., TRACY, T., MELTON,
G. B. & FLERX, V. (2004). Implementation of the Olweus
bullying prevention program in the south- eastern United
States. In P.K. Smith, D. Pepler & K. Rigby (Eds.),
Bullying in schools : How successful can interventions
be ? (pp. 58-80). Cambridge, UK : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
SMITH, P.K. & SHARP, S. (1994) Tackling bullying
at your school : A practical handbook for teachers.
London : Routledge. |
SMITH, P.K., HOWARD, S. & Thompson, F. (2007). Use of
the support group method to tackle bullying, and
evaluation from schools and local authorities in England.
Pastoral Care in Education, 25 (2), 4-13. |
|
GLOVER, D., CARTWRIGHT, N., GOUGH, G. & JOHNSON, M.
(1998). The introduction of anti-bullying policies : Do
policies help in the management of change. School
Leadership & Management, 18 (1), 89-106. |
TWEMLOW, S., BIGGS, B., NELSON, T., VENBERG, E., FONAGY,
P. & TWEMLOW S. (2008). Effects of participation in a
martial arts based antibullying program in elementary
schools. Psychology in the Schools, 45 (10),
1-14. |
|
SOUTTER, A. & McKENZIE, A. (2000). The use and effects
of anti-bullying and anti-harassment policies in
Australian schools. School Psychology International,
21, 96-105. |
FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a
framework for two internal organizational approaches to
resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative
dispute resolution and training. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61
(3), 220-241. |
|
STEVENS, V., VAN OOST, P. & De BOURDEAUDHUIJI, I.D.
(2000). The effects of an anti-bullying intervention
programme on peers'attitudes, and behaviour. Journal
of Adolescence, 23, 21-34. |
|
|
SMITH, P.K. (2000). Bullying : Don't suffer in
silence & An antibullying pack for schools.
Department for Education and Skills : United Kingdom. |
SALMIVALLI, C., KÄRNÄ, A. & POSKIPARTA, E. (2009).
Development, evaluation, and diffusion of a national
anti-bullying program (KiVa). In B. Doll, W. Pfohl &
J. Yoon (Eds.), Handbook of youth prevention science.
New York : Routledge. |
|
SWEARER, S.M. & ESPELAGE, D.L. (2004). Bullying in
American schools : A social-ecological perspective on
prevention and intervention. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 23 (2), 316. |
|
|
SMITH, J.D., SCHNEIDER, B.H., SMITH, P.K. & ANANIADOU,
K. (2004). The effectiveness of whole-school antibullying
programs : A synthesis of evaluation research. School
Psychology Review, 33, 547-560. |
ROSS, S.W. & HORNER, R.H. (2009). Bully prevention in
positive behaviour support. Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 42 (4), 747-759. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Harcèlement |
|
|
Harcèlement
à distance :
Harcèlement exercé à distance au moyen d'un téléphone
ou d'un ordinateur/ Internet.
= cyberharcèlement. Cyberbullying,
cyber-harassment.
| |
|
|
YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2004). Online
aggressor/targets, aggressors, and targets : a comparison
of associated youth characteristics. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 45, 1308-1316. |
TOKUNAGA, R. (2010). Following you home from school : a
critical review and synthesis of research on cyberbullying
victimization. Computers in Human Behavior, 26,
277-287. |
|
YBARRA, M.L. (2004). Linkages between depressive
symptomatology and Internet harassment among young regular
Internet users. Cyberpsychology & Behavior, 7 (2),
247-257. |
|
|
YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2004). Youth engaging
in online harassment : Associations with caregiver-child
relationships, Internet use, and personal characteristics.
Journal of Adolescence, 27, 319-336.
[PDF] |
|
|
BERAN, T.N. & LI, Q. (2005). Cyberharassment : A study
of a new method for an old behavior. Journal of
Educational Computing Research, 32 (3), 265-277. |
|
PATCHIN, J.W. & HINDUJA, S. (2006).
Bullies move beyond the schoolyard : a preliminary look at
cyberbullying. Youth Violence & Juvenile Justice,
4 (2), 148-169.
|
|
|
YBARRA, M.L., MITCHELL, K.J., WOLAK, J. & FINKELHOR,
D. (2006). Examining characteristics and associated
distress related to internet harassment : Findings from
the second youth internet safety survey. Pediatrics,
118 (4), 1169-1177. [PDF] |
|
|
BERAN, T.N. & LI, Q. (2007). The Relationship between
Cyberbullying and School Bullying. Journal of Student
Wellbeing, 1 (2), 15-33. [PDF] |
|
|
LI, Q. (2007). Bullying in the new playground : Research
into cyberbullying and cyber victimisation. Australasian
Journal of Educational Technology, 23 (4), 435-454 |
|
|
YBARRA, M.L. & MITCHELL, K.J. (2007). Prevalence and
frequency of Internet harassment instigation :
Implications for adolescent health. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 41, 189-195. [PDF] |
WANG, J., NANSEL, T. & IANNOTTI, R. (2010). Cyber and
traditional bullying : differential association with
depression. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48,
415-417. |
|
JUVONEN, J. & GROSS, E.F. (2008). Extending the school
grounds ? Bullying experiences in cyberspace. Journal
of School Health, 78 (9), 496-505. |
WALKER, C.M., SOCKMAN, B.R. & KOEHN, S. (2011). An
exploratory study of cyberbullying with undergraduate
university students. TechTrends, 55 (2), 31-38.
[PDF] |
|
SLONJE, R. & SMITH, P.K. (2008). Cyberbullying :
another main type of bullying ? Scandinavian Journal
of Psychology, 49, 147-154. |
|
|
SMITH, P.K., MADHAVI, J., CARVALHO, M., FISHER, S.,
RUSSELL, S. & TIPPETT, N. (2008). Cyberbullying : its
nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 49 (4),
376-385. [PDF]
|
DONNERSTEIN, E. (2012). Internet bullying. Pediatric
Clinics of North America, 59, 623-633. [PDF] |
|
LENHART, A. (2009). Cyberbullying : what the research
is telling us. Washington, DC : Pew Internet &
American Life Project. |
BERAN, T.N., RINALDI, C., BICKHAM, D. & RICH, M.
(2012). Evidence for the need to support adolescents
dealing with harassment and cyber-harassment : Prevalence,
progression, and impact. School Psychology
International, 33 (5), 562-576. |
|
FORSELL, R. (2016). Exploring cyberbullying and face-to-face bullying in working life : Prevalence, targets and expressions. Computers in Human Behavior, 58, 454-460. [PDF]
| |
|
|
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement,
Harcèlement, Internet,
Téléphone
et Ordinateur |
|
|
|
Harcèlement
à l'école : Concept développé par Olweus
pour désigner en milieu scolaire
et parascolaire, les moqueries, l'humiliation, l'intimidation,
le taxage et parfois la violence
commises à maintes reprises par un ou des élèves (agresseur ou
voyou = bully) à l'endroit d'un autre élève (victime).
Harcèlement et intimidation
à l'école. = harcèlement
scolaire, intimidation scolaire, violence scolaire, brimade entre
élèves. Bullying at school, aggression in the
school, peer aggression.
| |
|
|
OLWEUS, D. (1978). Aggression in the schools. Bullies
and whipping boys. Washington, D.C. : Hemisphere
Press, Wiley. |
HAWKINS, D.L., PEPLER, D.J. & CRAIG, W. (2001).
Naturalistic observations of peer interventions in
bullying. Social Development, 10 (4), 512-527. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1984). Aggressors and their victims : Bullying
at school. In N. Frude & H. Gault (Eds.), Disruptive
behavior in school. New York : Wiley. |
NANSEL, T.R., OVERPECK, M., PILLA, R.S., RUAN, W.J.,
SIMONS-MORTON, B. & SCHEIDT, P. (2001). Bullying
behaviors among U.S. youth : Prevalence and association
with psychosocial adjustment. Journal of the American
Medical Association, 285 (16), 2094-2100. |
|
CAMMAERT, L.P. (1985). How widespread is sexual harassment
on campus ? International Journal of Women Studies,
8, 388-397. |
WOLKE, D., WOODS, S., SCHULZ, H. & STANFORD, K.
(2001). Bullying and victimisation of primary school
children in South England and South Germany : Prevalence
and school factors. British Journal of Psychology, 92,
673-696. [PDF] |
|
ARORA, T. & THOMPSON, D. (1987). Defining bullying for
a secondary school. Education & Child Psychology,
4, 110-120. |
NEUSPIEL, D.R. (2001). Bullying : Effects on physical and
emotional health. AAP Grand Rounds, 6 (5),
50-51. |
| |
BEALE, A.V. (2001). Bullybusters : Using drama to empower
students to take a stand against bullying behavior. Professional
School Counseling, 4, 300-306. |
|
PERRY, D.G., KUSEL, S.J. & PERRY, L.C. (1988). Victims
of peer aggression. Developmental Psychology, 24,
807-814. |
WOLKE, D., WOODS, S., BLOOMFIELD, L. & KARSTADT, L.
(2001). Bullying involvement in primary school and common
health problems. Archives of Disease in Childhood,
85, 197-201. |
|
AHMAD, Y. & SMITH, P.K. (1990). Behavioural measures :
Bullying in schools. Newsletter of Association for
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 26-27. |
OLWEUS, D. (2001). Peer harassment : A critical analysis
and some important issues. In J. Juvonen & S. Graham
(Eds.), Peer harassment in school : The plight of the
vulnerable and victimized (pp. 3-48). New York :
Guilford Press. |
|
RIGBY, K. & SLEE, P.T. (1991). Bullying among
Australian school children : Reported behavior and
attitudes toward victims. Journal of Social
Psychology, 131 (5), 615-627. [PDF] |
NAYLOR, P., COWIE, H. & DEL REY, R. (2001). Coping
strategies of secondary school children in response to
being bullied. Child Psychology & Psychiatry
Review, 6 (3), 114-120. [PDF] |
| |
HAYNIE, D.L., HANSEL, T., EITEL, P., DAVIS CRUMP, A.,
SAYLOR, K., YU, K. & SIMONS-MORTON, B. (2001).
Bullies, victims, and bully/victims : Distinct groups of
At-risk youth. Journal of Early Adolescence, 21 (1),
29-49. |
| |
MA, X., STEWIN, L.L. & MAH, D. (2001). Bullying in
school : Nature, effects and remedies. Research
Papers in Education, 16 (3), 247-270. |
| |
PELLEGRINI, A.D. (2002).Bullying, victimization, and
sexual harassment during the transition to middle school.
Educational Psychologist, 37 (3), 151-163. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1991). Bully/victim problems among
schoolchildren : Basics facts and effects of a school
based intervention program. In D. Pepler & K. Rubin
(Eds.), The development and treatment of childhood
aggression. Hillsdale, N.J. : Erlbaum. |
PELLEGRINI, A.D. & LONG, J.D. (2002). A longitudinal
study of bullying, dominance and victimization during the
transition from primary school through secondary School. British
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 20, 259-280. |
|
BOULTON, M.J. & UNDERWOOD, K. (1992). Bully ? Victim
problems among school children. British Journal of
Educational Psychology, 62, 73-87. |
ROLAND, E. & GALLOWAY, D. (2002). Classroom influences
on bullying. Educational Research, 44, 299-312. |
|
RIGBY, K. & SLEE, P.T. (1993). Dimensions of
interpersonal relating among Australian school children
and their implications for psychological well-being. Journal
of Social Psychology, 133, 33-42. |
SCHAFER, M., WERNER, N.E. & CRICK, N.R. (2002). A
comparison of two approaches to the study of negative peer
treatment : General victimization and bully/victim
problems among German schoolchildren. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 20, 281-306. |
| |
RIGBY, K. (2002). New perspectives on bullying.
London : Jessica Kingsley. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1993). Bullying at school : What we know
and what we can do. Oxford : Blackwell. |
SMITH, P.K., COWIE, H., OLASFFSON, R. & LIEFOOGHE, A.
(2002). Definitions of bullying : a comparison of terms
used, and age and gender differences, in a
fourteen-country international comparison. Child
Development, 73, 1119-1133. |
|
WHITNEY, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1993). A survey of the
nature and extent of bully ? Victim problems in junior
middle and secondary schools. Educational Research,
35, 3-25. |
COWIE, H., NAYLORA, P., RIVERBS, I., SMITH, P.K. &
PEIRAD, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying. Aggression
& Violent Behavior, 7 (1), 33-51. |
|
SIANN, G. & CALLAGHAN, M. (1993). Bullying : Teachers'
views and school effects. Educational Studies, 19, 307-321. |
DAKE, J.A., PRICE, J.H. & TELJOHANN, S.K. (2003). The
nature and extent of bullying at school. Journal of
School Health, 73 (5), 173-180.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, P.K. & SHARP, S. (1994). School bullying :
Insights and perspectives. London : Rutledge. |
VAILLANCOURT, T., HYMEL, S. & McDOUGALL, P. (2003).
Bullying is power : Implications for school-based
intervention strategies. Journal of Applied School
Psychology, 19, 157-176. |
|
ARORA, C.M.J. (1994). Measuring bullying in schools with
the my life in school checklist. Pastoral Care in
Education, 12, 11-16. |
RIGBY, K. (2003). Consequences of bullying in schools. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48 (9), 583-590. [PDF] |
| |
RIGBY, K. (2003). Addressing bullying in schools :
Theory and practice. Canberra, Australia :
Australian Institute of Criminology. |
| |
FOX, C.L. & BOULTON, M.J. (2003). Evaluating the
effect of a social skills training (SST) programme for
victims of bullying. Educational Research, 45,231-247. |
| |
HEINRICHS, R.R. (2003). A whole-school approach to
bullying : Special considerations for children with
exceptionalities. Intervention in School &
Clinic, 38 (4), 195-204. |
|
BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their
victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the
schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174.
|
UNNEVER, J.D. & CORNELL, D.G. (2003). Bullying,
self-control, and ADHD. Journal of Interpersonal
Violence, 18, 129-147. |
|
BOULTON, M.J. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Bully ? victim
problems in middle school children : Stability,
self-perceived competence, peer perceptions, and peer
acceptance. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 12, 315-329. |
TERÂSAHJO, T. & SALMIVALLI, C. (2003). "She is not
actually bullied". The discourse of harassment in student
groups. Aggressive Behavior, 29, 134–154. |
| |
ORPINAS, P., HORNE, A.M. & STANISZEWSKI, D. (2003).
School bullying : Changing the problem by changing the
school. School Psychology Review, 32, 431-444. |
|
BATSCHE, G.N. & KNOFF, H.M. (1994). Bullies and their
victims : understanding a pervasive problem in the
schools. School Psychology Review, 23, 165-174. |
WARDEN, D. & MACKINNON, S. (2003). Prosocial children,
bullies and victims : An investigation of their
sociometric status, empathy and social problem-solving
strategies. British Journal of Developmental
Psychology, 21 (3), 367-385. |
|
RIGBY, K. (1994). Psycho-social functioning in families of
Australian adolescent school - children involved in bully
victim problems. Journal of Family Therapy, 16,
73-89. |
MENSINI, E., CODECASA, E., BENELLI. B. & COWIE, H.
(2003). Enhancing children's responsibility to take action
against bullying : Evaluation of a befriending
intervention in Italian middle schools. Aggressive
Behavior, 29, 1-14. |
|
RIVERS, I. & SMITH, P.K. (1994). Types of bullying
behavior and their correlates. Aggressive Behavior,
20, 359-368. |
SMITH, P.K., ANANIADOU, K. & COWIE, H. (2003).
Interventions to reduce school bullying. Canadian
Journal of Psychiatry, 48, 591-599. [PDF] |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1994). Bullying at school : basic facts and
effects of a school based intervention program. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 1171-1190. |
SMITH, J.D., SCHNEIDER, B.H., SMITH, P.K. & ANANIADOU,
K. (2004). The effectiveness of whole-school antibullying
programs : A synthesis of evaluation. Research School
Psychology Review, 33 (4), 547-560. [PDF] |
|
SIANN, G., CALLAGHAN, M., GLISSOV, P., LOCKHART, R. &
RAWSON, L. (1994). Who gets bullied : The effect of
school, gender and ethnic group. Educational Research,
36, 123-134. |
SALMIVALLI, C. & VOETEN, M. (2004). Connections
between attitudes, group norms, and behaviour in bullying
situations. International Journal of Behavioral
Development, 28, 246-258. |
|
| |
GRIFFIN, R.S. & GROSS, A.M. (2004). Childhood bullying
: Current empirical findings and future directions for
research. Aggression & Violent Behavior, 9
(4), 379-400. |
| |
UNNEVER, J.D. & CORNELL, D.G. (2004). Middle school
victims of bullying : Who reports being bullied ? Aggressive
Behavior, 30, 373-388. [PDF] |
| |
DEROSIER, M.E. (2004). Building relationships and
combating bullying : Effectiveness of a school-based
social skills group intervention. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 33, 125-130. |
| |
BERAN, T.N., TUTTY, L. & STEINWRATH, G. (2004). An
evaluation of a bullying prevention program for elementary
schools. Canadian Journal of School Psychology, 19 (1-2),
99-116. |
| |
PEPLER, D.J. & CRAIG, W. O'CONNELL, P., ATLAS, R.
& CHARACH, A. (2004). Making a difference in bullying
: Evaluation of a systemic school-based programme in
Canada. In P. Smith, D. Pepler and K. Rigby (Eds.)
Bullying in schools : How successful can interventions
be ? (pp. 125-139). United Kingdom : University
Press. |
| |
COOLIDGE, F.L., DENBOER, J.W. & SEGAL, D.L. (2004).
Personality and neuropsychological correlates of bullying
behavior. Personality & Individual Differences,
36, 1559-1569. [PDF] |
| |
SMITH, P.K. (2004). Bullying : recent developments. Child
& Adolescent Mental Health, 9 (3), 98-103. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, P.K. & LEVAN, S. (1995). Perceptions and
experiences of bullying in younger pupils. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 65 (4),
489-500. |
SMITH, P.K., TALAMELLI, L., COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P. &
CHAUHAN, P. (2004). Profiles of non-victims, escaped
victims, continuing victims and new victims of school
bullying. British Journal of Educational Psychology,
74, 565-581. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, K., CHAMBERS, M., LOGAN, S. & ROBINSON, D.
(1996). Association of common health symptoms with
bullying in primary school children. British Medical
Journal, 313, 17-19. |
WOLKE, D. & SAMARA, M. (2004). Bullied by siblings :
Association with peer victimisation and behaviour problems
in Israeli lower secondary school children. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 45, 1015-1029. |
|
CHARACH, A., DEBRA P. & ZEIGLER, S. (1995). Bullying
at school : a Canadian perspective. Education Canada,
35 (1), 3-18. |
JANSSEN, I., CRAIG, W.M., BOYCE, W.F. & PICKETT, W.
(2004). Associations between overweight and obesity with
bullying behaviors in school-aged children.
Pediatrics, 113 (5), 1187-1194. |
|
CRAIG, W. & PEPLER, D.J. (1995). Peer processes in
bullying and victimization : An observational study.
Exceptionality Education Canada, 5, 81-95. |
WOODS, S. & WOLKE, D. (2004). Direct and relational
bullying among primary school children and academic
achievement. Journal of School Psychology, 42, 135-155.
[PDF] |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1996). Bullying at school : Knowledge base and
an effective intervention program. In C.F. Ferris & T.
Grisso (Eds.), Understanding aggressive behavior in
children. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences
(Vol. 794, pp. 265-276). New York : New York Academy of
Sciences. |
NESDALE, D. & SCARLETT, M. (2004). Effects of group
and situational factors on pre-adolescent children's
attitudes to school bullying. International Journal
of Behavioral Development, 28, 428-434. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1996). The revised bully/Victim
Questionnaire. Bergen, Norway : Mimeo HEMIL
Center, University of Bergen. |
XIAO-QI, H., JIA-XIU, Z. & LAN-TING, G. (2005). Bully
in primary school and its impact on psychosocial health. Chinese
Mental Health Journal, 19, 676-678. |
|
ROBERTS, W.B. & COURSOL, D.H. (1996). Strategies for
intervention with childhood and adolescent victims of
bullying, teasing, and intimidation in school settings. Elementary
School Guidance & Counselling, 30 (3),
204-213. |
SKIBA, R.J. (2005). Preventing bullying and harassment
: A support manual for Iowa's sample district policy on
bullying and harassment. Des Moines, IA : Iowa
Department of Education. |
|
CRAIG, W., PEPLER, D.J. (1996). Bullying and victimization
at school : What can we do about it ? In S. Miller, J.
Brodine & T. Miller (Eds.), Safe by design :
planning for peaceful school communities. Seattle,
WA : Committee for Children, 205-230. |
RIGBY, K. (2005). The method of shared concern as an
intervention technique to address bullying in schools : An
overview and appraisal. Australian Journal of
Counselling & Guidance, 15, 27-34. [PDF] |
| |
VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., OLDEHINKEL, A.J., DE WINTER,
A.F., VERHULST, F.C. & ORMEL, J. (2005). Bullying and
victimization in elementary schools : A comparison of
bullies, victims, bully/victims, and uninvolved
preadolescents. Developmental Psychology, 41, 672-682. |
| |
EISENBERG, M.E. & AALSMA, M.C. (2005). Bullying and
peer victimization : Position paper of the society for
adolescent medicine. Journal of Adolescent Health,
36, 88-91. [PDF] |
| |
DEROSIER, M.E. & MARCUS S.R. (2005). Building
friendships and combating bullying : Effectiveness of
S.S.GRIN at one-year follow-up. Journal of Clinical
Child & Adolescent Psychology, 34 (1), 140-150. |
|
EINARSEN, S. & RAKNES, B. (1997). Harassment in the
workplace and the victimisation of men. Violence
& Victims, 12, 247-263. |
SMOKOWSKI, P.R. & KOPASZ, K.H. (2005). Bullying in
school : an overview of types, effects, family
characteristics, and intervention strategies. Children
& Schools, 27, 101-110. |
|
SMITH, P.K. (1997). Bullying in life-span perspective :
what can studies of school bullying and workplace bullying
learn from each other ? Journal of Community &
Applied Social Psychology, 7, 249-255. [PDF]
|
NESDALE, D. & NAITO, M. (2005).
Individualism-collectivism and the attitudes to school
bullying of Japanese & Australian students. Journal
of Cross Cultural Psychology, 36, 1-20. |
|
BOULTON, M.J. (1997). Teachers, views on bullying :
Definitions, attitudes and ability to cope. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 67, 223-233. |
SMITH, J.D., BRADLEY-COUSINS, J. & STEWART, R. (2005).
Antibullying interventions in schools : Ingredients of
effective programs. Canadian Journal of Education, 28
(4), 739-762. [PDF] |
|
CRAIG, W.M. & PEPLER, D. (1997). Observations of
bullying and victimization in the school yard. Canadian
Journal of School of Psychology, 13 (2), 41-60. |
BOULTON, M.J. (2005). It's all my fault : self-blame among
victims of bullying. Young Minds, 74, 16. |
|
SALMIVALLI, C., HUTTUNEN, A. & LAGERSPETZ, K. (1997).
Peer networks and bullying in schools. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 38, 305-312. |
NAITO, T. & GIELEN, U.P. (2005). Bullying and Ijime in
Japanese schools. Violence in Schools, 169-190. [PDF] |
| |
DUE, P., HOLSTEIN, B.E., LYNCH, J., DIDERICHSEN, F.,
GABHAIN, S.N., SCHEIDT, P., CURRIE, C. & HEALTH
BEHAVIOUR IN SCHOOL-AGED CHILDREN BULLYING WORKING GROUP
(2005). Bullying symptoms among school aged children :
International comparative cross-sectional study in 28
countries. European Journal of Public Health, 15 (2),
128-132. |
|
CLARKE, E.A. & KISELICA, M.S. (1997). A systemic
counseling approach to the problem of bullying.Elementary
School Guidance & Counseling, 31 310-324. |
BERAN, T. (2006). A construct validity study of bullying.
Alberta Journal of Educational Research, 52 (4),
238-247. [PDF] |
|
BATSCHE, G. (1997). Bullying : Development and
implications. In G.G. Bear, K.M. Minke & A. Thomas
(Eds.), Children's needs : Psychological perspectives
(Vol. 2, pp. 171-179). Bethesda, MD : National Association
of School Psychologists. |
PEPLER, D.J., CRAIG, W., CONNOLLY, J., YUILE, A.,
McMASTER, L. & JIANG, D. (2006). A developmental
perspective on bullying. Aggressive Behavior, 32,
376-384. |
| |
RIGBY, K. (2006). What we can learn from evaluated studies
of school-based programs to reduce bullying in schools. In
S.R. Jimerson & M.J. Furlong (Eds.), Handbook of
school violence and school safety : From research to
practice (pp. 325-337). Mahwah, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
| |
GINI, G. (2006). Bullying as a social process : The role
of group membership in students' perception of inter-group
aggression at school. Journal of School Psychology,
44, 51-65. |
|
COLVIN, G., TOBIN, T., BEARD, K., HAGAN, S. & SPRAGUE,
J. (1998). The school bully : Assessing the problem of
developing interventions and future research directions. Journal
of Behavioral Education, 8 (3), 293-319. |
NESDALE, D. (2007). Peer groups and children school
bullying : Scapegoating and other group processes. European
Journal of Developmental Psychology, 4, 388-392. |
|
GLOVER, D., CARTWRIGHT, N., GOUGH, G. & JOHNSON, M.
(1998). The introduction of anti-bullying policies : Do
policies help in the management of change ? School
Leadership & Management, 18, 89-105. |
STASSEN BERGER, K. (2007). Update on bullying at school :
science forgotten ? Developmental Review, 27,
90-126. [PDF] |
|
ATLAS, R. & PEPLER, D.J. (1998). Observations of
bullying in the classroom. American Journal of
Educational Research, 92, 86-99. |
CRAIG, W., PEPLER, D.J. & BLAIS, J. (2007). Responding
to bullying : What works ? International Journal of
School Psychology, 28, 15-24. |
|
TERRY, A.A. (1998). Teachers as targets of bullying by
their pupils : A study to investigate incidence. British
Journal of Educational Psychology, 68, 255-268. |
VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., ZIJLSTRA, B., DE WINTER, A.,
VERHULST, F. & ORMEL, J. (2007). The dyadic nature of
bullying and victimization. Child Development, 78,
1843-1854. |
|
SALMIVALLI, C., LAPPALAINEN, M. & LAGERSPETZ, K.
(1998). Stability and change of behavior in connection
with bullying in schools : A two-year follow-up. Aggressive
Behavior, 24, 205-218. |
FRISEN, A., JONSSON, A.-K. & PERSSON, C. (2007).
Adolescents' perception of bullying : who is the victim ?
who is the bully ? what can be done to stop bull ying ? Adolescence,
42 (168), 749-761. [PDF] |
|
SALMON, G., JAMES, A. & SMITH, D.M. (1998). Bullying
in schools : self reported anxiety, depression and
self-esteem in secondary school children. British
Medical Journal, 317, 924-925. |
SLONJE, R. & SMITH, P.K. (2008). Cyberbullying :
Another main type of bullying ? Scandinavian Journal
of Psychology, 49, 147-154. [PDF] |
|
CRAIG, W. (1998). The relationship among aggression types,
depression, and anxiety in bullies, victims, and
bully/victims. Personality & Individual
Differences, 24, 123-130. |
SMITH, P.K., MADHAVI, J., CARVALHO, M., FISHER, S.,
RUSSELL, S. & TIPPETT, N. (2008). Cyberbullying : its
nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 49 (4),
376-385. [PDF]
|
|
RIGBY, K. (1998).The relationship between reported health
and involvement in bully victim problems among male and
female secondary school students. Journal of Health
Psychology, 3, 465-476. |
MERRELL, K., GUELDNER, B., ROSS, S.W. & ISAVA, D.
(2008). How effective are school bullying interven- tion
programs ? A meta-analysis of intervention research. School
Psychology Quarterly, 23, 26-42. |
| |
PEPLER, D.J., CRAIG, W., JIANG, D. & CONNOLLY, J.
(2008.) The development of bullying and considerations for
intervention. International Journal of Adolescent
Mental Health, 20, 3-9. |
| |
TWEMLOW, S., BIGGS, B., NELSON, T., VENBERG, E., FONAGY,
P. & TWEMLOW S. (2008). Effects of participation in a
martial arts based antibullying program in elementary
schools. Psychology in the Schools, 45 (10),
1-14. |
| |
PEPLER, D.J., JIANG, D., CRAIG, W. & CONNOLLY, J.
(2008). Developmental trajectories of bullying and
associated factors. Child Development, 79,
325-338. |
| |
NORDAHL, J., POOLE, A., STANTON, L., WALDEN, L. &
BERAN, T.N. (2008). A review of school-based bullying
interventions. Democracy & Education, 18
(1), 16-20. |
|
NESDALE, D., DURKIN, K., MAAS, A., KLESNER, J. &
GRIFFITHS, J.A. (2008). Effects of group norms on
children's intentions to bully. Social Development, 17
(4), 889-907. [PDF] |
| |
BERAN, T.N. (2008). A healthy skepticism about
anti-bullying programs in schools. The Alberta
Counsellor, 30 (1), 3-8. |
| |
SMITH, P.K., MADHAVI, J., CARVALHO, M., FISHER, S.,
RUSSELL, S. & TIPPETT, N. (2008). Cyberbullying : its
nature and impact in secondary school pupils. Journal
of Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 49 (4),
376-385. [PDF] |
| |
MERRELL, K.W., GUELDNER, B.A., ROSS, S.W. & ISAVA,
D.M. (2008). How effective are school bullying
intervention programs ? School Psychology Quarterly,
23, 26-42. |
| |
SMITH, P.K., SMITH, C., OSBORN, R. & SAMARA, M.
(2008). A content analysis of school anti-bullying
policies : Progress and limitations. Educational
Psychology Practice, 24, 1-12. [PDF]
|
| |
BERAN, T.N. (2009). Correlates of peer harassment and
achievement. Psychology in the Schools, 46 (4),
348-361. |
| |
LAMB, J., PEPLER, D. & CRAIG, W. (2009). Approach to
Bullying and Victimization. Canadian Family Physician,
55, 356-360. |
| |
WANG, J., IANOTTI, R.J. & NANSEL, T.R. (2009). School
bullying among adolescents in the United States :
Physical, verbal, relational, and cyber. Journal of
Adolescent Health, 45 (4), 368-375. [PDF] |
| |
SAMPSON, R. (2009). Bullying in schools.
Washington, DC : U.S. Department of Justice, Office of
Community Oriented Policing Services. |
| |
BERAN, T.N. & LUPART, J. (2009). The relationship
between school achievement and peer harassment in Canadian
adolescents : The importance of mediating factors. School
Psychology International, 30 (1), 75-91. |
| |
RIGBY, K. (2010). Bullying interventions in schools.
Six Basic Methods. Camberwell : ACER. |
|
|
SAMIVALLI, C., KAUKIAINEN, A., KAISTANIEMI, L. &
LAGERSPETZ, K.M.J. (1999). Self-evaluated self-esteem,
peer-evaluated self-esteem, and defensive egotism as
predictors of adolescents' participation in bullying
situations. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 25, 1268-1278. |
COOK, C.R., WILLIAMS, K.R., GUERRA, N.G., KIM, T.E. &
SADEK, S. (2010). Predictors of bullying and victimization
in childhood and adolescence. School Psychology
Quarterly, 25, 65-83. |
|
SAMIVALLI, C. (1999). Participant role approach to school
bullying : Implications for intervention. Journal of
Adolescence, 22, 453-459. |
NIPEDAL, C., NESDALE, D. & KILLEN, M. (2010). Social
group norms, school norms, and children’s aggressive
intentions. Aggressive Behavior, 36, 195-204. [PDF] |
|
O'CONNELL, P., PEPLER, D. & CRAIG, W. (1999). Peer
involvement in bullying : Insights and challenges for
inter- vention. Journal of Adolescence, 22,
437-452. |
FARMER, T.W., PETRIN, R.A., ROBERTSON, D.L., FRASER, M.W.,
HALL, C.M., DAY, S.H. & DADISMAN, K. (2010). Peer
relations of bullies, bully-victims, and victims : The two
social worlds of bullying in second-grade classrooms. Elementary
School Journal, 110, 364-392. |
|
SUTTON, J. & SMITH, P.K. (1999). Bullying as a group
process : An adaptation of the participant role approach.
Aggressive Behavior, 25, 97-111. |
WALDEN, L.M. & BERAN, T.N. (2010). Attachment quality
and bullying behavior in school-aged youth. Canadian
Journal of School Psychology, 25 (1), 5-18. |
|
PELLIGRINI, A.D., BARTINI, M. & BROOKS, F. (1999).
School bullies, victims, and aggressive victims : Factors
relating top group affiliation and victimization in early
adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 9,
216-224. |
FREY, K.S., EDSTROM, L.V. & HIRSHSTEIN, M.K. (2010).
School bullying : A crisis or an opportunity ? In S.R.
Jimerson, S.M. Swearer & D.L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook
of bullying in schools : An international perspective
(pp. 403-415). New York : Routledge. |
|
SUTTON, J., SMITH, P.K. & SWETTENHAM, J. (1999).
Social cognition and bullying : social inadequacy or
skilled manipulation ? British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 17, 435-450. |
VEENSTRA, R., LINDENBERG, S., MUNNIKSMA, A. &
DIJKSTRA, J.K. (2010). The complex relation between
bullying, victimization, acceptance, and rejection.
Child Development, 81, 480-486. |
|
DUNCAN, R.D. (1999). Peer and sibling aggression : An
investigation of intra- and extra-familial bullying.
Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 14, 871-886. |
BERAN, T.N. (2010). School bullying : Insights from
Canadian researchers. Canadian Journal of School
Psychology, 25 (1), 3-4. |
|
SMITH, P.K., MORITA, Y., JUNGER-TAS, J., OLWEUS, D.,
CATALANO, R. & SLEE, P. (Eds.) (1999). The nature
of school bullying : A cross-national perspective.
London : Routledge. |
POZZOLI, T. & GINI, G. (2010). Active defending and
passive bystanding behavior in bullying : The role of
personal characteristics and perceived peer pressure.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38, 81-827. |
|
PELLEGRINI, A.D., BARTINI, M. & BROOKS, F. (1999).
School bullies, victims, and aggressive victims : Factors
relating to group affiliation and victimization in early
adolescence. Journal of Educational Psychology, 91
(2), 216-224. |
THORNBERG, R. (2010). School children's social
representations on bullying causes. Psychology in the
Schools, 47, 311-327. |
|
WOLKE, D. & STANFORD, K. (1999). Bullying in school
children. In D. Messer & S. Millar (Eds.),
Developmental psychology (pp. 341-360). London :
Arnold Publisher. |
VAILLANCOURT, T., MCDOUGALL, P., HYMEL, S. &
SUNDERANI, S. (2010). Respect or fear ? The relationship
between power and bullying behavior. In S.R. Jimerson,
S.M. Swearer & D.L. Espelage (Eds.), Handbook of
bullying in schools : An international perspective
(pp. 211-222). New York : Routledge. |
|
FORERO, R., McLELLAN, L. RISSEL, C. & BAUMAN, A.
(1999). Bullying behaviour and psychosocial health among
school students in New South Wales, Australia : cross
sectional survey. British Medical Journal, 319, 344-348.
[PDF] |
BERMANN, M-L. (2011). Moral disengagement in self-reported
and peer-nominated school bullying. Aggressive
Behavior, 37, 133-144. |
|
OLWEUS, D. (1999). Violences entre élèves,
harcèlements et brutalités. Éditions ESF. |
OBERMANN, M-L. (2011). Moral disengagement among
bystanders to school bullying. Journal of School
Violence, 10, 239–257. |
|
OLWEUS, D., LIMBER, S. & MIHALIC, S. (1999). The
bullying prevention program : Blueprints for violence
prevention. Boulder, CO : Center for the Study and
Prevention of Violence. |
RIGBY, K. & RIFFITHS, C. (2011). Addressing cases of
bullying through the Method of Shared Concern. School
Psychology International, 32, 345-357. |
|
COWIE, H. & OLAFSSON, R. (1999). The role of peer
support against bullying. School Psychology
International, 20, 96-105. |
COWIE, H. (2011). Understanding why children and young
people engage in bullying at school. In C. Barter & D.
Berridge (Eds.), Children behaving badly ? Peer
violence between children and young people. (pp.
33-46). Chichester : John Wiley. [PDF] |
|
PEPLER, D.J. & CRAIG, W. (1999). What should we do
about bullying : Research into practice. Peacebuilder,
2, 9-10. |
THORNBERG, R. & KNUTSEN, S. (2011). Teenager's
explanations of bullying. Child & Youth Care
Forum, 40 (3), 177-192. [PDF] |
|
RIGBY, K. & SLEE, P.T. (2000). Suicidal ideation among
adolescent school children, involvement in bully victim
problems and perceived low social support. Suicide
& Life-Threatening Behaviour, 29, 119-30. |
KARATAS, H. & OZTURK, C. (2011). Relationship between
bullying and health problems in primary school children. Asian
Nursing Research, 5 (2), 82-87. [PDF] |
| |
POZZOLI, T., ANG, R.P. & ANG, R. (2012). Bystanders'
reactions to bullying : A cross-cultural analysis of
personal correlates among Italian and Singaporean
students. Social Development, 21, 687-703. |
| |
FERGUSON, C.J., SAN MIGUEL, C., GARZA, A. & JERABECK,
J. (2012). A longitudinal test of video game violence
effects on dating violence, aggression and bullying : A
3-year longitudinal study of adolescents. Journal of
Psychiatric Research, 46, 141-146. [PDF] |
|
PEPLER, D.J. & CRAIG, W. (2000). Making a
difference in bullying. LaMarsh Centre for
Research on Violence and Conflict Resolution : York
University. [PDF] |
POZZOLI, T., GINI, G. & VIENO, A. ( 2012). Individual
and class moral disengagement in bullying among elemen-
tary school children. Aggressive Behavior, 38, 378-388. |
|
MAHADY-WILTON, M., CRAIG, W.M. & PEPLER, D.J. (2000).
Emotional regulation and display in classroom bullying :
Characteristic expressions of affect, coping styles and
relevant contextual factors. Social Development, 9,
226-245. |
BERAN, T.N., RINALDI, C., BICKHAM, D. & RICH, M.
(2012). Evidence for the need to support adolescents
dealing with harassment and cyber-harassment : Prevalence,
progression, and impact. School Psychology
International, 3 (5), 562-576. |
| |
RIGBY, K. (2012) Bullying in schools : Addressing desires,
not only behaviours. Educational Psychology Review, 24
(2), 339-348.
[PDF] |
|
VIVET, P. et DEFRANCE, B. (2000). Violences
scolaires. Édition Syros. |
JIMERSON, S.R., RUDERMAN, M. & FRASER, S. (2012).
School violence. In A.C. Michalos (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of quality of life research. New York : Springer
Science. |
|
COWIE, H. (2000). Bystanding or standing by : Gender
issues in coping with bullying. Aggressive Behavior,
26, 85-97. |
THORNBERG, R. & JUNGERT, T. (2013). Bystander behavior
in bullying situations : basic moral sensitivity, moral
disengagement and defender self-efficacy. Journal of
Adolescence, 36 (3), 475-483.
[PDF] |
|
CRAIG, W., PEPLER, D.J. & ATLAS, R. (2000).
Observations of bullying on the playground and in the
classroom. International Journal of School Psychology,
21, 22-36. |
BARNIGHT, L.J., HUBBARD, J.A. & HYDE, C.T. (2013).
Children's physiological and emotional reactions to
witnessing bullying predict bystander intervention.
Child Development, 84, 375-390. |
|
SMITH, P.K. & SHU, S. (2000). What good schools can do
about bullying : Findings from a survey in English schools
after a decade of research and action. Childhood, 7, 193-212. |
RODKIN, P.C. HANNISH, L.D., WANG, S. & LOGIS, H.A.
(2014). Why the bully/victim relationship is so pernicious
: A gendered perspective on power and animosity among
bullies and their victims. Development &
Psychopathology, 26, 689-704. |
|
SHARP, S., THOMPSON, D. & ARORA, T. (2000). How long
before it hurts ? An investigation into long-term
bullying. School Psychology International, 21 (1),
37-46. |
YEAGER, D.S., FOG, C.J., LEE, H.Y. & ESPELAGE, D.L.
(2015). Declines in efficacy of anti-bullying programs
among older adolescents : Theory and a three-level
meta-analysis. Journal of Applied Developmental
Psychology, 37, 36-51. |
|
MONKS, C. & SMITH, P.K. (2000). Relationships of
children involved in bully/victim problems at school. In
R. Mills & S. Duck (Eds.), Developmental
psychology of personal relationships (pp.
131-153). Chichester : Wiley. |
BERAN, T.N., MISHNA, F., McINROY, L.B. & SHARIFF, S.
(2015). Children's Experiences of Cyberbullying : A
Canadian National Study. Children & Schools 37
(4), 207-214. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, P.K. & BRAIN, P. (2000). Bullying in schools :
Lessons from two decades of research. Aggressive
Behavior, 26, 1-9. [PDF] |
RODKIN, P.C., ESPELAGE, D.L. & DANISH, L.D. (2015). A
relational framework for understanding bullying :
Developmental antecedents and outcomes. American
Psychologist, 70 (4), 311-321. [PDF] |
|
COWIE, H. & OLAFSSON, R. (2000). The role of peer
support in helping the victims of bullying in a school
with high levels of aggression. School Psychology
International, 21, 79-94. |
RIGBY, K. (2017). How Australian parents of bullied
and non-bullied children see their school responding to
bullying. Educational Review, 71 (4), 1-16 |
|
RIGBY, K. (2000). Effects of peer victimization in schools
and perceived social support on adolescent well-being.
Journal of Adolescent, 23, 57-68. |
RIGBY, K. (2017). Exploring the gaps between teachers'
beliefs about bullying and research-based knowledge.
International Journal of School & Educational
Psychology, 6 (4), 1-11. |
|
ESPELAGE, D. L., BOSWORTH, K. & SIMON, T.R. (2000).
Examining the social context of bullying behaviours in
early adolescence. Journal of Counselling &
Development, 78, 326-333. |
MORENO, M.A., BUSHMAN, M.E., HYZER, R.H., GOWER, A.D.
& PLETTA, K.H. (2021). Adolescent and parent emotions
and perceptions regarding news media stories about
bullying : a qualitative study. International Journal
of Bullying Prevention, 3 (4), 270-277. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement,
École,
Intimidation
à l'école et
Harcèlement |
| |
|
|
Harcèlement au travail : Moqueries, humiliations, intimidation
et parfois violence
commises à répétition en milieu
de travail d'une
organisation par un ou des travailleurs/employés
(agresseur) à l'endroit d'un autre travailleurs/employé (victime). NDLR : Sous l'influence du droit anglo-saxon, on utilise de plus en plus le mot «violence au travail». En français, ce dernier terme ne devrait être utilisé que pour désigner des situations où il y a effectivement de la violence physique ou des menaces d'y recourir, et non pour englober toutes les formes d'intimidations, et ce afin de permettre une description clair et précise de ces réalités.
Bullying at work, harassment at work, workplace
bullying, mobbing, abusive behavior, workplace violence.
| |
|
|
MACKINNON, C.A. (1986). Sexual harassment of working
women : A case of sx discrimination. New Haven :
Yale University Press. |
TRACY, S., LUTGEN-SANDVIK, P. & ALBERTS, J. (2006).
Nightmares, demons and slaves : Exploring the painful
metaphors of workplace bullying. Management
Communication Quarterly, 20 (2), 148-185. |
|
ADAMS, A. (1992). Bullying at work : how to confront
and overcome it. London : Virago. |
HEAMES, J. & HARVEY, M. (2006). Workplace bullying : A
cross-level assessment. Management Decisions, 44
(9), 1214-1230. |
|
FITZGERALD, L.F. (1993). Sexual harassment : Violence
against women in the workplace. American Psychologist,
48, 1070-1076. |
|
|
EINARSEN, S., RAKNES, B.I., MATTHIESEN, S.B. &
HELLESOY, O.H. (1994). Bullying and personified
conflicts : Health-endangering interaction at work.
Bergen, Norway : Sigma Forlag. |
|
|
EINARSEN, S., RAKNES, B.I. & MATTHIESEN, S.B. (1994).
Bullying and harassment at work and their relationships to
work environment quality : An explratory study. European
Work & Organizational Psychologist, 4 (4),
381-401. [PDF] |
HUTCHINSON, M., JACKSON, D., WILKES, L. & VICKERS, M.
(2008). A new model of bullying in the nursing workplace :
Organizational characteristics as critical antecedents. Advances in Nursing Science, 31 (2), 60-71. |
|
KEASHLEY, L., TROTT, V. & MACLEAN, L.M. (1994).
Abusive behavior in the workplace. Violence &
Victims, 9, 341-357. |
LIM, S., CORTINA, L. & MAGLEY, V. (2008). Personal and
workplace incivility : Impact on work and health outcomes.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 93 (1), 95-107. |
|
EINARSEN, S. & SKOGTAD, A. (1996). Bullying at work :
Epidemiological findings in public and private
organization. European Journal of Work &
Organizational Psychology, 5 (2), 185-201. |
LAVAN, H. & MARTIN, W. (2008). Bullying in the U.S.
workplace : Normative and process-oriented ethical
approaches. Journal of Business Ethics, 83 (2),
147-165. |
|
LEYMANN, H. (1996). The content and development of mobbing
at work. European Journal of Organizational
Psychology, 5, 165-184. |
FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a
framework for two internal organizational approaches to
resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative
dispute resolution and training. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61
(3), 220-241. |
|
VARTIA, M. (1996). The sources of bullying : Psychological
work environment and organizational climate. European
Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 5
(2), 203-296. |
BEALS, K.P., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2009). Stigma
management and well-being : The role of perceived social
support, emotional processing, and suppression. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 35, 867-879. |
|
RAYNER, C. (1997). The incidence of workplace bullying. Journal
of Community & Applied Social Psychology, 7, 199-208. |
EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009).
Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work :
Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of
the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work Stress,
23, 24-44. [PDF]
|
|
|
SMITH, P.K. (1997). Bullying in life-span perspective:
what can studies of school bullying and workplace bullying
learn from each other ? Journal of Community &
Applied Social Psychology, 7, 249-255. [PDF]
|
|
|
CRAWFORD, N. (1997). Bullying at work : a psychoanalytic
perspective. Journal of Community and Applied Social
Psychology, 7, 219-226. |
|
|
HOËL, H., RAYNER, C.L. & COOPER, C. (1999). Workplace
bullying. In C.L. Cooper, & I.T. Robertson (Eds.), International review of industrial and organizational psychology. Chichester
: Wiley. |
WASSELL, J.T. (2009). Workplace violence intervention effectiveness : A systematic literature review. Safety Science, 47 (8), 1049-1055. |
|
LEWIS, D. (1999). Workplace bullying & interim
findings of a study in further and higher education in
Wales. International Journal of Manpower, 20,
106-118. |
NIELSEN, M.B., SKOGSTAD, A. & MATTHIENSEN, S.B.
(2009). Prevalence of workplace bullying in Norway :
Comparisons across time and estimation methods.
European Journal of Work & Organizational
Psychology, 18, 81-101. |
|
EINARSEN, S. (2000). Harassment and bullying at work : A
review of the Scandinavian approach. Aggression &
Violent Behavior, 5 (4), 379-401. |
EINARSEN, S., HOEL, H. & NOTELAERS, G. (2009).
Measuring exposure to bullying and harassment at work :
Validity, factor structure and psychometric properties of
the negative acts questionnaire-revised. Work stress,
23, 24-44. [PDF]
|
|
MIKKELSEN, E.G. & EINARSEN, S. (2001). Bullying in
Danish work-life : Prevalence and health correlates. European
Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 10, 393-413. |
FOX, S. & STALLWORTH, L.E. (2009). Building a
framework for two internal organizational approaches to
resolving and preventing workplace bullying : Alternative
dispute resolution and training. Consulting
Psychology Journal : Practice & Research, 61
(3), 220-241. |
|
BRAY, C. (2001). Bullying nurses at work: Theorizing a
gendered experience. Contemporary Nurse : A Journal
for the Australian Nursing Profession, 10 (1/2),
21-29. |
KINGSLEY, H. (2009). Regaining productivity lost to
workplace bullying and abuse. Today's Manager, 4, 13. |
|
VARTIA, M. (2001). Consequences of workplace bullying with
respect to the wellbeing of its targets and the observers
of bullying. Scandinavian Journal of Work Environment
& Health, 27, 63-69. |
TSUNO, K, KAWAKAMI, N., INOUE, A. & ABE, K. (2010).
Measuring workplace bullying : reliability and validity of
the Japanese version of the negative acts questionnaire. Journal
of Occupational Health, 52 (4), 216-226.
[PDF] |
|
FERFOLJA, T. (2010). Lesbian teachers, harassment and the workplace. Teaching & Teacher Education, 26 (3), 408-414./td>
|
|
GLENDINNING, P. (2001). Workplace bullying : Curing the
cancer of the American workplace. Public Personnel
Management, 30 (3), 269-286. |
SALIN, D. & HOEL, H. (2011). Organisational causes of
workplace bullying. In Einarsen, S., Hoel, H., Zapf, D.
& Cooper, C. (Eds.), Workplace bullying :
Development in theory, research and practice (pp.
227-243). London : Taylor & Francis. |
|
MENENDEZ, C.C., FOLEY, M., RAUSER, E. (2011). Organisational causes of workplace bullying. In Einarsen, S., Hoel, H., Zapf, D. & Cooper, C. (Eds.), Workplace bullying : Development in theory, research and practice (pp. 227-243). London : Taylor & Francis. |
|
QUINE, L. (2001). Workplace bullying in nurses.
Journal of Health Psychology, 6 (1), 73-84. [PDF]
|
DAVOUDI, S.M.M., FARTASH, K., ALLAHYARI, M. &
YARAHMADI, H. (2013). Workplace bullying and turnover
intentions among Iranian employees. International
Journal of Research in Organizational Behavior &
Human Resource Management, 1 (1), 12-23.
[PDF] |
|
MIKKELSEN, E. & EINARSEN, S. (2002). Relationships
between exposure to bullying at work and psychological and
psychosomatic health complaints : the role of state
negative affectivity and generalized self-efficacy.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 43 (5),
397-405. |
VAN DEN BOSSCHE, S., TARIS, T., HOUTMAN, I., Smulders, P. & KOMPIER, M. (2012). Workplace violence and the changing nature of work in Europe: Trends and risk groups. European Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 22 (5), 5888-600.
|
|
COWIE, H., NAYLOR, P., RIVERS, I., SMITH, P.K. &
PEREIRA, B. (2002). Measuring workplace bullying.
Aggression & Violent Behavior, 7, 33-51. [PDF]
|
GALANAKI, E. & PAPALEXANDRIS, N. (2013). Measuring workplace bullying in organisations. The International
Journal of Human Resource Management, 24 (11),
2107-2130. |
|
MCDONALD, P. & CHARLESWORTH, S. (2015). Workplace sexual harassment at the margins. Work, Employment & Society, 30 (1), 118-134. |
|
HODGINS M., MacCURTAIN S. & MANNIX-MCNAMARA, P. (2014). Workplace bullying and incivility : a systematic review of interventions . International Journal of Workplace Health Management, 7 (1), 54-72. |
|
VAN DE GRIEND, K.M. & MESSIAS, D.K.H. (2014). Expanding the conceptualization of workplace violence : implications for research, policy, and practice.Sex Roles, 7 33-42. |
|
FORSELL, R. (2016). Exploring cyberbullying and face-to-face bullying in working life : Prevalence, targets and expressions. Computers in Human Behavior, 58, 454-460. [PDF] |
|
GILLEN, P.A., SINCLAIR, M., KERNOHAN, W.G., BEGLEY, C.M. & LUYBEN, A.G. (2017). Interventions for prevention of bullying in the workplace. Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews, 1, 1-59. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Harcèlement, Milieu
de travail et Discrimination
sociale |
| |
|
|
Harcèlement
contre les homosexuels : Lesbians
and gay men bullied.
| |
|
|
RIVERS, I. (1995). Mental health issues among young
lesbians and gay men bullied in school. Health &
Social Care in the Community, 3, 380-383. |
|
D’AUGELLI, A.R., HERSHBERGER, S.L. & PILKINGTON, N.W.
(1998). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual youths and their
families : Disclosure of sexual orientation and its
consequences. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry,
68, 361-373. |
|
DOUGLAS, N., WARWICK, I., KEMP, S., WHITTY, G. &
EGGLETON, P. (1999). Homophobic bullying in secondary
schools in England and Wales-teachers’ experiences. Health
Education, 99, 53-60. |
|
|
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement,
Harcèlement, Homophobie
et Homosexualité |
|
|
|
Harcèlement sexuel :
Sexual harassment, gender harassment.
| |
|
|
CAMMAERT, L.P. (1985). How widespread is sexual harassment
on campus ? International Journal of Women Studies,
8, 388-397. |
WOODZICKA, J.A. & LAFRANCE, M. (2001). Real versus
imagined gender harassment. Journal of Social Issues,
57, 15-30. |
|
REILLY, M.E., LOTT, B.E. & CALDWELL, D. (1992).
Tolerance for sexual harassment related to self-reported
sexual victimization. Gender & Society, 6,
122-138. |
|
|
LOTT, B.E. (1993). Sexual harassment : Consequences and
remedies. Thought & Action, 8 (2), 89-103. |
BUCHANAN, N.T. & ORMEROD, A.J. (2002). Racialized
sexual harassment in the lives of Africana American women.
Women & Therapy, 25, 107-124. |
|
FITZGERALD, L.F. (1993). Sexual harassment : Violence
against women in the workplace. American Psychologist,
48, 1070-1076. |
|
|
LOTT, B.E. & REILLY, M.E. (Eds.) (1993). Combatting
sexual harassment in higher education. Washington,
DC : NEA. |
RODKIN, P.C. & FISCHER, K. (2003). Sexual harassment
and the cultures of childhood : Developmental, domestic
violence, and legal perspectives. Journal of Applied
School Psychology, 19, 177-196. |
|
FITZGERALD, L.F. & HULIN, C.L. & DRASGOW, F.
(1994). The antecedents and consequences of sexual
harrassment in organizations : An integrated model.
In G.P. Keita & J.J. Hurrell (Eds.), Job stress in a changing workforce : Investigating gender, diversity, and
family issues (pp. 55–-73). American Psychological
Association. |
|
|
FITZGERALD, L.F., GELFAND, M.J. & DRASGOW, F. (1995).
Measuring sexual harassment : Theoretical and psychometric
advances. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 17,
425-445. |
WOODZICKA, A. & LAFRANCE, M. (2005). The effects of
subtle sexual harassment on women's performance in a job
interview. Sex Roles, 53, 67-77. |
|
PYKE, S.W. (1996). Sexual harassment and sexual intimacy
in learning environments. Canadian Psychology, 37,
13-22. |
GALESIC, M. & TOURANGEAU, R. (2007). What is sexual
harassment ? It depends on who asks ! Framing effects on
survey responses. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 21,
189-202. |
|
COLLINSON, M. & COLLINSON, D. (1996). "It's only Dick"
: The sexual harassment of women managers in insurance
sales. Work, Employment & Society, 10,
29-56. |
BERDHAL, J. (2007). The sexual harassment of uppity women.
Journal of Applied Psychology, 92, 425-437. |
|
WILLIAMS, C.L. (1997). Sexual harassment in organizations
: A critique of current Rresearch and policy. Sexuality
& Culture, 1, 19-43. |
BERDHAL, J. (2007). Harassment based on sex : Protecting
social status in the context of gender hierarchy. Academy
of Management Review, 32, 641-658. |
|
FITZGERALD, L., SWAN, S. & MAGLEY, V. (1997). But was
it really sexual harassment ? : Legal, behavioral, and
psychological definitions of the workplace victimization
of women. In W. O'Donahue (Ed.), Sexual harassment :
Theory, research, and treatment (pp. 5-28). Boston
: Allyn & Bacon. |
CHAMBERLAIN, L., CROWLEY, J.M., TOPE, D. & HODSON, R.
(2008). Sexual Harassment in organizational context.
Work & Occupations 35, 262-295. |
|
O'HARE, E.A. & O'DONOHUE, W. (1998). Sexual harass-
ment : Identifying risk factors. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 27, 561-580. |
DILL, K.E., BROWN, B.P. & COLLINS, M.A. (2008).
Effects of media stereotypes on sexual harassment
judgments and rape supportive attitudes : Popular video
game characters, gender, violence and power. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 44, 1402-1408. |
|
FITZGERALD, L.F., MAGLEY, V.J., DRASGOW, F. & WALDO,
C.R. (1999). Measuring sexual harassment in the military :
the sexual experiences questionnaire (SEQ—DoD). Military
Psychology 11 (3), 243-2632. |
BLACKSTONE, A., UGGEN, C. & McLAUGHLIN, H. (2009).
Legal consciousness and responses to sexual harassment. Law
& Society Review, 43, 631-680. |
|
WELSH, S. (1999). Gender and sexual harassment. Annual
Review of Sociology, 25, 69-90. |
WIMMER, S. (2009). Views on gender differences in bullying
in relation to language and gender role socialisation. Griffith
Working Papers in Pragmatics and Intercultural
Communication, 2 (1), 18-26. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, C.L., GIUFFRE, P.A. & DELLINGER, K. (1999).
Sexuality in the workplace : Organizational control,
sexual harassment, and the pursuit of pleasure. Annual
Review of Sociology, 25, 73-93. |
MCLAUGHLIN, H., UGGEN, C. & BLACKSTONE, A. (2012).
Sexual harassment, workplace authority, and the paradox of
power. American Sociological Review, 77 (4)
625-647. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Cyberharcèlement,
Sexisme et
Harcèlement |
|
|
Harcourt Alexander H. ( ) : Primatologue
britannique d'origine kenyienne, spécialisé dans l'étude du gorille.
Collaborateur de De Waal,
Fossey et
Watts.
|
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & FOSSEY, D. (1976).
Male emigration and female transfer in wild mountain
gorilla. Nature, 263, 226-227. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. (1978). Strategies of emigration and
transfer by primates with particular reference to
gorillas. Zeitschrift für Tierpsychologie, 48,
401-420. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. (1979). Social relationships among adult
female mountain gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 27,
251-264. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H. & STEWART, K.J. (1987). The influence
of help in contests on dominance rank in primates : hints
from gorillas. Animal Behaviour, 35, 182-190. |
|
HARCOURT, A.H., STEWART, K.J. & HAUSER, M. (1993).
Functions of wild gorilla "close" calls. I. Repertoire,
context, and interspecific comparison. Behaviour, 124
(1/2), 89-122. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hardin Garrett (1915-2003) : Zoologiste américain
et écologiste avant la lettre. Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52.
 |
HARDIN, G. (1968). The tragedy of the commons. Science,
162, 1243-1248.
[PDF] |
|
HARDIN, G. (1971). Population, biology and law. Journal
of Urban Law, 48, 563-578. |
|
HARDIN, G. (1983). Is violence natural ? Zygon, 18, 405-413. |
|
HARDIN, G. (1985). Human ecology : the subversive,
conservative science. American Zoologist, 25,
469-476. |
|
HARDIN, G. (1998). Extensions of «The tragedy of the
commons». Science, 280, 682-683. |
|
|
CALLAHAN, D. (1974). Doing well by doing good. Garrett Hardin' "lifeboat ethic". Hasting Center Report, 4 (6), 1-4. |
|
OAKES, J. (2016). Garrett Hardin' tragic sense of life. Endeavour, 40, (4), 238-247. |
|
|
|
Harding
Sandra G. (1935-2025) : Philosophe
féministe et épistémologue
américaine.
 |
HARDING, S. (1986). The science question in feminism.
Ithaca : Cornell University Press. [PDF] |
|
HARDING, S. (1987). Is there a feminist method ? In S.
Harding (Ed.), Feminism and methodology : social
science issues (pp. 1-14). Indiana University
Press.
[PDF] |
|
HARDING, S. (1993). After the neutrality ideal : Science,
politics, and «strong objectivity». Social Research,
59 (3), 567-587. [PDF] |
|
HARDING, S. (1993). Rethinking standpoint epistemology :
«What is strong objectivity» ? In L. Potter-Alcoff &
E. Potter (Eds.), Feminist epistemologies (pp.
49-82). New York : Routledge, Chapman and Hall, Inc.
[PDF] |
|
HARDING, S. (1996). La science moderne est-elle une
ethnoscience ? In R. Waast (Dir.), Les sciences hors
d'Occident au 20ème siècle = 20th century sciences :
beyond the metropolis (p. 239-261). Paris : ORSTOM.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hardy
Charles J. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il
s'intéresse notamment à la
flânerie sociale. Collaborateur de
Latané.
|
HARDY, C.J. & LATANÉ, B. (1986). Social loafing on a
cheering task. Social Science, 71, 165-172. |
|
HARDY, C.J. & LATANÉ, B. (1988). Social loafing in
cheerleaders : Effects of team membership and competition.
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 10,
109-114. [PDF] |
|
HARDY, C.J. & RIEHL, R.E. (1988). An examination of the
life stress-injury relationship among noncontact sport
participants. Behavioral medicine, 14 (3),
113-118. |
|
HARDY, C.J. (1990). Social loafing : Motivational losses
in collective performance. International Journal of
Sport Psychology, 21, 305-327. |
|
HARDY, C.J. & CRACE, R. K. (1991). The effects of task
structure and teammate competence on social loafing. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 13 (4),
372–-381. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hare
Brian (Atlanta 1976-) : Anthropologue
et primatologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialiste de la psychologie
comparée et de la cognition
animale, notamment chez le
chien, le chimpanzé et
le bonobos. Étudiant de
Wrangham. Collaborateur de Addessi,
Call, Hauser,
Tomasello, Trut et Visalberghi.
 |
HARE, B., CALL, J. & TOMASELLO, M. (1998).
Communication of food location between human and dog
(Canis familiaris). Evolution of Communication, 2
(1), 137-159.
[PDF] |
|
HARE, B., CALL, J., AGNETTA, B. & TOMASELLO, M.
(2000). Chimpanzees know what conspecifics do and do not
see. Animal Behaviour, 59, 771-785. [PDF] |
|
HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Chimpanzees are more
skillful in competitive than in cooperative cognitive
tasks. Animal Behaviour, 68, 571-581. [PDF] |
|
HARE, B. & TOMASELLO, M. (2004). Human-like social
skills in dogs ? Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 9 (9),
439-444. [PDF] |
|
HARE, B. & KWETUENDA, S. (2010). Bonobos voluntarily
share their own food with others. Current Biology, 20,
230-231. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hare Robert D. (Calgary 1934-) : Psychologue
canadien spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des
psychopathes.
 |
HARE, R.D. & QUINN, M.J. (1971). Psychopathy and
autonomic conditioning. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 77, 223-235. |
|
HARE, R.D., McPHERSON, L.M. & FORTH, A.E. (1988). Male
psychopaths and their criminal careers. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 56, 710-714. |
|
HARE, R.D. (1995). Psychopaths : New trends in research. Harvard
Mental Health Letter, 12 (3), 4-5. |
|
HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2005). Structural models
of psychopathy. Current Psychiatry Reports, 7
(1), 57-64. |
|
HARE, R.D. & NEUMANN, C.S. (2008). Psychopathy as a
clinical and empirical construct. Annual Review of
Clinical Psychology, 4, 217-246.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hare-Mustin Rachel T. (1928-2020) : Psychologue
et féministe américaine.
Collaboratrice de Crawford,
Marecek et Unger.
 |
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1978). A feminist approach to family
therapy. Family Process, 17, 181-194. |
|
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & MARECEK, J. (1986). Autonomy and
gender : Some questions for therapists. Psychotherapy,
23, 205-212. |
|
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. & MARECEK, J. (1988). The meaning of
difference : Gender theory, postmodernism, and psychology.
American Psychologist, 43, 455-464. |
|
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (1991). Sex, lies, and headaches : The
problem is power. The Journal of Feminist Family
Therapy, 3, 39-61. |
|
HARE-MUSTIN, R.T. (2004). Can we demystify theory ?
Examining masculinity discourses and feminist postmodern
theory. Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical
Psychology, 24, 14-29. |
|
|
|
Harfang (Bubo scandiacus) : Oiseau.
= ookpik.
Snowy owl.
| |
|
|
THERRIEN, J.-F., FITZGERALD, G., GAUTHIER, G. & BÊTY,
J. (2011). Diet–tissue discrimination factors of carbon
and nitrogen stable isotopes in blood of Snowy Owl (Bubo
scandiacus). Canadian Journal of Zoology, 89, 343-347. |
|
THERRIEN, J.-F., GAUTHIER, G. & BÊTY, J. (2015).
Survival and reproduction of adult snowy owls tracked by
satellite. Journal of Wildlife Management, 76
(8), 1562-1567. |
|
THERRIEN, J.-F., GAUTHIER, G., ROBILLARD, A., LECOMTE, N.
& BÊTY, J. (2015). Écologie de la reproduction du
harfang des neiges dans l'Arctique canadien. Le
Naturaliste Canadien, 139 (1), 17-23. |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal, Oiseau
et Hibou |
|
|
Harfitt Gary James ( ) : Spécialiste de l'éducation.
Il s'intéresse notamment à l'effet de la taille
des classes sur la réussite
scolaire.
|
|
HARFITT, G & TAVARES, N.J. (2004). Obstacles as
opportunities in the promotion of teachers' learning. International
Journal of Educational Research, 41, 353-366. |
|
HARFITT, G. (2012). An examination of teachers'
perceptions and practice when teaching large and
reduced-size classes : Do teachers really teach them in
the same way ? Teaching & Teacher Education, 28 (1),
132-140. |
|
HARFITT, G. (2012). How class size reduction mediates
secondary students' learning : Hearing the pupil voice.
Asia Pacific Education Review, 13 (2), 299-310. |
|
HARFITT, G. (2013). Why "small" can be better : An
exploration of the relationships between class size and
pedagogical practices. Research Papers in Education,
28 (3), 330-345. |
|
HARFITT, G. (2014). Brokering dialogue between secondary
students and teachers to co-construct appropriate pedagogy
in reduced-size classes. Teachers & Teaching, 20 (2),
212-228. |
|
|
|
Hargrave George E. (Illinois 1938-2018) : Psychologue
industriel et organisationnel
américain et spécialiste du monde policier.
 |
HARGRAVE, G.E. (1985). Using the MMPI and CPI to screen
law enforcement applicants : A study of reliability and
validity of clinicians' decisions. Journal of Police
Science & Administration, 13, 221-224. |
|
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. & GAFFNEY, T.W. (1988).
F+4+9+Cn : An MMPI measure of aggression in law
enforcement officers and applicants. Journal of
Police Science & Administration, 16, 268-273. |
|
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. (1995). An analysis of
outpatient psychotherapy quality improvement indicators.
Managed Care Quarterly, 3 (1), 1-3. |
|
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D. & SHAFFER, I.A. (2007). The
impact of mental health disorders on work productivity. EAP
Digest, 27 (3), 34-35. |
|
HARGRAVE, G.E., HIATT, D., ALEXANDER, R. & SHAFFER,
I.A. (2008). EAP treatment impact on presenteeism and
absenteeism : Implications for return on investment. Journal
of Workplace Behavioral Health, 23 (3), 283-293. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Harkins Stephen G. ( ) :
Psychosociologue américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
stéréotypes et de l'influence de la conscience de ces
stéréotypes (menace du
stéréotype). Avec Latané et Williams, il a découvert la
flânerie sociale. Collaborateur de Jamieson,
Karau, Latané,
Petty et Williams.
|
HARKINS, S., LATANE, B. & WILLIAMS, K. (1980). Social
loafing Allocatiing effort or taking it easy ? Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 16, 457-465. |
|
HARKINS, S. & PETTY, R. (1982). Effects of task
difficulty and task uniqueness on social loafing. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 43,
1214-1229. |
|
HARKINS, S. & JACKSON, J. (1985). The role of
evaluation in eliminating social loafing. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 11, 457-465. |
|
HARKINS, S.G. (1987). Social loafing and social
facilitation. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 23, 1-18. [PDF]
|
|
HARKINS, S.G. & SZYMANSKI, K. (1989). Social loafing
and group evaluation. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 56 (6), 934-941. |
|
|
|
Harlow Harry F. (1905-1981) : Psychologue
et primatologue
américain spécialisé dans la psychologie
comparative (humain-singe) et dans l'étude du développement
et de l'attachement.
Président de l'APA en 1958. =
Harry F. Israel. Professeur de Maslow
et Suomi. Collaborateur de
Mckinney.
 
No 26 |
HARLOW, H.F., UEHLING, H. & MASLOW, A.H. (1932).
Delayed reaction tests on primates from the lemur to the
orangutan. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 13, 313-343. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. (1949). The formation of learning sets. Psychological
Review, 56, 51-65. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. & ZIMMERMANN, R.R. (1959). Affectional
responses in the infant monkey. Science, 130, 421-432. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. & KUENNE, M. (1962). Social deprivation
in monkeys. Scientific American, 207, 136-146. |
|
HARLOW, H.F. & SUOMI, S.J. (1974). Induced depression
in monkeys. Behavioral Biology, 12, 273-296. |
|
|
SEARS, R.R. (1982). Obituary : Harry Frederick Harlow
(1905-1981). American Psychologist, 37 (11),
1280-1281. |
|
SIDOWSKI, J.B. & LINDLSEY, D.B. (1989). Harry
Frederick Harlow : 1905-1981. Washington D.C. :
National Academy of Science. [PDF] |
|
VICEDO, M. (2009). Mothers, machines, and morals : Harry
Harlow's work on primate love from lab to legend. Journal
of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 45, 193-218. |
|
VICEDO, M. (2010). The evolution of Harry Harlow : from
the nature to the nurture of love. History of
Psychiatry, 21 (2), 1-16. |
|
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Harlow, Harry. In R.W. Rieber (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of the history of psychological theories
(pp. 504-506). New York : Springer-Verlag. |
|
|
|
Harmon-Jones Eddie ( ) :
Psychosociologue et neuropsychologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la dissonance
cognitive. Collaborateur d'Amodio,
Berkovitz,
Brehm et Winkielman.
|
HARMON-JONES, E. & GREENBERG, J., SIMON, L., NELSON,
D.E. & BREHM, J.W. (1996). Evidence that the
production of aversive consequences is not necessary to
create cognitive dissonance Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 70 (1), 5-16.
[PDF] |
|
HARMON-JONES, E. (2000). Cognitive dissonance and
experienced negative affect : Evidence that dissonance
increases experienced negative affect even in the absence
of aversive consequences. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1490-1501. [PDF] |
|
HARMON-JONES, E. & HARMON-JONES, C. (2002). Testing
the action-based model of cognitive dissonance: The effect
of action-orientation on post-decisional attitudes. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 711-723. [PDF] |
|
HARMON-JONES, E., PETERSON, C.K. & HARRIS, C. R.
(2009). Jealousy : Novel methods and neural correlates. Emotion,
9, 113-117.
[PDF] |
|
HARMON-JONES, E., GABLE, P.A. & PRICE, T.F. (2011).
Leaning embodies desire : Evidence that leaning forward
increases relative left frontal cortical activation to
appetitive stimuli. Biological Psychology, 87,
311–313. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Harmonie : Harmonieux : Se dit notamment d'un groupe
ou d'un couple dont la cohésion
est forte et l'efficacité
est grande.
Harmony.
| |
|
|
SAGUY, T., TAUSCH, N., DOVIDIO, J.F. & PRATTO, F.
(2009). The irony of harmony : Intergroup contact can
produce false expectations for equality. Psychological
Science, 29, 114-121. |
|
|
|
Harnad Stevan (Budapest 1945-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain d'origine hongroise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
catégorisation et de
la conscience. Il
enseigne à l'UQÀM et
s'intéresse également au processus de communication
scientifique et au rôle dans ce processus des comités
de lecture. Il est le concepteur de Cogprints.
Collaborateur de Catania.
 |
HARNAD, S. (1982). Consciousness : An afterthought.
Cognition & Brain Theory, 5, 29-47. [LIRE] |
|
HARNAD, S. (2001). Explaining the mind : Problems,
problems. The Sciences, 41 (2), 36-43. |
|
HARNAD, S. (2003). Can a machine be conscious ? How ? Journal
of Consciousness Studies, 10 (4-4), 69-75. [LIRE] |
|
HARNAD, S. (2005). Distributed processes, distributed
cognizers and collaborative cognition. Pragmatics
& Cognition, 13 (3), 501-514. |
|
HARNAD, S. & DROR, I. (2006). Distributed cognition :
Cognizing, autonomy and the Turing test. Pragmatics
& Cognition, 14 (2), 209-213. |
|
|
|
|
|
Harrington Fred H. ( ) : Éthologiste et zoologiste canadien spécialisé dans l'étude
du comportement des
canidés, notamment des loups.
Collaborateur de Fentress
et Mech.
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1978). Ravens attracted to wolfe to wolf
howling. Condor, 80, 236-237. [PDF] |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. (1981). Urine-marking and caching
behavior in the wolf. Behaviour, 76, 280-288. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1983). Wolf pack
spacing : howling as a territory-independent spacing
mechanism in a territorial population. Behavior,
Ecology & Sociobiology, 13, 19-26. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H, RYON, J. & FENTRESS, J.C. (1987).
Multiple or extended estrus in a coyote (Canis latrans). American
Midland Naturalist, 117, 218-220. |
|
HARRINGTON, F.H. & MECH, L.D. (1989). Chorus howling
by wolves : Acoustic structure, pack size, and the beau
geste effect. Bioacoustics, 2, 117-136. |
|
|
|
|
|
Harris Chauncy Dennison (Logan 1914-2003) :
Géographe américain.
Collaborateur de Ullman.
 |
HARRIS, C.D. & ULLMAN, E.L. (1945). The nature of
cities. Annals of the American Academy of Political
& Social Science, 242, 7-17. |
|
HARRIS, C.D. (1970). Cities of the Soviet Union :
studies in their functions, size, density, and growth.
Chicago : Published for Association of American
Geographers by Rand McNally. |
|
|
|
|
|
MURPHY, A.B. (2004). Chauncy D. Harris (1914-2003),
geographer extraordinaire. Geographical Review, 94
(1), 107-114. |
|
MIKESELL, M.W. (2004). Chauncy Dennison Harris
(1914-2003). Annals of the Association of American
Geographers, 94 (4), 982-991. |
|
|
|
|
|
Harris John P. (Long Island 1955-2022) :
Neuropsychologue britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
vision, de la perception
et des illusions.
Collaborateur de Gregory.
|
HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (1973). Fusion and
rivalry of illusory contours. Perception, 2,
235-247. |
|
HARRIS, J.P. & GREGORY, R.L. (1981). Tests of the
hallucinations of "Ruth". Perception, 10, 351-
354. |
|
HARRIS, J.P., CLAVERT, J.E. & LEENDERTZ, J.A. &
PHILLIPSON, O.T. (1990). The influence of dopamine on
spatial vision. Eye, 4, 806-812. |
|
GREGORY, R.L., HARRIS, J.P., HEARD, P.F. & ROSE, D.
(1995). The artful eye. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
HARRIS, J.P., ATKINSON, E.A., LEE, A.C., NITHI, K. &
FOWLER, M.S. (2003). Hemispace differences in the visual perception of size in left hemi-Parkinson's disease. Neuropsychologia, 41 (7), 795-807. |
|
|
|
Harris
Marvin (Brooklyn New York 1927-2001 Gainesville) :
Anthropologue
américain et chef de file du
matérialisme culturel.
 |
HARRIS, M. (1964). The nature of cultural things.
New York : Random House. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1979). Cultural materialism. New
York : Random House : Random House. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1981). America now : The anthropology of
a changing culture . New York : Random House. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1983). Culture anthropology. New
York : Harper and Row. |
|
HARRIS, M. (1986/2007). Cultural materialism and behavior
analysis : Common problems and radical solutions. The
Behavior Analyst, 30, 37-47. [PDF] |
|
|
LLOYD, K.E. (1985). Behavioral anthropology : A review of
Marvin Harris' cultural materialism. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (2),
279-287. [PDF] |
|
VARGAS, E.A. (1985). Cultural contingencies : A review of
Marvin Harris's Cannibals and Kings. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 43 (1), 419-428.
[PDF] |
|
MALAGODI, E.F. & JACKSON, K. (1989). Behavior analysis
and cultural analysis : Troubles and issues. The
Behavior Analyst, 12, 17-33. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Harris Sam (1967-) :
Neuropsychologue, philosophe et écrivain, spécialisé dans
l'étude des religions,
des croyances et de
l'athéisime. Collaborateur de Cohen.
 |
HARRIS, S. (2005). End of faith : Religion, terror,
and the future of reason. Penguin. |
|
HARRIS, S. (2006). Science must destroy religion. In J.
Brockman (Ed.), What is your dangerous idea ?
New York : Simon and Schuster. |
|
HARRIS, S. KAPLAN, J.T., CURIEL, A., BOOKHEIMER, S.Y.,
IACOBONI, M. & COHEN, M.S. (2009). The neural
correlates of religious and nonreligious belief. PLOS
One, 4 (10), 7272. |
|
DOUGLAS, P.K., HARRIS, S., YUILLE, A. & COHEN, M.S.
(2011). Performance comparison of machine learning
algorithms and number of independent components used in
fMRI decoding of belief vs. disbelief. Neuroimage, 56
(2), 544-553. |
|
HARRIS, S. (2011). The moral landscape : How science
can determine human values. Free Press. |
|
|
|
Harris Zelig Sabbetai (Balte Ukraine 1909-1992) : Linguiste
structuraliste et cognitiviste
américain. Professeur de Chomsky.
 |
HARRIS, Z. (1951). Methods in structural linguistics.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
HARRIS, Z. (1955). From phoneme to morpheme. Language,
31 (2), 190-222. [PDF] |
| HARRIS, Z. (1957). Co-occurrence and transformation in linguistic structure. Language, 33 (3),
283-340. |
|
HARRIS, Z. (1982). A grammar of english on
mathematical principles. New York, NY : John Wiley
& Sons. |
|
HARRIS, Z. (1991). A theory of language and
information : A mathematical approach. Oxford &
New York : Clarendon Press. |
|
|
NEVIN, B. (2002). The legacy of Zellig Harris :
Language and information into the 21st century, vol. 1:
Philosophy of science, syntax and semantics.
Philadelphia : John Benjamins. |
|
|
|
Harrow Martin (1933-2023) : Psychologue
américain spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Grossman
et Westermeyer.
|
HARROW, M., TUCKER, G.J. & SHIELD, P. (1972). Stimulus
over inclusion in schizophrenic disorders. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 27, 40-45. |
|
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., HERBENER, E. & DAVIS, E.
(2000). Ten-year outcome : Patients with schizoaffective
disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and
mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 177, 421-426. [PDF] |
|
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., JOBE, T.H. & HERBENER, E.
(2005). Do patients with schizophrenia ever show periods
of recovery ? A 15 year multi-followup study. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 31 (3), 723-734. [PDF] |
|
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2007). Factors involved in
outcome and recovery in schizophrenia patients not on
antipsychotic medications : A 15-year multifollow-up
study. Journal of Nervous & Mental Disease, 195
(5), 406-414. [PDF] |
|
HARROW, M. & JOBE, T.H. (2018). Long-term
antipsychotic treatment of schizophrenia : does it help or
hurt over a 20-year period ? World Psychiatry, 17
(2), 162-163. [PDF] |
|
|
|
ROSEN, C. & POGUE-GELLE, M. 2023). In mémoriam :
Martin Harrow, Ph.D. (1933-2023). Psychological
Medicine, 53 (8), 3775-3776. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hart Betty M. (1927-2012 Tucson) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américaine et spécialiste de l'apprentissage
des comportements
verbaux (langage et vocabulaire).
Avec Risley, elle est l'auteure d'une recherche
longitudinale sur l'influence du milieu
socio-économique sur l'acquisition du langage
et le développement du vocabulaire
chez les jeunes enfants. =
Betty Mackenzie Farnsworth. Collaboratrice de Baer,
Todd et Risley.
|
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1968). Establishing use of
descriptive adjectives in the spontaneous speech of
disadvantaged preschool children. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 109-120. [PDF] |
|
HART, B.M., REYNOLDS, N.J., BAER, D.M., BRAWLEY, F.R.
& HARRIS, F.R. (1968). Effect of contingent and
non-contingent social reinforcement on the cooperative
play of a preschool child. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 1 (1), 73-76. [PDF] |
|
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1975). Incidental teaching of
language in the preschool. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 8 (4), 411-420. [PDF] |
|
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1995). Meaningful
differences in the everyday experience of young american
children. Baltimore : P.H. Brookes Publishing Co. |
|
HART, B. & RISLEY, T.R. (1999). The social world
of children learning to talk. Baltimore : Paul H.
Brookes Publishing Co. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hartmann Heinz (Vienne 1894-1970 Stony Point/New York) :
Psychanalyste
américain et père de la psychologie
du moi. Il a été analysé par Rado
et analysé de Nacht. Collaborateur
de Kris et Loewenstein.
 |
HARTMANN, H. (1939). Psycho-analysis and the concept of
health. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20,
308-321. |
|
HARTMANN, H.H., KRIS, E. & LOEWENSTEIN, R.M. (1949).
Notes on the theory of aggression. Psychoanalytic
Study of the Child, 3, 9-36. |
|
HARTMANN, H. (1950). Psychoanalysis and developmental
psychology. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 5,
7-17. |
|
HARTMANN, H. (1958). Comments on the scientific aspects of
psychoanalysis. Psychoanalytic Study of the Child, 13,
127-146. |
|
HARTMANN, H. (1968). La psychologie du moi et le
problème de l'adaptation. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
PALOMBO, J., BENDICSEN, H.K. & KOCH, B.J. (2009). Guide
to psychoanalytic developmental theories. Springer
Science. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Harvey Philip D. (1956-) : Neurocognitiviste
et spécialiste de l'étude de la schizophrénie
et des problèmes cognitifs qui en découlent. Collaborateur
de Bellack et Keefe.
|
HARVEY, P.D., LEFF, J. TRIEMAN, N, ANDERSON, J. &
DAVIDSON, M. (1997). Cognitive impairment in geriatric
chronic schizoph renic patients : a cross-national study
in New York and London. International Journal of
Geriatric Psychiatry, 12, 1001-1007. |
|
HARVEY, P.D., RABINOWITZ, J., EERDEKEENS, M. &
DAVIDSON, M. (2005). Treatment of cognitive impairment in
early psychosis : a comparison of risperidone and
haloperidol in a large long-term trial. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162, 1888-1895 |
|
HARVEY, P.D., VELLGAN, D.I. & BELLACK, A.S. (2007).
Performance-based measures of functional skills :
usefulness in clinical treatment studies. Schizophrenia
Bulletin, 33, 1138-1148. |
|
HARVEY, P.D. (2010). Cognitive functioning and disability
in schizophrenia. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 19 (4), 249-254. |
|
HARVEY, P.D. (2011). Mood symptoms, cognition, and
everyday functioning in major depression, bipolar
disorder, and schizophrenia. Innovation in Clinical
Neuroscience, 8 (10), 14-18.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Harzem Peter (Istanbul 1930-2008 Auburn) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain d'origine turque. Étudiant de Schoenfeld.
Collaborateur de Lattal, Lowe
et Zeiler.
 |
HARZEM, P. (1984). Smuggled connotations and the
importance of the nothing-else clause : Comments on
Skinner’s «The operational analysis of psychological
terms». The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 7,
559. |
|
HARZEM, P. (1995). Searching in ruins for truth : The life
and works of John B. Watson - A review of modern
perspectives on John B. Watson and classical behaviorism.
The Behavior Analyst, 18 (2), 377-384. [PDF] |
|
HARZEM, P. (1996). The craft of understanding the mind :
Why it cannot be a science. Mexican Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 22, 5-17. [PDF] |
|
HARZEM, P. (2000). Towards a new behaviorism. European
Journal of Behavior Analysis, 1 (1), 51-60. [PDF] |
|
HARZEM, P. (2004). Behaviorism for new psychology : what
was wrong with behaviorism and what is wrong with it now.
Behavior & Philosophy, 32, 5-12. [PDF] |
|
|
CATANIA, A.C. (1981). Review of M.D. Zeiler and P. Harzem
(Eds.), Advances in analysis of behaviour, Vol 1.
Reinforcement and the organization of behaviour.
Chichester : Wiley. Quarterly
Review of Biology, 56 (1), 101.
|
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1982). Review of M.D. Zeiler and P. Harzem
(Eds.), Advances in analysis of behaviour, Vol 1.
Reinforcement and the organization of behaviour.
Journal of Psychology, 94 (2), 376-379. |
|
BUSKIST, W. (2009). Remembering Peter Harzem :
Teacher-scholar extraordinaire. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 91 (3),
287-291. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hasard : Selon Cournot, le hasard est la convergence dans le temps et dans l'espace de deux séries causales
indépendantes ( EX: Une pomme tombe (première
série) sur votre tête (événement hasardeux) au moment où vous
passez sous un arbre (seconde série). Pour certains théoriciens, il s'agit ici d'une coïncidence
(ou d'une malchance ! ), et non du hasard. Dans certaines théories, le hasard désigne
également l'absence de cause (théories stochastiques) ou l'absence
de causes identifiées. En statistique, le hasard désigne
l'incapacité de prédire un événement particulier, événement que
l'on peut par ailleurs reproduire à l'infini ( EX: Les
forces qui s'exercent sur les faces d'un dé parfait sont en
principe identiques pour chacune des faces, donc ces forces
s'annulent lorsque le dé est jeté, laissant ainsi au hasard "le
soin" de déterminer sur quelle face tombera le dé). Hasard, chance
et nombre
aléatoire.
= aléatoire ou
probabiliste, absence de causalité, absence de déterminisme,
imprévisibilité.
Random, random effect,
randomness, random process.
| |
|
|
LAPLACE, P.S. (1774). Mémoire sur les suites
récurro-récurrentes et sur leurs usages dans la théorie
des hazards. Mémoires de l'Académie des sciences de
l'Institut de France, 6, 353-371. |
|
|
CRAMÉR, H. (1940). On the theory of
stationary random processes.
Annal of Mathematics, 41,
215-230. |
|
|
PIAGET, J. (1950). Une expérience sur la psychologie du
hasard chez l'enfant : le tirage au sort des couples. Acta
Psychologica, 7 (2/4), 321-336. |
LAURENCELLE, L. (2001). Hasard, nombres aléatoires et
méthode Monte Carlo. Montréal : Presses
Universitaires du Québec. |
|
INHELDER, B. et PIAGET, J. (1951/74). Genèse de
l'idée du hasard chez l'enfant. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
TAILLEFER, A. et LADOUCEUR, R. (2002). Les loteries
télévisées, leur contenu et la notion de hasard. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 23, 5-16. |
|
RESCHER, N. (1959). Randomness as a means to fairness.
The Journal of Philosophy, S6, 967- 968. |
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). The capacity for generating
information by randomization. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 18, 119-129. |
DIACONIS, P. (2005). What is ... a random matrix ? Notices
of the American Mathematical Society, 52,
1348-1349. |
|
NEURINGER, A. (1970). Can people behave randomly ? : The
role of feedback. Journal of Experimental Psychology,
115, 62-75. |
GAUVRIT, N. (2007). Vous avez dit hasard ? Entre
mathématiques et psychologie. Belin. |
|
BRYANT, D. & CHURCH, R.M. (1974). The determinants of
random choice. Animal Learning & Behavior, 2,
245-248. |
|
|
RUBIN, D.B. (1974). Estimating causal effects in
randomized and non-randomized studies. Journalof
Educational Psychology, 66 (5), 688-701. [PDF] |
|
|
RUBIN, D.B. (1981). Estimation in parallel randomized
experiments. Journal of Educational Statistics, 6,
377-401. |
|
|
NEURINGER, A. (1986). Can people behave "randomly" : The role of feedback. Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 115, 62-75. |
|
|
BAYER, D. & DIACONIS, P. (1992). Trailing the dovetail
shuffle to its lai. Annals of Applied Probability, 2,
294-313.
[PDF] |
SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H. & WONG, V.C. (2008). Can
nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers ? A
randomized experiment comparing random and nonrandom
assignments. Journal of the American Statistical, 103
(484), 1334-1356. [PDF] |
|
HOLMES, A.P. & FRISTON, K.J. (1998). Generalisability,
random effects and population inference. NeuroImage, 7
(S), 754. [PDF] |
|
|
TEIGEN, K.H. (1998). Hazards mean luck : Counterfactual
thinking and perceptions of good and bad fortune in
reports of dangerous situations and careless behaviour.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 39, 235-248. |
|
|
MARTIN, B. (1998). Coïncidences : Remarkable or random ? Skeptical Inquirer, 22 (5), 23-28. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Cause Déterminisme, Erreur
et Test
statistique |
| |
|
|
|
|
Hasard (Conception/Perception) :
|
|
|
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1971). Belief in the law
of small numbers.Psychological Bulletin, 76 (2),
105-110. |
SINGER, E. (1990) A question of accuracy : How journalists
and scientists report research on hazards. Journal of
Communication, 40 (4), 102-116. |
|
MARTIN, G.L. & HEOMSTRA, N.W. (1973). The perception
of hazard by children. Journal of Safety Research, 5,
238-246. |
BATANERO, C. & SERRANO, L. (1999). The meaning of
randomness for secondary school students. Journal for
Research in Mathematics Education, 30 (5), 558-567. |
|
GILOVITCH, T., VALLONE, R. & TVERSKY, A. (1985). The
hot hand in basketball : On the misperception of random
sequences. Cognitive Psychology, 17, 295-314. |
LECOUTRE, M-P., ROVIRA, K., LECOUTRE, B. & POITEVINEA,
J. (2006). People's intuitions about randomness and
probability : an empirical study. Statistics
Education Research Journal, 5, 20-35. |
|
FISHBEIN, E. & SCHNARCH, D. (1997). The evolution with
age of probabilistic, intuitively based misconceptions. Journal
for Research in Mathematics Education, 28, 96-105. |
ROVIRA, K., LECOUTRE, M.-P., LECOUTRE, B. et POITEVINEAU,
J. (2010). Catégorisation de situations d'incertitude et
variabilité des points de vue sur le hasard. Bulletin
de Psychologie, 505, 69-80. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Jeu de hasard |
|
|
Hasard
(Distribuer les sujets) : Stratégie
de contrôle développée par Fisher, qui consiste à répartir dans les groupes
expérimentaux et de
contrôle les sujets de
l'échantillon afin
d'obtenir des groupes
équivalents, et ainsi neutraliser les effets nuisibles et
contaminants des variables
parasites connues et inconnues. Cette procédure permet
d'accroître la validité
interne de la recherche fondamentale et des essais
cliniques. NDLR : Le mot randomiser est un
anglicisme.
= deuxième
moment du hasard, assignation ou répartition aléatoire,
répartition au hasard.
Randomization, random
assignment, randomized controlled trial.
| |
|
Distribuer au hasard
|
|
BOREL, É. (1914). La hasard. Paris : F. Alcan. |
|
|
KENDALL, M.G. & SMITH, B. (1938). Randomness and
random sampling numbers. Journal of the Royal
Statistical Society, 101 (1), 147-166. |
|
|
WALD, A. & WOLFOWITZ, J. (1951). Two methods of
randomization in statistics and the theory of games. The
Annals of Mathematics, 53 (3), 581-86. |
KUNZ, R. & OXMAN A.D. (1998). The unpredictability
paradox : review of empirical comparisons of randomised
and non-randomised clinical trials. British Medical
Journal, 317, 1185-90. |
|
COX, D.R. (1956). A note on weighted randomization. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27, 1144-1151. |
|
|
BADDELEY, A.D. (1966). The capacity for generating
information by randomization. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 18, 119-129. |
DEHUE, T. (2001). Establishing the experimenting society.
The historical origination of social experimentation
according to the randomized controlled design. American
Journal of Psychology, 114 (2), 283-302. |
|
RUBIN, D. (1974). Estimating causal effects in randomized
and non-randomized studies. Journalof Educational
Psychology, 66 (5), 688-701. [PDF] |
DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled
experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the
Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15
(2), 75-98. |
|
BORUCH, R.F. (1975). Coupling randomizedexperiments and
approximations to experiments in social program
evaluation. Sociological Methods & Research, 4 (1),
31-53. |
DEVEREAUX, P.J. & YUSUF, S. (2003). The evolution of
the randomized controlled trial and its role in
evidence-based decision making. Journal of Internal
Medicine, 254, 105-113. |
|
CHAITIN, G. (1975). Randomness and mathematical proof. Scientific
American, 232, 47-52. |
KRAUSE, M.S. & HOWARD, K.I. (2003. What random
assignmentdoes and does not do. Journal of Clinical
Psychology 59 (7), 751–766. |
|
EDGINGTON, E.S. (1975). Randomization tests for one
subject operant experiments. The Journal of
Psychology, 90 (1), 57-68. |
BLOOM, H.S. (2005). Randomizing groups to evaluate
place-based programs. In H.S. Bloom (Ed.), Learning
more from social experiments : Evolving analytic
approaches (pp. 115-172). New York : Russell Sage
Foundation. |
|
GAIFMAN, H. & SNIR, M. (1982). Probabilities over rich
languages, testing, and randomness. Journal of
Symbolic Logic, 47, 495-548. |
|
|
LINDLEY, D.V. (1982). The use of randomization in
inference. Philosophy of Science Association, 2,
431-436. |
|
|
BERGER, J.O. (1987). Randomization. In J. Eatwell, M.
Milgate & P. Newman (Eds.), The new Palgrave.
Macmillan. Press, London. |
KLEIST, P. (2006). Randomisée. Contrôlée. En double
aveugle. Pourquoi ? Curriculum : Forum Medical
Suisse, 6, 46-51. [PDF]
|
STRUBE, M.J. (1991). Small sample failure of random
assignment : A further examination. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology 59 (2),
346–350.
|
|
|
BAER, D.M. (1993). Quasi-random assignment can be as
convincing as random assigment. American Journal on
Mental Retardation, 97, 373-374. |
ENDERS, C.K., STUETZLE, R. & LAURENCEAU, J.P. (2006).
Teaching random assignment : A classroom demonstration
using a deck of playing cards. Teaching of
Psychology, 33, 239. |
|
LABOV, J.B. & FIRMAGE, D.H. (1994). Introducing
concepts of random ordering and random assignment of
subjects : Computer-assisted classroom and laboratory
exercises. The American Biology Teacher, 56, 169-173. |
DUFLO, E. & GLENNESTER, R. & KREMER, M. (2008).
Using randomization in development economics research : A
toolkit. In T.P.l Schultz and J.A. Strauss (Eds.), Handbook
of development economics (Vol. 4, pp. 389-396).
Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
EDGINGTON, E.S. (1995). Randomization tests. New
York : Marcel-Dekker. |
BOLTON, D. (2008). The epistemology of randomized,
controlled trials and application in psychiatry. Philosophy,
Psychiatry & Psychology, 15 (2), 159-165. |
|
SHADISH, W.R. & RAGSDALE, K. (1996). Random versus
nonrandom assignment in controlled experiments : Do you
get the same answer ? Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 64 (6), 1290-1305. |
FREEDMAN, D.A. (2008). Randomization does not justify
logistic regression. Statistical Science, 23 (2),
237-249. [PDF] |
|
DEHUE, T. (1997). Deception, efficiency, and random groups
: Psychology and the gradual origination of the random
group design. Isis, 88 (4), 653-673. |
SHADISH, W.R., CLARK, M.H. & WONG, V.C. (2008). Can
nonrandomized experiments yield accurate answers ? A
randomized experiment comparing random and nonrandom
assignments. Journal of the American Statistical, 103
(484), 1334-1356. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Stratégie
de contrôle et Hasard |
| Exemple |
|
MYNORS-WALLACE, L.M., GATH, D.H., LLOYD-TTHOMAS, A.R.
& TOMLISON, D. (1995). Randomized controlled trial
comparing problem solving treatment with amitripty-line
and placebo for major depression in primary care. British
Medical Journal, 310, 441-445. |
BARLOW, D.H., GORMAN, J.M., SHEAR, M.K. & WOODS, S.W.
(2000). Cognitive-behavioral therapy, imipramine, or their
combination for panic disorder : A randomized controlled
trial. Journal of American Medical Association, 283 (19),
2529-2536.
[PDF] |
|
CLARKE, G.N., HAWKINS, W., MURPHY, M., SHEEBER, L.B.,
LEWINSHON, P.M. & SEELY, J.R. (1995). Targeted
prevention of unipolar depressive disorder in an at-risk
sample of high school adolescents : A randomized trial of
a group cognitive intervention. Journal of the
American Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry,
34, 312-321. |
SOFRONOFF, K., ATTWOOD, T. & HINTON, S. (2005). A
randomised controlled trial of a CBT intervention for
anxiety in children with Asperger syndrome. Journal of
Child Psycholoy & Psychiatry, 46 (11),
1152-1160. |
|
SICHER, F., TARG, E.F., MOORE, D. & SMITH, H.S.
(1998). A randomized double-blind study ofthe effect of
distant healing in a population with advanced AIDS :
Report of a small scale study. Western Journal of
Medicine, 169, 356-363. [PDF] |
ROGERS, S.J., ESTES, A., LORD, C., VISMARA, L., WINTER,
J., FITZPATRICK, A., GUO, M. & DAWSON, G. (2012).
Effects of a Brief Early Start Denver Model (ESDM)-Based
Parent Intervention on toddlers at risk for autism
spectrum disorders : A randomized controlled trial. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 51 (10), 1052-1065. [PDF] |
|
AIKEN, L.S., WEST, S.G., SCHWALM, D.E., CARROLL, J.L.
& HSIUNG, S. (1998). Comparison of a randomized and
two quasi-experimental designs in a single outcome
evaluation : Efficacy of a university-level remedial
writing program. Evaluation Review, 22, 207-244. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Stratégie de contrôle |
|
|
|
|
Haselton Martie G. ( ) : Psychologue
évolutionniste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude des biais
cognitifs. Collaboratrice de Buss,
Debruine,
Gangestad, Jones, Peplau
et Perrett.
|
HASELTON, M.G. & BUSS, D.M. (2000). Error management
theory : A new perspective on biases in cross-sex mind
reading. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 78, 81-91. [PDF] |
|
HASELTON, M.G. & BUSS, D.M. (2001). The affective
shift hypothesis : The functions of emotional changes
following sexual intercourse. Personal Relationships,
8, 357-369. [PDF] |
|
HASELTON, M.G. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2006). Conditional
expression of women's desires and men's mate guarding
across the ovulatory cycle. Hormones & Behavior,
49, 509-518. [PDF] |
|
HASELTON, M.G., BRYANT, G.A., WILKE, A., FREDERICK, D.A.,
GALPERIN, A., FRANKENHUIS, W. & MOORE, T. (2009).
Adaptive rationality : An evolutionary perspective on
cognitive bias. Social Cognition, 27, 733-763. |
|
HASELTON, M.G. & GILDERSLEEVE, K. (2011). Can men
detect ovulation ? Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 20, 87-92. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hasher Lynn ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américaine et gérontologue,
spécialisée dans l'étude de la
mémoire, notamment de
l'interférence de l'oubli
et du rappel libre,
Elle s'intéresse également aux
différences d'âge et au vieillisement.
Étudiante de Postman.
Professeure de Lustig.
Collaboratrice de Johnston,
Radvansky et
Zacks.
 |
HASHER, L. (1971). Retention of free recall learning : The
whole-part problem. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 90, 8-17. [PDF] |
|
HASHER, L. & JOHNSON, M.K. (1975). Interpretive
factors in forgetting. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Learning & Memory, 1, 567-575.
[PDF] |
|
HASHER, L., ZACKS, R.T., ROSE, K.C. & SANFT, H.
(1987). Truly incidental encoding frequency information.
American Journal of Psychology, 100, 69-91. [PDF] |
|
HASHER, L., QUIG, M.B. & MAY, C.P. (1997).
Inhibitory control over no-longer-relevant information :
Adult age differences. Memory & Cognition, 25,
286-295.
[PDF] |
|
HASHER, L., CHUNG, C., MAY, C.P. & FOONG, N. (2002).
Age, time of testing, and proactive interference. Canadian
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 56 (3),
200-207. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hashish : Drogue extraite
de la résine de cannabis.
= hash.
| |
|
|
BOULOUGOURIS, J.C., LIAKOS, A. & STEFANIS, C. (1976).
Social traits of heavy hashish users and matched controls.
Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 282,
17-23. |
|
STEFANIS, C., DORNBUSH, R. & FINK, M. (1977).
Hashish : Studies of long-term use. New York :
Raven Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Marijuana |
|
|
|
|
Haslam Nick ( ) : Psychologue
australien.
|
HASLAM, N., ROTHSHIELD, L. & ERNST, D. (2000).
Essentialist beliefs about social categories. British
Journal of Social Psychology, 39, 113-127. |
|
HASLAM, N. & ERNST, D. (2002). Essentialist beliefs
about mental disorders. Journal of Social &
Clinical Psychology, 21, 682-711. |
|
HASLAM, N., BASTIAN, B. & BISSETT, M. (2004).
Essentialist beliefs about personality and their
implications. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 30, 1661-1673. [PDF] |
|
HASLAM, N. (2011). Genetic essentialism,
neuroessentialism, and stigma : Commentary on Dar-Nimrod
and Heine (2011). Psychological Bulletin, 137 (5),
819-824. |
|
HASLAM, N. & LOUGHAN, S. (2014). Dehumanization and
infrahumanization. Annual Review of Psychology, 65,
399-423. |
|
|
DAR-NIMROD, I. & HEINE, S.J. (2011). Some thoughts on
essence placeholders, interactionism, and heritability :
Reply to Haslam (2011) and Turkheimer (2011). Psychological
Bulletin, 137 (5), 829–-833. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Haslam S. Alex ( ) : Psychologue social et organisationnel
anglais, spécialiste de l'étude des stéréotypes,
des organisations
et de la tyranie qui découle
de l'asymétrie du pouvoir.
Collaborateur de McGarty, Oakes,
Postmes, Reicher,
Reynolds, Spears
et Turner.
|
HASLAM, S.A., TURNER, J.C., OAKES, P.J., McGARTY, C. &
HAYES, B.K. (1992). Context-dependent variation in social
stereotyping 1 : The effects of intergroup relations as
mediated by social change and frame of reference. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 22 (1), 3-20. |
|
HASLAM, S.A., POSTMES, T. & ELLEMERS, N. (2003). More
than a metaphor : Organizational identity makes
organizational life possible. British Journal of
Management, 14, 357-369. |
|
HASLAM, S.A., RYAN, M.K., POSTMES, T., SPEARS, R., JETTEN,
J. & WEBLEY, P. (2006). Sticking to our guns : Social
identity as a basis for the maintenance of commitment to
faltering organizational projects. Journal of
Organizational Behavior, 27, 607-628. |
|
HASLAM, S.A. & REICHER, S.D. (2008). Questioning the
banality of evil. Psychologist, 21, 16-19. [PDF] |
|
HASLAM, S.A., REICHER, S. & BIRNEY, M.E. (2016).
Questioning authority : New perspectives on Milgram's
"obedience" research and its implications for intergroup
relations. Current Opinion in Psychology, 11,
6-9. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Hastorf Albert H. (New York 1921-2011 Palo Alto) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisée dans l'étude de la
perception sociale. Collaborateur de
Jones et Markus.
 |
HASTORF, A.H. & CANTRIL, H. (1954). They saw a game :
A case study. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 49, 129-134. |
|
HASTORF, A.H. (1957). Emmert's law and size-constancy. American
Journal of Psychology, 70 (1), 114-116. |
|
HASTORF, A.H. (1970). Person Perception : Topics in
social psychology. Addison-Wesley Educational
Publishers Inc. |
|
HASTORF, A.H. & ISEN A.M. (1981). Cognitive
social psychology. Elsevier Science Ltd. |
|
JONES, E.E., FARINA, A., HASTORF, H.A., MARKUS, H.,
MILLER, D.T., SCOTT, R.A. & FRENCH, R.S. (1984).
Socials stigma : The psychology of marked relationships.
New York : W.H. Freeman and Company. |
|
|
ROSS, L.D. (2012). Albert H. Hastorf III (1921-2011). American
Psychologist, 67 (6), 493. |
|
|
|
Hatemi Peter K. ( ) : Généticien
et politologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre les
gènes, le vote et les
opinions politiques.
Étudiant de Eaves.
Collaborateur de Mcdermott.
 |
HATEMI, P.K., MORLEY, K.I., MEDLAND, S.E., HEATH, A.C.
& MARTIN, N.G. (2007). The genetics of voting : An
Australian twin study. Behavior Genetics, 37, 435-448.
[PDF] |
|
HATEMI, P.K., MEDLAND, S.E. & EAVES, L.J. (2009).
Genetic sources for the gender gap ? Journal of
Politics, 71 (1), 262-276. |
|
HATEMI, P.K., GILLESPIE, N.A., EAVES, L.J., MAHER, B.S.,
WEBB, B.T., HEATH, A.C., MEDLAND, S.E., SMYTH, D.C.,
BEEBY, H.N., GORDON, S.D., MONTGOMERY, G.W., ZHU, G.,
BYRNE, E.M. & MARTIN, N.G. (2011). Genome-wide a
analysis of political attitudes. Journal of Politics,
73 (1), 1-15. [PDF] |
|
HATEMI, P.K., McDERMOTT, R., BAILEY, J.M. & MARTIN,
N.G. (2012). The different effects of gender and sex on
vote choice. Political Research Quarterly, 65
(2), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
HATEMI, P.K. & McDERMOTT, R. (2012). Broadening
political psychology. Political Psychology, 3
(1), 11-25. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hatfield
Elaine C. (1937-) : Psychosociologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'attraction
interpersonnelle, de l'équité,
des relations de couple et de l'amour.
= Élaine Walster. Étudiante de Festinger.
Collaboratrice d'Aronson,
Berscheid, Cacioppo,
Dion, Hsee,
Piliavin, Stephan
et Walster.
 |
WALSTER, E., ARONSON, V., ABRAHAMS, D. & ROTTMAN, L.
(1966). The importance of physical attractiveness in
dating behavior. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 4, 508-516. |
|
HATFIELD, E. & SPRECHER, S. (1986). Measuring
passionate love in intimate relationships. Journal of
adolescence, 9, 383-410. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, E., CACIOPPO, J.T. & RAPSON, R.L. (1993).
Emotional contagion. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 2, 96-99. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, E., HSEE, C.K., COSTELLO, J., WEISMAN, M.S.
& DENNEY, C. (1995). The impact of vocal feedback on
emotional experience and expression. Journal of Social
Behavior & Personality, 10 (2), 293-313. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, E. & RAPSON, R.L. (2005). Social justice and
the clash of cultures. Psychological Inquiry, 1
(4), 172-175. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hatfield
Gary ( ) : Philosophe
et historien des sciences,
notamment de la psychologie.
 |
HATFIELD, G. (1997). The workings of the intellect : Mind
and psychology. In P. Easton (Ed.), Logic and the
workings of the mind : The logic of ideas and faculty
psychology in early modern philosophy (pp. 21-45).
Atascadero : Ridgeview Publishing Co. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, G. (1998). The cognitive faculties. In ed. by M.
Ayers and D. Garber (Eds.), Cambridge History of
Seventeenth Century Philosophy (pp. 953-1002.)
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, G. (1998). Attention in early scientific
psychology. In R.D. Wright (Ed.), Visual Attention
(pp. 3-25). New York : Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, G. (2002). Psychology, philosophy, and cognitive
science : Reflections on the history and philosophy of
experimental psychology. Mind & Language, 17, 207-232.
[PDF] |
|
HATFIELD, G. (2003). Behaviorism and Psychology. In T.
Baldwin (Ed.), Cambridge History of Philosophy,
1870-1945 (pp. 640-648). Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hathaway
Starke Rosecrans (Michigan 1903-1984 Minneapolis) :
Psychométricien
américain. Il est, avec
McKinnley, l'inventeur du
test du MMPI. Collaborateur de
McKinnley et Meehl.
 |
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1940). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota) : Construction of the
schedule. Journal of Psychology, 10, 249-254. |
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & McKINLEY, J.C. (1942). Manual for
the Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory. Minneapolis
: University of Minnesota Press. |
|
McKINLEY, J.C. & HATHAWAY S.R. (1944). A multiphasic
personality schedule (Minnesota): V. Hysteria, Hypomania,
and Psychopathic Deviate. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 28, 153-174. |
|
McKINLEY, J.C., HATHAWAY S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1948).
The Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory : VI. The
K scale. Journal of Consulting Psychology, 12,
20-31. |
|
HATHAWAY, S.R. & MEEHL, P.E. (1951). An atlas for
the clinical use of the MMPI. Minneapolis :
University of Minnesota Press. |
|
|
DAHLSTROM, W.G., MEEHL, P.E. & SCHOFIELD, W. (1986).
Starke Rosecrans Hathaway (1903–1984). American
Psychologist, 41 (7), 834-835. |
|
|
|
Hattie
John A.C. (Timaru 1950-) :
Spécialiste nouveau-zélandais de la pédagogie
et de l'éducation. Il a
proposé un classement des facteurs qui favorisent l'apprentissage
et la réussite
scolaire. Collaborateur de
Anderman, Marsh
et Rubie-Davies.
|
HATTIE, J.A. (1987). Identifying the salient facets of a
model of student learning : A synthesis of meta-analyses.
International Journal of Educational Research, 11,
187-212. |
|
HATTIE, J.A. (1992). Towards a model of schooling : A
synthesis of meta-analyses. Australian Journal of
Education, 36, 5-13. |
|
HATTIE, J.A. (2003). Teachers make a difference : What
is the research evidence ? Melbourne : Australian
Council for Educational Research Annual Conference on
Building Teacher Quality.
[PDF] |
|
HATTIE, J.A.C. & PEDDIE, R. (2003). School reports :
"Praising with faint damns". Set : Research
information for teachers, 3, 4-9. |
|
HATTIE, J.A TIMPERLEY, H. (2007). The power of feedback. Review
of Educational Research, 77, 81-112. |
|
HATTIE, J.A. (2007). The paradox of reducing class size
and improved learning outcomes. International Journal
of Education, 42, 387-425. |
|
|
SNOOK, I., CLARK, J., HARKER, R., O'NEILL, A.-M. &
O'NEILL, J. (2010). Invisible learnings ? A commentary on
John Hattie's "Visible learning : A synthesis of over 800
meta-analyses relating to achievement". New Zealand
Journal of Educational Studies, 44 (1), 93-106. |
|
|
|
Hatwell
Yvette ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européenne, d'origine française, spécialiste du
toucher et de la perception
haptique. Professeure de Gentaz.
Collaboratrice de Pylyshyn.
|
|
HATWELL, Y. (1959). Perception tactile des formes et
organisation spatiale tactile. Journal de Psychologie
Normale et Pathologique, 56, 187-204. |
|
HATWELL, Y., OSIEK, C. & JEANNERET, V. (1973).
L’exploration perceptive tactile d’un ensemble d’objets
chez l’enfant et chez l’adulte. L’Année Psychologique,
73, 419-441 |
|
HATWELL, Y. (1995). Children’s memory for location and
object properties in vision and haptics : automatic or
attentional processing ? CPC - Current Psychology on
Cognition, 14, 47-71. |
|
HATWELL, Y. (2003). Le développement perceptivo-moteur de
l’enfant aveugle. Enfance, 1, 88-94. |
|
HATWELL, Y. & GENTAZ, E. (2012). Origine et évolution
des recherches sur le toucher en France. L'Année
Psychologique 111 (04), 701-723. |
|
|
|
Haugaard
Mark (1961-) : Sociologue
irlandais et spécialiste de l'étude du pouvoir
et de l'autorité.
|
HAUGAARD, M. (1997). The consensual basis of conflictual
power. Constellations, 3, 401-406. |
|
HAUGAARD, M. (2003). Reflections on seven ways to creating
power. European Journal of Social Theory, 6 (1),
87-113. [PDF] |
|
HAUGAARD, M. & MALESEVIC, S. (2008). Power and
culture. Journal of Power, 1 (2), 109-110. |
|
HAUGAARD, M. (2015). Concerted power over. Constellations
: An International Journal of Critical & Democratic
Theory, 22 (1), 147-158. |
|
HAUGAARD, M. (2018). What is authority ? Journal of
Classical Sociology, 18 (2), 104-132.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Haugeland
John (Harrisburg 1945-2010 Chicago) :
Philosophe cognitif américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence
artificielle. Professeur de Van
Gelder.
 |
HAUGELAND, J. (1978). The nature and plausibility of
cognitlvism. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 1,
215-226. |
|
HAUGELAND, J. (1985). Artificial intelligence : The
very idea. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Computation and cognition : Toward a
foundation for cognitive Science by Zenon W. Pylyshyn.
Philosophy of Science, 54 (2), 309-311. |
|
HAUGELAND, J. (1987). Semantic engines : an introduction
to mind design. In J. Haugeland (Ed.), Mind design.
Cambridge Mass. : MIT Press. |
|
HAUGELAND, J. (1998). Having thought : Essays in the
metaphysics of mind. Harvard : Harvard University
Press. |
|
|
|
Haun Daniel B.M. ( ) : Psychologue
et primatologue
cognitiviste américain, d'origine allemande. Collaborateur
de Call, Tennie
et Tomasello.
|
HAUN, D.B.M. & CALL, J., JANZEN, G. & LEVINSON,
S.C. (2006). Evolutionary psychology of spatial
representations in the hominidae. Current Biology, 16
(17), 1736-1740. |
|
HAUN, D.B.M., RAPOLD, C.J., CALL, J., JANZEN, G. &
LEVINSON, S.C. (2006). Cognitive cladistics and cultural
override in Hominid spatial cognition. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of
America, 103 (46), 17568-17573. [PDF] |
|
HAUN, D.B.M. & CALL, J. (2008). Imitation recognition
in great apes. Current Biology, 18 (7), 288-290. |
|
HAUN, D.B.M. & TOMASELLO, M. (2011). Conformity to
peer pressure in preschool children. Child
Development, 82 (6), 1759-1767. [PDF] |
|
|
HAUN, D.B.M., VAN LEEUWEN, E.J.C. & EDELSON, M.G.
(2013). Majority influence in children and other animals.
Developmental Cognitive Neuroscience, 3, 61-71. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hauser
Kaspard : En éthologie,
nom donné aux expériences d'isolement
réalisées avec des animaux,
notamment les oiseaux, et
qui permettent d'étudier le phénomène d'empreinte.
Ce nom fait référence à un jeune homme perturbé - Kaspar Hauser -
découvert à Nuremberg en 1828, et qui aurait souffert d'un long et
profond isolement
social.
= Gaspard Hauser.
|
|
| |
WASSERMANN, J. (1908/33). Gaspard Hauser ou la
paresse du coeur. Paris : Éditions Grasset. |
| GIRALDEAU,
L.A. & DUBOIS, F. (2009). Le comportement animal.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
|
Hauser
Marc D. (1959-) : Biologiste,
primatologue ,
psychologue évolutionniste et cognitiviste
américain. Collaborateur de Allen,
Cheney, Chomsky,
Fitch, Hare, Munataka,
O'reilly,
Premack, Rauschecker,
Santos, Seyfarth,
Spelke et Wood.
 |
HAUSER, M.D., CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFARTH, R.M. (1986).
Group extinction and fusion in free- ranging vervet
monkeys. American Journal of Primatology, 11, 63-77. |
|
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
|
HAUSER, M.D., CHOMSKY, N. & FITCH, W.T. (2002). The
language faculty : What is it, who has it, and how did it
evolve ? Science, 298, 1569-1579. [PDF] |
|
HAUSER, M., CHEN, M.K., CHEN, F. & CHUANG, E. (2003).
Give unto others : genetically unrelated cotton-top
tamarin monkeys preferentially give food to those who
altruistically give food back. Proceedings of the
Royal Society B, 270, 2363-2370. [PDF] |
|
HAUSER, M.D. (2009). The possibility of impossible
cultures. Nature, 460, 190-196. |
|
|
|
Hausfater
Glenn ( ) : Primatologue
et spécialiste de l'étude des babouins.
Il s'intéresse notamment à
l'infanticide. Collaborateur d'Altmann
et Hrdy.
|
HAUSFATER, G. (1975). Knuckle walking by a baboon. American
Journal of Physical Anthropology, 43, 303-305. |
|
HAUSFATER, G. (1976). Predatory behavior of yellow
baboons. Behaviour, 56, 44-68. |
|
HAUSFATER, G. & WATSON, D.F. (1976). Social and
reproductive correlates of parasite ova emissions by
baboons. Nature, 262, 688-689. |
|
HAUSFATER, G. & TAKACS, D. (1987). Structure and
function of hindquarter presentations in yellow baboons
(Papio cynocephalus ). Ethology, 74, 297-319. |
|
HAUSFATER, G., CAIRNS, S.J. & LEVIN, R.N. (1987).
Variability and stability in the rank relations of
nonhuman primate females : analysis of computer
simulation. American Journal of Primatology, 12,
55-70. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Haussement
des épaules :
Réflexe qui consiste à hausser les épaules, souvent en
présence d'un bruit
fort ou du mouvement soudain d'un objet.
|
|
|
Hawkley Louise C. ( ) : Psychosociologue
et neurocognitiviste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des déterminants
neuro-biologiques des comportements
sociaux, notamment la sollitude.
Collaboratrice de Cacioppo.
 |
HAWKLEY, L.C., BURLESON, M.H., BERNSTON, G.G &
CACIOPPO, J.T. (2003). Loneliness in everyday life :
Cardiovascular activity, psychosocial context, and health
behaviors. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 85, 105-120. [PDF] |
|
HAWKLEY, L.C. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2004). Stress and the
aging immune system. Brain, Behavior & Immunity,
18, 114-119. [PDF] |
|
HAWKLEY, L.C., MASI, C.M., CACIOPPO, J.T. & BERRY,
J.D. (2006). Loneliness is a unique predictor of
age-related differences in systolic blood pressure.
Psychology & Aging, 21 (1), 152-164. [PDF] |
|
HAWKLEY, L.C. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2007). Aging and
loneliness : Downhill quickly ? Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 16, 187-191. [PDF] |
|
HAWKLEY, L.C. THISTED, R.A. & CACIOPPO, J.T. (2009).
Loneliness predicts reduced physical activity :
Cross-sectional and longitudinal analyses. Health
Psychology, 28, 354-363. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Haxby
James Van Loan (Minneapolis 1951-) :
Neurocognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la reconnaissance
et de la perception
du visage. Collaborateur de Ishai
et Ungerleider.
|
HAXBY, J.V., RAFFALAE, K., GILLETTE, J., SCHAPIRO, M.B.
& RAPOPORT, S.I. (1992). Individual trajectories of
cognitive decline in patients with dementia of the
Alzheimer type. Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Neuropsychology, 14, 575-592. |
|
HAXBY, J.V., UNGERLEIDER L.G., HORWITZ, B., MAISOG, J.M.,
RAPOPORT, S.I., GRADY, C.L. (1996). Face encoding and
recognition in the human brain. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, USA, 93, 922-927. |
|
HAXBY, J.V. HOFFMAN, E.A., GOBBINI, M.I. (2000). The
distributed human neural system for face perception. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 4, 223-233. |
|
HAXBY, J.V., ISHAI, A., CHAO, L.L., UNGERLEIDER L.G. &
MARTIN, A. (2000). Object form topology in the ventral
temporal lobe. Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 4,
3-4. |
|
HAXBY, J.V. (2006). Fine structure in representations of
faces and objects. Nature Neuroscience, 9, 1084-1085. |
|
|
|
Hayduk
Leslie A. ( ) :
Sociologue et mathématicien canadien,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la distance
personnelle et dans l'utilisation de Lisrel.
Collaborateur de Rhodes.
|
HAYDUK, L.A. (1978). Personal space : An evaluative and
orienting overview. Psychological Bulletin, 85
(1), 117-134. |
|
HAYDUK, L.A. (1983). Personal space : Where we now stand.
Psychological Bulletin, 94, 293-335. |
|
HAYDUK, L.A. (1985). Personal space : The conceptual
and measurement implications of structural equation
models. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 17,
140-149. |
|
HAYDUK, L.A. (1994). Personal space : Understanding the
simplex model. Journal of Nonverbal Behavior, 18
(3), 245-260. |
|
HAYDUK, L.A. (2014). Seeing perfectly fitting factor
models that are causally misspecified understanding that
close-fitting models can be worse. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 1-22. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hayek
Friedrich August von (Vienne 1899-1992) : Économiste
et psychologue
américain d'origine autrichienne. Prix
Nobel d'économie en 1974 et chef de file de
l'École autrichienne. Étudiant de Mises.
 |
HAYEK, F.A. (1937). Economics and knowledge. Economica,
4, 33-54. |
|
HAYEK, F.V. (1941). The pure theory of capital.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
HAYEK, F.A. (1953). Scientisme et sciences sociale.
Paris : Plon. |
|
HAYEK, F.V. (1976). The constitution of liberty.
Routledge. |
|
HAYEK, F.V. (1989). The pretence of knowledge. American Economic Review, 79 (6), 3-7.
|
|
|
|
DURBIN, E.F.M. (1945). Professor Hayek on economic
planning and political liberty. The Economic Journal,
55 (220), 357-370. |
|
MAHONEY, M.J. & WEIMER, W.B. (1994). Friedrich A.
Hayek (1899-1992) : Obituary. American Psychologist,
49 (1), 63. |
CALDWELL, B. (1997). Hayek and socialism. Journal of
Economic Literature, 35, 1856-1890.
|
|
INFANTINO, L. (1998). Individualism in modern
thought. from Adam Smith to Hayek. London :
Routledge. |
|
BOETTKE, P.J. (2010). On reading Hayek : Choice,
consequences and the road to serfdom. European Journal
of Political Economy, 21, 1042-1053. |
|
CALDWELL, B. (2005). Hayek's challenge : An
intellectual biography of F.A. Hayek. Chicago
: University of Chicago. |
|
FARRANT, A. & McPHAIL, E. (2009). Hayek, Samuelson,
and the logic of the mixed economy ? Journal of
Economic Behavior & Organization, 69 (1), 5-16.
|
SAMUELSON, P.A. (2009). A few remembrances of
Friedrich von Hayek (1899–-1992). Journal of Economic
Behavior & Organization, 69 (1), 1-4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hayes
Adele M. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude des thérapies.
Collaboratrice de
Castonguay, DeRubeis,Goldfried,
Newman et Shapiro.
|
HAYES, A.M. (1996). Dynamic systems theory as a paradigm
for the study of change in psychotherapies for depression.
Constructive Change, 1, 9-12. |
|
HAYES, A.M., CASTONGUAY, L.G. & GOLDFROIED, M.R.
(1996). The study of change in psychotherapy : A
re-examination of the process-outcome correlation
paradigm. Journal of Consulting and Clinical
Psychology, 64, 909-914. |
|
HAYES, A.M. & FELDMAN, G. (2004). Clarifying the
construct of mindfulness in the context of emotion
regulation and the process of change in therapy.
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 11
(3), 255-262. |
|
HAYES, A.M. & LAURENCEAU J. P. (2009). A view toward
the future of the integration of clinical research and
practice. Systems : Interdisciplinary Journal for
System Theory Research & Practice in the Human
Sciences, 23 (1), 93-99. |
|
HAYES, A.M. (2015). The application of principles of
exposure to the treatment of depression. Current
Opinion in Psychology, 4 (S), 61-66. |
|
|
|
Hayes Catherine Nissen (1921-2008) : Primatologue
américaine. En collaboration avec Hayes,
Elle a dressé un singe, Viki.
= Cathy hayes. Collaboratrice de Hayes.
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual
development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings
of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2),
105-109. |
|
HAYES, C. (1951). The ape in our house. Harper
& Brothers. |
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1952). Imitation in a
home-raised chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 45, 450-459. |
|
HAYES, C. (1953). Viki et nous. Paris :
Hachette. |
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity
of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human
primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit
: Wayne University Press. |
|
|
|
BRADSHAW, G.L. & DEWSBURY, D.A. (2008). Catherine
Hayes Nissen (1921-2008). American Psychologist, 63 (7),
622. |
|
|
|
Hayes
John R. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des processus cognitifs
responsables de la production écrite,
notamment de la rédaction de
texte. Collaborateur de Flower.
|
HAYES, J.R. & FLOWER, L.S. (1980). Identifying the
organisation of writing processes. In L.W. Gregg &
E.R. Steinberg (Eds.), Cognitive processes in writing
: An interdisciplinary approach (pp. 3-30).
Hillsdale : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HAYES, J.R., FLOWER, L.S., SCHRIVER, K.A., STATMAN, J.C.
& AREY, L. (1987). Cognitive processes in revision. In
S. Rosenberg (Ed.), Advances in psycholinguistics (Vol.
2, pp. 176-240). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
HAYES, J.R. (1996). A new framework for understanding
cognition and affect in writing. In C. Levy & S.
Ransdell (Eds.), The science of writing : theories,
methods, individual differences and applications
(pp. 1-28). Mahwah : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HAYES, J.R. & MASH, J. (1996). On the nature of
planning in writing. In C. Levy & S. Ransdell (Eds.),
The science of writing : theories, methods, individual
differences and applications (pp. 29-51). Mahwah :
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HAYES, J.R. (2004). What triggers revision ? In L. Allal,
L. Chanquoy & P. Largy (Eds.), Revision.
cognitive and instructional processes (pp. 9-20).
Dordrecht : Kluwer Academic Publishers. |
|
|
|
Hayes
Keith J. ( ) : Primatologue
américain. En collaboration avec
Hayes, il a dressé un singe, Viki.
Collaborateur de Hayes.
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1951). The intellectual
development of a home-raised chimpanzee. Proceedings
of the American Philosophical Society, 95 (2),
105-109. |
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1952). Imitation in a
home-raised chimpanzee. Journal of Comparative and
Physiological Psychology, 45 (5), 450-459. |
|
HAYES, K.J. & HAYES, C. (1955). The cultural capacity
of chimpanzee. In J.A. Gavan (Ed.), The non-human
primates and human evolution (pp. 110-125). Detroit
: Wayne University Press. |
|
HAYES, K.J. (1962). Genes, drives, and intellect. Psychological Reports, 10 (2), 299-342. |
|
HAYES, K.J. & NISSEN, C.H. (1971). Higher mental
functions of a home-raised chimpanzee. In A.M. Schrier
& F. Stollnitz (Eds.), Behavior of nonhuman
primates (pp. 59-115). New York : Academic Press. |
|
|
|
Hayes
Linda J. ( ) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américaine. = L.J. Parrott.
Collaborateur de Chase, Clayton,
Fryling, Hayes,
O'Donohue, Rehfeldt
et Twohig.
 |
PARROTT, L.J. (1983). Defining social behavior : An
exercise in scientific system building. The
Psychological Record, 33 (4), 533-550. |
|
HAYES, L.J. (1992). The psychological present.
Behavior Analyst, 15, 139-145. |
|
HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and
the evolution of behavior analysis. American
Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395. |
|
HAYES, L.J. (1998). Remembering as a psychological event.
Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology,
18, 135-143. |
|
HAYES, L.J. & FRYLING, M.J. (2018) Psychological
events as integrated fields. The Psychological
Record, 68, 273-277. |
|
|
|
Hayes
Steven C. (1948-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des règles
de contingence et père de la théorie mot-milieu (relational
frame theory) et de la thérapie
de l'acceptation et de l'engagement (avec Stroshal et
Wilson). Professeur de Twohig.
Collaborateur d'Anderson Antonuccio,
Barlow, Barnes-Holmes,
Barnes-Holmes, Biglan,
Brownstein, Dixon,
Dougher, Eifert,
Forsyth,
Hayes, Herbert, Gaudiano,
Kohlenberg, O'Donohue,
Reese,
Roemer, Stroshal, Tsai,
Villatte, Wilson, Zettle
et Zvolensky.
 |
HAYES, S.C., JONHSON, V.S. & CONE, J.D. (1975). The
marked item technique : A practical procedure for utter
control. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 8 (4),
381-386. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C., BROWNSTEIN, A.J., HAAS, J.R. & GREENWAY
D.E. (1986). Instructions, multiples chedules, and
extinction : Distinguishing rule-governed from
schedule-controlled behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 46, 137-147. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. & HAYES, L.J. (1992). Verbal relations and
the evolution of behavior analysis. American
Psychologist, 47, 1383-1395. [PDF] |
|
HAYES, S.C. & WILSON, K.G. (1994. Acceptance and
commitment therapy : Altering the verbal support for
experiential avoidance).The Behavior Analyst, 17 (2),
289-303. [PDF]
|
|
HAYES, S.C., LUOMA, J., BOND, F., MASUDA, A. & LILLIS
J. (2006). Acceptance and commitment therapy : Model,
processes, and outcomes. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 44 (1), 1-25. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hayne Harlene ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine, d'spécialisée dans l'étude du
développement et de la mémoire
chez l'enfant.
Collaboratrice de Loftus et
Rovee-Collier.
|
HAYNE, H. (1990). The effect of multiple reminders on
long-term retention in human infants. Developmental
Psychobiology, 23 (6), 453-477. |
|
HAYNE, H. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C. (1995). The organization
of reactivated memory in infancy. Child Development,
66 (3), 893-906. |
|
HAYNE, H., GROSS, J., HILDRETH, K. & ROVEE-COLLIER, C.
(2001). Repeated reminders inrease the speed of memory
retrieval by 3-month-old infants. Developmental
Science, 3 (3), 312–318. |
|
HAYNE, H. & IMUTA, K. (2011). Episodic memory in 3-
and 4-year-old children. Developmental Psychobiology,
53 (3), 317-322. |
|
HAYNE, H. & GROSS, J. (2015). 24-month-olds use
conceptual similarity to solve new problems after a delay.
International Journal of Behavioral Development, 39
(4), 339-345. |
|
|
|
Haynes Stephen N. ( ) : Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de
l'analyse fonctionelle du comportement et de ses
applications.
|
HAYNES, S.C. & O'BRIEN, W.H. (1990). Functional
analysis in behavior therapy. Clinical Psychology
Review, 10, 649-668. |
|
HAYNES, S.C. & FOLLETE, W.C. (1992). Can functional
analysis provide a substitute for syndromal classification
? Behavioral Assessment, 14, 345-365. |
|
HAYNES, S.C. & FOLLETE, W.C. (1993). The challenge
faced by behavioral assessment. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 9, 182-188. |
|
HAYNES, S.C. & LEISEN, M.B. & BLAINE, D.D. (1997).
Design of individualized behavioral treatment programs
using functional analytic clinical case models. Psychological
Assessment, 9 (4), 334-348. [PDF] |
|
HAYNES, S.C. & WILLIAMS, A.E. (2003). Case formulation
and design of behavioral treatment programs. European
Journal of Psychological Assessment, 19, 164-174. |
|
|
|
Hazan Cyndy ( ) : Psychologue écologiste américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'amour et de l'attachement
chez l'adulte.
Collaboratrice de Diamond
et Shaver.
 |
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1987). Romantic love
conceptualized as an attachment process. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 52, 511-524. |
|
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1990). Love and work : An
attachment-theoretical perspective. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 59, 270-280. |
|
HAZAN, C. & SHAVER, P.R. (1994). Attachment as an
organizational framework for research on close
relationships. Psychological Inquiry, 5 (1),
1-22. [PDF] |
|
HAZAN, C. & ZEIFMAN, D. (1999). Pair bonds as
attachments : Evaluating the evidence. In J. Cassidy &
P. Shaver (Eds.), Handbook of attachment theory and
research (pp. 336-354). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
HAZAN, C. & DIAMOND, L.M. (2000). The place of
attachment in human mating. Review of General
Psychology, 4 (2), 186-204. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
HAP - HEBB - HEIDEGGER -
HELMHOLTZ -
HÉMISPHÈRE - HEMPEL - HÉRÉDITÉ - HÉRITABILITÉ - HERRNSTEIN - HERZBERG - HEURISTIQUE - HI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Health Psychology : Revue scientifique de psychologie qui consacre ses pages à la santé physique et mentale. Éditeur : APA.
WHALEN, C.K., JAMNER, L.D., HENKER, B. & DELFINO,
R.J. (2001). Smoking and moods in adolescents with
depressive and aggressive dispositions : Evidence from
surveys and electronic diaries. Health Psychology,
20, 99-111. [PDF]
|
| |
|
|
Health Psychology Review : Revue
scientifique de psychologie
qui consacre ses pages à la santé
physique et mentale.
Éditeur : Taylor & Francis Group.
KAPTEIN, A. (2010). Pick up the pieces and go home on
the demise of health psychology. Health Psychology
Review, 5 (1), 39-47.
|
| |
|
|
Healy David (Dublin-) : Psychiatre
irlandais, spécialiste et critique de
l'industrie pharmaceutique et des thérapies
médicamenteuses, notamment du
Prozac. Il s'intéresse également aux effets des psychotropes
sur le suicide.
Collaborateur de Shorter.
|
HEALY, D. (1994). The fluoxetine and suicide controversy.
CNS Drugs 1, 252-254. [PDF] |
|
HEALY, D. (1997/2002). The antidepressant era. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press /Le temps de la dépression.
Paris : Les Empêcheurs de penser en rond. |
|
HEALEY, D. (2000). Emergence of antedepressant induced
suicidality. Primary Care Psychiatry, 6 (1),
23-28. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HEALY, D. (2000). Good science or good business ? The
Hastings Center Report, 30 (2), 19-22. [PDF] |
|
HEALY, D. (2003). Lines of evidence on the risks of
suicide with selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatic, 72, 71-79. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hearst Eliot S. (1932-2018) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage,
notamment du conditionnement.
Il s'intéresse également à la psychologie des échecs.
Étudiant de Schoenfeld.
Collaborateur de Chabris,
Cumming et
Jenkins.
|
HEARST, E. (1958). The behavioral effects of some
temporally defined schedules of reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 1 (1),
45-56. [PDF] |
|
HEARST, E. (1961). Resistance-to-extinction functions in
the single organism. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 4 (2), 133-144. [PDF] |
|
HEARST, E. (1968). Discrimination learning as the
summation of excitation and inhibition. Science, 162,
1303-1306. |
|
HEARST, E., BESLEY, S. & FARTHING, G. (1970).
Inhibition and the stimulus control of operant behavior.
Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 14 (3),
373-409. [PDF] |
|
HEARST, E. & KNOTT, J. (2008). Blindfold chess :
History, psychology, techniques, champions, world
records, and important games. Jefferson, NC :
McFarland. |
|
|
MECHNER, F. (2010). Chess as a behavioral model for
cognitive skill research : review of blindfold chess by
Eliot Hearst and John Knott. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 94 (3), 373-386.
[PDF] |
|
CAPSHEW, J.H. (2020). Eliot S. Hearst (1932-2018). American
Psychology, 75 (1), 121. |
|
|
|
Heath Andrew C. ( ) : Psychiatre américain et spécialiste de l'étude des déterminants de l'alccolisme.
Collaborateur de Eaves,
Hewitt, Kendler
et Kessler.
|
HEATH, A.C., NEALE, M.C., HEWITT, J.K., EAVES, L.J. &
FULKER, D.W. (1989). Testing structural equation models
for twin data using LISREL. Behavior Genetics, 19, 9-35. |
|
HEATH, A.C., MADDEN, P.A.F. & MARTIN, N.G. (1998).
Statistical methods in genetic research on smoking.
Statistical Methods in Medical Research, 7, 1–22. |
|
HEATH, A.C. (1995). Genetic influences on alcoholism risk
: A review of adoption and twin studies. Alcohol
Health & Research World, 19, 166–171. |
|
HEATH, A.C., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P.A.F., DINWIDDIE,
S.H., SLUTSKE, W.S., STATHAM, D.J., DUNNE, M.P.,
WHITFIELD, J. & MARTIN, N.G. (1997). Genetic and
environmental contributions to alcohol dependence risk in
a national twin sample : Consistency of findings in men
and women. Psychological Medicine, 27,
1381-1396. |
|
HEATH, A.C. TODOROV, A.A., NELSON, E.C., MADDEN, P.A.F.,
BUCHOLZ, K.K. & MARTIN, N.G. (2002). Gene-environment
interaction effects on behavioral variation and risk of
complex disorders : The example of alcoholism and other
psychiatric disorders. Twin Research, 5 (1),
30-37. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Heaven Patrick C.L. ( ) : Psychosociologue
australien, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité
et des préjugés. Il
s'intéresse égalemement à l'autoritarisme.
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L. (1983). Individual vs. intergroup
explanations of prejudice among Afrikaners. Journal
of Social Psychology, 121, 203-212. |
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & BUCCI, S. (2001). Right-wing
authoritarianism, social dominance orientation and
personality : An analysis using the IPIP measure.
European Journal of Personality, 15, 49-56. |
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & ST QUINTIN, D. (2003). Personality
factors predict racial prejudice. Personality &
Individual Differences, 34, 625-634. |
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L. & CIARROCHI, J. (2007). Personality and
religious values among adolescents : A three-wave
longitudinal analysis. British Journal of Psychology,
98, 681-694. [PDF] |
|
HEAVEN, P.C.L., CIARROCHI, J. & LEESON, P. (2011).
Cognitive ability, right-wing authoritarianism, and social
dominance orientation : A five-year longitudinal study
amongst adolescents. Intelligence, 39, 15-21. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hebb Donald Olding (Chester Nouvelle-Écosse Canada 1904-1985 Halifax Canada) : Psychobiologiste
canadien. Il est l'un des pères de la psychobiologie
cognitive (aujourd'hui neurocognition).
On lui doit notamment la règle
de Hebb. Président de l'APA
en 1960. Professeur de Bindra,
Milner, Mishkin, Melzack
et Olds.
|
|
HEBB, D.O. (1946). Emotion in man and animal : An analysis
of the intuitive processes of recognition. Psychological
Review 53, 88-106. [LIRE] |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1949). The organization of behavior : A
neuropsychological theory. New York : Wiley. |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian
behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1,
43-47. |
|
HEBB D.O. (1968). Concerning imagery. Psychological
Review, 75, 466-477. |
|
HEBB, D.O. (1980). Essay on mind. Hillsdale, NJ
: Erlbaum. |
|
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1951). Hebb and Senden on the role of
learning in perception. American Journal of
Psychology, 64, 133-137. |
BROWN, R.E. & MILNER, P.M. (2003). The legacy of
Donald O. Hebb : more than the Hebb synapse. Naure
Reviews/Neuroscience, 4, 1013-1019. [PDF] |
|
STENT, G.S. (1973). A physiological mechanism for Hebb's
postulate of learning. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 70, 997-1001. |
SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (2003). The once and future Hebb synapse.
Canadian Psychology, 44, 17-20. [PDF] |
|
BEACH, F.A. (1987). Obituary : Donald Olding Hebb
(1904-1985). American Psychologist, 42 (2),
186-187. |
POSNER, M.I. & ROTHBART, M.K. (2004). Hebb's neural
networks support the integration of psychological science.
Canadian Psychologist, 45, 265-278. [PDF] |
|
KLEIN, R.M. (1989) The Hebb legacy. Canadian Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 53, 1–3 |
BROWN, R.E. (2007). Thee life and work of Donald Olding
Hebb, canada's greatest psychologist. Proceedings of
the Nova Scotian Institute of Science, 44 (1),
1-25. [PDF] |
|
PULVERMÜLLER, F. (1996). Hebb's concept of cell assemblies
and the psychophysiology of word processing. Psychophysiology,
33, 317-333. |
BROWN, R.E. (2007). Alfred McCoy, Hebb, the CIA and
torture. Journal of the History of the Behavioral
Sciences, 43, 205–213. |
|
SPATZ, H.C. (1996). Hebb's concept of synaptic plasticity
and neuronal cell assemblies. Behavioural Brain
Research, 78 (1), 3–7. |
|
|
DEWSBURY, D.A. (1998). The Chicago Five : A family group
of integrative psychobiologists. History of
Psychology, 5 (1), 16-37. |
STEBBINS, H.E. (2011). Making connections : Creating a
human neural network to demonstrate Hebbian learning. Journal
of Behavioral & Neuroscience Research, 9 (2),
94-98. [PDF] |
|
SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1999). The book of Hebb. Neuron, 24
(7),73–76. |
BROWN, R.E. (2016). Hebb and Cattell : the genesis of the
theory of fluid and crystallized intelligence. Frontiers
in Human Neuroscience, 10, [606], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hébergement
d'urgence : Ressource
offerte aux personnes victimes de
violence conjugale ou familiale.
Domestic violence shelter.
| |
|
|
AGUIRRE, B.E. (1985). Why do they return ? Abused wives in
shelters. Social Work, 30, 350-354. |
|
BERK, R.A., NEWTON, P.J. & BERK, S.F. (1986). What a
difference a day makes : An empirical study of the impact
of shelters for battered women. Journal of Marriage
& Family, 48, 481-490. |
|
CANNON, J.B. & SPARKS, J.S. (1989). Shelters-an
alternative to violence : A psychosocial case study.
Journal of Community Psychology 17, 203-213. |
|
ZLOTNICK, C., MATTIA, J. & ZIMMERMAN, M. (2001).
Clinical features of survivors of sexual abuse with major
depression. Child Abuse & Neglect, 25,
357-367. |
|
HAM-ROWBOTTOM, K.A., JARVIS, K.L., GORDON, E.E. &
NOVACO R.W. (2005). Life constraints and psychological
well-being of domestic violence shelter graduates.
Journal of Family Violence, 20 (2), 109-121. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hébert
Michel ( ) :
Historien québécois et spécialiste de l'étude du
moyen-âge.
|
HÉBERT, M. (2004). Assemblées locales et états de Provence
sous Charles VIII et Louis XII : les conseils de la
baillie de Barjols. Provence historique, 54,
35-53. |
|
HÉBERT, M. (2005). Médiévistes canadiens et archives
provençales : trente ans de recherches. Histoire et
Archives, 18, 9-22. |
|
HÉBERT, M. et LYSE, R. (2005). Amour scénarisé, amour vécu
: l'entrée solennelle de Charles de Gaulle au Québec en
juillet 1967. Bulletin d'Histoire Politique, 14,
147-160. |
|
HÉBERT, M. (2008). Les cartulaires municipaux de Provence
à la fin du Moyen âge. Jalons pour une enquête. L'écrit et
la ville, Memini. Travaux et Documents, 12,
43-83. |
|
HÉBERT, M. (2010). Crédit public, fiscalité et
représentation en Provence au milieu du XVe siècle. Provence
Historique, 60, 3-22. |
|
|
|
Hébert Réjean (Québec 1955-) : Médecin
et gériatre
québécois, spécialisé dans l'étude du vieillissement,
notamment du bien-être et
de la perte d'autonomie
des personnes agées.
 |
HÉBERT, R., CARRIER, R. & BILODEAU, A. (1988). The
functional autonomy measurement system (SMAF) :
Description and validation of an instrument for the
measurement of handicaps. Age & Ageing, 17
(5), 293-302. |
|
HÉBERT, R., BRAYNE, C. & SPIEGELHALTER, D. (1997).
Incidence of functional decline and improvement in a
community dwelling very elderly population. American
Journal of Epidemiology, 145, 935-944. |
|
HÉBERT, R., GUILBAULT, J., DESROSIERS, J. & DUBUC, N.
(2001). The functional autonomy measurement system (smaf):
a clinical-based instrument for measuring disabilities and
handicaps ln older people. Journal of the Canadian
Geriatrics Society, 4, 141-147. [PDF] |
|
HÉBERT, R., DESROSIERS, J., DUBUC, N., TOUSIGANT, M.,
GUILBEAULT, J et PINSONNAULLT, E. (2003). Le système de
mesure de l'autonomie fonctionnelle (SMAF). La Revue
de Gériatrie, 28 (4), 323-336. [PDF] |
|
HÉBERT, R., RAÎCHE, M, DUBOIS, M-F. et GUEYE, N.R. (2012).
Développement d'indicateurs pour valoriser des actions de
prévention et de réadaptation de la perte d'autonomie des
personnes âgées. Revue d'Épidémiologie et de Santé
Publique, 60, 463-472. |
|
|
|
Hécaen Henry (Brest 1912-1983 Paris) : Médecin
français et pionnier de la neuropsychologie,
spécialisé dans l'étude des aphasies,
des troubles du
langage et de la latéralisation
du cerveau. Collaborateur
de Ajuriaguerra, Dubois
et Lantéri-Laura.
 |
AJURIAGUERRA, J. De et HÉCAEN, H. (1949). Le cortex
cérébral, étude neuro-psycho-pathologique. Paris :
Masson. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. & LANTÉRI-LAURA, G. (1977). Évolution
des connaissances et des doctrines sur les localisations
cérébrales. Paris : Desdée de Bronwer. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une
anthologie. Mouton & Co : Paris. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. & ALBERT, M.L. (1978). Human
neuropsychology. New York : John Wiley & Sons. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. (1984). Les gauchers : étude
neuropsychologique. Paris : Presses Universitaires
de France. |
|
|
DANCHIN, A. (1979). H. Hécaen : La dominance cérébrale.
Une anthologie. L'Homme, 19 (2), 86-87. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hecker Ewald (Halle 1843-1909 Wesbaden) :
Psychiatre allemand. Il
est un des pères de la nosologie
psychiatrique. Avec Karlbaum, il fut le premier à décrire les
formes de ce que nous appelons de nos jours la schizophrénie
(cyclothymique, catatonique, paranoïaque et hébéphrénique).
Étudiant de Karlbaum.
|
HECKER, E. (1871). Die Hebephrenie. Ein Beitrag zur
klinischen Psychiatrie. Arch. Pathol. Anat. Physiol.
Klin. Med. Band, 52, 394-429. |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
KOUKOPOULOS, A. (2003). Ewald Hecker’s description of
cyclothymia as a cyclical mood disorder : its relevance to
the modern concept of bipolar II. Journal of
Affective Disorders, 73, 199-205. |
|
|
|
Heckhausen Jutta (Münster 1957-) : Psychologue
allemande et spécialiste de l'étude de la motivation.
|
HECKHAUSEN, J. & GOLLWITZER, P.M. (1987). Thought
contents and cognitive functioning in motivational and
volitional states of mind. Motivation & Emotion,
11, 101-120. |
|
HECKHAUSEN, J., WROSCH, C. & FLEESON, W. (2001).
Developmental regulation before and after a developmental
deadline : The sample case of "biological clock" for
child-bearing. Psychology & Aging, 16,
400-413. |
|
HECKHAUSEN, J. & TPMASIK, M.J. (2002). Get an
apprenticeship before school is out : How German
adolescents adjust vocational aspirations when getting
close to a developmental deadline. Journal of
Vocational Behavior, 60, 199-219. |
|
HECKHAUSEN, J. (2002). Transition from school-to-work :
Societal opportunities and the potential for individual
agency. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 60,
173-177. |
|
HECKHAUSEN, J. (2007). The motivation-volition divide and
its resolution in action-phase models of developmental
regulation. Research in Human Development, 4
(3-4), 163-180. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hédonisme : Hédonique : Doctrine
philosophique qui considère le
plaisir comme un principe ou un but essentiel de l'existence.
Qualifie par exetension tout chose qui procure un plaisir, une
jouissance.
Hedonism.
| |
|
|
RACHLIN, H. & HERRNSTEIN,R.J. (1969). Hedonism
revisited : On the negative law of effect. In B. Campbell
and R.M. Church (Eds.), Punishment and aversive
behavior. New York : Appleton-Century-Croft |
|
CIALDINI, R.B., DARBY, B.L. & VINCENT, J.E. (1973).
Transgression and altruism : a case of hedonism. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 9 (6), 501-516. |
|
KENRICK, D.T., BAUMANN, D. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1979). A
step in the socialization of altruism as hedonism :
Effects of negative mood on children's generosity under
public and private conditions. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 37, 747-755. |
|
BAUMANN, D.J., KENRICK, D.T. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1983).
Mood and sex differences in the development of altruism as
hedonism. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 5,
299-207. |
|
WILLIAMS, K.D., JACKSON, J.M. & KARAU, S.J. (1995).
Collective hedonism : A social loafing analysis of social
dilemmas. In D.A. Schroeder (Ed.), Social dilemmas :
Perspectives on individuals and groups (pp.
117-141). New York : Praeger. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (2006). Value from hedonic experience and
engagement. Psychological Review, 113 (3),
439-460. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Plaisir |
|
|
|
Hédonisme (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'hédonisme.
| |
|
|
SCHMITT, M.J., SCHWARTZ, S.H., STEYER, R. & SCHMITT,
T. (1993). Measurement models for the Schwartz Values
Inventory. European Journal of Psychological
Assessment, 9, 107-121. |
|
|
|
Hedges Larry Vernon ( ) :
Statisticien et méthodologiste
américain, spécialiste de l'éducation
et de la méta-analyse.
Il est l'auteur d'une variante du Kappa
et d'un test statistique qui mesure
l'effet de grandeur (G de
Hedges). Collaborateur de
Bushman, Cooper, Konstantopoulos,
Mosteller, Nye,
Olkin et Shadish.
 |
HEDGES, L. (1982). Estimation of effect size from a series
of independent experiments. Psychological Bulletin,
7, 119-137. |
|
HEDGES, L. & OLKIN, I. (1985). Statistical
methods for meta-analysis. New York : Academic
Press. |
|
HEDGES, L.V. (1987). How hard is hard science, how soft is
soft science ? The empirical cumulativeness of research. American
Psychologist, 42, 443-455. |
|
HEDGES, L.V., LAINE R.D. & GREENWALD. (1994). Does
money matter ? A meta- analysis of studies of the effects
of differential school inputs on student outcomes.
Educational Researcher, 23, 5-14. |
|
HEDGES, L.V. & PIGOTT, T.D. (2004). The power of
statistical tests for moderators in meta-analysis. Psychological
Methods, 9, 426-445. |
|
|
|
Heerwegh Dirk ( ) : Méthodologiste
belge et spécialiste de la mesure
et des enquêtes par questionnaire
administré en face-à-face.
|
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2002). Web surveys : The
effect of controlling survey access using PIN numbers. Social
Science Computer Review, 20, 10-21. |
|
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2003). An evaluation of
the semiautomatic login procedure to control Web survey
access. Social Science Computer Review, 21 (2),
223-234. [PDF] |
|
HEERWEGH, D. (2005). Effects of personal salutations in
e-mail invitations to participate in a Web survey. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 69 (4), 588-589. [PDF] |
|
HEERWEGH, D. & LOOSVELDT, G. (2005). Face-to-face
versus Web surveying in a high-internet-coverage
population : Differences in response quality. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 72 (5), 836-846.
[PDF] |
|
HEERWEGH, D. (2012). Mode differences between face-to-face
and web surveys : an experimental investigation of data
quality and social desirability effects. International
Journal of Public Opinion Research, 21 (1), 111-121 |
|
|
|
Hefferline Ralph Franklin (Muncie 1910-1974) :
Psychologue américain.
Étudiant de Ferster. Pour
la petite histoire, les notes sténographiques qu'il a pris en
assisant au cours de Skinner (Hefferline Notes) servirent au premier compte-rendu des travaux de
Skinner sur le comportement
verbal, et de canevas à son livre publié sur le sujet
quelques années plus tard,
Verbal behavior (1957). Collaborateur de Perls.
 |
HEFFERLINE, R.F. (1950). An experimental study of
avoidance. Genetic Psychology Monograph, 42,
231-334. [PDF] |
|
PERLS, F., HEFFERLINE, R.E. & GOODMAN, P. (1951/979).
Gestalt therapy : Excitement and growth in the human
personality. Gestalt Journal Press. / Gestalt thérapie :
Vers une théorie du Self : nouveauté, excitation et
croissance. Montréal : Stanké. |
|
| |
|
|
|
| KNAPP, T.J. (1986). Ralph Franklin Hefferline : The
gestalt therapist among the Skinnerians or the Skinnerian
among the gestalt therapists ? Journal of the History
of the Behavioral Sciences, 22, 49-60. [PDF] |
|
KNAPP, T.J. (2009). The Hefferline notes : B.F. Skinner's
first public exposition of his analysis of verbal
behavior. The Analysis of Verbal Behavior, 25,
99-107. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hégémonie : Dominance
totale, sans partage, sans contrepouvoir.
/pouvoir total, pouvoir sans partage. Hegemony.
|
|
| |
DESCARRIES, F. (2003). The hegemony of the English
language in the academy : The damaging impact of
sociocultural and linguistic barriers on the development
of feminist sociological knowledge, theories, and
strategies. Current Sociology, 51 (6), 625-636. |
|
ALY, A. (2009). Media hegemony, activism and identity :
Muslim women representing Muslim women. In T. Dreher &
C. Ho (Eds.), Beyond the hijab debates : New
conversations on gender, race and religion (pp. 18-31). Newcastle : Cambridge Scholars. |
| |
|
|
|
Heidbreder Edna (Quincy États-Unis 1890-1985) :
Psychométricienne
américaine et
historienne de la psychologie. Elle s'intéresse au rôle des
femmes en psychologie.
|
HEIDBREDER, E. (1933/61/77/83). Seven psychologies.
New York/London : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
HEIDBREDER, E. (1947). The attainment of concepts. The
Journal of Psychology, 24, 93-138. |
|
HEIDBREBER, E. (1947). Mary Whiton Calkins : A discussion.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 8,
56-68. |
|
|
|
|
HENLE, M. (1987). Obituary : Edna Heidreder (1890-1985). American
Psychologist, 42 (1), 94-95. |
|
|
|
Heidegger Martin (Messkirch 1889-1976) : Philosophe
idéaliste allemand et
figure de proue de la phénoménologie.
Étudiant de Husserl et
professeur d'Arendt,
Gadamer et Marcuse.
 |
HEIDEGGER, M. (1916/78). The concept of time in the
science of history. Journal of the British Society
for Phenomenology, 9 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1927/62). Being and time. New
York : Harper & Row. |
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1953). Kant et le problème de la
métaphysique. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1957/64). Lettre sur l'humanisme.
Paris : Aubier-Montaigne. |
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1959/76). Acheminement vers la parole.
Paris : Gallimard. |
|
|
OKRENT, M. (1988). Heidegger's pragmatism.
Cornell. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Heidegger's hermeneutic realism. In
D.R. Hiley, J. F. Bohman, R. Shusterman (Eds.) The
interpretive turn (pp. 25-41). Cornell. |
|
SLUGA, H. (1993). Heidegger's crisis : Philosophy and
politics in Nazi germany. Cambridge : Harvard
University Press. |
|
KOMPRIDIS, N. (1999). Heidegger's challenge and the future
of critical theory. In P. Dews (Ed.), Habermas : A
critical reader (pp. 118-152). Malden, MA :
Blackwell Publishers. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (200). A parting of the ways : Carnap,
Cassirer, and Heidegger. Open Court Publishing
Company. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (2002). Carnap, Cassirer, and Heidegger : The
Davos disputation and twentieth century philosophy. European
Journal of Philosophy, 3, 263-274. |
|
EDWARDS, P. (2004). Heidegger’s confusions.
New York : Prometheus. |
|
|
|
Heider Fritz (1896-1988) : Psychosociologue
américain. Il a proposé une théorie de la perception
(balance theory) et développé l'une des toute premières théories
de l'attribution.
Étudiant de Meinong. Collaborateur
de Bruner, Brunswick,
Festinger, Osgood
et Rappaport.
 |
HEIDER, F. (1944). Social perception and phenomenal
causality. Psychological Review, 51, 358-374. |
|
HEIDER, F. (1946). Attitudes and cognitive organization.
Journal of Psychology, 21, 107-112. [PDF]
|
|
BRUNER, J.S., BRUNSWICK, E., FESTINGER, E., HEIDER, F.,
MUENZINGER, K.E., OSGGOD, C.E. & RAPPAPORT, D. (1957).
Contempary approaches to cognition. Cambridge :
Cambridge University Press. |
|
HEIDER, F. (1959). The psychology of interpersonal
relations. N.J. : Editeur Hillsdale, Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
|
|
HARVEY, J.H. (1989). Obituary : Fritz Heider (1896-1988).
American Psychologist, 44 (3), 570-571. |
|
MALLE, B.F. & ICKES, W. (2000). Fritz Heider :
Philosopher and psychologist. In G.A. Kimble & M.
Wertheimer (Eds.), Portraits of pioneers in
psychology (Vol. 4, pp. 193-214). Washington, DC
and Mahwah, NJ : American Psychological Association and
Erlbaum. |
|
MALLE, B.F. (2008a). Fritz Heider’s legacy : Celebrated
insights, many of them misunderstood. Social
Psychology, 39, 163-173. |
|
|
|
Heimann Paula (1899-1982) : Psychanalyste
anglaise, membre du Groupe
de Klein. Étudiante de Klein.
 |
HEIMANN, P. (1942). A contribution to the problem of
sublimation and its relation to processes of
internalization. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 23, 8-17. |
|
HEIMANN, P. (1950). On counter-transference. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 31, 81-84. |
|
HEIMANN, P. (1952). A contribution to the re-evaluation of
the Oedipus Complex : The early stages. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 84-92. |
|
HEIMANN, P. (1962). Notes on the anal stage. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 406-414. |
|
HEIMANN, P. (1962). The curative factors in
psycho-analysis : Contributions to discussion. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 228-231. |
|
|
HEIMANN, P. (1962). The curative factors in
psycho-analysis : Contributions to discussion. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 43, 228-231. |
|
|
|
Heimberg Richard G. (1950-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement des phobies
et des troubles
d'anxitété. Collaborateur de Chorpita, Craske,
Fallon, Frost, Gross,
Hofmann, John,
Rapee et
Steketee.
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. (1989). Cognitive and behavioral treatments
for social phobia : A critical analysis. Clinical Psychology Review, 9, 107-128. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., SALZMAN, D.G., HOLT, C.S. & BLENDELL,
K.A. (1993). Cognitive-behavioral group treatment for
social phobia : Effectiveness at five-year follow-up. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 17 (4), 325-339. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., HOPE, D.A., SCHNEIER,
F.R., HOLT, C.S., WELKOWITZ, L.A., JUSTER, H.R., CAMPEAS,
R., BRUCH, M.A., CLOITRE, M., FALLAN, B. & KLEIN, D.F.
(1998). Cognitive behavioral group therapy vs phenelzine
therapy for social phobia : 12-week outcome. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 55 (12), 1133-1141. |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G. & RITTER, M.R. (2008). Cognitive
behavioral therapy and acceptance and commitment therapy
for the anxiety disorders : Two approaches with much to
offer. Clinical Ppsychology : Science & Practice,
15 (4), 296-298. [PDF] |
|
HEIMBERG, R.G., HOFMANN, S.G., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., SCHNEIER,
F.R., SMITS, J.A., STEIN, M.B., HINTON, D.E. & CRASKE,
M.G. (2014). Social anxiety disorder in DSM-5.
Depression & Anxiety, 31, 472-479. |
|
|
|
Heine Steven J. ( ) : Psychosociologue canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des cultures,
notamment du Japon. Collaborateur
de Henrich, Kitayama,
Markus et Norenzayan.
|
HEINE, S.J. & LEHMAN, D.R. (1995). Social desirability
among Canadian and Japanese students. Journal of
Social Psychology, 135 (6), 777-779.
[PDF] |
|
HEINE, S.J., LEHMAN, D.R., MARKUS, H.R. & KITAYAMA, S.
(1999). Is there a universal need for positive self-regard
? Psychological Review, 106, 766-794. [PDF] |
|
HEINE, S.J., KITAYAMA, S., LEHMAN, D.R., TAKATA, T., IDE,
E., LEUNG, C. & MATSUMOTO, H. (2001). Divergent
consequences of success and failure in Japan and North
America : An investigation of self-improving motivations
and malleable selves. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 81 (4), 599-615. [PDF] |
|
HEINE, S.J., HARIHARA, M. & NIIYA, Y. (2002). Terror
management in Japan. Asian Journal of Social
Psychology, 5, 187-196. [PDF] |
|
HEINE, S.J. & RENSHAW, K. (2002). Interjudge
agreement, self-enhancement, and liking : Cross-cultural
divergences. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 28, 442-451. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Heise David Reuben Jerome (Evanston 1937-2021) :
Sociologue et méthodologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des impressions.
 |
HEISE, D.R. (1969). Separating reliability and stability
in test-retest correlation. American Sociological
Review, 34, 93-101. |
|
HEISE, D.R. & BOHRNSTEDT, G. (1970). Validity,
invalidity, and reliability. In E. Borgatta & G.
Bohrnstedt (Eds.), Sociological methodology (pp.
104-29). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
HEISE, D.R. & SMITH-LOVIN, L. (1981). Impressions of
goodness, powerfulness, and liveliness from discerned
social events. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44,
93-106. |
|
HEISE, D.R. & THOMAS, L. (1989). Predicting
impressions created by combinations of emotion and social
identity. Social Psychology Quarterly, 52,
141-148. |
|
HEISE, D.R. & LERNER, S. (2006). Affect control in
international interactions. Social Forces, 85,
993-1010. |
|
|
|
Hélie Sébastien ( ) : Psychologue
connexioniste
québécois. Collaborateur de
Ashby, Cousineau, Proulx
et Sun.
 |
HÉLIE, S. (2006). An introduction to model selectionn :
Tools and algorithms. Tutorials in Quantitative
Methods for Psychology, 2, 1-10. [PDF] |
|
HÉLIE, S. (2008). Energy minimization in the nonlinear
dynamic recurrent associative memory. Neural Networks,
21, 1041-1044. [PDF] |
|
HÉLIE, S. WALDSCHIMDT, J.G. & ASHBY, F.G. (2010).
Automaticity in rule-based and information-integration
categorization. Attention, Perception &
Psychophysics, 72 (4), 1013-1031.
[PDF] |
|
HÉLIE, S. & SUN, R. (2010). Incubation, insight, and
creative problem solving : A unified theory and a
connectionist model. Psychological Review, 117,
994-1024. [PDF] |
|
HÉLIE, S., PROULX, R. & LEFEBVRE, B. (2011). Bottom-up
learning of explicit knowledge using a Bayesian algorithm
and a new Hebbian learning rule. Neural Networks, 24,
219-232. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hellgren Johnny (1963-) : Psychologue
organisationnel suédois. Il s'intéresse au syndicalisme,
au travail, notamment aux
effets psychologiques engendrés par la
perte de son emploi. Collaborateur de Chirumbolo,
De Cuyper, De Witte, Hellgren,
Näswall et Sverke.
|
HELLGREN, J., SVERKE, M. & ISAKSONN, K. (1999) A
two-dimensional approach to job insecurity : Consequences
for employee attitudes and well-being. European
Journal of Work & Organizational Psychology, 8,
179-195. |
|
HELLGREN, J. & SVERKE, M. (2001). Unionized employees'
perceptions of role stress and fairness during
organizational downsizing : Consequences for job
satisfaction, union satisfaction and well-being. Economic
and Industrial Democracy, 22, 543-567. |
|
HELLGREN, J. & CHIRUMBOLO, A. (2003). Can union support
reduce the negative effects of job insecurity on
well-being ? Economic & Industrial Democracy, 24,
271-289. |
|
HELLGREN, J. & SVERKE, M. (2003). Does job insecurity
lead to impaired well-being or vice versa ? Estimation of
cross-lagged effects using latent variable modelling. Journal
of Organizational Behavior, 24, 215-236. |
|
HELLGREN, J., NÄSWALL, K. & SVERKE, M. (2005). There's
more to the picture than meets the eye : A comparison of
downsizing survivors with changed and unchanged job
content. SA Journal of Industrial Psychology, 31
(4), 87-93. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Helmholtz Hermann Von (Potsdam 1821-1894 Berlin) :
Physiologiste allemand
et chef de file de l'école
expérimentale allemande. Il a élaboré une théorie de la vision
des couleurs (Initialement développée par Young).
Il a également découvert les phénomènes
entoptiques. Étudiant de Müller.
Professeur de Hall, Sechenov
et Wundt.
 |
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1862/1995). On the Relation of Natural
Science to Science in General In D. Cahan (Ed.), Science
and culture (pp. 76-95). Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1863/1912). On the sensations of
tone. London : Longmans, Green, and Co. |
|
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1868/1995). The recent progress of the
theory of vision. In D. Cahan (Ed.), Science and
culture (pp. 127-203). Chicago : University of
Chicago Press. |
|
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1878/1995). The facts in perception. In
D. Cahan (Ed.), Science and culture (pp.
342-380). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
HELMHOLTZ, H.V. (1910). Treatise on physiological
optics. New York : Dover. |
|
|
KOENIGSBERGER, L. (1906). Hermann von Helmholtz.
Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
WADE, N.J. & SWANSTON, M.T. (2001). Helmholtz on golf.
Perception, 30, 1407-1410. [PDF] |
|
PASTORER, N. (1974). Reevaluation of Boring on Kantian
influence, nineteenth century nativism, Gestalt psychology
and Helmholtz. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 10, 375-390. |
WADE, N.J. & FINGER, S. (2001). The eye as an optical
instrument. From camera obscura to Helmholtz's
perspective. Perception, 30, 1157-1177. |
|
TURNER, S. (1993). Hermann von Helmholtz and the
Empiricist Vision. Journal of the History of the
Behavioral Sciences, 13, 48-58. |
FINGER, S. & WADE, N.J. (2002). The neuroscience of
Helmholtz and the theories of Johannes Müller. Part 1.
Nerve cell structure, vitalism, and the nerve impulse.
Journal of the History of the Neurosciences, 11,
136-155. |
|
TURNER, S. (1993).Vision Studies in Germany :
Helmholtz versus Hering. Osiris, 8, 80-103. |
WESTHEIMER, G. (2008). Was Helmholtz a bayesian ? Perception
39,642-650. |
|
MICHELL, J. (1993). The origins ofthe representational
theory of measurement : Helmholtz, Holder, and Russell. Studies
in History & Philosophy of Science, 24,
185-206. |
MEULDERS, M. (2010). Helmholtz : From enlightenment
to neuroscience. Cambridge : MIT Press. |
| |
THOMAS, R.K. (2012). Von Helmholtz, Hermann. In R.W.
Rieber (Ed.), Encyclopedia of the history of
psychological theories (pp. 1170-1172). New York :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
FRIEDMAN, M. (1997). Helmholtz's Zeichentheorie and
Schlick's allgemeine erkenntnislehre : Early logical
empiricism and its nineteenth-century background.
Philosophical Topics, 25, 19-50. |
NEUBER, M. (2012). Helmholtz's theory of space and its
significance for Schlick. British Journal for the
History of Philosophy 20 (1), 163-180. [PDF] |
| |
DE KOCK L. (2014). Hermann von Helmholtz's
empirico-transcendentalism reconsidered : Construction and
constitution in Helmholtz's psychology of the object. Science
in Context, 27 (4), 709-744. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Helson Ravenna M. (Austin 1925-2020) :
Psychologue et féministe
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la créativité,
notamment chez les femmes et
les mathématiciennes.
Collaboratrice de
Crutchfield.
 |
HELSON, R. (1967). Personality characteristics and
developmental history of creative college women.
Genetic Psychology Monographs, 76, 205-256. |
|
HELSON, R. & CRUTCHFILED, R.S. (1970). Mathematicians
: The creative researcher and the average PhD. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 34,
250-257. |
|
HELSON, R. (1977). The creative spectrum of authors of
fantasy. Journal of Personality, 45, 310-326. |
|
HELSON, R. (1996). In search of the creative personality.
Creativity Research Journal, 9 (4), 295-306. |
|
HELSON, R. & SRIVISTAVA, S. (2002). Creative and wise
people : Similarities, differences, and how they develop.
Personality and Social Psychology Bulletin, 28 (10),
1430-1440. |
|
|
GOUGH, H.G. (1990). Ravenna Helson (1925). In A.N.
O'Connell & N.F. Russo (Eds.), Women in
psychology : a bio-bibliographic sourcebook (pp.
151-160). Westport, CT : Greenwood Press. |
|
MITCHELL, V. (2020). Ravenna M. Helson (1925-2020).
American Psychologist, 77 (1), 148. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hémiplégie : De grec hemi qui signifie "la moitié de".
Hemiplegia.
| |
|
|
FRANZ, S.I. SCHETTZ, M.E. & WILSON, A.A. (1915). The
possibility of recovery of motor function in long-standing
hemiplegia. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 65, 2150-2154. |
|
OGDEN, R. & FRANZ, S.I. (1917). On cerebral motor
control : The recovery from experimentally produced
hemiplegia. Psychobiology, 1, 33-49. |
|
YUDE, C., GOODMAN, R. & McCONACHIE, H. (1998). Peer
problems of children with hemiplegia in mainstream primary
schools. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 39 (4), 533-541. |
|
FRAMPTON, I., YUDE, C. & GOODMAN, R. (1998). The
prevalence and correlates of specific learning
difficulties in a representative sample of children with
hemiplegia. British Journal of Educational
Psychology, 68 (1), 39-51. |
|
YUDE, C. & GOODMAN, R. (1999). Peer problems of 9- to
11-year children with hemiplegia in mainstream schools.
Can these be predicted ? Developmental Medicine &
Child Neurology, 41, 4-8. |
|
|
|
Hémisphère cérébral : Les deux moitiés opposées qui composent la
portion supérieure du cerveau;
responsables de la plupart des processus sensoriels, moteurs et
cognitifs chez l'humain. Hémisphères, spécialisation
hémisphérique et communication
interhémisphérique.
Cerebral hemisphere.
| |
|
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1965).
Observations on visual perception after disconnexion of
the cerebral hemispheres in man. Brain, 88,
221-236. |
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1968). Hemisphere deconnection and unity in
conscious awareness. American Psychologist, 23 (10),
723-733. |
SPENCE, S., SHAPIRO, D. & ZAIDEL, E. (1996). The role
of the right hemisphere in the physiological and cognitive
components of emotional processing. Psychophysiology,
33, 112-122. |
|
MILNER, B. (1971). Interhemispheric differences in the
localization of psychological processes in man. Neurology,
8, 299-321. |
SWANSON, LW. (2000). Cerebral hemisphere regulation of
motivated behavior. Brain Research, 886, 113-164. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Lateral specialization in the
surgically separated hemispheres. In F. Schmitt & F.
Worden (Eds.), Neurosciences third study program
(pp. 5-19). Cambridge : MIT Press. |
ZAIDEL D.W. & KOSTA, A. (2001). Hemispheric effects of
canonical views of category members with known typicality
levels. Brain & Cognition, 46 (1/2),
311-316. |
|
SPERRY, R.W., ZAIDEL, E. & ZAIDEL, D.W. (1979).
Self-recognition and social awareness in the deconnected
minor hemisphere. Neuropsychologia, 17, 153–166. |
ZAIDEL, D.W. (2001). Different organisation of concepts
and meaning systems in the two cerebral hemispheres. In
D.L. Medin (Ed.), The psychology of learning and
motivation : Advances in research and theory (Vol.
40, pp. 1-21). New York : Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
CACIOPPO, J.T., PETY, R.E. & SNYDER, C.W. (1979).
Cognitive and affective response as a function of relative
hemispheric involvement. International Journal of
Neuroscience, 9, 81-89. [PDF] |
MORIN, A. (2001). The split-brain debate revisited : On
the importance of language and self- recognition for right
hemispheric consciousness. Journal of Mind &
Behavior, 22 (2), 107-118. [PDF] |
|
PLOURDE, G. & SPERRY, R.W. (1984). Left hemisphere
involvement in left spatial neglect from right-sided
lesions : A commissurotomy study. Brain, 107, 95-106. |
STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et
lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de
l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46. |
|
ZAIDEL D.W. (1986). Memory for scenes in stroke
patients : Hemispheric processing of semantic organization
in pictures. Brain, 109, 547–560 |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
|
| CARPENTER, M.B. & SUTIN, J. (1983). Human neuroanatomy. Londres
: Williams & Wilkins. |
Voir aussi Asymétrie
cérébrale et
Latéralisation |
|
|
Hémisphère cérébral (Communication) :
Influx nerveux qui se
propage (ou non) entre les hémisphères
gauche et droit.
/cerveau
divisé.
| |
|
|
SPERRY, R.W., ZAIDEL, E. & ZAIDEL, D.W. (1979).
Self-recognition and social awareness in the deconnected
minor hemisphere. Neuropsychologia, 17, 153–166. |
|
ZAIDEL E., ZAIDEL, D.W. & BOGEN, J.E. (1996).
Disconnection syndromes. In J.G. Beaumont, P.M. Kenealy
& M.J.C. Rogers (Eds.), The Blackwell dictionary
of neuropsychology (pp. 279–285). Oxford :
Blackwell. |
|
COOK, N.D. (2002). Modèles de la communication
interhémisphérique. Revue de Neuropsychologie, 12
(1), 51-85. |
|
|
| ROSENZWEIG,
M. et LEIMAN, A.L. (1991). Psychophysiologie.
Ville Mont Royal : Décarie. |
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux et
Communication |
|
|
Hémisphère cérébral (Latéralisation) : Organisation
asymétrique du cerveau
(préférence ou dominance à droite ou à gauche) sur le plan
anatomique et fonctionel résultant de la spécialisation
des hémisphères cérébraux.
= latéralité, latéralisation du
cerveau.
Lateralization, lateral
specialization, handeness.
| |
|
|
GAZZANIGA, M.S., BOGEN, E. & SPERRY, R.W. (1963.)
Laterality effects in somesthesis following cerebral
commissurotomy in man. Neuropsychologia, 1,
209-215. |
ZATORRE, R.J., EVANS, A.C, MEYER, E. & GJEDDE, A.
(1992). Lateralization of phonetic and pitch
discrimination in speech processing. Science, 256,
846-849. |
|
LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization
and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proceedings
of the 19th International Congress of Psychology, 244. |
VAUCLAIR, J. & FAGOT, J. (1993). Manual specialization
in gorillas and baboons. In J.P. Ward & W.D. Hopkin
(Eds.), Primate laterality : Current behavioral
evidence of primate asymmetries (pp. 193-205). New
York : Springer Verlag. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1972). Hemispheric specialization of mental
faculties in the brain of man. In M.P. Douglas (Ed.), The
36th Yearbook Claremont Reading Conference (pp.
126-136). Claremont : Claremont Graduate School. |
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
| |
RINGO, J.L., DOTY, R.W., DEMETER, S., SIMARD, P.Y. (1994).
Time is of the essence : a conjecture that hemispheric
specialization arises from interhemispheric conduction
delay. Cerebral Cortex, 4, 331-343. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1974). Lateral specialization in the
surgically separated hemispheres. In F.O. Schmitt &
F.G. Worden (Eds.), The neuroscience third study
program (pp. 5-19). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
BILDER, R.M., WU, H., BOGERTS, B., DEGREEF, G., SHTARI,
M., ALVIR, J.M.J., SNYDER, P.J. & LIEBERMANN, J.A.
(1994). Absence of regional hemispheric volume asymmetries
in first-episode schizophrenia. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 151, 1437-1447. |
|
WHTIKER, H.A. & OJEMAN, G.A. (1977). Lateralisation of
higher cortical functioning : a critique. Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences, 299, 459-473. |
YEO, R.A., GANGESTAD, S.W. THOMA, R.A., SHAW, P. &
REPA, K. (1997). Developmental instability and cerebral
lateralization. Neuropsychology, 11, 552-561. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., LEMAY, M., KEMPER, T.L. & GESCHWIND,
N. (1978). Right-left asymmetries in the brain.
Science, 199 (4331), 852-856. |
SUTTON, S.K. & DAVIDSON, R.J. (1997). Prefrontal brain
asymmetry : A biological substrate of the behavioral
approach and inhibition systems. Psychological
Science, 8, 204-210. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Asymmetries of the brain. New
developments. Bulletin of the Orton Society, 29,
67-73. |
FAGOT, J., LACREUSE, A. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1997). Role of
sensory and post-sensory factors on hemispheric
asymmetries in tactual perception. In S. Christman (Ed.),
Cerebral asymmetries in sensory and perceptual
processing (pp. 469-494). Amsterdam : Elsevier. [PDF] |
|
DAWSON, G., WARRENBURG, S. & FULLER, P. (1982).
Cerebral lateralization in individuals diagnosed as
autistic in early childhood. Brain & Language,
15, 353-368. |
MARTINEZ, A., MOSES, P., FRANK, L., BUXTON, R., WONG, E.
& STILES, J. (1997). Hemispheric asymmetries in global
and local processing : Evidence from fMRI. Neuroreport,
8 (7), 1685-1689. |
| |
FROST, J.A., BINDER, J.R., SPRINGER, J.A., HAMMEKE, T.A.,
BELLGOWAN, P.S., RAO, S.M. & COX, R.W. (1999).
Language processing is strongly left lateralized in both
sexes. Evidence from functional MRI. Brain, 122, 199-208. |
 |
|
CRANNEY, J. & ASHTON, R.A. (1982). Tactile spatial
ability : Lateralized performance of deaf and hearing age
groups. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 34,
123-134. [PDF] |
KANSAKU, K., YAMAURA, A. & KITZAWA, S. (2000). Sex
differences in lateralization revealed in the posterior
language areas. Cerebral Cortex, 10, 866-872. |
|
McMANUS, I.C. (1982). The distribution of skull asymmetry
in man. Annals of Human Biology, 9, 167-170. [PDF] |
DAVIDSON, H., CAVE, K.R. & SELLNER, D. (2000).
Differences in visual attention and task interference
between males and females reflect differences in brain
laterality. Neuropsychologia, 38 (4), 508-519.
|
|
ZAIDEL, D.W. (1987). Hemispheric asymmetry in long-term
semantic relationships. Cognitive Neuropsychology, 4,
321–333. |
KANSAKU, K. & KITAZAWA, S. (2001). Imaging studies on
sex differences in the lateralization of language. Neuroscience
Research, 41 (4), 333-337. |
|
GESCHWIND, N. & GALABURDA, A.M. (1985). Cerebral
lateralization : Biological mechanisms, associations, and
pathology : I-II-III. A hypothesis and a program for
research. Archives of Neurology, 42, 428-459/521-542/634-654. |
CABEZA, R. (2002). Hemispheric asymmetry reduction in
older adults : The HAROLD model. Psychology &
Aging, 17, 85-100. |
|
ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, right, hand and brain : The
right shift theory. Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence
Erlbaum Inc. |
YEO, R.A., THOMA, R.A. & GANGESTAD, S.W. (2002). Human
handedness : A biological perspective. In I. Rapin &
S. Segalowitz (Eds.), Handbook of neuropsychology (pp.
329-364). Amsterdam : Elsevier Science. [PDF] |
|
PERETZ, I. (1985). Asymétrie hémisphérique dans les
amusies. Revue Neurologique, 141, 169-183. [PDF] |
BARTA, P. & DAZZAN, P. (2003). Hemispheric surface
area : Sex, laterality, and age effects. Cerebral
Cortex, 13, 364-370. [PDF] |
|
BEST, C.T. (1986). The emergence of cerebral asymmetries
in early human development : a literature review and a
neuroembryological model S. Segalowitz & D. Molfese
(Eds.), Developmental implications of brain
lateralization. New York : Guilford Press. [PDF] |
KITAZAWA, S. & KANSAKU, K. (2005). Sex difference in
language lateralization may be task-dependent. Brain,
128 (5), 30. [PDF] |
|
GESCHWIND, N. & GALABURDA, M. (1987). Cerebral
lateralization. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
CLEMENTS, A.M., RIMRODT, S.L., ABEL, J.R., BLANKNER, J.G.,
MOSTOFSKY, S.H., PEKAR, J.J., DENCKLA, M.B. & CUTTING,
L.E. (2006). Sex differences in cerebral laterality of
language and visuospatial processing. Brain &
Language, 98 (2), 150-158. |
|
ANNETT, M. & MANNING, M. (1990). Arithmetic and
laterality. Neuropsychologia, 28 (1), 61-69. |
CORBALLIS, M.C. (2007). The dual-brain myth. In S.D. Sala
(Ed.), Tall tales about the mind and brain :
separating fact from fiction. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
KOENIG, O., REISS, L.P. & KOSSLYN, S.M. (1990). The
development of spatial relation representations : Evidence
from studies of cerebral lateralization. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 50, 119-130. |
DONNOT J. & VAUCLAIR, J. (2007). Infant holding
preferences in maternity hospitals : Testing the
hypothesis of the lateralized perception of emotions. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 32, 881-890. [PDF] |
|
SHAW, G.A. & BROWN, G. (1990). Laterality and
creativity concomitants of attention problems. Developmental
Neuropsychology, 6, 39-57. |
VAUCLAIR, J. (2009). Lateralization of communicative
signals in nonhuman primates and the hypothesis of the
gestural origin of language. In C. Abry, A. Vilain &
J.-L. Schwartz (Eds.), Vocalize to localize (pp.
47-66). Amsterdam : Benjamins. |
|
GALABURDA, A.M., ROSEN, G.D. & SHERMAN, G.F. (1990).
Individual variability in cortical organization : its
relationship to brain laterality and implications to
function. Neuropsychologia, 28 (6), 529-546. |
GROEN, M.A., WHITEHOUSE, A.J.O., BADCOCK, N.A. &
BISHOP, D.V.M. (2012). Does cerebral lateralization
develop ? A study using functional transcranial Doppler
ultrasound assessing lateralization for language
production and visuospatial memory. Brain &
Behavior, 2 (3), 256-269. |
|
ROSCH, R.E., BISHOP, D.V.M. & BADCOCK, N.A. (2012).
Lateralised visual attention is unrelated to language
lateralisation, and not influenced by task difficulty - a
functional transcranial Doppler study.
Neuropsychologia, 50 (5), 810-815. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Asymétrie,
Langage et Hémisphères
cérébraux |
| |
|
|
Hémisphère cérébral (Spécialisation) :
Prise en charge par l'un des hémisphères
de certaines fonctions
cognitives ou comportements
moteurs. Spécialisation, asymétrie
cérébrale et hémisphère.
= specialisation hémisphérique.
Hemispheric specialization.
| |
|
|
STUDDERT-KENNEDY, M. & SHANKWEILER, D.P. (1970).
Hemispheric specialization for speech perception. Journal
of the Acoustical Society of America, 48 (2),
579-594. [PDF] |
|
GESCHWIND, N. (1979). Specialization of the human brain. Scientific American, 241 (3), 180-199. |
|
CRANNEY, J. & ASHTON, R. (1980). Witelson's Dichhaptic
Task as a measure of hemispheric specialization in hearing
and deaf populations. Neuropsychologia, 18,
95-98. [PDF] |
|
ZAIDEL, D.W. (1985). Hemi-field tachistoscopic
presentations and hemispheric specialization in normal
subjects. In D.F. Benson & E. Zaidel (Eds.), The
dual brain : Hemispheric specialization in humans.
San Diego : Guilford Press. |
|
TIBERGHIEN, G. & VERSACE, R. (1985). Spécialisation
hémisphérique et fréquences spatiales. L'Année
Psychologique, 85, 249-273. |
|
ZAIDEL, D.W., CHEN, A.C., & GERMAN, C. (1995). She is
not a beauty even when she smiles : Possible evolutionary
basis for a relationship between facial attractiveness and
hemispheric specialization. Neuropsychologia, 33,
649–655. |
|
DÉPY, D., FAGOT, J. & VAUCLAIR, J. (1998). Comparative
assessment of distance processing and hemispheric
specialization in humans (Homo sapiens) and baboons (Papio
papio). Brain & Cognition, 38, 165-182. |
|
VAUCLAIR, J., FAGOT, J. & DÉPY, D. (1999). Nonhuman
primates as models of hemispheric specialization. In M.
Haug & R.E. Whalen (Eds.), Animal models of human
emotion and cognition (pp. 247-256). New York : APA
Books. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Asymétrie
cérébrale, Hémisphères
cérébraux et
Latéralisation |
|
|
|
Hémisphère dominant : Hémisphère cérébral
qui est responsable du langage
chez un individu donné,
généralement le gauche. =
dominance cérébrale, dominance hémisphérique. Hemisphere dominance, cerebral dominance.
| |
|
|
KIMURA, D. (1961). Cerebral dominance and the perception
of verbal stimuli. Canadian Journal of Psychology,
15, 166-171. |
|
SPERRY, R.W. (1970). Cerebral dominance in perception. In
F.A. Young and D.B. Lindsley (Eds.), Early experience
in visual information processing in perceptual and
reading disorders (pp. 167-178). Washington, DC :
National Academy of Sciences. |
|
LEVY, J. & SPERRY, R.W. (1971). Lateral specialization
and cerebral dominance in commissurotomy. Proceedings
of 19th International Congress in Psychology, 244. |
|
HÉCAEN, H. (Dir.) (1978). La dominance cérébrale; une
anthologie. Mouton : Paris. |
|
|
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
|
ANNETT, M. (1998). Handedness and cerebral dominance : The
right shift theory. The Journal of Neuropsychiatry
& Clinical Neurosciences, 10 (4), 459-469. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux |
|
|
Hémisphère droit : Moitié droite du cerveau.
Left hemisphere.
| |
|
|
PLOURDE, G. & SPERRY, R.W. (1984). Left hemisphere
involvement in left spatial neglect from right-sided
lesions : A commissurotomy study. Brain, 107, 95-106. |
|
ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, right, hand and brain : The
Right-Shift Theory. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HAUSER, M.D. & ANDERSSON, K. (1994). Left hemisphere
dominance for processing vocalizations in adult, but not
infant rhesus monkeys : Field experiments. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 91, 3946-3948. |
|
ARAM, D.M. & EISELE, J.A. (1994). Limits to a left
hemisphere explanation for specific language impairment.
Journal of Speech & Hearing Research, 37 (4),
824-830. |
|
BEST, C.T. & AVERY, R.A. (1999). Left hemisphere
advantage for click consonants is determined by linguistic
significance and experience. Psychological Science,
10, 6-70. |
|
STEMMER, B. & COHEN, H. (2002). Neuropragmatique et
lésions de l'hémisphère droit. Psychologie de
l'Interaction, 13-14, 15-46. |
|
ZAIDEL, E., KASHER, A. & SOROKER, N. (2003). Effects
of right and left hemisphere damage on performance of the
“Right hemisphere communication battery. Brain &
Language, 80 (3), 510-535. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux |
|
|
Hémisphère gauche : Moitié gauche du cerveau.
Right hemisphere.
| |
|
|
COLHEART, M. (1981). Right-hemisphere reading. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 4 (1), 67-68. |
SPENCE, S., SHAPIRO, D. & ZAIDEL, E. (1996). The role
of the right hemisphere in the physiological and cognitive
components of emotional processing. Psychophysiology,
33, 112-122. |
|
ZAIDEL D.W. (1984). Cognitive functions in the right
hemisphere. La Recherche, 15, 332–340. |
RUECKERT, L. & PAWLAK, T. (2000). Individual
differences in cognitive performance due to right
hemisphere arousal. Laterality, 5, 77-89. |
|
ZAIDEL, E. (1985). Right-hemisphere reading : A case of
"déjà vu" Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 8 (2),
365-367. |
ZAIDEL, E., KASHER, A. & SOROKER, N. (2003). Effects
of right and left hemisphere damage on performance of the
“Right hemisphere communication battery. Brain &
Language, 80 (3), 510-535. |
|
ANNETT, M. (1985). Left, right, hand and brain : The
right-shift theory. Hillsdale, N.J. : Lawrence
Erlbaum Associates. |
KEENAN, J.P., RUBIO, J., RACIOPPI, C., JOHNSON, A. &
BARNACZ, A. (2005). The right hemisphere and the dark side
of consciousness. Cortex, 41, 695-704. |
|
OTTO, M.W., YEO, R.A. & DOUGHER, M.J. (1987). Right
hemisphere involvement in depression : Toward a
neuropsychological model of negative affective
experiences. Biological Psychiatry, 22, 1201-1215. |
RUECKERT, L. & NAYBAR, N. (2008). Gender differences
in empathy : The role of the right hemisphere. Brain
& Cognition, 67, 162-167. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hémisphères cérébraux |
|
|
Hémoglobine : De grec hema qui signifie "sang"
et du latin globus qui veut dire «sphérique». Protéine
des globules rouges qui transportent l’oxygène, notamment dans le
système sanguin du cerveau.
L'hémoglobine contient un atome de fer, ce qui lui confère des
propriétés magnétiques différentes selon qu’elle transporte
l’oxygène ou que cet oxygène a été utilisé par les neurones.
Ce sont ces propriétés magnétiques que l'on détectent grâce à
l'imagerie par résonance magnétique fonctionnelle (IRMf) et
qui permettent de décrire l'acitivité neuronale du cerveau. Hemoglobin.
| |
|
|
CHOU, K.C. (1989). Low-frequency resonance and
cooperativity of hemoglobin. Trends in Biochemical
Sciences, 4 (6), 212-213. |
|
HARDISON, R.C. (1996). A brief history of hemoglobins :
plant, animal, protist, and bacteria. Proceeding
National Academy of Science USA, 93 (12),
5675-5679. |
|
|
Voir aussi Imagerie par
résonance magnétique |
|
|
Hempel Carl Gustav (1905-1997) : Philosophe,
épistémologue
allemand et chef de file du béhaviorisme
philosophique et de l'empirisme logique.
 |
HEMPEL, C.G. (1942). The function of general laws in
history. Journal of Philosophy, 39, 35-48. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1945). Studies in the logic of confirmation.
Mind, 54, 1-26, 97-120. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. & OPPENHEIM, P. (1948). Studies in the
logic of explanation. Philosophy of Science, 15,
135-175. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1950). Les critères empiristes de la
signification cognitive : problèmes et changements. Dans
P. Jacob (Dir.) (1984), De Vienne à Cambridge (p.
61-84). Paris : NRF Gallimard. |
|
HEMPEL, C.G. (1972). Éléments d'épistémologie.
Paris : Armand Colin. |
|
|
DONAGAN, A. (1966). The Popper-Hempel theory reconsidered.
In W.H. Dray (Ed.), Philosophical analysis and
history. New York. |
|
HUBER, F. (2008). Hempel’s logic of confirmation. Philosophical
Studies, 139, 181-189. |
|
|
|
Hempenstall Kerry ( ) : Psychopédagogue
australien et spécialiste de l'enseignement
direct notamment de la lecture. Il s'intéresse également à la
conscience phonémique
et à l'enseignement par la méthode globale. Collaborateur de Carnine,
Gersten, Jitendra
et Kame'enui.
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (1996). The gulf between educational
research and policy : The example of direct instruction
and whole language. Behaviour Change, 13 (1),
33-46. |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2006). The use of a direct instruction
reading program to tutor an adult with a moderate
intellectual. Direct Instruction News, 6 (2),
6-11. [PDF] |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2012): Explaining individual
differences in reading : Theory and evidence. Australian
Journal of Learning Difficulties, 17 (2), 163-164. |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2015). Spelling mastery and
spelling through morphographs : Direct instruction
programs for beginning and low progress students. Special
Issue : Spelling. Australian Journal of Learning
Difficulties, 20 (1), 55-81. |
|
HEMPENSTALL, K. (2020). Teaching reading through direct
instruction : A role for educational psychologists ? The
Educational & Developmental Psychologist, 37
(2), 133–139. |
|
|
|
Henderson Lynne Ellen ( ) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la timidité.
Collaboratrice de Zimbardo.
|
HENDERSON, L. (1992). Shyness groups. In M. McKay & K.
Paleg (Eds.), Focal group psychotherapy.
Oakland, CA : New Harbinger Press. |
|
HENDERSON, L. (1994). Social fitness training : A
treatment manual for shyness and social phobia.
Palo Alto : Shyness Institute. |
|
HENDERSON, L. & ZIMBARDO, P. (2001). Shyness as a
clinical condition : The Stanford Model. In L. Alden &
R. Crozier (Eds.), International handbook of social
anxiety (pp. 431-447). Sussex, England : John
Wiley & Sons. |
|
HENDERSON, L. (2002). Fearfulness predicts self-blame and
shame in shyness. Personality & Individual
Differences, 32, 79-93. |
|
HENDERSON, L., ZIMBARDO, P. & CARDUCCI, B. (2010). Shyness.
In The Corsini encyclopedia of psychology. John
Wiley and Sons, |
|
|
|
|
|
Hendrick Clyde ( ) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'amour. Collaborateur de
Adler et Hendrick.
|
HENDRICK, C., HENDRICK, S.S., FOOTE, F.H. &
SLAPION-FOOTE, M.J. (1984). Do men and women love
differently ? Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 1 (2), 177-195. |
|
HENDRICK, C. & HENDRICK, S.S. (1986). A theory and
method of love. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 50 (2), 392-402. |
|
HENDRICK, C. & HENDRICK, S.S. (1989). Research on love
: Does it measure up ? Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 56 (5), 784-794. |
|
HENDRICK, C., HENDRICK, S.S. & DICKE, A. (1998). The
Love Attitudes Scale : Short form. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 15 (2),
147-159. |
|
HENDRICK, C., HENDRICK, S.S. & REICH, D.A. (2006). The
Brief Sexual Attitudes Scale. The Journal of Sex
Research, 43, 76-86. |
|
|
|
Hendrick Susan S. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'amour. Collaborateur de Hendrick.
|
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (1987).
Multidimensionality of sexual attitudes. The Journal
of Sex Research, 23, 502-526. |
|
HENDRICK, S.S. (1988). A generic measure of relationship
satisfaction. Journal of Marriage & the Family,
50, 93-98. |
|
HENDRICK, S.S., HENDRICK, C. & ADLER, N.L. (1988).
Romantic relationships : Love, satisfaction, and staying
together. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54, 980-988. |
|
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (2006). Linking romantic
love with sex: Development of the perceptions of Love and
Sex Scale. Journal of Social & Personal
Relationships, 19 (2), 361-378. |
|
HENDRICK, S.S. & HENDRICK, C. (2006). Measuring
respect in close relationships. Journal of Social
& Personal Relationships, 23 (6), 881-899.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Henker Barbara A. (1935-2017) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et écologiste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de l'hyperactivité
et du trouble du déficit
d'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaboratrice de Hinshaw
et Whalen.
|
HENKER, B., WHALEN, C.K. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1980). The
attributional contexts of cognitive intervention
strategies. Exceptional Education Quarterly, 1, 17-30. |
|
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1980). The changing faces
of hyperactivity : Retrospect and prospect. In C.K. Whalen
& B. Henker (Eds.), Hyperactive children : The
social ecology of identification and treatment (pp.
321-363). New York : Academic Press. |
|
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1986). Type A behavior in
normal and hyperactive children : Multisource evidence of
overlapping constructs. Child Development, 57,
688-699. |
|
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1989). Hyperactivity and
attention deficits. American Psychologist, 44, 216-223.
|
|
HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1999). The child with
attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder in school and
peer settings. In H.C. Quay & A.E. Hogan (Eds.), Handbook
of disruptive behavior disorders (pp. 157-178). New
York : Plenum Press. |
|
|
HINSHAW, S.P. & WATERMAN, J. (2018). Barbara Henker
(1935-2017). American Psychologist, 73 (2),
201-201. |
|
|
|
Henking Hermann (1858-1942) : Biologiste
allemande et généticien
avant la lettre. Il s'intéresse aux éléments qui composent la cellule. Il est le premier à remarquer que certains chromosomes
ne participent pas à la méiose.
Il nomme ces éléments étranges «élément x», que l'on identifiera
plus tard comme des chromosomes
X.
|
Henle Friedrich Gustav Jacob (Fürth 1809-1885 Göttingen) :
Médecin, anatomiste et physiologiste
allemand. Étudiant de
Müller. Professeur de Kühne
et Waldemeyer.
 |
HENLE, F.G.J. (1943). Traité d'anatomie générale, ou
histoire des tissus et de la composition chimique du
corps humain. Paris : Alcan. |
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Henrich Joseph ( ) : Psychosociologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des cultures
et de leur évolution.
Collaborateur de Atran, Boyd,
Heine, Norenzayan
et Tennie.
|
HENRICH, J. & BOYD, R. (1998). The evolution of
conformist transmission and the emergence of between-group
differences. Evolution & Human Behavior, 19 (4),
215-241.
[PDF] |
|
HENRICH, J., BOYD, R., BOWLES, S., CAMERER, C., FEHR, E.,
GINTIS, H. & MCELREATH, R. (2001). In search of Homo
economicus : Experiments in 15 small-scale societies.
American Economic Review, 91, 73-78. [PDF]
|
|
HENRICH, J. & McElREATH, R. (2003). The evolution of
cultural evolution. Evolutionary Anthropology, 12,
123-135. [PDF] |
|
HENRICH, J., MCELREATH, R., ENSMINGER, J., BARR, A.,
BARRETT, C., BOLYANATZ, A., CARDENAS, J.C., GURVEN, M.,
GWAKO, E., HENRICH, N., LESOROGOL, C., MARLOWE, F.,
TRACER, D. & ZIKER, J. (2006). Costly punishment
across human societies. Science, 312 (5868),
1767-1770. [PDF]
|
|
HENRICH, J., HEINE, S.J. & NORENZAYAN, A. (2010). The
weirdest people in the world ? Behavioral & Brain
Science, 33, 61-135. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Henripin Jacques (Lachine 1926-2013) : Démographe
québécois et professeur de l'Université
Laval. Professeur de Lapierre-Adamcyk.
 |
HENRIPIN, J. (1961). L'inégalité sociale devant la mort :
la mortinatalité et la mortalité infantile à Montréal.
Recherches sociographiques, II (1), 3-34. |
|
HENRIPIN, J. et LAPIERRE-ADAMCYK, E. (1974). La fin
de la revanche des berceaux. Qu'en pensent les
Québécoises ? Montréal : Les Presses de
l'Université de Montréal. |
|
HENRIPIN, J. et LORIAUX, M. (1995). Le vieillissement :
discours à deux voies. Population, 50 (6),
1591-1638. |
|
HENRIPIN, J. (2003). La métamorphose de la population
canadienne. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia. |
|
HENRIPIN, J. (2004). Pour une politique de
population. Montréal : Les Éditions Varia. |
|
|
TERMOTE, M. (2015). Réflexions sur l'évolution du discours
démolinguistique de Jacques Henripin. Cahiers
Québécois de Démographie, 44 (2), 203-222. |
|
|
|
Henriques Gregg R. ( ) : Psychologue
et épistémologue
américain. Il a développé un modèle de connaissances unifiiées, l'arbre
du savoir unifié (Tree of Knowledge System). Collaborateur
de Beck et Sternberg.
 |
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2003). The Tree of Knowledge System and
the theoretical unification of psychology. Review of
General Psychology, 7, 150-182. [PDF] |
|
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2004). Psychology defined. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1207-1221. |
|
HENRIQUES, G.R. & STERNBERG, R.J. (2004). Unified
professional psychology : Implications for
combined-integrated doctoral training programs. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 60, 1051-1063. [PDF] |
|
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2005). Toward a useful mass movement. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 61, 121-139. |
|
HENRIQUES, G.R. (2007). Integrating treatments for
suicidal patients into an effective package. Pragmatic
Case Studies in Psychotherapy, 3, 50-60. |
|
|
|
Henry Lucy A. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste anglaise et spécialiste de l'étude de la
mémoire, notamment de sa capacité.
|
HENRY, L.A. (1991). The effects of word length and
phonemic similarity in young children's short-term memory.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 43A,
35-52. |
|
HENRY, L.A. & MILLAR, S. (1993). Why does memory span
improve with age ? A review of the evidence for two
current hypotheses. European Journal of Cognitive
Psychology, 5 (3), 241-287. |
|
HENRY, L.A. (1994). The relationship between speech rate
and memory span in children. International Journal of
Behavioral Development, 17 (1), 37-56. |
|
HENRY, L.A., TURNER, J.E., SMITH, P.T. & LEATHER, C.
(2000). Modality effects and the development of the word
length effect in children. Memory, 8, 1-17. |
|
HENRY, L.A. & McLEAN, M. (2002). Working memory
performance in children with and without intellectual
disabilities. American Journal on Mental Retardation,
107 (6), 421-432. |
|
|
|
Hépatite : Maladie.
Hepatitis.
| |
|
|
MARSLAND, A.L., COHEN, S., RABIN, B.S. & MANUCK, S.B.
(2006). Trait positive affect and antibody response to
hepatitis B vaccination. Brain, Behavior &
Immunity, 20, 261-269.
[LIRE] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Herbert James D. (1962-) :
Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la thérapie de l'acceptation et de l'engagement et du trouble d'anxiété sociale. Il fait aussi partie des seceptiques,
notamment des pseudotherapies.
Collaborateur
de Butryn, Darymple, Foa, Forman,
Gaudiano, Hayes, Juarascio,
Lohr, Orsillo, Roemer, Rosen,
Sarwer et Tolin.
|
HERBERT, J.D. (1995). An overview of the current status of
social phobia. Applied & Preventive Psychology, 4,
39-51. |
|
HERBERT, J.D. (2000). Defining empirically supported
treatments : Pitfalls and possible solutions. The
Behavior Therapist, 23, 113-134. |
HERBERT, J.D. & BRANDSMA, L. (2002). Applied behavior
analysis for childhood autism : Does the
emperor have clothes ? The Behavior Analyst Today, 3,
45-50.
|
|
HERBERT, J.D. & FORMAN, E.M. (2013). Caution : The
differences between CT and ACT may be larger (and
smaller) than they appear. Behavior Therapy,
44, 218-223. |
|
HERBERT, J.D., SHARP, I.R. & GAUDIANO, B.A. (2002).
Separating fact from fiction in the etiology and treatment
of autism : A scientific review of the evidence. Scientific
Review of Mental Health Practice, 1, 23-43. |
|
|
|
Herbivore : Ordre animal qui se nourrit
essentiellement de fruits et d'herbes. Herbivore, mammifère
et carnivore.
Herbivore.
| |
|
|
MORELLET, N., GAILLARD, J.M., HEWISON, A.J.M., BALLON, P.,
BOSCARDI, Y., DUNCAN. P., KLEIN, F. & MAILLARD, D.
(2007). Indicators of ecological change : new tools for
managing populations of large herbivores. Journal of
Applied Ecology, 44, 634-643. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Ordre et Animal |
|
|
Herbranson
Walter T. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'apprentissage chez le pigeon.
= Wally Herbranson. Collaborateur de Shimp.
|
HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (1999).
The randomization procedure in the study of
categorization of multidimensional stimuli by pigeons. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behavior
Processes, 25 (1), 113-135. [PDF]
|
|
HERBRANSON, W.T., FREMOUW, T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2002).
Categorizing a moving target in terms of its speed and
direction. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 78 (3), 249-270. [PDF] |
|
HERBRANSON, W.T. & SHIMP, C.P. (2008). Artificial
grammar learning in pigeons. Learning & Behavior,
36 (2), 116-137. [PDF) |
|
HERBRANSON, W.T. & SCHROEDER, J. (2010). Are birds
smarter than mathematicians ? Pigeons (Columba livia)
Perform optimally on a version of the Monty Hall dilemma.
Journal of Comparative Psychology, 124 (1), 1-13.
[PDF] |
|
HERBRANSON, W.T. & STANTON, G.L. (2011). Flexible
serial response learning by pigeons (Columba livia) and
humans (Homo sapiens). Journal of Comparative
Psychology, 125 (3), 328-340. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Herek
Gregory M. (Omaha 1954-) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'hétérosexisme,
de l'homphobie et des préjugés
à l'endroit des homosexuels,
gais et lesbiennes.
|
HEREK, G.M. (1986). The social psychology of homophobia :
Toward a practical theory. Review of Law & Social
Change, 14 (4), 923-934. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1988). Heterosexuals' attitudes toward
lesbians and gay men : Correlates and gender differences.
Journal of Sex Research, 25, 451-477. |
|
HEREK, G.M. & CAPITANIO, J.P. (1999). Sex differences
in how heterosexuals think about lesbians and gay men :
Evidence from survey context effects. The Journal of
Sex Research, 36 (4), 348-360. [PDF] |
|
HEREK, G.M. (2000) Sexual prejudice and gender : Do
heterosexuals attitudes towards lesbians and gay men
differ ? Journal of Social Issues, 56 (2),
251-266. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (2009) Hate crimes and stigma-related
experiences among sexual minority adults in the United
States : prevalence estimates from a national probability
sample. Journal of Interpersonal Violence, 24, 54-74. |
|
|
|
Hérédité : Du latin, hereditare, qui signifie
"hériter". Au sens large, l'hérédité peut être sociale (les fameux
placements à l'étranger de votre grand-oncle décédé) ou biologique
(les fameux yeux verts du même grand-oncle), mais l'usage
biologique tend à supplancer l'usage social de ce terme. En ce
sens l'hérédité se définit comme l'ensemble des caractères propres
à une espèce ou à un groupe
d'individus appartenant à cette même espèce, et se transmettant
par les gènes, de génération
en génération. La plus grande partie de l’hérédité est toujours le
résultat de la combinaison de l’ADN de la mère et du père, sauf l'ADN
mitochondrial et le chromosone Y. Hérédité, déterminant
biogénétique et héritabilité.
= transmission génétique, héritage
familial. Heredity, inheritance, heritable
factors.
| |
|
|
MENDEL, G. (1865/1907). Versuche über
pflanzenhybriden. Vereins in Brunn, 4, 3-47.
Experiments in plant hybridization/Recherches sur les
hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France
et de la Belgique. [PDF] |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1869). Hereditary genius : An inquiry
into its laws and consequences. Macmillan, London |
|
|
RIBOT, T.A. (1873). L'hérédité. Étude psychologique. |
PAGE, E.B. (1972). Behavior and heredity. American
Psychologist, 27, 660-661. |
|
GALTON, F. (1877). Typical laws of heredity. Nature,
15, 492-495, 512-514, 532-533. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
GALTON, F. (1886). Regression towards mediocrity in
hereditary stature. Nature, 15, 246-263. |
WADE, N.J. (1976). IQ and heredity : suspicion of fraud
beclouds classic experiment. Science, 194, 916-919. |
|
GALTON, F. (1886). Hereditary stature. Nature, 34,
295-298. [PDF] |
LOEHLIN, J.C. & NICHOLS, R.C. (1976). Heredity,
environment, and personality : A study of 850 sets of
twins. Austin, TX : University of Texas Press. |
|
GALTON, F. (1889/1996). Natural inheritance.
London/Placitas, NM : Macmillan/Genetics Heritage Press.
(1869/1978). Hereditary genius : An inquiry into its
laws and consequences. London : Macmillan/New York
: Friedmann. |
HARWOOD, J. (1979). Heredity, environment, and the
legitimation of social policy. In B. Barnes and S. Shapin
(Eds.) Natural order (pp. 231-248). Beverly
Hills : Sage. |
|
WEISMANN, A. (1892). La continuité du plasma
germinatif comme base d'une théorie de l'hérédité. Paris
: Editions Reinwald. |
FULKER, D.W. & EYSENK, H.J. (1979). Nature and
nurture: heredity. In H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), The
structure and measurement of intelligence (pp.
102-132). New York : Springer. |
|
BATESON, W. (1902). Mendel's principles of heredity :
A defence. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour ? Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18. |
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). Mendel's laws of heredity. Science,
25 (456), 396-406. |
|
|
PEARSON, K., YULE, G.U., BRANCHARD, N. & LEE, A.
(1903). The law of ancestral heredity. Biometrika, 2,
211-236. |
|
|
SUTTON, W.S. (1903). The chromosomes in heredity.
Biological Bulletin, 4 (1), 231-251. [PDF]
|
|
|
CASTLE, W.E. (1903). The laws of heredity of Galton and
Mendel, and some laws governing race improvement by
selection. Proceedings of the American Academy of
Arts & Sciences, 39 (8), 223-24.2. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
|
BATESON, W., SAUNDERS, E.R. & PUNNETT, R.C. (1904).
Experimental studies in the physiology of heredity. Reports
to the Evolution Committee of the Royal Society. London.
[PDF] |
|
|
JOHANNSEN, W. (1905). The elements of heredity.
Copenhagen. |
MAYR, E. (1982/89). The growth of biological thought :
Diversity, evolution and inheritance/Histoire de la
biologie. Diversité, évolution et hérédité. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press/ Paris : Fayard. |
|
MENDEL, G. (1907). Recherches sur les hybrides végétaux. Bulletin
Scientifique de la France et de la Belgique. |
WAHLSTEN, D. (1984). Each behavior is a product of
heredity and experience. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 7, 699-700. [PDF] |
|
BATESON, W. & PUNNETT, R.C. (1908). The heredity of
sex. Science, 27 (698), 785-787. |
|
|
JENNINGS, H.S. (1909). Heredity and variation in the
simplest organisms. The American Naturalsit, 43
(510), 321-327. |
|
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1910). Sex-limited inheritance in
Drosophila. Science, 32 (812), 120-122. |
|
|
DAVENPORT, C.B. (1911). Heredity in relation to eugenics. New York. |
|
|
JOHANNSEN, W. (1911). The genotype conception of heredity.
American Naturalist, 45, 129-159. |
MAYR, E. (1989). Histoire de la biologie : diversité,
évolution et hérédité. France : Fayard. |
|
GODDARD, H.H. (1912). The Kallikak family : A study
in the heredity of feeble-mindedness. New York :
Macmillan. |
PIEGROSCH, W.W. (1990). Fisher's contributions to genetics
and heredity, with special emphasis on the Gregor Mendel
controversy. Biometrics, 46, 915-924. [PDF] |
|
ARKELL, T.R. (1912). Some data on the inheritance of
horns in sheep. New Hampshire Agricultural
Experiment Station, 160. |
|
|
ARKELL, T.R. & DAVENPORT, C.B. (1912). The Nature of
the Inheritance of horns in sheep. Science, 35 (911),
927. |
|
| MORGAN, T.H. (1913). Heredity and sex. New York
: Columbia University Press. [LIRE] |
|
|
MORGAN, T.H., STURTEVANT, A.H., MULLER, H.J. &
BRIDGES, C.B. (1915). The mechanism of Mendelian
heredity. New York : Henry Holt and Co. [LIRE] |
|
|
MORGAN, T.H. (1919). The physical basis of heredity.
Philadelphia & London : J.B. Lippincott Company. [LIRE] |
|
|
MacBRIDE, E.W. (1924). An introduction to the study
of heredity. New York : Holt and Company. |
NYBORG, H. (1990). Good, bad, and ugly questions about
heredity. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 13
(1), 142-143. |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1922). The biometrical study of heredity. Eugenics
Review, 16 (3), 189–210. [PDF] |
BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y.
(1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in
women. Archives of General Psychiatry 50,
217-223. [PDF] |
|
KUO, Z.Y. (1924). A psychology without heredity. Psychological
Review, 31, 427-448. |
STERNBERG, R.J. & GRIGORENKO, E. (Eds.) (1996). Intelligence
: Heredity and environment. New York : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
HUXLEY, J.S. (1924). The mechanism of Mendelian heredity.
Nature, 113, 518-520. |
|
|
HUXLEY, J.S. (1925). The cell in development and
heredity.Nature, 115, 669-671. |
|
|
WILSON, E.B. (195). The cell in development and
heredity. New York : Macmillan. |
|
COOLEY, C.H. (1926). Heredity or environment. Journal
of Applied Sociology, 10, 303-307.
[LIRE] |
BEGLIETER, H. & PORJESZ, B. (1999). What is inherited
in the predisposition toward alcoholism ? A proposed
model. Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 23, 1125-1135. [PDF] |
|
FORD, E.B. (1938/1950). The study of heredity.
London : Oxford University Press. |
BULMER, M. (1999). The development of Francis Galton's
ideas on the mechanism of heredity. Journal of the
History of Biology, 32 (2), 263-292. |
|
MAIENSCHEIN, J. (1987). Heredity/Development in the United
States, Circa 1900. History & Philosophy of the
Life Sciences, 9, 77-91. |
|
|
HEBB, D.O. (1953). Heredity and environment in mammalian
behavior. British Journal of Animal Behavior, 1,
43-47. |
EISENBERG, L. (2004). Social psychiatry and the human
genome : Contextualizing heritability. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 184, 101-103. |
|
PRONKO, N.H. (1957). "Heredity" and "envrionment" in
biology and psychology. Psychology Record, 7,
45-54. |
ALFORD, J.R., FUNK, C.L. & HIBBING, J.R. (2005). Are
political orientations genetically transmitted ? American
Political Science Review, 99 (2), 153-167. [PDF] |
|
DUNN, L.C. et DOBZHANSKY, T. (1964). Hérédité, race
et société. Belgique : Dessart. |
NISBETT, R.E. (2005). Heredity, environment and race
differences in IQ : A commentary on Rushton and Jensen. Psychology,
Public Policy & Law, 11, 302-310. [PDF] |
|
EISENBERG, L. (1968). Au-dela de l'herédité : le test de
l'evolution. La Psychiatrie de l'Enfant, 11,
572-588. |
|
|
BURT, C.L. (1969). Intelligence and heredity : some common
misconceptions. Irish Journal of Education, 3,
75-94. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Gènes, Déterminant
neuro-génétique, Héritabilité
et Étude des jumeaux |
|
|
|
|
|
Hering
Karl Ewald Konstantin (1834-1918 Leipzig) : Physiologiste
allemand/prussien qui s'est intéressé aux illusions,
à la vision des couleurs
et à la perception
spatiale. Étudiant de Fechner
et Weber. Collaborateur de Breuer.
 |
HERING, K.E.K. (1868/1977). The theory of
binocular vision. New York : Plenum Press. |
| |
|
|
| |
|
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1877). La loi psychophysique. Hering contre
Fechner. Revue Philosophique de la France et de
l'Etranger, 3 (3), 225-263. |
|
TTURNER, S. (1993). Vision studies in Germany : Helmholtz
versus Hering. Osiris, 8, 80-103. |
|
|
|
Héritabilité
: Estimation de la proportion
ou de la variance d'un trait (caractéristiques physiques, aptitudes intellectuelles, comportements) qui peut être attribuable aux variations
génétiques entre les individus appartenant à une population
ou une espèce donnée (par opposition à la variance attribuée au
milieu). Héritabilité, gène et
hérédité.
=
corrélation ou coefficient d'héritabilité.
Heritability.
| |
|
|
DeFRIES, J.C., TOUCHBERRY, R.W. & HAYS, R.L. (1959).
Heritability of the length of the gestation period in
dairy cattle. Journal of Dairy Science, 42,
598-606. |
COOLIDGE, F.L. & THEDE, L.L. (2000). Heritability and
the comorbidity of ADHD with behavioral disorders and
executive function deficits : A preliminary investigation.
Developmental Neuropsychology, 17, 273-287. [PDF] |
|
GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1963). Heritability of personality : A
demonstration. Psychological Monograph, General &
Application, 177 (9). |
WEISS, A., KING, J.E. & FIGUEDERO, A.J. (2000). The
heritability of personality factors in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Behavior Genetics, 30, 213-221. |
|
WHITNEY, G., McCLEARN, G.E. & DeFRIES, J.C. (1970).
Heritability of alcohol preference in laboratory mice and
rats. Journal of Heredity, 61, 165-169. |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2001). The heritability of language : A
review and meta-analysis of twin, adoption, and linkage
studies. Language, 77, 647-723. [PDF] |
|
KLEIN, T.W., DeFRIES, J.C. & FINKBEINER, C.T. (1973).
Heritability and genetic correlation : Standard errors of
estimates and sample size. Behavior Genetics, 3,
355-364. |
OLSON, J.M., VERNON, P.A., HARRIS, J.A. & LANG, K.L.
(2001). The heritability of attitudes : A study of twins.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 80
(6), 845-860. [PDF] |
|
ORBACH, S., SCHWARTZ, J. & SCHWARTZ, M. (1974) The
case for zero heritability. Science for the People,
6, 23-25. |
TODD, R.D., RASMUSSEN, E.R., NEUMAN, R.J., REICH, W.,
HUDZIAK, J.J., BUCHOLZ, K.K., MADDEN, P. & HEATH, A.
(2001). Familiality and heritability of subtypes of
attention deficit hyperactivity disorder in a population
sample of adolescent female twins. American Journal
of Psychiatry, 158, 1891-1898. [PDF] |
|
BLOCK, N.J. & DWORKIN, G. (1976). IQ, heritability,
and inequality. In N.J. Block & G. Dworkin (Eds.), The
IQ controversy (pp. 410-540). New York : Pantheon
Books. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & JANG, K.L. (2001).
Heritability of childhood personality disorders : A
preliminary study. Journal of Personality Disorders,
15, 33-40. [PDF] |
|
BELL, E.A. (1977). Heritability in retrospect. Journal
of Herediity, 68 (5), 297-300. |
|
|
DeFRIES, J.C. (1978). Heritability estimates' from family
data. Behavior Genetics, 8, 481-482. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., THEDE, L.L. & YOUNG, S.E. (2002). The
heritability of gender identity disorder in a child and
adolescent twin sample. Behavior Genetics, 32, 251-257.
[PDF] |
|
GOLDBERGER, A.S. (1979). Heritability. Economica, 46 (184),
327–347. |
TURKHEIMER, E., HALEY, A., WALDRON, M., D’ONOFRIO, B.
& GOTTESMAN, H. (2003). Socioeconomic status modifies
heritability of IQ in young children. Psychological
Science, 14, 623–628. |
|
JACOBS, J. (1981). How heritable is innate behaviour ? Zeitschrift
für Tierpsychologie, 55 (1), 1-18. |
LOEHLIN, J.C., JÖNSSON, E.G., GUSTAVSSON, J.P., STALLINGS,
M C., GILLEPRSIE, N.A., WRIGHT, J.N. & MARTIN, G.
(2005). Psychological masculinity-femininity via the
gender diagnosticity approach : Heritability and
consistency across ages and populations. Journal of
Personality, 73, 1295-1319. |
|
HEATH, A.C., BERG, K., EAVES, L.J., SOLAAS, M.H., COREY,
L. A., SUNDET, J., MAGNUS, P. & NANCE, W.E. (1985).
Education policy and the heritability of educational
attainment. Nature, 314 (6013), 734-736. |
VINK, J.M., WILLEMSEN, G. & BOOMSMA, D.I. (2005).
Heritability of smoking initiation and nicotine
dependence. Behavior Genetics, 35, 397-406. |
|
RUSHTON, J.P., FULKER, D.W., NEALE, M.C., NIAS, D.K.B.
& EYSENK, H.J. (1986). Altruism and aggression : The
heritability of individual differences. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 50 (6),
1192-1198. [PDF] |
STROMSWOLD, K. (2005). Genetic specificity of linguistic
heritability. A. Cutler (Ed.), Twenty-first century
psycholinguistics : Four cornerstones (pp.
121-140). Mahwah, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. [PDF] |
|
SPITZ, H.H. (1988). Wechsler Subtest Patterns of
Mentally Retarded Groups: Relationship to "g" and to
estimates of heritability. Intelligence, 12 (3),
279-297. |
|
|
GROVE, W.M., ECKERT, E.D., HESTON, L. & BOUCHARD, T.J.
(1990). Heritability of substance abuse and antisocial
behavior : A study of monozygotic twins reared apart. Biological
Psychiatry, 27, 1293-1304. |
VISSCHER, P.M., MEDLAND, S.E., FERREIRA, M.A., MORLEY, K.,
ZHU, G., CORNES, B.K., MONTGOMEREY, G.W. & MARTIN,
N.G. (2006). Assumption-free estimation of heritability
from genome-wide identity-by-descent sharing between full
siblings. PloS Genetics, 2 (3), 316-325.
[PDF] |
|
ROBINSON, J.L., KAGAN, J., REZNICK, J.S. & CORLEY, R.
(1992). The heritability of inhibited behavior : A twin
study. Developmental Psychology, 28, 1030-1037. |
BULIK, C.M., SULLIVAN, P.F., TOZZI, F., FURBERG, H.,
LICHTENSTEIN, P., PEDERSEN, N.L. (2006). Prevalence,
heritability, and prospective risk factors for anorexia
nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63 (3),
305-312. |
|
|
VAN VLECK, L.D. & GREGORY, K.E. (1992). Differences in
heritability estimates from multiple-trait and repeated
records models. Journal of Animal Science, 70, 2994-2998. |
MACGREGOR, S., CORNES, B.K., MARTIN, N.G. & VISSCHER,
P.M. (2006). Bias, precision and heritability of self-
reported and clinically measured height in Australian
twins. Human Genetics, 120 (4), 571-580. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y.
(1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in
women ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 50,
217-223. |
JACOBS, N., VAN OS, J., DEROM, C. & THIERY, E. (2007).
Heritability of intelligence. Twin Research &
Human Genetics, 10, 11-14. |
|
LYKKEN, D.T., BOUCHARD, T.J., McGUE, M. & TEELLEGEN,
A. (1993). Heritability of interests : A twin study. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 78 (4), 649-661. [PDF] |
DISTEL, M.A., VINK, J.M., WILLEMSEN, G., MIDDELDORP, C.M.,
MERCKELBACH, H.L.G.J. & BOOMSMA, D.A. (2008).
Heritability of self-reported phobic fear. Behavior
Genetics, 38 (1), 24-33. [PDF] |
|
BAILEY, J.M., PILLARD, R.C., NEALE, M.C. & AGYEI, Y.
(1993). Heritable factors influence sexual orientation in
women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50,
217-223. [PDF] |
LINDSEY, G.M., DEROM, P.J., SMEETS, C., SOUREN, H.J.,
PAULUSSEN, A.D.C., DEROM, R. & NIJHUIS, J.G. (2008).
Modeling genetic and environmental factors to increase
heritability and ease the identification of candidate
genes for birth weight : a twin study. Behavior
Genetics, 38 (1), 44-54.
[PDF] |
|
TESSER, A. (1993). On the importance of heritability in
psychological research : The case of attitudes. Psychological
Review, 100, 129-142. |
KRUEGER, R.F., SOUTH, S., JOHNSON, W. & IACONO, W.
(2008). The heritability of personality is not always 50 %
: Gene-environment interactions and correlations between
personality and parenting. Journal of Personality, 76,
1485-1521. [PDF] |
|
BLOCK, N. (1995). How heritability misleads about race. Cognition,
56 (1), 99-128.
[PDF] |
MAHER, B. (2008). Personal genomes : The case of the
missing heritability. Nature, 456, 18-21. |
|
THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A. & McGUFFIN, P. (1995).
Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and
show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior
Genetics, 25, 537-544. |
VISSCHER, P.M., HILL, W.G. & WRAY, N.R. (2008).
Heritability in the genomics era : Concepts and
misconceptions. Nature Reviews Genetics, 9,
255-266. |
|
GJONE, H., STEVENSON, J., SUNDET, J.M. & EILERTSEN,
D.E. (1996). Changes in heritability across increasing
levels of behavior problems in young twins. Behavior
Genetics, 26, 419-426. |
JOHNSON, W., TURKHEIMER, E., GOTTESMAN, I.I. &
BOUCHARD, T.J. (2009). Beyond heritability twin studies in
behavioral research. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 18 (4), 217-220. [PDF] |
|
JANG, K.L., LIVESLEY, W.J. & VEMON, P.A. (1996).
Heritability of the Big Five personality dimensions and
their facets : A twin study. Journal of Personality,
64, 577-592. |
KENDLER, K.S. & NEALE, M.C. (2009). Familiality or
heritability. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66 (4),
452-453. |
| |
VINKHUYZEN, A.A., VAN DER SLUIS, S., POSTHUMA, D. &
BOOMSMA, D.I. (2009). The heritability of aptitude and
exceptional talent across different domains in adolescents
and young adults. Behavior Genetics, 39 (4),
380-392. |
| |
YANG, J., BENYAMIN, B., MCEVOY, B.P., GORDON, S., HENDERS,
A.K., NYHOLT, D.R., MADDEN, P.A., HEATH, A.C., MARTIN,
N.G., MONTGOMERERY, G.W., GODDARD, M.E. & VISSCHER,
P.M. (2010). Common SNPs explain a large proportion of the
heritability for human height. Nature Genetics, 42,
565-569. [PDF] |
|
DEVLIN, B., DANIELS, M. & ROEDER, K. (1997). The
heritability of IQ. Nature, 388, 468-471. |
VISSCHER, P.M., YANG, J. & GODDARD, M.E. (2010). A
commentary on "Common SNPs explain a large proportion of
the heritability for human height" by Yang et al. (2010).
Twin Research & Human Genetics, 13, 517-524.
[PDF] |
|
SCHONEMANN, P.H. (1997). On models and muddles of
heritability. Genetica, 99, 97-108. |
LAMB, D.J., MIDDELDORP, C.M., VAN BEIJSTERVELDT, C.E.M.,
BARTELS, M., VAN DER A.N., POLDERMAN, T.J.C. &
BOOMSMA, D.I. (2010). Heritability of anxious-depressive
and withdrawn behavior : Age-related changes during
adolescence. Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 49 (3), 248-255. [PDF] |
| |
EKEHAMMAR, B., AKRAMI, N., HEDLUND, L.-E., YOSHIMURA, K.,
ONO, Y., ANDO, J. & YAMAGATA, S. (2010). The
generality of personality heritability : Big-Five trait
heritability predicts response time to trait items. Journal
of Individual Differences, 31, 209-214. [PDF] |
|
BECKWITH, J. (1999). Simplicity and complexity : Is IQ
ready for genetics ? Cahiers de Psychologie Cognitive
/Current Psychology of Cognition, 18 (2), 161-169.
[PDF] |
HALLMAYER, J., CLEVELAND, S., TORRES, A., PHILLIPS, J.,
COHEN, B., TORIGOE, T., MILLER, J., FEDELE, A., COLLINS,
J., SMITH, K., LOTSPEICH, L., CROEN, L.A., OZONOFF, S.,
LAJONCHERE, C., GRETHER, J.K. & RISCH, N. (2011).
Genetic heritability and shared environmental factors
among twin pairs with autism. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 68 (11), 1095-1102. [PDF] |
|
KENDLER, K.S., KARKOWSKI, L. & PRESCOTT, C. (1999).
Fears and phobias : reliability and heritability.
Psychological Medicine, 29 (3), 539-553. [PDF] |
VAN SOELEN, I.L.C., BROUWER, R.M., VAN LEEWEN, M. &
KAHN, R.S. (2012). Heritability of verbal and performance
intelligence in a pediatric longitudinal sample. Twin
Research & Human Genetics, 14 (2), 119-128. [PDF] |
|
SHUKER, D.M. & DICKINS, T.E. (2022). Measuring
heritability : Why bother ? Behavioral and Brain
Sciences, 45.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Gène, Hérédité
et Étude sur les
jumeaux |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Herman Edward S. (1925-2017) : Économiste
américain et spécialiste du rôle des média, de la propagande et des marchés. Collaborateur de Chomsky.
 |
HERMAN, E.S. (1966). America's vietnam policy : The
strategy of deception. Washington : Public Affairs
Press. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1982). The real terror network :
Terrorism in fact and propaganda. Boston : South
End Press. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. & CHOMSKY, N. (1988/2003). Manufacturing
consent. The political economy of the mass.
Pantheon. La fabrication du consentement. / De la
propagande médiatique en démocratie. Agone. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (1999). The myth of the liberal media :
An Edward Herman Reader. New York : P. Lang. |
|
HERMAN, E.S. (2003). The propaganda model : A
retrospective. Against all reason : Propaganda,
Politics, Power, 1, 1-14. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hermann Bruce P. ( ) : Neuropsychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'épilepsie.
Collaborateur de Bell
et Seidenberg.
|
HERMANN, B.P. & WHITMAN, S. (1984). Behavioral and personality correlates of epilepsy : a review, methodological critique, and conceptual model. Psychological Bulletin, 95 (3), 451. |
| HERMANN, B.P., SEIDENBERG, M., SCHOENFELD, J. &
DAVIES, K. (1997). Neuropsychological characteristics of
the syndrome of mesial temporal lobe epilepsy. Archives
of Neurology, 54 (4), 369-376. |
HERMANN, B.P., SEIDENBERG, M. & BELL, B. (2000).
Psychiatric comorbidity in chronic epilepsy :
identification, consequences, and treatment of major
depression. Epilepsia, 41 (S), 31-41.
|
HERMANN, B.P., SEIDENBERG, M.B., BELL, P., RUTECKI, R.
SHETH, R., RUGGLES, K., WENDT, G., O'LEARY, D. &
MAGNOTTA, V. (2002). The neurodevelopmental impact of
childhood-onset temporal lobe epilepsy on brain structure
and function. Epilepsia, 43 (9), 1062-1071.
|
HERMANN, B.P., JONES, J., DABBS, K., ALLEN, C.A., SHETH,
R., FINE, J., McMILAN, A. & SEIDENBERG, M. (2007). The
frequency, complications and aetiology of ADHD in new
onset paediatric epilepsy. Brain, 130 (12),
3135-3148.
|
|
|
|
Hermann Imre (Budapest 1889-1984) : Médecin,
psychologue et psychanalyste
hongrois.
 |
HERMANN, I. (1935). The use of the term "active" in the
definition of masculinity : A critical study. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 16, 219-222. |
|
HERMANN, I. (1939). A supplement to the castration complex
: The sphere of phantasies relating to the os priapi. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 20, 322-329. |
|
HERMANN, I. (1949). The giant mother, the phallic mother,
obscenity. Psychoanalytic Review, 36, 302-306.
|
|
HERMANN, I. (1976). Clinging "going-in-search". A
contrasting pair of instincts and their relation to sadism
and masochism. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 45,
5-36. |
|
HERMANN, I. (1979). La psychanalyse comme méthode.
Édition Denoël. |
|
|
|
Hermaphrodisme
: Hermaphrodite : Du grec hermaphroditos qui
signifie «le fils d'Hermès et d'Aphrodite», donc qui combine les
deux sexes le mot a au moins deux acceptions : a)
En biologie, qualifie tout organisme
qui produit à la fois des gamètes
mâles et des gamètes femelles. Ces organismes peuvent donc se
reproduire aussi bien comme mâle que comme femelle. =
pseudo-hermaphrodite. b) En psychologie, Money
utilise le terme pour désigner un individu qui, à sa naissance,
sur le plan biologique, n'est ni clairement un homme, ni
clairement une femme, et que l'on nomme, de nos jours "intersexué".
Il s'agit donc, dans les faits, de pseudo-hermaphodites.
*transsexualisme,
androgyne.
Hermaphroditism.
| |
|
| a |
|
AVISE, J.C. (2011). Hermaphroditism : a primer on the
biology, ecology, and evolution of dual sexuality. Columbia
Universit |
|
ANTHES, N. (2011). A coherent view on hermaphroditism in
plants and animals. Ecology 92 (10), 2008-2009. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Parthénogenèse |
| b |
|
ELLIS, A. (1945). The sexual psychology of human
hermaphrodites. Psychosomatic Medicine, 7, 108-125. |
IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J. & PETERSON, R.E. (1976). Male
pseudohermaphroditism : the complexities of male
phenotypic development. American Journal of Medicine,
61, 251-272. |
|
MONEY, J. (1955). Hermaphroditism, gender and precocity in
hyper-adrenocorticism : psychologic findings. Bulletin
of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 96 (2), 253-264. |
|
|
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955). An
examination of some basic sexual concepts : the evidence
of human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns
Hopkins Hospital, 97, 301-319. |
ROSLER, A. & KOHN, G. (1983). Male
pseudohermaphroditism due to 17B-hydroxysteroid
dehydrogenase deficiency : Studies on the natural history
of the defect and effect of androgens on gender role. Journal
of Steroid Biochemistry, 19, 663-674. |
|
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1955).
Hermaphroditism : recommendations concerning assignment of
sex, change of sex, and psychologic management. Bulletin
of the Johns Hopkins Hospital, 97, 284-300. |
|
|
MONEY, J, HAMPSON, J.G. & HAMPSON, J.L. (1956). Sexual
incongruities and psychopathology : the evidence of human
hermaphroditism. ic sexual concepts : the evidence of
human hermaphroditism. Bulletin of the Johns Hopkins
Hospital, 98 (1), 43-57. |
|
|
STOLLER, R.J. (1964). The hermaphroditic identity of
hermaphrodites. The Journal of Nervous and Mental
Disease 139, 453–457. |
|
|
JOLLY, H. (1965). Hermaphroditism : A critical survey. Postgraduate
Medical Journal, 32 (374), 589-599, 607. [PDF] |
|
|
ZUGER, B. (1970). Gender role determination : A critical
review or the evidence from hermaphroditism. Psychosomatic
Medicine, 32, 449-463. |
MONEY, J., DEVORE, H. & NORMAN, B.F. (1986). Gender
identity and gender transposition : Longitudinal outcome
study of 32 male hermaphrodites assigned as girls. Journal
of Sex & Marital Therapy, 12 (3), 165-181. |
|
LEV-RAN, A. (1974). Gender role differentiation in
hermaphrodites. Archives of Sex behavior, 3,
391. |
DREGER, A.D. (2000). Hermaphrodites and the medical
invention of sex. Cambridge : Harvard University
Press. |
|
IMPERATO-McGINLEY, J., GUERRERO, L. & GAUTIER, T.
(1974). Steroid 5a-reductase deficiency in man : an
inherited form of pseudohermaphroditism. Science,
186, 1213-1215. |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Intersexué, Money,
Genre et
Transsexualisme |
|
|
Herméneutique : Du grec hermeneia qui signifie
«interprétation de la pensée par la parole», et de Hermès,
du dieu grec, qui était le messager des dieux et l'interprète de
leurs ordres. Méthode d'interprétation qui consiste à découvrir la
signification
(parfois cachée ou latente) des intentions et des conduites
des acteurs ou de leurs
écrits (production, trace). En épistémologie,
souvent opposé à l'explication
et à la recherche des causes
d'un phénomène. /empirisme.
Hermeneutic.
| |
|
|
RICOEUR, P. (1969). Le conflit des interprétations.
Essais d'herméneutique I. Paris : Le Seuil. |
STEINER, R. (1995). Hermeneutics or Hermes-mess ? International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 76, 435-446. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1980). Holism and hermeneutics. Review
of Metaphysic, 34 (1), 3-24. |
DILTHEY, W. (1995). Écrits d’esthétique / La
naissance de l’herméneutique. Paris : Les Éditions
du Cerf. |
|
IHDE, D. (1980). Hermeneutic phenomenology : The
philosophy of Paul Ricoeur. Evanston : Northwestern
University Press. |
BICKHARD, M.H. (1995). Intrinsic constraints on language :
Grammar and hermeneutics. Journal of Pragmatics, 23, 541-554. |
|
HABERMAS, J. (1981/2001). Théorie de l'agir
communicationnel. Paris : Fayard. |
VATTIMO, G. (1997). Hermeneutics and democracy. Philosophy
& Social Criticism, 23 (4), 1-7. |
|
GADAMER, H.G. (1984). Le défi herméneutique. Revue
Internationale de Philosophie, 151, 333-340 |
BRADMETZ, J. (1999). Herméneutique spontanée de la fausse
croyance chez les enfants de trois à six ans. Archives
de Psychologie, 67 (261), 71-95. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1984). Beyond hermeneutics. In G. Shapiro
(Ed.), Hermeneutics. Amherst : University of
Massachusetts Press. |
FOUCAULT, M. (2001). L'herméneutique du sujet.
Paris : Seui. |
|
DAY, W.F. (1988). Hermeneutics and behaviorism. American
Psychologist, 43, 129. |
HEIN, S.F. & AUSTIN, W.J. (2001). Empirical and
hermeneutic approaches to phenomenological research in
psychology : A comparison. Psychological Methods, 6 (1),
3-17. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1991). Heidegger's hermeneutic realism. In
D.R. Hiley, J.F. Bohman, R. Shusterman (Eds.), The
interpretive turn (pp. 25-41). Cornell. |
LAVERTY, S.M. (2003). Hermeneutic phenomenology and
phenomenology : A comparison of historical and
methodological considerations. International Journal
of Qualitative Methods, 2 (3), 1-28. [PDF] |
|
DOUGHER, M.J. (1993). Hermeneutic and interpretive methods
in the contextualistic analysis of verbal behavior. In
S.C. Hayes, L.J. Hayes, H. Reese and T. Sarbin (Eds.), Varieties
of scientific contextualism. Context Press : Reno,
NV. |
JASPER, D. (2004). A short introduction to
hermeneutics. Louisville, KY : Westminster John
Knox. |
|
GRONDIN, J. (1993). L'universalité de
l'herméneutique. Paris. Preses Universitaire de
France. |
GRONDIN, J. (2006). L'herméneutique. Paris :
Collection Que sais-je ?/Presses Universitaire de France. |
|
GADAMER, H.-G. (1994). Rhetoric, hermeneutics, and the
critique of ideology : Metacritical comments on truth and
method. In K. Mueller-Vollmer (Ed.), The hermeneutics
reader (pp. 274-292). New York : Continuum. |
COLE, M. (2010). Hermeneutic phenomenological
approaches in environmental education research with
children. Contemporary Approaches to Research in
Mathematics, Science, Health and Environmental Education.
[PDF] |
|
MILLER, H.K. (1994). Taking hermeneutics to science :
Prospects and tactics suggested by the work of B.F.
Skinner. The Behavior Analyst, 17, 35-42.
[PDF] |
|
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Interprétation |
|
|
Hernandez Arturo E. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du bilinguisme.
Collaborateur de Bates.
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E. & BATES, E. & AVILA, L.X. (1996).
Processing across the language boundary : A cross-modal
priming study of Spanish-English bilinguals. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 22 (4), 846-864. [PDF] |
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E., FENNEMA-NOTESTINE, C., UDELL, C. &
BATES E. (2001). Lexical and sentential priming in
competition : Implications for two-stage theories of
lexical access. Applied Psycholinguistics, 22 (2),
191-215. |
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E., LI, P. & MacWHINNEY, B. (2005). The
emergence of competing modules in bilingualism. Trends
in Cognitive Sciences, 9, 220-225. [PDF] |
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E., KOTZ, S.A. & HOFMANN, J. (2007). Age
of acquisition modulates neural activity for both regular
and irregular syntactic functions. Neuroimage, 36 (3),
912-923. [PDF] |
|
HERNANDEZ, A.E. (2009). Language switching in the
bilingual brain : What's next ? Brain & Language,
109, 133-140. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Héroïne : Drogue de la
famille des narcotiques.
Héroïne et dépendance
aux drogues. Heroin.
| |
|
|
ELSMORE, T.F., FLETCHER, G.V., CONRAD, D.G. & SODETZ,
F.J. (1980). Reduction of heroin intake in baboons by an
economic constraint. Psychopharmacology Biochemistry
& Behavior, 13, 729-731. |
ORNSTEIN, T.J., IDDON, J.L., BALDACCHINO, A.M., SAHAKIAN,
B.J., LONDON, M., EVERITT, B.J. & ROBBINS, T.W.
(2000). Profiles of cognitive dysfunction in chronic
amphetamine and heroin abusers.
Neuropsychopharmacology, 23 (2), 113-126. |
|
MELLO, N.K., MENDELSON, J.H., SELLERS, M.L. & KUEHNLE,
J.C. (1980). Effects of heroin self-administration on
cigarette smoking. Psychopharmacology, 67, 45–52. |
AHMED, S.H., WALKER, J.R. & KOOB, G.F. (2000).
Persistent increase in the motivation to take heroin in
rats with history of drug escalation. Neuropsychopharmacology,
22, 413-421.
[PDF] |
|
SIEGEL, S., HINSON, R.E., KRANK, M.D. & McCULLY, J.
(1982). Heroin "overdose" death : Contribution of
drug-associated environmental cues. Science, 216,
436-437. |
DEHUE, T. (2002). A dutch treat. Randomized controlled
experimentation and the case of heroin-maintenance in the
Netherlands. History of the Human Sciences, 15
(2), 75-98. |
|
ETTENBERG, A., PETTIT, H.O., BLOOM, F.E. & KOOB, G.F.
(1982). Heroin and cocaine intravenous self-administration
in rats : Mediation by separate neural systems.
Psychopharmacology 78, 204-209. |
SHALEV, U., GRIMM, J.W. & SHAHAM, Y. (2003).
Neurobiology of relapse to heroin and cocaine seeking : A
review. Pharmacological Review, 54 (1), 1–42.
[PDF] |
|
DE WIT, H. & STEWART, J. (1983). Drug reinstatement of
heroin-reinforced responding in the rat. Psychopharmacology
79, 29–31. |
ZHOU, W., ZHANG, F., TANG, S., LIU, H., LAI, M. &
YANG, G. (2004). Low dose of heroin inhibits drug-seeking
elicited by cues after prolonged withdrawal from heroin
self-administration in rats. NeuroReport, 15 (4),
727-730.
[PDF] |
|
SIEGEL, S. (1984). Pavlovian conditioning and heroin
overdose : Reports by overdose victims. Bulletin of
the Psychonomic Society, 22, 428-430. |
YEN, C.F., WU, H.Y., YEN, J.Y. & KO, C.H. (2004).
Effects of brief cognitive-behavioral interventions on
confidence to resist the urges to use heroin and
methamphetamine in relapse-related situations. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 192, 788-791. |
|
JACOBS, E.A. & BICKEL, W.K. (1999). Modeling drug
consumption in the clinic using simulation procedures :
Demand for heroin and cigarettes in opioid- dependent
outpatients. Experimental & Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 7, 412–426. |
JOHNSON, B. (2010). The psychoanalysis of a man with
heroin dependence ; implications for neurobiological
theories of attachment and drug craving. Neuropsychoanalysis,
12, 207–215. |
|
|
Voir aussi Dépendance
aux drogue et Drogue |
|
|
Heron William Thomas (1897-1988) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain
et spécialiste de l'étude de l'apprentissage
en labyrinthe. Professeur
de MacCorquadale. Collaborateur
de Thompson et Skinner.
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). Changes in hunger
during starvation. The Psychological Record, 1,
51-60. |
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1937). The effects of
certain drugs and hormones on conditioning and extinction.
Psychological Bulletin, 34, 741-742. |
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). An apparatus for
the study of animal behavior. The Psychological
Record, 3, 166-176. |
|
HERON, W.T. & SKINNER, B.F. (1939). Rate of extinction
in maze-bright and maze-dull rats. Psychological
Bulletin, 36, 520. |
|
HERON, W.T. (1949). Internal stimuli and learning.
Journal of Comparative & Psysiological Psychology,
42 (6), 486-492. |
|
|
|
Héros : Individu qui
a fait une chose exceptionnelle et dont on reconnaît les mérites.
Hero.
| |
|
|
RAPOPORT, A. (1967). Exploiter, leader, hero, and martyr :
the four archetypes of the 2 X 2 game. Behavioral
Science, 12, 81-84. |
|
McCRARY, J.H. (1999). Children's heroes and heroines
: Developing values manifested through artwork. Point
Clear, AL : Annual meeting of the Mid-South Educational
Research Association. |
|
DAFFLON-NOVELLE, A. (2003). Histoires inventées : Quels
héros et héroïnes souhaitent les garçons et les filles ?
Archives de psychologie, 70, 147-173. |
|
RIGBY, C.S. & PRZYBYLSKI, A.K. (2009). Virtual worlds
and the learner hero : How today's video games can inform
tomorrow's digital learning environments. Theory &
Research in Education, 7 (2) 214-223. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Héros (Anti-) :
EX : Achille Talon est un anti-héros.
Anti-hero.
|
Héros (Super-) : Personnage de
bande-dessinée ou de film
doté d'une pouvoir surhumain qui a fait une chose exceptionnelle
et dont on reconnaît les mérites.
/supervilain, superméchant.
Superhero.
| |
|
|
WIDZER, M.E. (1977). The comic-book superhero : A study of
the family romance fantasy. The Psychoanalytic Study
of the Child, 32, 565-603. |
HAMMOND K. & DANAHER, K. (2012). The value of targeted
comic book readers. ELT Journal, 66 (2),
193-204. |
|
NELSON, L.D. & NORTON, M.I. (2005). From student to
superhero : Situational primes shape future helping. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 41 (4), 423-430. |
|
|
ARCHER, R. (1997). Tornadoes, boys, and superheroes :
Externalizing conversations in the wake of a natural
disaster. Journal of Systemic Therapies, 16 (1),
73-82. |
SPIELDENNER, A.R. (2013). Altered egos : Gay men reading
across gender difference in Wonder Woman. Journal of
Graphic Novels & Comics, 4 (2), 235-244. |
|
DYSON, A.H. (1997). Writing superheroes :
Contemporary childhood, popular culture, and classroom
literacy. New York : Teachers College. |
STERNBERG, R.J. (2013). How super are superheroes ? In.
R.S. Rosenberg (Ed.), Our superheroes, ourselves (pp.159-173). New York, NY : Oxford University Press. |
|
KIRSCH, J.S. & OLZACK P.V. (2000). Violent comic books
and perceptions of ambiguous provocation situations.
Media Psychology, 2 (1), 47-62. |
RAHMAN, R.O. & ZEGLIN, R.J. (2014). Holy
psychopathology batman : The pedagogical use of comic
books in the teaching of abnormal psychology. Psychology
Teaching Review, 20 (1), 61-67. |
|
KIRSCH, J.S. & OLZACK P.V. (2002). Violent comic books
and judgments of relational aggression. Violence
& Victims, 17 (3), 373-380. |
COYNE, S.M., LINDER, J.R., RASMUSSEN, E.E., NELSON, D.
& COLLIER, K.M. (2014). It's a bird ! It's a plane !
It's a gender stereotype ! : Longitudinal associations
between superhero viewing and gender stereotyped play. Sex
Roles, 70 (9-10), 416-430. |
|
WRIGHT, B.W. (2003). Comic book nation : The
transformation of youth culture in America.
Baltimore, MD : Johns Hopkins University Press. |
RADLEY, K., FORD, W., McHUGH, M., DADAKHODJAEVA, K.,
O'HANDLEY, R., BATTAGLIA, A. & LUM, J. (2015). Brief
report : Use of superheroes social skills to promote
accurate social skill use in children with autism spectrum
disorder. Journal of Autism & Developmental
Disorders, 45 (9), 3048-3054. |
|
PETERSON, B.E. & GERSTEIN, E.D. (2005). Fighting and
flying : Archival analysis of threat, authoritarianism,
and the north american comic book. Political
Psychology, 26 (6), 887-904. |
|
|
RUBIN, L.C. & LIVESAY H. (2006). Look, up in the sky!
Using superheroes in play therapy. International
Journal of Play Therapy, 15 (1), 117-133. |
FRADKIN, C., WESCHENDER, G.V. & YUNES, M.M. (2016).
Shared advsities of 57 children and comic superheroes as
resources for promoting resilience : Comic superheroes are
an untapped resource for empowering vulnerable children. Child
Abuse & Neglect, 51, 407-415. |
|
RUBIN, L.C. (2007). Using superheroes in counseling
and play therapy. New York, NY : Springer
Publishing Company. |
GORDON, I. (2016). Refiguring media : Tee shirts as a site
of audience engagement with superheroes. Information
Society, 32 (5), 326-332. |
|
SAYERS, J.M. (2007). The incredible hulk and emotional
literacy. In. L.C. Rubin (Ed.), Using superheroes in
counseling and play therapy. New York, NY :
Springer Publishing Company. |
|
|
MARTIN, J.F. (2007). Children's attitudes toward
superheroes as a potential indicator of their moral
understanding. Journal of Moral Education, 36 (2),
239-250. |
|
|
ROSENBERG, R.S. (2008). The psychology of superheroes
: An unauthorized exploration. Inc. Dallas, TX :
BenBella Books. |
|
|
|
|
|
Herpès génitale :
Genital herpes.
| |
|
|
BENEDETTI, J., COREY L. & ASHLEY, R. (1994).
Recurrence rates in genital herpes after symptomatic
first-episode infection. Annals of Internal Medicine,
121, 847-854. |
|
|
|
Herrera Rémy ( ) : Économiste français et spécialiste de l'étude de la
militarisation. Il s'intéresse aussi à la Chine.
|
HERRERA, R. (1994). Statistics on military
expenditure in developing countries. Paris :
Éditions du Centre de Développement de l'OCDE. |
|
HERRERA, R. (2010). Les avancées révolutionnaires en
Amérique latine. Lyon : Parangon. |
|
HERRERA, R. (2010). Un autre capitalisme n'est pas
possible. Paris : Syllepse. |
|
HERRERA, R. & CICCHINI, J. (2013). Notes sur les bases
et les effectifs militaires états-Uniens à l'étranger. Innovations,
42 (3), 147-173. [PDF] |
|
HERRERA, R. & LONG, Z. (2013). L'énigme de la
croissance chinoise. La Pensée, 396 (4),
121-131. |
|
|
|
Herrnstein Richard Julius (New York 1930-1994) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain. Il a formulé la
loi de l'appariement qui est un élément central de la lthéorie
du choix maximisé, et écrit un livre controversé sur l'intelligence
The bell curve.
Étudiant de Skinner.
Professeur de Baum, Hineline
et Vaughan. Collaborateur
de Ainslie, Boring,
Brady, De villiers,
Fantino, Morse,
Murray, Prelec et Rachlin.
 |
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1961). Relative and absolute strength of
response as a function of frequency of reinforcement. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4,
267-272. [PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1970). On the law of effect. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 13 (2),
243-266.
[PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. (1974). Formal properties of the matching
law. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 76 (1), 49-69.
[PDF] |
|
HERNNSTEIN, R.J. (1977). The evolution of behaviorism. American
Psychologist, 32, 593-603. [PDF] |
|
HERRNSTEIN, R.J. & MURRAY, C. (1994). The bell
curve : Intelligence and class structure in American
life. New York : Free Press. |
|
|
COHEN, I.L. (1973). A note on Herrnstein's equation Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 19 (3),
527-528. [PDF] |
McSWEENEY, F.K.. MELVILLE, C.E. & ROLL, J.M. (1983).
Herrnstein’s equation for the rates of responding during
concurrent schedules. Animal Learning & Behavior,
11, 275–289. |
|
STADDON, J.E. (1977) On Herrnstein's equation and related
forms. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 28 (2), 163–70.[PDF]
|
TRYON, W.W. (1983). Further implications of Herrnstein's
law of effect. American Psychologist, 38,
613-614. |
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1980). An analytic comparison of
Herrnstein's equations and a multivariate rate equation. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 33 (3),
397-408. [PDF] |
BAUM, W.M. (1994). Richard J. Herrnstein : A memoir.
The Behavior Analyst, 17, 203-206. [PDF] |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1977). Herrnstein and the evolution of
behaviorism. American Psychologist, 32, 1006-1012.
|
NIELSEN, F. (1995). The Bell Curve: Intelligence and Class
Structure in American Life, by Richard J. Herrnstein and
Charles Murray. Social Forces, 74, 337-342.
|
|
WETHERINGTON, C.L. & LUCAS, T. R. (1980). A note on
fitting Herrnstein's equation. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis o f Behavior, 34 (2),
199-206. [PDF]
|
|
|
McDOWELL, J.J. (1981). On the validity and utility of
Herrnstein's hyperbola in applied behavior analysis. In
C.M. Bradshaw, E. Szabadi & C.F. Lowe (Eds.), Quantification
of steady-state operant behaviour (pp. 95-109).
North Holland : Elsevier. |
PETRY, N.M. & HEYMAN, G.M. (1997). Rat toys,
reinforcers, and response strength : An examination of the
R(e) parameter in Herrnstein's equation. Behavioural
Processes, 39 (1), 39-52. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hersen Michel H. (1940-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste,
historien de la
psychologie, méthodologiste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude et du traitemement des
problèmes comportementaux (thérapie
béhavioriste). Collaborateur de Barlow,
Beidel, Bellack,
Blanchard, Kadzin
et Turner.
 |
HERSEN, M.H., EISLER, R.M. & MILLER, P.M. (1975).
Historical perspectives in behavior modification. In M.
Hersen, M.H. Eisler & P.M. Miller (Eds.), Progress
in behavior modification. New York : Academic
Press. |
|
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). Multiple-baseline
analysis of social-skills training in chronic
schizophrenics. Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9 (3),
239-245.
[PDF] |
|
HERSEN, M., KAZDIN A.E. & BELLACK, A.S. (1986). The
clinical handbook. New York : Pergamon Press. |
|
HERSEN, M. (1989). Innovations in child behavior
therapy. New York : Springer. |
|
HERSEN, M. (2002). Rationale for clinical case studies :
An editorial. Clinical Case Studies, 1, 3-5. |
|
| AGRAS, W.S. (2012). Tributes to Michel Hersen's contribution to the field. The Mississippi years (1969-1974) . Behavior Modification, 36 (4), 436-443. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hershkowitz Rina ( ) : Mathématicienne
et spécialiste israélienne de l'éducation.
Elle s'intéresse à
l'enseignement des mathématiques, notamment à l'abstraction
et à la géométrie.
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R. & BRUCKHEIMER, M. (1985). Deductive
discovery approach to mathematics learning - or - in the
footsteps of the quadratic function. International
Journal of Mathematical Education in Science &
Technology, 16 (6), 695-703. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R. & SCHWARZ, B.B. (1999). Reflective
processes in a technology-based mathematics classroom. Cognition
& Instruction, 17 (1), 65-91. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R., SCHWARZ, B. & DREYFUS, T. (2001).
Abstraction in context : Epistemic actions. Journal
for Research in Mathematics Education, 32 (2),
195-222. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R. & KIERAN, C. (2002). Fusionner des
representations mathematique machinalement ou en
reflechissant : experiences d'utilisation de calculatrices
graphiques. Sciences et Techniques Educatives, 9,
201-218. |
|
HERSHKOWITZ, R., HADAS, N., DREYFUS, T. & SCHWARZ, B.
(2007). Processes of abstraction, from the diversity of
individuals' constructing of knowledge to a group's
"shared knowledge". Mathematical Education Research
Journal, 19, 41-68. |
|
|
|
Hertz : Unité de
mesure de la fréquence des sons. Un hertz correspond au
nombre de cycles par seconde d'une onde
sonore. En principe, notre
oreille peut capter des sons dont la fréquence varie entre
20 hertz (son très grave) et 20 000 hertz (son très aigu). Hertz,
Sensation et
Ouïe.
|
Herzberg Frederick (1923-2000) : Psychologue
organisationnel américain. Il s'est notamment intéressé aux
facteurs qui
influencent la satisfaction
au travail (Two-factors motivation/théorie bi-factorielle de
la motivation).
 |
HERZBERG, F., MAUSNER, B., PETERSON, R.O. & CAPWELL,
D.F. (1957). Job attitudes, a review of research and
opinion. Pittsburgh, : Psychological service of
Pittsburgh. |
|
HERZBERG, F., MAUSNER, B. & SNYDERMAN-BLOCH, B.
(1959). The motivation to work. New York : John
Wiley. |
|
HERZBERG, F. (1966/73). Work and the nature of Man.
Cleveland/New York : World Publishing/Mentor book. |
|
HERZBERG, F. (1976). The managerial choice : to be
efficient and to be human. Homewood : Dow
Jones-Irwin. |
|
HERZBERG, F. (1987). One more time : How do you motivate
employees ? Harvard Business Review, 65 (5),
109-120. [PDF] |
|
|
EWEN, R. (1964). Some determinants of job satisfaction : A
study of the generality of Herzberg's theory. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 48 (3), 161-163. |
LOUART, P. (2002). Maslow, Herzberg et les théories
du contenu motivationnel. Lille : Les Cahiers de la
Recherche. [PDF] |
|
BURKE, R. (1966). Are Herzberg's motivators and hygienes
unidimensional ? Journal of Applied Psychology, 50
(4), 317-321. |
|
|
EWEN, R.B., SMITH, P.C. & HULIN, C.L. (1966). An
empirical test of the Herzberg two-factor theory. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 50 (6), 544-550. |
SMEREK, R.E. & PETERSON, M. (2007). Examining
Herzberg's Theory : improving job satisfaction among
non-academic staff at a university. Research in
Higher Education, 48 (2), 229-250. [PDF] |
|
HOUSE, R.J. & WIGDOR, L.A. (1967). Herzberg's
dual-factor theory of job satisfaction and motivation : a
review of the evidence and a criticism. Personnel
Psychology, 20 (4), 369-390. [PDF] |
WALL, T. & STEPHENSON, G. (2007). Herzberg's
two-factor theory of job attitudes : A critical evaluation
and some fresh evidence. Industrial Relations
Journal, 1 (3), 41-65. |
|
LINDSAY, C.A., MARKS, E. & GORLOW, L. (1967). The
Herzberg theory : a critique and reformulation. Journal
of Applied Psychology, 51 (4), 330-339. |
UDECHUKWU, I. (2009). Correctional officer turnover : Of
Maslow's needs hierarchy and Herzberg's motivation theory.
Public Personnel Management, 38 (2), 69-82. [PDF] |
|
BEHLING, O., LABOVITZ, G. & KOSMO, R. (1968). The
Herzberg controversy : A critical reappraisal. Academy
of Management Journal, 11 (1), 99-108. |
TECK-HONG, T. & WAHEED, A. (2011). Herzberg's
motivation-hygiene theory and job satisfaction in the
Malaysian retail sector : the mediating effect of love of
money, Asian Academy of Management Journal, 16 (1),
73-94. [PDF] |
|
BOCKMAN, V.M. (1971). The Herzberg controversy. Personnel
Psychology, 24 (2), 155-189. |
HONG, T.T. & WAHEED, A. (2011). Herzberg's motivation
- Hygiene theory and job satisfaction in the Malaysian
retail sector : the mediating effect of love of money, Asian
Academy of Management Journal, 16 (1), 73-94. [PDF] |
|
STEAD, B. (1972). Berlo's communication process model as
applied to the behavioral theories of Maslow, Herzberg,
and McGregor. Academy of Management Journal, 15 (3),
389-394. |
OZGUNER, Z. & OZGUNER, M. (2014). A managerial point
of view on the relationship between of Maslow's hierarchy
of needs and Herzberg's dual factor theory.
International Journal of Business & Social Science,
5 (7), 207-215. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hésiter : Hésitation : Dans une situation de choix,
incohérente ou floue, incapacité de dire ou d'agir (émettre un comportement),
souvent momentané .
En face d'un problème,
incapacité à trouver une solution qui se traduit par une paralysie
ou des comportement inadéquats.
=
paralyser. Hésitation et doute. Hesitation.
| |
|
|
CORLEY, M., MacGREGOR, L.C. & DONALDSON, I. (2007).
It's the way that you, er, say it : Hesitations in speech
affect language comprehension. Cognition, 105
(3), 658-668. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hess Ursula(1960-) : Psychologue
allemande et spécialiste de l'étude des émotions
et des expressions
faciales. Elle s'intéresse également au mimétisme.
Collaboratrice de Grammer, Kappas
Lanzetta, Scherer
et Wallbott.
|
HESS, U., KAPPAS, A., McHUGO, G.J., KLECK, R.E. &
LANZETTA, J.T. (1989). An analysis of the encoding and
decoding of spontaneous and posed smiles : The use of
facial electromyography. Journal of Nonverbal
Behavior, 13, 121-137. |
|
HESS, U., ADAMS, R.B., GRAMMER, K. & KLECK, R.E.
(2009). Face gender and emotion expression : Are angry
women more like men ? Journal of Vision, 9 (12),
1-8. |
HESS, U. & FISCHER, A. (2014). Emotional mimicry : Why
and when we mimic emotions. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 8, 45-57.
|
|
HESS, U., LANDEMANN, H., DAVID S. & HARELI, S. (2018).
The bidirectional relation of emotion perception and
social judgments : The effect of witness’ emotion and vice
versa. Cognition & Emotion, 6, 1152-1165. |
HESS, U. & KAFETSIOS, K. (2022). Infusing context into
emotion perception impacts emotion decoding accuracy : A
Truth and bias model. Experimental Psychology, 68, 285-294.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hétérogène : Hétérogénéité : Disparate, qui ne forme pas un tout homogène, qui s'écarte de la moyenne. Hétérogénéité et
biais d'hétérogénéité. = mélangé,
mal classé, pas organisé. homogéneité.
Heterogeneity, heterogeneous variance.
| |
|
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (1981).The two-scale plot : An exploratory
display of data with heterogeneous variances. American
Statistician, 35, 265-266 |
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T. & THOMPSON, S.G. (2002). Quantifying
heterogeneity in a meta-analysis. Statistical
Medicine, 21, 1539-1558. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hétérosexualité : Hétérosexuel : Hétérosexualité, contrainte
à l'homosexualité et homosexualité.
Heterosexuality, heterosexual
relationships.
| |
|
|
RANIER, J.D., MESNIKOFF, A., KOLB, L.C. & CARR, A.
(1960). Homosexuality and hererosexuality in identical
twins. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22, 250-259.
[PDF] |
WILKINSON, S. & KITZINGER, C. (Eds.) (1993). Heterosexuality.
London : Sage Publications Ltd. |
|
FREUND, K. (1963). A laboratory method for diagnosing
predominance of homo- or heteroerotic interest in the
male. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1,
85-93. |
LIPS, H.M. & FREEDMAN, S.A. (1993). Heterosexual
feminist identities : Private boundaries and shifting
centers. In S. Wilkinson & C. Kitzinger (Eds.), Heterosexuality : A feminist psychology reader (pp. 56-58). London
: Sage. |
|
FREUND, K. (1967). Diagnosing homo- or heterosexuality and
erotic age-preference by means of a psychophysio- logical
test. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 5,
209-228. |
DUNCOMBE, J. & MARSDEN, D. (1993). Love and intimacy :
The gender division of emotion and "emotion work". A
neglected aspect of sociological discussion of
heterosexual relationships. Sociology, 27 (2),
221-241. |
|
RAO, J.N.K. (1973). On the estimation of heteroscedastic
variances. Biometrics, 29, 11-24. |
JULIEN, D., DUBÉ, M. et GAGNON, I. (1994). Le
développement des enfants de parents homosexuels comparé à
celui des enfants de parents hétérosexuels. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 15 (3), 135-153. |
|
KENRICK, D.T., CIALDINI, R.B. & LINDER, D.E. (1979).
Heterosexual attraction and attributional processes in
fear producing situations. In M. Cook & G. Wilson
(Eds.), Love and attraction. London : Pergamon
Press. |
KENRICK, D.T., KEEFE, R.C., BRYAN, A., BARR, A. &
ROWN, S. (1995). Age preferences and mate choice among
homosexuals and heterosexuals : A case for modular
psychological mechanisms. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 69, 1166–1172. |
|
RICH, A. (1980). Compulsory heterosexuality and lesbian
existence. Sign, 5, 631-660. 5. |
KATZ, J.N. (1995). The invention of heterosexuality.
New York : Dutton. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1988). Heterosexuals' attitudes toward
lesbians and gay men : Correlates and gender differences.
Journal of Sex Research, 25, 451-477. |
KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1995). Transitions from
heterosexuality to lesbianism : the discursive production
of lesbian identities. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1), 95-104. |
|
FREUND, K., WATSONS, R. & RIENZO, D. (1989).
Heterosexuality, homosexuality, and erotic age preference.
Journal of Sex Research, 26 (1), 107-117. |
KITZINGER, C. & WILKINSON, S. (1996). Deconstructing
heterosexuality : A feminist social-constructionist
analysis. In N. Charles & F. Hughes-Freeland (Eds.), Practising
Feminism : Identity, difference, power (pp.
135-155). London : Routledge. |
|
LEVAY, S.A. (1991). Difference in hypothalamic structure
between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253
(5023), 1034-1037. [PDF] |
HEREK, G.M. & CAPITANIO, J.P. (1999). Sex differences
in how heterosexuals think about lesbians and gay men :
Evidence from survey context effects. The Journal of
Sex Research, 36 (4), 348-360. [PDF] |
| |
HEREK, G.M. (2000) Sexual prejudice and gender : Do
heterosexuals' attitudes towards lesbians and gay men
differ ? Journal of Social Issues, 56 (2),
251-266. |
| |
KILIANSKI, S.E. (2003) Explaining heterosexual men's
attitudes towards women and gay men : The theory of
exclusively masculine identity. Psychology of Men
& Masculinity, 4, 37-56. |
| |
TSAO, M. & WU, C. (2006). Empirical likelihood
inference for a common mean in the presence of
heteroscedasticity. The Canadian Journal of
Statistics, 34 (1), 45-59. [PDF] |
| |
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The preferred traits of mates in a
cross-national study of heterosexual and homosexual men
and women : An examination of biological and cultural
influences. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 36,
193-208. |
|
KITZINGER, C., WILKINSON, S. & PERKINS, R. (1992).
Special issue on heterosexuality. Feminism &
Psychology, 2 (3), 293-324. |
SNOWDEN, R.J., WITCHER, J. & GRAY, N.S. (2008).
Implicit and explicit measurements of sexual preference in
gay and heterosexual men : A comparison of priming
techniques and the implicit association task. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 37, 558-565. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Identité
de genre,
Sexualité,
Contrainte à l'homosexualité et Homosexualité |
|
|
|
Hétérosexualité (Contraintes) : Ensemble des pressions
sociales qui poussent un individu à devenir hétérosexuel,
à adopter un rôle conforme à son sexe/ genre.
Parmi ces contraintes, on compte les parents, les médias, les
pairs, la publicité et tous ceux qui partagent une conception
traditionnelle du genre et des rôles sexuels. =
socialisation en conformité avec son sexe. Contraintes, étiquetage
et rôle
sexuel. Gender nonconformity.
| |
|
|
RICH, A. (1981). La contrainte à l'hétérosexualité et
l'existence lesbienne. Nouvelles Questions
Féministes, 1, 5-43. |
RISMAN, B.J. & MYERS, K. (1997). As the twig is bent :
Children reared in feminist households. Qualitative
Sociology, 20, 229-252. |
|
KITE, M.E. & DEAUX, K. (1987). Gender belief systems :
Homosexuality and the implicit inversion theory. Psychology
of Women Quarterly, 11, 83-96. |
SANDNABBA, N.K. & AHLEBERG, C. (1999). Parents’
attitudes and expectations about children’s cross-gender
behavior. Sex Roles, 40, 249-263. |
|
LYTTON, H. & ROMNEY, D.M. (1991). Parents’
differential socialization of boys and girls. Psychological
Bulletin, 109, 267-296. |
STACEY, J. & BIBLIARZ, T.J. (2001). (How) does the
sexual orientation of parents matter ? American
Sociological Review, 66, 159-183. |
|
PATTERSON, C.J. (1992). Children of lesbian and gay
parents. Child Development, 63, 1025-1042. |
MARTIN, K.A. (2005). William wants a doll, can he have one
? Feminists, child care advisors, and gender-neutral child
rearing. Gender & Society, 20, 1-24. |
|
KANE, E.W. & SCHIPPERS, M. (1996). Men’s and women’s
beliefs about gender and sexuality. Gender &
Society, 10, 650-665. |
KANE, E.W. (2006). "No way my boys are going to be like
that" Parents’ responses to children’s gender
nonconformity. Gender & Society, 20 (2),
149-176. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Rôle
sexuel, Hétérosexualité,
et Rich |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hetherington Elleen Mavis (1926-2023) : Psychologue américaine d'origine canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude du mariage
et du divorce.
 |
HETHERINGTON, E.M., COX, M. & COX, R. (1985).
Long-term effects of divorce and remarriage on the
adjustment of children. Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 24 (5), 518-530. [PDF] |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. (1989). Coping with family transitions
: Winners, losers, and survivors. Child Development,
60, 1-14. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. (1992). Epistemology's psychological
turn. Metaphilosophy, 23, 47-56. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M. (1993). An overview of the Virginia
Longitudinal Study of Divorce and Remarriage with a focus
on early adolescence. Journal of Family Psychology,
7, 39-56. |
|
HETHERINGTON, E.M., BRIDGES, M. & INSABELLA, G.M.
(1998). What matters ? What does not ? Five perspectives
on the association between marital transitions and
children adjustement. American Psychologist, 53 (2),
67-84. |
|
|
|
Hetherington Stephen ( ) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
américain.
 |
HETHERINGTON, S. (1992). Epistemology's psychological
turn. Metaphilosophy, 23, 47-56. |
|
HETHERINGTON, S. (2001). Good knowledge, bad
knowledge : On two dogmas of epistemology. Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
HETHERINGTON, S. (2002). Fallibilism and knowing that one
is not dreaming. Canadian Journal of Philosophy, 32,
83-102. |
|
HETHERINGTON, S. (2003). Reality ? Knowledge ?
Philosophy ! : An introduction to metaphysics and
epistemology. Edinburgh : Edinburgh University
Press. |
|
HETHERINGTON, S. (2006). Knowledge's boundary problem.
Synthese, 15, 41-56. |
|
|
|
|
|
Heuristique : Le terme a au moins deux acceptions : a) En psychologie
cognitive, règle, généralement simple et automatique,
suggérant une ligne de conduite ou servant de guide dans la prise
de décision et la résolution
de problème, la découverte rapide et sans effort d'une
solution, mais ne garantissant pas nécessairement l'obtention dans
tous les cas d'une solution optimale.
En fait pour Tversky et
Kahneman, les
heuristiques sont toujours des solutions incompatibles avec la logique
et les statistiques.
Autrement dit, les individus juge en se fondant sur un minimum
d'information. Heuristique, script
et algorithme.
= solution pratique, racourcis
cognitif, rationalité
limitée. /systématique. Heuristic.
b) En philosophie
des sciences, on utilise également ce mot pour qualifier une
méthode/théorie féconde, qui permet de découvrir de nouveaux faits
ou de formuler de nouvelles hypothèses.
EX: Une hypothèse heuristique. =
heuristique positive et négative,
fécond. Heuristic.
| |
|
|
a
|
|
TIKHOMIROV, O.K. & POZNYANSKAYA, E. (1966). An
investigation of visual search as a means of analyzing
heuristics. Soviet Psychology, 5, 2-15. |
FINUCANE, M.L., ALHAKAMI, A., SLOVIC, P. & JOHNSON,
S.M. (2000). The affect heuristic in judgments of risks
and benefits. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making,
13 (1), 1-17. |
| |
TODD, P.M. & GIGERENZER, G. (2000). Precis of simple
heuristics that make us smart. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 23, 727-780. |
|
TVERSKY, A. (1974). Judgment under uncertainty :
heuristics and biases. Science, 185, 1124-1131. |
DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2002). Aging and
strategic retrieval processes : Reducing false memories
with a distinctiveness heuristic. Psychology &
Aging, 17, 405-415. |
| |
BUDSON, A.E., DAFFNER, K.R., SITARSKI, J. & SCHACTER,
D.L. (2002). False recognition of pictures versus words in
Alzheimer’s disease : The distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychology,
16 (2), 163-173. [PDF] |
| |
KOKIS, J., MacPHERSON, R., TOPLAK, M.E. WEST, R.F.
& STANOVICK, K.E. (2002). Heuristic and analytic
processing : Age trends and associations with cognitive
ability. Journal of Experimental Child Psychology,
83, 26-52.
|
|
LANDA, L. (1976). Instructional regulation and
control : Cybernetics, algorithmization, and heuristics
in education. Englewood Cliffs, NJ : Educational
Technology Publications. |
DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2002). When false
recognition meets metacognition : The distinctiveness
heuristic. Journal of Memory & Language, 46, 782-803. |
|
CHAIKEN, S. (1980). Heuristic versus systematic
information processing and the use of source versus
message cues in persuasion. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 39 (5),
752-766. [PDF] |
SLOVIC, P., FINUCANE, M.L., PETERS, E. & MACGREGOR,
D.G. (2002). The affect heuristic. In T. Gilovich, D.
Griffin & D. Kahneman (Eds.), Heuristics and
biases : The psychology of intuitive judgment (pp.
397-420). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KAHNEMAN, D., SLOVIC, P. & TVERSKY, A. (1981). Judgement
under uncertainty - Heuristics and biases.
Cambridge University Press, Cambridge. |
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & GIGERENZER, G. (2002). Models of
ecological rationality : The recognition heuristic. Psychological
Review, 109 (1), 75-90. [PDF] |
|
NISBETT, R.E., KRANTZ, D.H., JEPSON, C. & KUNDA, Z.
(1983). The use of statistical heuristics in everyday
inductive reasoning. Psychological Review, 90, 339-363. |
WHITTLESEA, B.W.A. & LEBOE, J.P. (2003). Two fluency
heuristics (and how to tell them apart). Journal of
Memory & Language, 49, 62-79. |
|
OPPENHEIMER, D.M. (2003). Not so fast! (and not so
frugal!) : rethinking the recognition heuristic.
Cognition, 90, 1-9. [PDF] |
CHAIKEN, S. (1987). The heuristic model of persuasion. In
M.P. Zanna, J.M. Olson & C.P. Herman (Eds.),
Social influence : The Ontario Symposium (Vol. 5,
pp. 3-39). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum.
|
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2005). Moral heuristics. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28, 531-573. |
|
|
AGNOLI, F. & KRANTZ, D.H. (1989). Suppressing natural
heuristics by formal instruction : The case of the
conjunction fallacy. Cognitive Psychology, 21,
515-550. |
GIGERENZER, G. & ENGEL, C. (2006). Heuristics and
the law. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
CHAIKEN, S., LIBERMAN, A. & EAGLY, A.H. (1989).
Heuristic and systematic information processing within and
beyond the persuasion context. In J.S. Uleman & J.A.
Bargh (Eds.), Unintended thought (pp. 212-252).
New York : Guilford Press. |
McCABE, D.P. & SMITH, A.D. (2006). The distinctiveness
heuristic in false recognition and false recall. Memory,
14 (5), 570-583. |
|
SUEDFELD, P. & TETLOCK, P.E. (1991). Psychological
advice about political decision making : Heuristics,
biases, and cognitive defects. In P. Suedfeld & P.E.
Tetlock, Psychology and social policy. Washington
: Hemisphere. |
VOLZ, K.G., SCHOOLER, L.J., SCHUBOTZ, R.I., RAAB, M.,
GIGERENZER, G. & VON CRAMON, D.Y. (2006). Why you
think Milan is larger than Modena : Neural correlates of
the recognition heuristic. Journal of Cognitive
Neuroscience, 18, 1924-1936. [PDF] |
|
SMITH, J.F. & KIDA, T. (1991). Heuristics and biases :
Expertise and task realism in auditing. Psychological
Bulletin, 109 (3), 472-489. |
GOLDSTEIN, D.G., ARKES, H.R., BECKENKAMP, M., COOTER, R.,
ELLICKSON, R.C., ENGEL, C., GUTHRIE, C.P., HERTWIG, R.,
KURZENHAEUSER, S. & WEBER, E.U. (2006). How do
heuristics mediate the impact of law on behavior ? In G.
Gigerenzer and C. Engel (Eds.), Heuristics and the
law (pp. 439-465). Cambridge : MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & KARELAIA, N. (2007). Heuristic and
linear models of judgment : Matching rules and
environments, Psychological Review, 114 (3),
733-758. |
|
SNIDERMAN, P., BRODY, R. & TETLOCK, P.E. (1991). The
role of heuristics in political reasoning : A theory
sketch. In P. Sniderman, R. Brody & P.E. Tetlock
(Eds.), Reasoning about politics : Explorations in
political psychology. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
MARTIN, R., HEWSTONE, M. & MARTIN, P.Y. (2007).
Systematic and heuristic processing of majority- and
minority-endorsed messages : The effects of varying
outcome relevance and levels of orientation on attitude
and message processing. Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 33, 43-56. |
|
GIGERENZER, G. (1991). From tools to theories : a
heuristic of discovery in cognitive psychology. Psychological
Review, 98, 254-267.
[PDF] |
HERTWIG, R., HERZOG, S.M., REIMER, T. & SCHOOLER, L.J.
(2008). Fluency heuristic : A model of how the mind
exploits a by-product of information retrieval.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 34 (5),
1191-1206. [PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. (1991). How to make cognitive illusions
disappear : Beyond heuristics and biases. In W. Stroebe
& M. Hewstone (Eds.), European review of social
psychology (Vol. 2, pp. 83-115). Chichester,
England : Wiley. |
PARK, J., SCHALLER, M. & VAN VUGT, M. (2008). The
psychology of human kin recognition : Heuristic cues,
erroneous inferences, and their implications. Review
of General Psychology, 12, 215-235. [PDF] |
|
GIGERENZER, G. (1996). On narrow norms and vague
heuristics : A rebuttal to Kahneman and Tversky (1996). Psychological
Review, 103, 592-596. |
GIGERENZER, G. & BRIGHTON, H. (2009). Homo heuristicus
: why biased minds make better inferences. Topics in
Cognitive Science, 1, 107-143. [PDF]
|
|
BOHNER, G., FRANK, E. & ERB, H.-P. (1998). Heuristic
processing of distinctiveness information in minority and
majority influence. European Journal of Social, 28,
855-860. [PDF] |
GIGERENZER G. & GOLDSTEIN, D.G. (2011). The
recognition heuristic : A decade of research. Judgment
& Decision Making, 6 (1), 100-121.
[PDF] |
|
BJORK, R.A. (1999). Assessing our own competence :
Heuristics and illusions. In D. Gopher and A. Koriat
(Eds.), Attention and peformance XVII. Cognitive
regulation of performance : Interaction of theory and
application (pp. 435-459). Cambridge, MA : MIT
Press. |
GIGERENZER G. & GAISSMAIER, W. (2011). Heuristic
decision making. The Annual Review of Psychology, 62,
451-482. [PDF] |
| |
CIMPIAN, A. & SALOMON, E. (2014). The inherence
heuristic : An intuitive means of making sense of the
world, and a potential precursor to psychological
essentialism. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 37, 461-527.
[PDF]
|
| |
TOPLAK, M.E., WEST, R.F. & STANOVICH, K.E. (2016).
Real-world correlates of performance on heuristics and
biases tasks in a community sample. Journal of
Behavioral Decision Making, 30, 541-554. |
| |
POHL, R.F. (2017). Measuring age-related differences in
using a simple decision strategy : The case of the
recognition heuristic. Zeitschrift für Psychologie,
225 (1), 20-30. |
| |
SUNSTEIN, C.R. (2002). Risk and reason : Safety, law,
and the environment. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Raisonnement,
Biais cognitifs,
Jugement social et
Rationalité
limitée |
|
b
|
|
POST, H. (1971). Correspondence, invariance and
heuristics. Studies in History & Philosophy of
Science, 2, 213-255. |
RICHARDSON, R.C. (1999). Heuristics; Black box,
figure-ground, modularity, split brain effects and
Zeigarnik effect. In R. Audi (Ed.), The Cambridge
dictionary of philosophy (pp. 310-311, 379, 579,
874-5, 987). Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
KUHN, T.S. (1977/90). The essential tension / La
tension essentielle : Tradition et changement dans les
Sciences. Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
ZAKZANIS, K.K. (2001). Statistics to tell the truth, the
whole truth, and nothing but the truth : Formulae,
illustrative numerical examples, and heuristic
interpretation of effect size analyses for
neuropsychological researchers. Archives of Clinical
Neuropsychology, 16 (7), 653-667. [PDF] |
|
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1997). Creative hypothesis generating in
psychology : Some useful heuristices. Annual Review of
Psychology, 48, 1-30. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Algorithme |
|
|
Heuristique
d'égalité :
Equality heuristic.
| |
|
|
MESSICK, D.M. & SCHELL, T. (1992). Evidence for an
equality heuristic in social decision making. Acta
Psychologica 80, 311-323. |
|
MESSICK, D.M. (1993). Equality as a decision heuristic. In
B.A. Mellers & J. Baron (Eds.), Psychological
perspectives on justice. New York : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Égalité
et Heuristique |
|
|
Heuristique de la démarcation :
Distinctiveness heuristic.
| |
|
|
BOHNER, G., FRANK, E. & ERB, H.-P. (1998). Heuristic
processing of distinctiveness information in minority and
majority influence. European Journal of Social, 28,
855-860. [PDF] |
HEGE, A.C.G. & DODSON, C.S. (2004). Why distinctive
information reduces false memories : Evidence for both
impoverished relational encoding and distinctiveness
heuristic accounts. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 30, 787-795. |
|
DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2002). Aging and
strategic retrieval processes : Reducing false memories
with a distinctiveness heuristic. Psychology &
Aging, 17, 405-415. |
DODSON, C.S. & HEGE, A.C.G. (2005). Speeded retrieval
abolishes the false memory suppression effect : Evidence
for the distinctiveness heuristic. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 12, 726-731. |
|
BUDSON, A.E., DAFFNER, K., SITARSKI, J. & SCHACTER,
D.L. (2002). False recognition of pictures versus words in
Alzheimer's disease : The distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychology,
16 (2), 163-173. [PDF] |
BUDSON, A.E., DAFFNER, K., DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER,
D.L. (2005). Metacognition and false recognition in
Alzheimer’s disease : Further exploration of the
distinctiveness heuristic. Neuropsychology, 19 (2),
253-258. [PDF] |
|
DODSON, C.S. & SCHACTER, D.L. (2002). When false
recognition meets metacognition : The distinctiveness
heuristic. Journal of Memory & Language, 46, 782-803. |
BUDSON, A.E., DROLLER, D.B.J., DODSON, C.S., RUGG, M.D.,
HOLCOMB, P.J., SCHACTER, D.L. & DAFFNER, K. (2005).
Electrophysiological dissociation of picture versus word
encoding : the distinctiveness heuristic as a retrieval
orientation. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 17,
1181-1193. |
|
|
Voir aussi Heuristique |
|
|
Heuristique
de la disponibilité : Concept
développé par Tversky et Kahneman
pour décrire la tendance à évaluer la probabilité d'un événement
donné en fonction d'informations ou d'exemples qui nous viennent
facilement à l'esprit parce qu'ils nous ont frappé (salience)
ou parce que nous y avons été exposés à de multiples
reprises (répétition).
Availability heuristic, heuristic bias.
| |
|
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1973). Availability : a
heuristic for judging frequency and probability. Cognitive
Psychology, 5, 207-232. |
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1974). Judgments under
uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Science, 185,
1124-1131. |
|
CARROLL, J.S. (1978). The effect of imagining an event on
expectations for the event : An interpretation in terms of
the availability heuristic. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 14, 88-96. |
|
DE NEYS, W. (2010). Heuristic bias, conflict, and
rationality in decision-making. In B.M. Glatzeder, V. Goel
& A. von Müller (Eds.), Towards a theory of
thinking (pp. 23-33). Berlin, Germany :
Springer-Verlag. |
|
DE NEYS, W. & FEREMANS, V. (2013). Development of
heuristic bias detection in elementary school. Developmental
Psychology, 49, 258-269. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
cognitif et Heuristique |
|
|
Heuristique de la reconnaissance : Recognition
heuristic.
| |
|
|
GOLDSTEIN, D.G. & GIGERENZER, G. (2002). Models of
ecological rationality : The recognition heuristic. Psychological
Review, 109 (1), 75-90. [PDF]
|
HILBIG, B.E., SCHOLL, S.G. & POHL, R.F. (2010). Think
or blink : Is the recognition heuristic an
"intuitive"strategy ? Judgment & Decision Making,
5 (4), 300-309. |
|
POHL, R.F. (2006). Empirical tests of the recognition
heuristic. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19,
251- 271. |
HILBIG, B.E., ERFELDER, E. & POHL, R.F. (2010).
One-reason decision-making unveiled : A measurement model
of the recognition heuristic. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 36 (1),
123-134. |
|
PLESKAC, T.J. (2007). A signal detection analysis of the
recognition heuristic. Psychonomic Bulletin &
Review, 14, 379-391. |
SMITHSON, M. (2010). When less is more in the recognition
heuristic. Judgment & Decision Making, 5 (4),
230-243. [PDF] |
|
HILBIG, B.E. & POHL, R.F. (2008). Recognizing users of
the recognition heuristic. Experimental Psychology,
55 (6), 394-401. |
POHL, R.F. MICHALKIEWICZ, M., EERFELDER, E. & HILBIG,
B.E. (2017). Use of the recognition heuristic depends on
the domain's recognition validity, not on the recognition
validity of selected sets of objects. Memory &
Cognition, 45 (5), 776-791. |
|
HILBIG, B.E., POHL, R.F. & BRÖDER, A. (2009).
Criterion knowledge : A moderator of using the recognition
heuristic ? Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 22
(5), 510-522. |
EGOZCUE, M., GARCIA, L.F., KATSIKOPOULOS, K.V. &
SMITHSON, M. (2017). Simple models in finance : Evaluating
the accuracy rate of the recognition heuristic.
Journal of Risk Model Validation, 11, 1-21. |
|
HILBIG, B.E. & POHL, R.F. (2009). Ignorance-versus
evidence-based decision making : A decision time analysis
of the recognition heuristic. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35
(5), 1296-1305. |
POHL, R.F. (2017). Measuring age-related differences in
using a simple decision strategy : The case of the
recognition heuristic. Zeitschrift für Psychologie,
225 (1), 20-30. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Biais
cognitif et Heuristique |
|
|
Heuristique
de la représentativité :
Representativeness heuristic.
| |
|
|
GARDAIR, E. et GUYON, H. (2002). Les raisonnements biaisés
dans la prise de décision individuelle et collective :
heuristique de la représentativité et confrontation à un
point de vue divergent. Économies et Sociétés, 36
(5), 199. |
|
|
|
Heuristique
émotive : Affect heuristic.
| |
|
|
SLOVIC, P., FINUCANE, M.L., PETERS, E. & MACGREGOR,
D.G. (2002). The affect heuristic. In T. Gilovich, D.
Griffin, & D. Kahneman (Eds.), Heuristics and
biases : The psychology of intuitive judgment (pp.
397-420). New York : Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
Heuristique
positive/négative : Pour Lakatos,
désigne le pouvoir des programmes
de recherche matures de produire des règles méthodologiques
positives, que les chercheurs doivent observer pour construire des
modèles explicatifs, et négatives, qu'ils doivent éviter de suivre
afin de protéger les éléments essentiels du programme, ou noyau
dur. Heuristique, noyau
dur et ceinture
de protection. Positive test heuristic.
| |
|
|
MAYO, R., ALFASI, D. & SCHWARZ N. (2014). Distrust and
the positive test heuristic : Dispositional and situated
social distrust improves performance on the Wason rule
discovery task. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
General, 143 (3), 985-990. [PDF] |
|
|
NADEAU, R. (1999). Vocabulaire technique et
analytique de l'épistémologie. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
|
Heuristique de simulation : Concept
développé par Tversky et Kahneman
pour décrire la tendance à considérer comme plus probable les
scénarios explicatifs faciles à imaginer (à simuler). Simulation
heuristic.
| |
|
|
TVERSKY, A. & KAHNEMAN, D. (1974). Judgments under
uncertainty : Heuristics and biases. Science, 185,
1124-1131. |
|
OETTINGEN, G. & MATER, D. (2002). The motivation
function of thinking about the future : Expectations
versus fantasies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 83, 1198-1212. |
|
RAUNE, D., MacLEOD, A. & HOLMES, E.A. (2005). The
simulation heuristic and visual imagery in pessimism for
future negative events in anxiety. Clinical
Psychology & Psychotherapy, 12 (4), 313-325. |
|
|
Voir aussi Heuristique |
|
|
|
|
Hewitt Christopher ( ) : Politologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du terrorisme.
|
HEWITT, C. (1977). The effect of political democracy and
social democracy on equality in industrial societies : A
cross national comparison. American Sociological
Review, 42, 450-464. |
|
HEWITT, C. (1994). The dog that didn't bark : The
political consequences of separatist violence in Quebec,
1963-70. The Journal of Conflict Studies, 14 (1),
9-29. [PDF] |
|
HEWITT, C. (2002). Understanding terrorism in America
(Extremism and democracy). Routledge. |
|
HEWITT, C. (2003). The political context of terrorism in
Amercia : Ignoring extremists of panderong to them ? In Understanding
terrorism in America. : from the klan to al Qaeda.
London and New York : Routledge.
[PDF] |
|
HEWITT, C. (2005). Political violence and terrorism
in modern America. Praeger. |
|
|
|
Hewitt
John K. (Hampshire 1952-) : Psychologue
évolutionniste américain, d'origine anglaise, spécialisé
dans l'étude des prédispositions
génétiques des comportements
et des troubles
alimentaires (anorexie,
boulimie, obésité,
etc). Collaborateur de Defries,
Eaves, Emde,
Friedman, Heath,
Kagan, Miyake, Plomin,
Robinson et Zahn-Waxler.
 |
HEWITT, J.K., FULKER, D.W. & BROADHURST, P.L. (1981).
Genetics of escape-avoidance conditioning in laboratory
and wild populations of rats : a biometrical approach. Behavior
Genetics, 11, 533-544. |
|
HEWITT, J.K. (1987). Heritability. Science Progress,
71, 37-49. |
|
HEWITT, J.K. (1992). Localization of primary sites of
genetic influence requires more information than two
selected lines alone can yield (Critique of Sinclair's
paper). Behavior Genetics, 22, 19-21. |
|
HEWITT, J.K. (1997). Behavior genetics and eating
disorders. Psychopharmacology Bulletin, 33,
355-358. |
|
HEWITT, J.K. (1997). The genetics of obesity : What have
genetic studies told us about the environment ? Behavior
Genetics, 27, 353-358. |
|
|
|
Hewitt Paul L. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude du
perfectionnisme, de la dépression
et du suicide.
Collaborateur de Curran, Flett,
Hill,
Smith et Sherry.
|
HEWITT, P.L. & FLETT, G.L. (1991). Perfectionism in
the self and social contexts : Conceptualization, and
association with psychopathology. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 60 (3),
456-470. [PDF] |
|
HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & EDIGER, E. (1996).
Perfectionism and depression : Longitudinal assessment of
a specific vulnerability hypothesis. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 105 (2), 276-280. |
|
SHERRY, S.B., HEWITT, P.L., FLETT, G.L. & HARVEY, M.
(2003). Perfectionism dimensions, perfectionistic
attitudes, dependent attitudes, and depression in
psychiatric patients and university students. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 50 (3), 373-386. [PDF] |
|
HEWITT, P.L. & FLETT, G.L. (2007). Diagnosing the
perfectionistic personality. Current Psychiatry, 6,
53-64. |
|
HEWITT, P.L. HABKE, A.M., LEE-BAGGLEY, D.L., SHERRY, S.B.
& FLETT, G.L. (2008). The impact of perfectionistic
self-presentation on the cognitive, affective, and
physiological experience of a clinical interview. Psychiatry
: Interpersonal & Biological Processes, 71,
93-122. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hewstone Miles (1956-) : Psychosociologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des relations sociales
et des conflits
entre les groupes. Il
s'intéresse également à l'étude de l'influence
des groupes
majoritaires/minoritaires. Collaborateur de Bond, Brewer, Macrae,
Martin, Pettigrew,
Stangor, Stroebe
et Turner.
 |
HEWSTONE, M. & BROWN, R. (1986). Contact is not enough
: An intergroup perspective on the "contact hypothesis."
In M. Hewstone & R. Brown (Eds.), Contact and
conflict in intergroup encounters (pp. 1-44).
Cambridge, MA : Basil Blackwell. |
|
HEWSTONE, M. (1989). Causal attribution. From
cognitive processes to collective beliefs. Oxford
: Blackwell. |
|
HEWSTONE, M., RUBIN, M. & WILLIS, H. (2002).
Intergroup bias. Annual Review of Psychology, 53, 575-604.
|
|
HEWSTONE, M. (2003). Intergroup contact, panacea for
prejudice ? The psychologist, 16 (7), 352-355. [PDF] |
|
HEWSTONE, M., CAIRNS, E., VOCI, A., HAMBERGER, J. &
NIENS, U. (2006). Intergroup contact, forgiveness, and
experience of "The Trouble" in Northern Ireland.
Journal of Social Issues, 62, 99-120. |
|
|
|
|
|
Heyes Cecilia M. (1960-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
anglaise, spécialisée en psychologie
comparée et plus particulièrement dans l'étude de l'imitation
et de la reconnaissance
de soi. Étudiante de
Campbell et Dennett.
Collaboratrice de Dickinson
et Galef.
|
HEYES, C.M. (1987). Contrasting approaches to the
legitimation of intentional language within comparative
psychology. Behaviorism, 15 (1), 41-50. [PDF]
|
|
HEYES, C.M. (1993). Imitation, culture and cognition. Animal
Behaviour, 46, 999-1010. [PDF] |
|
HEYES, C.M. & SAGGERSON, A. (2002). Testing for
imitative and nonimitative social learning in the
budgerigar using a two-object/two-action test. Animal
Behaviour, 64, 851-859. [PDF] |
|
HEYES, C.M., BIRD, G., JOHNSON, H. & HAGGARD, P.
(2005). Experience modulates automatic imitation. Cognitive
Brain Research, 22, 233-240. [PDF] |
|
HEYES, C.M. (2010). Where do mirror neurons come from ? Neuroscience & Biobehavioral Reviews, 34, 575-583. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Heyman Gene M. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
dépendance aux drogues. Collaborateur
de Luce.
 |
HEYMAN, G.M. & LUCE, R.D. (1979). Operant matching is
not a logical consequence of maximizing reinforcement
rate. Animal Learning & Behavior, 7,
133-140.
[PDF] |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. & MONAGHAN, M.M. (1987). Effects of
changes in response requirement and deprivation on the
parameters of the matching law equation : New data and
review. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 13, 384-394. |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. & MONAGHAN, M.M. (1994). Reinforcer
magnitude (sucrose concentration) and the matching law
theory of response strength. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 61, 505-516. |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. (2013). Quitting drugs : quantitative and
qualitative features. Annual Review of Clinical
Psychology, 9, 29-59. |
|
HEYMAN, G.M. (2017). Do addicts have free will ? An
empirical approach to a vexing question. Addictive
Behaviors Reports, 5, 85-93. |
|
|
|
|
HE - HIÉRARCHIE - HIGGINS - HILGARD - HINDE - HINELINE - HISTOGRAMME
- HISTOIRE -
HIPPOCAMPE - HITCH - HITE
- HM - HO |
Hibou : Oiseau. Owl
| |
|
|
VOOUS, K.H. (1989). Owls of the northern hemisphere.
Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
THERRIEN, J.-F., GAUTHIER, G. & BÊTY, J. (2015).
Survival and reproduction of adult snowy owls tracked by
satellite. Journal of Wildlife Management, 76
(8), 1562-1567. |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal, Oiseau
et Harfang |
|
|
|
|
|
Hick William Edmund (1912-1974) : Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, d'origine anglaise, et pionnier de la
théorie de l'information. Il a formulé une loi
qui décrit la relation entre le nombre de choix et le temps de
réaction/réponse.
 |
HICK, W.E. (1948). The discontinuous functioning of the
human operator in pursuit tasks. Quarterly Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 1, 36-51. |
HICK, W.E. & BATES, J.A.V. (1949). The human
operator of control mechanisms. Interdepartmental
Technical Committee on Servo Mechanisms, Great Britain,
Shell Mex House: 37.
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1951). Information theory and intelligence
tests. British Journal of Psychology, 4, 157-164. |
|
HICK, W.E. (1952). On the rate of gain of information. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 4 (1), 11–26.
[PDF]
|
|
HICK, W.E. (1953). Information theory in psychology. Transactions
of the IRE Professional Group on Information Theory 1
(1), 130-133. |
|
|
|
WELFORD, A.T. (1975). obituary : William Edmund Hick. Ergonomics,
18 (2), 251–252. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 27 (2), 1-2. |
|
NEUBAUER, A.C. (1990). Speed of information processing
in the Hick paradigm and response latencies in a
psychometric intelligence test. Personality &
Individual Differences, 11, 147-152. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hickling Edward B. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste,
spécialisé dans l'étude du trouble
de stress post-traumatique et des conséquences
psychologiques des accidents
de la route. Collaborateur de
Blanchard et Veasey.
|
HICKLING, E.J., SIDON, G.F.P. & VANDERPLOEG, K.D.
(1986). The treatment of posttraumatic stress disorder
with biofeedback and relaxation training. Biofeedback
& Self-Regulation, 11, 125-134. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1992).
Post-traumatic stress disorder and motor vehicle
accidents. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 6, 283-304. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (1997). The private
practice psychologist and manual-based treatment : A case
study in the treatment of post-traumatic stress disorder
secondary to motor vehicle accidents. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 35, 191-203. |
|
HICKLING, E.J., BLANCHARD, E.B., BUCKLEY, T.C. &
TAYLOR, A.E. (1999). Effects of attribution of
responsibility for motor vehicle accidents on severity of
PTSD symptoms. Journal of Traumatic Stress, 12 (2),
345-353. |
|
HICKLING, E.J. & BLANCHARD, E.B. (Eds.) (1999). International
handbook of road traffic accidents & psychological
trauma : Current understanding, treatment & law. Amsterdam
: Elsevier. |
|
|
|
|
Hicks John Richard (1904-1989) : Économiste
anglais et lauréat du prix
Nobel d'Économie en 1972.
 |
HICKS, J.R. (1937). Mr. Keynes and the "classic" : A
suggested interpretation. Econometrica, 5,
147-159. |
|
HICKS, J.R. (1950). A contribution to the theory of
the trade cycle. Oxford : Clarendon Press. |
|
HICKS, J.R. (1957). A rehabilitation of "classical"
economics ? Economic Journal, 67, 278-289. |
|
HICKS, J.R. (1980). IS-LM : An Explanation. Journal
of Post Keynesian Economics, 3 (2), 139-154. |
|
HICKS, J.R. (1988). Towards a more general theory. In M.
Kohn & S.C. Tsiang (Eds.), Finance constraints,
expectations and macroeconomics. Oxford : Clarendon
Press. |
|
|
WINTRAUB, S. (1982). Hicks on IS-LM : more explanation ? Journal
of Post Keynesian Economics, 4, 445-452. |
|
|
|
Hidi Suzanne E. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
canadienne, spécialisée en éducation,
notamment dans l'étude de l'intérêt
à l'école. Collaboratrice
de Bereiter,
Krapp et Renninger.
|
HIDI, S. & BAIRD, W. (1986). Interestingness : A
neglect variable in discourse processing. Cognitive
Science, 10, 179-194. [PDF] |
|
HIDI, S. & BAIRD, W. (1988). Stategies for increasing
text-based interest and students' recall of expository
texts. Teaching Research Quarterly, 23, 465-483. |
|
HIDI, S. (1990). Interest and its contribution as a mental
resource for learning. Review of Educational
Research, 60 (4), 549-571. [PDF] |
|
HIDI, S. & HARACKIEWICZ, J.M. (2000). Motivating the
academically unmotivated : A critical issue for the 21st
century. Review of Educational Research 70 (2),
151-179. |
|
HIDI, S. & RENNINGER, K.A. (2006). The four-phase
model of interest development. Educational
Psychologist, 41 (2), 111-127. |
|
|
|
Hiérarchie : Ensemble d'éléments organisés et ordonnés selon un ordre de priorité qui se fonde sur au moins une propriété dont la
nature varie au sein de
l'ensemble concerné (force, revenu, intelligence,
etc.). EX: Hiérarchie
de Maslow, hiérarchie militaire. =
ordre. Hierarchy.
| |
|
|
BRYAN, W.L. & HARTER, N. (1899). Studies on the
telegraphic language : The acquisition of a hierarchy of
habits. Psychological Review, 6, 345-375. |
|
GRENE, M. (1987). Hierarchies in biology. American
Scientist, 75, 504-510. |
|
MORRISON, E.F. (1992). A hierarchy of aggressive and
violent behaviours among psychiatric inpatients. Hospital
& Community Psychiatry, 43, 505-506. |
|
CRAVER, C.F. (2001). Role functions, mechanisms and
hierarchy. Philosophy of Science, 68, 31-55. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hiérarchie des apprentissages : Ordre ou façon particulière - en neuf étapes - proposée par Gagné,
de présenter à un groupe un ensemble d'apprentissage
ou les éléments d'un apprentissage (la matière), plus particulièrement
dans un contexte scolaire (enseignement par instruction
planifiée). Hiérarchie des apprentissages et
transfert vertical.
Learning hierarchy, conditions of learning.
| |
| Étapes
de l'apprentissage par instructions planifiées |
| 1 |
Obtenir l'attention de
l'éléve/étudiant-e en classe (ou à distance) |
| 2 |
Définir
clairement les objectifs du cours |
| 3 |
Stimuler le rappel des
apprentissages antérieurs |
| 4 |
Présenter la nouvelle matière de
manière organisée |
| 5 |
Encadrer la phase d'acquisition
de cette matière par des instructions claires |
| 6 |
Renforcer les acquis par des
encouragements nombreux et rapides |
| 7 |
Donner une rétroaction rapide et
précise de l'atteinte des objectifs |
| 8 |
Évaluer systématiquement les
acquis (examen, test de lecture, etc) |
| 9 |
Favoriser le transfert des
acquis dans le cours suivant ou une autre matière |
|
|
| |
|
|
GAGNÉ, R.M. (1965/85). The conditions of learning.
New York : Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
|
WHITE, R.T. & GAGNÉ, R.M. (1974). Past and future
research on learning hierarchies. Educational
Psychologist, 11, 19-28. |
|
HURST, J., DUNN, T., WEISS, S., LESAGE, J. & HURST, B.
(1978). Hierarchical analysis of learning objectives in
economics. Theory & Research in Social Education,
6 (3), 1-13. |
|
GRIFFITHS, A.K., KASS, H. & CORNISH, A.G. (1983).
Validation of a learning hierarchy for the mole concept. Journal
of Research in Science Teaching, 20, 649-654. |
|
GRIFFITHS, A.K. & GRANT, B.A.C. (1985). High school
students’ understanding of food webs : Identification of a
learning hierarchy and related misconceptions. Journal
of Research in Science Teaching, 22, 421-436. |
|
WINKLES, J. (1986). Achievement, understanding, and
transfer in a learning hierarchy. American
Educational Research Journal, 23, 1275-1288. |
|
|
Voir Hiérarchie
et Apprentissage |
|
|
|
|
Hiérarchie des sciences : Conception des sciences
selon laquelle la valeur des sciences peut être ordonnée de la
physique (+) aux sciences sociales (-), en passant par la chimie,
la biologie, la psychologie,
etc. Ce classement repose sur deux critères : le premier est le
formalisme, la physique est la science dont les connaissances sont
le plus «mathématisées» (théorie logico-mathématiques, axiomatisation,
lois quantitatives, etc); et le second critère est la
méthodologie;la physique est la science qui a le plus
recours à la méthode expérimentale. NDLR : on interroge
rarement les électrons pour connaître leur état... électrique. Hierarchy
of the sciences.
| |
|
|
COLE. S. (1983). The hierarchy of the sciences ?
American Journal of Sociology, 89, 111-139. |
|
COLE, S. (1994). Why sociology doesn't make progress Like
the natural sciences. Sociological Forum, 9,
133-154. |
|
SMITH, L.D., BEST, L.A., STUBBBS, D.A., JOHNSTON, J. &
ARCHIBALD, A.B. (2000). Scientific graphs and the
hierarchy of the sciences : A Latourian survey of
inscription practices. Social Studies of Science, 30,
73-94. |
|
SIMONTON, D.K. (2004). Psychology's status as a scientific
discipline : Its empirical placement within an implicit
hierarchy of the sciences. Review of General
Psychology, 8, 59-67. |
|
FANELLI, D. (2010). "Positive" results increase down the
hierarchy of the sciences. PLOS One, 5 (4),
1-10. [PDF] |
|
FANELLI, D. & GLÄNZEL, W. (2012). A bibliometric test
of the hierarchy of the sciences : Preliminary results. In
E. Archambault, Y. Gingras & V. Lariviere (Eds.),
Proceedings of the 17th International Conference on
Science and Technology Indicators (pp. 452-453).
Montréal. |
|
FANELLI, D. & GLÄNZEL, W. (2013). Bibliometric
evidence for a hierarchy of the sciences. PLOS One, 8
(6), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir Science et Hiérarchie |
|
|
Hiérarchie formelle : Hiérarchie dont
les rangs ainsi que ceux qui
les occupent sont nommées par l'organisation
et connus de tous (grâce notamment à l'organigramme).
Dans ce type de hiérarchie le pouvoir
de l'organisation (payer ses employés, les congédier, leur offrir
des promotions, etc.) est délégué aux supérieurs, haut-gradés,
cadres, etc, dont la fonction est d'exercer ce pouvoir afin que
l'organisation atteigne ses objectifs.
Dans ce type d'organisation on sait qui est censé détenir l'autorité.
EX: Les grades dans l'armée. C-EX
: Un groupe d'amis. Hierarchic
organization.
| |
|
|
WILLIAMSON, O. (1975). Markets and hierarchies.
New York : Free Press. |
|
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J., MINER, J.B. & JOHNSON,
B.T. (1994). Gender and motivation to manage in hierarchic
organizations : A meta-analysis. Leadership
Quarterly, 5, 135-159. |
|
|
Voir Hiérarchie |
|
|
Hiérarchie informelle : Hiérarchie qui
repose sur le pouvoir individuel, plutôt que sur le pouvoir
que l'organisation
accorde à certains de ses membres. Dans une hiérarchie informelle
les individus ne connaissent pas leurs
rangs (même si ces rangs existent, sauf dans un groupe
nouvellement formé). EX : Un groupe d'amis. C-EX:
Les grades dans l'armée.
|
Hiérarchie linéaire : Relation
asymétrique et transitive
entre au moins trois individus
(A, B, C) qui forment alors une hiérarchie.
Une relation est linéaire
si A > B et B > C donc A > C. EX: A
> B > C. La hiérarchie militaire est linéaire : Général >
Major > Caporal > Soldat. Relation linéaire,
rang et dominance
sociale. = relation transitive.
/relation non-linéaire.
Linear hierarchy, linear dominance, hierarchical linearity.
| |
|
|
APPLEBY, M.C. (1983). The probability of linearity in
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 31 (2), 600-608. |
ADAMS, E.S. (2005). Bayesian analysis of linear dominance
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 69, 1191-1201. [PDF] |
|
McMAHAN, C.A. & MORRIS, M.D. (1984). Application of
maximum likelihood paired comparison ranking to estimation
of a linear dominance hierarchy in animal societies.
Animal Behaviour, 32, 374-378. |
|
|
DE VRIES H. (1995). An improved test of linearity in
dominance hierarchies containing unknown or tied
relationships. Animal Behaviour, 50, 1375-1389. |
POISBLEAU, M., FRITZ, H., GUILLEMAIN, M. & LACROIX, A.
(2005). Testosterone and linear social dominance status in
captive male dabbling ducks in winter. Ethology, 111,
493-509. [PDF] |
|
NEZLEK, B. & ZYZNIEWSKI, L.E. (1998). Using
hierarchical linear modeling to analyze grouped data. Group
Dynamics, 2, 313-320. |
BERGSTROM, M.L. & FEDIGAN, L.M. (2010). Dominance
among female white-faced capuchin monkeys (Cebus
capucinus) : hierarchical linearity, nepotism, strength
and stability. Behaviour, 147, 899-931. [PDF]
|
|
DE VRIES, H. (1998). Finding a dominance order most
consistent with a linear hierarchy : A new procedure and
review. Animal Behaviour, 55, 827-843. [PDF] |
GALIMBERTI, F., FABIANI, A. & BOITANI, L. (2003).
Socio-spatial levels in linearity analysis of dominance
hierarchies : a case study on elephant seal. Journal
of Ethololgy, 21, 131-136. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hiérarchie
sociale, Rang
et Dominance sociale |
|
|
Hiérarchie sociale : Organisation
sociale des rapports
sociaux fondée sur la dominance
pour les éthologiste ou
le pouvoir pour les
sociologues. Dans une hiérarchie, le pouvoir n'est pas
distribué équitablement (asymétrie)
entre les membres d'un groupe;
chaque individu possède donc un rang,
qui le place en position de dominance par rapport aux subalternes
ou de soumission par
rapport aux supérieurs (sauf évidemment pour ceux qui occupent le
haut et le bas du pavé!). Hiérarchie sociale,
ressource et inégalité.
= rang. (
): hiérarchie formelle,
hiérarchie informelle. Social
hierarchy, dominance hierarchie, social rank, dominance order,
pecking order.
| |
|
|
NOBLE, G.K. & BORNE, R. (1938). The social hierarchy
in Xiphophorus and other fishes. Bulletin of the
Ecological Society of America, 19, 14. |
EAGLY, A.H. & KARAU, S.J., MINER, J.B. & OHNSON,
B.T. (1994). Gender and motivation to manage in hierarchic
organizations : A meta-analysis. Leadership
Quarterly, 5, 135-159. |
|
KELLEY, H.H. (1951). Communication in experimentally
created hierarchies. Human Relations, 4, 39-56. |
SIDANIUS, J. LIU, J., PRATTO, F. & SHAW, J. (1994).
Social dominance orientation, hierarchy-attenuators and
hierarchy-enhancers : Social dominance theory and the
criminal justice system. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 24, 338-366. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies : I. Effects of inherent
characteristics. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 13, 1-19. |
MESTERTON-GIBBONS, M. & DUGATKIN, L.A. (1995). Towards
a theory dominance hierarchies : effects of assessment,
group size and variation in fighting ability.
Behavioral Ecology, 6, 416-423. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies : II. Some effects of
possible social factors. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 13, 245-262. |
OLIVEIRA, R.F. & ALMADA, V.C. (1996). On the
(In)stability of dominance hierarchies in the Cichiid Fish
Oreochromis mossambicus. Aggressive Behavior, 22, 37-45.
[PDF] |
| |
BEAUGRAND, J.P. & COTNOIR, P.-A. (1996). The role of
individual differences in the formation of triadic
dominance orders of male green swordtail fish (Xiphophorus
helleri). Behavioural Processes, 38 (196)
287-296. |
|
LANDAU, H.G. (1951). On dominance relations and the
structure of animal societies. III. The condition for a
score structure. Bulletin of Mathematical Biophysics,
15, 143-148. |
BONABEAU, E., THERAULAZ, G. & DENEUBOURG, J.-L.
(1996). Mathematical model of self-organizing hierarchies
in animal societies. Bulletin of Mathematical
Biophysics, 58, 661-717. [PDF] |
|
BERNSTEIN, I.S. (1970). Primate status hierarchies. In L.A.
Rosenblum (Ed.), Primate Behavior (pp. 71-109).
New York : Academic Press. |
CUMMINS, D.D. (1996). Dominance hierarchies and the
evolution of human reasoning. Minds & Machines,
6, 463-480. |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1974). Models of hierarchy formation in
animal societies. Behavioral Science, 19,
374-382. |
OLIVEIRA R.F. & ALMADA, V.C. (1996). Dominance
hierarchies and social structure in captive groups of the
Mozambique tilapia Oreochromis mossambicus (Teleostei
Cichlidae). Ethology, Ecology & Evolution, 8,
39-55. |
| |
CUMMINS, D.D. (1998). Can humans form hierarchically
embedded mental representations ? Commentary on R.W. Byrne
and A.E. Russon "Learning by imitation : A hierarchical
approach". Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 21,
687-688. |
|
WILLIAMSON, O. (1975). Markets and hierarchies.
New York : Free Press. |
BOEHM, C. (1999). Hierarchy in the forest.
Cambridge, MA : Harvard University Press. |
| |
DE VRIES, H. & APPLEBY, M.C. (2000). Finding an
appropriate order for a hierarchy : a comparison of the
I&SI and the BBS methods. Animal Behaviour, 59, 239-245.
[PDF] |
|
DEROGATIS, L.R., MELISRATOS, N. & CLARK, M.M. (1976).
Gender and sexual experience as determinants in a sexual
behavior hierarchy. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 2 (2), 85-105. |
SUMANA, A. & GADAGKAR, R. (2001). The structure and
dominance hierarchies in the primitively eusocial wasp
Ropalidia marginata. Ethology, Ecology &
Evolution, 13, 273-281. |
|
BARNARD, C.J. & BURK, T. (1979). Dominance hierarchies
and the evolution of individual recognition. Journal
of Theoretical Biology, 81, 65-73. |
LAVIS, J.N., McLEOD, M.A., CAMERON, A., MUSTARD C.A. &
STODDART, G.L. (2003). Is there a gradient in life span by
position in the social hierarchy ? American Journal
of Public Health, 93 (5), 771-774. [PDF] |
|
|
GADAGKAR, R. (1980). Dominance hierarchy and division of
labour in the social wasp, Ropalidia marginata (Lep.)
(Hymenoptera : Vespidae). Current Science, 49
(20), 772-775. [PDF] |
SIDANIUS, J., VAN LAAR, C., LEVIN, S. & SINCLAIR, S.
(2003). Social hierarchy maintenance and assortment into
social roles : A social dominance perspective. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 6, 333-352. |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1980). Social process and hierarchy formation
in small groups : A comparative perspective. American
Sociological Review, 45 (6), 905-924. |
WITTIG, R.M. & BOESCH, C. (2003). Food competition and
linear dominance hierarchy among female chimpanzees of the
Taï National Park. International Journal of
Primatology, 24, 847-867. [PDF] |
|
SILK, J.B., SAMUELS, A. & RODMAN, P.S. (1981).
Hierarchical organization of female Macaca radiata. Primates,
22, 84-95. |
BERGMAN, T.J., BEEHNER, J., CHENEY, D.L. & SEYFERTH,
R.M. (2003). Hierarchical classification by rank and
kinship in baboons. Science, 302, 1234-1236. [PDF] |
|
APPLEBY, M.C. (1982). The consequences and causes of high
social rank in red deer stags. Behaviour, 80,
259-270. |
SAPOLSKY, R.M. (2005). The influence of social
hierarchy on primate health. Science, 308,
648-652. [PDF] |
| |
ISLAM, G. & ZYPHUR, M.J. (2005). Power, voice, and
hierarchy : Exploring the antecedents of speaking up in
groups. Group Dynamics : Theory, Research, &
Practice, 9, 93-103. |
|
DEARY, I.J., BATTY, G.D. & GOTTFREDSON, L. (2005).
Human hierarchies, health, and IQ [Letter]. Science,
309, 702. |
|
SMITH, S.K. & BREED, M.D. (1982). Olfactory cues in
discrimination among individuals in dominance hierarchies
in the cockroach, Nauphoeta cinerea. Physiological
Entomology, 7, 337-341. |
ADAMS, E.S. (2005). Bayesian analysis of linear dominance
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 69, 1191-1201. [PDF] |
|
CHASE, I.D. (1982). Dynamics of hierarchy formation : The
sequential development of dominance relationships. Behaviour,
80, 218-240. |
McGARTY, C. (2006). Hierarchies and minority groups : The
roles of salience, overlap, and background knowledge in
selecting meaningful social categorizations from multiple
alternatives. In R.J. Crisp & M. Hewstone (Eds.),
Multiple social categorization : Processes models and
applications (pp. 25-49). Psychology Press. |
| |
TIEDENS, L.Z., UNZUETA, M.M. & YOUNG, M.J. (2007). An
unconscious desire for hierarchy ? The motivated
perception of dominance complementarity in task partners.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 93,
402-414. |
|
COLE, S. (1983). The hierarchy of the sciences ?
American Journal of Sociology, 89 (1), 111-139. |
MAGEE, J.C. & GALINSKY, A.D. (2008). Social hierarchy
: The self-reinforcing nature of power and status. Academy
of Management Annals, 2, 351-398. |
|
APPLEBY, M.C. (1983). The probability of linearity in
hierarchies. Animal Behaviour, 31 (2), 600-608. |
ZINK, C.F., TONG, Y., CHEN, Q., BASSETT, D.S. & STEIN,
J.L. (2008). Know your place : Neural processing of social
hierarchy in humans. Neuron, 58, 273-283. [PDF] |
|
NELISSEN, M.H.J. (1985). Structure of the dominance
hierarchy and dominance determining "group factors" in
Melanochromatis auratus. Behaviour, 94, 85-107. |
WATSON, D. (2009). Locating anger in the hierarchical
structure of affect : Comment on Carver and Harmon- Jones.
Psychological Bulletin, 135, 205-208. |
|
VAN DER HEIJDEN, E., POTTERS, J. & SEFTON, M. (2009).
Hierarchy and opportunism in teams. Journal of
Economic Behavior & Organization, 69 (1), 39-50.
|
|
|
BARRETTE, C. & VANDAL, D. (1986). Social rank,
dominance, antler size, and access to food in snow-bound
wild woodland caribou. Behaviour, 97, 118-146. |
ZANETTE, L. & FIELD, J. (2009). Cues, concessions and
inheritance : dominance hierarchies in the paper wasp
Polistes dominulus. Behavioral Ecology, 20,
773-780. |
| |
ANDERSON, C. & BROWN, C.E. (2010). The functions and
dysfunctions of hierarchy. Research in Organizational
Behavior, 30, 55-89. [PDF] |
| |
BANG, A., DESHPANDE, S., SUMANA, A. AND GADAGKAR, R.
(2010). Choosing an appropriate index to construct
dominance hierarchies in animal societies : A comparison
of three indices. Animal Behaviour, 79, 631-636.
|
|
RIDGEWAY, C. & DIEKMA, D. (1989). Dominance and
collective hierarchy formation in male and female task
groups. American Sociological Review, 54, 79-93. |
BERGSTROM, M.L. & FEDIGAN, L.M. (2010). Dominance
among female white-faced capuchin monkeys (Cebus
capucinus) : hierarchical linearity, nepotism, strength
and stability. Behaviour, 147, 899-931. [PDF] |
|
ACKER, J. (1990). Hierarchies, jobs, bodies : A theory of
gendered organizations. Gender & Society, 4
(2), 139-158. [PDF] |
MAST, M.S. (2010). Interpersonal behaviour and social
perception in a hierarchy : The interpersonal power and
behaviour model. European Review of Social
Psychology, 21, 1-33. [PDF] |
|
DUGATKIN, L.A., ALFIERI, M.S. & MOORE, A.J. (1994).
Can dominance hierarchies be replicated ? Form-re-form
experiments using the cockroach (Nauphoeta cinerea). Ethology,
97, 94-102. |
WILKBERG, E.C., TEICHROEB, J.A. & SICOTTE, P. (2013).
Individualistic female dominance hierarchies with varying
strength in a highly folivorous population of
black-and-white colobus. Behaviour, 150, 295-320.
[PDF] |
| |
KOSKI, J., XIE, H. & OLSON, I.R. (2015). Understanding
social hierarchies : The neural and psychological
foundations of status perception. Social Neuroscience,
10 (5), 527-550. [PDF] |
| |
SCARF, D. (2019). Pecking order. In J. Vonk & T.K.
Shackelford (Eds.), Encyclopedia of animal cognition
and behavior (pp. 1-3). Switzerland : Springer
Nature. |
|
FUNNELL, T.R., FIALKOWSI, R.J. & DIJKSTRA, P.D.
(2022). Social dominance does not increase oxidative
stress in a female dominance hierarchy of an African
cichlid fish. Ethology, 128, 15-25. [PDF] |
|
HECK, I.A., SHUTTS, K. & KINZLER, K.D. (2022).
Children’s thinking about group-based hierarchies.
Trends in Cognitive Sciences, 26, 593-606. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Inégalité,
Hiérarchie,
Dominance, Rang,
Statut socio-économique
et Organisation |
| |
|
|
|
|
Higgins
Agnes ( ) : Spécialiste irlandaise
de l'étude des troubles
sexuels.
|
HIGGINS, A., BARKER, P. & BEGLEY, C.M. (2005).
Neuroleptic medication and sexuality : the forgotten
aspect of education and care. Journal of Psychiatric
& Mental Health Nursing, 12 (4), 439-446. |
|
HIGGINS, A., BARKER, P. & BEGLEY, C.M. (2006).
Iatrogenic sexual dysfunction and the protective
withholding of information : in whose best interest ? Journal
of Psychiatric & Mental Health Nursing, 13, 437-446. |
|
HIGGINS, A. (2007). Impact of psychotropic medication on
sexuality : Literature review. British Journal of
Nursing, 16 (9), 545-550. |
|
HIGGINS, A., BARKER, P. & BEGLEY, C.M. (2008).
"Veiling sexualities" : a grounded theory of mental health
nurses responses to issues of sexuality. Journal
of Advanced Nursing, 62, 307-317. |
|
HIGGINS, A., NASH, M. & LYNCH, A.M. (2010).
Antidepressant-associated sexual dysfunction : impact,
effects, and treatment. Drug, Healthcare &
Patient Safety, 2, 141-150. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Higgins
Edward Tory (Montréal 1946-) : Psychosociologue
canadien, spécialisé dans l'étude des déterminants
sociaux de la cognition
et plus particulièrement de la prise
de décision. Il a développé une
théorie des écarts aversifs entre les sois. Collaborateur de
Clarke,
Diener, Kruglanski,
Kuiper, Levine
Olson, Stangor
et Zanna.
 |
HIGGINS, E.T., KLEIN, R. & STAUMAN, T. (1985).
Self-concept discrepancy theory : a psychological model
for distinguishing among different aspects of depression
and anxiety. Social Cognition, 3, 51-76. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1987). Self-discrepancy : A theory relating
self and affect. Psychological Review, 94 (3),
319-340.
[PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, E.T., RONEY, C., CROWE, E. & HYMES, C.
(1994). Ideal versus ought predilections for approach and
avoidance : Distinct self-regulatory systems. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 66,
276-286. |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (1997). Beyond pleasure and pain.
American Psychologist, 52, 1280-1300. [PDF] |
|
HIGGINS, E.T. (2006). Value from hedonic experience and
engagement. Psychological Review, 113 (3),
439-460. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Higgins
Julien P.T. ( ) : Statisticien
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude des méta-analyses,
notamment en médecine.
Collaborateur de Egger, Gotzsche,
Hedges, Ioannidis
et Sutton.
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T. & WHITEHHEAD, A. (1998). Borrowing
strength from external trials in a meta-analysis.
Statistics in Medicine, 15 (24), 2733-2749. |
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T. & THOMPSON, S.G. (2002). Quantifying
heterogeneity in a meta- analysis. Statistical
Medicine, 21, 1539-1558. |
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T., THOMPSON, S.G., DEEKS, J.J. & ALTMAN
D.G. (2002). Statistical heterogeneity in systematic
reviews of clinical trials : a critical appraisal of
guidelines and practice. Journal of Health Services
Research & Policy, 7, 51-61. |
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T., THOMPSON, S.G., DEEKS, J.J. & ALTMAN
D.G. (2003). Measuring inconsistency in meta-analyses.
British Medical Journal, 327 (7414), 557-560. |
|
HIGGINS, J.P.T. (2004). Controlling the risk of spurious
findings from meta-regression. Statistics in Medicine,
23 (11), 1663-1682. |
|
|
|
Higgins
Stephen T. ( ) :
Psychologue
béhavioriste américain, spécialisé en pharmacologie
béhaviorale, notamment dans l'étude des effets
psychologiques de l'alcool
et de la cocaïne.
Collaborateur de Bickle, Bigelow,
Schuster, Katz, Morris,
Roll, Silverman et
Stitzer.
 |
HIGGINS, S.T., STITZER, M.L., BIGELOW, G.E. & LIEBSON,
I.A. (1986). Contingent methadone delivery : effects on
illicit-opiate use. Drug & Alcohol Dependence, 17
(4), 311-322. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., HUGHES, J.R.,
FOERG, F. & BADGER, G. (1993). Achieving cocaine
abstinence with a behavioral approach. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 150 (5), 763-769. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BICKEL, W.K. & HUGHES, J.R. (1994).
Influence of an alternative reinforcer on human cocaine
self-administration. Life Sciences, 55, 179-187. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T., BUDNEY, A.J., BICKEL, W.K., FOERG, F.G.,
DONHAM, R. & BADGER, G.J. (1994). Incentives improve
behavioral treatment of cocaine dependence. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 51, 568-576. |
|
HIGGINS, S.T. & PETRY, N.M. (1999). Contingency
management. Incentives for sobriety. Alcohol Research
& Health, 23 (2), 122-127.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hilbig
Benjamin E. (Bonn 1980-) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'heuristique
de reconnaissance. Étudiant de Pöhl.
|
HILBIG, B.E. & POHL, R.F. (2008). Recognizing users of
the recognition heuristic. Experimental Psychology,
55 (6), 394-401. |
|
HILBIG, B.E., POHL, R.F. & BRÖDER, A. (2009).
Criterion knowledge : A moderator of using the recognition
heuristic ? Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 22
(5), 510-522. |
|
HILBIG, B.E. & POHL, R.F. (2009). Ignorance- versus
evidence-based decision making : A decision time analysis
of the recognition heuristic. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 35
(5), 1296-1305. |
|
HILBIG, B.E., ERFELDER, E. & POHL, R.F. (2010).
One-reason decision-making unveiled : A measurement model
of the recognition heuristic. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory, & Cognition, 36
(1), 123-134. |
|
HILBIG, B.E., THIELMANN, I., KLEIN, S.A. & HENNINGER,
F. (2016). The two faces of cooperation : On the unique
role of HEXACO Agreeableness for forgiveness versus
retaliation. Journal of Research in Personality, 64,
69-78. |
|
|
|
Hilgard
Ernest Ropiequet (Belleville Illinois 1904-2001 Palo
Alto) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et historien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage,
de l'hypnose et de la douleur.
Président de l'APA en
1949. Collaborateur de Boring,
Bower, Marquis,
Kelly, Shaffer,
Stone, Weitzenhoffer,
Yerkes et Zimbardo.
|
|
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1935). Acquisition,
extinction, and retention of the conditioned response to
light in dogs. Journal of Comparative Psychology, 19,
29-58. |
|
HILGARD E.R. & MARQUIS, D.G. (1961). Conditioning
and learning. New York : Appleton
Century-Crofts/Gregory A. Kimble. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1969). Pain as a puzzle for psychology and
physiology. American Psychologist, 24, 103-113. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Hypnotic phenomena : The struggle
for scientific acceptance. American Scientist, 59
(5), 567-577. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1977). The problem of divided consciousness
: A neodissociation interpretation. Annals of the New
York Academy of Sciences, 298, 48-59. [PDF] |
|
|
KIMBLE, G. (1961). Hilgard & Marquis’
Conditioning and Learning. New York :
Appleton-century crofts. [PDF] |
|
BOWER, G.H. (2002). Ernest R. (1904-2001) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 57 (4), 283-285. |
|
MAESTRE, M.V., TORTOSA, F., SAMPER, P. & NACHER, M.J.
(2002). Psychology’s evolution through its texts :
Analysis of E.R. ’s : Introduction to Psychology.
Psicothema, 14 (4), 810-815. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hill
Andrew P. ( ) : Psychologue
britannique et spécialiste de l'étude du perfectionnisme,
notamment dans le sport. Collaborateur
de Curran, Flett,
Hewitt, Sherry,
Smith et Vallerand.
|
HILL, A.P., HALL, H.K. & APPLETON, P.R. (2011). The
relationship between multidimensional perfectionism and
contingencies of self-worth. Personality &
Individual Differences, 50, 238-242. |
|
HILL, A.P., HALL, H.K., DUDA, J.L. & APPLETON, P.R.
(2011). The cognitive, affective and behavioural responses
of self-oriented perfectionists following successive
failure on a muscular endurance task. International
Journal of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 9, 189-207. |
|
HILL, A.P., WITCHER, C.S.G., GOTWLAS, J.K. & EYLAND,
A.F. (2015). A qualitative study of perfectionism among
self-identified perfectionists in sport, dance, and music.
Sport, Exercise & Performance Psychology, 44
(4), 237-253. [PDF] |
|
HILL, A.P. & CURRAN, T. (2016). Multidimensional
perfectionism and burnout a meta-analysis. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 20 (3), 269-288. [PDF] |
|
HILL, A.P., MALLINSON-HOWARD, S.H. & JOWETT, G.E.
(2018). Perfectionism in sport : A meta- analytical
review. Sport, Exercise, & Performance
Psychology, 7 (3), 235-270. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hill
Kim R. ( ) : Anthropologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des sociétés
de chasseur/cueilleurs. Collaborateur de Boesch,
Goodall et Wrangham.
|
HILL, K. (1982). Hunting and human evolution. Journal
of Human Evolution, 11, 521-544. |
|
HILL, K. & KAPLAN, H. (1993). Why do male foragers
hunt and share food ? Current Anthropology, 34 (5),
701-710. |
|
HILL, K. (2002). Altruistic cooperation during foraging by
the Ache, and the evolved human predisposition to
cooperate. Human Nature, 13, 105-128. |
|
HILL, K., BARTON, M. & HURTADO, A.M. (2009). The
emergence of human uniqueness : Characters underlying
behavioral modernity. Evolutionary Anthropology, 18,
187-200. |
|
HILL, K. (2012). Experimental studies of animal social
learning in the wild : Trying to untangle the mystery of
human culture. Learning & Behavior, 38 (3),
319-328. |
|
|
|
|
|
HILLIX, W.A. & MARX, M.H. (1960). Response
strengthening by information and effect in human learning.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 60 (2),
97–102. |
|
MARX, M.H. & HILLIX, W.A. (1973). Systems and
theories in psychology. New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
RUMBAUGH, D.M., WASHBURN, D.A. & HILLIX, W.A. (1996).
Respondents, operants, and emergents : Toward an
integrated perspective on behavior. In K. Pribram & J.
King (Eds.), Learning as a self-organizing process
(pp. 57-73). Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
HILLIX, W.A. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (1998). Language in
animals. In G. Greenberg & M.M. Haraway (Eds.), Comparative
psychology : a handbook (pp. 841). Taylor &
Francis. |
|
HILLIX, W.A. & RUMBAUGH, D.M. (2003). Animal
bodies, human minds : Ape, dolphin, and parrot language
skills. Springer Us. |
|
|
|
|
|
Himle
Michael B. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du syndrome
de Gilles de la Tourette, des
tics et de la trichotillomanie.
Étudiant de Miltenberger
et Woods. Collaborateur de Conelea,
Flessner, Franklin
et Keuthen.
|
HIMLE, M.B. & WOODS, D.W. (2005). An experimental
evaluation of tic suppression and the tic rebound effect.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 43, 1443-1451. |
|
HIMLE, M.B., WOODS, D.W., CONELEA, C.A., BAUER, C.C. &
RICE, K.A. (2007). Investigating the effects of tic
suppression on premonitory urge ratings in children and
adolescents with Tourette's syndrome. Behaviour &
Research Therapy, 45, 2964-2976. |
|
HIMLE, M.B., WOODS, D.W. & BUNACIU, L. (2008).
Evaluating the role of the reinforcement contingency in
differentially reinforced tic suppression. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 41 (2), 285-289. [PDF] |
|
HIMLE, M.B. & CAPRIOTTI, M. HAYES, L.P., WILHELM, S.
DECKERSBACK, T., SPECHT, M., WALKUP, J., SCAHILL, L.,
SUKHOLDOLSKY, D., PETERSON, A., CHANG, S. &
PIACENTINI, J. (2014). Variables associated with tic
exacerbation in children with chronic tic disorders. Behavior
Modification, 38 (2), 163-183. [PDF] |
|
HIMLE, M.B. & CAPRIOTTI, M. (2016). Behavior therapy
for Tourette disorder : An update. Current Behavioral
Neuroscience Reports, 3, 211-217. |
|
|
|
Hinde
Robert Aubrey (Norwich 1923-2016) : Primatologue
et éthologiste
britannique, spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication
non-verbale et de l'agressivité.
Collaborateur de Bateson et Humphhrey.
 |
HINDE, R.A. (1970/75). Animal behaviour : a synthesis
of ethology and comparative psychology / Le comportement
animal. New York : McGraw-Hill/Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
|
HINDE, R.A. (1970). Animal signals : Ethological and
games-theory approaches are not incompatible. Animal
Behavior, 29, 535-542. |
|
HINDE, R.A. & HINDE, J. (Eds.) (1973). Constraints
on learning : limitations and predispositions. New
York : Academic Press. |
|
BATESON, P.P.G. & HINDE, R.A. (Eds.) (1976).
Growing points in ethology. Cambridge : Cambridge
University Press. |
|
HINDE, R.A. (1998). Why gods persist : A scientific
approach to religion. London : Routledge. |
|
|
|
Hindouisme : Hindou : Religion.
Hindu.
| |
|
|
BARRETT, J.L. (1998) Cognitive constraints on Hindu
concepts of the divine. Journal for the Scientific
Study of Religion, 37, 608-619. |
|
|
|
Hineline
Philip N. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'apprentissage,
du comportement
verbal, de l'aversion et
du renforcement
négatif. Étudiant de
Herrnstein et Skinner.
Collaborateur de Ahearn, Alloy,
Baer, Catania,
Cautilli, Deleon,
Favell, Glenn, Malott,
Michael, Morris,
Rachlin, Tatham,
Tonneau et Wanchisen.
 |
HINELINE, P.N. & RACHLIN, H. (1969). Notes on
fixed-ratio and fixed-interval escape responding in the
pigeon. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 12 (3), 397-401. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1978). Warm-up in free-operant avoidance
as a function of the response-shock = shock-shock
interval. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 30 (3), 281-291. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1984). Aversive control : A separate
domain ? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 42 (3), 495-509. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1990). The origins of environment-based
psychological theory. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 53, 305-320. [PDF] |
|
HINELINE, P.N. (1992). A self-interpretive behavior
analysis. American Psychologist, 47, 1274-1286. |
|
|
|
Hinshaw Stephen P. (Colombus 1952-) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du trouble
du déficit d'attention avec hyperactivité. Collaborateur de
Henker, Milich,
Pelham et Whalen.
 |
HINSHAW, S.P., HENKER. B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1984).
Self-control in hyperactive boys in anger inducing
situations : Effects of cognitive-behavioral training and
of methylphenidate Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 12, 55-77. |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (1987). On the distinction between
attentional deficits/hyperactivity and conduct
problems/aggression in child psychopathology.
Psychological Bulletin, 101, 443-463. |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Externalizing behavior problems and
academic underachievement in childhood and adolescence :
Causal relationships and underlying mechanisms. Psychological
Bulletin, 111 (1), 127-155. [PDF] |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (2002). Process, mechanism, and explanation
related to externalizing behavior problems. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 30, 431-445. |
|
HINSHAW, S.P. (2007). The mark of shame : Stigma of
mental illness and an agenda for change. New York :
Oxford University Press. |
|
|
|
Hinshelwood Robert Douglas (1938-) : Psychiatre
et psychanalyste
britannique.
 |
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (1995). Psychoanalysis In Britain :
Points Of cultural access, 1893- 1918. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 76, 135-151. |
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (1997). The elusive concept of "internal
objects" (1934-1943) : Its role in the formation of the
Klein group. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 78, 877-897. |
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (1999). The difficult patient. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 174, 187-190. [PDF] |
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (2007). Intolerance and the intolerable
: The case of racism. Psychoanalysis Culture &
Society, 12 (1), 1-20. |
|
HINSHELWOOD, R.D. (2008). Repression and splitting :
Towards a method of conceptual comparison. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 89 (3),
503-521. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Hintzman
Douglas L. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire
et du jugement.
|
HINTZMAN, D.L., BLOCK, R.A. & SUMMERS, J.J. (1973).
Contextual associations and memory for serial position. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 97, 220-229. |
|
HINTZMAN, D.L. (1988). Judgments of frequency and
recognition memory in a multiple-trace memory model. Psychological
Review, 95, 528-551. |
|
HINTZMAN, D.L., CAULTON, D.A. & CURRAN, T. (1994).
Retrieval constraints and the mirror effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 20 (2), 275-289. [PDF] |
|
HINTZMAN, D.L. (2003). Judgments of recency and their
relation to recognition memory. Memory &
Cognition, 31 (1), 26-34. [PDF] |
|
HINTZMAN, D.L. (2005). Memory strength and recency
judgments. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 12 (5),
858-864. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hippocampe
: Du grec hippos qui signifie «cheval» et
campe qui veut dire «monstre marin». Structure
jumelle du cerveau dont
chaque exemplaire se divise en trois parties : le gyrus
denté, le subiculum et la corne d'Ammon. L'hippocampe joue
un rôle important dans le stockage
en mémoire de l'information
nouvelle (passage entre la mémoire
à court terme et la mémoire
à long terme) et dans le stockage
et le rappel des informations de la mémoire
déclarative. Il joue également un rôle dans l'inhibition des
comportements, l'interprétation des émotions.
et l'orientation spatiale. L'hippocampe est relié aux corps
mamillaires par le fornix.
NDLR : Hippocampe prend un i et non un y.
Hippocampe, neurogénèse et
l'amygdale.
=
corne d'Ammon.
Hippocampus, hippocampal
region, hippocampal complex.
| |
|
 |
|
|
KAADA, B.R., JANSEN, J. & ANDERSON, P. (1953).
Stimulation of the hippocampus and medial cortical areas
in unanesthetized cats. Neurology, 3, 844-857. |
FUHS M.C. & TOURETZKY, D.S. (2000). Synaptic learning
models of map separation in the hippocampus. Neurocomputing,
32, 379-384. [PDF] |
|
KAADA, B.R. & URSIN, H. (1957). Further localisation
of behavioral responses elicited from the amygdala in
unanesthetized cats. Acta Physiologica Scandinavica,
42 (S145), 80-81. |
FANSELOW, M.S. (2000). Contextual fear, gestalt memories,
and the hippocampus. Behavioural Brain Research, 110,
73-81. |
|
SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent
memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal
of Neurology & Neurosurgery Psychiatry, 20,
11-21. |
ZOLA-MORGAN, S., SQUIRE, L.R., TENG, E., STEFANACCI, L,
BUFFALO, E.A. & CLARK, R.E. (2000). Impaired
recognition memory in monkeys after damage limited to the
hippocampal region. Journal of Neuroscience, 20 (1),
451-463. [PDF] |
|
WEISKRANTZ, L., MIHAILOVIC, L. & GROSS, C.G. (1962).
Effects of stimulation of frontal cortex and hippocampus
on behaviour in the monkey. Brain, 85,
487-504. |
GREEN, J.T. & WOODRUFF-PAK, D.S. (2000). Eyeblink
classical conditioning : Hippocampus is for multiple
associations as cerebellum is for association-response. Psychological
Bulletin, 126, 138-158. |
|
ISAACSON, R.L. & WICKELGREN, W.O. (1962). Hippocampal
ablation and passive avoidance. Science, 138,
1104-1106. |
EICHENBAUM, H. (2000). A cortical-hippocampal system for
declarative memory. Nature Reviews, 1, 41-50. [PDF] |
|
KIMBLE, D.P. (1963). The effects of bilateral hippocampal
lesions in rats. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 56, 273-283. |
CLARK, R.E., ZOLA, S.M. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2000). Impaired
recognition memory in rats after damage to the
hippocampus. Journal of Neuroscience, 20,
8853-8860. |
|
ALTMAN, J. & DAS, G.D. (1965). Autoradiographic and
histological evidence of postnatal hippocampal
neurogenesis in rats. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 124, 319-335. |
BROADBENT, N. & COLOMBO, M. (2000). Visual and spatial
discrimination behavior following hippocampal lesions in
pigeons. Psychobiology, 28 (4),
463-475. |
|
HUGHES, K.R. (1965). Dorsal and ventral hippocampal
lesions and maze learning : Influence of preoperative
environment. Canadian Journal of Psychology, 19, 325-332. |
ARLEO, A. & GESTNER, W. (2000). Spatial cognition and
neuro-mimetic navigation : a model of hippocampal place
cell activity. Biological Cybernetics, 83,
287-299. [PDF] |
|
MILNER, B. (1965). Memory disturbance after bilateral
hippocampal lesions. In P.M. Milner & S.E. Glickman
(Eds.), Cognitive processes and the brain (pp.
97-111). Patterson, NJ : VanNostrand. |
FROHARDT, R.J., GUARRACI, F.A. & BOUTON, M.E. (2000).
The effects of neurotoxic hippocampal lesions on two
effects of context after fear extinction. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 114, 227-240. |
|
DRACHMAN, D.A. & ARBIT, J. (1966). Memory and the
hippocampal complex. II. Is memory a multiple process ?
Archives of Neurology, 15, 52-61. |
COLOMBO, M. & BROADBENT, N. (2000). Is the avian
hippocampus a functional homologue of the mammalian
hippocampus ? Neuroscience & Biobehavioral
Reviews, 24 (4), 465-484. |
|
REDDING, F. (1967). Modification of sensory cortical
evoked synpatic potentials by hippocampal stimulation. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 22, 24-83. |
DOBOLI, S., MINAI, A.A. & BEST, P.J. (2000). Latent
attractors : a model for context-dependent place
representations in the hippocampus. Neural
Computation, 12, 1003-1037. |
|
NADEL, L. (1968). Dorsal and ventral hippocampal lesions
and behavior. Physiology & Behavior, 3,
891-900. |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000).
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. I. The effects of moving the stimuli on
firing field positions. Journal of General
Physiology, 116, 191-209. |
MILNER, B., CORKIN, S. & TEUBER, H.L.
(1968. Further analysis of the hippocampal amnesic
syndrome: 14-year follow-up study of H.M. Neuropsychologia,
6, 215-234.
|
|
|
|
GRANT, L.D. & JARRARD, L.E. (1968). Functional
dissociation within hippocampus. Brain Research, 10,
392-401. |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000)
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. II. A vector-field theory that predicts
modifications of the representation of the environment. Journal
of General Physiology, 116, 211-221. |
|
OLDS, J. & HIRANO, T. (1969). Conditioned responses of
hippocampal and other neurons. Electroencephalography
& Clinical Neurophysiology, 26, 159-66. |
HARTLEY, T., BURGESS, N., LEVER, C., CACUCCI, F. &
O'KEEFE, J. (2000). Modeling place fields in terms of the
cortical inputs to the hippocampus. Hippocampus 10,
369-379. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. & DOSTROVSKY, J. (1971). The hippocampus
as a spatial map. Preliminary evidence from unit activity
in the freely-moving rat. Brain Research, 34,
171-175. |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000).
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. I. The effects of mov- ing the stimuli on
firing field positions. Journal of General
Physiology, 116, 191-209. |
|
NADEL, L. & O'KEEFE, J. (1974). The hippocampus in
pieces and patches : An essay on modes of explanation in
physiological psychology. Dans R. Bellairs & E.G. Gray
(Eds.), Essays on the nervous system : A festschrift
for prof J.Z. Young (pp. 367-390). Oxford :
Clarendon Press. |
FENTON, A.A., CSIZMADIA, G. & MULLER, R.U. (2000).
Conjoint control of hippocampal place cell firing by two
visual stimuli. II. A vector-field theory that predicts
modifications of the representation of the envrionment.
Journal of General Physiology, 116, 211-221. |
|
SWANSON, L.W. & COWAN, W.M. (1975).
Hippocampo-hypothalamic connections : origin in subicular
cortex, not ammon's horn. Science, 189, 303-304. |
|
|
NADEL, L., O'KEEFE, J. & BLACK, A. (1975). Slam on the
brakes : A critique of Altman, Brunner and Bayer's
response-inhibition model of hippocampal function.
Behavioral Biology 14, 151-162. |
|
|
PRIBRAM, K. & ISAACSON, R.L. (Eds.) (1975). The
Hippocampus. New York : Plenum Press. |
|
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1976). Place units in the hippocampus of
freely moving rat. Experimental Neurology, 51,
78-109. |
|
|
BERGER, T.W., ALGER, B.E. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1976).
Neuronal substrate of classical conditioning in the
hippocampus. Science, 192 (4238), 483-485. [PDF] |
BAXTER, M.G. & MURRAY, E.A. (2001) Effects of
hippocampal lesions on delayed nonmatching-to-sample in
monkeys : a reply to Zola and Squire (2001).
Hippocampus 11, 201-203. |
|
GRALEWICZ, S. (1976). Electrical stimulation of the
hippocampus and acquisition of the conditioned avoidance
response in shuttle-box in cats. Acta Neurobiologiae
Experimentalis, 36 (6), 639-654. |
SCHMAJUK, N.A. (2001). Hippocampal dysfunction in
schizophrenia. Hippocampus, 11, 599-613. |
|
WINOCUR, G. & BINDRA, D. (1976). Effects of additional
cues on passive avoidance learning and extinction in rats
with hippocampal lesions. Physiology & Behavior,
17, 915-920. |
EICHENBAUM, H. (2001). The hippocampus and declarative
memory : cognitive mechanisms and neural codes. Behavior
& Brain Research, 127, 199-207. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. & NADEL, L. (1978). The hippocampus
as a cognitive map. Oxford : Oxford University
Press. [PDF] |
|
|
BERGER, T.W. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1978). Identification
of pyramidal cells as the critical elements in hippocampal
neuronal plasticity during learning. Proceedings of
the National Academy of Sciences, 75 (3),
1572-1576. |
VINOGRADOVA, O.S. (2001). Hippocampus as comparator : role
of the two input and two output systems of the hippocampus
in selection and registration of information. Hippocampus,
11, 578-598. [PDF] |
|
MISHKIN, M. (1978). Memory in monkeys severely impaired by
combined but not by separate removal of amygdala and
hippocampus. Nature, 273, 297-298. |
|
|
O'KEEFE, J. & CONWAY, D.H. (1978). Hippocampal place
units in the frely moving rat : why they fire where they
fire. Experimental Brain Research, 32, 573-590.
[PDF] |
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2001). Relationship
between magnitude of damage to the hippocampus and
impaired recognition memory in monkeys. Hippocampus,
11, 92-98. [PDF] |
|
WINSON, J. (1978). Loss of hippocampal theta rhythm
results in spatial memory deficit in the rat. Science,
201 (4351), 160-163. |
O'REILLY, R.C. & RUDY, J.W. (2001). Conjunctive
representations in learning and memory : Principles of
hippocampal and cortical function. Psychological
Review, 108 (2), 311-345. [PDF] |
|
WALSH, R.N. & CUMMINS, R.A. (1979). Changes in
hippocampal neuronal nuclei in response to environmental
stimulation. International Journal of Neusroscience,
9, 209-212. |
AGSTER, K.L., FORTIN, N.J. & EICHENBAUM, H.B. (2002).
The hippocampus and disambiguation of overlapping
sequences. The Journal of Neuroscience, 22,
5760-5768. |
|
WINOCUR, G. (1979). Effects of interference on
discrimination learning and recall by rats with
hippocampal lesions. Physiology & Behavior, 22, 339-345.
|
KESNER, R.P., GILBERT, P.E. & BARUA, L.A. (2002). The
role of the hippocampus in memory for the temporal order
of a sequence of odors. Behavioral Neuroscience, 116,
286-290. |
|
|
OLTON, D.S. & PAPAS, B.C. (1979). Spatial memory and
hippocampal function. Neuropsychologia, 17, 669-682. |
BROWN, J.E. & SKAGGS, W.E. (2002). Concordant and
discordant coding of spatial location in populations of
hippocampal CA1 pyramidal cells. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 88, 1605-1613. [PDF] |
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1979) A review of the hippocampal place
cells. Progress in Neurobiology, I3, 419-439. |
|
|
OLTON, D.S., BECKER, J.T. & HANDELMANN, E. (1979).
Hippocampus, space and memory. Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 2, 313-366. |
ALVARADO, M.C., WRIGHT, A.A. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2002).
Object and spatial relational memory in adult rhesus
monkeys is impaired by neonatal lesions of the hippocampal
formation but not the amygdaloid complex. Hippocampus,
12, 421-433. [PDF] |
|
WINOCUR, G. (1980). The hippocampus and cue utilization Physiological
Psychology, 8, 280-288. |
GILBERTSON, M.W., SHENTON, M.E., CISZEWSKI, A., KASAI, K.,
LASKO, N.B., ORR, S.P. & PITMAN, R.K. (2002). Smaller
hippocampal volume predicts pathologic vulnerability to
psychological trauma. Nature Neuroscience, 5, 1242-1247. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. & CONWAY, D.H. (1980). On the trail of the
hippocampus engram. Physiological Psychology, 8, 229-238. |
|
|
MAHUT, H., MOSS, M. & ZOLA-MORGAN, S. (1981).
Retention deficits after combined amygdalo-hippocampal and
selective hippocampal resections in the monkey.
Neuropsychologia, 19 (2), 201-225. |
MALMBERG, K.J., ZEELENBERG, R. & SHIFFRIN, R.M.
(2002). Modeling Midazolam's effect on the hippocampus and
recognition memory. Conference Papers/Vancouver. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
MORRIS, R.G.M., GARRUD, J.N., RAWLINS, J.N.P. &
O'KEEFE, J. (1982). Place navigation impaired in rats with
hippocampal lesions. Nature, 297 (5868),
681-683. |
KÖHLER, S., CRANE, J. & MILNER, B. (2002).
Differential contributions of the parahippocampal place
area and the anterior hippocampus to human memory for
scenes. Hippocampus, 12, 718-723. |
|
SWANSON, L.W., TEYLER, T.J. & THOMPSON, R.F. (1982).
Mechanisms and functional implications of hippocampal LTP.
NRP Bulletin, 20, 613-769. |
|
|
SUTHERLAND, I.Q., KOLB, B. & WHISHAW, R.J. (1982).
Spatial mapping : Definitive disruption by hippocampal or
medial frontal cortical damage in the rat. Neuroscience
Letters, 31, 271-276. |
|
|
BERGER, T.W., RINALDI, P.C., WEISZ, D.J. & THOMPSON,
R.F. (1983). Single unit analysis of different hippocampal
cell types during classical conditioning of the rabbit
nictitating membrane response. Journal of
Neurophysiology, 50 (5), 1197-1219. |
GOOD, M. (2002). Spatial memory and hippocampal function :
Where are we now ? Psicológica, 23, 109-138. [PDF] |
|
MAHUT, H. & MOSS, M. (1984). Consolidation of memory :
The hippocampus revisited. In L.R. Squire & N. Butters
(Eds.), Neuropsychology of memory (pp. 297-315).
New York : Guilford. |
KNIERIM, J.J. (2002. Dynamic interactions between local
surface cues, distal landmarks, and intrinsic circuitry in
hippocampal place cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 22,
6254-6264. |
|
WINOCUR, G. & GILBERT, M. (1984). The hippocampus,
context, and information processing. Behavioral &
Neural Biology, 40, 27-43. |
|
|
MECK, W.H., CHURCH, R.M. & OLTON, D. (1984).
Hippocampus, time, and memory. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 98, 3-22. |
|
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & ISAACSON, R.L. (1984). Classical
contingencies in rats with hippocampal lesions. Physiology
& Behavior, 33, 889-894. |
FORTIN, N.J., AGSTER, K.L. & EICHENBAUM, H.B. (2002).
Critical role of the hippocampus in memory for sequences
of events. Nature Neuroscience, 25 458-462. |
|
ZIPSER, D. (1985). A computational model of hippocampal
place fields. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99,
1006-1018. |
NADEL, L. & PAYNE, J.D. (2002). The hippocampus,
wayfinding, and episodic memory. In P. Sharp (Ed.), The
neural basis of navigation : Evidence from single cell
recording (pp. 235-247). Boston : Kluwer Academic
Publishers. |
|
BARNES, C.A. & McNAUGHTON, B.L. (1985). An age
comparison of the rates of acquisition and forgetting of
spatial information in relation to long-term enhancement
of hippocampal synapses. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99,
1040-1048. |
|
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1985). Psychological theories of
hippocampal function. Physiological Psychology, 12, 166-183. |
|
|
RAWLINS, J.P.N. (1985). Associations across time: the
hippocampus as a temporary memory store. Behavioural
& Brain Sciences, 8, 479-496. |
|
|
GAFFAN, D. 1985 Hippocampus : memory, habit and voluntary
movement. In L. Wieskrantz (Ed.), Animal intelligence
(pp. 87-99). Oxford : Clarendon. |
|
|
LOBAUGH, N.J., BOOTIN, M. & AMSEL, A. (1985). Sparing
of patterned alternation but not partial reinforcement
effect after infant and adult hippocampal lesions in the
rat. Behavioral Neuroscience, 99, 46-59. |
|
|
McNAUGHTON, B.L., BARNES, C.A., RAO, G., BALDWIN, J. &
RASMUSSEN, M. (1986). Long-term enhancement of hippocampal
synaptic transmission and the acquisition of spatial
information. Journal of Neuroscience, 6,
563-571. |
|
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1986). Memory
impairment in monkeys following lesions limited to the
hippocampus. Behavioral Neuroscience, 100 (2),
155-160. |
|
OLTON, D., MECK, W.H. & CHURCH, R.M. (1987).
Separation of hippocampal and amydaloid involvement in
temporal dysfunctions. Brain Research, 404, 180-188.
|
|
|
O'KEEFE, J. & SPEAKMAN, A. (1987). Single unit
activity in the rat hippocampus during a spatial memory
task. Experimental Brain Research, 68, 1-27. |
|
|
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & MOORE, J.W. (1988). The hippocampus
and the classically conditioned nictitating membrane
response : A real-time attentional-associative model. Psychobiology,
16, 20-35. |
|
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M., SQUIRE, L.R., AMARAL, D.G. &
SUZUKI, W. (1989). Lesions of perirhinal and
parahippocampal cortex that spare the amygdala and
hippocampal forma- tion produce severe memory impairment.
Journal of Neuroscience, 9, 4355-4370. |
|
|
SUTHELAND, R.J. & RUDY, J.W. (1989). Configural
association theory : The role of the hippocampal formation
in learning, memory, and amnesia. Psychobiology, 17,
129-144. |
NADEL, L., RYAN, L., HAYES, S.M., GILBOA, M. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2003). The role of the hippocampal complex
in long-term episodic memory. International Congress
Series, 1250, 215-234. [PDF] |
|
BREESE, C.R., HAMPSON, R.E. & DEADWYLER, S.A. (1989).
Hippocampal place cells : Stereotypy and plasticity. Journal
of Neuroscience, 9, 1097-1111. |
SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (2003). Memory and hippocampal
specialization in food-storing birds : Challenges for
research on comparative cognition. Brain, Behavior
& Evolution, 62, 108-116. |
|
ONO, T., NAKAMURA, K., TAMURA, R. & FUKUDA, M. (1989).
Spatial memory related neuronal activity in monkey
hippocampus. Society for Neuroscience, 1531. |
JIN, K., PEEL, A.L., MAO, X.O., XIE, L., COTTRELL, B.A.,
HENSHALL, D.C. & GREENBERG, D.A. (2003). Increased
hippocampal neurogenesis in Alzheimer's disease.
Proceeding of National Academy of Sciences, 101 (1),
343-347. [PDF] |
|
WIENER, S.I., PAUL, C.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1989).
Spatial and behavioral correlates of hippocampal neuronal
activity. Journal of Neuroscience, 9, 2737-2763. |
HABIB, R., McINTOSH, A.R., WHEELER, M.A. & TULVING, E.
(2003). Memory encoding and hippocampally-based
novelty/familiarity discrimination networks. Neuropsychologia,
41, 271-279. |
|
MORRIS, R.G.M., SCHENK, F., TWEEDIE, F. & JARRARD,
L.E. (1990). Ibotenate Lesions of Hippocampus and/or
subiculum : Dissociating components of allocentric spatial
learning. European Journal of Neuroscience, 2
(12), 1016-1028. |
SPERLING, R.A., CHUA, E., COCCHIARELLA, A.,
RAND-GIOVANETTI, E., POLDRACK, R., SCHACTER, D.L. &
ALBERT, M.S. (2003). Successful encoding of associative
memories activates the anterior hippocampal formation.
Neuroimage, 20, 1400-1410. |
|
SEJNOWSKI, T.J., CHATTTARJI, S. & STANTON, P.K.
(1990). Homosynaptic long-term depression in hippocampus
and neocortex. The Neurosciences, 2, 355-363. [PDF] |
LUO, J. & NIKI, K. (2003). Function of hippocampus in
"insight" of problem solving. Hippocampus, 13, 316-323. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1990). A computational theory of the
hippocampal cognitive map. Progress in Brain Research,
83, 301-312. |
GLUCK, M.A., MEETER, M. & MYERS, C.E. (2003).
Computational models of the hippocampal region : linking
incremental learning and episodic memory. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7 (6), 269. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1990). Role of the hippocampus in temporal
and spatial navigation : An adaptive neural network. Behavioral
Brain Research, 39, 205-229. |
MANNS, J.R., HOPKINS R.O., REED, J.M., KITCHENER. G.
& SQUIRE, L.R. (2003). Recognition memory and the
human hippocampus. Neuron, 37, 171-180. |
|
EICHENBAUM, H., STEWART, C. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (1990).
Hippocampal representation in place learning. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 10 (11), 3531-3542. [PDF] |
GRADY, C.L., McINTOSH, A.R. & CRAIK, F.I.M. (2003).
Age-related differences in the functional connectivity of
the hippocampus during memory encoding. Hippocampus
13, 572-586. |
|
WEST, M.J. & GUNDERSON, H.J.G. (1990). Unbiased
Stereological Estimation of the Number of Neurons in the
Human Hippocampus. The Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 296, 1-22. |
ZEINEH, M.M., ENGEL S.A., HOMPSON, P.M. & BOOKHEINER,
S.Y. (2003). Dynamics of the hippocampus during encoding
and retrieval of face-name pairs. Science, 299, 577-580. |
|
BARNES, C.A., McNAUGHTON, B.L., MIZURI, S.J.Y., LEONARD,
B.W. & LIN, L.-H. (1990). Comparison of spatial and
temporal characteristics of neuronal activity in
sequential stages of hippocampal processing. Progress
in Brain Research, 83, 287-300. |
|
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1990). The primate
hippocampal formation : evidence for a time-limited role
in memory storage. Science, 250, 288-290. |
PENNINGTON, B.F., MOON, J., EDGIN, J., STEDRON, J. &
NADEL, L. (2003). The neuropsychology of Down syndrome :
evidence for hippocampal dysfunction. Child
Developemt, 74 (1), 75-93.
[PDF] |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. & CAVE, C.B. (1991). The hippocampus,
memory, and space. Hippocampus, 1, 269-271. [PDF] |
RANGANATH, C., COHEN, M.X., DAM, C. & D'ESPOSITO, M.
Inferior temporal, prefrontal, andhippocampal
contributions to visual working memory maintenance and
associative memory retrieval. The Journal of
Neuroscience, 24 (16), 3917-3925. |
|
EICHENBAUM, H., COHEN, N.J., OTTO, T. & WIBLE, C.
(1991). Memory representation in the hippocampus :
functional domain and functional organization. In L.R.
Squire, G. Lynch, N.L. Weinberger & J.L. McGaugh
(Eds.), Memory : Organization and locus of change (pp.
163-204). New York : Academic Press. |
MAREN, S. & HOLT, W.G. (2004). Hippocampus and
Pavlovian fear conditioning in rats : Muscimol infusions
into the ventral, but not dorsal, hippocampus impair the
acquisition of conditional freezing to an auditory
conditional stimulus. Behavioral Neuroscience, 118,
97-110. |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S., SQUIRE, L.R., ALVAREZ-ROYO, P. &
CLOWER, R.P. (1991). Independence of memory functions and
emotional behavior : Separate contributions of the
hippocampal formation and the amygdala. Hippocampus,
1 (2), 207-220. [PDF] |
PHELPS, E.A. (2004). Human emotion and memory :
Interactions of the amygdala and hippocampal complex.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 14, 198-202. [PDF] |
|
TAUBE, J.S. (1991). Space, the final hippocampal frontier
? Hippocampus, 1 (3), 247-249. [PDF] |
ATALLAH, H.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2004).
Hippocampus, cortex and basal ganglia : Insights from
computational models of complementary learning systems. Neurobiology
of Learning & Memory, 82, 253-267. [PDF] |
|
CAVE, C.B. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1991). Equivalent
impairment of spatial and nonspatial memory following
damage to the human hippocampus. Hippocampus, 1 (3),
329-340. [PDF] |
WIXTED, J.T. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2004). Recall and
recognition are equally impaired in patients with
selective hippocampal damage. Cognitive, Affective,
& Behavioral Neuroscience, 4 (1), 58-66. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & DI CARLO, J.J. (1992). A neural
network approach to hippocampal function in classical
conditioning. Behavioral Neuroscience, 105 (1),
82-110. [PDF] |
BOHBOT, V.D., IARIA, G. & PETRIDES, M. (2004).
Hippocampal function and spatial memory : Evidence from
functional neuroimaging in healthy participants and
performance of patients with medial temporal lobe
resections. Neuropsychology, 18 (3), 418-425. |
|
NADEL, L. (1991). The hippocampus and space revisited. Hippocampus,
1 (3), 221-229. [PDF] |
EICHENBAUM, H. (2004). Hippocampus : Cognitive processes
and neural representations that underlie declarative
memory. Neuron, 44, 109-120. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
WICKENS, J.R. & ABRAHAM, W.C. (1991). The involvement
of L-type calcium channels in heterosynaptic long-term
depression in the hippocampus. Neuroscience Letters,
130 (1), 128-132. |
KNIGHT, D.C., SMITH, C.N., CHENG, D.T., STEIN, E.A. &
HELMSTETTER, F.J. (2004). Amygdala and hippocampal
activity during acquisition and extinction of human fear
conditioning. Cognitive, Affective & Behaviorial
Neuroscience, 4 (3), 317-325. [PDF] |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Memory and the hippocampus - a
synthesis from findings with rats, monkeys and humans. Psychological
Review, 99 (2), 195- 231. [PDF] |
HARRISON, P.J. (2004). The hippocampus in schizophrenia :
A review of the neuropathological evidence and its
pathophysiological implications. Psychopharmacolgy,
174, 151-162. |
|
ZOLA-MORGAN, S.M., SQUIRE, L.R., REMPEL, N.L., CLOWER,
R.P. & AMARAL, D.G. (1992). Enduring memory impairment
in monkeys after ischemic dam- age to the hippocampus.
Journal of Neuroscience, 12 (7), 2582-2596. [PDF] |
SAVAGE, L.M., BUZETTI, R.A. & RAMIREZ, D.R. (2004).
The effects of hippocampal lesions on learning, memory,
and reward expectancies. Neurobiology of Learning
& Memory 82, 109-119. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & DI CARLO, J.J. (1992). Stimulus
configuration, classical conditioning, and hippocampal
function. Psychological Review, 9 (2), 268-305.
[PDF] |
FLORIAN, C. & ROULLET, P. (2004). Hippocampal
CA3-region is crucial for acquisition and memory
consolidation in Morris water maze task in mice. Behavioural
Brain Research, 154 (2), 365-374. |
|
ROOF, R.L. & HAVENS, M.D. (1992). Testosterone
improves maze performance and induces development of a
male hippocampus in females. Brain Research, 572
(12), 310-313. |
MOITA, M.A., ROSIS, S., ZHOU, Y., LEDOUX, J.E. &
BLAIR, H.T. (2004). Putting fear in its place : remapping
of hippocampal place cells during fear conditioning. Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (31), 7015-7023. |
|
ALVAREZ-ROYO, P., CLOWER, R.P., ZOLA-MORGAN, S. &
SQUIRE, L.R. (1992). Stereotaxic lesions of the
hippocampus in monkeys : determination of surgical
coordinates and analysis of lesions using magnetic
resonance imaging. Journal of Neuroscience Methods, 38
(2-3), 223-232. |
PRESTON, A.R., SHRAGER, Y., DUDUKOVIC, N.M. &
GABRIELI, J.D.E. (2004). Hippocampal contribution to the
novel use of relational information in declarative memory.
Hippocampus, 14 (2), 148-152. |
|
|
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L., O'REILLY, R.C. &
NADEL, L. (1992). Complementary roles of hippocampus and
neocortex in learning and memory. Society for
Neuroscience Abstracts, 22. |
LEE, T. & KIM, J.J. (2004). Differential effects of
cerebellar, amygdalar, and hippocampal lesions on
classical eyeblink conditioning in rats. The Journal
of Neuroscience, 24 (13), 3242–3250. [PDF] |
|
WYSS, J.M. & VAN GROEN, T. (1992). Connections between
the retrosplenial cortex and the hippocampal formation in
the rat : a review. Hippocampus, 2, 1-11. |
|
|
EICHENBAUM, H., OTTO, T. & COHEN, N.J. (1992). The
hippocampus : what does it do ? Behavioral &
Neural Biology, 57 (1), 2-36. |
WITTMANN, B.C., SCHOTT, B.H., GUDERIAN, S., FREY, J.U.,
HEINZE, H.J. & DÜZEL, E. (2005). Reward-related fMRI
activation of dopaminergic midbrain is associated with
enhanced hippocampus-dependent long-term memory formation.
Neuron, 45 (3), 459–467. |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A. & BLAIR, H.T. (1993). Stimulus
configuration, place learning, and the hippocampus. Behavioral
Brain Research, 59, 103-117. |
TOURETZKY, D.S., WEISMAN, W.E., FUHS, M.C., SKAGGS, W.E.,
FENTON, A.A. & MULLER, R.U. (2005). Deforming the
hippocampal map. Hippocampus, 15 (1), 41-55. [PDF] |
|
SCHMAJUK, N.A., THIENNE, A.D. & BLAIR, H.T. (1993).
Maps, routes, and the hippocampus : A neural network
approach. Hippocampus, 3, 387-400. |
PRESTON, A.R., SHOHAMY, D., TAMMINGA, C.A. & WAGNER,
A.D. (2005). Hippocampal function, memory, and
schizophrenia : Anatomical and functional neuroimaging
considerations. Current Neurology & Neuroscience
Reports, 5 (4), 249-256. |
|
RAY, J.P., SCHINSTINE, D.A. & GAGE, F.H. (1993).
Proliferation, differentiation, and long-term culture of
primary hippocampal neurons. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, USA, 90, 3602-3606. |
SHIN, L.M., SHIN, P.S., HECKERS, S., KRANGEL, T.S.,
MACKLIN, M.L., ORR, S.P., LASKO, A., SEGAL, E., MAKRIS,
N., RICHERT, K., LEVERING, J., SCHACTER, D.L., ALPERT,
N.M., FISCHMAN, A.J., PITMAN, R.K. & RAUCH, S.L.
(2004). Hippocampal function in posttraumatic stress
disorder. Hippocampus, 14, 292-300. [PDF] |
|
ANGELI, S.J., MURRAY, E.A. & MISHKIN, M. (1993).
Hippocampectomized monkeys can remember one place but not
two. Neuropsychologia, 31, 1021-1030. |
AMSO, D., DAVIDSON, M.C., JOHNSON, S.P., GLOVER, G. &
CASEY, B.J. (2005). Contributions of the hippocampus and
striatum to simple association and frequency learning. NeuroImage,
27, 291-298. [PDF] |
|
ONO, T., NAKAMURA, K., NISHJO, H. & EIFUKU, S. (1993).
Monkey hippocampal neurons related to spatial and
nonspatial functions. Journal of Neurophysiology, 70
(4), 1516-1529. |
CLARK, J. (2005). Explaining learning : From analysis to
paralysis to hippocampus. Educational Philosophy &
Theory 37 (5), 667–687. |
|
WILSON, M.A. & McNAUGHTON, B.L. (1993). Dynamics of
the hippocampal ensemble code for space. Science, New
Series, 261 (5124), 1055-1058. [PDF] |
WITTMANN, B.C., SCHOTT, B.H., GUDERIAN, S., FREY, J.U.,
HEINZE, H.J. & DUZEL, E. (2005) Reward-related fMRI
activation of dopaminergic midbrain is associated with
enhanced hippocampus-dependent long-term memory formation.
Neuron, 45, 459-467. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1993). Hippocampus, theta, and spatial
memory. Current Opinion of Neurobiology, 3 (6),
917-924. |
BECKER, S. (2005). A computational principle for
hippocampal learning and neurogenesis. Hippocampus,
15 (6), 722-738. [PDF] |
|
LONG, J.M. & KESNER, R.P. (1994). The effects of
parietal cortex and hippocampal lesions on memory for
allocentric distance, egocentric distance, and spatial
location in rats. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts,
20, 1210. |
CRUSIO, W.E. & SCHEWGLE, H.R. (2005). Learning spatial
orientation tasks in the radial-maze and structural
variation in the hippocampus in inbred mice. Behavioral
& Brain Functions, 1 (3), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
JUNG, M.W., WIENER, S.I. & MCNAUGHTON, B.L. (1994).
Comparison of spatial firing characteristics of units in
dorsal and ventral hippocampus of the rat. Journal of
Neuroscience, 14, 7347-7356. |
RUDY, J.W. & MATUS-AMAT, P. (2005). The ventral
hippocampus supports a memory representation of context
and contextual fear conditioning : Implications for a
unitary function of the hippocampus. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 119, 154-163. |
|
BERGER, T.W., CHAUVET, G. & SCLABASSI, R.J. (1994). A
biologically based model of functional properties of the
hippocampus. Neural Networks, 7 (6), 1031-1064.
|
MEETER, M., MYERS, C.E. & GLUCK, M.A. (2005).
Integrating incremental learning and episodic memory
models of the hippocampal region. Psychological
Review, 112 (3), 560-585.
[PDF] |
|
WILSON, M.A. & McNAUGHTON, B.L. (1994). Reactivation
of hippocampal ensemble memories during sleep. Science,
265 (5172), 676-679. |
GOODRICH-HUNSAKER, N.J., HUNSAKER, M.R. & KESNER, R.P.
(2005). Dissociating the role of the parietal cortex and
dorsal hippocampus for spatial information processing. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 119 (5), 1307-1315. [PDF] |
|
ALVAREZ, P., ZOLA-MORGAN, S. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1995).
Damage limited to the hippocampal regio damage limited to
the Hippocampal Region Produces Long- Lasting Memory
Impairment in Monkeys. Journal of Neuroscience, 15
(5), 3796-3807. [PDF] |
CLARK, R.E., BROADBENT, N.J. & SQUIRE, L.R. (2005).
Hippocampus and remote spatial memory in rats. Hippocampus,
15 (2), 260-272. [PDF] |
|
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C.
1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in the
hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the successes
and failures of connectionist models of learning and
memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3), 419-457.
[PDF] |
TOURETZKY, D.S. & MULLER, R.U. (2006). Place field
dissociation and multiple maps in hippocampus. Neurocomputing,
69 (10-12), 1260-1263. |
|
McCLELLAND, J.L., McNAUGHTON, B.L. & O'REILLY, R.C.
(1995). Why there are complementary learning systems in
the hippocampus and neocortex : Insights from the
successes and failures of connectionist models of learning
and memory. Psychological Review, 102 (3),
419-457. [PDF] |
APOSTOLOVA, L.G., DUTTON, R.A., DINOV, I.D., HAYASHI,
K.M., TOGA, A.W., CUMMINGS, J.L. & THOMPSON, P.M.
(2006). Conversion of mild cognitive impairment to
Alzheimer disease predicted by hippocampal atrophy maps. Archives
of Neurology, 63, 693-699. |
|
SQUIRE, L.R. & ALVAREZ, P. (1995). Retrograde amnesia
and memory consolidation : a neurobiological perspective.
Current Opinion in Neurobiology, 5, 169-177. |
WISKOTT, L., RASCH, M.J. & KEMPERMANN, G. (2006). A
functional hypothesis for adult hippocampal neurogenesis :
Avoidance of catastrophic interference in the dentate
gyrus. Hippocampus, 16 (3), 329-343. [PDF] |
|
TSODYKS, M. & SEJNOWSKI, T.J. (1995). Associative
memory and hippocampal place cells. International
Journal of Neural Systems, 6 (S), 81-86. [PDF] |
BANGASSER, D.A., WAXLER, D.E., SANTOLLO, J. & SHORS,
T.J. (2006). Trace conditioning and the hippocampus : the
importance of contiguity. Journal of Neuroscience, 26,
8702-8706. |
|
BLUM, K.I. & ABBOT, L.F. (1996). A model of spatial
map formation in the hippocampus of the rat. Neural
Computation, 8, 85-93. |
MORRIS, R.G.M. (2006). Elements of a neurobiological
theory of hippocampal function : the role of synaptic
plasticity, synaptic tagging and schemas. The EJN Award
Lecture. European Journal of Neuroscience, 23,
2829-2846. [PDF] |
|
|
BUHUSI, C. & SCHMAJUK, N.A. (1996). Attention,
configuration, and hippocampal function. Hippocampus,
6, 621-642. |
JI, J. & MAREN, S. (2007). Hippocampal involvement in
contextual modulation of fear extinction. Hippocampus,
17, 749–758. [PDF] |
| |
FUHS, M.C. & TOURETZKY, D.S. (2007) Context learning
in the rodent hippocampus. Neural Computation, 19 (12),
3173-3215. |
|
SAKURAI, Y. (1996). Hippocampal and neocortical cell
assemblies encode memory processes for different types of
stimuli in the rat. Journal of Neuroscience, 16, 2809-2819. |
EICHENBAUM, H. (2007). Comparative cognition, hippocampal
function, and recollection. Comparative Cognition
& Behavior Reviews, 2, 47-66. [PDF] |
|
PACKARD, M.G. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1996). Inactivation of
hippocampus or caudate nucleus with lidocaine
differentially affects expression of place and response
learning. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 65,
65-72. |
BANGASSER, D.A. & SHORS, T.J. (2007). The hippocampus
is necessary for enhancements and impairments of learning
following stressful experience. Nature Neuroscience,
10, 1401-1403. [PDF] |
| |
YONELINAS, A.P., WIDAMAN, K., MUNGAS, D., REED, B.,
WEINER, M.W. & CHUI, H.C. (2007). Memory in the aging
brain : Doubly dissociating the contribution of the
hippocampus and entorhinal cortex. Hippocampus, 17,
1134-1140. |
|
PACKARD, M.G. & McGAUGH, J.L. (1996). Inactivation of
hippocampus or caudate nucleus with lidocaine
differentially affects expression of place and response
learning. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory, 65,
65-72. |
JI, D. & WILSON, M.A. (2007). Coordinated memory
replay in the visual cortex and hippocampus during sleep.
Nature Neuroscience, 10, 100-107. [PDF] |
|
MULLER, R.U., STEAD, M. & PACH, J. (1996). The
hippocampus as a cognitive graph. The Journal of
General Physiology, 107, 663-694. |
ZHANG, J.M., KONKLE, A.T.M., ZUP, S.L. & McCARTHY,
M.M. (2008). Impact of sex and hormones on new cells in
the developing rat hippocampus : a novel source of sex
dimorphism ? European Journal of Neuroscience, 27
(4), 791-800. [PDF] |
|
MAREN, S. & FANSELOW, M.S. (1996). The amygdala and
fear conditioning : Has the nut been cracked ? Neuron,
16, 237-240. |
RYAN, L., COX, C., HAYES, S.M. & NADEL, L. (2008).
Hippocampal activation during episodic and semantic memory
retrieval : Comparing category production and category
cued recall. Neuropsychologia, 46 (8),
2109-2121. [PDF] |
|
LONG, J.M. & KESNER, R.P. (1996). The effects of
dorsal vs. ventral hippocampal, total hippocampal, and
parietal cortex lesions on memory for allocentric distance
in rats. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 922-932 |
SAUVAGE, M.M., FORTIN, N.J., OWENS, C.B., YONELINAS, A.P.
& EICHENBAUM, H. (2008). Recognition memory : opposite
effects of hippocampal damage on recollection and
familiarity. Nature Neuroscience, 11 (1), 16-18.
[PDF] |
| |
BACHEVALIER, J. & NEMANIC, S. (2008). Memory for
spatial location and object-place associations are
differently processed by the hippocampal formation,
parahippocampal areas TH/TF and perirhinal cortex. Hippocampus,
18, 64-80. |
|
O'KEEFE, J. & BURGESS, N. (1996). Geometric
determinants of the place fields of hippocampal neurons.
Nature, 381, 425-428. |
WALKER, A.G. & STEINMETZ, J.E. (2008). Hippocampal
lesions in rats differentially affect long- and
short-trace eyeblink conditioning. Physiology &
Behavior, 93, 570–578. |
|
HAMPTON, R.R. & SHETTLEWORTH, S.J. (1996). Hippocampus
and memory in a food-storing and a non-storing bird
species. Behavioral Neuroscience, 110, 946-964. |
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2008). The hippocampus as a "stupid"
domain-specific module : implications for theories of
recent and remote memory. Canadian Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 62 (1), 62-79. |
|
ROLLS, E.T. (1996). A theory of hippocampal function in
memory. Hippocampus, 6, 601-620. |
KYD, R.J., PEARCE, J.M., HASELGROVE, M., AMIN, E. &
AGGLETON, J.P. (2008). The effects of hippocampal system
lesions on a novel temporal discrimination task for rats.
Behavioural Brain Research, 187 (1), 159-171. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L. & JACOBS, W.J. (1996). The role of the
hippocampus in PTSD, panic and phobia. In N. Kato (Ed.), Hippocampus
: Functions and Clinical Relevance. Elsevier
Science, Amsterdam. |
LUDERS, E., TOGA, A.W., LEPORE, N. & GASER, C. (2009).
The underlying anatomical correlates of long-term
meditation : Larger hippocampal and frontal volumes of
gray matter. Neuroimage, 45 (3), 672-678. [PDF] |
|
COLOMBO, M., CRAWLEY, S. & BROADBENT, N. (1997). The
effects of hippocampal and area parahippocampalis lesions
in pigeons II : Concurrent discrimination and spatial
memory. Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology
Section B, 50 (2), 172-189. |
DALLA, C., PAPACHRISTOS, E.B., WHETSTONE A.S. & T
SHORS, T.J. (2009). Females rats learn trace memories
better than males and as a consequently retain a greater
proportion of new neurons in their hippocampi. PNAS,
106 (8), 2927-2932. [PDF] |
|
NISHJIJO, H., ONO, T., EIKOFU, S. & TAMURA, R. (1997).
The relationship between monkey hippocampus place-related
neural activity and action in space. Neuroscience
Letters, 226 (1), 57-60 |
LAVENEX, P.B. & LAVENEX, P. (2009). Spatial memory and
the monkey hippocampus : Not all space is created equal. Hippocampus,
19, 8-19. |
|
REICH, C.G., TAYLOR, M.E. & McCARTHY, M.M. (2009).
Differential effects of chronic unpredictable stress on
hippocampal CB1 receptors in male and female rats. Behavioural
Brain Researches, 203, 264-269. |
|
DOLAN, R.J. & FLETCHER, P.C. (1997). Dissociating
prefrontal and hippocampal function in episodic memory
encoding. Nature, 388, 582-585. |
VANN, S.D., TSIVILIS, D, DENBY, C.E., QUAMME, J.R.,
YONELINAS, A.P., AGGLETON, J.P., MONTALDI, D. & MAYES,
A.R. (2009). Impaired recollection but spared familiarity
in patients with extended hippocampal system damage
revealed by 3 convergent methods. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 106, 5442-5447. [PDF] |
|
ZAIDEL D.W., ESIRI, M.M. & HARRISON, P.J. (1997).
Size, shape, and orientation of neurons in the left and
right hippocampus : Investigation of normal asymmetries
and alterations in schizophrenia. American Journal of
Psychiatry 154, 812-818. [PDF] |
KURUBA, R., HATTIANGADY, B. & SHETTY, A.K. (2009).
Hippocampal neurogenesis and neural stem cells in temporal
lobe epilepsy. Epilepsy & Behavior, 14 (1),
65-73. |
|
TOTTENHAM, N. & SHERIDAN, M.A. (2009). A review of
adversity, the amygdala and the hippocampus : a
consideration of developmental timing. Frontiers in
Human Neurosciene, 3 [68], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
VARGHA-KHADEM, F., GADIAN, D.G., WATKINS, K.E., CONNELLY,
A., VAN PAESSCHEN, W. & MISHKIN, M. (1997).
Differential effects of early hippocampal pathology on
episodic and semantic memory. Science, 277,
376-380. |
LEHMANN, H., SPARKS, F.T., SPANSWICK, S.C., HADIKIN, C.,
MCDONALD, R.J. & SUTHERLAND, R.J. (2009) Making
context memories independent of the hippocampus. Learning
& Memory, 16 (7), 417-420. |
|
GLUCK, M.A. & MYERS, C.E. (1997). Psychobiological
models of hippocampal function in learning and memory. Annual
Review of Psychology, 48, 481-514. |
DALLA, C., WHETSTONE, A.S., HODES, G.E. & SHORS, T.J.
(2009). Stressful experience has opposite effects on
dendritic spines in the hippocampus of cycling versus
masculinized females. Neuroscience Letters, 449
(1), 52-56. [PDF] |
|
AGGLETON, J.P., POIRIER, G.L., AGGLETON, H.S., VANN,
S.D. & PEARCE, J M. (2009). Lesions of the fornix
and anterioir thalamic nuclei dissociate different
aspects of hippocampal-dependent spatial learning :
Implications for the neural basis of scene learning. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 123, 504-519. |
|
NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (1997). Consolidation,
retrograde amnesia and the hippocampal formation. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 7, 217-227. |
HORNE, M.R., IORDANOVA, M.D. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010).
Spatial learning based on boundaries in rats is
hippocampus-dependent and prone to overshadowing. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 124, 623-632. [PDF] |
|
SHEN, J., BARNES, C.A., MCNAUGHTON, B.L., SKAGGS, W.E.
& WEAVER, K.L. (1997). The effect of aging on
experience-dependent plasticity of hippocampal place
cells. Journal of Neuroscience, 17, 6769-6782. |
WINOCUR, G., MOSCOVITCH, M. & BONTEMPI, B. (2010).
Memory formation and long-term retention in humans and
animals : convergence towards a transformation account of
hippocampal-neocortical interactions. Neuropsychologia,
48, 2339-2356. |
| |
TAMMINGA, C.A., STAN, A.D. & WAGNER, A.D. (2010). The
Hippocampal formation in schizophrenia. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 167, 1178-1193. [PDF] |
|
PEARCE, J.M., ROBERTS, A.D.L. & GOOD, M. (1998).
Hippocampal lesions disrupt a cognitive map but not vector
encoding. Nature, 996, 75-77. |
NORMAN, K.A. (2010). How hippocampus and cortex contribute
to recognition memory : Revisiting the complementary
learning systems model. Hippocampus, 20 (11),
1217-1227. [PDF] |
|
TULVING, E. & MARKOWTSCH, H.J. (1998). Episodic and
declarative memory : Role of the hippocampus. Hippocampus,
8, 198-204. [PDF] |
AGGLETON, J.P., OMARA, S.M., VANN, S.D., WRIGHT, N.F.,
TSANOV, M. & ERICHSEN, J.T. (2010). Hippocampal -
anterior thalamic pathways for memory : Uncovering a
network of direct and indirect actions. European
Journal of Neuroscience, 31, 2292-2307. [PDF] |
|
GOOD, M., DE HOZ, L. & MORRIS, R.G.M. (1998).
Contingent versus incidental context processing during
conditioning : dissociation after excitotoxic hippocampal
plus dentate gyrus lesions. Hippocampus, 8,
147-159. [PDF] |
SHERRY, D.F. & HOSHOOLEY, J.S. (2010). Seasonal
hippocampal plasticity in food-storing birds.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society B :
Biological, 365, 933-943. [PDF] |
|
REDISH, D.A. & TOURETZKY, D.S. (1998). The role of the
hippocampus in the Morris water maze. In J. Bower (Ed.), Computational
neuroscience : Trends in research (pp. 101-106).
New York : Plenum Publishing. |
NISHIMURA, M., GU, X. & SWANN, J.W. (2011). Seizures
in early life suppress hippocampal dendrite growth while
impairing spatial learning. Neurobiology of Disease,
44 (2), 205-214. [PDF] |
|
ERIKSSON, P.S., PERFILIEVA, E., BJÖRK-ERIKSSON, T.,
ALBORN, A.-M., NORDBORG, C., PETERSON, D.A. & GAGE,
F.H. (1998). Neurogenesis in the adult human hippocampus.
Nature Medicine, 4, 1313-1317. [PDF] |
FANSELOW, M.S. & DONG, H.-W. (2010). Are the dorsal
and ventral hippocampus functionally distinct structures.
Neuron, 65, 7-19. [PDF] |
|
NADEL, L. & MOSCOVITCH, M. (1998). Hippocampal
contribution to cortical plasticity.
Neuropharmacology, 3, 431-449. [PDF] |
FARACO, C.C., UNSWORTH, N., LANGLEY, J., TERRY, J.D., LI,
K., ZHANG, D., LIU, T. & MILLER, L.S. (2011). Complex
span tasks and hippocampal recruitment during working
memory. NeuroImage, 55, 773-787. [PDF] |
|
MAREN, S., ANAGNOSTARAS, S.G. & FANSELOW, M.S. (1998).
The startled seahorse : Is the hippocampus necessary for
contextual fear conditioning ? Trends in Cognitive
Sciences, 2, 39-41. |
WADDELL, J., ANDERSON, M.L. & SHORS, T.J. (2011).
Changing the rate and hippocampal dependence of trace
eyeblink conditioning : slow learning enhances survival of
new neurons. Neurobiology of Learning & Memory,
95, 159-165. [PDF] |
|
REDISH, D.A. & TOURETZKY, D.S. (1998) The role of the
hippocampus in solving the Morris water maze. Neural
Computation, 10 (1), 73-111.
[PDF] |
LEHMANN, H. & McNAMARA, K.C. (2011) Repeatedly
reactivated memories become more resistant to hippocampal
damage. Learning & Memory, 18 (3), 132-135. |
|
BOHBOT, V.D., KALINA M., STEPANKOVA K., SPACKOVA, N.,
PETRIDES, M. & NADEL, L. (1998). Spatial memory
deficits in patients with lesions to the right hippocampus
and to the right parahippocampal cortex.
Neuropsychologia, 36, 1217-1238. |
HEUER, E. & BACHEVALIER, J. (2011). Effects of
selective neonatal hippocampal lesions on tests of object
and spatial recognition memory in monkeys. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 125 (2), 137–149. [PDF] |
| |
SAVAGE, L.M., HALL, J.M. & VETRENO, R.P. (2011).
Anterior thalamic lesions alter both hippocampal-dependent
behavior and hippocampal acetylcholine release in the rat.
Learning & Memory, 18, 751-758. [PDF] |
|
VANN, S.D. & ALBASSER, M.M. (2011). Hippocampus
and neocortex: recognition and spatial memory. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 21, 440-445.
|
| |
CURLIK, D.M. & SHORS, T.J. (2012). Training your brain
: Do mental and physical (MAP) training enhance cognition
through the process of neurogenesis in the hippocampus ? Neuropharmacology,
64, 506-514. [PDF] |
| |
JUN, H., QASIM-HUSAINI, S.M., RIBGY, M. & JANG, M.
(2012). Functional role of adult hippocampal neurogenesis
as a therapeutic strategy for mental disorders. Neural
Plasticity, 1-20. [PDF] |
| |
VALIANT, G.-L. (2012). The hippocampus as a stable memory
allocator for cortex. Neural Computation, 24,
2873-2899. [PDF] |
|
McEWEN, B.S. (1999). Stress and hippocampal plasticity. Annual
Review of Neuroscience, 22, 105-122.
[PDF] |
LOISELLE, M., ROULEAU, I., NGUYEN, D.K., DUBEAU, F.,
MACOIR, J., WHATMOUGH, C., LEPORE, F. & JOUBERT, S.
(2012). Comprehension of concrete and abstract words in
patients with sselective anterior temporal lobe resection
and in patients with selective hippocampo-amygdalectomy. Neuropsychologia,
50 (5), 630-639. |
|
|
WOOD, E.R., DUDCHENKO, P.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1999).
The global record of memory in hippocampal neuronal
activity. Nature, 397, 613-616. |
BUSS, C., DAVIS, E.P., SHAHBABA, B., PRUESSNER, J.C.,
HEAD, K. & SANDMAN, C.A. (2012). Maternal cortisol
over the course of pregnancy and subsequent child amygdala
and hippocampus volumes and affective problems. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 109 (20),
1312-1319. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, P.C., LAMOUREUX, J.A., HAN, J.-S. &
GALLAGHER, M. (1999). Hippocampal lesions interfere with
negative occasion setting. Hippocampus, 9,
143-159. |
LIBBY, L.A., EKSTROM, A.D., RAGLAND, J.D. & RANGANATH,
C. (2012). Differential connectivity of perirhinal and
parahippocampal cortices within human hippocampal
subregions revealed by high-resolution functional imaging.
Journal of Neuroscience, 32 (19), 6550-6560. [PDF] |
|
RAPP, P.R., STACK, E.C. & GALLAGHER, M. (1999).
Morphometric studies of aged hippocampus : 1. Volumetric
analysis in behaviorally characterized rats. The
Journal of Comparative Neurology, 403, 459-470. |
REDISH, A.D. (2012). Search processes and hippocampus. In
P.M. Todd, T.T. Hills, T.W. Robbin (Eds.), Cognitive
search : Evolution, algorithms, and the brains (pp.
81-95). MIT Press. [PDF] |
|
ZAIDEL D.W. (1999). Quantitative morphology of human
hippocampus early neuron development. The Anatomical
Record, 254 (1), 87-91. |
NADEL, L. & PATERSON, M.A. (2013). The hippocampus :
part of an interactive posterior representational system
spanning perceptual and memorial systems. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : General, 142, 1242-1254.
[PDF] |
|
PASCALIS, O. & BACHEVALIER, J. (1999). Neonatal
aspiration lesions of the hippocampal formation impair
visual recognition memory when assessed by
paired-comparison but not delayed nonmatching-to- sample
task. Hippocampus, 9609-616. |
MECK, W.H., CHURCH, R.M. & MATELL, M.S. (2013).
Hippocampus, time, and memory : A retrospective. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 127 (5), 642-654. [PDF] |
|
BACHEVALIER, J., BEAUREGARD, M. & ALVARADO, M.C.
(1999). Long-term effects of neonatal damage to the
hippocampal formation and amygdaloid complex on object
discrimination and object recognition in rhesus monkeys
(Macaca mulatta). Behavioral Neuroscience, 113,
1127-1151. |
NADEL, L., HOSHCHEIDT, S. & RYAN, L.R. (2013). Spatial
cognition and the hippocampus : the anterior-posterior
axis. Journal of Cognitive Neuroscience, 25 (1),
22-28. [PDF] |
|
ROLLS, E.T. (1999). Spatial view cells and the
representation of place in the primate hippocampus.
Hippocampus, 9, 467-480. |
KONISHI, K., ETCHAMENDY, N., ROY, S., MARIGHETTO, A.,
RAJAH, N. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2013). Decreased functional
magnetic resonance imaging activity in the hippocampus in
favor of the caudate nucleus in older adults tested in a
virtual navigation task. Hippocampus, 23, 1005-1014. |
|
McEWEN, B.S. (1999). Stress and the aging hippocampus.
Front Neuroendocrinology, 20, 49-70. |
WINOCUR, G. SEKERES, M.J., BINNS, M.A. & MOSCOVITCH,
M. (2013). Hippocampal lesions produce both nongraded and
temporally graded retrograde amnesia in the same rat. Hippocampus,
23 (5), 330-341. |
|
WEINBERGER, D.R. (1999). Cell biology of the hippocampal
formation in schizophrenia. Biological Psychiatry,
45, 395-402. |
SHOHAMY, D. & TURK-BROWNE, N.B. (2013). Mechanisms for
widespread hippocampal involvement in cognition.
Journal of Experimental Psychology : General, 142
(4), 1159-1170. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, P.C. & BOUTON, M.E. (1999). Hippocampus and
context in classical conditioning. Current Opinion in
Neurobiology, 9, 195-202. |
LEDOUX, A.A., PHILLIPS, J.L., LABELLE, A., SMITH, A.,
BOYER, P. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2014). Structural
hippocampal anomalies in a schizophrenia population
correlate with navigation performance on a wayfinding
task. Frontiers in Behavioral Neuroscience, 8
[88], 1-11.
[PDF] |
|
O'KEEFE, J. (1999). Do hippocampal pyramidal cells signal
non-spatial as well as spatial information ? Hippocampus,
9, 352-364. |
CURLIK, D.M., DIFEO, G. & SHORS, T.J. (2014).
Preparing for adulthood : Thousands upon thousands of new
cells are born in the hippocampus during puberty, and most
survive with effortful learning. Frontiers in
Neuroscience, 8, 1-8.
[PDF] |
|
|
TAN, A., MA, W., VIRA, A., MARWHA, D. &
ELIOT, L. (2015). The human hippocampus is not
sexually-dimorphic : meta-analysis of structural MRI
volumes. Neuroimage, 124, 350-366. |
|
AGGLETON, J.P. & BROWN, M.W. (1999). Episodic memory,
amnesia and the hippocampal-anterior thalamic axis. Behavioral
& Brain Science, 22, 425-489. [PDF] |
HALES, J., BROADBENT, N., VELU, P., SQUIRE, L.R. &
CLARK, R.E. (2015). Hippocampus, perirhinal cortex, and
complex visual discriminations in rats and humans. Learning
& Memory, 22, 83-91. [PDF] |
|
GOULD, E., BEYLIN, A., TANAPAT, P., REEVES, A. &
SHORS, T.J. (1999). Learning enhances adult neurogenesis
in the hippocampal formation. Nature Neurosciences,
2, 260-265.
[PDF] |
WEISS, C. & DISTERHOFT, J.F. (2016). The impact of
hippocampal lesions on trace eyeblink conditioning and
forebrain-cerebellar interactions. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 129 (4), 512-522. [PDF] |
|
BANNERMAN, D.M., YEE, B.K., GOOD, M.A., HEUPEL, M.J.,
IVERSEN, S.D. & RAWLINS, J.N. (1999). Double
dissociation of function within the hippocampus : A
comparison of dorsal, ventral, and complete hippocampus
cytotoxic lesions. Behavioral Neuroscience, 113,
1170-1188. |
SHELDON, S., McANDREWS, M.P., PRUESSNER, J. &
MOSCOVITCH, M. (2016). Dissociating patterns of anterior
and posterior hippocampal activity and connectivity during
distinct forms of category fluency. Neuropsychologia,
90, 148-158. [PDF] |
|
EICHENBAUM, H., DUDCHENKO, P.A., WOOD, E., SHAPIRO, M.
& TANILA, H. (1999). The hippocampus, memory, and
place cells : Is It spatial memory or a memory space ? Neuron,
23, 209-226. [PDF] |
MOSCOVITCH, M., CABEZA, R., WINOCUR, G. & NADEL, L.
(2016). Episodic memory and beyond : The hippocampus and
neocortex in transformation. Annual Review of
Psychology, 67, 105-134. [PDF] |
|
STRANGE, B.A., FLETCHER, P.C., HENSON, R.N.A., FRISTON,
K.J. & DOLAN, R.J. (1999). Segregating the functions
of human hippocampus. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, U.S.A., 96, 4034-4039. |
ROSENBAUM, R.S., KWAN, D., FLODEN, D., LEVINE, B., STUSS,
D.T. & CRAVER, C.F. (2016). No evidence of risk-taking
or impulsive behaviour in episodic amnesia : Implications
for the role of the hippocampus in future-regarding
decision-making. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 69, 1606-1618. |
|
WOOD, E.R., DUDCHENKO, P.A. & EICHENBAUM, H. (1999).
The global record of memory in hippocampal neuronal
activity. Nature, 397, 613-616. |
WEST, G.L., ZENDEL, B.R., KONISHI, K., BENADY, CHORNEY,
J., BOHBOT, V.D., PERETZ, I. & BELLEVILLE, S. (2017).
Playing Super Mario 64 increases hippocampal grey matter
in older adults. PLOS One, 12 [12], 1-18. [PDF] |
|
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The hippocampus and mechanisms of
declarative memory. Behavioural Brain Research, 103,
123-133. |
ANTONY, J.W. & PALLER, K.A. (2017). Hippocampal
contributions to declarative memory consolidation during
sleep. In D.E. Hannula and M.C. Duff (Eds.), The
hippocampus from cells to systems. Springer
International Publishing. [PDF] |
|
WAN, H., AGGLETON, J.P. & BROWN, M.W. (1999).
Different contributions of the hippocampus and perirhinal
cortex to recognition memory. Journal of Neuroscience,
9, 1142-1448. |
RUECKEMANN, J.W. & BUFFALO, E.A. (2017). Spatial
responses, immediate experience, and memory in the monkey
hippocampus. Current Opinion in Behavioral Sciences,
17, 155-160. [PDF] |
|
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). Conscious awareness, memory and the
hippocampus. Nature Neuroscience, 2 (9),
775-776. [PDF] |
WEST, G.L., KONISHI, K. & BOHBOT, V.D. (2017). Video
games and hippocampus dependent learning. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 26 (2),
152-158. |
|
KORNACK, D.R. & RAKIC, P. (1999). Continuation of
neurogenesis in the hippocampus of the adult macaque
monkey. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, 96, pp. 5768-5773. [PDF] |
WEST, G.L., KONISHI, K., BENADY, CHORNEY, J., DRISNELLE,
B.L., DAHMANI, L., SODUMS, D.J., LEPORE, F., JOLICOEUR, P.
& BOHBOT, V.D. (2018). Impact of video games on
plasticity of the hippocampus. Molecular Psychiatry,
23, 1566-1574. |
|
EICHENBAUM, H. (1999). The hippocampus : The shock of the
new. Current Biology, 9 (13), 482-484. |
LU, H., LI, X., WANG, Y., SONG, Y. & LIU, J. (2018).
The hippocampus underlies the association between
self-esteem and physical health. Scientific Reports, 8
(1), 17141. |
|
FIRTH, J., STUBBS, B., VANCAMPFORT, D., SCHUCH, F.,
LAGOPOULOS, J., ROSENBAUM, S. & WARD, P.B. (2018).
Effect of aerobic exercise on hippocampal volume in humans
: A systematic review and meta-analysis. NeuroImage,
166, 230-238. [PDF] |
|
ROLLS, E.T. & WIRTH, S. (2018). Spatial
representations in the primate hippocampus, and their
functions in memory and navigation. Progress in
Neurobiology, 171, 90-113. |
|
TENG, E. & SQUIRE, L.R. (1999). Memory for places
learned long ago is intact after hippocampal damage. Nature,
400, 675-677. |
HELFER, P. & SHULTZ, T.R. (2020). A computational
model of systems memory reconsolidation and extinction. Hippocampus,
30, 659-677. |
|
JOHNSTON, M., SCARF, D., WILSON, A., MILLAR, J.,
BARTONICEK, A. & COLOMBO, M. (2021). The effects of
hippocampal and area parahippocampalis lesions on the
processing and retention of serial-order behavior,
autoshaping, and spatial behavior in pigeons. Hippocampus,
31,261-280. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Neurogénèse, Mémoire,
Fornix et Gyrus
denté |
| PURVES.
D., AUGUSTINE, G.J., FITZPATRICK, D., H.A., W.C.,
LAMANTIA, A., MCNAMARA, J.O., LEONARD E. & WHITE, L.E.
(2011). Neurosciences. Sinauer Associates, Inc.
Deboeck. |
|
|
|
Hippocampus
: Revue scientifique
de neuroanatomie et de neuropsychologie
qui s'intéresse à la relation entre le cerveau
et la mémoire.
| |
SHORS, T.J., TOWNSHEND, D.A., ZHAO, M., KOZOROVITSKIY,
Y. & GOULD, E. (2002). Neurogenesis may relate to
some but not all types of hippocampal-dependent
learning. Hippocampus, 12 (5), 578-84.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hirsch
Joachim (Schwenningen 1938-) : Politologue
marxiste d'origine
allemande et spécialiste de l'étude du rôle de l'état,
de la démocratie et du
gouvernement.
 |
HIRSCH, J. (1978). The state apparatus and social
reproduction : Elements of a theory of the bourgeois
state. In J. Holloway & S. Picciotto (Eds.), State
and capital : A marxist debate. London : Edward
Arnold. |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1978). The crisis of mass integration : On the
development of political repression in Federal Germany.
International Journal of Urban & Regional Research,
2 (1-3), 222-232. |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1983). Fordist security state and new social
movements. Kapitalistate, 10-11, 75-87. [PDF] |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1991). Fordism and postfordism : The present
social crisis and its consequences. In W. Bonefeld &
J. Holloway (Eds.), Post-Fordism & social form : A
marxist debate on the post-fordist state.
Houndmills and London : MacMillan. |
|
HIRSCH, J. (1995). Nation, state, international regulation
and the question of democracy. Review of
International Political Economy, 2 (2), 267-284. |
|
|
BONEFELD, J. (1999). Globalization and the state : A note
on Joachim Hirsh. Studies in Political Economy, 58, 161-175.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hirt
Edward R. ( ) : Psychosociologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
handicap social. Collaborateur de Gollwitzer,
McCrea et
Zillmann.
|
HIRT, E., DEPPE, R.K. & GORDON, L.J. (1991).
Self-reported versus behavioral self-handicapping :
Empirical evidence for a theoretical distinction. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 61, 981-
991. |
|
HIRT, E., ZILLMANN, D., ERICKSON, G.A. & KENNEDY, C.
(1992). Costs and benefits of allegiance : Changes in
fans' self-ascribed competencies after team victory versus
defeat. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 63 (5), 724-728. [PDF] |
|
HIRT, E. & McCREA, S.M. (2009). Man smart, woman
smarter : Getting to the root of gender differences in
self-handicapping. Social & Personality
Psychology Compass, 3 (3), 260-274. |
|
HIRT, E., DEVERS, E. & McCREA, S.M. (2008). I want to
be creative : Exploring the role of hedonic contingency
theory in the positive mood-cognitive flexibility link. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 94,
214-230. |
|
HIRT, E., McCREA, S.M. & KIMBLE, C.E. (2000). Public
self-focus and sex differences in behavioral
self-handicapping : Does increasing self-threat still make
it "just a man's game ?" Personality & Social
Psychology Bulletin, 26, 1131-1141. |
|
|
|
His
Wilhelm (Bâle 1863-1934) : Physiologiste
et anatomiste suisse,
spécialiste dans l'étude du
coeur. Il a découvert les cellules
musculaires cardiaques spécialisées dans la conduction
électrique, qui porte aujourd'hui son nom. Il a aussi nommé l'hypothalamus.
|
Hispanophone
: Ensemble d'individus dont le lieu de naissance est
l'Amérique centrale/Sud. Par extension, on utilise le terme pour
qualifier les individus qui ont des parents né en Amérique
latine/Sud. Latinos, race
et différences
raciales. = latinos, orignaire
d'Amérique centrale/Sud, culture latine. Latinos.
| |
|
|
WELCH, S. & SIGELMAN, L. (2000). Getting to know you?
Latino-Anglo social contact. Social Science
Quarterly, 81 (1), 67-83. |
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ E. & ORTIZ, M. (2007). The
cultivation of social perceptions of Latinos : A mental
models approach. Media Psychology, 9, 1-19. |
|
GONZALES P. M., BLANTON, H. & WILLIAMS, K.J. (2002).
The effects of stereotype threat and double-minority
status on the test performance of Latino women. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 28, 659-670. |
MASTRO, D.E., BEHM-MORAWITZ E. & KOPACZ, M. (2008).
Exposure to TV portrayals of Latinos : The implications of
aversive racism and social identity theory. Human
Communication Research, 34, 1-27. [PDF] |
|
MASTRO, D.E. & BEHM-MORAWITZ E. (2005). Latino
representation on primetime television. Journalism
& Mass Communication Quarterly, 82, 110-130. [PDF] |
ALBARRACIN, J., ALBARRACIN, D. & DURANTINI, M.R.
(2008). Effects of HIV-prevention interventions for
samples with higher and lower percents of Latinos and
Latin Americans : A meta-analysis of change. AIDS
& Behavior, 12, 521-543. [PDF] |
|
LA ROCHE, M.J., D’ANGELO, E., GUALDRON, L. &
LEAVELL, J. (2006). Culturally sensitive guided imagery
for allocentric Latinos : A pilot study. Psychotherapy :
Theory, Research, Practice, & Training, 43,
555–560. |
|
|
DIXON, T.L. & LINZ. D. (2006). Over representation and
underrepresentation of African Americans and Latinos as
lawbreakers on television news. Journal of
Communication 50 (2), 131-154. [PDF] |
KIANG, L. & FULIGNI, A. (2010). Meaning in life as a
mediator of ethnic identity and adjustment among
adolescents from Latin, Asian, and European American
Backgrounds. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 39
(11), 1253-1264. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Culture
et Race |
|
|
Histamine
:
Neurotransmetteur stocké dans les vésicules
synaptiques. Il joue un rôle
inhibiteur de la
dopamine. Il est donc utilisé pour punir les comportement de
consommation de drogue,
notamment la cocaïne. Histaminergic
neuron.
| |
|
|
ITO, C., ONODERA, K., SAKURAI, E., SATO, M. &
WATANABE, T. (1997). Effect of cocaine on the
histaminergic neuron system in the rat brain. Journal
of Neurochemistry, 69 (2), 875-878. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L. (2003). A novel choice method for
studying drugs as punishers. Pharmacology,
Biochemistry & Behavior, 76, 125-131. |
|
NEGUS, S.S. (2005). Effects of punishment on choice
between cocaine and food in rhesus monkeys.
Psychopharmacology, 181, 244-252. |
|
WOOLVERTON, W.L., FREEMAN, K.B., MYERSON, J. & GREEN,
L. (2012). Suppression of cocaine self-administration in
monkeys : effects of delayed punishment. Psychopharmacology,
220, 509-517. |
|
|
|
Histogramme
: Type de
graphique qui représente sous forme de classe les variations
d'une variable quantitatives
continues. Il est formée en traçant, dans un plan cartésien,
un rectangle dont la hauteur est proportionnelle à la fréquence
absolue ou relative de la classe. EX: Le revenu
(variable quantitative continue) exprimé en classe de 0 à 40,00 $.
Ici gramme signifie "mesure" et histo,
"historique" (d'un phénomène). =
diagramme à colonnes, diagramme de barres, diagramme à bâtons. Bar chart, bar graph, histogram.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
SCOTT, D.W. (1979). On optimal and data-based histograms.
Biometrika, 66 (3), 605-610. |
|
LETHIELLEUX, M. (1999). Statistique descriptive.
Paris : Dunod. |
|
GILLES, A. (1984). Éléments de méthodologie et
d'analyse statistique pour les sciences sociales.
St-Laurent : Mcgraw-Hill Éditeurs. |
|
|
Histoire
: Historien : Ce terne désigne tout à a fois une
science et son objet d'étude, le passé et ses différentes
époques/périodes : a) Le passé d'un lieu précis.
= époque, temps. b)
Science empirique et discursive
qui étudie le passé; ses périodes, ses événements, ses acteurs, et
l'organisation sociale, politique, économique et militaire des
sociétés et des civilisations disparues et actuelles. Histoire,
enseignement de l'histoire et histoire
de la psychologie/sciences. ( ):
Bouchard, Braudel,
Burns, Cohen, Comeau,
Delage,
Delumeau, Dionne, Duby,
Duhem, Dumont, Fahmy-Eid,
Forget, Foucault, Ganser,
Havard, Hite,
Johnson, Koestler,
Lacoursière, Larivière,
Lewis, Linteau,
Massoud, Pomerantz, Rogers,
Rosanvallon, Roszak,
Toynbee, Trudel,
Vaugeois, Zinn. History.
| |
|
| a |
|
DUBY, G. (1955). Le moyen âge. L'expansion de
l'Orient et la naissance de la civilisation occidentale.
Presses Universitaires de France. |
LE GOFF, J. (2014). Faut-il vraiment découper
l'histoire en tranches ? Paris : Seuil. |
| b |
|
HEIDEGGER, M. (1916/78). The concept of time in the
science of history. Journal of the British Society
for Phenomenology, 9 (1), 3-10. [PDF] |
CARR, E.H. (1987). What is history ? London,
England : Penguin Books. |
|
COLLINGWOOD, R.G. (1946). The idea of history.
Oxford : the University Press. |
BUNGE, M. (1988). The scientific status of history. In U.
Hinke-Dörnemann (Ed.), Die philosophie in der
modernen welt (Vol. I, pp. 593-602). Frankfurt :
Peter Lang. |
|
GARDINER, P. (1952). The nature of historical
explanation. Oxford University Press. |
|
|
BECKER, C.L. (1955). What are historical facts ? The
Western Political Quarterly, 8 (3), 327-340. [PDF] |
DEMAUSE, L. (1997). The psychogenic theory of history. The
Journal of Psychohistory, 25 (1), 112-183. |
|
WATKINS, J.W. (1957). Historical explanation in the social
sciences. British Journal for the Philosophy of
Science, 8, 104-117. |
HYND, C., HOLSCHUCH, J.P. & HUBBARD, B.P. (2004).
Thinking like a historian. Journal of Literacy
Research, 36 (2), 141-176.
[PDF] |
|
DRAY, W. (1957). Laws and explanation in history. Oxford
: the University Press. |
|
|
RESCHER, N. & JOYNT, C.B. (1973). On explanation in
history. Mind, 68, 383-388. |
|
|
GARDINER, P. (Ed.) (1959). Theories of history.
New York : The Free Press. |
|
| |
|
Voir Histoire de la
psychologie/science,
Fait historique, Temps
historique et Enseignement
de l'histoire |
|
|
|
|
|
Histoire(s)
(Raconter) : Capacité de
raconter une histoire crédible, que l'on croit, même si elle pas
nécessairement vraie (ou qu qu'elle n'est vrai qu'en partie). Tell
a convincing story.
| |
|
|
VRIJ, A., AKEHURST, L., SOUKARA, S. & BULL, R. (2004).
Let me inform you how to tell a convincing story : CBCA
and reality monitoring scores as a function of age,
coaching, and deception. Canadian Journal of
Behavioral Science, 36, 113-126. |
|
FORONI, F. & MAYR, U. (2005). The power of a story :
New, automatic associations from a single reading of a
short scenario. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
12, 139-144. |
|
|
Voir aussi
Fabulation et
Vérité |
|
|
|
Histoire
des sciences : Branche de l'histoire
qui se spécialise dans l'étude des sciences,
y compris la psychologie,
des scientifiques et
de leurs découvertes. (
): Aizawa,
Aldrich, Allen, Andersen,
Ansart, Asseo,
Baldwin, Ballantyne,
Bélanger, Bjork,
Boring, Bound-Alberti,
Brennan, Bretherton,
Brett, Brunswick,
Coleman, Crow,
Dewsbury, Ellenbeger,
Fausto-Sterling, Flugel,
Foucault, Fuchs,
Garety, Gingras, Green,
Greenwood, Grob,
Hall, Heidbreder,
Hergenhahn, Hersen, ,
Hillner, Holton,
Hunt,
Kadzin, Kantor, Kimble,
Knapp,
Koyré, Leahey, Lindzey,
Lorch,Lundin, Mengal,
Maienschein,
Millar, Murchison,
Murphy, Musgrave,
Norton, Olby, Parent,
Pickren, Pind,
Reuchlin, Ribot, Rogers,
Roll-Hansen,
Rossiter, Rutherford,
Salomon, Samelson,
Schultz, Serres,
Shaffer, Shermer,
Shorter, Smith,
Sokal,
Tolman, Toulmin, Thomas,
Thuillier, Todd,
Wade,
Watson, Wertheimer,
Windholz, Woodworth,
Wozniak, Zusne.
History of science.
| |
|
|
SARTON, G. (1916). The history of science. The
Monist, 26 (3), 321-365. [PDF]
|
PINARD, A. (1989). La conscience psychologique - Les
vicissitudes dans l'histoire de la psychologie. Montréal
: Presses de l'Université du Québec. |
|
BORING, E.G. (1929/1957). A history of experimental
psychology. New York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
YAROSHEVSKY, M. (1990). A history of psychology.
Moscow : Progress Publishers. |
|
ROBACK, A.A. (1952). History of American psychology.
New York : Library Publishers. |
LEAHEY, T.H. (1991). A history of modern psychology.
Englewood Cliff, NJ : Prentice-Hall. |
|
KENDALL, M.G. (1969). Studies in the history of
statistics and probability.s
Where hall the history of statistics begin ? Biometrika,
47 (3/4), 447-449. |
FAUST, D. & MEEHL P.E. (1992). Using scientific
methods to resolve enduring questions within the history
and philosophy of science : Some illustrations. Behavior
Therapy, 23, 195-211. [PDF]
|
|
BRUSH, S.G. (1974). Should the history of science be rated
X ? Science, 183, 1164-1172. |
BRENNAN, J.F. (1998). Readings in the history and
systems of psychology. Upper Saddle River, NJ :
Prentice-Hall. |
|
TROMPF, G.W. (1977). Social science in historical
perspective. Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 7,
113-138. |
MAIENSCHEIN, J. (2000). Why study history for Science
? Biology & Philosophy, 15, 339-348.
|
|
HILGARD, E.R. (Ed.) (1978). American psychology in
historical perspective. Washington : APA. |
ZHAO, L.R. (2000). History of psychology in modern
China. Jinan : Shandong Education Press. |
|
REUCHLIN, M. (1978). Histoire de la psychologie.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
BENJAMIN, L.T. & BAKER, D.B. (Eds.) (2000). History of
Psychology : The Boulder Conference. American
Psychologist, 55, 233-254. |
|
LAKATOS, I. (1981). History of science and its rational
reconstructions. In I. Hacking (Ed.), Scientific
revolutions (pp. 107-127). Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
HERGENHAHN, B.R. (2002/2007). An introduction to the
history of psychology / Introduction à l'histoire de la
psychologie. Toronto : Wadsworth/Mont-Royal :
Groupe Modulo. |
|
HEILBRON, J.L. (Ed.) (2003). The Oxford companion to the
history of modern science. Oxford University Press.
|
|
KINDI, V. (2005). Should science teaching involve the
history of science ? An Assessment of Kuhn’s view.
Science & Education, 14, 721-731. [PDF] |
|
ATWOOD, V.A. (1982). Historical perspective of social
studies. Journal of Thought, 17 (3), 7-11. |
PARK, K. & DASTON, L. (Ed.) (2006). The Cambridge
history of science : Early Modern Science.Cambridge
Unoversoty Press.
|
|
LINDBERG, D.C. (2007). Science before the Greeks. The
Beginnings of Western Science. Chicago : University
of Chicago Press.
|
|
CHARTRAND, L., DUCHESNE, R. et GINGRAS, Y. (1987). Histoire
des Sciences au Québec. Montréal : Boréal Express. |
AGASSI, J. (Ed.) (2007). Science and its history : A
reassessment of the historiography of science.
Boston Studies in the Philosophy of Science : Springer.
|
|
EDLER, J.D. (2016). Social science and historical
perspectives : Society, science, and ways of knowing. Routledge.
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Histoire
de la psychologie |
|
|
Histoire de cas : Voir
Étude de cas et Méthode
du cas unique.
Single case experimental design, single-subject research methods, single case, single-case research, single-subject-design.
|
|
|
|
|
Histoire
des contingences : Voir Contingence
(Histoire). Reinforcement history,
conditioning history, behavioral history.
|
Histoire
nationale :
| |
|
|
COMEAU, R. & DIONNE, B. (Dirs.) (1998). À propos
de l'histoire nationale. Septentrion. |
|
|
Voir aussi Histoire et
Nation |
|
|
Histoire ontogénétique : Voir Ontogénèse.
Ontogenetic history.
|
Histoire phylogénétique : Voir
Phylogénèse. Philogenetic history.
|
Historigramme
: Variété d'histogramme qui
illustre l'évolution d'un phénomène dans le temps (= historio). EX:
le nombre d'enfants par famille depuis les années 50. =
chronogramme. Historigram.
|
Historiographie : Branche de l'épistémologie
qui étudie les conditions et les critères de vérité de l'histoire et de ses méthodes.
Historiography.
| |
|
|
ROTH, P. (2007). The disappearance of the empirical : Some
reflections on contemporary culture theory and
historiography. Journal of the Philosophy of History,
1, 271-292. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hitch Graham J. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
mémoire. En collaboration
avec Baddeley, il a développé le concept de mémoire
de travail, proposé à l'origine par Shiffrin
et Atkinson.
Collaborateur de Baddeley, Cowan,
Conway,
Gathercole, Logie et Towse.
 |
BADDELEY, A.D. & HITCH, G.J. (1974). Working memory.
In G.A. Bower (Ed.), Recent advances in Learning
& Motivation (Vol. 8, pp. 47-90). New York :
Academic Press. [PDF] |
|
HITCH, G.J. (1974). Short-term memory for spatial and
temporal information. Quarterly Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 26, 503-513. |
|
HITCH, G.J. (1978). The role of short-term working memory
in mental arithmetic. Cognitive Psychology, 10,
302-323. |
|
HITCH, G.J., HALLIDAY, M.S., HULME, C., LEVOI, M.E.,
ROUTH, D.A. & CONWAY, A. (1983). Working memory in
children. Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London B, 302 (1110), 325-340. |
|
HITCH, G.J., FASTAME, M.C. & FLUDE, B. (2005). How is
the serial order of a verbal sequence coded ? Some
comparisons between models. Memory, 3-4,
247-258. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hitler Adolph (Le cas) : Hitler, Trouble
de la personnalité et Leader
charismatique.
| |
|
|
HITLER, A. (1925/1999). Mein Kampf/My struggle. New
York : Houghton Mifflin Company. |
ZILLMER, E.A., HARROWER, M., RITZLER, B.A. & ARCHER,
R.P. (1995). The quest for the Nazi personality : A
psychological investigation of Nazi war criminals. Hillsdale,
NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1943). Analysis of the personality of
Adolph Hitler : With predictions of his future behavior
and suggestions for dealing with him now and after
Germany's surrender. Washington, DC : OSS Archives. |
GOLDHAGEN, D.J. (1996). Hitler's willing executioners
: Ordinary Germans and the Holocaust. New York :
Knopf. |
|
LANGER, W.C. (1943/1972). The mind of Adolf Hitler.
New York, NY : Basic Books |
ROSENBAUM, R. (1998). Explaining Hitler : The search
for the origins of his evil. New York, NY :
HarperPerennial. |
|
DOOB, L.W. (1950). Goebbels' principles of propaganda. The
Public Opinion Quarterly, 14 (3), 419-423.
[PDF] |
KERSHAE, I. (1999). Hitler, 1889-1936 : Hubris.
New York : Norton. |
|
BULLOCK, A. (1962). Hitler : A study in tyranny. New
York : Harper & Row. |
MACHTAN, L. (2001). Hidden Hitler. New York, NY
: Basic Books. |
|
HESTON, L.L. & HESTON, R. (1980). The medical
casebook of Adolf Hitler : His illnesses, doctors and
drugs. New York, NY : Stein and Day. |
COOLIDGE, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007). Was Saddam
Hussein like Adolf Hitler ? A personality disorder
investigation. Military Psychology, 19 (4),
289-299. [PDF] |
| |
GOTZ, A. (2007). Hitler's beneficiaries : Plunder,
racial war and the nazi welfare state, New York :
Metropolitan Books. |
|
HIMMELFARB, M. (1984). No Hitler, no Holocaust. Commentary,
76 (3), 37-43. |
COOLIDGE, F.L., DAVIS, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2007).
Understanding madmen : A DSM-IV assessment of Adolf
Hitler. Individual Differences Research, 5 (1),
30-46. [PDF] |
|
ROSENFELD, A. (1985). Imagining Hitler. Bloomington,
Indiana University Press. |
COOLIDGE, F.L. & SEGAL, D.L. (2009). Is Kim Jong-il
like Saddam Hussein and Adolf Hitler ? A personality
disorder evaluation. Behavioral Sciences of Terrorism
& Political Aggression, 1 (3), 195-202. [PDF] |
| |
JOSEPH, J. & WETZEL, N.A. (2012). Ernst Rüdin :
Hitler's racial hygiene mastermind. Journal of the
History of Biology, 46 (1), 1-30. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Nazisme, Trouble
de la personnalité, National-socialisme
et Leader
charismatique |
|
|
|
Hitschmann Eduard (Vienne 1871-1957 Massachusetts) :
Psychanalyste américain d'origine autrichienne et membre
de la Société psychologique du
mercredi.
 |
HITSCHMANN, E. (1911/1917). Freud's theories of the
neuroses. New York : Moffat, Yard and company. |
|
HITSCHMANN, E. (1920). Theory of instinct and sexuality.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 1,
275-276. |
|
HITSCHMANN, E. (1943). Neurotic bashfulness and
erythrophobia. Psychoanalytic Review, 30,
438-446. |
|
HITSCHMANN, E. & BERGLER, E. (1949). Frigidity in
women-restatement and renewed experiences.
Psychoanalytic Review, 36, 45-53. |
|
HITSCHMANN, E. (1952). Freud's conception of love. International
Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 33, 421-428. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HM (Le cas) : Henry Gustav Molaison (1926-2008) est le célèbre patient
de Milner, qui souffrait d'épilepsie.
Pour remedier à ce problème, il a subi en 1955 l'ablation
d'une grande partie de son hippocampe.
À la suite de cette opération, on a constaté qu'il était devenu
incapable de former de nouveaux
souvenirs (amnésie
antérograde). Ce cas est à l'origine de l'hypothèse selon
laquelle l'hippocampe joue un rôle déterminant dans le
fonctionnement de la mémoire.
Le cas de HM et l'analyse
des déficits cognitifs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCOVILLE, W.B. & MILNER, B. (1957). Loss of recent
memory after bilateral hippocampal lesions. Journal of
Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 20,
11-21. |
MILNER, B., CORKIN, S. & TEUBER, H.-L. (1968).
Further analysis of the hippocampal amnesiac syndrome :
14-year follow-up study of H.M. Neuropsychologia 6,
215–234.
|
CORKIN, S. (1984). Lasting consequences of bilateral
medial temporal lobectomy : clinical course and
experimental findings in H.M. Seminars in Neurology,
4, 249-259.
|
FREED, D.M., CORKIN, S. & COHEN, N.J. (1987).
Forgetting in H.M. : a second look. Neuropsychologia,
25 (3), 461-471.
|
|
SQUIRE, L. R. (2009). The legacy of patient H.M. for
neuroscience. Neuron, 61, 6–9. |
|
ANNESE, J., SCHENKER-AHMED, N.M., BARTSCH, H., MAECHLER,
P., SHEH, C., THOMAS, N., KAYANO, J., GHATAN, A., BRESLER,
N., FROSCH, M.P., KLAMING, R. & CORKIN, S. (2014).
Postmortem examination of patient H.M.’s brain based on
histological sectioning and digital 3D reconstruction. Nature
Communications, 5 [3122], 1-9. [PDF]
|
|
THIEBAUT DE SCHOTTEN, M., DELL'ACQUA, F., RATIU, P.,
LESLIE, A., HOWELLS, H., CABANIS, E., IBA-ZIZEN, M.T.,
PLAISANT, O., SIMMONS, A., DRONKERS, N. F., CORKIN, S.,
CATANI, M.O. (2015). From Phineas Gage and Monsieur
Leborgne to H.M. : Revisiting disconnection syndromes. Cerebral
Cortex, 25 (12), 1–16. [PDF] |
|
CORKIN, S. (2013). Permanent present tense : the
unforgettable life of the amnesic patient, H.M. New
York : Basics Books. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
HI - HOBSON - HOCKEY -
HODGES - HOFFMAN - HOGAN
- HOGLEND - HOLLAND
- HOLLINGWORTH -
HOLLON - HOLYOAK - HOM
|
|
|
Hobbes Thomas (Westport 1588-1679 Hardwick) :
Philosophe empiriste
anglais et politologue
avant la lettre.
|
HOBBES, T. (1651/1904). Le leviathan ou la matière,
la forme et le pouvoir d'une république ecclésiastique
et civile. / Leviathan; or the matter, forme, and power
of a commonwealth, ecclesiastical and civil. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
HINDESS, B. (1996). Discourses of power : From Hobbes
to Foucault. Oxford : Blackwell. |
|
LYNN, M. & OlLDENQUIST, A. (1984). American social
psychologists : The children of Hobbes. Academic
Psychology Bulletin, 6, 43-47. |
|
|
|
Hobbs Nicholas (Greenville 1915-1983) :
Psychologue écologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du rôle de la famille
dans le développement pathologique. Président de
l'APA en 1966. Collaborateur de
Gray.
|
HOBBS, N. (Ed.) (1971). The prospects for higher
education. Atlanta, Georgia : Southern Newspaper
Publishers Association Foundation. |
|
HOBBS, N. (1978). Families, schools, and communities : An
ecosystem for children. Teachers College Record, 79
(4), 756-766. |
|
HOBBS, N. (1980). Feuerstein's instrumental enrichment;
Teaching intelligence to adolescents. Educational
Leadership, 37 (7), 566-568. |
|
HOBBS, N. (1982). The troubled and troubling child :
Reeducation in mental health, education, and human
services programs for children and youth. San
Francisco, CA : Jossey-Bass Inc. |
|
HOBBS, N. & ROBINSON, S. (1982). Adolescent
development and public policy. American Psychologist,
37 (2), 212-230. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hobson John Allan (Hartford 1933-2021 East Burke) :
Psychiatre américain et
spécialiste de l'étude du rêve
et du sommeil
paradoxal. Collaborateur de Stickgold.
|
HOBSON, J.A., HOFFMAN, S.A., HELFAND, R. & KOSTNER, D.
(1987). Dream bizarreness and the activation-synthesis
hypothesis. Human Neurobiology, 6, 157–164. |
|
HOBSON, J.A., PACE-SHOTT, E.F. & STICKGOLD, R. (2000).
Dreaming and the brain : toward a cognitive neuroscience
of conscious states. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
23 (6), 793–842. [PDF] |
|
HOBSON, J.A. (2007). Wake up or dream on ? Six questions
for Turnbull and Solms. Cortex, 43, 1113–1115. |
|
HOBSON, J.A. (2009). REM sleep and dreaming : Towards a
theory of protoconsciousness. Nature Reviews
Neuroscience, 10, 803–813. |
|
HOBSON, J.A. & FRISTON, K.J. (2012). Waking and
dreaming consciousness : Neurobiological and functional
consideration. Progress in Neurobiology, 98 (1),
82-98. |
|
|
|
Hockey : Sport.
Hockey.
| |
|
|
SCHELLING, T.C. (1973). Hockey helmets, concealed weapons,
and daylight saving : a study of binary choices with
externalities. Journal of Conflict Resolution, 17 (3),
381-428. [PDF] |
KIRKER, B., TENENBAUM, G. & MATTSON, J. (2000). An
investigation of the dynamics of aggression : direct
observations in ice hockey and basket-ball. Research
Quarterly for Exercice & Sport, 71, 373-386. |
|
MULLET, G.M. (1977). Simæ on Poisson and the National
Hockey League. The American Statistician, 8-12. |
NAUNHEIM, R.S., STANDEVEN, J., RICHTER, C. & LEWIS,
L.M. (2000). Comparison of impact data in hockey,
football, and soccer. The Journal of Trauma, 48,
938-941. |
|
BARNSLEY, R.H., THOMPSON, A.H. & BARNSLEY P.E. (1985).
Hockey success and birthdate : The RAE. Canadian
Association for Health, Physical Education &
Recreation, 51, 23-28. |
DENNIS, P.W., CARRON, A.V. & LOUGHEAD, T.M. (2002).
The relationship between game location and decisions by
National Hockey League officials. Avante, 8 (2),
67-73. |
|
STARKES, J.L. (1987). Skill in field hockey : The nature
of the cognitive advantage. Journal of Sport
Psychology, 9, 146-160. |
GEE, C. & SULLIVAN, P. (2006). Using A direct
observation approach to study aggressive behaviour in
hockey : Some preliminary findings. Athletic Insight,
8 (1), 16-31. [PDF] |
|
BARNSLEY, R.H. & THOMPSON, A.H. (1988). Birthdate and
success in minor hockey : The key to the NHL. Canadian Journal of Behavioural Science, 20, 167-176. |
WILLIAMSON, I.J. & GOODMAN, D. (2006). Converging
evidence for the under-reporting of concussions in youth
ice hockey. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 40
(2), 128-132. |
| |
LEVIN, A. (2006). Cure that puckish feeling at Toronto's
shrine to hockey. Psychiatric News, 41, 21. |
|
GRONDIN, S. et TRUDEAU, F. (1991). Date de naissance et
ligue nationale de hockey : Analyses en fonction de
differents paramètres. Revue des Sciences et
Techniques des Activités Physiques et Sportives, 26,
37-45. |
CARRÉ, J., MUIR, C., BELANGER, J. & PUTNAM, S.K.
(2006). Pre-competition hormonal and psychological levels
of elite hockey players : Relationship to the "home
advantage". Physiology & Behavior, 89, 392-398.
[PDF] |
|
PACE, A. & CARRON, A.V. (1992). Travel and the
National Hockey League. Canadian Journal of Sports
Sciences, 17, 60-64. |
NEWIN, J., BLOOM, G.A. & LOUGHEAD, T.M. (2008). Youth
ice hockey coaches' perceptions of a team-building
intervention program. The Sport Psychologist, 22
(1), 54-72. [PDF] |
|
McGUIRE, E.J., COURNEYA, R.S., WIDMEYER, W.N. &
CARRON, A.V. (1992). Aggression as a potential mediator of
the home advantage in professional ice hockey. Journal
of Sport & Exercise Psychology, 14, 148-158. |
CARRÉ, J. & McCORMICK, C.M. (2008). In your face :
facial metrics predict aggressive behaviour in the
laboratory and in varsity and professional hockey players.
Proceedings of the Royal Society of London : Biological
Sciences, 275, 2651-2656. [PDF] |
|
BOUCHER, J.L. & MUTIMER, B. (1994). The relative age
phenomenon in sport : A replication and extension with
ice-hockey players. Reseach Quarterly for Exercise
& Sport, 65, 377-381. |
STOEBER, J., STOLL, O., SALMI, O. & TIIKKAJA, J.
(2009). Perfectionism and achievement goals in young
Finnish ice-hockey players aspiring to make the Under-16
national team. Journal of Sports Sciences, 27,
85-94. |
|
GILBERT, W.D., TRUDEL P. & BLOOM, G.A. (1995).
Intramural ice hockey officiating : A case study. Avante,
1, 63-76. [PDF] |
GAUDREAU, P., AMIOT, C. & VALLERAND, R.J. (2009).
Trajectories of affective states in adolescent hockey
players : Turning point and motivational antecedents. Developmental
Psychology, 45, 307-319. [PDF] |
|
WRIGHT, E.F., VOYER, D., WRIGHT, R.D. & RONEY, C.
(1995). Supporting audiences and performance under
pressure : The home-ice disadvantage in hockey
championships. Journal of Sport Behavior, 18,
21-28. |
CARRÉ, J. & PUTNAM, S.K. (2010). Watching a previous
victory produces an increase in testosterone among elite
hockey players. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 35, 475-479.
[PDF] |
|
BLOOM, G.A. & SMITH, M.D. (1996). Hockey violence : A
test of cultural spillover theory. Sociology of Sport
Journal, 13 (1), 65-77. [PDF] |
CALDWELL, D.F. & BURGER, J.M. (2011). On thin ice :
Does uniform color really affect aggression in
professional hockey ? Social Psychological &
Personality Science, 2, 306-310. [PDF] |
|
DENNIS, P.W. & CARRON, A.V. (1999). Strategic
decisions of ice hockey coaches as a function of game
location. Journal of Sports Sciences, 17 (4),
263-268. |
BUCCI, J., BLOOM, G.A., LOUGHEAD, T.M. & CARON, J.G.
(2012). Ice hockey coaches' perceptions of athlete
leadership. Journal of Applied Sport Psychology, 24 (3),
243-259.
[PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Sport,
Commotion cérébrale et Avantage
du terrain |
| |
|
|
Hocutt Max O. ( ) :
Philosophe et behavioriste
américain
 |
|
|
HOCUTT, M.O. (1996). Behaviorism as opposition to Cartesianism. In W. O'Donohue & R.F. Kitchnener (Eds.), The philosophy of psychology (pp. 81-95). Sage Publications.
|
| HOCUTT, M. (1999). The Bell Curve Case for Heredity? Philosophy of the Social Sciences, 29 (3), 389-415.
|
| HOCUTT, M. (2002). Is the concept of race illegitimate ? The Independant Review, 1, 115-128.[PDF]
|
| HOCUTT, M. (2009). Naturalist moral theory : a reply to Staddon. Behavior & Philosophy, 37, 165-180.
|
| HOCUTT, M. (2013). A Behavioral Analysis of Morality and Value. The Behavior analyst, 6 (2), 239-249.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hodges Jill ( ) : Psychologue
anglaise, spécialisée dans l'étude du développement
et de l'attachement.
Avec Tizard, elle a réalisé une importante recherche
longitudinale sur l'attachement.
Collaboratrice de Tizard.
|
TIZARD, B. & HODGES, J. (1978). The effect of early
institutional rearing on the development of eight year old
children. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 19, 99-118. |
|
HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). IQ and behavioural
adjustment of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal
of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 53-75. |
|
HODGES, J. & TIZARD, B. (1989). Social and family
relationships of ex-institutional adolescents. Journal
of Child Psychiatry & Psychology, 30, 77-97. [PDF] |
|
HODGES, J., LANYADO, M. & ANDREOU, C. (1994).
Sexuality and violence : preliminary clinical hypotheses
from the psychotherapeutic assessments in a research
programme on young sexual offenders. Journal of Child
Psychotherapy, 20, 283-308. |
|
STEELE, M., HODGES, J., KANIUK, J., HILLMAN, S. &
HENDERSON, K. (2003). Attachment representations and
adoption : associations between maternal states of mind
and emotion narratives in previously maltreated children.
Journal of Child Psychotherapy, 29 (2), 187-205.
|
|
|
|
Hodges Joseph Lawson (Shreveport 1922-2000) : Mathématicien
et statisticien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des
tests nonparamétriques. Étudiant de Neyman.
Collaborateur de Lehmann.
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1954). Testing the
approximate validity of statistical hypotheses. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, B, 16, 261-268. |
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1956). The efficiency of
some nonparametric competitors of the t-test. The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 27 (2),
324-335.
[PDF] |
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1963). Estimation of
location based on ranks. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 34 (2), 598-611.
[PDF] |
| |
| |
|
|
|
Hodges John R. (1952-) : Neurocognitivste
britannique et spécialiste de la mémoire
sémantique. Il s'intéresse aussi à la démence.
Collaborateur de Baddeley,
Graham, Kipps,
McClelland, Owen, Patterson,
Piguet et Rogers.
|
HODGES, J.R. & WARD, C.D. (1989). Observations during
transient global amnesia. A behavioural and
neuropsychological study of five cases. Brain, 112
(3), 595-620. |
|
HODGES, J.R. & WARLOW, C.P. (1990). Syndromes of
transient amnesia : towards a classification. A study of
153 cases. Neurology, Neurosurgery, &
Psychiatry, 53, 834-843. [PDF] |
|
HODGES, J.R. & PATTERSON, K. (1995). Is semantic
memory consistently impaired early in the course of
Alzheimer's disease ? Neuroanatomical and diagnostic
implications. Neuropsychologia, 33 (4),
441-459. |
|
HODGES, J.R. & GRAHAM, K.S. (2001). Episodic memory :
Insight from semantic dementia. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Societ, London, B. 356,
1423-1434. [PDF] |
|
HODGES, J.R. & PIGUET, O. (2018). Progress and
challenges in frontotemporal dementia research : A 20-year
review. Journal of Alzheimer's Disease, 62, 1467-1480. |
|
|
|
Hodgkin Alan Loyd (1914-1998) : Biologiste
anglais et lauréat du prix
Nobel de médecine et de physiologie. On lui doit la
découverte des mécanismes du potentiel
d'action (pommpes à ions),
en collaboration avec Huxley
(étude sur le calmar).
Collaborateur de Huxley.
|
HODGKIN, A.L., HUXLEY, A.F. & KATZ, B. (1952).
Measurement of current-voltage relations in the membrane
of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4), 424-448. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried
by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the
giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116
(4), 449-472. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative
description of membrane current and its application to
conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of
Physiology, 117, 500-544. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect
of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant
axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
497-506. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The components of
membrane conductance in the giant axon of loligo. Journal
of Physiology, 116 (4), 473-496. |
|
|
|
Hodos William (1934-) : Psycholobiologiste
béhavioriste américain et spécialiste
de l'étude des comportements des oiseaux,
notamment la vision.
Collaborateur de Brady et
Watanabe.
|
HODOS, W. (1961). Progressive ratio as a measure of reward
strength. Science, 29 (134), 943-944. |
|
HODOS, W., ROSS, G.S., BRADY, J.V. (1962). Complex
response patterns during temporally spaced responding. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 5 (4),
473-479. [PDF] |
|
HODOS, W. & KALMAN, G. 1963). Effects of increment
size and reinforcer volume on progressive ratio
performance. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 6 (3), 387-392. [PDF] |
|
HODOS, W. & TRUMBULE, G.H. (1967). Strategies of
schedule preference in chimpanzees. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 10 (6),
503-514. [PDF] |
|
HODOS, W., SMITH, L. & BRONBRIGHT, J.C. (1976).
Detection of the velocity of movement of visual stimuli by
pigeons ? Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 25 (2), 143-156. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hodson Gordon ( ) : Psychosociologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude du racisme.
Étudiant de Dovidio.
Collaborateur de Gaertner
et Olson.
|
HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F. & ESSES, V.M. (2003).
Ingroup identification as a moderator of positive-negative
asymmetry in social discrimination. European Journal
of Social Psychology, 33, 215-233. |
|
HODSON, G., DOVIDIO, J.F. & GAERTNER, S.L. (2004). The
aversive form of racism. In J.L. Lau (Ed.), The
psychology of prejudice and discrimination (Vol 1.,
pp. 119-135). Westport, CT : Praeger Press. |
|
HODSON, G. & ESSES, V.M. (2005). Lay perceptions of
ethnic prejudice : Causes, solutions, and individual
differences. European Journal of Social Psychology,
35, 329-344. |
|
HODSON, G. (2008). Interracial prison contact : The pros
for (socially dominant) cons. British Journal of
Social Psychology, 47, 325-351. |
|
HODSON, G. (2011). Do ideologically intolerant people
benefit from intergroup contact ? Current Directions
in Psychological Science, 20, 154-159. |
|
|
|
Hoek Hans Wijbrand (1955-) : Psychiatre
néerlandais, spécialisé dans le traitement des troubles
alimentaires, plus particulièrement de l'anorexie.
|
HOEK, H.W. (1991). The incidence and prevalence of
anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa in primary care. Psychological
Medicine, 21 (2), 455-460. |
|
HOEK, H.W., BARTELDS, A.I.M., BOSVELD, J.F., GRAAF, Y.,
LIMPENS, V.E., MAIWALD, M. & SPAAIJ, C.J.K. (1995).
Impact of urbanization on detection rates of eating
disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152
(9), 1272-1278. |
|
HOEK, H.W. & VAN HOEKEN, D. (2003). Review of the
prevalence and incidence of eating disorders. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 34 (4), 383-396. |
|
HOEK, H.W., VAN HARTEN, P.N., HERMANS, K.M.E., KATZMAN,
M.A., MATROOS, G.E. & SUSSER, E.S. (2005). The
incidence of anorexia nervosa on Curacao. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 162 (4), 748-752. |
|
HOEK, H.W. (2006). Incidence, prevalence and mortality of
anorexia nervosa and other eating disorders. Current
Opinion in Psychiatry, 19 (4), 389-394. |
|
|
|
Hoekstra Rink ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain et méthodologiste
d'origine néerlandaise. Collaborateur de Emmelkamp,
Finch, Rouder
et Wagenmakers.
|
HOEKSTRA, R., FINCH, S., KIERS, H.A.L. & JOHNSON, A.
(2006). Probability as certainty : Dichotomous thinking
and the misuse of p-values. Psychonomic Bulletin
& Review, 13, 1033-1037. |
|
HOEKSTRA, R. JOHNSON, A. & KIERS, H.A.L. (2012).
Confidence intervals make a difference : Effects of
presentation mode on inferential reasoning. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 72, 1039-1052. |
|
HOEKSTRA, R. (2014). The interpretation of effect size in
published articles. In K. Makar, B. de Sousa & R.
Gould (Eds.), Sustainability in statistics education.
Proceedings of the Ninth International Conference on
Teaching Statistics (ICOTS9, July, 2014),
Flagstaff, Arizona, USA. Voorburg, The Netherlands :
International Statistical Institute.
[PDF] |
| HOEKSTRA, R., MOREY, R.D., ROUDER, J.N. & WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. (2014). Robust misinterpretation of confidence
intervals. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review, 13, 1157-1164.
[PDF] |
|
HOEKSTRA, R. (2015). Risk as an explanatory factor for
researchers' inferential interpretations. The
Mathematics Enthusiast, 12 (1-2-3), 103-112.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hoffman Edward (1951-) : Psychologue
humaniste. Il s'intéresse notamment aux expérience
extatiques.
 |
HOFFMAN, E. (1980). The Kabbalah : Its implications for
humanistic psychology. Journal of Humanistic
Psychology, 20 (1), 33-47. |
|
HOFFMAN, E. (1998). Peak experiences in childhood : An
exploratory study. Journal of Humanistic Psychology,
38 (1), 109-120. |
|
HOFFMAN, E. (1999). The right to be human : A
biography of Abraham Maslow. New York: McGraw-Hill. |
|
HOFFMAN, E. (2003). Peak-experiences in Japanese youth.
Japanese. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 21 (1),
112-121. |
|
HOFFMAN, E. & ORTIZ, F.A. (2009). Youthful
peak-experiences in cross-cultural perspective :
implications for educators and counselors In L. Francis,
D. Scott, de Souza, M. & J. Norman (Eds.), The
International handbook of education for spirituality,
care, and well-being. New York : Springer. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hoffman Hunter ( ) : Pyschologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste,
spécialisé dans l'utilisation de la réalité virtuelle et de la cyberpsychologie
pour soigner les phobies,
notamment la peur
des araignées. Collaborateur de Loftus.
|
HOFFMAN, H.G. (1996). The role of memory strength in
reality monitoring decisions : Evidence from source
attribution biases. Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Learning, Memory & Cognition, 23
(2), 371-383. |
|
CARLIN, A.S., HOFFMAN, H.G. & WEGHORST, S. (1997).
Virtual reality and tactile augmentation in the treatment
of spider phobia : A case study. Behavior Research
& Therapy, 35 (2), 153-158. |
|
LOFTUS, E.F., NUCCI, M. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (1998).
Manufacturing memory. American Journal of Forensic
Psychology, 16, 63-75. |
|
DIFEDE, J. & HOFFMAN, H.G. (2002). Virtual reality
exposure therapy for World Trade Center post-traumatic
stress disorder : a case report. CyberPsychology
& Behavior, 5 (6), 529-535. |
|
HOFFMAN, H.G., GARCIA-PALACIOS, A., CARLIN, C., FURNESS,
T.A. & BOTELLA-AARBONA, C. (2003). Interfaces that
heal : Coupling real and virtual objects to cure spider
phobia. International Journal of Human-Computer
Interaction, 15, 469-486. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hofmann Stefan G. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'anxiété
et de la phobie
sociale. Collaborateur de
Barlow, Chorpita, Cuijpers,
Ehlers, Gorman, Heimberg,
Mohr et
Newman.
|
HOFMANN, S.G., NEWMAN, M.G., TAYLOR, C.B. & ROTH, W.T.
(1995). Social phobia with and without avoidant
personality disorder : Preliminary behavior therapy
outcome findings. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 9,
427-438. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. (1999). Relationship between panic and
schizophrenia. Depression & Anxiety, 9, 101-106. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. MOSCOVITCH, D.M. & HEINRICHS, N. (2002).
Evolutionary mechanisms of fear and anxiety. Journal
of Cognitive Psychotherapy, 16, 317-330. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G. (2005). Perception of control over anxiety
mediates the relation between catastrophic thinking and
social anxiety in social phobia. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 43, 885-895. |
|
HOFMANN, S.G., SAWYER, A.T. & FANG, A. (2010). The
empirical status of the "new wave" of CBT. Psychiatric
Clinics of North America, 33 (3), 701-710.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hofstadter Douglas (New York 1945-) : Physicien,
mathématicien et philosophe
cognitiviste
américain. Il est membre du Comittee
for the Scientific Investigation of Claims of the Paranormal.
Professeur de Chalmers.
Collaborateur de Dennett.
 |
HOFSTADTER, D.R. & DENNETT, D.C. (Eds.) (1981). The
mind's I : Fantasies and reflections on self and soul.
New York : Basic Books. |
|
HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1979/88). Gödel, Escher, Bach : an
eternal golden Braid. New York : Basic Books.
Gödel, Escher, Bach, les brins d'une guirlande
éternelle. Paris : Interéditions. |
|
HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1995). On seeing A's and seeing As.
Stanford Humanities Review, 4 (2), 109-121. |
|
HOFSTADTER, D.R. (1996). Ma thémagie : en quête de
l'essence de l'esprit et du sens. Paris :
Interéditions. |
|
HOFSTADTER, D.R. (2001). Analogy as the core of cognition.
In D. Gentner, K.J. Holyoak & B.N. Kokinov (Eds.), The
analogical mind : Perspectives from cognitive science (pp.
499-538). Cambridge, MA : The MIT Press/Bradford Book. |
|
|
|
Hofstede Geert (Haarlem 1928-2020 Ede) : Psychologue
organisationnel néérlandais et spécialiste de l'étude des cultures.
Collaborateur de Bond.
 |
HOFSTEDE, G. (1973). Frustrations of personnel managers. Management International Review, 13 (4-5), 127-143. |
|
HOFSTEDE, G. (1984). The cultural relativity of the
quality of life concept. Academy of Management Review,
9 (3), 389-398. [PDF] |
|
HOFSTEDE, G. & BOND, M.H. (1988). The Confucius
connection : From cultural roots to economic growth. Organizational
Dynamics, 16, 4-21. |
|
HOFSTEDE, G. (1993). Cultural constraints in management
theories. Academy of Management Executive, 7
(1), 81-94. |
|
HOFSTEDE, G. (1994). Management scientists are human. Management
Science, 40 (1), 4-13. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hogan Robert (Los Angeles 1937-) : Psychologue
organisationnel américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la personnalité
et du leadership.
Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Collaborateur de
Driskell, Roberts
et Salas.
 |
HOGAN, R., BROACH, D. & SALAS, E. (1990). Development
of a task information taxonomy for human performance
systems. Military Psychology, 2, 1-19. |
|
HOGAN, R. & HOGAN, J. & ROBERTS, B. (1996).
Personality measurement and employment decisions :
Questions and answers. American Psychologist, 51,
469-477. [PDF]
|
|
HOGAN, R. & HOGAN, J. (2001). Assessing leadership : A
view from the dark side. International Journal of
Selection & Assessment, 9, 40-51. |
|
HOGAN, R. & HOLLAND, B. (2003). Using theory to
evaluate personality and job performance relations : A
socioanalytic perspective. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 88, 100-112. [PDF] |
|
HOGAN, R. & KAISER, R.B. (2005). What we know about
leadership. Review of General Psychology, 9 (2),
169-180. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hogarth Robin M. (1942-2024) : Spécialiste
américain de l'étude du jugement,
de l'ambiguïté des
choix et des décisions.
Collaborateur de Einhorn.
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1974). Monozygotic and dizygotic twins
reared together : Sensitivity of heritability estimates. The
British Journal of Mathematical & Statistical
Psychology, 27, 1-13. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (1981). Beyond discrete biases : Functional
and dysfunctional aspects of judgmental heuristics. Psychological
Bulletin, 90, 197-217. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & EINHORN, H.J. (1992). Order effects in
belief updating : The belief-adjustment model.
Cognitive Psychology, 24, 1-55. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. & KARELAIA, N. (2007). Heuristic and
linear models of judgment : Matching rules and
environments. Psychological Review, 114, 733-758. |
|
HOGARTH, R.M. (2010). Intuition : A challenge for
psychological research on decision making. Psychological
Inquiry, 21 (4), 338-353. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hoge Robert D. ( ) : Psychologue
canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de la douance.
Collaborateur de Renzulli.
|
HOGE, R.D. (1984). The definition and measurement of
teacher expectations : problems and prospects. Canadian
Journal of Education, 9, 213-228. |
|
HOGE, R.D. & COLADARCI, T. (1989). Teacher-based
judgements of academic achievement : A review of
literature. Review of Educational Research, 59
(3), 297-313. [PDF] |
|
HOGE, R.D. (1989). An examination of the giftedness
construct. Canadian Journal of Education, 14,
6-17. |
|
HOGE, R.D. & McSHEFFREY, R. (1991). An investigation
of self-concept in gifted children. Exceptional
Children, 57, 238-245. |
|
HOGE, R.D. (2002). Standardized instruments for assessing
risk and need in youthful offenders. Criminal Justice
& Behavior, 29, 380-396. |
|
|
|
Hogg Michael A. ( ) : Psychosociologue
anglais, d'origine indienne, et spécialiste de l'étude du leadership, de l'identité
sociale et des groupes,
notamment de leur cohésion.
Collaborateur de Abrams, Hogg,
Kruglanski,
Moreland, Oakes et Turner.
|
HOGG, M.A. (1993). Group cohesiveness : A critical review
and some new directions. European Review of Social
Psychology, 4, 85-111. |
|
HOGG, M.A., MARTIN, R., EPITROPAKI, O., MANKAD, A.,
SVENSSON, A. & WEEDEN, K. (2005). Effective leadership
in salient groups : Revisiting leader-member exchange
theory from the perspective of the social identity theory
of leadership. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 991-1004.
[PDF] |
|
HOGG, M.A. & REID, S.A. (2006). Social identity,
self-categorization, and the communication of group norms.
Communication Theory, 16, 7-30. [PDF] |
|
HOGG, M.A, MEEHAN, C. & FARQUHARSON, J. (2010). The
solace of radicalism : Self-uncertainty and group
identification in the face of threat. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 46, 1061-1066. [PDF] |
|
HOGG, M.A. (2015). Constructive leadership across groups :
How leaders can combat prejudice and conflict between
subgroups. Advances in Group Processes, 32, 177-207. |
|
|
|
Hoglend Per A. ( ) : Psychiatre
e t psychanalyste
norvégien, spécialisé dans l'étude empirique des fondements et de
l'efficacité de la psychanalyse
et de la thérapie
psychodynamique. Il s'intérese notamment au transfert.
Collaborateur de Gabbard.
 |
HOGLEND, P. (1993). Personality disorders and long-term
outcome after brief dynamic psychotherapy. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 7, 168-181. |
|
HOGLEND, P. (2003). Long-term effects of brief dynamic
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy Research, 13,
271-292. |
|
HOGLEND, P. (2004). Analysis of transference in
psychodynamic psychotherapy : a review of empirical
research. Canadian Journal of Psychoanalysis, 12,
279-300. |
|
HOGLEND, P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., BOGWALD, K.P., SORBYE,
O., SJAASTAD, M.C. & HEYERDAHL, O. (2006). Analysis of
the patient-therapist relationship in dynamic
psychotherapy : An experimental study of transference
interpretations. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163,
1739-1746. [PDF] |
|
HOGLEND, P., BOGWALD, K.P., AMLO, S., MARBLE, A., ULBERG,
R.A., COSGROVE-SJAASTD, M., SORBYE, O., HEYERDAHL, O.
& JOHANSSON, P. (2008). Transference interpretations
in dynamic psychotherapy : Do they really yield sustained
effects ? The American Journal of Psychiatry, 165
(6), [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hoigaard Rune ( ) : Psychosociologue anglais et spécialiste de la psychologie du sport. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'indolence sociale dans les sports, notamment au football (soccer).
|
HOIGAARD, R., TOFTELAND, I. & OMMUNDSEN, Y. (2006).
The effect of team cohesion on social loafing in relay
teams. International Journal of Applied Sports
Sciences, 18 (1), 59-73. [PDF]
|
|
HOIGAARD, R., SÄFVENBORN, R. & TONNESSEN, F.E. (2006).
The relationship between group cohesion, group norms, and
perceived social loafing in football teams. Small
Group Research, 37 (3), 217-232. |
|
HOIGAARD, R. & OMMUNDSEN, Y. (2006). Perceived social
loafing and anticipated effort reduction among young
football (soccer) players : An achievement goal
perspective. Psychological Reports, 100 (3),
857-875. |
|
HOIGAARD, R. & INGVALSEN, R.P. (2006). Social loafing
in interactive groups : the effects of identifiability on
effort and individual performance in floorball.
Athletic Insight, 8 (2), 52-63. [PDF]
|
|
HOIGAARD, R, JONES, G.W. & PETERS, D.M. (2008).
Preferred coach leadership behaviour in elite soccer in
relation to success and failure. International Journal
of Sports Science & Coaching, 3 (2), 241-250. |
|
|
|
Holbach Paul Henri Tiryde (Edesheim Rhénanie-Palatinat
1723-1789) : Voir D'Holbach.
|
Holbrook Morris B. (Milwaukee 1943-) :
Spécialiste américain de la publicité et de la mise en marché.
Il s'intéresse aussi à la consommation
de la culture
populaire.
|
HOLBROOK, M.B. & HIRSHMAN, E.C. (1982). The
experiential aspects of consumption : Consumer fantasies,
feelings and fun. Journal of Consumer Research, 9,
132-140. |
|
HOLBROOK, M.B. (1986). Aims, concepts, and methods for the
representation of individual difference in esthetic
responses to design features. Journal of Consumer
Research, 13 (3), 337-347. |
|
HOLBROOK, M.B. (1987). Mirror, mirror, on the wall, what's
unfair in the reflections on advertising. Journal of
Marketing, 51, 95-103. |
|
HOLBROOK, M.B. (1999). Consumer value : a framework
for analysis and research. London : Routledge. |
|
HOLBROOK, M.B. (2003). Adventures in complexity : An
essay on dynamic open complex adaptive systems,
butterfly effects, self-organizing order, coevolution,
the ecological perspective, fitness landscapes, market
spaces, emergent beauty at the edge of chaos, and all
that jazz. Columbia University : Academy of
Marketing Science.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Holcomb Phillip J. ( ) : Neurocognitiviste
américain. Collaborateur de Grainger.
|
HOLCOMB, P.J. (1988). Automatic and attentional processing
: An event-related brain potential analysis of semantic
priming. Brain & Language, 35 (1), 66-85. [PDF] |
|
HOLCOMB, P.J. & NEVILLE, H.J. (1991). Natural speech
processing : An analysis using event-related brain
potentials. Psychobiology, 19 (4), 286-300.
[PDF] |
|
HOLCOMB, P.J., GRAINGER, J. & O'ROURKE, T. (2002). An
electrophysiological study of the effects of orthographic
neighborhood size on printed word perception. Journal
of Cognitive Neuroscience, 14 (6), 938-950. [PDF] |
|
HOLCOMB, P.J., ANDERSON, J. & GRAINGER, J. (2007). An
electrophysiological study of cross-modal repetition
priming. Psychophysiology, 42 (5), 493-507. [PDF] |
|
HOLCOMB, P.J. & GRAINGER, J. (2007). Exploring the
temporal dynamics of visual word recognition in the masked
repetition priming paradigm using event-related
potentials. Brain Research, 1180, 39-58. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Holding Dennis H. ( ) :
Psychologue cognitiviste
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement
et du jeu, notamment des
échecs.
|
HOLDING, D.H. (1971). The amount seen in brief exposures.
Quarterly Journal of Experimental Psychology, 23
(1), 72-81. |
|
HOLDING, D.H. (1979). The evaluation of chess positions.
Simulation & Games, 10 (2), 207-221. |
|
HOLDING, D.H. REYNOLDS, R.I. (1982). Recall or evaluation
of chess positions as determinants of chess skill.
Memory & Cognition, 10, 237-242. |
|
HOLDING, D.H., NOONAN, T.K., PFAU, D. & HOLDING, C.S.
(1986). Date attribution, age, and the distribution of
lifetime memories. Journal of Gerontology, 41
(4), 481-485. |
|
HOLDING, D.H. (1992). Theories of chess skill. Psychological
Research, 54, 10-16. |
|
|
|
Holisme : Du grec holos qui signifie "entier, tout". Doctrine philosophique qui
affirme que l'on ne connaît vraiment un être, une chose ou un
groupe (objet d'étude) que si l'on connaît l'ensemble du système
dont il est fait partie : le tout. La thèse forte du holisme
affirme même que les parties du tout sont influencés par le tout.
/individualisme
méthodologique, élémentarisme, atomiste. Holism.
| |
|
|
SMUTS, J.C. (1926). Holism and evolution. London
: Macmillan & Co Ldt. |
BUNGE, M. (2000). Systemism : The alternative to
individualism and holism. Journal of Socio-Economics,
29, 47-157. |
|
BUNGE, M. (1979). A system concept of society : Beyond
individualism and holism. Theory & Decision, 10, 13-19. |
NISBETT, R.E., PENG, K., CHOI, I. & NORENZAYAN, A.
(2001). Culture and systems of thought : Holistic versus
analytic cognition. Psychological Review, 108, 291-310. |
|
DREYFUS, H.L. (1980). Holism and hermeneutics. Review
of Metaphysic, 34 (1), 3-24. |
CROSNOE, R. & NEEDHAM, B. (2004). Holism, contextual
variability, and the study of friendships in adolescent
development. Child Development, 75 (1), 264-279. |
|
FODOR, J. & LEPORE, E. (1997). Holism - A shopper’s
guide. Oxford : Blackwell. [PDF] |
|
|
ESFELD, M. (1998). Holism and analytic. Mind,
107, 365-380. |
|
|
PETTIT, P. (1998). Defining and defending social holism. Philosophical
Explorations, 1, 169-84. [PDF]
|
|
|
ALLIK, J. & DRESCHLER, G. (1999). German holism
revisited : Really ? Culture & Psychology, 5,
239-247. |
VARNUM, M., GROSSMAN, I., KITAYAMA, S. & NISBETT, R.E.
(2008). Holism in a European cultural context. Cognition
& Culture, 8, 321-333. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Doctrine
et Individualisme
méthodologique |
|
|
|
|
Holland James G. (1927-2018) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
américain. = Jim Holland.
Collaborateur de Schroeder
et Skinner.
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1957). Technique for behavioral analysi sof
human observing. Science, 125, 348-350. |
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1958). Counting by humans on a fixed-ratio
schedule of reinforcement. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 1 (2), 179-181. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1960). Teaching machines : an application
of principles from the laboratory. Journal of
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 3 (4), 275-287.
[PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, J.G. & SKINNER, B.F. (1961). The
analysis of behavior. A program for self-instruction.
New York : McGraw-Hill. |
|
HOLLAND, J.G. (1989). Language and the continuity of
species. In S.C. Hayes & L.J. Hayes (Eds.), Analysis
of verbal behavior. Boston : Suthors cooperative. |
|
|
|
Holland John Henry (Fort Wayne 1929-2015) : Mathématicien,
physicien et psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, d'origine américaine, spécialisé en
intelligence artificielle. Collaborateur de Holyoak,
Nisbett et Thagard.
 |
HOLLAND, J.H. (1998). Emergence : from chaos to order.
Oxford University Press. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD,
P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and
discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational
models of cognition and perception series/MIT Press. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Hidden order : How adaptation
builds complexity. Menlo Park, CA :
Addison-Wesley. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Adaptation in natural and
artificial systems : An introductory analysis with
applications to biology, control, and artificial
intelligence. Cambridge, MA/London : MIT
Press/Bradford Books. |
|
HOLLAND, J.H. (1992). Genetic algorithms. Scientific
American, 267, 66-72. |
|
|
|
Holland John L. (1919-2008) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude des choix
de carrière. Professeur de Gottfredson.
Collaborateur de Costa
et McCrae.
|
HOLLAND, J.L. (1959). A theory of vocational choice. Journal
of Counseling Psychology, 6, 35-45. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L., RICHARDS, J.M. & LUTZ, S.W. (1967). The
prediction of student accomplishment in college. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 58, 343-355. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & NAFZIGER, D.
(1975). Testing the validity of some theoretical signs of
vocational decision-making ability. Journal of
Counseling Psychology, 22, 411-422. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L., GOTTFREDSON, L.S. & BAKER, H. (1990).
Validity of vocational aspirations and interest
inventories : Extended, replicated, and reinterpreted. Journal of Counseling Psychology, 37, 337-342. |
|
HOLLAND, J.L. (1997). Making vocational choices : A
theory of vocational personalities and work
environments. Odessa, FL : Psychological Assessment
Resources, Inc. |
 |
|
|
WEINRACH, S. (1980). Have hexagon will travel : An
interview with John Holland. Personnel & Guidance
Journal, 58, 406-414. |
|
TINSLEY, H. (Ed.) (1992). Special issue on Holland's
theory. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 40, 109-267. |
|
DE FRUYT, F. & MERVIELDE, I. (1997). The five-factor
model of personality and Holland's RIASEC interest types.
Personality & Individual Differences, 23 (1),
87-103. |
|
SAVICKAS, M. & GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (Eds.) (1999).
Holland's theory (1959-1999): Forty years of research and
application. Journal of Vocational Behavior, 55
(S), 1-160. |
|
REARDON, R.C., BULLOCK, E.E. & MEYER, K.E. (2007). A
Holland perspective on the U.S. workforce from 1960-2000.
Career Development Quarterly, 55, 262-274. |
|
GOTTFREDSON, G.D. (2009). John L. Holland (1919-2008) :
Obituary. American Psycholgist, 64 (6), 561. |
|
NAUTA, M.M. (2010). The development, evolution, and status
of Holland's theory of vocational personalities :
Reflections and future directions for counseling
psychology. Journal of counseling psychology, 57 (1),
11-22. |
|
|
|
Holland Peter C. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivio-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des mécanismes de l'apprentissage.
Collaborateur de Bouton, Delamater,
Deleon, Gallagher,
Rescorla et Schmajuk.
 |
HOLLAND, P.C. & RESCORLA, R.A. (1975). The effect of
two ways of devaluing the unconditioned stimulus after
first and second-order appetitive conditioning. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Animal Behaviour Processes,
1, 355-363. |
|
HOLLAND, P.C. (1977). Conditioned stimulus as a
determinant of the form of the Pavlovian conditioned
response. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behaviour Processes, 3, 77-104. |
|
HOLLAND, P.C. (2000). Trial and intertrial durations in
appetitive conditioning in rats. Animal Learning
& Behavior, 28, 121-135. |
|
HOLLAND, P.C. (2004). Relations between
Pavlovian-instrumental transfer and reinforcer
devaluation. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes, 30, 104-117. |
|
HOLLAND, P. & GALLAGHER, M. (2006). Different roles
for amygdala central nucleus and substantia innominata in
the surprise-induced enhacement of learning. Neuroscience,
26 (14), 3791-3797. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Holland Paul W. (Tulsa 1940-) : Méthodologiste et statisticien
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mesure, notamment en éducation. Il s'intéresse notamment à l'inférence
causale et la théorie
de la réponse. Collaborateur de Haberman,
Rubin et Sinharay
 |
HOLLAND, P.W. (1981). When are item response models
consistent with observed data ? Psychometrika, 46,
79-92. |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1986). Statistics and causal inference
(with discussion). Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 81, 945-970. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. & ROSENBAUM, P. R. (1986). Conditional
association and unidimensionality in monotone latent
variable models. Annals of Statistics, 14,
1523-1543. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, P.W. (1990). On the sampling theory foundations
of item response theory models. Psychometrika, 55, 577-601 |
|
HOLLAND, P.W., DORANS, N. & PETERSEN, N. (2007).
Equating. In C.R. Rao & S. Sinharay (Eds.), Handbook
of statistics : Psychometrics (Vol. 26. pp.
169-204). Amsterdam : Elsevier. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hollander Edwin P. (Rochester 1927-2020) :
Psychologue organisationel
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
leadership.
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. & WEBB, W.B. (1955). Leadership,
followership, and friendship : An analysis of peer
nominations. Journal of abnormal psychology, 50 (2),
163-167. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1958). Conformity, status and idiosyncrasy
credit. Psychological Review, 65 (2), 117-127. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1960). Competence and conformity in the
acceptance of influence. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 61, 360-365. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1986). On the central role of leadership
processes. International Review of Applied Psychology,
35, 39-52. |
|
HOLLANDER, E.P. (1992). The essential interdependence of
leadership and followership. Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 1 (2), 71-75. |
|
|
BRAY, R.M., JOHNSON, D. & CHILSTROM, J.T. (1982).
Social influence by group members with minority opinions :
A comparison of Hollander and Moscovici. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 43 (1),
78-88. |
|
|
|
Hollander Eric ( ) : Psychiatre
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de l'autisme
et du trouble obsessif-compulsif.
Collaborateur de Bruun, Fallon,
Potenza et Saxena.
 |
HOLLANDER, E., GREENWALD, S. & NEVILLE, D.
(1996/1997). Uncomplicated and comorbid
obsessive-compulsive disorder in an epidemiologic sample.
Depression & Anxiety, 4, 111-119. |
|
HOLLANDER, E. & WONG, C.M. (1995). Body dismorphic
disorder, pathological gambling, and sexual compulsions. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 56, 7-12. |
|
HOLLANDER, E., ING, A., DELANEY, K., SMITH, C.J. &
SILVEMAN, J.M. (2003). Obsessive-compulsive behaviors in
parents of multiplex autism families. Psychiatry
Research, 117 (1), 11-16. |
|
HOLLANDER, E., PHILLIPS, A.T. & YEH, C.C. (2003).
Targeted treatments for symptom domains in child and
adolescent autism. Lancet, 362 (9385), 732-734. |
|
HOLLANDER, E., WANG, A.T., BRAUN, A. & MARSH, L.
(2009). Neurological considerations : autism and
Parkinson's disease. Psychiatry Research, 170 (1),
43-51. |
|
|
|
Hölldobler Bertold (Andechs 1936-) : Sociobiologiste
et entomologiste
allemand, spécialisé dans l'étude des sociétés
animales, notamment les fourmis.
= Hoelldobler. Collaborateur de Wilson.
 |
HOLLDÖBLER, B. (1971). Communication between ants and
their guests. Scientific American, 224 (3),
86-95. |
|
HOLLDÖBLER, B. (1976). The behavioral ecology of mating in
harvester ants (Hymenoptera : Formicidae: Pogonomyrmex). Behavioral
Ecology & Sociobiology, 1,405-423. |
|
HOLLDÖBLER, B. & WILSON, E.O. (1995). Journey to
the ants : A story of scientific exploration / Voyage
chez les fourmis. Barnes & Noble. |
|
HOLLDÖBLER, B. & WILSON, E.O. (2008). The
superorganism; The beauty, elegance, and strangeness of
insect societies. London : W.W. Norton. |
|
HOLLDÖBLER, B. & WILSON, E.O. (2011). The
leafcutter ants : Civilization by instinct. London
: W.W. Norton. |
|
|
|
Hollenbeck John R. ( ) : Psychologue
industriel et organisationel américain, spécialisé dans
l'étude du leadership, notamment
au sein des équipes de
travail. Collaborateur de
Ilgen, Kowzloski,
Lepine et
Salas.
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R. & KLEIN, H.J. (1987). Goal commitment
and the goal-setting process : Problems, prospects, and
proposals for future research. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 72 (2), 2912-220. [PDF] |
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R., WILLIAMS, C.R. & KLEIN, H.J. (1987).
An empirical examination of the antecedents of commitment
to difficult goals. Journal of Applied Psychology, 74
(1), 18. |
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R., ILGEN, D.R., SEGO, J., HEDLUND, J.,
MAJOR, D.A. & PHILLIPS, J. (1995). Multilevel theory
of team decision-making : decision performance in teams
incorporating distributed expertise. Journal of
Applied Psychology, 80 (2), 292-316. |
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R. MOON, H., ELLIS, A.P.J., WEST, B.J.,
ILGEN, D.R., SHEPPARD, L., PORTER, C.O.L.H. & WAGNER,
J.A. (2002). Structural contingency theory and individual
differences : examination of external and internal
person-team fit. Journal of Applied Psychology, 87
(3), 599-606 |
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R. (2005). Teams in organizations : From
input-process-output models to IMOI models. Annual
Review of Psychology, 56, 517-543. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hollingworth Harry Levi (1880-1957) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste du développement
et de l'intelligence.
Président de l'APA en 1927.
Étudiant de Cattel.
Professeur d'Anatasi.
|
HOLLINGSWORTH, H.L. (1911). Experimental studies in
judgment : Judgments of the comic. Psychological
Review, 18, 132-156. [LIRE] |
|
HOLLINGSWORTH, H.L. (1911). Judgments of persuasiveness. Psychological Review, 18, 233-256. |
|
HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1916). Vocational psychology.
New York : Appleton. |
|
HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1927). Mental growth and decline :
A survey of developmental psychology. New York :
Appleton. |
|
HOLLINGWORTH, H.L. (1928). Psychology : Its facts and
principles. New York : D. Appelton and Company. |
|
|
|
BENJAMIN, L.T., ROGERS, A. & ROSENBAUM, A. (1991).
Coca-Cola, caffeine, and mental deficiency : Harry
Hollingworth and the Chattanooga trial of 1911.
Journal of the History of the Behavioral Sciences, 27, 42-55. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hollis Martin James (Londres 1938-1998 Norwich) : Philosophe
et épistémologue
anglais.
|
HOLLIS, M. & NEIL, J. (1975). Rational economic
man. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
HOLLIS, M. (1985). Invitation to philosophy. Wiley-Blackwell. |
|
HOLLIS, M. (1994). The cunning of reason.
Cambridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
HOLLIS, M. (1994). The philosophy of social science.
Cambrridge : Cambridge University Press. |
|
HOLLIS, M. (1998). Trust within reason. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
LUKES, S. & SKINNER, Q. (2002). James Martin Hollis
1938-1998. Proceeding of the British Academy, 115, 245-255.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hollon Steven D. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude et le traitement de la dépression.
Collaborateur de Addis,
Andersson, Arntz,
Barlow, Chambless,
Clark,
Cuijpers, Derubeis,
Dimidjian, Dobson,
Driessen, Ehlers,
Fairburn, Fonagy,
Freeston, Garety,
Jacobson, Kohlenberg,
Kovacs,
Martell, Ost,
Rush, Segal, Shafran,
Williams et
Wilson.
 |
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., EVAN, M.D., WIEMER, M.J.,
GARVEY, M.J., GROVE, W.M. & TUASON, V.B. (1992).
Cognitive therapy and pharmacotherapy for depression :
Singly and in combination. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 49, 774-781. |
|
HOLLON, S.D. & SHELTON, R.C. (2001). Treatment
guidelines for major depressive disorder. Behavior
Therapy, 32, 235-258 |
|
HOLLON, S.D., THASE, M.E. & MARKOVITZ, J.C. (2002).
Treatment and prevention of depression. Psychological
Science in the Public Interest, 3, 1-39. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., DeRUBEIS, R.J., SHELTON, R.C., AMSTERDAM,
J.D., SALOMON, R.M., O'REARDON, J.P., LOVETT, M.L., YOUNG,
P.R., HAMAN, K.L., FREEMAN, B.B. & GALLOP, R. (2005).
Prevention of relapse following cognitive therapy vs
medications in moderate to severe depression. Archives
General of Psychiatry, 62, 417-422. |
|
HOLLON, S.D., STEWART, M.O. & STRUNK, D. (2006).
Cognitive behavior therapy has enduring effects in the
treatment of depression and anxiety. Annual Review of
Psychology, 57, 285-315. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Holloway John (Dublin 1947-) : Politologue marxiste d'origine irlandaise. Collaborateur de Bonefeld et Picciotto.
 |
HOLLOWAY, J. & PICCIOTTO, S. (Eds.) (1978). State
and capital : A Marxist debate. London : Edward
Arnold. |
|
HOLLOWAY, J. & PICCIOTTO, S. (1980). Capital, the
state and European integration. Research in Political
Economy, 3, 123-154. |
|
HOLLOWAY, J. (1988). The great bear, post-Fordism and
class struggle. Capital & Class, 36,
93-104. |
|
HOLLOWAY, J. (1995). Capital moves. Capital & Class, 19 (3), 137-144. |
|
HOLLOWAY, J. (2002). Change the world without taking
power : The meaning of revolution today. / Changer
le monde sans prendre le pouvoir : Le sens de la
révolution aujourd'hui. Syllepse. |
|
|
|
Holloway Ralph Leslie (Philadelphie 1935-2025) :
Anthropologue américain et spécialiste de l'évolution du cerveau.
Collaborateur de Terrace.
 |
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1967). The evolution of the human brain :
some notes toward a synthesis between neural structure and
the evolution of complex behavior. General Systems,
12, 3-19. [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1969). Culture : A human domain. Current
Anthropology, 33 (1), 47-64 . [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1981). Culture, symbols, and human brain
evolution : a synthesis. Dialectical Anthropology, 5,
287-303. [PDF]
|
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1983). Human brain evolution : a search
for units, models, and synthesis. Canadian Journal of
Anthropology, 3 (2), 215-232.
[PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (2008). The human brain evolving : A
personal retrospective. Annual Review of
Anthropology, 37 (1), 1-19. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Holmberg Börje (Malmö 1924-2021) : Spécialiste
suédois de l'éducation,
notamment de l'enseignement/apprentissage
à distance.
|
HOLMBERG, B. (1985). A discipline of distance education. International Journal of E-Learning & Distance Education/La Revue
Internationale de l'Apprentissage en Ligne et de
l'Enseignement à Distance, 1 (1), 25-40. |
|
HOLMBERG, B. (1989). Theory and practice of distance
education. New York : Routledge. |
|
HOLMBERG, B. (1997). Distance-education theory again. Open
Learning, 12 (1), 31-39. |
|
HOLMBERG, B. (1998). Critical reflection, politics,
obscurantism and distance education. Epistolodidaktika,
2, 27-37. |
|
HOLMBERG, B. (1999). The conversational approach to
distance education. Open Learning, 14 (3),
58-60. |
|
|
|
Holocauste : Génocide des
Juifs par les nazis
survenu lors de la seconde
guerre mondiale.
=Shoah.
Holocaust.
| |
|
|
FOGELMAN, E. & SAVRAN, B. (1980). Brief group therapy
with offspring of Holocaust survivors : Leaders'
reactions. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 50
(1), 96-108. |
FELSEN, I. & ERLICH, S. (1990). Identification
patterns of offspring of Holocaust survivors with their
parents. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 60,
506-520. |
|
SOLKOFF, N. (1981). Children of survivors of the Nazi
Holocaust : A critical review of the literature. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 51 (1), 29-42. |
BLASS, T. (1992). Psychological perspectives on the
perpetrators of the Holocaust : The role of situational
pressures, personal dispositions, and their interactions.
Holocaust & Genocide Studies, 7, 30-50. |
|
ROSE, S. & GARSKE, J. (1987). Family environment,
adjustment, and coping among children of Holocaust
survivors : A comparative investigation. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 51 (1), 332-344. |
BREGGIN, P.R. (1993). Psychiatry's role in the Holocaust.
International Journal of Risk & Safety in
Medicine, 4, 133-148. [PDF]
|
| |
BAUMAN, Z. (2002). Modernité et Holocauste.
Paris : La Fabrique. |
|
FOGELMAN, E. (1988). Therapeutic alternatives for
Holocaust survivors and the second generation. In R. L.
Braham (Ed.), The psychological perspectives of the
Holocaust and of its aftermath (pp. 79-108). New
York : Columbia University Press. |
FRIEDRICHS, D.O. (2002). The crime of the century ? The
case for the Holocaust. Crime, Law & Social
Change, 34 (1), 21-41. |
|
FOGELMAN, E. (1988). Intergenerational group therapy :
Child survivors of the Holocaust and offspring survivors.
The Psychoanalytic Review, 75 (40), 619-640. |
SUEDFELD, P., PATERSON, H., SORIANO, E. & ZUVIC, S.
(2002). Lethal stereotypes : Hair and eye color as
survival. Journal of Applied Social Psychology 32
(11). 2368-2376. |
|
BERGER, L. (1988). The long term psychological
consequences of the Holocaust on survivors and their
offspring. In R.L. Braham (Ed.), The psychological
perspectives of the Holocaust and of its aftermath
(pp. 175-221). New York : Columbia University Press. |
MILLER, A.G. (2004). What can the Milgram obedience
experiments tell us about the Holocaust ? Generalizing
from the social psychology laboratory. In A.G. Miller
(Ed.), The social psychology of good and evil
(pp. 193-239). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
BAUMAN, Z. (1989). Modernity and the Holocaust.
Ithaca : Cornell University Press. |
MOSES, D.A. (2004). The Holocaust and genocide. In D.
Stone (Ed.), The historiography of the Holocaust (pp.
533-555). Houndmills : Palgrave MacMillan. [PDF]
|
|
SIGAL, J.J. & WEINFELD, M. (1989). Trauma and
rebirth : Intergenerational effects of the Holocaust. New
York : Praeger. |
SUEDFELD, P. & DE BEST, S. (2008). Value hierarchies
of Holocaust rescuers and resistance fighters.
Genocide Studies & Prevention, 3, 31-42.
characteristics during the Holocaust. Journal of
Applied Social Psychology, 3 (1), 31-42. [PDF]
|
|
KELSO, M. & EGLITIS, D.S. (2014). Holocaust
commemoration in Romania : Roma and the contested politics
of memory and memorialization. Journal of Genocide
Research, 16 (4), 487-511. |
|
PENNEBAKER, J.W., BARGER, S.D. & TIEBOUT, J. (1989).
Disclosure of traumas and health among holocaust
survivors. Psychosomatic Medicine, 51 (5),
577-589. |
OVERT, R. (2014). "Ordinary men", extraordinary
circumstances : Historians, social psychology, and the
holocaust. Journal of Social Issues, 70, 515-530. |
| |
RUSSELL, N.J.C. & GREGORY, R.J. (2015). The
Milgram-Holocaust Linkage : Challenging the present
consensus. State Crime Journal, 4, 128-153. |
|
|
Voir aussi Juif, Guerre,
Génocide et Nazisme
|
|
|
Holocène : Du grec ancien holos qui signifie "entier" et kainos qui veut dire "récent". Il s'agit de
la plus récente période géologique, dont l'intervalle s'étend de
nos jours jusqu'aux 10 000 dernières années.
|
Holroyd Kenneth A. ( ) : Psychologue
et spécialiste de l'étude de la santé, notamment de la migraine,
des douleurs et
des maux de tête.
|
HOLROYD, K.A., ANDRASIK, F. & WESTBROOK, T. (1977).
Cognitive control of tension headache. Cognitive
Therapy & Research, 1, 121-133. |
|
HOLROYD, K.A. & ANDRASIK, F. (1982). Do the effects of
cognitive therapy endure ? A two-year follow-up of tension
headache sufferers treated with cognitive therapy or
biofeedback. Cognitive Therapy & Research, 6 (3),
325-334. |
|
HOLROYD, K.A., STENSLAND, M., LIPCHIK, G.L., HILL, K.R.,
O'DONNELL, F.S. & CORDINGLEY, G. (2000). Psychosocial
correlates and impact of chronic tension-type headaches.
Headache, 40 (1), 3-16. |
|
HOLROYD, K.A. (2002). Assessment and psychological
management of recurrent headache disorders. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (3),
656-677. |
| HOLROYD, K.A. & DREW, J.B. (2006). Behavioral
approaches to the treatment of migraine. Seminars in
Neurology, 26 (2), 199-207. |
|
|
|
|
|
Holt
Edwin Bissel (Winchester 1873-1946 Rockland) :
Psychologue américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de la conscience
et des réflexes.
Étudiant de James.
Professeur d'Allport et Tolman.
|
HOLT, E.B. (1903). Eye-movement and central anaesthesia. Psychological
Review, 17 (S4), 3-45. |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1914). The concept of consciousness. London
: George Allen & Company, Ltd. |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1915). The freudian wish and its place in
ethics. New York : Henry Holt and Company. |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1915). Response and cognition. The
Journal of Philosophy, Psychology & Scientific
Methods, 12, 365-373, 393-409. [LIRE] |
|
HOLT, E.B. (1931). Animal drive and the learning
process, an essay toward radical empiricism. New
York : Holt. |
|
|
|
Holth
Per (1873-1946) : Psychologue
béhavioriste
norvégien.
|
HOLTH, P. (2005). Two definitions of punishment. The
Behavior Analyst Today, 6 (1), 43- 55. [PDF] |
|
HOLTH, P. (2006). An operant analysis of joint attention
skills. European Journal of Behavior Analysis, 7
(1), 77-91. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
HOLTH, P., TORSHEIM, T., SHEIDOW, A.J., OGDEN, T. &
HENGGELER, S.W. (2011). Intensive quality assurance of
therapist adherence to behavioral interventions for
adolescent substance use problems. Journal of Child
& Adolescent Substance Abuse, 20 (4), 288-313.
[PDF] |
|
HOLTH, P. (2013). Different sciences as answers to
different why questions. European Journal of
Behavior Analysis, 14, 165-170. |
|
HOLTH, P. (2017). Multiple exemplar training : Some
strengths and limitations. The Behavior Analyst, 40,
225-241. |
|
|
|
|
|
Holyoak
Keith James (Langley 1950-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain d'origine canadienne, spécialisé dans l'étude de
la pensée et du raisonnement.
Étudiant de Bower.
Collaborateur de Cheng, Gentner,
Glass,
Nisbett, Holland, Kosslyn,
Povinelli et
Thagard.
 |
HOLYOAK, K.J., HOGETERP, H. & YUILLE, J.C. (1972). A
developmental comparison of verbal and pictorial mnemonics
in children's paired-associate learning. Journal of
Experimental Child Psychology, 14, 53-65. [PDF] |
|
HOLYOAK, K.J. & GLASS, A.L. (1975). The role of
contradictions and counterexamples in the rejection of
false sentences. Journal of Verbal Learning &
Verbal Behavior, 14, 215-239. [PDF] |
|
HOLLAND, J.H., HOLYOAK, K.J., NISBETT, R.E. & THAGARD,
P.R. (1986). Processes of inference, learning, and
discovery. Cambridge, MA/London : Computational
Models of Cognition and Perception series/MIT Press. |
|
HOLYOAK, K.J. & SPELLMAN, B.A. (1993). Thinking. Annual
Review of Psychology, 44 (2), 65-315. |
|
HOLYOAK, K.J. & THAGARD, P. (1997). The analogical
mind. American Psychologist, 52, 35-44. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Holz
William C. (Sprinfield 1931-2018 Bethlehem) :
Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de l'apprentissage,
notamment de la punition.
Collaborateur de Ayllon,
Azrin,
Goldiamond, Hake,
Hutchinson et Ulrich.
|
HOLZ, W.C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1961). Discriminative
properties of punishment. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 4 (3), 225-232. [PDF] |
|
HOLZ, W.C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1962). Recovery during
punishment by intense noise. Psychological Reports,
11, 655-657. |
|
HOLZ, W.C., AZRIN, N.H. & AYLLON, T. (1963).
Elimination of behavior of mental patients by
response-produced extinction. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (3), 407-412.
[PDF] |
|
HOLZ, W.C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1963). A comparison of
several procedures for eliminating behavior. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 6 (3),
399-406.
[PDF] |
|
HOLZ, W.C. & AZRIN, N.H. (1963). Punishment of
temporally spaced responding. Journal of Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 6 (1), 115-122. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Holzman
Philip S. (New York 1922-2004) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
schizophhrénie. Étudiant de Menninger
et Murphy.
|
HOLZMAN, P.S. & SCHLESINGER, H.J. (1972). On becoming
a hospitalized psychiatric patient. Bulletin of the
Menninger Clinic, 36 (4), 383-406. |
|
HOLZMAN, P.S., PPROCTOR, L.R. & HUGHES, D.W. (1973).
Eye-tracking patterns in schizophrenia. Science, 181,
179-181. |
|
HOLZMAN, P.S., KRINGLEN, E., MATTHYSSE, S. & FLANAGAN, S. (1988). A single dominant gene can account for eye tracking dysfunctions
and schizophrenia in offspring of discordant twins. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 45 (7), 641–-647. |
|
HOLZMAN, P.S. (1992). Behavioral markers of schizophrenia
useful for genetic studies. Journal of Psychiatric
Research, 26, 427-445. |
HOLZMAN, P.S. & MATTHYSSE, S. (2017). The genetics of
schizophrenia : A review. Psychological Science, 1
(5), 279–286.
|
|
|
BERENBAUM, H., OLTMANNS, T.F. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1988).
Indeterminacy of heritability of thought disorder : Reply
to Matthysse and Holzman. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 97, 108-109. |
|
LEVY, D.L., ROSENBAUM, M. & SCHLESINGER, H.J. (2005).
Philip S. Holzman (1922-2004) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 655. |
|
LEVY, D.L. & BENES, F.M. (2005). Philip S. Holzman : A
legacy of wisdom and optimism. Neuropsychopharmacology,
30, 1036-1038. [PDF] |
|
|
|
HO - HOMÉOPATHIE
- HOMÉOSTASIE - HOMME
- HOMO - HOMOSEXUALITÉ
- HONTE - HORMONE
- HORNEY - HOROWITZ
- HOVLAND - HU
|
Homans George Caspar (Boston 1910-1989 Cambridge) :
Sociologue américain et
fondateur de la sociologie
béhaviorale.
 |
HOMANS, G.C. (1950). The human group. New York
: Harcourt. |
|
HOMANS, G.C. (1958). Social behavior as exchange. American
Journal of Sociology, 63 (6), 597-606. |
|
HOMANS, G.C. (1962). Sentiments and activities.
Essays in social science. New York : Free Press of
Glencoe. |
|
HOMANS, G.C. (1964). Social behavior : It's elementary
forms. New York : Harcourt, Brace & World. |
|
HOMANS, G.C. (1967). The nature of social science.
New York : Harcourt, Brace & World. |
|
|
HAMBLIN, R.L. & KUNKEL, J.H. (Eds.) (1977). Behavioral
theory in sociology : essays in honor of George C.
Homans. New Brunswick, N.J. : Transaction Books. |
|
|
|
Homéopathie : Homéopathe : Pseudotechnologie
biologique et psychologique inventée par Hahnemann,
qui se fonde sur deux principes : 1)
d'abord le principe de similitude, qui stipule que ce qui provoque
la maladie peut également servir, à petite dose, de cure à cette
maladie; 2) ensuite, que l'eau possède une
mémoire, c-à-d la capacité d'assimiler les propriétés des
molécules qui entrent en contact avec elle. Cette assimilation est
obtenue au moyen d'un procédé - la dynamisation - qui consiste à
agiter une éprouvette (la succussion) qui contient 99 parts d'eau
(le solvant) et une part de la substance homépatique (la
teinture-mère, censé être l'agent actif, par exemple de
l'arsenic). On répète ensuite l'opération (deuxième dilution au
centésimal hanhemanniène ou CH). On prélève ensuite une part de la
première éprouvette, que l'on mélange avec 99 parts d'eau dans une
seconde éprouvette, et ainsi de suite. Le mélange qui résulte de
ces dilutions succesives - souvent plus d'une vingtaine - est un produit
homéopathique, qui sera vendu sous forme de granules ou de
gouttes. NDLR : Une goutte d'eau (0,05 ml)
dans le lac St-Jean équivaut approximativement à une dilution de
11 CH ! Homéopathie, médecine alternative et effet
placebo. /allopathie.
Homeopathy.
| |
|
|
KAUFMAN, M. (1971). Homeopathy in America. Baltimore
: The Johns Hopkins University Press. |
CUCHERAT, M., HAUGH, M.C., GOOCH, M. & BOISSEL, J.P.
(2000). Evidence of clinical efficacy of homeopathy : a
meta-analysis of clinical trials. Europeen Journal of
Clinical Pharmacology, 56, 27-33. |
|
BENDRE, V.V. & DHARMADHIKARI, S.D. (1980). Arnica
montana and Hypericum in dental practice. Hahnemannian
Gleaning, 47, 70–72. |
|
|
PINSNET, R.J.F.H., BAKER, G.P.I., IVES, G, DAVEY, R.W.
& JONAS, S. (1984). Does Arnica reduce pain and
bleeding after dental extraction ? MHRG News, 14
(11), 71–72. |
HOROWITZ, B.Z. (2000). Homeopathic remedies for children :
are they cause for concern ? [letter]. Journal of
Toxicology - Clinical Toxicology, 38, 355-356. |
|
ALBERTINI, H., GOLDBERG, W., SANGUY, B.B. & TOULZA, C.
(1985). Homeopathic treatment of dental neuralgia using
Arnica and Hypericum : a summary of 60 observations. Journal
of the American Institute of Homeopathy, 3, 126-129. |
|
|
BARRETT, S. (1987). Homeopathy : Is it medicine ? Skeptical
Inquirer, 12 (1), 56-62. |
THOMAS, E. (2000). Homeopathy for sports, exercise and
dance. Beaconsfield : Beaconsfield.
|
|
DAVENAS, E., BEAUVAIS, F., AMARA, J., OBERBAUM, M.,
ROBINZON, B., MIADONNAI, A., TEDESCHI, B. POMERANZ, B.,
FORTNER, P., BELON, P., SAINTE-LAUDY, J., POITEVIN B.
& BENVENISTE, J. (1988). Human basophil degranulation
triggered by very dilute antiserum against IgE.
Nature, 333, 816-818. |
SANDOZ, T. (2001). La vraie nature de l'homéopathie.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
GARDNER, M. (1989). Water with memory ? The dilution
affair. Skeptical Inquirer, 12 (2), 132-141. |
LEHRKE, P., NUEBLING, M., HOFMANN, F. & STOESSEL, U.
(2001). Attitudes of homoeopathic physicians towards
vaccination. Vaccine, 19, 4859-4864. |
|
HILL, C. & DOYON, F. (1990). Review of randomized
trials of homeopathy. Review of Epidemiology, 38, 139-142. |
ERNST, E. (2002). A systematic review of systematic
reviews of homeopathy. British Journal of Clinical
Pharmacology, 54, 577-582. |
|
LIVINGSTONE, R. (1991). Homeopathy : Evergreen
medicine. Poole : Asher Press . |
JONAS, W.B., KAPTCHUK, T.J. & LINDE, K. (2003). A
critical overview of homeopathy. Annals of Internal
Medicine, 138, 393-399. |
|
STEVINSON, C., DEVARAJ, V.S., FOUNTAIN-BERBER, A.,
HAWKINS, S. & ERNST, E. (2002). Homeopathic arnica for
prevention of pain and bruising : randomized
placebo-controlled trial in hand surgery. Journal of
the Royal Society of Medecine, 96, 60-65. [PDF] |
| |
KEMPER, K. & JACOBS, J. (2003). Homeopathy in
pediatrics-no harm likely, but how much good ?
Contemporary Pediatrics, 20 (5), 97. |
|
|
JACOBS, L., JIMENEZ, L.M., GLOYD, S.S., GALE, J.L. &
CROTHERS, D. (1994). Treatment of acute childhood diarrhea
with homeopathic medicine : a randomized clinical trial in
Nicaragua. Pediatrics, 93 (5), 719-25. |
GUGGISBERG, A., BAUMGARTNER, S., TSCHOPP, C. &
HAUSSER, P. (2005). Replication study concerning the
effects of homeopathic dilutions of histamine on human
basophil degranulation in vitro. Complementary
Therapies in Medicine, 13 (2), 91-100. |
|
SAMPSON, W. & LONDON, W. (1995). Analysis of
homeopathic treatment of childhood diarrhea. Pediatrics,
96, 961-964. |
SPENCE, D.S., THOMPSON, E.A. & BARRON, S.J. (2005).
Homeopathic treatment for chronic disease : a 6-year,
university-hospital outpatient observational study.
Journal of Alternative Complementary Medicine, 11, 793-798. |
|
ROSSION, P. (1995). L'homéopathie : le retour des fausse
preuves. Science & Vie, 929, 60-63. |
SHANG, A., HUWILER-MÜNTENER, K., NARTEY, L., JÜNI, P.
DÖRIG, S., STERNE, J.A. PEWANER, D. & EGGER, M.
(2005). Are the clinical effects of homoeopathy placebo
effects ? Comparative study of placebo-controlled trials
of homoeopathy and allopathy. Lancet, 366, 72-732.
[PDF] |
|
ROSSION, P. (1995). Se soigner avec de l'eau. Science
& Vie, 931, 144-145. |
TEIXEIRA, J. (2007). Can water possibly have a memory ? A
sceptical view. Homeopathy, 96 (3), 158-162. |
|
ALTUNC, U., PITTLER, M.H. & ERNST, E. (2007).
Homeopathy for childhood and adolescence ailments :
Systematic review of randomized clinical trials. Mayo
Clinic Proceedings, 82, 69-75. |
|
GOLDACRE, B. (2007). Benefits and risks of homoeopathy. The
Lancet, 370 (9600), 1672-1673. |
|
DANTAS, F., FISHER, P., WALACH, H., WIELAND, F., RASTOGI,
D.P., TEIXERA, H., KOSTLER, D., JANSEN, J.P., EIZAYAGA,
J., ALVAREZ, M.E.P., MARIM, M., BELON, P. & WECKX,
L.L.M. (2007). Systematic review of the quality of
homeopathic pathogenetic trials published from 1945 to
1995. Homeopathy, 96 (1), 4-16. |
|
ROSSION, P. (1997). Homéopathie : la mystification
recommence. Science & Vie, 95 (5), 77-85. |
RUTTEN, A.L. & STOLPER, C.F. (2008). The 2005
meta-analysis of homeopathy : the importance of
post-publication data. Homeopathy, 97 (4),
169-177. |
|
WISE, J. (1997). Health authority stops buying
homoeopathy. British Medical Journal, 314, 1574. |
NOVELLA, S, ROY, R, MARCUS, D, BELL, I.R., DAVIDOVITCH, N.
& SAINE, A. (2008). A debate : homeopathy-quackery or
a key to the future of medicine ? Journal of
Alternative & Complementary Medicine, 14 (1),
9-15. |
|
LINDE, K., CLAUSIUS, N., RAMIREZ, G., MELCHART, D., EITEL,
F., HEDGES, L.V. & JONAS, W.B. (1997). Are the
clinical effects of homoeopathy placebo effects ? A
meta-analysis of placebo-controlled trials. Lancet,
350, 834-843. |
ERNST, E. (2010). Homeopathy : What does the "best"
evidence tell us ? The Medical Journal of Australia,
192 (8), 458-460. |
|
ERNST, E. & PITTLER, M.H. (1998). Efficacy of
homeopathic arnica : A systematic review of
placebo-controlled clinical trials. Archives of
Surgery, 133 (11), 1187-1190. |
BELL, I.R., HOWERTER, A., JACKSON, N., AICKIN, M.,
BALDWIN, C.M. & BOOTZIN, R.R. (2011). Effects of
homeopathic medicines on polysomnographic sleep of young
adults with histories of coffee-related insomnia. Sleep
Medicine, 12, 505-511. |
| |
GRIMES, D.R. (2012). Proposed mechanisms for homeopathy
are physically impossible. Focus on Alternative &
Complementary Therapies, 17 (3), 149-155. |
| |
WILLIAMSON, J.H. & LACY-HULBERT, S.J. (2014). Lack of
efficacy of homeopathic therapy against post-calving
clinical mastitis in dairy herds in the Waikato region of
New Zealand. The New Zealand Veterinary Journal, 62,
8-14. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Pseudotechnologie |
|
|
Homéostasie : Homostase : Tendance de l'organisme
à maintenir un milieu
intérieur constant par rapport aux changements du milieu ambiant.
Un système homéostatique permet de maintenir la température du
corps stable en dépit des changements importants de la température
externe. Certains besoins
comme la faim et la soif
sont contrôlés partiellement par un système homéostatique.
Homéostasie et adaptation.
= état d'équilibre. Homeostasis,
self-organisation
| |
|
|
ASHBY, W.R. (1947). Principles of the self-organizing
dynamic system. Journal of General Psychology, 37,
125-128. |
|
|
ASHBY, W.R. (1947). The homeostat. Electron, 20,
380. |
KOOB, G.F. (1996). Drug addiction : the yin and yang of
hedonic homeostasis. Neuron, 16, 893-896. |
|
BOYD, R. (1999). Homeostasis, species, and higher taxa. In
R. Wilson (Ed.), Species : new interdisciplinary
essays (pp. 141-185). Cambridge : Bradford/MIT
Press. |
|
STAGNER, R. (1951). Homeostasis as a unifying concept in
personality theory. Psychological Review, 58
(1), 15-17. |
McEWEN, B.S. (2000). Homeostasis. In G. Fink (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of stress (Vol 2, pp. 399-400). San
Diego : Academic Press. |
|
WADDINGTON, C.H. (1953). The "Baldwin effect", "Genetic
assimilation" and "Homeostasis". Evolution, 7
(4), 386-387. |
WOODS, S.C., GOTOH, K. & CLEGG, D.J. (2003). Gender
differences in the control of energy homeostasis.
Experimental Biology & Medicine, 228, 1175–1180.
|
|
ASHBY, W.R. (1962). Principles of self-organizing systems.
In H. Von Foerster & G.W. Zopf (Eds.), Principles
of self-organization. Systems Branch, U.S. Office
of Naval Research. |
MAYES, J.S. & WATSON, G.H. (2004). Direct effects of
sex steroid hormones on adipose tissues and obesity. Obesity
Reviews, 5 (4), 197–216. |
|
LANGLEY, L.L. (1973). Homeostasis : Origins of a
concept. Stroudsburg, PA : Dowden, Hutchison &
Ross. |
KRINGELBACH, M.L. (2004). Food for thought : hedonic
experience beyond homeostasis in the human brain. Neuroscience,
126, 807-819.
[PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S. (1973). Genetic homeostasis and behavior :
Analysis, data, and theory. Behavior Genetics, 3, 233-245. |
TONONI, G. & CIRELLI, C. (2006). Sleep and synaptic
homeostasis. Sleep Medicine Reviews, 10, 49-62.
[PDF] |
|
TOATES, F.M. (1979). Homeostasis and drinking. The
Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 2, 95–139. |
WALKER, M.P. (2009). Rem, dreams and emotional brain
homeostasis. Frontiers in Neuroscience, 3 (3),
443-444. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Régulation,
Boire, Manger
et Adaptation |
|
|
Homicide
: Consiste à enlever la vie
à un individu, volontairement
ou involontairement. Homicide, violence
et criminalité.
= meurtre. Homicide.
| |
|
|
HENRY, A.F. & SHORT, J.F. (1954). Suicide and
homicide. Glencoe : Free Press. |
|
|
LIEBER, A. & SHERIN, C. (1972). Homicides and the
lunar cycle : Toward a theory of lunar influence on human
emotional disturbance. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 129, 69-73. |
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1988). Homicide. New
York : Aldine de Gruyter. |
|
LIEBER, A. (1973). Lunar effect on homicides : A
confirmation. International Journal of Chronobiology,
4, 338-339. |
|
|
POKORNY, A. & JACHIMCZYK, J. (1974). The questionable
relationship between homicides and the lunar cycle. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 131, 827-329. |
|
|
KOBLER, A.L. (1975). Police homicide in a democracy. Journal
of Social Issues, 31 (1), 168-184. |
NISBETT, R.E., POOLY, G. & LANG, S. (1995). Homicide
and U.S. regional culture. In B. Ruback & N. Weiner
(Eds.), Interpersonal violent behavior : Social and
cultural aspects. New York : Springer. |
|
WOLF, A.S. (1980). Homicide and blackouts in Alaskan
natives. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 2,
456-462. |
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (2001). Risk-taking, intrasexual
competition, and homicide. Nebraska Symposium on
Motivation, 47, 1-36. |
|
DALY, M. & WILSON, M. (1982). Homicide and kinship. American
Anthropologist, 84 (2), 372-378. |
DELISI, M., KOSLOSKIA, A., SWEENA, M., HACHMEISTERA, E.,
MOOREA, M. & DRURY, A. (2010). Murder by numbers :
Monetary costs imposed by a sample of homicide offenders.
The Journal of Forensic Psychiatry & Psychology, 21,
501-513. |
|
BARD, M. & CONNOLLY, H. (1983). The social and
psychological consequences of homicide. New York :
Academy of Sciences. |
REYNOLDS, J.J. & McCREA, S.M. (2017). Spontaneous
violent and homicide thoughts in four homicide contexts. Psychiatry,
Psychology, & Law, 24, 605-627. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Violence,
Meurtre et Criminalité |
|
|
Hominidé : Famille de primate. =(Hominidae).
Hominids.
| |
|
|
WYNN, T. (1979). The intelligence of later Acheulean
hominids. Man, 14, 371-391. |
|
WYNN, T. (1981). The intelligence of Oldowan Hominids.
Journal of Human Evolution, 10, 529-541. |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1981). Exploring the dorsal surface of
hominid brain endocasts by stereoplotter and discriminant
analysis.Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society (London). B., 292, 155-166. [PDF] |
|
HOLLOWAY, R.L. (1981). Volumetric and symmetry
determinations on recent hominid endocasts : Spy I and II,
Djebel Ihroud I, and the Sale Homo Erectus specimen, with
some notes on Neandertal brain size. American Journal
of Physical Anthropology, 55, 385-394. [PDF] |
|
WYNN, T. (1993). Two developments in the mind of early
Homo. Journal of Anthropological Archaeology, 12, 299-322. |
|
|
Voir aussi Primate |
|
|
|
Hommage (Science) : Type d'article scientifique qui souligne la contribution d'un scientifique à son domaine de recherche.
Tribute, portrait.
| |
|
|
ANDERSON, R.L. (1980). William Gemmell Cochran 1909-1980 :
a personal tribute. Biometrics, 36, 574-578. |
|
|
BREWER, M.B. & COLLINS, B.E. (Eds.) (1981). Knowing
and validating : A tribute to Donald T. Campbell.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
ANDERMANN, F. (2000). In Memoriam - Herbert Henri Jasper
1906-1999 : An Appreciation and tribute to a founder of
modern neuroscience. Epilepsia, 41 (1),
113-120. [PDF] |
|
HOLMSTROM, L.L. (1984). Everett Cherrington Hughes. A
tribute to a pioneer in the study of work and occupations.
Work & Occupations, 11 (4), 471-481. |
CHURCH, R.M. (2002). A tribute to John Gibbon.
Behavioural Processes, 57, 261–274. [PDF] |
|
SWASH, M. (1986). John Hughlings-Jackson : A
sesquicentennial tribute. Journal of Neurology
Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 49 (9), 981-985. [PDF] |
|
|
DZINAS, K. (Ed.) (1995). Special issue : tribute to Kurt
Danziger. History & Philosophy of Psychology
Bulletin, 7 (2), 4-5. [PDF] |
NYBORG, H. (Ed.) (2003). The scientific study of
general intelligence : Tribute to Arthur R. Jensen.
Oxford : Pergamon. |
|
NYBORG, H. (Ed.) (1997). The scientific study of
human nature : Tribute to H.J. Eysenck at eighty. Elsevier
Science Press. |
BARRETT, J.E. (2008). Pioneers in behavioral pharmacology
: a tribute to Joseph V. Brady. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 90 (3), 405-415.
[PDF] |
|
MAIN, M. (1999). Mary D. Salter Ainsworth : Tribute and
Portrait. Psychoanalytic Inquiry, 19, 682-776. [PDF] |
BECH, P. (2009). Fifty years with the Hamilton scales for
anxiety and depression. A tribute to Max Hamilton. Psychotherapy
& Psychosomatics, 78, 202-211. |
|
PETTIGREW, T.F. (1999). Gordon Willard Allport : A
Tribute. Journal of Social Issues, 55 (3),
415-428. |
SMALL, H. (2017). A tribute to Eugene Garfield :
Information innovator and idealist. Journal of
Informetrics, 11 (3), 599-612. |
|
|
Voir aussi Article
scientifique |
|
|
Homme : Le mot a deux significations : a) Humain ayant (nécessairement) un sexe masculin et (généralement) un genre
masculin. b) Avec une majuscule, désigne parfois
l'ensemble de l'humanité. NDLR : De nos jours, il
est tout à fait illogique et sexiste d'utiliser le mot Homme
pour désigner les hommes et les femmes, alors qu'il existe un
mot aussi précis - humain - pour désigner
l'ensemble de... l'humanité. Homme et femme.
= mâle, gente féminine, moitié de
l'humanité.
Men, man.
| |
 |
|
| a |
| |
WOOD, E.A. (2000). Working in the fantasy factory : The
attention hypothesis and the enacting of masculine power
in strip clubs. Journal of Contemporary Ethnography,
29, 5-31. |
| |
WELLARD, I. (2002). Men, sport, body performance and the
maintenance of "exclusive masculinity". Leisure
Studies, 21, 235-248. [PDF] |
|
FALCONNET, G et LEFAUCHEUR, N. (1975). La fabrication
des mâles. Paris : Seuil. |
ADDIS, M.E. & MAHALIK, J.R. (2003). Men, masculinity,
and the contexts of help seeking. American
Psychologist, 58 (1), 5-14. [PDF] |
| |
MURNEN, S.K., SMOLAK, L., MILLS, J.A. & GOOD, L.
(2003). Thin, sexy women and strong, muscular men :
Grade-school children's responses to objectified images of
women and men. Sex Roles, 49, 427-437. |
|
BACH-Y-RITA, G. & VENO, A. (1974). Habitual violence :
A profile of 62 men. American Journal of Psychiatry,
131, 1015-1017. |
GEARY, D.C., BYRD-CRAVEN, J., HOARD, M.K., VIGIL, J. &
NUMTEE, C. (2003). Evolution and development of boys'
social behavior. Developmental Review, 23,
444-470. |
|
DITTES, J.E. (1985). The male predicament : On being
a man today. San Francisco : Harper & Row. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2004). Teaching an advanced undergraduate and
graduate level seminar in the psychology of men and
masculinity. Society for the Psychological Study of
Men & Masculinity Bulletin, 10 (1), 47-53. |
|
CONNELL, R.W. (1989). Cool guys, swots and wimps : The
interplay of masculinity and education. Oxford Review
of Education, 15, 291-303. |
LABRE, M. (2005). The male body ideal : perspectives of
readers and non-readers of fitness magazines. The
Journal of Men's Health & Gender, 2 (2),
223-229. |
| |
LABRE, M. (2005). Burn fat, build muscle : A content
analysis of men's health and men's fitness.
International Journal of Men's Health, 4 (2),
187-200. |
|
BUCKLEY, K.W. (1989). Mechanical man. John Broadus
Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. New York
: Guilford Press. |
WHORLEY, M. & ADDIS, M.E. (2006). Ten years of
research on the psychology of men and masculinity in the
United States : Methodological trends and critique. Sex
Roles, 55, 649-658. [PDF] |
|
BLAIR, S.N., KOHL, H.W., BARLOW, C.E., PAFFENBARGER, R.S.,
GIBBONS, L.W. & MACERA, C.A. (1989). Physical fitness
and all-cause mortality. A prospective study of healthy
men and women. Journal of American Medical
Association, 26 (2), 2395–2401. [PDF]
|
HOBZA, C.L., WALKER, K.E., YAKUSHKO, O. & PEUGH, J.L.
(2007). What about men ? Social comparison and the effects
of media images on body and self-esteem. Psychology
of Men & Masculinity, 8 (3), 161-172. [PDF] |
|
STOLTENBERG, J. (1990). Refusing to be a man : Essays
on sex and justice. New York : A Meridian Book. |
SHIELDS, S.A. (2007). Passionate men, emotional women :
Psychology constructs gender difference in the late 19th
century. History of Psychology, 10, 92-110. [PDF] |
|
McLAREN, A. 1990. What makes a man a man ? Nature,
746, 216–217. |
RENNELS, J.L., BRONSTAD, P.M. & LANGLOIS, J.H. (2008).
Are attractive men's faces masculine or feminine ? The
importance of type of facial stimuli. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 34 (4), 884-893. [PDF] |
|
DOUGLAS, P. (1994)."New men" and the tensions of
profeminism. Social Alternatives, 12 (4),
32-36. |
ADDIS, M.E. (2008). Gender and depression in men .
Clinical Psychology : Science & Practice, 15,
153-168. [PDF] |
|
STRUCKMAN-JOHNSON, C. & STRUCKMAN-JOHNSON, D. (1994).
Men pressured and forced into sexual experiences. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 23 (1), 93-114. |
STEINMAYR, R. & SPINATH, B. (2009). What explains
boys’ stronger confidence in their intelligence ? Sex
Roles, 61, 736-749. |
|
HEARN, J. (1996). Is masculinity dead ? A critique of the
concept of masculinity/masculinities, in M. Macan Ghaill
(Ed.), Understanding masculinities : Social relations
and cultural arenas. Buckingham : Open University
Press. |
ANDERSON, K.J., KANNER, M. & NELSAYEGH, N. (2009). Are
feminists man haters ? feminists’ and nonfeminists’
attitudes toward men. Psychology of Women Quarterly,
33, 216-224. [PDF] |
| |
DeBRUINE, L.M., JONES, B.C., SMITH, F.G. & LITTLE,
A.C. (2010). Are attractive men's faces masculine or
feminine ? The importance of controlling confounds in face
stimuli. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 36 (3), 751-758. |
|
GEARY, D.C. (1998). Male, female. Washington,
D.C. : American Psychological Association. |
BETTENDORF, S.K., LIM, L., KELLER, K.J. & FISHER, A.R.
(2010). Men as feminists ? Psychology of Women
Quarterly, 34, 428-429. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1964). Man. Proceedings of the
American Philosophical Society, 108, 482-485. |
HASELTON, M.G. & GILDERSLEEVE, K. (2011). Can men
detect ovulation ? Current Directions in
Psychological Science, 20,
>87-92. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Sexe
et Genre |
| b |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Jeune
homme et Femme |
|
|
Homme
(Jeune) : Homme
de moins de 18 ans. Boy, Adolescent boy,
young men.
| |
|
| |
SOMMERS, C.H. (2000). The war against boys. New
York : Simon et Schuster. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1975). Mother-child interactions : A
comparison of hyperactive, learning disabled, and normal
boys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45, 51-57. |
FARAONE, S.V., BIEDERMAN, J., MONUTEAUX, M.C., DOYLE, A.E.
& SEIDMAN, L.J. (2001). A psychometric measure of
learning disability predicts educational failure four
years later in boys with attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder. Journal of Attention Disorders, 4,
220-230. [PDF] |
|
FREEDMAN, B.J., ROSENTHAL, L., DONAHOE, C.P., SCHLUNDT,
D.G. & MCFALL, R.M. (1978). A social-behavioral
analysis of skills deficits in delinquent and
nondelinquent adolescent boys. Journal of Clinical
& Clinical Psychology, 46 (6), 1448-1462. |
RODGERS, J.L. & DOUGHTY, D. (2001). Does having boys
or girls run in the family ? Chance, 14, 8-13.
[PDF] |
|
MORALDO, G K. (1981). Shyness and loneliness among college
men and women.Psychological Reports, 48, 885-886. |
O'CONNOR, D.B., ARCHER, J. & WU, F.C.W. (2004).
Effects of testosterone on mood, aggression and sexual
behavior in young men : A double-blind,
placebo-controlled, cross-over study. Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 89,
2837-2845. |
|
VAILLANT, G.E. (1990). Repression in college men. In J.L.
Singer (Ed.), Repression and dissociation (pp.
259-273). Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
O'BYRNE, R., RAPLEY, M. & HANSEN, S. (2005). You
couldn't say "no", could you : Young men's understandings
of sexual refusal. Feminism & Psychology, 16, 133-154.
[PDF] |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & CAIRNS, B.D. (1984). Predicting
aggressive patterns in girls and boys. Aggressive
Behavior, 10, 227-242. |
BLACK, S.E., DEVEREUX, P.J. & SALVANES, K.G. (2007).
Older and wiser ? Birth order and IQ of young men.
CESifo Economic Studies, Oxford University Press, 57
(1), 103-120. [PDF] |
|
GREENDLINGER, V. & BYRNE, D. (1987). Coercive sexual
fantasies of college men as predictors of self-reported
likelihood to rape and overt sexual aggression.
Journal of Sex Research, 23, 1-11. |
LEAPER, C. & VAN, S.R. (2008). Masculinity ideology,
covert sexism, and perceived gender typicality in relation
to young men’s academic motivation and choices in college.
Psychology of Men & Masculinity, 9 (3),
139-153. |
|
CAIRNS, R.B. & CAIRNS, B.D. (1984). Predicting
aggressive patterns in girls and boys. Aggressive
Behavior, 10, 227-242. |
CAMPBELL, B.C., DREBER, A., APICELLA, C.L., EISENBERG,
D.T.A., GRAY, P.B., LITTLE, A.C., GARCIA, J.R., ZAMORE,
R.S. & LUM, K.J. (2010). Testosterone exposure,
dopaminergic reward, and sensation-seeking in young men. Physiology
& Behavior, 99 (4), 451-456. [PDF] |
| |
BLACK, S.E., DEVEREUX, P.J. & SALVANES, K.G. (2010).
Small family, smart family ? Family size and the IQ scores
of young men. The Journal of Human Resources, 45
(1), 33-58. [PDF] |
|
FAGOT, B.I. & LEVE, L.D. (1998). Teacher ratings of
externalizing behavior at school entry for boys and girls
: Similar early predictors and different correlates. The
Journal of Child Psychology & Psychiatry &
Allied Discipline, 39, 555-566. |
KUBICEK, K., CARPIENTO, J., McDAVITT, B., WEISS, G. &
KIPKE, M.D. (2011). Use and perceptions of the Internet
for sexual information and partners : A study of young men
who have sex with men. Archives of Sexual Behavior,
40 (4), 803-816.
[PDF] |
|
LIPPA, R. & ARAD, S. (1999). Gender, personality, and
prejudice : The display of social dominance orientation
and authoritarianism in interviews with college men and
women. Journal of Research in Personality, 33,
463-493. |
FREDERICK, M.J. (2012). Birth weight predicts scores on
the ADHD self-report scale and attitudes towards casual
sex in college men : A short-term life history strategy ?
Evolutionary Psychology, 10 (2), 342-351. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Jeune
femme |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Homme
aux rats : En 1907, Ernst Lanzer, un patient
de Freud, souffrant d'une névrose
obsessionnelle, entreprend une thérapie
avec le père de la psychanalyse.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1911/2000). L'Homme aux rats : Journal
d'une analys. Paris : Presses Universitaires de
France. |
|
MANNONI, O. (1969). L'homme aux rats. In Clés pour
l'imaginaire ou l'Autre Scène (p. 131-149). Paris :
Seuil. |
|
OSMAN, M.P. (2009). Freud's Rat Man from the perspective
of an early-life variant of the Oedipus complex. The
Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 78 (3), 765-790. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VHomme
invisible : Voir Syndrome
de la femme et de l'homme invisibles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Homo
abilis :
| |
|
|
VAUCLAIR, J. (1998). Homo abilis est le premier et parler.
La communication des primates et le langage de l'homme. In
Y. Coppens (Ed.), Les origines de l'homme (pp.
86-93). Paris : Tallandier. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo |
|
|
Homo
dénisovien :
|
Homo
économicus : Conception de l'humain,
et plus particulièrement de son fonctionnement psychologique,
fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent la capacité de
faire des choix rationnels
qui permettent de maximiser leur intérêt
personnel. = homo oeconomicus,
individu rationel, consommateur averti. Homo
economicus, economic man.
| |
|
|
ALLAIS, M. (1953). Le comportement de l'homme rationnel
devant le risque : critique des postulats et axiomes de
l'école américaine. Econometrica, 21, 503-546. |
CAMERER, C.F. & FEHR, E. (2006). When does economic
man dominate social behavior ? Science, 311, 47-52.
[PDF]
|
|
PETTIT. P. (1995). The virtual reality of Homo
Economicus. Monist, 78, 308-329.PDF]
|
|
|
HEINRICH, J., BOYD, R., BOWLES, S., CAMERER, C., FEHR,
E., GINTIS, H. & MCELREATH R. (2001). In search of
Homo economicus : Behavioral experiments in 15
Small-Scale Societies. American Economic Review
Papers & Proceedings, 91 (2), 73-78. [PDF]
|
BOUDON, R. (2007). Beyond the alternative between the
homo sociologicus and the homo oeconomicus : Toward a
theory of cold beliefs. In A.B. Sörensen et S. Spilerman
(Eds.), Social theory and social policy (Vol.
Hommage à James Coleman (pp. 43-57). Westport, CT,
London : Praeger. |
|
CRAMER, C. (2002). Homo economicus goes to war :
Methodological individualism, rational choice and the
political economy of war. World Development, 30
(11), 1845-1864. [PDF]
|
LEVITT, S.D. & LIST, J.A. (2008). Homo economicus
evolves. Science, 319 (5865), 909-910. [PDF]
|
|
LASLIER, J.F. (2004). L'homo economicus et l'analyse
politique. Cités, 3 (19), 133-138. |
YAMAGISHI T., Li, Y., TAKIGISHIH., MATSUMOTO, Y. &
KIYONATIT. (2014). In Search of Homo economicus. Psychological
Science, 25 (9), 1699-1711. |
|
HENRICH, J., BOYD, R., BOWLES, S., CAMERER, C.F., FEHR,
E., GINTIS, H., MCELREATH, R., ALVARD, M., BARR, A.,
ENSMINGER, J., HENRICH, N.S., HILL, K., GIL-WHITE, F.,
GURVEN, M., MARLOWE, F.W., PATTON, J.Q. & TRACER, D.
(2005). "Economic man" in cross-cultural perspective :
Behavioral experiments in 15 small-scale societies. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 28 (6), 795-855. [PDF] |
KLUVER, J., FRAZIER, R. & HAIDT, J. (2014).
Behavioral ethics for Homo economicus, Homo heuristicus,
and Homo duplex. Organizational Behavior & Human
Decision Processes, 123, 150-158. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo,
Consommation et
Rationalité |
|
|
Homo
floresiensis : = Homme de
Florès.
| |
|
|
VAN DEN BERGH, G.D., MUBROTO, B., SONDAAR, P.Y. & DE
VOS, J. (1996). Did Homo erectus reach the island of
Flores ? Indo-Pacific Prehistory Association
Bulletin, 14, 27-36. |
GORDON, A.D., NEVELL, L. & WOOD, B. (2008). The Homo
floresiensis cranium (LB1) : size, scaling, and early Homo
affinities. Proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences USA, 105 (12), 4650-4655. |
|
BROWN, P., SUTIKNA, T., MORWOOD, M.J., SOEJONO, R.P.,
JATMIKO, SAPTOMO, E.W. & ROKUS AWE DUE (2004). A new
small-bodied hominin from the Late Pleistocene of Flores,
Indonesia. Nature, 431, 1055-1061. |
LARSON, S.G., JUNGERS, W., TOCHERI, M.W., ORR, C.M.,
MORWOOD, M.J., SUTIKNA, T., ROKHUS DUE AWE &
DJUBIANTONO, T. (2009). Descriptions of the upper limb
skeleton of Homo floresiensis. Journal of Human
Evolution, 57, 555-570. |
|
MORWOOD, M.J., SOEJONO, R.P., ROBERTS, R.G., SUTKINA, T.,
TURNEY, C.S.M.,WESTAWAY, K.E., RINK, W.J., ZHAO, J.-X.,
VAN DEN BERGH, G.D., ROKUS AWE DUE, HOBBS, D.R., MOORE,
M.W., BIRD, M.I. & FIFIELD, L.K. (2004). Archaeology
and age of a new hominin from Flores in eastern Indonesia.
Nature, 431, 1087-1091. |
JUNGERS, W.L., LARSON, S.G., HARCOURT-SMITH, W., MORWOOD,
M.J., SUTIKNA, T., ROKHUS DUE AWE & DJUBIANTONO, T.
(2009). Descriptions of the lower limb skeleton of Homo
floresiensis. Journal of Human Evolution, 57,
538-554. |
|
ARGUE, D., DONLON, D., GROVES, C. & WRIGHT, R. (2006).
Homo floresiensis : microcephalic, pygmoid,
Australopithecus or Homo ? Journal of Human Evolution,
51, 360-374. |
LYRAS, G.A., DERMITZAKIS, M.D., VAN DER GEER, A.A.E., VEN
DER GEER, S.B. & DE VOS, J. (2009). The origin of Homo
floresiensis and its relation to evolutionary processes
under isolation. Anthropological science, 117 (1),
3-43.
[PDF] |
|
MORWOOD, M.J. & VAN OOSTERZEE, P. (2007). The
discovery of the Hobbit : The scientific breakthrough
that changed the face of human hstory. Sydney,
Australia : Random House. |
ARGUE, D., MORWOOD, M.J., SUTIKNA, T., JATMIKO &
SAPTOMO, E.W. (2009). Homo floresiensis : a cladistic
analysis. Journal of Human Evolution, 57 (5),
623-639. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo |
|
|
|
|
| Homo
économicus : Voir Homo
économicus. Homo economicus, economic man.
|
Homo
modulus : Conception de l'humain
fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent des circuits
neuraux innés - ou modules
- qui orientent ou déterminent certains comportements, goûts,
choix, préférences, etc. Homo modulus.
| |
|
|
FODOR, J.A. (1983). The modularity of mind. Cambridge,
MA : MIT Press. |
|
CLARK BARRETT, H. & KURZBAN, R. (2006). Modularity in
cognition : Framing the debate. Psychological Review,
113 (3), 628-647. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Homo et
Module |
|
|
Homo
naledi : Homo naledi, the star
man.
| |
|
|
BERGER, L.R., HAWKES, J., DE RUITER, D.J., CHURCHILL,
S.E., SCHMID, P., WILLIAMS, S.A., DESILVA, J.M., KIVELL,
T.L., SKINNER, M.M., MUSIBA, C.M., CAMERON, N., HOLLIDAY,
T.W., HARCOURT-SMITH, W.E.H., ACKERMANN, R.R., BASTIR, M.,
BOGIN, B., BOLTER, D.R., BROPHY, J.K., COFRAN, Z.D.,
CONGDON, K.A., DEANE, A.S., DELEZENE, L.K., DEMBO, M.,
DRAPEAU, M., ELLIOTT, M.E., FEUERRIEGEL, E.M.,
GARCIA-MARTINEZ, D., GARVIN, H.M., GREEN, D.J., GURTOV,
A.N., IRISH, J.D., KRUGER, A., LAIRD, M.F., MARCHI, D.,
MEYER, M.R., NALLA, S., NEGASH, E.W., ORR, C.M., RADOVCI,
C.D., SCHROEDER, L., SCOTT, J.E., THROCKMORTON, Z.,
TOCHERI, M.W., VANSICKLE, C., WALKER, C.S., WEI, P. &
ZIPFEL, B. (2015). A new species of Homo from the Dinaledi
Chamber, South Africa. eLife 4, 1e35. |
|
THACKERAY, J.F. (2015). Estimating the age and affinities
of Homo naledi. South African Journal of Science, 111
(11/12), 1-2. [PDF] |
|
DEMBO. M., RADOVCIC, D., GARVIN, H., LAIRD, M.F.,
SCHROEDER, L., SCOTT, J.E., BROPHY, J., ACKERMAN, R.R.,
MUSIBA, C.M., RUITER, D.J., MOOERS, A.O. & COLLARD, M.
(2016). The evolutionary relationships and age of Homo
naledi : an assessment using dated Bayesian phylogenetic
methods. Journal of Human Evolution, 97, 17-26. |
|
BOWER, R. (2016). Pieces of Homo naledi story continue to
puzzle. Science News, 189 (10), 1-12. |
|
HAWKS, J. & BERGER, L. (2016). The impact of a date
for understanding the importance of Homo naledi. Transactions
of the Royal Society of South Africa, 71 (2),
125-128. |
|
WONG, K. (2016). L'incroyable Homo naledi. Pour la
Science, 464, 60-69. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo |
|
|
Homo
neanderthalensis : = Homme
de Neenderthal. Neanderthal.
| |
|
|
HUXLEY, T.H. (1864). Further remarks on the human remains
from the Neanderthal. Natural History Review, 4, 429-46. |
|
BRACE, C.L. (1963). Refocusing on the Neanderthal problem.
American Anthropologist, 64 (4), 729-741. |
|
BRACE, C.L. (1966). More on the fate of the "classic"
Neanderthals. Current Anthropology, 7 (2),
204-214. |
|
BRACE, C.L. (1968). Ridiculed, rejected, but still our
ancestor, Neanderthal. Natural History, 77 (5),
38-45. |
|
LEROY-GOURHAN, A. (1968). Le Néanderthalien IV de Shanida.
Bulletin de la Société Préhistorique Française, 65
(3), 79-83. |
|
TATTERSALL, I. & SCHWARTZ, J.H. (1999). Hominids and
hybrids : The place of Neanderthals in human evolution. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States
of America, 96, 7117-7119. |
|
HÖSS, M. (2000). Neanderthal population genetics. Nature,
404, 453-454. |
|
WYNN, T. & COOLIDGE, F.L. (2004). The skilled
Neanderthal mind. Journal of Human Evolution, 46, 467-487.
[PDF] |
|
VERNOT, B. & AKEY, J.M. (2014). Resurrecting surviving
Neandertal lin ages from modern human genomes. Science,
343, 1017-1021. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo |
|
|
Homo
sapiens : Homo sapiens.
| |
|
|
WOOD, B.A. (1992). Origin and evolution of the genus Homo.
Nature, 355, 783-790. |
CROW, T.J. (2000). Schizophrenia as the price that homo sapiens pays for language : a resolution of the central paradox in the origin of the species. Brain Research Reviews, 31 (2-3), 118-129. |
|
FALK, D. (1990). Brain evolution in Homo - The radiator
theory. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 13,
333-343. |
COOLIDGE, F.L. & WYNN, T. (2001). Executive functions
of the frontal lobes and the evolutionary ascendancy of
Homo sapiens. Cambridge Archaeological Journal, 11,
255-260. [PDF]
|
|
BABA, H. & NARASAKI, S. (1991). Minatogawa Man, the
oldest type of modern Homo sapiens in East Asia. Quaternary
Research, 30, 221-230. |
ITAKURA, S. (2001). Attention repeated events in human
infants (Homo sapiens) : Effects of joint visual attention
vs. stimulus change. Animal Cognition, 4,
281-284. |
|
GRAMMER, K. & THORNHILL, R. (1994). Human (Homo
sapiens) facial attractiveness and sexual selection : The
role of symmetry and averageness. Journal of
Comparative Psychology, 108, 233-242. [PDF] |
BARRETT, H.C., STICH, S. & LAURENCE, S. (2012). Should
the study of Homo sapiens be part of cognitive science ? Topics
in Cognitive Science, 4 (3), 379-386. [PDF] |
|
MUELLER, U. & MAZUR, A. (1997). Facial dominance in
Homo sapiens as honest signaling of male quality. Behavioral
Ecology, 8 (5), 569-579. [PDF] |
FLETCHER, G.J.O., SIMPSON, J.A., CAMPBELL, L. &
OVERALL, N.C. (2015). Pair bonding, romantic love, and
evolution : The curious case of Homo sapiens.
Perspectives on Psychological Science, 10, 20-36. |
|
STRASSMANN, B.I. (1997). The biology of menstruation in
Homo sapiens : Total lifetime menses, fecundity, and
nonsynchrony in a natural-fertility population.
Current Anthropology, 38, 123–129. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Homo |
|
|
Homo
sociologicus : Conception de
l'humain fondée sur le principe que les individus possèdent
rarement toutes les données qui permettent de faire d'optimiser
leurs choix et leurs décisions.Homo
sociologicus et
rationalité limitée. Homo sociologicus.
| |
|
|
BOUDON, R. (2007). Beyond the alternative between the homo
sociologicus and the homo oeconomicus : Toward a theory of
cold beliefs. In A.B. Sorensen et S. Spilerman (Eds.), Social
theory and social policy (pp. 43-57). Westport, CT,
London : Praeger. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homo et Rationalité
limitée |
|
|
Homogamie
: Mariage entre
individus de même rang/ statut
social.
Homogamy.
| |
|
|
DE SINGLY, F. (1987). Théorie critique de l'homogamie. L'Année
Sociologique, 37, 181-205. |
|
|
KALMIJN, M. (1991). Status homogamy in the United States.
The American Journal of Sociology, 97 (2),
496-523. |
SMITS, J., ULTEE, W. & LAMMERS, J. (1998). Educational
homogamy in 65 countries : An explanation of differences
in openness using country - Level explanatory variables. American
Sociological Review, 63 (2), 264-285. |
|
FORSÉ, M. et CHAUVEL, L. (1995). L'évolution de
l'homogamie en France. Une méthode pour comparer les
diagonalités de plusieurs tables. Revue Française de
Sociologie, 36 (1), 123-142. |
SMITS, J. (2003). Social closure among the higher educated
: Trends in educational homogamy in 55 countries. Social
Science Research, 32 (2), 251-277. |
|
KALMIJN, M. (1998). Intermarriage and homogamy : Causes,
patterns, trends. Annual Review of Sociology, 24,
395-421. |
MU, Z. & XIE Y. (2014). Marital age homogamy in China
: A reversal of trend in the reform era ? Social
Science Research, 44, 141-157. |
|
|
Voir aussi Choix
du partenaire |
|
|
Homogène : Homogéngéité
: Qualifie toute chose constituée d'éléments
semblables, qui partagent de nombreuses caractéristiques ou
propriétés, ou équivalents. /hétérogène,
disparate, hétéroclite, mélange.
|
Homogénéité
de la mesure : =
consistance interne.
|
|
|
Homologie
: Structures oun fonctions qui se ressemblent, que l'on
peut comparer ou considérer comme
équivalentes. Homology.
| |
|
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2006). Function, homology and character
individuation. Philosophy of Science, 73 (1),
1-25 |
|
BRIGANDT, I. & GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2007). The importance
of homology to biology and philosophy. Biology &
Philosophy, 22 (5), 633-641. [PDF] |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2007). The phenomena of homology. Biology
& Philosophy, 22 (5), 643-658. |
|
|
|
Homoncule
(Moteur/Sensoriel) : Créature à
forme humaine que les alchimistes prétendaient pouvoir fabriquer
de toute pièce. En science, le terme désigne la représentation
corporelle et proportionnelle des zones motrices et sensorielles
du cerveau.
Homunculus.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
MARGOLIS, J. (1980). The trouble with homunculus theories.
Philosophy of Science, 47, 244-259. |
|
BICKHARD, M.H. (1991). Homuncular innatism is incoherent :
A reply to Jackendoff. The Genetic Epistemologist, 19
(3), 5. |
|
BUNDESEN, C. & LOGAN, G.D. (2003). Clever homunculus :
is there an endogenous act control in the explicit
task-cuing procedure ? Journal of Experimental
Psychology : Human Perception & Performance, 29,
575-599. |
|
ALTMANN, E.M. (2003). Task switching and the pied
homunculus : Where are we being led ? Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 7, 340-341. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D. (2003). Executive control of thought and
action : In search of the wild homunculus. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 12 (2),
45-48. |
|
HAZY, T.E., FRANK, M.J. & O'REILLY, R.C. (2007).
Toward an executive without a homunculus : Computational
models of the prefrontal cortex/basal ganglia system.
Philosophical Transactions of the Royal Society, Series
B, 362, 1601-1613. [PDF] |
|
LOGAN, G.D., SCHNEIDER, D.W. & BUNDESEN, C. (2007).
Still clever after all these years : Searching for the
homunculus in explicitly cued task switching. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Human Perception &
Performance, 33, 978-994. |
|
GHAEMI, O., HANDLEY, S. & HOWARTH, S. (2022). The
bright homunculus in our head : Individual differences in
intuitive sensitivity to logical validity. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 75 (3),
508-535. |
|
|
|
Homoparentalité :
Homology.
| |
|
|
CADORET, A. (2007). De la parenté à la parentalité. Dans
Homoparentalités. Dans A. Cadoret, M. Gross, C. Mecary et
B. Perreau (Dirs.), Approches scientifiques et
politiques (p. 29-41). Paris : PUF. |
|
CADORET, A. (2007). L'homoparentalité : un révélateur de
l'ordre familial ? Recherches familiales, 4,
47-57. |
| |
|
|
|
Homophobie : De homo qui signfie "homme" et phobia
qui veut dire "peur", donc peur ou
aversion des hommes qui
désirent et aiment d'autres hommes, qui peut se transformer en discrimination
sociale. Pour Ferenczi,
l'homophobie est une réaction symptomatique de défense contre
l'attirance, parfois incontrôlée, que l'on éprouve envers des
individus du même sexe. Homophobie et homosexualité.
Homophobia.
| |
|
|
HUDSON, W.W. & RICKETTS, W.A. (1980). A strategy for
the measurement of homophobia. Journal of
Homosexuality, 5, 357-372. |
TIGERT, L.M. (2001). The power of shame: Lesbian battering
as a manifestation of homophobia. Women & Therapy,
Special Issue : Domestic Violence in Lesbian
Relationships, 23 (3), 73-85. |
|
FYFE, B. (1983). "Homophobia" or homosexual bias
reconsidered. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 12,
549-554. |
BORRILLO, D. (2001). L'homophobie. Paris :
Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1984). Beyond "homophobia" : A social
psychological perspective on attitudes toward lesbians and
gay men. Journal of Homosexuality, 10 (1/2),
1-21. |
DIAZ, R.M., AYALA, G., BEIN, E., HENNE, J. & MARIN,
B.V. (2001). The impact of homophobia, poverty, and racism
on the mental health of gay and bisexual Latino men;
findings from 3 US cities. American Journal of Public
Health, 91, 927-932. |
|
AGUERO, J.E. BLOCH, L. & BYRNE, D. (1984). The
relationships among sexual beliefs, attitudes, experience,
and homophobia. Journal of Homosexuality, 10,
95-107. |
SZYMANSKI, D.M. & CHUNG, Y.B. (2001). The Lesbian
Internalized Homophobia Scale : A rational/theoretical
approach. Journal of Homosexuality, 41 (2),
37-52 |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1986). The social psychology of homophobia :
Toward a practical theory. Review of Law & Social
Change, 14 (4), 923-934. |
SZYMANSKI, D.M., CHUNG, Y.B.B. & BALSAM, K.F. (2001).
Psychosocial correlates of internalized homophobia in
lesbians. Measurement & Evaluation in Counseling
& Development, 34 (1), 27-38. |
|
PHARR, S. (1988). Homophobia : A weapon of sexism.
Little Rock, AK : Chardon Press. |
BERNAT, J.A., CALHOUN, K.S., ADAMS, H.E. & ZEICHNER,
A. (2001). Homophobia and physical aggression toward
homosexual and heterosexual individuals. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 110, 179-187. [PDF] |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1990). Homophobia. In W.R. Dynes (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of homosexuality (pp. 552-555). New York : Garland. |
KRAKAUER, D. & ROSE, S.M. (2002). The impact of group
membership on lesbians' physical appearance. Journal
of Lesbian Studies, 6 (1), 31-44. [PDF] |
|
BLUMENFELD, W. (Ed.) (1992). Homophobia : How we all
pay the price. Toronto : Trifolium Books, Inc. |
ROSE, S.M. & MECHANIC, M. (2002). Psychological
distress, crime features, and help-seeking behaviors
related to homophobic bias incidents. American
Behavioral Scientist, 46, 14-26. [PDF] |
|
OLSON, J.M., ROESE, N., BORENSTEIN, M.N., MARTIN, A. &
SHORES, A.L. (1992). Same-sex touching behavior : The
moderating role of homophobic attitudes. Journal of
Nonverbal Behavior, 16, 249-259. |
ROSE, S.M. (2003). Community interventions concerning
homophobic violence and partner violence against lesbians.
Journal of Lesbian Studies, 7, 125-139. [PDF] |
|
WETZER-LANG, D., DUTET, P. & DORAIS, M. (1994). La
peur de l'autre en soi : du sexisme à l'homophobie.
Montréal : VLB Éditeur. |
SZYMANSKI, D.M. & CHUNG, Y.B. (2003). Internalized
homophobia in lesbians. Journal of Lesbian Studies, 7
(1), 115-125. |
|
HEREK, G.M. (1996). Heterosexism and homophobia. In R.P.
Cabaj & T.S. Stein (Eds.), Textbook of
homosexuality and mental health (pp. 101-113).
Washington, DC : American Psychiatric Press. |
HEREK, G.M. (2004). Beyond "homophobia" : Thinking about
sexual stigma and prejudice in the twenty-first century.
Sexuality Research & Social Policy, 1 (2),
6-24. |
| |
BRYANT, K. (2008). In defense of gay children ? "Progay"
homophobia and the production of homonormativity. Sexualities,
11, 455-475. |
| |
CILIBERTO, J. & FERRARI, F. (2009). Interiorized
homophobia, identity dynamics and gender typization :
Hypothesizing a third gender role in Italian LGB
individuals. Journal of Homosexuality, 56,
610-622. |
|
ADAMS, H.E., LESTER, W.W. & LOHR, B.A. (1996). Is
homophobia associated with homosexual arousal ? Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 440-445.
[PDF] |
McCANN, P.D., MINICHIELLO, V. & PLUMMER, D. (2009). Is
homophobia inevitable ? Evidence that explores the
constructed nature of homophobia, and the techniques
through which men unlearn it. Journal of Sociology, 45
(2), 201-220. |
|
HEREK, G.M., COGAN, J.C., GILLIS, J.R. & GLUNT, E.K.
(1998). Correlates of internalized homophobia in a
community sample of lesbians and gay men. Journal of
the Gay & Lesbian Medical Association, 2, 17-25. |
HEREK, G.M. (2015). Beyond "homophobia" : Thinking more
clearly about stigma, prejudice, and sexual orientation. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 85 (S5), 29-37. |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi Discrimination,
Phobie et Homosexualité |
|
|
Homoscédasticité : Égalité ou homogénéité des variances
de deux échantillons.
Voir test de comparaison de Bartlett
et log-anova. =
homogénéité. /hétéroscédasticité.
Homoscedastic, homoscedasticity, homogeneity of
variances.
| |
|
|
HAN, C.P. (1968). Testing homogeneity of a set of
correlated variances. Biometrika, 55, 317-391. |
|
HAN, C.P. (1969). Testing the homogeneity of variances in
a two-way classification. Biometrics, 25, 153-158. |
|
JARQUE C.M. & BERA, A.K. (1980). Efficient tests for
normality, homoscedasticity and serial independence of
regression residuals. Economics Letters, 6,
255-259. |
|
TOYODA, T. (1974). Use of the Chow test under
heteroscedasticity. Econometrica, 42 (3), 601. |
|
NG, M. & WILCOX, R.R. (2009). Comparing Pearson
correlations : Dealing with heteroscedasticity and
non-normality. Communications in 33
Statistics-Simulation & Computation, 38,
2220-2234. |
|
NG, M. & WILCOX, R.R. (2011). A comparison of
two-stage procedures for testing least squares
coefficients under heteroscedasticity. British
Journal of Mathematical & Statistical Psychology,
64, 244-258. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
| |
|
Homosexualité : Homosexuel-le : Orientation sexuelle impliquant une attirance et des comportements sexuels envers les individus de son sexe. Hétérosexualité
et homosexualité. ( ):
Voir tableau ci-dessous. Homosexuality, same
sex couple.
| |
|
|
BRILL, A.A. (1913). The conception of homosexuality. Journal
of American Medical Association, 61, 335-40. |
ECKERT, E.D., BOUCHARD T.J., BOHLEN, J. & HESTON, L.L.
(1986). Homosexuality in monozygotic twins reared apart. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 148, 421-425. |
|
FREUD, S. (1922/70). The psychogenesis of a case of
homosexuality in a woman. In Sexuality and the
psychology of law (p. 145). New York : Collier
Books. |
WHITAM, F.L. & MATHY, R.M. (1986). Male
homosexuality in four societies : Brazil, Guatemala, the
Philippines, and the United States. New York :
Praeger. |
|
THORNER, H. (1949). A Notes on a case of male
homosexuality. International Journal of
Psycho-Analysis, 30, 31-35. |
PILLARD, R.C. & WEINRICH, J.D. (1986). Evidence of
familial nature of male homosexuality. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 43 (8), 808-812. |
|
WHITAM, F.L. (1987). A cross-cultural perspective on
homosexuality, transvestism, and trans-sexualism. In D.G.
Wilson (Ed.), Variant sexuality : Research and
theory. Johns Hopkins University Press. |
| |
GREEN, R. (1987). The "sissy-boy syndrome" and the
development of homosexuality. New Haven, CT : Yale
University Press. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1951). The influence of heterosexual culture on
the attitudes of homosexuals. International Journal of
Sexology, 5, 77-79. |
BLANCHARD, R., CLEMMENSEN, L.J. & STEINER, B.W.
(1987). Heterosexual and homosexual gender dysphoria. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 16, 139-152. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1952). On the cure of homosexuality. International
Journal of Sexology, 55, 135-138. |
GREENBERG, D.F. (1988). The construction of
homosexuality. Chicago : University of Chicago
Press. |
|
KALLAMANN, F.J. (1952). Comparative twin study on the
genetic aspects of male homosexuality. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Disorder, 115, 283-298. |
RISMAN, B. & SCHWARTZ, P. (1988). Sociological
research on male and female homosexuality. Annual
Review of Sociology 14, 125-147. |
|
KALLAMANN, F.J. (1952). Twin and sibship study of overt
male homosexuality. American Journal of Human
Genetics, 4, 136-146. |
ERNULF, K., INNALA, S. & WHITAM, F. (1989). Biological
explanation, psychological explanation, and tolerance of
homosexuals : A cross-national analysis of beliefs and
attitudes. Psychological Reports, 65, 1003-1010. |
|
AUSUBEL, D.P. (1955). Relationships between shame and
guilt in the socializing process. Psychological
Review, 62, 378–390. |
FREUND, K., WATSONS, R. & RIENZO, D. (1989).
Heterosexuality, homosexuality, and erotic age preference.
Journal of Sex Research, 26 (1), 107-117. |
|
GRAUER, D. (1955). Homosexuality and the paranoid
psychoses as related to the concept of narcissism. Psychoanalytic
Quarterly, 24, 516-526. |
|
|
WULFF RASMUSSEN, E. (1955). Experimental homosexual
behavior in male albino rats. Acta Psychologica, 11,
2303-334. |
WHITLEY, B.E. (1990). The relationship of hetero-sexual
attributions for the causes of homo- sexuality to
attitudes toward lesbians and gay men. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 369–377. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1956). A preliminary analysis of group behavior of homosexuals. Journal of Psychology, 42,
217-225. |
WHITLEY, B.E. (1990). The relationship of hetero-sexual
attributions for the causes of homo- sexuality to
attitudes toward lesbians and gay men. Personality
& Social Psychology Bulletin, 16, 369–377. |
|
FREUND, K. (1957). Diagnostika homosexuality u muszu. Ceskoslovak
Medicine, 53, 382-393. |
DUNKLE, J.H. & FRANCIS, P.L. (1990). The role of
facial masculinity/femininity in the attribution of
homosexuality. Sex Roles, 23, 157-167. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1958). New hope for homosexuals. Sexology,
25, 164-168. |
McWHIRTER, D.P., SANDERS, S.A. & REINISCH, J.M.
(Dirs.) (1990). Homosexuality/ Heterosexuality :
Concepts of sexual orientation. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
PUTERBAUGH, G. (1990). Twins and homosexuality : A
casebook, In W.R. Dynes (Ed.), Garland gay and
lesbian series. New York & London : Garland
Publishing. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21
(1), 18-31. |
MARCHANT-HAYCOC, S.E., McMANUS, I.C. & WILSON, G.D.
(1991). Left-handedness, homosexuality, HIV infection and
AIDS. Cortex, 27, 49-56. [PDF] |
|
ELLIS, A. (1959). Homosexuality and creativity. Journal
of Clinical Psychology, 15, 376-379. |
LEVAY, S.A. (1991). Difference in hypothalamic structure
between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253
(5023), 1034-1037. [PDF] |
|
RANIER, J.D., MESNIKOFF, A., KOLB, L.C. & CARR, A.
(1960). Homosexuality and hererosexuality in identical
twins. Psychosomatic Medicine, 22, 250-59.
[PDF] |
KING, M. & McDONALD, E. (1992). Homosexuals who are
twins : A study of 46 probands. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 160, 407-409. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1961). Homosexuality : Summary of studies. In
E.M. Duvall & S.M. Duvall (Eds.), Sex ways in
fact and faith. New York : Association Press. |
HOOKER, E. (1993). Reflections of a 40-year exploration : A scientific view on homosexuality. American Psychologist, 48, 450-453. |
|
|
FREUND, K. (1963). A laboratory method for diagnosing
predominance of homo- or heteroerotic interest in the
male. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 1,
85-93. |
GREENBERG, A.S. & BAILEY, J.M. (1993). Do biological
explanations of homosexuality have moral, legal, or policy
implications ? Journal of Sex Research, 30,
245-251. |
|
PARKER, N. (1964). Homosexuality in twins : A report on
three discordant pairs. British Journal of
Psychiatry, 119, 732-738. |
BAUMEISTER, R.F., STILLWELL, A.M. & HEATHERTON, T.F.
(1994). Guilt : An interpersonal approach. Psychological
Bulletin, 115, 243-267. |
|
GREENSON, R. (1964). On homosexuality and gender identity.
International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 45, 217–219. |
LEVAY, S. & HAMER, D.H. (1994). Evidence for a
biological influence in male homosexuality. Scienfic
American, 270, 20-25. [PDF] |
|
FREUND, K. (1967). Diagnosing homo- or heterosexuality and
erotic age-preference by means of a psychophysio- logical
test. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 5,
209-228. |
JULIEN, D., DUBÉ, M. et GAGNON, I. (1994). Le
développement des enfants de parents homosexuels comparé à
celui des enfants de parents hétérosexuels. Revue
Québécoise de Psychologie, 15 (3), 135-153. |
|
McCONAGHY, N. (1967). Penile volume changes to moving
pictures of male and female nudes in heterosexual and
homosexual males. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
5, 43-48. |
HEREK, G.M. (1994). Homosexuality. In R.J. Corsini (Ed.),
Encyclopedia of Psychology (pp. 151-155). New
York : Wiley Interscience. |
|
SOCARIDES, C. (1968). The overt homosexual. New
York : Grune & Stratton. |
JENNY, C., ROESLER, T.A. & POYER, K.L. (1994). Are
children at risk for sexual abuse by homosexuals ? Pediatrics,
94 (1), 41-44. |
|
HESTON, L.L. & SHIELDS, J. (1968). Homosexuality in
twins : A family study and a registry study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 18, 149-160. |
McGUIRE, T.R. (1995). Is homosexuality genetic ? A
critical review and some suggestions. Journal of
Homosexuality, 28, 115-145. |
|
McINTOSH, M. (1968). The homosexual role. Social
Problems, 16 (2), 182-192. [PDF] |
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. EHRHARDT, A.A., ROSEN, L.R., GRUEN,
R.S., VERIDIANO, N.P., VANN, F.H. & NEUWALDER, H.F.
(1995). Prenatal estrogens and the development of
homosexual orientation. Developmental Psychology, 31
(1) 12-21. |
|
GREEN, R. & STOLLER, J. (1971). Two monozygotic
(identical) twin pairs discordant for homosexuality. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 1 (4), 321-327. |
CAMERON, P. & CAMERON, K. (1995). Does incest cause
homosexuality ? Psychological Reports, 76,
611-621. |
|
KARLEN, A. (1971). Sexuality and homosexuality : A
new view. New York : W.W. Norton. |
BLANCHARD, R., DICKEY, R. & JONES, C.L. (1995).
Comparison of height and weight in homosexual versus
non-homosexual male gender dysphorics. Archives of
Sexual Behavior, 24 (5), 543-554. |
|
SAGHIR, M.T. & ROBINS, E. (1973). Male and female
homosexuality : A comprehensive investigation.
Baltimore : Williams & Wilkins. |
KITE, M.E. & WHITLEY, K.R. (1996). Sex differences in
attitudes toward homosexual persons, behaviors, and civil
rights : A meta-analysis. Personality & Social
Psychological Bulletin, 22 (4), 336-353. |
|
PERKINS, M.W. (1973). Homosexuality in female monozygotic
twins. Behavior Genetics, 3, 387-388. |
BEM, D.J. (1996). Exotic becomes erotic : A developmental
theory of sexual orientation. Psychological Review,
103, 320-335. |
|
STEPHAN, W.G. (1973). Parental relationships and early
social experiences of activist male homosexuals and male
heterosexuals. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 82,
506-513. |
BLANCHARD, R. & BOGAERT, A.F. (1996). Homosexuality in
men and number of older brothers. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 153, 27-31. [PDF] |
|
BARLOW, D.H. & AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Fading to increase
heterosexual responsiveness in homosexuals. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis. 6 (3), 355-366. [PDF] |
ADAMS, H.E., LESTER, W.W. & LOHR, B.A. (1996). Is
homophobia associated with homosexual arousal ? Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 105 (3), 440-445.
[PDF] |
|
BIRK, L. (1974). Group psychotherapy for men who are
homosexual. Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1
(1), 29-52. |
ARCHER, J. (1996). Attitudes to homosexuals : An
alternative Darwinian view. Ethology &
Sociobiology, 17, 275-280. |
| |
WALDER-HAUGRUD, L.K. VADEN GRATCH, L. & MAGRUDER, B.
(1997). Victimization and perpetration rates of violence
in gay and lesbian relationships : Gender issues explored.
Violence & Victims, 12 (2), 173-184. |
|
FINK, P.J. (1975). Homosexuality : Illness or Life-style ?
Journal of Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (3),
225-233. |
SMITH, M.R. & GORDON, R.A. (1998). Personal need for
structure and attitudes toward homosexuality. Journal
of Social Psychology, 138, 83-87. |
DAVISON, G.C. (1976). Homosexuality : the ethical
challenge.Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 44, 157-162.
|
SCHELLENBERG, E.G., HIRT, J. & SEARS, A. (1999).
Attitudes toward homosexuals among students at a Canadian
university. Sex Roles, 40, 139-152. [PDF] |
|
FRIEDMAN, R.C., WOLLESEN, F. & TENDLER, R. (1976).
Psychological development and blood levels of sex steroids
in male identical twins of divergent sexual orientation. Journal
of Nervous Mental Disorders, 163, 282-288. |
RICE, G., ANDERSON, C., RISCH, N. & EBERS, G. (1999).
Male homosexuality : absence of linkage to microsatellite
markers at Xq28. Science, 284 (5414), 665-667. |
| |
FRANLIN, K. & HEREK, G.M. (1999). Violence toward
homosexuals. In L. Kurtz (Ed.), Encyclopedia of
violence, peace, and conflict (pp. 139-151). San
Diego, CA : Academic Press. |
|
WHITAM, F.L. (1977). Childhood indicators of male
homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 6,
89-96. |
BAILEY, J.M. (1999). Homosexuality and mental illness.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (10), 883-884. |
|
GARFINKLE, E.M. & MORIN, S.F. (1978). Psychologists'
attitudes toward homosexual psychotherapy clients. Journal
of Social Issues, 34 (3), 101-112. |
WHITLEY, B.E. & LEE, S.E. (2000). The relationship of
authoritarianism and related constructs to attitudes
toward homosexuality. Journal of Applied Social
Psychology, 30 (1), 144-170. |
| |
BLANCHARD, R. (2000). Quantitative and theoretical
analyses of the relation between older brothers and
homosexuality in men. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
230, 173-187. |
| |
HEREK, G.M. (2000). Homosexuality. In A.E. Kazdin (Ed.), Encyclopedia
of psychology (pp. 149-153). Washington, DC :
American Psychological Association & Oxford University
Press. |
| |
ARMESTO, J.C. & WEISMAN, A.G. (2001). Attribution and
emotional reactions to the identity disclosure
(«coming-out») of a homosexual child. Family Process,
40, 145-161. |
| |
LOFTUS, J. (2001). America's liberalization in attitudes
toward homosexuality, 1973 to 1998. American
Sociological Review, 66 (5), 762-782. |
|
ROUDIBESCO, E. & POMMIER, F. (2002). Psychanalyse et
homosexualité : réflexions sur le désir pervers, l’injure
et la fonction paternelle. Cliniques Méditerranéennes,
65, 7-34. |
|
BELL, A. & WEINBERG, M. (1978). Homosexualities :
A study of diversity among men and women. New York
: Simon & Shuster. |
BLANCHARD, R. (2001). Fraternal birth order and the
maternal immune hypothesis of male homosexuality. Hormones
& Behavior, 40, 105-114. [PDF] Minton, H.L. (2002). Departing from deviance: A history of homosexual rights and emancipatory science in America. Chicago, IL: University of Chicago Press. |
|
MINTON, H.L. (2002). Departing from deviance : A history of homosexual rights and emancipatory science in America. Chicago, IL : University of Chicago Press. |
|
| |
BAGOZZI, R.P., VERBEKE, W. & GAVINO, J.C. (2003).
Culture moderates the self-regulation of shame and its
effects on performance : The case of salespersons in the
Netherlands and Philippines. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 88, 219–233. |
|
CASS, V.C. (1979). Homosexual identity formation : A
theoretical model. Journal of Homosexuality, 4,
219-235. |
DIAMOND, L.M. (2003). New paradigms for research on
heterosexual and sexual-minority development. Journal
of Clinical Child & Adolescent Psychology, 32,
490-498. [PDF] |
|
MASTERS, W.H. & JOHNSON, V.E. (1979). Homosexuality
in perspective. Boston : Little, Brown. |
KIRBY, M. (2003). The 1973 deletion of homosexuality as a
psychiatric disorder : 30 years on. Australian &
New Zealand Journal of Psychiatry, 37 (6), 674-677.
|
|
ZUGER, B. (1980). Homosexuality and parental guilt.
The British Journal of Psychiatry, 137, 55-57. |
YELLAND, C. & TIGGEMANN, M. (2003). Muscularity and
the gay ideal : Body dissatisfaction and disordered eating
in homosexual men. Eating Behaviors, 4 (2),
107-116. |
|
WHITAM, F.L. (1980). The prehomosexual male child in three
societies : The United States, Guatemala, Brazil.
Archives of Sexual Behavior, 9, 87–99. |
BLANCHARD, R. (2004). Quantitative and theoretical
analyses of the relation between older brothers and
homosexuality in men. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
230, 173-187. [PDF] |
| |
MARTELL C.R. & PPRINCE, S.E. (2005). Treating
infidelity in same sex couples. Journal of Clinical
Psychology/In Session, 61 (11), 1429-1438. |
|
PILLARD, R.C., POUMADERE, J. & CARRETTA, R.A. (1981).
Is homosexuality familial ? A review, some data, and a
suggestion. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 10 (5),
465-475. |
RAHMAN, Q. & HULL, M.S. (2005). An empirical
test of the kin selection hypothesis for male
homosexuality. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 34,
461-467.
|
|
BAYER, R. (1981). Homosexuality and american
psychiatry. NY : Basic Books. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & SPITZER, R. (2005). Was the gender
identity disorder of childhood diagnosis introduced into
DSM-III as a backdoor maneuver to replace homosexuality ?
A historical note. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 31, 31-42. [PDF] |
| |
HEREK, G.M & GONZALEZ, M. (2006). Attitudes toward
homosexuality among U.S. residents of Mexican descent. Journal
of Sex Research, 43 (2), 122-135 |
|
KIRSCH, J.A.W. & RODMAN, J.E. (1982). Selection and
sexuality : The Darwinian view of homosexuality. In J.D.
Weinrich, W. Paul, J.C. Gonsiorek & M.E. Hotvedt
(Eds.), Homosexuality : Social psychological and
biological issues (pp.183-96). Beverly Hills : Sage
Publications. |
NICOLOSI, J. & NICOLOSI, L.A. (2006). Parent's
guide to preventing homosexuality. Intervarsity
Press. |
| |
BLANCHARD, E.B., CANTOR, J.M., BOGAERT, A.F., BREEDLOVE,
S.M. & ELLIS, L. (2006). Interaction of fraternal
birth order and handedness in the development of male
homosexuality. Hormones & Behavior, 49, 405-414.
[PDF] |
| |
LIPPA, R.A. (2007). The preferred traits of mates in a
cross-national study of heterosexual and homosexual men
and women : An examination of biological and cultural
influences. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 36,
193-208. |
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1982). Hormones and psychosexual
differentiation : Implications for the management of
intersexuality, homosexuality, and transsexuality. Clinical
Endocrinology & Metabolism, 11, 681-701. |
ABBOTT, A.D. (2007). Myths and misconceptions : About
behavioral genetics and homosexuality. National
Association for Research and Therapy of Homosexuality. [PDF] |
| |
PEDERSEN, W. & KRISTIANSEN, H.W. (2008). Homosexual
experience, desire and identity among young adults. Journal
of Homosexuality, 54 (1/2), 74-84. |
| |
BLANCHARD, R. & LIPPA, R.A. (2008). The sex ratio of
older siblings in non-right-handed homosexual men. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 37, 970-976. |
| |
SNOWDEN, R.J., WITCHER, J. & GRAY, N.S. (2008).
Implicit and explicit measurements of sexual preference in
gay and heterosexual men : A comparison of priming
techniques and the implicit association task. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 37 (4), 558-565. |
| |
SILVERSTEIN, C. (2009). The implications of removing
homosexuality from the DSM as a mental disorder. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 38 (2), 161-163. |
| |
FINGERHUT, A.W., PEPLAU, L.A. & GABLE, S.L. (2010).
Identity, minority stress and psychological well-being
among gay men and lesbians. Psychology &
Sexuality, 1 (2), 101-114.
[PDF] |
| |
POIANI, A. (2010). Animal homosexuality : A biosocial
perspective. Cambridge Univesity Press. |
|
PEPLAU, L.A. (1982). Research on homosexual couples : An
overview. Journal of Homosexuality, 8 (2), 3-8. |
LEE, P.M. (2010). A review of xq28 and the effect on
homosexuality. Interdisciplinary Journal of Health
Science, 1 (1), 44-48. [PDF] |
|
SHIELDS, S.A. & HARRIMAN, R.E. (1984) Fear of male
homosexuality : cardiac responses of low and high
homonegative males. Journal of Homosexuality, 10
(1-2), 53-67. |
CHAMBERLAND, L. (2012). La biologie de l'homosexualité :
Un révélateur de l'imbrication du sexisme et de
l'hétérosexisme. Dans L. Cossette (Dir.), Cerveau,
hormones et sexe (p. 49-83). Montréal : Les
Éditions du Remue-ménage. |
|
WHITAM, F.L. & ZENT, M. (1984). A cross-cultural
assessment of early cross-gender behavior and familial
factors in male homosexuality. Archives of Sexual
Behavior, 13, 427–439. |
SNOWDEN, R.J. & GRAY, N.S. (2013). Implicit and
explicit measurements of sexual preference in gay and
heterosexual men. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 42 (3),
475-485. [PDF] |
|
STOLLER, R. & HERDT, G. (1985). Theories of origins of
male homosexuality. Archives of General Psychiatry,
42 (4), 399-404. |
UGURLU, O. (2013). Prejudice against homosexuality and
locus of control. Journal of Humanities & Social
Sciences, 10 (1), 1-12. [PDF] |
|
| |
|
Voir aussi
Mariage homosexuel, Couple
homosexuel,
Orientation sexuelle et Hétérosexualité |
|
|
|
Homosexualité (Traitements/Thérapies) : Traitement
ou thérapie visant à
guérir les homoxesuels ou à
modifier leur orientation.
NDLR : Il convient de noter que l'American
Psychological Association ne considère plus l'homosexualité
comme une maladie depuis 1973. Traitement contre l'homosexualité et
thérapie par aversion.
= thérapie contre l'homosexualité.
Treatment of homosexuality.
| |
|
|
CHARCOT, J.M. & MAGNAN, V. (1882). Inversion du sens
genital. Archives of Neurology, 3, 53-60. |
HOOKER, E. (1965). An empirical study of some relations
between sexual patterns and gender identity in male
homosexuals. In J. Money (Ed.), Sex research : new
development (pp. 24-52). New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
|
ELLIS, H. (1901/15). Studies in the psychology of
sex. Vol : 2. Sexual inversion. Philadelphia : F.A.
Davis Co. |
|
|
STEKEL, W. (1930). Is homosexuality curable ? Psychoanalytic
Review, 17 (443), 447-448. |
FELDMAN, M.P. & MacCULLOCH, M.J. (1965). The
application of anticipatory avoidance learning to the
treatment of homosexuality : Theory, technique and
preliminary results. Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 3, 165-183. |
|
MAX, L.W. (1935). Breaking up a homosexual fixation by the
condition reaction technique : A case study. Psychology
Bulletin, 32, 734. |
KRAFT, T. (1967). A case of homosexuality treated by
systematic desensitization. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 21, 815-821. |
|
ROSENZWEIG, S. & HOSKIND, R.G. (1941). A note on the
ineffectualness of sex-hormone medication in a case of
pronounced homosexuality. Psychosomatic Medicine, 3,
87-89. |
LIEBMAN, S. (1967). Homosexuality, transvestism, and
psychosis : Study of a case treated with electroshock. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 99, 945-957. |
| HOOKER, E. (1956). A preliminary analysis of group behavior of homosexuals. Journal of Psychology, 42,
217-225. |
MacCULLOCH M.J. & FELDMAN, M.P. (1967). Aversion
therapy in management of 43 homosexuals. British
Medical Journal, 3 (2), 594-597. |
|
HADDEN, S.B. (1957). Attitudes toward and approaches to
the problem of homosexuality. Pennsylvania Medical
Journal, 6, 1195-1198. |
BANCROFT, J.H.J. (1969). Aversion therapy of
homosexuality. British Journal of Psychiatry, 115,
1417-1431. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt
homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21, 18-31. |
HOOKER, E. (1969). Parental relations and male
homosexuality in patient and non-patient samples. Journal
of Consulting & clinical psychology, 33, 140-142. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1958). Male homosexuality in the Rorschach.
Journal of Projective Techniques, 23, 278-281. |
COLSON, C.E. (1972). Olfactory aversion therapy for
homosexual behavior. Journal of Behavior Therapy
& Experimental Psychiatry, 3, 185-187. |
|
|
|
SMITH, A.B. & BASSIN, A. (1959). Group therapy with
homosexuals. Journal of Social Therapy, 5 (227),
231-232. |
BARLOW, D.H. & AGRAS, W.S. (1973). Fading to increase
heterosexual responsiveness in homosexuals. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 355-366. [PDF] |
|
FREUND, K. (1960). Problems in the treatment of
homosexuality. In H.J. Eysenck (Ed.), Behaviour
therapy and the neuroses (pp. 312-326). Oxford :
Pergamon. |
CONRAD, S.R. & WINCZE, J.P. (1976). Orgasmic recon-
ditioning : A controlled study of its effects upon the
sexual arousal and behavior of adult male homosexuals.
Behavior Therapy, 7, 155-166. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1961). Homosexuality : Summary of studies. In
E.M. Duvall & S.M. Duvall (Eds.), Sex ways in
fact and faith. New York : Association Press. |
McCONAGHY, N., ARMSTRONG, M.S. & BLASZCZYNSKY, A.
(1981). Controlled comparison of aversive therapy and
covert sensitization in compulsive homosexuality. Behavior
Response & Therapy, 19, 425. |
|
JAMES, B. (1962). Case of homosexuality treated by
aversion therapy. Bristh Medical Journal, 1
(5280), 768-770. |
BAILEY, J.M. (1999). Homosexuality and mental illness.
Archives of General Psychiatry, 56 (10), 883-884. |
|
MILLER, M.M. (1963). Hypnotic-aversion treatment of
homosexuality. Journal of the National Medical
Association, 55, 411-415. |
ZUCKER, K.J. & SPITZER, R. (2005). Was the gender
identity disorder of childhood diagnosis introduced into
DSM-III as a backdoor maneuver to replace homosexuality ?
A historical note. Journal of Sex & Marital
Therapy, 31, 31-42. [PDF] |
|
THORPE, J.G., SCHMIDT, E. & CASTELL, D. (1964). A
comparison of positive and negative (aversive)
conditioning in the treatment of homosexuality. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 1, 357-362. |
VONOFAKOU, C., HEWSTONE, M. & VOCI, A. (2007). Contact
with out-group friends as a predictor of meta-attitudinal
strength and accessibility of attitudes toward gay men. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 92, 804-820. |
|
VANDERLAAN, D.P., PETTERSON, L.J. & VASEY, P.L.
(2016). Femininity and kin-directed altruism in homosexual
men : A test of an evolutionary developmental model. Archives
of Sexual Behavior, 45, 619-633.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Homesexualité |
|
|
Homosexuel/Homosexualité
(Traitements/Thérapies) : Therapy
with lesbian, gay and bisexual.
| |
|
|
MARTELL, C.R. (1999). Behavior therapy and sexual
minorities : Thoughts on progress and future directions.
The Behavior Therapist, 22 (10), 194-195. |
|
MARTELL, C.R. (2001). Including sexual orientation issues
in research related to cognitive and behavioral therapies.
The Behavior Therapist, 24 (10), 214-216. |
|
MARTELL, C.R. & LAND, T. (2002). Cognitive-behavioral
therapy with gay and lesbian couples. In T. Patterson
(Ed.), Comprehensive textbook of psychotherapy, Vol.
II Cognitive-behavioral approaches (pp. 451-468).
John Wiley & Sons. |
|
MARTELL, C.R., SAFREN, S.A. & PRINCE, S.E. (2004). Cognitive-behavioral therapies with lesbian, gay, and bisexual clients. New
York : Guilford. |
|
MARTELL, C.R. (2008). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual women and
men. In M. Whisman (Ed.), Cognitive therapy for
complex and comorbid depression : Assessment and
treatment (pp. 373-393). New York : Gulford. |
|
|
Voir aussi Homesexualité |
|
|
Homosexualité
animale : Same-sex sexual behavior,
animal homosexuality.
| |
|
|
VASEY, P.L. (1995). Homosexual behavior in primates
: a review of evidence and theory. International
Journal of Primatology, 16 (2), 173-204. |
POIANI, A. & DIXSON, A.F. (2010). Animal
homosexuality : A biosocial perspective. Cambridge
University Press. |
|
BAGEMIHL, B. (1999). Biological exuberance : Animal
homosexuality and natural diversity. New York : St.
Martin's Press. |
MacFARLANE, G. (2010). Homosexual behaviour in birds :
frequency of expression is related to parental care
disparity between the sexes. Animal Behaviour, 80
(3), 375–390. |
|
SOMMER, V. & VASEY, P.L. (2006). Homosexual
behaviour in animals : An evolutionary
perspective. Cambridge : Cambridge University Press.
|
RICCUCCI, M. (2011). Same-sex sexual behaviour in bats. Hystrix,
the Italian Journal of Mammalogy, 22 (1), 139-147. |
|
BAILEY, N.W. & ZUK, M. (2009). Same-sex
sexual behavior and evolution. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 24 (8), 439-446. |
ZUK, M. (2011). Same-sex insects : what do bees-or
at least flies-have to tell us about homosexuality ?
Natural History, 119 (10), 22. |
|
MONK, J. (2019). An alternative hypothesis for the
evolution of same-sex sexual behaviour in animals. Nature
Ecology & Evolution, 3 (12), 1622–1631.
|
|
|
Voir aussi Homesexualité |
|
|
|
|
Hong Kong : Territoire de la Chine
et ancienne colonie anglaise.
| |
|
|
SIU, W.S. & TAM, K.C. (1995). Machiavellianism and
Chinese banking executives in Hong Kong. International
Journal o f Bank Marketing, 13, 15-21. |
|
ZHANG, J.X., SONG, W.Z. & ZHANG, M.Q. (1999).
Introduction on Minnesota Multiphasic Personality
Inventory-2 (MMPI-2) and it's standardization process in
mainland China and Hong Kong. Chinese Mental Health
Journal, 1, 29-31. |
|
KEUNG, D.K.Y. & BOND, M.H. (2002). Dimensions of
political attitudes and their relations with beliefs and
values in Hong Kong. Journal of Psychology in Chinese
Societies, 3, 133-154. |
|
BAKKEN, I.J., GOTESTAM, K.G., GRAWE, R.W., WENZEL, H.G.
& OREN, A. (2009). Gambling behavior and gambling
problems in Norway 2007. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 50, 333- 339. |
|
YUE, X.D. (2011). The Chinese ambivalence to humor : Views
from University students in Hong Kong and China.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 24 (4),
463-480. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hongrie
: Pays. Hungary.
| |
|
|
CHILD, J. & MARKOCZY, L. (1993). Host-country
managerial behaviour and learning in Chinese and Hungarian
joint ventures. Journal of Management Studies, 30,
611-631. |
|
KUN, B., BALÁZS, H., ARNOLD, P., PAKSI, B. &
DEMETROVICS, Z. (2012). Gambling in western and eastern
Europe : The example of Hungary. Journal of Gambling
Studies, 28, 27-46. |
|
|
|
Honig
Werner K. (1932-2001) : Psychologue
béhavioriste et
spécialiste de
l'apprentissage, notamment de
l'extinction et de la généralisation.
Collaborateur de
Guttman, MacKintosh,
Pennypacker, Staddon
et Urcuioli.
|
HONIG, W.K., THOMAS, D.R. & GUTTMAN, N. (1959).
Differential effects of continuous extinction and
discrimination training on the generalization gradient. Journal
of Experimental Psychology, 58, 145- 152. |
|
HONIG, W.K. (1961). Generalization of extinction on the
spectral continuum. Psychology Record, 11,
269-278. |
|
HONIG, W.K, BONEAU, C.A., BURSTEIN, K.R. &
PENNYPACKER, H.S. (1963). Positive and negative
generalization gradients obtained after equivalent
training conditions. Journal of Comparative &
Physiological Psychology, 56, 111-116. |
|
HONIG, W.K. & SLIVKA, R.M. (1964). Stimulus
generalization of the effects of punishment. Journal
of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 7, 21-25.
[PDF] |
|
HONIG, W.K. (1966). The role of discrimination training in
the generalization of punishment. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 9, 377-384. [PDF] |
|
|
FERSTER, C.B. (1978). Is operant conditioning getting
bored with behavior ? A review of Honig and Staddon's
handbook of operant behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 29 (2),
347-349.
[PDF] |
|
SHAVELSON, S.P. & INNIS, N.K. (2002). Werner, K. Honig
(1932-2001) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 57
(5), 365. |
|
|
|
| |
|
|
TUTTLE, H.S. (1931). Honesty trends in children.
Journal of Educational Sociology, 5, 233-239. |
CARAUNA, A. & EWING, M.T. (2000). The effect of anomie
on academic dishonesty of university students. The
International Journal of Educational Management, 14
(1), 23-29. [PDF] |
|
TUTTLE, H.S. (1931). Honesty trends of elementary school
children. Religious Education, 26, 742-747. |
|
|
GROSS, M.M. (1946). The effect of certain types of
motivation on the "honesty" of children. Journal of
Educational Research, 40, 133-140. |
|
| |
JENSEN, L.A., ARNETT, J.J., FELDMAN, S.S. & CAUFFMAN,
E. (2002). It's wrong, but everybody does it : Academic
dishonesty among high school and college students. Contemporary
Educational Psychology, 27, 209-228. [PDF] |
|
BURTON, R.V. (1963). Generality of honesty reconsidered.
Psychological Review, 70 (6), 481-499. |
STRAUGHAN, R. & LYNN, M. (2002). The effects of
salesperson compensation on perceptions of salesperson
honesty. Journal of Applied Social Psychology, 32
(4), 719-731. |
|
BICKMAN, L. (1971). The effect of social status on the
honesty of others. The Journal of Social Psychology,
85, 87-92. [PDF] |
STORCH, E.A. & STORCH, J.B. (2003). Academic
dishonesty and attitudes towards academic dishonest acts :
Support for cognitive dissonance theory. Psychological
Reports, 92, 174-176. |
|
RUBIN, Z. (1973). Designing honest experiments. American
Psychologist, 28, 445-448. |
|
|
ZAHAVI, A. (1977). The cost of honesty : (further remarks
on the handicap principle). Journal of Theoretical
Biology, 67, 603-605. |
SHELDON, K.M. (2004). Integrity/Honesty. In C. Peterson
& M. Seligman (Eds.), Character strengths and
virtues (pp. 249-272). Oxford University Press. |
|
VAN RHIJN, J.G. & VODEGEL, R. (1980). Being honest
about one's intentions : An evolutionarily stable strategy
for animal conflicts. Journal of Theoretical Biology,
85, 623-641. |
MILLER, D.T., VISSER, P. & STAUB, B. (2005). How
surveillance begets perceptions of dishonesty : The case
of the counterfactual correspondence bias. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 89, 117-128. |
|
GARFIELD, E. (1987). What do we know about fraud and other
forms of intellectual dishonesty in science ? Part 2. Why
does fraud happen and what are its effects ? Current
Contents, 19 (15), 3-10. |
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2005). Honesty-Humility, the
Big Five and the Five-Factor model. Journal of
Personality, 73, 1321-1353. |
|
WARD, D.A. & BECK, W.L. (1990). Gender and dishonesty.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 130, 333-339. |
|
|
BECK, L. & AJZEN, I. (1991). Predicting dishonest
actions using the theory of planned behavior. Journal
of Research in Personality, 25, 285-301. |
RANDOLPH-SENG, B. & NIELSEN, M.E. (2007). Honesty :
One effect of primed religious representations. The
Interna- tional Journal for the Psychology of Religion,
17, 303-315. |
|
DAVIS, S.F., GROVER, C.A., BECKER, A.H. & McGREGOR,
L.N. (1992). Academic dishonesty : Prevalence,
determinants, techniques, and punishments. Teaching
of Psychology, 19 (1), 16-20. |
ASHTON, M.C. & LEE, K. (2008). The prediction of
Honesty-Humility-related criteria by the HEXACO and
Five-Factor models of personality. Journal of
Research in Personality, 42, 1216-1228. |
|
McCABE, D.L. & TREVINO, L.K. (1993). Academic
dishonesty : Honor codes and other contextual influences.
Journal of Higher Education, 64 (5), 522-538. [PDF] |
ZHONG, C.-B., BOHNS, V.K. & GINO, F. (2010). Good
lamps are the best police : Darkness increases dishonesty
and self-interested behavior. Psychological Science,
21, 311-314. |
|
DAVIS, S.F. (1993). Academic dishonesty in the 1990s. The
Public Perspective, 26-28. [PDF] |
CARUSO, E.M. & GINO, F. (2011). Blind ethics :
Closing one's eyes polarizes moral judgments and
discourages dishonest behavior. Cognition, 118
(2), 280-285. [PDF] |
|
SUTTON, E.M. & HUBA, M.E. (1995). Undergraduate
student perceptions of academic dishonesty as a function
of ethnicity and religious participation. NASPA
Journal, 33 (1), 19-34. |
LIN, C.-H S. & CHEN, C.-F. (2011). Application of
theory of planned behavior on the study of workplace
dishonesty. International Conference on Economics,
Business & Management, 2, 66-69. [PDF] |
|
DAVIS, S.F. & LUDVIGSON, H.W. (1995). Additional data
on academic dishonesty and a proposal for remediation. Teaching
of Psychology, 22, 119-122. |
|
|
PULVERS, K. & DIEKHOFF, G.M. (1999). The relationship
between academic dishonesty and college classroom
environment. Research in Higher Education, 40 (4),
487-498. |
TALWAR, V. & LEE, K. (2011). A punitive environment
fosters children's dishonesty : A natural experiment. Child
Development, 82, 1751-1758. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Confiance,
Intégrité, Crédibilité,
Prestige et
Mensonge |
|
|
|
Honte : Affect ou émotion.
Dans la théorie de Freud, punition
que l'individu s'inflige (surmoi)
lorsqu'il n'agit pas conformément au principe
de la morale. Ce que l'on ressent lorsque, à nous yeux, on a
mal agit. Honte et culpabilité.
/tricher. Shame.
| |
|
|
LEWIS, H.B. (1971). Shame and guilt in neurosis.
New York : International Universities Press. |
TIGERT, L.M. (2001). The power of shame: Lesbian battering
as a manifestation of homophobia. Women & Therapy
: Domestic Violence in Lesbian Relationships, 23
(S3), 73-85. |
|
LEBRA, T.S. (1983). Shame and guilt : A psychocultural
view of the Japaneses self. Ethos, 11, 192-209.
|
BEDFORD, O. & HWANG, K.-K. (2003). Guilt and shame in
Chinese culture : A cross-cultural framework from the
perspective of morality and identity. Journal for the
Theory of Social Behaviour, 33, 127-144. [PDF] |
|
SCHEFF, T.J. (1988). Shame and conformity : the
deference-emotion system. American Sociological
Review, 53, 395-406. |
|
|
WRIGHT, F., O’LEARY, J. & BALKIN, J. (1989). Shame,
guilt, narcissism, and depression : Correlates and sex
differences. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 217-230. |
BENNET, D.S., SULLIVAN, M.W. & LEWIS, M. (2005). Young
children’s adjustment as a function of maltreatment,
shame, and anger. Child Maltreatment, 10,
311-323. [PDF] |
|
BUSHMAN, B.J. & GEEN, R.G. (1990). The role of
cognitive-emotional mediators and individual differences
in the effects of media violence on aggression. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 58,
156-163. [PDF] |
BENETTI-McQUOID, J. & BURSIK, K. (2005). Individual
differences in experiences of and responses to guilt and
shame : Examining the lenses of gender and gender role. Sex
Roles, 53, 133-142. [PDF] |
|
MINDELL, C. (1994). Shame and contempt in the everyday
life of the psychotherapist. Psychiatric Quarterly,
65, 31-47. |
LICKEL, B., SCHMADER, T., CURTIS, M., SCARNIER, M. &
AMES, D.R. (2005). Vicarious shame and guilt. Group
Processes & Intergroup Relations, 8, 145-157. |
|
LEE, R. & WHEELER, G. (Eds.) (1996). The voice of
shame : Silence and connection in psychotherapy.
San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T. (2007).
Externalizing shame responses in children : The role of
fragile positive self-esteem. British Journal of
Developmental Psychology, 25, 559-577.
[PDF] |
|
WHEELER, G. (1996). Self and shame : A new paradigm for
psychotherapy. In R. Lee & G. Wheeler (Eds.), The
voice of shame: Silence and connection in Psychotherapy
(pp. 23-60). San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
WONG, Y. & TSAI, J.L. (2007). Cultural models of shame
and guilt. In J. Tracy, R. Robins & J. Tangney (Eds.),
Handbook of self-conscious emotions (pp.
210-223). New York : Guilford Press. |
|
LUTWAK, N. & FERRARI, J. (1997). Understanding shame
in adults : Recalling perceptions of parental-bonding
during childhood. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 185, 595-598. [PDF] |
THOMAES, S., BUSHMAN, B.J., STEGGE, H. & OLTHOF, T.
(2008). Trumping shame by blasts of noise : Narcissism,
self-esteem, shame, and aggression in young adolescents. Child
Development, 79 (6), 1792-1801.
[PDF] |
|
LOPEZ, F.G., GOVER, M.R., LESKELA, J., SAUER, E.M.,
SCHIRMER, L. & WYSSMANN, J. (1997). Attachment styles,
shame, guilt, and collaborative problem-solving
orientations. PersonaL Relationships, 4,
187-199.
[PDF] |
SCARNIER, M., SCHMADER, T. & LICKEL, B. (2009).
Parental shame and guilt : Distinguishing emotional
responses to a child’s wrongdoings. Personal
Relationships, 16, 205–220. [PDF] |
|
FEE, R.L. & TANGNEY, J.P. (2000). Procrastination : A
means of avoiding shame or guilt ? Journal of Social
Behavior & Personality, 15, 167-184. |
ORTH, U., ROBINS, R.W. & SOTO, C.J. (2010). Tracking
the trajectory of shame, guilt, and pride across the life
span. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
99, 1061-1071. [PDF] |
|
ANDREWS, B., BREWIN, C.R., ROSE, S. & KIRK, M. (2000).
Predicting PTSD symptoms in victims of violent crime : The
role of shame, anger, and childhood abuse. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 109, 69-73. |
THOMAES, S., STEGGE, H., OLTHOF, T., BUSHMAN, B.J. &
NEZLEK, J.B. (2011). Turning shame inside-out :
"Humiliated fury" in young adolescents. Emotion, 11,
786-793. |
| |
CROZIER, W.R. (2014). Differentiating shame from
embarrassment. Emotion Review, 6, 269-276. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Émotion
et Culpabilité |
|
|
Honts Charles R. ( ) : Psychologue
et psychophysiologiste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'usage du
détecteur de mensonge. Il s'intéresse également à la
tromperie. Collaborateur de
Kassin.
|
HONTS, C.R., HODES, R.L. & RASKIN, D.C. (1985).
Effects of physical countermeasures on the physiological
detection of deception. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 70, 177-187. |
|
HONTS, C.R. & RASKIN, D.C. (1988). A field study of
the validity of the directed lie control question. Journal
of Police Science & Administration, 16, 56-61. |
|
HONTS, C.R. (1991). The emperor's new clothes : The
application of the polygraph tests in the American
workplace. Forensic Reports, 4, 91-116. |
|
HONTS, C.R., DEVITT, M.K., WINBUSH, M. & KIRCHER, J.C.
(1996). Mental and physical countermeasures reduce the
accuracy of the concealed knowledge test. Psychophysiology,
33 (1), 84-92. |
|
HONTS, C.R., KASSIN, S.M. & CRAIG, R.A. (2014). "I'd
know a false confession if I saw one" : a constructive
replication with juveniles. Psychology, Crime &
Law, 20 (7), 695-704. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hooke Robert (Freshwater 1635-1703 Londres) : Savant et inventeur anglais. Il a contribué à l'invention du microscope en fabriquant de puissantes lentilles (x20-50). Il fut également le premier à décrire la structure d'une cellule morte (de liège).
| |
HOOKE, R. (1665). Micrographia : or some physiological descriptions of minute bodies made by magnifying glasses. London : J. Martyn and J. Allestry. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAWSON, I. (2016). Crafting the microworld : how Robert Hooke constructed knowledge about small things. Notes & Records of the Royal Society of London, 70 (1), 23-44.(2), 225-248. [PDF] |
| PETERS, W.S. (2024). The cells of Robert Hooke : pores, fibres, diaphragms and the cell theory that wasn't. Notes & Records of the Royal Society of London, 78 (1), 53-73. |
| PETERS, W.S. (2024). Will the real Robert Hooke please stand up ? Plant Cell, 36 (11), 4680-4682. |
|
|
|
Hooker Evelyn (North Platte 1907-1996 New Mexico) : Psychosociologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'homosexualité.
 |
HOOKER, E. (1956). A preliminary analysis of group behavior of homosexuals. Journal of Psychology, 42, 17-225. |
| HOOKER, E. (1957). The adjustment of the male overt homosexual. Journal of Projective Techniques, 21, 18-31. |
| HOOKER, E. (1965). An empirical study of some relations between sexual patterns and gender identity in male
homosexuals. In J. Money (Ed.), Sex research : new
development (pp. 24-52). New York : Holt, Rinehart
& Winston. |
| HOOKER, E. (1969). Parental relations and male
homosexuality in patient and non-patient samples. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 33,
140-142. |
|
HOOKER, E. (1993). Reflections of a 40-year exploration : A scientific view on homosexuality. American Psychologist, 48, 450-453.
|
|
|
SHNEIDMAN, E.S. (1998). Evelyn Hooker (1907-1996). American Psychologist, 53, 480-481. |
|
GARNETS, L.D., & KIMMEL, D. (2003). What a light it shed: The life of Evelyn Hooker. In L.D. Garnets & D.C. Kimmel (Eds.), Perspectives on gay, lesbian and bisexual experiences (pp. 31-48). New York: Columbia University Press. |
|
|
|
Hoover-Dempsey Kathleen ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'implication/participation parentale.
|
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V., BASSLER, O.C. & RISSIE, J.
(1987). Parent involvement : Contributions of teacher
efficacy, school socioeconomic status and other school
characteristics. American Education of Research
Journal, 24, 417-436. |
|
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V. & SANDLER, H.M. (1995). Parental
involvement in children's education : Why does it make a
difference ? Teachers College Record, 97 (2),
311-331. |
|
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V. & SANDLER, H.M. (1997). Why do
parents become involved in their children's education ? Review
of Educational Research, 67 (1), 3-42. [PDF] |
|
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V., WALKER, J.M.T., JONES, K.P. &
REED, R.P. (2002). Teachers involving parents TIP :
results of an in-service teacher education program for
enhancing parental involvement. Teaching &
Teacher Education 18, 843-867. |
|
HOOVER-DEMPSEY, K.V., WALKER, J.M.T., SANDLER, H.M.,
WHETSEL, D., GREEN, C.L., WILKINS, A.S. & CLOSSON, K.
(2005). Why do parents become involved ? Research findings
and implications. The Elementary School Journal, 106
(2), 105-130. |
|
|
|
Hôpital : Hospitaliser : Lieu organisé
où on soigne les
malades/ patients.
Hôpital, santé mentale
et institut
psychiatrique. = centre
hospitalier.
Medical context, hospitalization.
| |
|
|
RAVEN, B.H. & HALEY, R.W. (1980). Social influence in
a medical context : Hospital-acquired infections as a
problem in medical social psychology. In L. Bickman (Ed.),
Applied Social Psychology Annual (Vol. 1. pp.
255-278). Beverly Hills, CA : Sage. |
COOPER, H.M. (1993). Children and hospitalization :
Putting the new reviews in methodological context.
Journal of Developmental & Behavioral Pediatrics,
14, 45-49. |
|
RAVEN, B.H., FREEMAN, H.E. & HALEY, R.W. (1982).
Social science perspectives in hospital infection control.
In A.W. Johnson, O. Grusky & B.H. Raven (Eds.), Contemporary health services : Social science perspectives (pp.
139-176). Boston : Auburn House. |
BATEMAN, A.W. & FONAGY, P. (1999). The effectiveness
of partial hospitalization in the treatment of borderline
personality disorder : A randomized controlled trial. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 1563-1569. |
|
MOSHER, L.R. (1983). Alternatives to psychiatric
hospitalisation : why has research failed to be translated
into practice ? New England Journal of Medicine, 309,
1479-1480. |
SCHAFFER, M.H. & FERRARO, K.F. (2007). Obesity and
Hospitalization over the adult life course: Does duration
of exposure increase use ? Journal of Health &
Social Behavior, 48, 434-449. |
|
BLOUNT, R.L., STURGES, J.W. & POWERS, S.W. (1990).
Analysis of child and adult behavioral variations by phase
of medical procedure. Behavior Therapy, 21,
33-48. |
MORAN, P., KLINTEBERG, B.A., BATTY, G.D. & VAGERO, D.
(2009). Childhood intelligence predicts hospitalization
with personality disorder in adulthood : evidence from a
population-based study in Sweden. Journal of
Personality Disorders, 22, 535-540. |
|
|
Voir aussi Santé
mentale et Institut
psychiatrique |
|
|
Hôpital de la Salpêtrière :
|
|
|
 |
HOPKINS, B.L. (1968). Effects of candy and social
reinforcement, instructions, and reinforcement schedule
leaning on the modification and maintenance of smiling. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 1 (2), 121-129. [PDF]
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. & HERMANN, J.A. (1977). Evaluating
interobserver reliability of interval data. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 121-126. [PDF]
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L., CONRAD, R.J., DANGLE, R.F., FITCH, H.G.,
SMITH, M.J. & ANGER, W.K. (1986). Behavioral
technology for reducing occupational exposure to styrene.Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 20
(4), 3-11. [PDF]
|
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1987). Comments on the future of applied
behavior analysis. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 20 (4), 339-346. [PDF]
|
HOPKINS, B.L. (1995). Applied behavior analysis and
statistical process control ? Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 28 (3), 379-386. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Hopkins William D. ( ) : Primatologue
et spécialiste de l'étude des chimpanzés
et des bonobos.
Collaborateur de De Waal,
Leavens, Savage-Rumbaugh
et Vauclair.
|
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P. & LEAVENS, D.A.
(2007). Chimpanzees differentially produce novel
vocalizations to capture the attention of a human. Animal
Behaviour, 73, 281-286. |
|
HOPKINS, W.D., DUNHAM, L.A., CANTALUPO, C. &
TAGLIALATELA, J.P. (2007). The association between
handedness, brain asymmetries and corpus callosum size in
chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes). Cerebral Cortex, 17, 1757-1765. |
|
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P., MEGUERDITCHIAN, A.,
NIR, T., SCHENKER, N.M. & SHERWOOD, C.C. (2008). Gray
matter asymmetries in chimpanzees as revealed by
voxel-based morphometry. NeuroImage, 42,
491-497. [PDF] |
|
HOPKINS, W.D., TAGLIALATELA, J.P., NIR, T., SCHENKER, N.M.
& SHERWOOD, C.C. (2010). A voxel- based morphometry
analysis of white matter asymmetries in chimpanzees (Pan
troglodytes). Brain, Behavior & Evolution, 76,
93-100. [PDF] |
|
HOPKINS, W.D., MEGUERDITCHIAN, A., COULON, A., BOGART, S.,
MANGIN, J.F., SHERWOOD, C.S., GRABOWSKI, M.W., BENNETT,
A.J., PIERRE, P.J., FEARS, S., WOODS, R., HOF, P.R, &
VAUCLAIR, J. (2014). Evolution of central sulcus
morphology in primates. Brain, Behavior &
Evolution, 84, 19-30. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hoquet : Contraction involontaire
du diaphragme provoquant une inspiration qui fait vibrer les
cordes vocales.
Hiccups.
|
|
|
Horgan Dianne D. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude du raisonnement
et du jeu, notamment des
échecs, plus particulèrement chez les enfants.
|
HORGAN, D.D. & MORGAN, D. (1986). Chess and
education. Memphis State University, Memphis, TN |
|
HORGAN, D.D., MILLIS, K. & NEIMEYER, R.A. (1989).
Cognitive reorganization and the development of chess
expertise. International Journal of Personal
Construct Psychology, 2 (1), 15-36. |
|
HORGAN, D.D. & MORGAN, D. (1990). Chess expertise in
children. Applied Cognitive Psychology, 4 (2),
109-128. [PDF] |
|
HORGAN, D.D. (1992). Children and chess expertise : The
role of calibration. Psychological Research, 54,
44-50. |
|
HORGAN, D.D. (1992). Lessons from chess. Inquiry :
Critical thinking across the disciplines, 10 (2),
5-8. |
|
|
|
Horgan John ( ) : Spécialiste américain de
l'étude du terrorisme.
Collaborateur de Crenshaw.
|
HORGAN, J. & TAYLOR, M. (2001). The making of a
terrorist . Jane's Intelligence Review, 13 (12),
16-18. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2003). The search for the terrorist
personality. In A. Silke (Ed.), Terrorist, victims,
and society : Psychological perspectives on terrorism
and its consequence (pp. 3- 27). London : John
Wiley. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2009). Walking away from terrorism :
Accounts of disengagement from radical and extremist
movements. London : Routledge. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2009). Deradicalization or disengagement ? A
process in need of clarity and a counterterrorism
initiative in need of evaluation Revista de
Psicología Social, 24, 291-298. |
|
HORGAN, J. (2010). Rehabilitating the terrorists ?
Challenges in assessing the effectiveness of
de-radicalization programs. Terrorism & Political
Violence, 22, 267-291.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Horgan Terence Edward (1948-) : Philosophe
et épistémologue américain,
spécialiste de l'ontologie et
du connexionnisme.
Collaborateur de Graham, Kriegel
et Tienson.
|
HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Reduction and the mind-body problem.
In M.H. Marx & F.E. Goodson (Eds.), Theories in
contemporary psychology (pp. 223-231). |
|
HORGAN, T.E. (1976). Functionalism and token physicalism.
Synthese, 59, 321-338. |
|
HORGAN, T.E. (1987). Cognition is real. Behaviorism,
15, 13-25. |
|
HORGAN, T.E. & TIENSON, J. (1990). Connectionism and
the Kuhnian crisis in cognitive science. Acta
Analytica, 6, 5-17. |
|
GRAHAM, G. & HORGAN, T.E. (2000). Mary Mary, quite
contrary. Philosophical Studies, 99, 59-87. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
horloge interne : Fonction cognitive qui consiste en la
capacité pour un organisme de connaître certaines propriétés du
temps comme l'écoulement (compter), les intervalles, la durée,
etc. et à s'en servir lors de certains apprentissages.
|
|
|
ROBERTS, S. & CHURCH, R.M. (1978). Control of an
internal clock. Journal of Experimental Psychology :
Animal Behavior Processes , 4, 318-337. |
|
CHURCH, R.M. (1978). The internal clock. In S. Hulse, H.
Fowler, W.K. Honig (Eds.). Cognitive processes in
animal behavior (pp. 277-310). Hillsdale, NJ :
Erlbaum Associates.
|
|
MECK, W.H., KOMEILY-ZADEH, F. & CHURCH, R.M. (1984).
Two-step acquisition : Modification of an internal clock's
criterion. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Animal
Behavior Processes, 10, 297-306.
|
| |
CHURCH, R.M. (1984). Properties of the internal
clock. In J. Gibbon, L.G. Allan (Eds.), Annals of
the New York Academy of Sciences : Timing and time
perception (pp. 566-582). New
York : New York Academy of Sciences. |
MECK, W.H. & CHURCH, R.M. (1987). Nutrients that
modify the speed of the internal clock and memory storage
processes. Behavioral Neuroscience, 101, 465-475.
|
|
CHURCH, R.M., BROADBENT, H.A. & GIBBON, J. (1992).
Biological and psychological description of an internal
clock. In I.A. Gormezano and E.A. Wasserman (Eds.), Learning
and memory : The behavioral and biological substrates (pp
105-127). Hillsdale NJ : Erlbaum. |
CHURCH, R.M. (1994) Internal-clock models. In S.L.
Macey (Ed.), Encyclopedia of time (pp. 314-315).
New York : Garland.
|
|
|
|
|
Hormonale (Traitements/Thérapies) :
Hormonal therapy, hormone treatment.
|
|
|
ASSCHEMAN, H. & GOOREN, L. (1992) Hormone
treatment in transsexuals. Journal of Psychology &
Human Sexuality, 5, 39–54.
|
|
VANKESTEREN, P., ASSCHEMAN, H. & MEGENS, J. (1997).
Mortality and morbidity in transsexual subjects treated
with cross-sex hormones. Clinical Endocrinology, 47,
337–342.
|
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. (2005). Hormone treatment of the adult
transsexual patient. Hormone Research, 64 (2),
31-36. |
|
GOOREN, L.J.M. & LIPS, P. (2014). Conjectures
concerning cross-sex hormone treatment of aging
transsexual persons. Journal of Sexual Medicine, 11
(8), 2012-2019. |
| |
MURAD, M.H., ELAMIN, M.B., GARCIA, M.Z., MULLAN, R.J.,
MURAD, A., ERWIN, P.J. & MONTORI, V. (2010)
Hormonal therapy and sex reassignment : a systematic
review and meta-analysis of quality of life and
psychosocial outcomes. Clinical Endocrinology, 72
(2), 214-231. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hormone,
Chirurgie de réattribution
sexuelle et dysphorie
de genre |
|
|
|
Hormone : Substance chimique libérée dans le circulation
sanguine par des organes appelée glandes,
et qui peut influer sur la croissance, le fonctionnement des
organes, le comportement,
la pensée et les émotions.
( ): Voir tableau ci-bas. Hormone.
| |
|
|
MICHAEL, R.P. & BONSALL, R.D. (1979). Hormones and the
sexual behavior of rhesus monkeys. In C. Beyer (Ed.),
Endocrine control of sexual behavior (pp. 279-302).
New York : Raven Press. |
|
|
BROWN, R.E. & MOGER, W.H. (1983). Hormonal correlates
of paternal behavior in male rats. Hormones &
Behavior, 17, 356-365. |
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and
mood : from menarche to menopauseand beyond. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83. |
|
DONOVAN, B.T. (1985). Hormones and human behavior. Cambridge
: Cambridge University Press. |
|
|
SUSMAN, E.J., NOTTELMANN, E.D., INOFF-GERMAIN, G.E., DORN,
L.D., CUTLER, G.B., LORIAUX, D.L. & CHROUSOS, G.P.
(1985). The relation of relative hormonal levels and
physical development and social-emotional behavior in
young adolescents. Journal of Youth & Adolescence, 14, 245-264. |
|
GGOOREN, L.J.M. (1986). The neuroendocrine response of
luteinizing hormone to estrogen administration in the
human Is not sex specific but dependent on the hormonal
environment. Journal of Clinical Endocrinology &
Metabolism, 63 (3), 589-593. |
STARK, R., WOLF, O.T., TABBERT, K., KAGERER S.,
ZIMMERMANN, M., KIRSCH, P., SCHIENLEE, A. & VAITLA, D.
(2006). Influence of the stress hormone cortisol on fear
conditioning in humans : evidence for sex differences in
the response of the prefrontal cortex. Neuroimage, 32
(3), 1290-1298. [PDF]
|
|
SUSMAN, E.J., INOFF-GERMAIN, G.E., NOTTELMANN, E.D.,
LORIAUX, D.L., CUTLER, G.B. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1987).
Hormones, emotional dispositions, and aggressive
attributes in young adolescents. Child Development,
58, 1114-1134. |
DRISCOLL, I., HAMILTON, D., YEO, R., BROOKS, W.M. &
SUTHERLAND, R.J. (2005). Virtual navigation in humans :
the impact of age, sex, and hormones on place learning. Hormones
& Behavior, 47, 326-335. [PDF] |
|
SUSMAN, E.J., DORN, L.D. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1991).
Negative affect and hormone levels in young adolescents :
Concurrent and predictive perspectives. Journal of
Youth & Adolescence, 20, 167-190. |
CARRÉ, J., MUIR, C., BELANGER, J. & PUTNAM, S.K.
(2006). Pre-competition hormonal and psychological levels
of elite hockey players : Relationship to the "home
advantage". Physiology & Behavior, 89, 392-398.
[PDF] |
|
BUCHANAN, C.M., ECCLES, J.S. & BECKER, J.B. (1992).
Are adolescents the victims of raging hormones ? Evidence
for activational effects of hormones on moods and behavior
at adolescence. Psychological Bulletin, 111,
62-107. |
HAGOBIAN, T.A., SHAROFF, C.G., STEPHENS, B.R., WADE, G.N.,
SILVA, E., CHIPKIN, S.R. & BRAUN, B. (2008).
Effects of exercise on energy-regulating hormones and
appetite in men and women. American Journal of
Physiology, 296 (2), 233–242. |
|
BANKS, A. & GARTRELL, N.K. (1995). Hormones and sexual
orientation : A questionable link. Journal of
Homosexuality, 28, 247-268. |
ALEXANDER, G.M., WILCOX, T. & FARMER, M-B. (2009).
Hormone-behavior associations in early infancy.
Hormones & Behavior, 56 (5), 498-502. |
|
VAN GOOZEN, S.H., COHEN-KETTENIS, P T., GOOREN, L.J.,
FRIJDA, N.H. & VAN DE POLL, N.E. (1995). Gender
differences in behaviour : activating effects of
cross-gender hormones. Psychoneuroendocrinology, 20,
343-363. |
MURAD, M.H., ELAMIN, M.B., GARCIA, M.Z., MULLAN, R.J.,
MURAD, A., ERWIN, P.J. & MONTORI, V.
(2010). Hormonal therapy and sex reassignment : a
systematic review and meta-analysis of quality of life and
psychosocial outcomes. Clinical Endocrinology, 72,
214-231. |
|
BERENBAUM, S.A. & SNYDER, E. (1995). Early hormonal
influences on childhood sex-typed activity and playmate
preferences. Developmental Psychology, 31, 31-42 |
OXFORD, J., PONZI, D. & GEARY, D.C. (2010). Hormonal
responses differ when playing violent video games against
an ingroup and outgroup. Evolution & Human
Behavior, 31, 201-209. [PDF] |
|
EARLY, R.L., LU, C.-K., LEE, I-H., WONG, S.C. & HSU,
Y. (2013). Winner and loser effects are modulated by
hormonal states. Frontiers in Zoology, 10 (6),
1–13. [PDF]
|
|
LYNCH, P.J. (1999). Hostility, type A behavior, and stress
hromones at rest and after playing violent video games in
teenagers. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 113. |
JORDAN-YOUNG, R.M. (2016). Hormones, sexe et cervau.
Paris : Belin. / Brainstorm : The flaws in the science
of sexe differences. Harvard University Press. |
|
|
|
Hormone & Behavior : Revue
scientifique multidisciplinaire qui consacre ses pages à
l'étude de l'influence des hormones sur le
comportement. Éditeur
: Elsevier.
HINES, M. & ALEXANDER, G.M. (2008). Monkeys, girls,
boys and toys : A confirmation. Hormones &
Behavior, 54 (3), 359-364.
|
| |
|
|
Hormone de croissance :
|
|
|
Hormone néonatal :
| |
|
|
JACKLIN, C.N., WILCOX, K.T. & MACCOBY, E.E. (1988).
Neonatal sex-steroid hormones and cognitive abilities at
six years. Developmental Psychobiology, 21, 567-574. |
|
BARON-COHEN, S., LUTCHMAYA, S. & KNICKMEYER, R.
(2004). Prenatal testosterone in mind. MIT Press
: Cambridge, MA. |
|
|
|
Hormone sexuelle : Hormones qui
régularisent la croissance et le fonctionnement des organes reproducteurs, qui stimulent le développement des
caractéristiques sexuelles secondaires et influencent les comportements.
Hormone et orientation
sexuelle. ( ): Voir tableau
ci-bas.
Sex hormone.
| |
|
|
MONEY, J. (1961). Sex hormones and other variables in
human eroticism. In W.C. Young (Ed.), Sex and
internal secretions (pp. 1383-1400). Baltimore :
Williams and Wilkins. |
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1990). Will prenatal hormone
treatment prevent homosexuality ? Journal of Child
& Adolescent Psychopharmacology, 1 (4),
279-283. |
|
SLATER, P.J.B. (1978). Sex hormones and behaviour.
London : Edward Arnold. |
|
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1980). Sex hormone changes during puberty and sexual behavior. In J. Samson (Ed.), Childhood and sexuality (pp. 113-122). Montréal : Éditions Études Vivantes. |
KIMURA, D. (1996). Sex, sexual orientation and sex
hormones influence human cognitive function. Current
Opinion in Neurobiology, 6, 259-263. |
|
MEYER-BAHLBURG, H.F.L. (1982). Hormones and psychosexual
differentiation : Implications for the management of
intersexuality, homosexuality, and transsexuality. Clinical
Endocrinology & Metabolism, 11, 681-701. |
CRENSHAW, T. (1997). The alchemy of love and lust :
How our sex hormones influence our relationships. New York : Pocket Books. |
|
NYBORG, H. (1988). Mathematics, sex hormones, and brain
function. The Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11,
206-207. |
HAUSMANN, M., SLABBEKOORN, D., VAN GOOZEN, S.H.M.,
COHEN-KETTENIS, P.T. & GÜNTÜRKÜN, O. (2000). Sex
hormones affect spatial abilities during the menstrual
cycle. Behavioral Neuroscience, 114 (6),
1245-1250. [PDF] |
|
NYBORG, H. (1988). Sex hormones and covariant body, brain,
and behavioural development. Neuroendocrinology
Letters, 10 (4), 217. |
JORDAN-YOUNG, R.M. (2016). Hormones, sexe et cervau.
Paris : Belin. / Brainstorm : The flaws in the science
of sexe differences. Harvard University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Hormone
et Organe reproducteur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Horn John Leonard (St. Joseph 1928-2006 Los Angeles)
: Psychométricien
américain et spécialiste de l'étude de
l'intelligence. Il est un des signataires du Groupe des 52. Étudiant de Cattell. Collaborateur de Loehlin et Willeman. <
a
href="http://www.indiana.edu/%7Eintell/horn_interview.shtml">
 |
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Refinement and test
of the theory of fluid and crystallized general
intelligences. Journal of Educational Psychology, 57,
253-270. |
|
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1966). Age differences in
primary mental ability factors. Journal of
Gerontology, 21, 210-220. |
|
HORN, J.L. & CATTELL, R.B. (1967). Age differences in fluid and crystallized intelligence. Acta Psychologica, 26, 107-129. |
|
HORN, J.L. (1967). Intelligence : Why it grows, why it
declines. Transaction, 23-31. |
|
HORN, J.L. (1989). Cognitive diversity : A framework for
learning. In P.L. Ackerman, R.J. Sternberg & R. Glaser
(Eds.), Learning and individual differences :
Advances in theory and research (pp. 61-116). New
York, NY : W.H. Freeman and Co. |
|
|
KAUFMAN, A.S. (2001b). WAIS-III IQs, Horn’s theory, and
generational changes from young adulthood to old age. Intelligence,
29, 131-167. |
|
TRAUB, G.E. & McGREW, K.S. (2004). A confirmatory
factor analysis of Cattell-Horn-Carroll Theory and
cross-age invariance of the Woodcock-Johnson Tests of
Cognitive Abilities III. School Psychology Quarterly,
19, 72-87. |
|
McARDLE, J.J. (2007). John L. Horn (1928-2006) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 62 (6), 596-597. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Horn Kimbely ( ) : Psychologue
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude, le traitement et la prévention
du tabagisme et de l'alcoolisme.
Collaboratrice de Dino.
|
HORN, K., DINO, G. & MOMANI, A. (1999). Smoking and
stress among rural adolescents : The gender factor. American
Journal of Health Studies, 14 (4), 183-193. |
|
HORN, K., GAO, X., DINO, G. & KAMAL-BAHL, S. (2000).
Determinants of youth tobacco use in West Virginia : A
comparison of smoking and smokeless tobacco use. American
Journal of Drug & Alcohol Abuse, 26 (1),
125-138. |
|
HORN, K., DINO, G., KALSEKAR, I. & MASSEY, C. (2004).
Exploring the relationship between mental health and
smoking cessation : A study of rural teens. Prevention
Science, 5 (2), 113-127. |
|
HORN, K., DINO, G., GOLDCAMP, J., KALSEKAR, I. & MODY,
R. (2005). The impact of Not On Tobacco on teen smoking
cessation : End-of-program evaluation results, 1998-2003 .
Journal of Adolescent Research, 20 (6), 640-661. |
|
HORN, K. & DINO, G. (2009). A comparative review of
the effectiveness trial of N-O-T in Alabama : guideposts
for future research. American Journal of Health
Education, 40 (1), 47-55. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hornberger Michael ( ) : Neurocognitivste
anglais et spécialiste de la démence,
notamment de la démence
fronto-temporale. Collaborateur de Hodges,
Kipps, Nestor
et Piguet.
|
HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., KIPPS, C.M. & HODGES, J.R.
(2008). Executive function in progressive and
nonprogressive behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia.
Neurology, 71, 1481-1488. |
|
HORNBERGER, M., PIGUET, O., GRAHAM, A.J., NESTOR, P.J.
& HODGES, J.R. (2010). How preserved is episodic
memory in behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia ? Neurology,
74, 472-479. [PDF] |
|
HORNBERGER, M., SHELLEY, B.P., KIPPS, C.M., PIGUET, O.
& HODGES, J.R. (2009). Can progressive and non
progressive behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia be
distinguished at presentation ? Journal of Neurology,
Neurosurgery, & Psychiatry, 80 (6), 591-593. |
|
HORNBERGER, M., SAVAGE, S., HSIEH, S., MIOSHI, E., PIGUET,
O. & HODGES, J.R. (2010). Orbitofrontal dysfunction
discriminates behavioral variant frontotemporal dementia
from Alzheimer's disease. Dementia and Geriatric
Cognitive Disorders, 30 (6), 547-552. |
|
HORNBERGER, M., GENG, J. & HODGES, J.R. (2011).
Convergent grey and white matter evidence of orbitofrontal
cortex changes related to disinhibition in behavioural
variant frontotemporal dementia. Brain, 134 (9),
2502-2512. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Horne Murray R. ( ) :
Psychologue connexionisme
anglais, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence
et du conditionnement
répondant. Collaborateur de Pearce.
|
HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). Between-cue
associations influence searching for a hidden goal in an
environment with a distinctive shape. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 35 (1), 99-107.
[PDF] |
|
HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2009). A landmark blocks
searching for a hidden platform in an environment with a
distinctive shape after extended pretraining. Learning
& Behavior, 37 (2), 167-178. [PDF] |
|
HORNE, M.R. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Conditioned
inhibition and superconditioning in an environment with a
distinctive shape. Journal of Experimental Psychology
: Animal Behavior Processes, 36, 381-394. |
|
HORNE, M.R., IORDANOVA, M.D., ALBASSER, M.M., AGGLETON,
J.P., HONEY, R.C. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010). Lesions of
the perirhinal cortex do not impair integration of visual
and geometric information in rats. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 124, 311-320. |
|
HORNE, M.R., IORDANOVA, M.D. & PEARCE, J.M. (2010).
Spatial learning based on boundaries in rats is
hippocampus-dependent and prone to overshadowing. Behavioral
Neuroscience, 124, 623-632. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Horne Pauline J. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste anglaise,
spécialisée dans l'étude des enfants,
notamment du comportement de nommer
et des préférences
alimentaires. Collaboratrice de Catania
et Lowe.
 |
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1996). On the origins of
naming and other symbolic behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 65 (1),
185-241. [PDF] |
|
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. (1997). Toward a theory of
verbal behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis
of Behavior, 68 (2), 271-296. [PDF] |
|
HORNE, P.J. & LOWE, C.F. & RANDLE, V.R.L. (2004).
Naming and categorization in young children : II. Listener
behavior training. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 81, 267-288. [PDF] |
|
HORNE, P.J. & ERJAVEC, M. (2007). Do infants show
generalized imitation of gestures ? Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 87 (1), 63-87. [PDF] |
|
HORNE, P.J., GREENHALGH, J., ERJAVEC, M., LOWE, C.F.,
VIKTOR, S. & WHITAKRE, C.J. (2011). Increasing
pre-school children’s consumption of fruit and vegetables.
A modelling and rewards intervention. Appetite, 56, 375-385.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Horner Robert H. (1949-) : Psychologue
béhavioriste, méthodologiste
et spécialiste de
l'éducation. Il s'intéresse notamment au plan de recherche
n=1 et à la méthode
du cas unique. Collaborateur de
Carr,Cataldo,
Deleon, Fisher,
Holland,
Horner, Iwata, Kratochwill.,
Mulick,
Rojahn, Sandman,
Shore, Skiba,
Sugai, Symons, Thompson
et Zarcone.
|
HORNER, R.H. WUERCH, B.B. & BOOMER, J. D. (1981). The
intra-chain response patterns of three severely retarded
adults during extinction. American Journal of Mental
Deficiency, 86 (1), 97-103. |
|
HORNER, R.H., DAY, H.M., SPRAGUE, J.R., O'BRIEN, M. &
TUESDAY HEATHFIELD, L. (1991). Interspersed requests : A
nonaversive procedure for decreasing aggression and
self-injury during instruction. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 24 (2), 265-278. [PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.H., SUGAI, G. & TODD, A.W. (2001). "Data"
need not be a four-letter word : Using data to improve
school-wide discipline. Beyond Behavior, 11 (1),
20-22. |
|
HORNER, R.H. (2002). On the status of knowledge for using
punishment : A commentary. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 35 (4), 465-467. [PDF] |
|
HORNER, R.H. & KRATOCHWILL, T.R. (2012). Synthesizing
single-case research to identify evidence-based practices
: Some brief reflections. Journal of Behavioral
Education, 21 (3), 266-272. |
|
|
|
Horney
Karen (Hambourg 1885-1952 New York) :
Psychanalyste et psychiatre
américaine d'origine allemande. Elle est aussi membre du Groupe
de Chicago et de l'Institut
de Psychanalyse de Chicago. Analysé par Sachs.
Elle a analysé Schmideberg.
 |
HORNEY, K. (1937/97). The neurotic personality of our
time. New York : Norton./ La personnalité
nevrotique de notre temps. L'arche. |
|
HORNEY, K. (1942). The collected works of Karen
Horney. New York : W.W. Norton Company. |
|
HORNEY, K. (1945). Our inner conflicts. New York
: Norton. |
|
HORNEY, K. (1966). New ways in psychoanalysis. New
York : Norton & Co. |
|
HORNEY, K. (1967/73). Feminine psychology. New
York : Norton & Co. / La psychologie de la femme.
Paris : Payot. |
|
|
COOLIDGE, F.L., MOOR, C.J., YAMAZAKI, T.G., STEWART, S.E.
& SEGAL, D.L. (2001). On the relationship between
Karen Horney's tripartite theory and personality disorder
features. Personality & Individual Differences,
30, 1387-1400. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hornik
Jacob (Haïfa-) : Spécialiste de
l'étude de la consommation.
|
HORNIK, J. (1987). The effect of touch and gaze upon
compliance and interest of interviewees. The Journal
of Social Psychology, 127, 681-683. [PDF] |
|
HORNIK, J. & ELLIS, S. (1988). Strategies to secure
compliance for a mall intercept interview. Public
Opinion Quaterly, 52, 539–551. |
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Tactile stimulation and consumer
response. Journal of Consumer Research, 19,
449-458. [PDF] |
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Effects of physical contact on
customers' shopping time and behavior. Marketing
Letters, 3, 49-55. |
|
HORNIK, J. (1992). Tactile stimulation and consumer
response. Journal of Consumer Research, 19,
449-458. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
HORNSEY, M.J., OPPES, T. & SVENSSON, A. (2002). "It's
OK if we say it, but you can't" : Responses to intergroup
and intragroup criticism. European Journal of Social
Psychology, 32, 293-307. |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. (2005). Why being right is not enough :
Predicting defensiveness in the face of group criticism. European
Review of Social Psychology, 16, 301-334. |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. TREMBATH, M. & GUNTHORPE, S. (2004)."You
can criticize because you care" : Identity attachment,
constructiveness, and the intergroup sensitivity effect. European
Journal of Social Psychology, 34, 499-518. |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. (2020). Why facts are not enough :
Understanding and managing the motivated rejection of
science. Current Directions in Psychological Science,
29, 583–591. |
|
HORNSEY, M.J. (2022). Reasons why people may refuse
COVID-19 vaccination (and what can be done about it). World
Psychiatry, 21 (2), 217-218. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Horowitz Leonard M. (1937-2019 Portola Valley) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la personnalité.
Collaborateur de Bartholomew
et Malle.
|
HOROWITZ, L.M. & GORDON, A.M. (1972). Associative
symmetry and second-language learning. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 63 (3), 287-294. |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M., ROSENBERG, S.E. & BARTHOLOMEW, K.
(1993). Interpersonal problems, attachment
styles, and outcomes in brief dynamic psychotherapy. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psycholgy, 61,
549-560. [PDF] |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M., KRASNOPEROVA, E.N., TATAR, D.G., HANSEN,
M.B., PERSON, E.A., GALVIN, K. & NELSON, K. (2001). He
way to console may depend on the goal : Experimental
studies of social support. Journal of Experimental
Social Psychology, 37 (1), 49-61. |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M. (2003). Interpersonal foundations of
psychopathology. Washington, DC. : American
Psychological Association. |
|
HOROWITZ, L.M., WILSON, K.R., TURAN, B., ZOLOTSEV, P.,
CONSTANTINO, M. & HENDERSON, L. (2006). How
interpersonal motives clarify the meaning of interpersonal
behavior : A revised circumplex model. Personality
& Social Psychology Review, 10 (1), 67-86. |
|
|
|
Horstmann Gernot () : Psychologue
norvégien et spécialiste de l'étude de l'attentionet
de la perception du
hasard et des de la surprise.
Collaborateur de Keren, Reisenzein
et Schutzwohl.
|
|
HORSTMANN, G. (2003). What do facial expressions convey :
Feeling states, behavioral intentions, or actions requests
? Emotion, 3 (2), 150–166. |
|
HORSTMANN, G. (2005). Attentional capture by an
unannounced color singleton depends on expectation
discrepancy. Journal of Experimental Psychology : Human
Perception & Performance, 31, 1039–1060. |
HORSTMANN, G. ( (2006). Time course of intended and
unintended orienting of attention. Psychological
Research/Psychologische Forschung, 70, 13–25.
|
|
HORSTMANN, G. (2015). The surprise attention link—A
review. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences,
1339 (1), 106–115. |
|
HORSTMANN, G. BECKER, S. & ERNST, D. (2016).
Perceptual salience captures the eyes on a surprise trial.
Attention, Perception, & Psychophysics, 78,
1889-1900. |
|
|
|
Horvath Adam O. ( ) :
Psychologue
américain d'origine islandaise et spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies et de leur efficacité.
Il s'intéesse aussi à la relation
thérapeutique. Collaborateur de
Luborsky et Stiles.
|
HORVATH, A.O. & GREENBERG, L.S. (1989). Development
and validation of the working alliance inventory.
Journal of Counseling Psychology, 36, 223-233. |
|
HORVATH, A.O., MARX, R.W. & KAMANN, A.M. (1990).
Thinking about thinking in therapy : an examination of
clients' understanding of their therapists' intentions. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 614-621. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. & MARX, R.W. (1991). The development and
decay of the working alliance during time-limited
counseling. Canadian Journal of Counselling &
Psychotherapy, 24 (4), 240-259. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (2000). The therapeutic relationship : from
transference to alliance. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 56, 163-173. |
|
HORVATH, A.O. (2018). Research on the alliance: Knowledge
in search of a theory. Psychotherapy Research, 28
(4), 499-516. |
|
|
|
Horwitz Allan V. (Minnesota 1948-) : Sociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
santé mentale. Collaborateur de Gross
et Wakefield.
 |
HORWITZ, A.V. (1982). The Social Control of mental
illness. Orlando, Fla. : Academic Press. |
|
HORWITZ, A.V. (2002). Creating mental illness. Chicago
: University of Chicago Press. |
|
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2006). The epidemic
in mental illness : Clinical fact or survey artifact ? Contexts
: Understanding People in their Social Worlds, 5, 19-23. |
|
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2007/10). The
loss of sadness : How psychiatry transformed normal
sorrow into depressive disorder. New York : Oxford
University Press / Comment la psychiatrie a
medicalisé nos tristesses. Paris : Edition Mardaga. |
|
HORWITZ, A.V. & WAKEFIELD, J.C. (2008). An epidemic of
depression : Major depressive disorder or normal sadness ?
Psychiatric Times, 25, 44-45. |
|
|
O’CONNOR, L.E. (2002). Review of creating mental illness
by Allan V. Horwitz. Human Nature Review, 2, 4-6.
[LIRE] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hostilité : Ensemble de comportements qui incite ou suscite chez autrui de l'agressivité. Il peut s'agir de menaces, de gestes ou de
variations importantes de la voix (hausser le ton, crier, etc.). Chez Kelly,
comportement qu'un individu adopte afin d'amener autrui à
agir conformément à son système
de construits. Hostility.
| |
|
|
BYRNE, D. (1956). Relationship between Humor and the
expression of hostility. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 53, 84-89. |
LYNCH, P.J. (1999). Hostility, type A behavior, and stress
hromones at rest and after playing violent video games in
teenagers. Psychosomatic Medicine, 61, 113. |
|
BUSS, A.H. & DURKEE, A. (1957). An inventory for
assessing different kinds of hostility. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 21, 343-349. |
BECK, A.T. (1999). Prisoners of hate : The cognitive
basis of anger, hostility and violence. New York :
HarperCollins. |
|
NELSON, J. & EPSTEIN, S. (1962). Relationships among
three measures of conflict over hostility. Journal of
Consulting Psychology, 26, 345-350. |
GLICK, P., FISKE, S.T., MLADINIC, A., SAIZ, J.L., ABRAMS,
D., MASSER, B., ADETOUN, B., OSAGIE, J.E., AKANDE, A.,
ALAO, A., BRUNNER, A., WILLEMSEN, T.M., CHIPETA, K.,
DARDENNE, B., DIJKSTERHUIS, A., WIGBOLDUS, D., ECKES, T.,
SIX-MATERNA, I., EXPOSITO, F., MOYA, M., FODDY, M., KIM,
H-J., LAMEIRAS, M., SOTELO, M.J., MUCCHI-FAINA, A.,
ROMANI, M., SAKALLI, N., UDEGBE, B., YAMAMOTO, M., UI, M.,
FERREIRA, M.C. & LOPEZ-LOPEZ, W. (2000). Beyond
prejudice as simple antipathy : Hostile and benevolent
sexism across cultures. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 79 (5), 763-775. [PDF] |
|
SALTZ, G. & EPSTEIN, S. (1963). Thematic hostility and
guilt responses as related to self-reported hostility,
guilt, and conflict. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 67 (5), 469-479. |
GLICK, P. & FISKE, S.T. (2001). An ambivalent alliance
: Hostile and benevolent sexism as complementary justi
cations for gender inequality. American Psychologist,
56, 109-118. |
|
GOLDMAN, M. KECK, J.W. & O'LEARY, C.J. (1969).
Hostility reduction and performance. Psychological
Reports, 25 (2), 503-512. |
|
|
SOWAID, M. & SINGH, U.P. (1975). Hostlity, guilt and
conflict over hostility as correlates of criminality. Australian
& New Zealand Journal of Criminology, 8 (3/4),
209-214. [PDF] |
SMITH, T.W., RUIZ, J.M. & UCHINO, B.N. (2004). Mental
activation of supportive ties, hostility, and
cardiovascular reactivity to laboratory stress in young
men and women. Health Psychology, 23 (5),
476-485. |
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1979). Hostility and aggression.
Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
GENTILE, D.A., LYNCH, P.J., LINDER, J.R & WALSH, D.A.
(2004). The effects of violent video game habits on
adolescent hostility, aggressive behaviors, and school
performance. Journal of Adolescence, 27, 5-22. [PDF] |
|
WILLIAMS, R.B., BAREFOOT, J.C. & SHEKELLE, R.B.
(1985). The health consequences of hostility. In M.A.
Chesney, S.E. Goldston & R.H. Rosenmam (Eds.), Hostility
and behavioral medicine. New York : Hemisphere. |
WEINSTEIN, N., DECI, E. & RYAN, R. (2011).
Motivational determinants of integrating positive and
negative past identities. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 100, 527-544. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., GOLDSTEIN, I.B. & JAMNER, L.D. (1996).
Effects of cynical hostility, anger out, anxiety, and
defensiveness on ambulatory blood pressure in Black and
White college students. Psychosomatic Medicine, 58, 354-364. |
JANICKI-DEVERTS, D., COHEN, S. & DOYLE, W.J. (2010).
Cynical hostility and stimulated Th1 and Th2 cytokine
production. Brain, Behavior & Immunity, 24,
58-63. [PDF] |
|
BALLARD, M.E. & WEIST, J.R. (1996). Mortal Kombat :
The effects of violent video game play on males' hostility
and cardiovascular responding. Journal of Applied
Social Psychology, 26, 717-730. [PDF] |
GUYLL, M., CUTRONA, C., BURZETTE, R. & RUSSELL, D.
(2010). Hostility, relationship quality, and health among
African American couples. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 78 (5), 646-654. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Houdé Olivier (Bruxelles 1963-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste européen d'origine
française, spécialiste de l'étude du
raisonnement. Étudiant de Vauclair.
Collaborateur de De Neys,
Moutier et Tisseron.
 |
HOUDÉ, O. (2000). Inhibition and cognitive development :
Object, number, categorization, and reasoning.
Cognitive Development, 15, 63-73. |
|
HOUDÉ, O. (2003). Consciousness and unconsciousness of
logical reasoning errors in the human brain. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 25, 341. |
|
HOUDÉ, O. (2007). First insights on neuropedagogy of
reasoning. Thinking & Reasoning, 13, 81-89.
|
HOUDÉ, O. (2010). Beyond IQ comparisons :
Intra-individual training differences. Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 11, 370. |
|
HOUDÉ, O., PINEAU, A., LEROUX, G., POIREL, N., PERCHEY,
G., LANOË, C., LUBIN, A., TURBELIN, M.-R., ROSSI, S.,
SIMON, G., DELCROIX, N., LAMBERTON, F., VIGNEAU, M.,
WISNIEWSKI, G., VICET, J.-R. & MAZOYER, B. (2011).
Functional MRI study of Piaget's conservation-of-number
task in preschool and school-age children : A
neo-Piagetian approach. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 110, 332-346. |
|
|
|
Houle Sylvain ( ) : Neuropsychologue
canadien, d'origine québécoise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la
schizophrénie. Collaborateur de Craik
, Habib, Kapur,
Markowitsch, Moscovitch
Nyberg et Tulving.
|
HOULE, S., HUSSEY, D., KAPUR, S. & ROSE, R.
(1994). Absence of residual effects after physiological
stimulation of the visual and motor cortex : An [15O]-H2O
PET study in humans. Nuclear Medicine Communications,
15 (11), 860-864.
|
|
HOULE, S., WILSON, A.A., KAPUR, S. & DaSILVA, J.N.
(1994). PET Strategies for the Investigation or
Neuropsychiatric Diseases. Clinical Nuclear Medicine,
19 (10), 934. |
HOULE, S., HUSSEY, D., GINOVART, N. & MEYER,
J.H. (2000). aging the serotonin transporter with
positron emission tomography : initial human studies with
[11C]DAPP and [11C]DASB. European Journal of Nuclear
Medicine, 27 (11), 1719-1722.
|
HOULE, S., WILSON, A.A. & DaSILVA, J.N. (2000).Imaging
the 5-HT1A receptors with PET : WAY-100635 and analogues.
Medicine & Biology, 27 (5), 463-466.
|
|
NYBERG, L., McINTOSH, A.R., CABEZA, R. & HOULE, S.
(1996). Network Analysis of Positron Emission
Tomography Regional Cerebral Blood Flow Data : Ensemble
Inhibition during Episodic Memory Retrieval. The
Journal of Neuroscience, 16 (11), 3753-3759. [PDF]
|
|
|
|
Houmanfar Ramona A. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationelle
et behavioriste
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude de la culture
organisationnelle. Collaboratrice de
Glenn, Tourinho
et Ward.
|
HOUMANFAR, M.A., RODRIGUES, N.J. & WARD, T.A. (2010).
Emergence and metacontingency : Points of contact and
departure. Behavior & Social Issues, 19,
78-103. |
|
HOUMANFAR, M.A. & RODRIGUES, N.J. (2012). The role of
leadership and communication in organizational change. Journal
of Applied Radical Behavior Analysis, 1, 22-27. |
|
HOUMANFAR, M.A. & WARD, T.A. (2012). An
Interdisciplinary account of Martyrdom as a religious
practice. Latin American Journal of Psychology, 44,
65-75. |
|
HOUMANFAR, M.A., ALAVOSIUS, M.P., MORFORD, Z.H., REIMER,
D. & HERBST, S.A. (2015). Functions of organizational
leaders in cultural change : financial and social
well-being. Journal of Organizational Behavior
Management, 35, 4-27. |
|
HOUMANFAR, M.A. & MATTAINI, M.A. (2016). Leadership
and cultural change : Implications for behavior analysis.
The Behavior Analyst, 39 (1), 41-46. [PDF] |
|
|
|
House Robert J. (1932-2011) : Psychologue
organisationel
américain et spécialiste de l'étude du
leadership, notamment du
leadership charismatique. Collaborateur de
Shamir.
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1971). A path-goal theory of leader
effectiveness. Administrative Science Quarterly, 16,
321-338. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1977). A 1976 theory of charismatic
leadership. In J.G. Hunt & L.L. Larson (Eds.), Leadership
: The cutting edge (pp. 189-207). Carbondale :
Southern Illinois University Press. [PDF] |
|
HOUSE, R.J., SPANGLER, W.D. & WOYKE, J. (1991).
Personality and charisma in the U.S. presidency : A
psychological theory of leadership effectiveness. Administrative
Science Quarterly, 36, 364-396. |
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1996). Path-goal theory of leadership :
Lessons, legacy, and a reformulated theory. Leadership
Quarterly, 7 (3), 323-325. [PDF]
|
|
HOUSE, R.J. (1997). The social scientific study of
leadership : Quo Vadis ? Journal of Management, 23 (3),
409-473. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
HOUSTON, J.P. & ZIFF, T. (1976). Effects of success
and failure on cheating behavior. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 68 (3), 371-376. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1976). Learning and cheating as a function
of study phase distraction. Journal of Educational
Research, 69 (7), 247-249. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1977). Learning, opportunity to cheat, and
amount of reward. Journal of Experimental Education,
45 (3), 30-35. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1983). College class room cheating, threat,
sex and prior performance. College Student Journal, 17
(3), 196-204. |
|
HOUSTON, J.P. (1986). Classroom answer copying : Roles of
acquaintanceship and free vs. assigned seating. Journal
of Educational Psychology, 78 (3), 230-232. |
|
|
|
Hovland Carl Iver (Chicago 1912-1961 New Haven) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de la communication.
Il a développé une théorie des attitudes.
Étudiant de Hull. Professeur
de Berlyne, Kelman et Zimbardo.
Collaborateur de Anderson,
Dollard,
Doob, Janis,
Kelley, Miller, Mowrer,
Sears, Shepard
et Sherif.
 |
HOVLAND, C.I. (1936). "Inhibition of reinforcement" and
the phenomena of experimental extinction. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences, 22, 430-433. |
|
HOVLAND, C.I. & WEISS, W. (1951). The influence of
source credibility on communication effectiveness. Public
Opinion Quarterly, 15, 635-650. [PDF] |
|
HOVLAND, C.I. (1952). A "communication analysis" of
concept learning. Psychology Review, 59,
347-350. |
|
HOVLAND, C.I. & KURTZ, K.H. (1956). Concept learning
with differing sequences of instances. Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 51, 239-423. |
|
HOVLAND, C.I. (1959). Reconciling conflicting results
derived from experimental and survey studies of attitude
change. American Psychologist, 14, 8-17. |
|
|
EPSTEIN, S. & BURSTEIN, K. (1966). A replication of
Hovland's study of generalization to frequencies of tones.
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 72, 782-784. |
|
|
|
|
|
Howard
Kenneth I. (1932-2000) : Psychologue
américain et spécialiste de l'évaluation
des thérapies et de leur efficacité.
Collaborateur de Beutler, Orlinsky
et Saunders.
 |
HOWARD, K.I., KOPTA, S.M., KRAUSE, M.S. & ORLINSKY,
D.E. (1986). The dose-effect relationship in
psychotherapy. American Psychologist, 41, 159-164. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., LUEGER, R.J., MALING, M.S. &
MARTINOVICH, Z. (1993). A phase model of psychotberapy :
Causal mediation of outcome. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 61, 678-685. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KRAUSE, M.S. & VESSEY, J.T. (1994).
Analysis of clinical trial data : The problem of outcome
overlap. Psychotherapy, 31, 302-307. |
|
HOWARD, K.I., MORAS, K., BRILL, P.L., MARTINOVICH, Z.
& LUTZ, W. (1996). Evaluation of psychotherapy :
Efficacy, effectiveness, and patient progress. American
Psychologist, 51 (10), 159-164. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD, K.I., KRAUSE, M.S., KOPTA, S.M. & SAUNDERS,
S.M. (1997). Trials and tribulations in the meta-analysis
of treatment differences : Comment on Wampold et al.
(1997). Psychological Bulletin, 122 (3),
221-225. [PDF] |
|
|
BEUTLER, L.E. (2003). Remembering the contributions of
Kenneth I. Howard : An introduction Larry E. Beutler.
Journal of Clinical Psychology, 59 (7), 723–725. |
|
|
|
Howard-Jones Paul ( ) : Neuropsychologue
brittanique et spécialiste de l'éducation.
|
HOWARD-JONES, P., WHYBROW, J. & SUMMERS, I.R. (2001).
An evaluation of an electronic simulation of
hearing-impairment in the training of mainstream teachers.
European Journal of Special Needs Education, 16 (3),
277-288. |
|
HOWARD-JONES, P. & MARTIN, R.J. (2002). The effect of
questioning on concept learning within a hypertext system.
Journal of Computer Assisted Learning, 18 (1),
10-20. |
|
HOWARD-JONES, P., JOINER, R. & BOMFORD, J. (2006).
Thinking with a theory : theory-prediction consistency and
young children's identification of causality.
Instructional Science, 34 (2), 159-188. |
|
HOWARD-JONES, P. & DEMETRIOU, S. (2009). Uncertainty
and engagement with learning games. Instructional
Science, 37 (6), 519-536. [PDF] |
|
HOWARD-JONES, P. (2008). Philosophical challenges for
researchers at the interface between neuroscience and
education. Journal of Philosophy of Education, 42
(3-4), 361-380. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Howe Kenneth R. ( ) : Méthodologiste
et spécialiste américain de l'éducation.
|
HOWE, K.R. (1988). Against the quantitative-qualitative
incompatibility thesis or dogmas die dard. Educational
Theory, 17 (8), 10-16. [PDF] |
|
HOWE, K.R. (1992). Getting over the
quantitative-qualitative debate. American Journal of
Education, 100, 236-256. [PDF] |
|
HOWE, K.R. (2004). A critique of experimentalism.
Qualitative Inquiry, 10 (4), 42-61. [PDF] |
|
HOWE, K.R. (2005). The question of education science :
Experimentism versus experimentalism. Educational
Theory, 55 (3), 307-322. |
|
HOWE, K.R. (2010). Epistemology, methodology, and
education sciences positivist dogmas, rhetoric, and the
education science question. Educational Researcher, 38
(6), 428-440. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Howe Mark L. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain,
d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la mémoire
autobiographique, de
l'amnésie infantile et des
faux souvenirs. Collaborateur de Courage,
Lilienfeld, Loftus, Lynn, Otgaar
et Scoboria.
|
HOWE, M.L. & COURAGE, M.L. (1993). On resolving the
enigma of infantile amnesia. Courage Psychological
Bulletin, 113 (2), 305-326. |
|
HOWE, M.L., COURAGE, M.L. & PETERSON, C. (1994). How
can i remember when "I' wasn't there : Long-term retention
of traumatic experiences and emergence of the cognitive
self. Consciousness & Cognition : An
International Journal, 3 (3-4), 327-355. |
|
HOWE, M.L & COURAGE, M.L. (1997). The emergence and
early development of autobiographical memory. Psychological
Review, 104 (3), 499-523. |
|
HOWE, M.L, COURAGE, M.L. & EDISON, S.C. (2003). When
autobiographical memory begins Developmental Review,
23 (4), 471-494. |
|
HOWE, M.L. & OTGAAR, H. (2020). Theoretically
important failures to reject the null hypothesis :
introduction to a special section of memory. Memory,
28 (7), 837-838. |
|
|
|
Howe Michael John Anthony (1940-2002) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain
d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'intelligence. Professeur de Ceci.
|
HOWE, M.J.A. (1988). Intelligence as an explanation. British
Journal of Psychology, 79, 349-360. |
|
HOWE, M.J.A. (1990). Does intelligence exist ? The
Psychologist, 3, 490-493. |
|
HOWE, M.J.A. (1997). IQ in question : The truth about
intelligence. London : Sage. |
|
HOWE, M.J.A., DAVIDSON, J.W. & SLOBODA, J.A. (1998).
Innate talents : reality or myth ? Behavior &
Brain Science, 21, 399-407. [LIRE] |
|
HOWE, M.J.A. (1998). Can IQ change ? The
Psychologist, 11 (2), 69-71.[PDF] |
| |
|
SLOBODA, J.A., HARTLEY, J. & CECI, S. (2002). Obituary
: Michael Howe (1940-2002). Psychology of Music, 30,
6-7. |
|
DAVIDSON, J., SLOBODA, J. & CECI, S. (2013). The
Complexity of Greatness Beyond Talent or Practice. In S.B.
Kaufman (Ed.), Epilogue : Michael Howe remembered (pp.
418-420). Oxford University Press. |
|
KAUFMAN, S.B. (Ed.) (2013). Epilogue: Michael Howe
Remembered. The Complexity of Greatness : Beyond Talent
or Practice |
|
|
|
Howie Pauline M. ( ) : Psychologue
australienne et spécialiste de l'étude du
langage, notamment du bégaiement.
Collaboratrice de Andrews
et Ingham.
|
|
ANDREWS, G., GUITAR, B. & HOWIE, P.M. (1980).
Meta-analysis of th eeffects of stuttering treatment. Journal
of Speech & Hearing Disorders, 45 (3),
287-307. |
|
HOWIE, P.M. (1981). Intrapair similarity in frequency of
disfluency in monozygotic and dizygotic twin pairs
containing stutterers. Behavior Genetics, 11,
227–238. |
|
HOWIE, P.M., TANNER, S. & ANDREWS, G. (1981). Short-
and long-term outcome in an intensive treatment program
for adult stutterers. Journal of Speech & Hearing
Disorders, 46 (1), 104-109. |
|
HOWIE, P.M. & WOODS, C.L. (1982). Token reinforcement
during the instatement and shaping of fluency in the
treatment of stuttering. Journal of Applied Behavior
Analysis, 15 (1), 55-64.
[PDF] |
|
HOWIE, P.M. (1983). A response to "On token reinforcement
and stuttering therapy : Another view on findings reported
by Howie and Woods (1982)". Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 16 (4), 471-475. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hox
Joop ( ) : Psychologue
et méthodologiste
néerlandais et spécialiste de la mesure
et des enquêtes par questionnaire.
Il s'intéresse notamment au
biais de non-réponse. Collaborateur
De Leeuw.
|
HOX, J.J. & DE LEEUW, E.D. (1994). A comparison of
nonresponse in mail, telephone, and face-to-face surveys.
Applying multilevel modeling to meta-analysis. Quality
& Quantity, 28 (4), 329-344. [PDF] |
|
HOX, J.J., DE LEEUW, E.D. & VORST, H. (1995). Survey
participation as reasoned action; a behavioral paradigm
for survey nonresponse ? Bulletin de Méthodologie
Sociologique, 48, 52-67. [PDF] |
|
HOX, J.J., DE LEEUW, E.D. & VORST, H. (1995). A
reasoned action explanation for survey nonresponse. In S.
Laaksonen (Ed.), International perspectives on
nonresponse. Helsinski : Statistics Finland. [PDF] |
|
HOX, J.J. & DE LEEUW, E.D. & SNIJKERS, G. (2003).
Nonresponse in surveys : determining the research agenda
for the future. Bulletin de Méthodologie
Sociologique, 79, 47-60. [PDF] |
|
HOX, J.J., DE LEEUW, E.D. & ZIJLMANS, E.A.O. (2015).
Measurement equivalence in mixed mode surveys.
Frontiers in Psychology, 6 [87], 1-11. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hrdy
Sarah Blaffer (Dallas 1946-) : Primatologue,
sociobiologiste et féministe
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du singe colobinae ou langur.
Elle s'est également intéressée aux
instincts, plus particulièrement à
l'instinct maternel. Collaboratrice de Hausfater.
 |
HRDY, S.B. (1977/80). The langurs of Abu : Female and
male strategies of reproduction. Cambridge :
Harvard University Press. |
|
HAUSFATER, G. & HRDY, S. (Eds.) (1984). Infanticide
comparative and evolutionary perspectives. New York
: Aldine Publishing Co. |
|
HRDY, S.B. (1981/84). The woman that never evolved /
Des guenons et des femmes : Essai de sociobiologie. Cambridge
: Harvard University Press/Paris : Tierce. |
|
HRDY, S.B. (1999). Mother nature : A history of
mothers, infants and natural selection. New York :
Pantheon. |
|
HRDY, S.B. (2000). The optimal number of fathers :
Evolution, demography, and history in the shaping of
female mate preferences. Annals of the New York
Academy of Sciences, 907, 75-96. |
|
|
|
Hrimech
Mohamed ( ) : Spécialiste de
l'éducation et du décrochage
scolaire. Il enseigne à
l'Université de Montréal. Collaborateur de Garon
et Théorêt.
 |
HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (1997). L’abandon scolaire au
secondaire : une comparaison entre les élèves montréalais
nés au Canada et ceux nés à l’étranger. Revue
Canadienne de l’Éducation, 22 (1), 268-282. |
|
THÉORÊT, M., GARON, R. et HRIMECH, M. (2000). Évaluation
d’une intervention de mentorat visant à réduire le risque
d’abandon scolaire. Revue Canadienne de
Psychoéducation, 29 (1), 65-86. |
|
HRIMECH, M. (2000). Les stratégies d’apprentissage en
contexte d’autoformation. Dans R. Foucher et M. Hrimech
(Dirs.), L’autoformation dans l’enseignement
supérieur : apports européens et nord-américains pour
l’an 2000 (p. 99-111). Montréal : Les Éditions
Nouvelles. |
|
HRIMECH, M. & TREMBLAY, N.A. (2006). Training of adult
educators in Québec. In T. Fenwick, T. Nesbit & B.
Spencer (Dirs.), Contexts of adult education :
Canadian perspectives (pp. 292-297). Thompson
Educational Publishing. |
|
HRIMECH, M. et THÉORÊT, M. (2007). Analyse de facteurs
personnels reliés à la problématique de l’abandon scolaire
des garçons et des filles au Québec. Dans C. Solar et F.
Kanouté (Dirs.), Les défis de l’équité en éducation.
Paris : L’Harmattan. |
|
|
|
Hrobjartsson
Asbjorn ( ) :
Médecin et méthodologiste
danois. Il s'intéresse notamment à
l'effet placebo. Collaborateur de Gotzsche.
|
HROBJARTSSON, A. (1996). The uncontrollable placebo
effect. European Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 50,
345-348. |
|
HROBJARTSSON, A. & GOTZSCHE, P.C. (2001). Is the
placebo powerless ? An analysis of clinical trials
comparing placebo with no treatment. New England
Journal of Medecine, 344 (21), 1594-1602. [PDF] |
|
HROBJARTSSON, A., THOMSEN, A.S., EMANUELSSON, F., TENDAL,
B., HILDEN, J., BOUTRON, I. RAVAUD, P. & BRORSON, S.
(2012). Observer bias in randomised clinical trials with
binary outcomes : systematic review of trials with both
blinded and non-blinded outcome assessors. British
Medical Journal, 344, 1-11. [PDF] |
|
HROBJARTSSON, A., THOMSEN, A.S., EMANUELSSON, F., TENDAL,
B., HILDEN, J., BOUTRON, I., RAVAUD, P. & BRORSON, S.
(2013). Observer bias in randomized clinical trials with
measurement scale outcomes : a systematic review of trials
with both blinded and nonblinded assessors. Canadian
Medical Association Journal, 185 (4), 201-211. [PDF] |
|
HROBJARTSSON, A., EMANUELSSON, F., THOMSEN, A.S., HILDEN,
J. & BRORSON, S. (2014). Bias due to lack of patient
blinding in clinical trials. A systematic review of trials
randomizing patients to blind and nonblind sub-studies.
International Journal of Epidemiology, 43 (4),
1272-1283. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hsee
Christopher K. ( ) : Psychologue
industriel et organisationnel américain, spécialisé dans
l'étude du risque et de la
prise de
décision. Il a découvert le
biais de dinstinction. Collaborateur d'Abelson,
Hatfield et
Weber.
 |
HSEE, C.K., HATFIELD, E., CARLSON, J. & CHEMTOB, C.
(1990). The effect of power on susceptibility to emotional
contagion. Cognition & Emotion, 4, 327-340.
[PDF] |
|
HSEE, C.K. (1995). Elastic justification : How tempting
but task-irrelevant factors influence decisions. Organizational
Behavioral & Human Decision Process, 62, 330-337.
[PDF] |
|
HSEE, C.K. (1998). Less is better : When low-value options
are valued more highly than high-value options. Journal
of Behavioral Decision Making, 11 (2), 107-121. [PDF] |
|
HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2004). Distinction bias :
Misprediction and mischoice due to joint evaluation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 86 (5),
680-695. [PDF] |
|
HSEE, C.K. & ZHANG, J. (2010). General evaluability
theory. Perspectives on Psychological Science, 5 (4),
343-355. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hsu
Lisa ( ) : Spécialiste taïwanaise de
l'éducation. Elle s'intéresse notamment à la
convivialité des enseignants.
|
HSU, L. (2008). The impact of teacher immediacy on
students' affective learning in English classes.
Journal of General Education, National Taichung
Institute of Technology, 2, 141-158. |
|
HSU, L. (2009). The relationship between teachers' verbal
immediacy behaviors and students' affective learning for
English. Hwa Kang Journal of English Language &
Literature, 15, 107-130. |
|
HSU, L. & HO, T.C. (2010). The effect of teachers'
nonverbal immediacy behaviors on students' affect for
English subject. Journal of Applied Foreign Language,
National Kaohsiung First |
|
HSU, L. (2010). The impact of perceived teachers'
nonverbal immediacy on students' motivation for learning
english. Asian EFL Journal, 12 (4), 1-17. [PDF] |
|
HSU, L. (2010). An exploration of the effects of college
english teacher misbehaviors on students' willingness to
communicate in english classes. American Journal of
Educational Research, 2 (11), 1050-1059. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hsu
Yuying ( ) : Biologiste
et éthologiste
taïwanaise, spécialisée dans l'étude de la dominance chez les animaux,
notamment chez les poissons
et les chiens.
|
HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (1999). The winner and loser
effect : integrating multiple experiences. Animal
Behaviour, 57, 903-910. [PDF] |
|
HSU, Y. & WOLF, L.L. (2001). The winner and loser
effect : what fighting behaviours are influenced ? Animal
Behaviour, 61, 777-786. [PDF] |
|
HSU, Y., SEVERINGHAUS, L.L. & SERPELL, J.A. (2003).
Dog keeping in Taiwan : its contribution to the problem of
free-roaming dogs. Journal of Applied Animal Welfare
Science, 6, 1-23. [PDF] |
|
HSU, Y., EARLY, R.L. & WOLF, L.L. (2006). Modulation
of aggressive behavior by fighting experience : mechanisms
and contest outcomes. Biological Review, 81,
33-74. [PDF] |
|
HSU, Y. & SUN, L. (2010). Factors associated with
aggressive responses in pet dogs. Applied Animal
Behaviour Science, 123, 108-123. [PDF] |
|
|
|
| HOM -
HUBEL - HUBERMAN - HUESMANN
- HULL - HUMANISME -
HUME - HUMEUR - HUMOUR
- HUMPHREY - HUNT
- HUSSERL - HUXLEY
- HY |
Hubbard Julie A. ( ) : Psychologue
américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de l'agressivité/ agression,
notamment ses formes offensive
et défensive. Elle s'intéresse également à la colère,
au harcèlement
des pairs et à l'exclusion
sociale. Collaboratrice de
Dodge et Poulin.
|
HUBBARD, J.A., DODGE, K.A., CILLESSEN, A.H.N., COIE, J.D.
& SCHWARTZ, D. (2001). The dyadic nature of social
information processing in boys' reactive and proactive
aggression. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 80, 268-280. |
|
HUBBARD, J.A., SMITHYER, C.M., RAMSDEN, S.R., PARKER,
E.H., FLANAGAN, K.D., DEARING, K.F. & SIMONS, R.F.
(2002). Observational, physiological, and self-report
measures of children's anger : Relations to reactive
versus proactive aggression. Child Development, 73,
1101-1118. |
|
HUBBARD, J.A., PARKER, E.H., RAMSDEN, S.R., FLANAGAN,
K.D., RELYEA, N., DEARING, K.F., SMITHYER, C.M., SIMONS,
R.F. & HYDE, C.T. (2004). The relations between
observational, physiological, and self-report measures of
children's anger. Social Development, 13, 14-39.
[PDF] |
|
HUBBARD, J.A. (2005). Eliciting and measuring children's
anger in the context of their peer interactions : Ethical
considerations and practical guidelines. Ethics &
Behavior, 15 (3), 247-258. [PDF] |
|
HUBBARD, J.A. & MORROW, M.T. (2010). Reactive and
proactive aggression in childhood and adolescence :
Precursors, outcomes, processes, experiences, and
measurement. Journal of Personality, 78 (1),
95-118. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hubel David H. (Windsor Ontario 1926-2013 Lincoln) : Biologiste d'origine
canadienne et lauréat du prix Nobel
de physiologie et de médecine en 1981 pour ses travaux avec
Wiesel sur l'analyse des
informations dans le système visuel
(et Sperry). Il a
notamment proposé un modèle de
traitement de l'information du système visuel (le modèle des
colonnes oculaires de dominance). Collaborateur de Wiesel.
 |
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1959). Receptive fields of
single neurons in cats' striate complex. Journal of
Physiology, 48, 574-591. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1962). Receptive fields,
binocular interaction and functional architecture in the
cat's visual cortex. Journal of Physiology, 160,
106-154.
[PDF] |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1968). Receptive fields
and functional architecture of monkey striate cortex. Journal
of Physiology, 195 (1), 215-243. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. & WIESEL, T.N. (1974). Sequence regularity
and geometry of orientation columns in the monkey striate
cortex. Journal of Comparative Neurology, 158
(3), 267-293. |
|
HUBEL, D.H. (1995). Eye, brain, and vision. New
York : Scientific American Library. |
|
|
KANDEL, E.R. (2009). An introduction to the work of David
Hubel and Torsten Wiesel. Journal of Physiology, 587
(12), 2733-2741. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Huberman Alan Michael (1940-2001 Genève) :
Méthodologiste et spécialiste de l'éducation
et des méthodes
qualitatives. Collaborateur de Miles.
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. (1981). Splendeurs, misères et promesses de
la recherche qualitative. Education et Recherche, 3,
233-249. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. (1988). Maîtriser les processus
d'apprentissage : Fondements et perspectives de la
pédagogie de maîtrise. Paris : Delachaux et
Niestlé. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (1991). Analyse des
données qualitatives : recueil de nouvelles méthodes.
Bruxelles/St-Laurent : De Boeck Wesmael/ERPI. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). The
qualitative researcher's companion. Thousand Oaks
: Sage. |
|
HUBERMAN, A.M. & MILES, M.B. (2002). Rethinking the
quest for school improvement : Some findings from the
DESSI study. Teachers College Record, 86 (1),
34-54. |
|
|
|
Huberman Bernardo A. (1943-) : Spécialiste de l'information
et des réseaux d'information (Internet),
d'origine argentine.
|
HUBERMAN, B.A. & WU, F. (1981). The economics of
attention : maximizing user value in information-rich
environments. Advances in Complex Systems, 11 (4)
487-496. [PDF] |
|
HUBERMAN, B.A., PIROLLI, P.L.T., PITKOW, J.E. & LUKOS,
R.M. (1998). Strong regularities in world wide web
surfing. Science, 280 (5360), 95-97. [PDF] |
|
HUBERMAN, B.A. (2001). The laws of the web : Patterns
in the ecology of information. MIT Press, |
|
HUBERMAN, B.A., LOCH, C.H. & ÖNCÜLER, A. (2004).
Status as a valued resource. Social Psychology
Quarterly, 67 (1), 103-114. [PDF] |
|
HUBERMAN, B.A. (2010). Social attention in the age of the web
: How to replace the editor with a computer. Lot of Occasional, 19 (9), 62-69. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Huberty Carl J. (1934-2020) :
Statisticien américain et spécialiste de l'analyse
de la variance multivariée et de l'analyse
discriminante.
|
HUBERTY, C.J. & HOLMES. S.E. (1983). Two-group
comparisons and univariate classification. Ed-
ucational & Psychological Measurement, 43,
15-26. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. & MORRIS, J.D. (1989). Multivariate
analysis versus multiple univariate analyses. Psychological
Bulletin, 105 (2), 302-308. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. (1994). A note on interpreting an R2 value.
Journal of Educational & Behavioral Statistics,
19, 351-356. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. & LOWMAN, L.L. (2000). Group overlap as
a basis for effect size. Educational &
Psychological Measurement, 60, 543-563. |
|
HUBERTY, C.J. (2002). A history of effect size indices. Educational
& Psychological Measurement, 62 (2), 227-240. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Huesmann Rowell L. (1943-2025) : Psychosociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'agressivité,
de l'agression. et
de la représentation
de violence à la télévision. Collaborateur
d'Anderson, Berkowitz,
Bushman, Collins,
Donnerstein, Eron,
Gentile, Lintz et Malamuth
 |
HUESMANN, L.R. & ERON, L.D. (1984). Cognitive
processes and the persistence of aggressive behavior. Aggressive
Behavior, 10, 243-251.
[PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & MALAMUTH, N.M. (1986). Media violence
and antisocial behavior : An overview. Journal of
Social Issues, 42 (3), 1-6. [PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R., MOISE-TITUS, J., PODOLSKI, C. & ERON,
L.D. (2003). Longitudinal relations between children's
exposure to TV violence and their aggressive and violent
behavior in young adulthood : 1977-1992. Developmental
Psychology, 39, 201-221.
[PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. & KIRWIL, L. (2007). Why observing
violence increases the risk of violent behavior in the
observer. In D. Flannery (Ed.), The Cambridge
handbook of violent behavior and aggression.
Cambridge, UK : Cambridge University Press.
[PDF] |
|
HUESMANN, L.R. (2010). Nailing the coffin shut on doubts
that violent video games stimulate aggression : Comment on
Anderson. Psychological Bulletin, 136, 179-181.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Huey Edmund Burke (1870-1913) : Spécialiste
américain de l'éducation, notamment de l'apprentissage de la lecture.
 |
HUEY, E.B. (1898). Preliminary experiments in the
physiology and psychology of reading. American
Journal of Psychology, 9 (4), 575-586. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1900). On the psychology and physiology of
reading, I. The American Journal of Psychology, 11
(3), 283-302. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1901). On the psychology and physiology of
reading, II. The American Journal of Psychology, 12 (3),
292-312. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1908). The psychology and pedagogy of
reading. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. |
|
HUEY, E.B. (1912). A syllabus for the clinical
examination of children. Lincoln, Illinois :
Lincoln State School. |
|
|
|
Huffman
Michael Allan (Denver 1958-) : Primatologue
américain et spécialiste de l'automédecine
et de la culture
animale. Étudiant de
Itani et Nishida.
Professeur de Gunst, Leca
et Nahallage.
Collaborateur de Krief et Wrangham.
|
HUFFMAN, M.A. & QUIATT, D. (1986). Stone handling by
Japanese macaques Macaca fuscata : Implications for tool
use of stone. Primates, 27, 427-437. |
|
HUFFMAN, M.A. & SEIFU, M. (1989). Observations of
illness and consumption of a possibly medicinal plant
Vernonia amygdalina (Del.), by a wild chimpanzee in the
Mahale Mountains National Park, Tanzania. Primates,
30, 51-63. |
|
HUFFMAN M.A. (1997). Current evidence for self-medication
in primates : A multidisciplinary perspective. Yearbook
of physical anthropology, 40, 171-200. [PDF]
|
|
HUFFMAN, M.A., NAHALLAGE, C.A.D. & LECA, J-B. (2008).
Cultured monkeys, social learning cast in stones. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 17, 410-414. [PDF] |
|
HUFFMAN, M.A., SPIEZIO, C., SGARAVATTI, A. & LECA,
J-B. (2010). Option biased learning involved in the
acquisition and transmission of leaf swallowing behavior
in chimpanzees (Pan troglodytes) ? Animal Cognition,
13 (6), 871-880. |
|
|
|
Hughes verett Cherrington (Beaver 1897-1983 Cambridge) :
Sociologue américain et
chef de file de l'École
de Chicago. Il s'est notamment intéressé à la société
canadienne française du Québec. Il a enseigné la sociologieà
l'université mcgill de 1927-1938.Professeur de Becker
et Goffman.
 |
HUGHES, E.C. (1943). French Canada in transition
/Rencontre de deux mondes. La crise de
l'industrialisation du Canada français. [PDF] |
|
HUGHES, E.C. (1971). The sociological eye.
Selected Papers. |
|
|
HOLMSTROM, L.L. (1984). Everett Cherrington Hughes. A
tribute to a pioneer in the study of work and occupations.
Work & Occupations, 11 (4), 471-481. |
|
WEISS, R.S. (1996). Remebrance of Everett Hughes.
Qualitative Sociology, 19 (4), 543-551. |
|
CHAPOULIE, J.M. (1996). Everett Hughes and the Chicago
tradition. Sociological Theory, 14 (1), 3-29. |
|
DEMAZIÈRE, D. & DUBAR, C. (1997). E.C. Hughes,
intitiatieur et précurseur critique de la grounded theory.
Sociétés Contemporaines, 27, 49-55. |
|
HELMES-HAYES, R.C. (2000). The concept of social class :
The contribution of Everett Hughes. Journal of the
History of the Behavioral Sciences, 36 (2),
127-147. |
|
|
|
Hulac David M. ( ) : Psychologue
béhavioriste américain et spécialiste de
l'éducation.
|
HULAC, D. & BENSON, N. (2010). The use of group
contingencies for preventing and managing disruptive
behaviors. Intervention in School & Clinic, 45, 257–262. |
|
HULAC, D. & BENSON, N. (2011). Getting students to
work smarter and harder : Decreasing off-task behavior
through interspersal techniques. School Psychology
Forum, 5 (1), 29-36. |
|
HULAC, D.M., TERRELL, J., VINING, O. & BERNSTEIN, J.
(2011). Behavioral interventions in schools. New
York, NY : Routledge. |
|
HULAC, D., BENSON, N., NESMITH, M.C. & SHERVEY, S.W.
(2016). Using variable interval reinforcement schedules to
support students in the classroom : Anintroduction with
illustrative examples. Journal of Educational Research
& Practice, 6 (1), 90–96.
[PDF] |
|
HULAC, D. & BRIECH, A.M. (2017). Evidence-based
strategies for effective classroom management. Guilford
Press. |
|
|
|
Hulin Charles L. ( ) : Psychologue
organisationnel américain et spécialiste de l'étude de la
satisfaction au travail. et de l'absentéisme. Collaborateur de
Fitzgerald et Judge.
 |
HULIN, C.L. (1966). Job satisfaction and turnover in a
female clerical population.Journal of Applied
Psychology, 50, 280-285. |
|
HULIN, C.L. (1968). The effects of changes in job
satisfaction levels on turnover. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 52, 122-126. |
|
HULIN, C.L. &
BLOOD, M. R. (1968). Job enlargement, individual
differences, and worker responses. Psychological
Bulletin, 69 (1), 41–55. |
|
HULIN, C.L., ROZNOWSKI, M. & HACHIYA, D. (1984).
Alternative opportunities and withdrawal decisions :
Empirical and theoretical discrepancies and an
integration. Psychological Bulletin, 97, 233-250. |
|
HULIN, C.L., HENRY, R.A. & NOON, S.L. (1990). Adding a
dimension : Time as a factor in the generalizability of
predictive relationships. Psychological Bulletin, 107
(3), 328-340. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hull Clark Leonard (Akron États-Unis 1884-1952 New Haven)
: Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, chef de file de la perspective béhavioriste.
L'un des premiers psychologues a proposé une théorie formelle
(axiomatisée) de l'apprentissage.
Président de l'APA en 1936.
Étudiant de Henmon.
Professeur de Dollard, Erickson,
Hovland,
Miller, Mowrer et Spence.
|
|
HULL, C.L. (1934). The concept of the habit-family
hierarchy and maze learning : Part I. Psychological
Review, 41, 33-54. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1935). The conflicting psychologies of
learning : A way out. Psychological Review, 42, 404-413. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1943). Principles of behavior. New
York : Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1951). Essentials of behavior. New
Haven : Yale University Press. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1952). A behavior system. New Haven
: Yale University Press. |
|
|
SCHOENFELD, W.N. & BERSH, P.J. (1952). C.L. Hull’s
Essentials of Behavior. Psychological Bulletin, 49, 628-636. |
|
KOCH, S. (1954). Clark L. Hull. In W.K. Estes (Ed.), Modern
learning theory (pp. 1-176). New York :
Appleton-Century-Crofts. |
|
LOGAN, F.A. (1959). The Hull-Spence approach. In S. Koch
(Ed.), Psychology : A study of a science. Study I.
Conceptual and systematic. General systematic
formulations, learning, and special processes (Vol.
2, pp. 293-358). New York : McGraw Hill. |
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1975). Behaviorism ? Cognitive theory ?
Humanistic psychology ? To Hull with them all ! Canadian
Psychological Review, 16, 69-80. |
|
GUTTMAN, N. (1977). On Skinner and Hull : A reminiscence
and projection. American Psychologist, 32 (5),
321-328. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1989). Review of Hull's principles of
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior 51 (2), 287–-290. [PDF] |
|
KIHLSTORM, J.F. (2004). Clark L. Hull, hypnotist [Review
of Hypnosis and suggestibility : An experimental approach
by C.L. Hull]. Contemporary Psychology, 49,
141-144. |
|
|
|
Hull David L. (1935-2010 Chicago) : Philosophe
américain spécialisé dans l'étude de la relation entre la biologie,
la psychologie et la philosophie.
Collaborateur de Glenn.
|
|
HULL, D.L. (1968). The operational imperative : Sense and
nonsense in operationism. Systematic Zoology, 17
(4), 438-457. [PDF] |
|
HULL, D.L. (1976). Are species really individuals ? Systematic
Zoology, 25 (2), 174-191. [PDF] |
|
HULL, D.L., TESSNER, P.D. & DIAMOND, M.M. (1978).
Planck’s principle : Do younger scientists accept new
scientific ideas with greater alacrity than older
scientists ? Science, 202, 717-713. |
|
HULL, D.L. (1980). Individuality and selection. Annual
Review of Ecology & Systematics, 11, 311-332. [PDF] |
|
HULL, D.L. (1998). Studying the study of science
scientifically. Perspectives on Science, 6,
209-231. |
|
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (2000). David Hull's natural philosophy of
science. Biology & Philosophy 15 (3),
301-310. [PDF] |
|
OVERMANN, R.J. (2000). David Hull, hod carrier. Biology
& Philosophy, 15, 311-320. |
|
RUSE, M. (2003). David Hull : A memoir. Biology &
Philosophy, 25 (5), 739-747. |
|
|
|
Hull Jay G. ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude du comportement de boire
et de la consommation d'alcool.
Il s'intéresse également à la conscience
de soi. Collaborateur de
Levenson, Sayette et
Sher.
|
HULL, J.G. (1981). A self-awareness model of the causes
and effects of alcohol consumption. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 90, 586-600. |
|
HULL, J.G., LEVENSON, R.W., YOUNG, R.D. & SHER, K.J.
(1983). The self-awareness reducing effects of alcohol
consumption. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 44, 461-473. |
|
HULL, J.G. & BOND, C.F. (1986). Social and behavioral
consequences of alcohol consumption and expectancy : A
meta-analysis. Psychological Bulletin, 99, 347-360. |
|
HULL, J.G., YOUNG, R.D. & JOURILES, E.
(1986).Applications of the self-awareness model of alcohol
consumption. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 51, 790-796. |
|
HULL, J.G., BRUNELLE, T.J., PRESCOTT, A.T. & SARGENT,
J.D. (2014). A longitudinal study of risk-glorifying video
games and behavioral deviance. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 107, 300-325. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hulme Charles (1953-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste américain
d'origine anglaise, spécialisé dans l'étude de la capacité
mnémonique et de la lecture.
Collaborateur de Nation et
Snowling.
 |
HULME, C. (1979). The interaction of visual and motor
memory for graphic forms following tracing. Quarterly
Journal of Experimental Psychology, 31, 249-261. |
|
HULME, C. (1981). The effects of manual tracing on memory
in normal and retarded readers : some implications for
multi-sensory teaching. Psychological Research, 43,
179-181. |
|
HULME, C., ROODENRYS S., BROWN, G.D.A. & MERCER, R.
(1995). The role of long-term memory mechanisms in memory
span. British Journal of Psychology, 86, 527-536.
|
|
HULME, C., SURPRENANT, A.M., BIRETA, T.J., STUART G. &
NEATH, I. (2004). Abolishing the word length effect. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : Learning Memory &
Cognition, 30, 98-106. |
|
HULME, C., GOETZ, K., GOOCH D., ADAMS J. & SNOWLING,
M. (2007). Paired-associate learning, phoneme awareness
and learning to read. Journal of Experimental Child
Psychology, 96, 150-166. |
|
|
|
Hulse Stewart H. (1931-2008 Baltimore) : Psychologue
béhavioriste cognitif américain,
spécialisé dans l'étude de l'apprentissage
chez les oiseaux. Collaborateur
de Deese, Egeth
et Weisman.
|
HULSE, S.H. (1960). A precision liquid feeding system
controlled by licking behavior. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 20 (3), 1-3. [PDF] |
|
HULSE, S.H. (1978). Cognitive processes in animal
behavior. Lawrence Erlbaum. |
|
HULSE, S.H. (1986). One hundred years of
psychological research in America : G. Stanley Hall and
the Johns Hopkins tradition. Johns Hopkins
University Press. |
|
HULSE, S.H. MacDOUGALL-SHACKLETON, S.A. & WISNIEWSKI,
A.B. (1997). Auditory scene analysis by songbirds : Stream
segregation of birdsong by European starlings (Sturnus
vulgaris). Journal of Comparative Psychology, 111
(1), 3-13. |
|
GENTNER, T.Q. & HULSE, S.H. (1997). Perceptual
mechanisms for individual vocal recognition in European
starlings, Sturnus vulgaris. Animal Behaviour, 56
(3), 579-594. |
|
|
BALL, G.F. & EGETH, H.E. (2010). Stewart H. Hulse
(1931-2008). American Psychologist, 65 (7), 676. |
|
|
|
Humain : Humanité : Espèce
animale de l'ordre
des primates.
Objet d'étude des sciences
humaines et sociales.
NDLR : Qu'est-ce qui nous distingue des autres
espèces ? L'humain est le seul animal convaincu de ne pas être
un... animal. On utilise éalement le terme pou qualifier toute
chose prevenantdes hommes et des femmes. =
homo sapiens, Homme, humanité.
Man, human organism, rational animal.
| |
|
|
WARDEN, C.J. (1932). The evolution of human behavior.
New York : The McMillan Company. |
MEHLER, J. & DUPOUX, E. (1990) Naître Humain.
Paris : Editions Odile Jacob. |
|
FULLER, P. (1949). Operant conditioning of a vegetative
human organism. American Journal of Psychology, 62, 587-590. |
FOLEY, R. (1995). Humans before humanity : an
evolutionary perspective. Oxford : Blackwell
Publishers. |
|
SCHNEIDER, J. & HACKER, S. (1973). Sex-role imagery
and use of the generic "man" in introductory texts : A
case in the sociology of sociology. The American
Sociologist, 8, 12-18. |
BRANCH, M.N. & HACKENBERG, T.D. (1998). Humans are
animals, too : Connecting animal research to human
behavior and cognition. In W. O'Donohue (Ed.), Learning
and behavior therapy (pp. 15-35). New York : Allyn
and Bacon. |
|
BANDURA, A. (1974). Behavior theory and the models of man.
American Psychologist, 29, 859-869. [PDF] |
HERRMANN, E., CALL, J., HERNÀNDEZ-LLOREDA, M.V., HARE, B.
& TOMASELLO, M. (2008). Humans have evolved
specialized skills of scial cognition : The cultural
intelligence hypothesis. Science, 317,
1360-1366. [PDF] |
|
KING, M.C. & WILSON, A.C. (1975) Evolution at two
levels in humans and chimpanzees. Science, 188,
107-116. [PDF] |
|
|
DAVIDSON, D. (1982). Rational animals. Dialectica,
36, 317-328. |
|
|
ATLAN, H. et ATRAN, S. (1982). Le genre humain : La
transmission. Éditions complexe. |
ELLSWORTH, R.M. (2011). The human that never evolved.
Evolutionary Psychology, 9, 325- 335. |
|
BUCKLEY, K.W. (1989). Mechanical man : John Broadus
Watson and the beginnings of behaviorism. NY :
Guilford. |
HARARI, Y.N. (2012/14). A brief history of humankind.
Londres : Random House. / Sapiens : une brève
histoire de l'humanité. Paris : Albin Michel. |
|
|
Voir aussi Animal |
|
|
Human
Biology : The International Journal of Population Genetics
& Anthropology : Revue
scientifique.
BOUCHARD, T.J. (1998). Genetic and environmental
influences on adult intelligence and special mental
abilities. Human Biology, 70 (2), 257-279.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Humaniser : Humanisation : Rendre une situation, une entreprise plus acceptable sur le plan moral.
EX : Humaniser l'économie financière afin de
permettre une meilleure répartition (justice rétributive, égalité,
partage = valeur morale) des gains (moins aux banques) et des
pertes (moins aux contribuables). À l'inverse, la deshumanisation,
chez un individu ou un groupe, est la perte des propriétés ou des
caractéristiques qui permettent de distinguer notre espèce
des autres espèces animales. /déshumaniser.
Humanization.
| |
|
|
VAES, J., PALADINO, M.P., CASTELLI, L., LEYENS, J.P. &
GIOVANAZZI, A. (2003). On the behavioral consequences of
infrahumanization : The role of uniquely human emotions on
intergroup relations. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 85, 1016-1034. |
VAES, J. HEFLICK, N. & GOLDENBERG, J.L. (2010). "We
are people" : Ingroup humanization as an existential
defense. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 98, 750-760. |
|
CORTES, B.P., DEMOULIN, S., RODRIUEZ-TORRES, R.,
RODRIGUEZ-PÉREZ, A. & LEYENS, J.-P. (2005).
Infra-humanisation of familiarity ? Attribution of
uniquely human emotions to the self, the ingroup, and the
outgroup. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 31, 253-263. |
|
|
HASLAM, N. (2006). Dehumanization : An integrative review.
Personality & Social Psychology Review, 10, 252-264. |
VAES, J., PALADINO, M.P. & PUVIA, E. (2011). Are
sexualized women complete human beings ? Why males and
females dehumanize sexually objectified women.
European Journal of Social Psychology, 41, 774-785. |
|
CASTANO, E. & GIER-SOROLLA, R. (2006). Not quite human
: Infrahumanisation in response to collective
responsibility for intergroup killing. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 90, 804-818. |
|
|
LEYENS, J.P., VAES, J., DEMOULIN, S., GAUNT, R. &
PALADINO, M.P. (2007). Infra-humanization : The wall of
group differences. Social Issues & Policy Review,
1, 139-172. |
VAES, J., LEYENS, J.P., PALADINO, M.P. & MIRANDA, M.P.
(2012). We are human, they are not : Driving forces behind
outgroup dehumanisation and the humanisation of the
ingroup. European Review of Social Psychology, 23
(1), 64-106.
[PDF] |
|
GOFF, P.A., WILLIAMS, M.J., EBERHARDT, J.L. & JACKSON,
M.C. (2008). Not yet human : Implicit knowledge,
historical dehumanization, and contemporary consequences.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 94
(2), 292-306. [PDF] |
BAIN, G.P., VAES, J. & LEYENS, J. (2014). Humanness
and dehumanization. New York : Psychology Press. |
|
CEHAJIC, S., BROWN, R. & GONZALEZ, R. (2009). What do
I care ? Perceived ingroup responsibility and
dehumanisation as predictors of empathy felt for the
victim group. Group Processes & Intergroup
Relations, 12, 715-729. |
|
|
PALADINO, M.-P. & VAES, J. (2009). Ours is human : On
the pervasiveness of infra-humanisation in intergroup
relations. British Journal of Social Psychology, 48,
237-251. |
HASLAM, N. & LOUGHAN, S. (2014). Dehumanization and
infrahumanization. Annual Review of Psychology, 65,
399-423. |
|
|
|
Groupe endogène et Groupe
exogène |
|
|
Humanisme (Psychologie) : L'une des plus importantes perspectives
de la psychologie, et
dont les chefs de file sont Maslow,
May et Rogers. Humanisme
et technique
thérapeutique non-directive. =
perspective humanisme, psychologie humanisme, la troisième voie,
la troisième force, école de pensée humaniste. *existentialisme,
phénoménologie, humanisme
philosophique. ( ): Bugental,
Bühler, Bühler,
Chein, Csikszentmihalyi,
Damon, Goldstein, Jourard,
Maslow, May,
Mezirow, Mosher,
Moss, Nevis,
Proctor,
Rogers, Satir, Sheldon,
Rosenberg. Human potentiel mouvement,
humanistic theory, the third force in psychology, humanistic
psychology.
| |
|
|
BUGENTAL, J.F.T. (1964). The third force in psychology. Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 4 (1), 19-26. |
WILLIAMS, B. (2000). Philosophy ss a humanistic
discipline. Philosophy, 75 (294), 477-496. [PDF] |
|
GOBLE, F.G. (1971). The third force: The psychology
of Abraham Maslow. New York : Pocket Books. |
|
|
MATSON, F.W. (1971). Humanistic theory : The third
revolution in psychology. The Humanist, 31 (2),
7-11. |
TAYLOR, E. (2001). Positive psychology and humanistic
psychology : A reply to Seligman. Journal of
Humanistic Psychology, 41, 13-29. |
|
JOURARD, S.M. (1972). A humanistic revolution in
psychology. In A.G. Miller (Ed.), The social
psychology of psychological research (pp. 6-13).
New York : Free Press. |
RESNICK, S., WARMOTH, A. & SERLIN, I.A. (2001). The
humanistic psychology and positive pPsychology connecion :
Implications for psychotherapy. Journal of Humanistic
Psychology, 41, 73-101. |
|
SKINNER, B.F. (1972). Humanism and behaviorism. The
Humanist, 32, 18-20. |
SCHNEIDER, K.J., BUGENTAL, J.F.T. & PIERSON, J.F.
(Eds.) (2001). The handbook of humanistic psychology :
Leading edges in theory, research, and practice. Thousand
Oaks : Sage. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1972). Humanistic psychotherapy : A
revolutionary approach. Humanist, 32 (1), 24-28. |
MOSS, D. (2001). The roots and geneaology of humanistic
psychology. In K.J. Schneider, J.F.T.,. Bugental &
J.F. Pierson (Eds.) The handbook of humanistic
psychology : Leading edges in theory, research and
practice (pp. 5-20). Thousand Oaks, CA : Sage
Publications |
|
BERLYNE, D.E. (1975). Behaviorism ? Cognitive theory ?
Humanistic psychology ? To Hull with them all ! Canadian
Psychological Review, 16, 69-80. |
WERTZ, F.J. (2001). Humanistic psychology and the
qualitative research tradition. In K.J. Schneider, J.F.T.
Bugental & J.F. Pierson (Eds.), The handbook of
humanistic psychology : Leading edges in theory,
research and practice (pp. 231-246). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage Publications. |
|
SHAFFER, J.B.P. (1978). Humanistic psychology.
Prentice-Hall. |
BOHART, A.C. & GREENING, T. (2001). Humanistic
psychology and positive psychology. American
Psychologist, 55, 82-82. |
|
WERTHEIMER, M. (1978). Humanistic psychology and the
humane but tough-minded psychologist. American
Psychologist, 33 (8), 739-745. |
KURTZ, P. (2001). Skepticism and humanism : The new
paradigm. Routledge. |
|
KRASNER, L. (1978). The future and the past in the
behaviorism-humanism dialogue. American Psychologist,
33, 799-804. |
SERLIN, I.A. & CRISWELL, E. (2001). Humanistic
psychology and women : A critical-historical perspective.
In K. Schneider, J, Bugental & J. Pierson (Eds.), Handbook
of humanistic psychology : Leading edges of theory,
research, and practice (pp. 29-36). Thousand Oaks,
CA : Sage |
|
WELCH, D., TATE, G.A. & RICHARDS, F. (Ed.) (1978). Humanistic
psychology. Buffalo, NY : Prometheus Books. |
JOHNSON, S. (2001). Cultural competency and humanistic
psychology. The Humanistic Psychologist, 29 (1-3),
204-222. |
|
HOFFMAN, E. (1980). The Kabbalah : Its implications for
humanistic psychology. Journal of Humanistic
Psychology, 20 (1), 33-47. |
MILTON, J. (2002). The road to malpsychia :
Humanistic psychology and our discontents. San
Francisco, CA : En counter Books. |
|
MAY, R. & ROGERS, C. (1984). American politics
and humanistic psychology. Dallas : Tom Greening
Editor. |
KFIR, N. (2002). Understanding suicidal terror through
humanistic and existential psychology. In C.E. Stout
(Ed.), The psychology of terrorism : A public
understanding (Vol. 1, pp. 143-157). Westport, CT :
Praeger. |
|
McDANIEL, T.R. (1984). Developing the skills of humanistic
discipline. Educational Leadership, 41, 71-74.
[PDF] |
SHELDON, K.M. JOINER, T., PETTIT, J. & WILLIAMS, G.
(2003). Reconciling humanistic ideals and scientific
clinical practice. Clinical Psychology : Science
& Practice, 10, 302-315.
[PDF] |
|
BULLOCK, A. (1985). The humanist tradition in the
west. New York : Thames and Hudson. |
HELD, B.S. (2004). The negative side of positive
psychology. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 44,
9-46. [PDF] |
|
GREENING, T. (1985). The origins of the Journal of
Humanistic Psychology and the Association for Humanistic
Psychology. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 25,
7-11. |
|
|
|
ROGERS, C.R. (1985). Toward a more human science of the
person. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 25, 7-24.
|
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2007). Psychotherapy : The humanistic (and
effective) treatment. American Psychologist, 62, 857-873. |
| GOULET, C., WIEDMANN, P. et GAGNON, A. (1999/2007/2014). La perspective humaniste. Dans C. Tavris, C. Wade, A. Gagnon, C. Goulet, P. WIEDMANN & S. Richard-Bessette (Dirs.). Introduction à la psychologie : Les grandes perspectives (p. 240-272). St-Laurent : ERPI/Pearson/Chenelière. |
|
|
ROWAN, J. (1987). Nine humanistic heresies. Journal of
Humanistic Psychology, 27 (2), 141-57. |
MRUK, C.J. (2008). The psychology of self-esteem : A
potential common ground for humanistic positive psychology
and positivistic positive psychology. The Humanistic
Psychologist, 36 (2), 143-158. |
|
RYCHLAK, J.F. (1988). The psychology of rigorous
humanism. New York : New York University Press. |
ROBBINS, B. (2008). What is the good life : Positive
psychology and the renaissance of humanistic psychology. The
Humanistic Psychologist, 36, 96-112. [PDF] |
|
STAGNER, R. (1988). A history of psychological
theories. New York : Macmillan. |
ELKINS, D. (2009). Humanistic psychology : A clinical
manifesto. Colorado Springs : University of the
Rockies Press. |
|
ROWAN, J. (1989). Two humanistic psychologies or one ? Journal
of Humanistic Psychology, 29, 224-229 |
CHING-CHUNG, G., TALLEY, P.C. & LEE-HUNG, H. (2011).
Translation instruction model from behaviorism,
cognitivism, social constructivism and humanism. Arab
World English Journal, 2 (3), 70-94. [PDF] |
|
WILBER, K. (1989). Two humanistic psychologies ? A
response. Journal of Humanistic Psychology, 29,
230-243. |
WAMPOLD, B.E. (2012). Humanism as a common factor in
psychotherapy. Psychotherapy, 49 (4), 445-449. [PDF] |
|
STRUPP, H.E. (1992). Humanism and psychotheray : A
personal statement of the therapist's essential values. In
R.B. Miller (Ed.), The restoration of dialogue:
Readings in the philosophy of clinical psychology (pp.
70-84). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association.
|
HAYES, S.C. (2012). Humanistic psychology and contextual
behavioral. Psychotherapy, 49 (4), 455-460.
[PDF] |
|
MOSS, D. (1998). The humanistic psychology of
self-disclosure, relationship, and community. In D. Moss
(Ed.), Humanistic and transpersonal psychology : An
historical and biographical sourcebook (pp. 66-84).
Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
|
|
MOSS, D. (1998). Humanistic and transpersonal
psychology : An historical and biographical sourcebook.
Westport, CT : Greenwood. |
WATERMAN, A.S. (2013). The humanistic psychology-positive
psychology divide : contrasts in philosophical
foundations. American Psychology, 68 (3),
124-133. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Perspective
et Existentialisme
|
|
|
|
|
Humanist :
Revue qui consacre ses pages à
l'humanisme en psychologie.
Éditeur : Routledge.
SKINNER, B.F. (1977). The force of coincidence.
Humanist, 31 (3), 10-11.
|
| |
|
|
Humanistic Psychologist (The...) : Revue
qui consacre ses pages à l'humanisme
en psychologie.
Éditeur : Routledge.
MAY, R. (1986). Transpersonal or transcendental ? The
Humanistic Psychologist, 14 (2), 87-90.
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hume David (Edinburgh 1711-1776) : Philosophe
associationiste
écossais et fondateur de l'empirisme
philosophique. Partisan du scepticisme
(par opposition à l'idéalisme
de Berkeley et au
réalisme empirique ou directe de
Reid) et figure de proue de
l'école empiriste anglo-saxonne. Pour Hume, toute
science repose sur l'expérience et l'observation du monde.
 |
HUME, D. (1739/1946/60). A treatise of human nature :
Being an attempt to introduce the experimental method of
reasoning into moral subjects/ Traité de la nature
humaine. Oxford : Clarendon Press/Paris : Aubier. |
|
HUME, D. (1748/1983). An enquiry concerning human
understanding /Enquête sur l'entendement humain.
Paris : Flammarion. |
|
HUME, D. (1751). An enquiry concerning the principles
of morals. Londres : A. Millar. / Enquête sur
les principes de la morale. |
|
HUME, D. (1759/1990). Réflexions sur les passions.
Paris : Le Livre de Poche. |
|
HUME, D. (1777/83). Essay on suicide. Londres :
Smith. |
|
|
SMITH, N. (1905). The naturalism of Hume. Mind, 14 (54),
149-173. |
BAIER, A. (1991). A progress of sentiments :
reflections on Hume's treatise. Cambridge, Mass. :
Harvard University Press. |
|
KEMP-SMITH, N. (1941). The philosophy of David Hume.
A critical study of its origins and central doctrines.
London : Macmillan. |
LYNCH, M.P. (1996). Hume and the limits of reason. Hume
Studies, 22 (1), 89-104. |
|
MacNABB, D.G.C. (1951). David Hume : His theory of
knowledge and morality. Oxford : Basil Blackwell. |
GARRETT, D. (1997). Cognition and commitment in Hume's
philosophy. New York : Oxford University Press. |
|
POPKIN, R. (1951/80). David Hume : His pyrrhonism and his
critique of pyrrhonism. In R.A. Watson & J.E. Force
(Eds.), The high road to pyrrhonism (pp.
103-132). San Diego : Austin Hill Press. |
FALKENSTEIN, L. (1997). Naturalism, normativity and
scepticism in Hume's account of belief. Hume Studies,
23 (1), 29-72. |
|
FLEW, A. (1961). Hume's philosophy of belief; A study
of his first inquiry. New York : Humanities Press. |
OWEN, D. (1999). Hume's reason. Oxford : Oxford
University Press. |
|
STOVE, D. (1965). Hume, probability, and induction. The
Philosophical Review, 7 (2), 160-177. |
STRAWSON, G. (2000). Epistemology, semantics, ontology and
David Hume. Facta Philosophica, 2, 113-131. [PDF] |
|
STROUD, D. (1977). Hume. London/New York :
Routledge. |
MALHERBE, M. (2000). La philosophie empiriste de
David Hume. Paris : J. Vrin. |
|
HACKING, I. (1978). Hume's species of probability.
Philosophical Studies, 33, 21-38. |
WILSON, K.G., O'DONOHUE, W.T. & HAYES, S.C. (2001).
Hume's psychology, contemporary learning theory, and the
problem of knowledge amplification. New Ideas in
Psychology, 19, 1-25. |
|
BEAUCHAMP, T.L. & ROSENBERG, A. (1981). Hume and
the problem of causation. New York : Oxford
University Press. |
RIDGE, M. (2003). Epistemology moralized : David Hume's
practical epistemology. Hume Studies, 29 (2),
165-204. |
|
VARGAS, E.A. (1982). Hume's "ought" and "is" statement : A
radical behaviorist's perspective. Behaviorism, 10
(1), 1-23. |
LOEB, L.E. (2006). Psychology, epistemology and skepticism
in Hume's argument about induction. Synthese, 152 (3),
321-338. |
|
NORTON, D.F. (1982). David Hume. Common-sense
moralist, sceptical metaphysician. Princeton :
Princeton University Press. |
SCHNALL, I.M. (2007). Hume on "popular" and
"philosophical" skeptical arguments . Hume Studies,
33 (1), 41-66. |
|
FOGELIN, R.J. (1983). The tendency of Hume's skepticism.
In M. Burnyeat (Ed.), The skeptical tradition
(pp. 397-412). Los Angeles : University of California
Press. |
GARRETT, D. (2007). Reasons to act and reasons to believe
: Naturalism and rational justification in Hume's
philosophical project. Philosophical Studies, 132
(1), 1-16. |
|
FOGELIN, R.J. (1985). Hume's skepticism in the
treatise of human nature. London : Routledge and
Kegan Paul. |
RUSSELL, P. (2008). The riddle of Hume's treatise :
Skepticism, naturalism, and irreligion. Oxford :
Oxford University Press. |
|
MILTON, J.R. (1987). Induction before Hume. The
British Journal for the Philosophy of Science, 38 (1),
49-74. |
BAXTER, D. (2008). Hume's difficulty : time and
identity in the treatise : London/New York :
Routledge. |
|
|
|
Hume James Gibson (Toronto 1860-1949 Brandford) :
Psychologue canadien et
membre fondateur de l'American
Psychological Association. Étudiant de James,
Hall et Münsterberg.
 |
HUME, J.G. (1891). The value of a study of ethics.
Toronto : J.E. Bryant. |
|
HUME, J.G. (1895). Psychology in the University of
Toronto. Psychological Review, 2, 172. |
|
HUME, J.G. (1897). The practical value of psychology
for teachers. Toronto : George N. Morang. |
|
HUME, J.G. (1916). Scientific truth and the scientific
spirit. University of Toronto Monthly, 16,
443-445. |
|
HUME, J.G. (1922). Evolution and personality. In Philosophical
essays presented to John Watson (pp. 298-330).
Kingston, ON : Queen's University Press. |
|
|
GREEN, C.D. (2002). Toronto's "Other" Original APA Member
: James Gibson Hume. Canadian Psychology, 43 (1),
35-45. [LIRE] |
|
|
|
Humeur : État plus ou moins agréable dans lequel se sent un
individu et qui peut varier rapidement selon les
circonstances, le moment. Humeur, affect
et émotion.
Mood, mood trait, mood affect, feeling good,
feeling bad, emotional state.
| |
|
|
RIGG, M.G. (1940). The effect of register and tonality
upon musical mood. Journal of Musicology, 2, 49-61. |
ROTHKOPF, J.S. & BLANEY, P. H. (1991). Mood congruent
memory : the role of affective focus and gender. Cognition
& Emotion, 5, 53-64. |
|
JACOBSON, E. (1957). Normal and pathological moods : their
nature and functions. PSoCh, 12, 73-126. |
TERWOGT, M.M. & VAN GRINSVEN, F. (1991). Musical
expression of mood-states. Psychology of Music, 19, 99-109. |
|
NOWLIS, V. (1965). Research with the Mood Adjective Check
List. In S. S. Tomkins & C. E. Izard (Eds.),
Affect, cognition and personality. New York :
Springer. |
VEITCH, J.A., GIFFORD, R. & HINE, D.W. (1991). Demand
characteristics and full spectrum lighting effects on
performance and mood. Journal of Environmental
Psychology 11, 87-95. |
|
VELTEN, E. (1968). A laboratory task for the induction of
mood states. Behavioral Research & Therapy, 6,
607-617. |
STRATTON, A.H. & ZALANOWSKI, A.H. (1991). The effects
of music and cognition on mood. Psychology of Music,
19 (2), 121-127. |
|
HARRIS, M.B. SMITH, R.J. (1975). Mood and helping. The
Journal of Social Psychology 91 (2), 215-221. |
SALOVEY, P. (1992). Mood induced self-focused attention. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 62,
699-707. |
|
WEYANT, J. (1978). Effects of mood states, costs, and
benefits of helping. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology 36 (10), 1169-1676. |
TAYLOR, M.J. & COOPER, P.J. (1992). Experimental study
of the effect of mood on body size perception. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 30, 53-58. |
|
CUNNINGHAM, M.R. (1979). Weather, mood, and helping
behavior : Quasi experiments with the sunshine samaritan.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 37 (11),
1947-1956. |
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. & MINEKA, S. (1994).
Temperament, personality, and the mood and anxiety
disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 103,
103-116. |
| |
SMITH, A., KENDRICK, A., MABEN, A. & SALMON, J.
(1994). Effects of breakfast and caffeine on cognitive
performance, mood and cardiovascular functioning. Appetite,
22, 39-55. |
|
GROSSCUP, S.J. & LEWINSOHN, P.M. (1980). Unpleasant
and pleasant events, and mood. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 36, 252-259. |
SMITH, S.M. & PETTY, R.E. (1995). Personality
moderators of mood congruency effects on cognition : The
role of self-esteem and negative mood regulation.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 68, 1092-1107. |
|
UNDERWOOD, B ., FROMING, W.J. & MOORE, B .S. (1980).
Mood and personality : A search for the causal
relationship. Journal of Personality, 48 (1),
15-23. |
BALLARD, ME.E & COATES, S. (1995). The immediate
effects of homicidal, suicidal, and nonviolent heavy metal
and rap songs on the moods of college students. Youth
& Society, 27, 148-168. |
|
BOWER, G.H. (1981). Mood and memory. American
Psychologist, 36, 129-148. |
THASE, M. & KUPFER, M. (1995). Recent developments in
the pharmacotherapy of mood disorders. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 64, 646-659. |
| |
SANNA, L.J., TURLEY-AMES, K.J. & MEIER, S. (1999).
Mood, self-esteem, and simulated alternatives :
Thought-provoking affective influences on counterfactual
direction. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 76, 543-558. |
|
ALLOY, L.B., ABRAMSON, L.Y. & VISCUSI, D. (1981).
Induced mood and the illusion of control. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 41, 1129-1140. |
JOSEPHSON, B.R., SINGER J.A. & SALOVEY, P. (1996).
Mood regulation and memory : Repairing sad moods with
happy memories. Cognition & Emotion, 10, 437-444. |
|
CIALDINI, R., KENRICK, D. & BAUMANN, D. (1982).
Effects of mood on prosocial behavior in children and
adults. In N. Eisenberg (Ed.), The development of
prosocial behavior (pp. 339-359). New York :
Academic Press. |
RUSTING, C.L. (1998). Personality, mood, and cognitive
processing of emotional information : Three conceptual
frameworks. Psychological Bulletin, 124 (2),
165-196. |
|
| |
CLONINGER, C.R., BAYON, C. & SVARIK, D.M. (1998).
Measurement of temperament and character in mood disorders
: A model of fundamental states as personality types. Journal
of Affective Disorder, 51, 21-32. |
| |
MORIN, C.M., GIBSON, D. & WADE, J. (1998).
Self-reported sleep and mood disturbance in chronic pain
patients. The Clinical Journal of Pain, 14, 311-314.
|
|
FORGAS, J.P. (1998). On feeling good and getting your way
: Mood effects on negotiator cognition and bargaining
strategies. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 74 (3), 565–577. |
| |
PINHAS, L., TORNER, B.B., ALI, A., GARFINKEL, P.E. &
TUCKLESS, N. (1999). The effects of ideal of female beauty
on mood and body satisfaction. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 25, 223-226. |
| |
SEGAL, Z.V., GEMAR, M. & WILLIAMS J.M. (1999).
Differential cognitive response to a mood challenge
following successful cognitive therapy or pharmacotherapy
for unipolar depression. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 108 (1), 3-10. |
|
ZEVON, M.A. & TELLEGEN, A. (1982). The structure of
mood change: An idiographic/nom othetic analysis.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 43, 111-122. |
SALOVEY, P., ROTHMAN, A.J., DETWEILER, J.B. & STEWARD,
W. (2000). Emotional states and physical health. American
Psychologist, 55, 110-121. [PDF] |
| |
STEINER, M, STREINER, D.L., STEINBERG, S., STEWART, D.,
CARTER, D., BERGER, C., REID, R. & GROVER, D. (1999).
The measurement of premenstrual mood symptoms. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 53, 269-273. |
|
FORGAS, J.P. (1999). On feeling good and being rude:
Affective influences on language use and requests. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 76, 928-939.
|
| |
SANNA, L.J., TURLEY-AMES, K.J. & MEIER, S. (1999).
Mood, self-esteem, and simulated alternatives :
Thought-provoking affective influences on counterfactual
direction. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 76, 543-558. |
|
BAUMANN, D.J., KENRICK, D.T. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1983).
Mood and sex differences in the development of altruism as
hedonism. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 5,
299-207. |
ZUCKERMAN, M., JOIREMAN, J.A., KRAFT, M. & KULHMAN,
D.M. (1999). Where do motivational and mood traits fit
within three factor models of personality. Personality
& Individual Differences, 26, 487-504. |
| |
HARROW, M., GROSSMAN, L., HERBENER, E. & DAVIS, E.
(2000). Ten-year outcome: Patients with schizoaffective
disorders, schizophrenia, affective disorders and
mood-incongruent psychotic symptoms. British Journal
of Psychiatry, 177, 42-426. [PDF] |
| |
SMITH, J. & ROGERS, J. (2000). Effects of low doses of
caffeine on cognitive performance, mood, and thirst in low
and high caffeine consumers. Psychopharmacology, 152,
167-173. |
|
BERGER, B.G. & OWEN, D.R. (1983). Mood alterations
with swimming-swimmers really do "feel better". Psychosomatic
Medicine, 45, 425-433. |
STEELE, K.M. (2000). Arousal and mood factors in the
"Mozart effect". Perceptual & Motor Skills, 91, 188-190.
[PDF]
+ [PDF] |
| |
THOMPSON, W.F., SCHELLENBERG, E.G. & HUSSAIN, G.
(2001). Arousal, mood, and the Mozart effect. Psychological
Science, 12 (3), 248-251. [PDF] |
| |
LIEBERMAN, H.R. (2001). The effects of ginseng, ephedrine,
and caffeine on cognitive performance, mood and energy. Nutrition
Reviews, 59, 91-102. |
|
WATSON, D., CLARK, L.A. & TELLEGEN, A. (1985).
Cross-cultural convergence in the structure of mood : A
Japanese replication and comparison with U.S. findings. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 47,
127-144. |
VÄSTFJÄLL, D. (2001/2). Emotion induction through music :
A review of the musical mood induction procedure. Musicae
Scientiae, 5 (S1), 173-209. |
|
BRYSON, S.E., DOAN, B.D. & PASQUALI, P. (1984). Sadder
bust wiser : A failure to demonstrate that mood influences
judgments of control. Canadian Journal of Behavioral
Science, 65, 145-153. |
RABKIN, J.G., WAGNER, G.J. & RABKIN, R. (2001).
Testosterone's effects not limited to mood (letter).
Archives of General Psychiatry, 58, 403-404. |
|
ELLIS, H.C., THOMAS, R.L. & RODRIGUEZ, I.A. (1984).
Emotional mood states and memory : Elaborative encoding,
semantic processing, and cognitive effort. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Learning, Memory &
Cognition, 10, 470-482. |
LIEBERMAN, H.R., THARION, W.J., SHUKITT-HALE, B.,
SPECKMAN, K.L. & TULLEY, R. (2002). Effects of
caffeine, sleep loss, and stress on cognitive performance
and mood during U.S. Navy SEAL training. Psychopharmacology,
164, 250-261. [PDF] |
|
MANUCIA, G.K., BAUMANN, D.J. & CIALDINI, R.B. (1984).
Mood influences on helping : Direct effects or side
effects ? Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 46, 357-364. |
BRICE, C.F. & SMITH, A.P. (2002). Effects of caffeine
on mood and performance : A study of realistic
consumption. Psychopharmacology, 164, 188-192. |
| |
GREEN, J.D., SEDIKIDES, C., SALTZBERG, J.A., WOOD, J.V.
& FORZANO, L.-A. B. (2003). Happy mood decreases
self-focused attention. British Journal of Social
Psychology, 42, 147-157. [PDF] |
|
WATSON, D. & TELLEGEN, A. (1985). Toward a consensual
structure of mood. Psychological Bulletin, 98,
219-235. |
YUEN, K.S.L. & LEE, T.M.C. (2003). Could mood state
affect risk-taking decisions ? Journal of Affective
Disorders, 75, 11-18. |
|
TELLEGEN, A. (1985). Structures of mood and personality
and their relevance to assessing anxiety, with an emphasis
on self-report. In A.H. Tuma & J. Maser (Eds.), Anxiety
and the anxiety disorders (pp. 681-706). Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlebaum. |
ALLEN, N.B. & BADCOCK, P.B. (2003). The social risk
hypothesis of depressed mood : Evolutionary, psycho-
social, and neurobiological perspectives. Psychological
Bulletin, 129, 887-913. [PDF] |
|
LIEBERMAN, H.R., WURTMAN, R.J., EMDE, G.G., ROBERTS, C.
& COVIELLA, I.L.G. (1987). The effects of low doses of
caffeine on human performance and mood. Psychopharmacologia,
92 (3), 308-312. |
MacKINNON, D.F., ZANDI, P.P., GERSHON, E., NURNBERGER,
J.I., REICH, T. & DEPAULO, J.R. (2003). Rapid
switching of mood in families with multiple cases of
bipolar disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 60,
92-928. [PDF] |
| |
SCHWARZ, N. & CLORE, G.L. (2003). Mood as information
: 20 years later. Psychological Inquiry, 14, 294-301. |
|
FOREHAND, R. FAUBER, R., LONG, N., BRODY, G.H. &
SLOTKIN, J. (1987). Maternal depressive mood following
divorce : An examination of predictors and adolescent
adjustment from a stress model perspective. Advances
in Family Intervention, Assessment & Therapy, 4,
71-98. |
STEINER, M., DUNN, E. & BORN, L. (2003). Hormones and
mood : from menarche to menopauseand beyond. Journal
of Affective Disorders, 74 (1), 67-83. |
| |
TIGGEMANN, M. & McGILL, B. (2004). The role of social
comparison in the effect of magazine advertisements on
women's mood and body dissatisfaction. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 23 (S), 23-44. |
|
JOB S. (1987). The effect of mood on helping behavior.
The Journal of Social Psychology, 127 (4), 323-328. |
LEWIS, P.A., CRITCHLEY, H.D., SMITH, A.P. & DOLAN,
R.J. (2005). Brain mechanisms for mood congruent memory
facilitation. Neuro-Image, 25, 1214-1223. |
|
McFARLANE, J., MARTIN, C.L. & WILLIAMS, T.M. (1988).
Mood fluctuations : Women versus men and menstrual versus
other cycles. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 12,
201-223. |
CASTREN, E. (2005). Is mood chemistry ? Nature
Reviews Neuroscience, 6, 241-226. |
| |
BIRKELAND, R., THOMPSON, J.K., HERBOZO, S., ROEHRIG, M.,
CAFRI, G. & VAN DER BERG, P. (2005). Media exposure,
mood, and body image dissatisfaction : an experimental
test of person versus product priming. Body Image, 2 (1),
53-61. [PDF] |
| |
HEATHERLY, S.V., HAYWARD, R.C., SEERS, H.E. & ROGERS,
P.J. (2005). Cognitive and psychomotor performance, mood,
and pressor effects of caffeine after 4, 6, and 8 h
caffeine abstinence. Psychopharmacology, 178,
461-470. |
|
FORGAS, J.R., VARGAS, P. & LAHAM, S. (2005). Mood
effects on eyewitness memory : Affective influences on
susceptibility to misinformation. Journal of
Experimental Social Psychology, 41, 574–588.
|
|
CLARK, L.A. & WATSON, D. (1988). Mood and the mundane
: Relations between daily life events and self-reported
mood. Journal of Personality & Social Psychology,
54, 296-308. |
DIRENFELD, D.M. & ROBERTS, J.E. (2006). Mood congruent
memory in dysphoria : The roles of state affect and
cognitive style. Behaviour Research & Therapy 44,
1275-1285. |
|
CARLSON, M., CARLIN, V. & MILLER, N. (1988). Positive
mood and helping behavior : A test of six hypotheses. Journal
of Personality & Social, Psychology, 55 (2),
211-229. |
CARUSO, E.M. & SHAFIR, E. (2006). Now that I think
about it, I'm in the mood for laughs : decision s focused
on mood. Journal of Behavioral Decision Making, 19
(2), 155-169. [PDF] |
|
|
BLESS, & FIEDLER, K. (2006). Mood and the regulation
of information processing and behavior. In J.P. Forgas
(Ed.), Affect in social thinking and behavior (pp.
65–84). New York, NY : Psychology Press.
|
|
ALTER, A.L. & FORGAS, J.R. (2007). On being
happy but fearing failure : The effects of mood on self-
handicapping strategies. Journal of Experimental Social
Psychology, 43, 947-954.
|
| |
JOORMANN, J., SIEMER, M. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Mood
regulation in depression : Differential effects of
distraction and recall of happy memories on sad mood. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 116 (3), 484-490. [PDF] |
| |
SAARIKALLIO, S. & ERKKILÀ, J. (2007). The role of
music in adolescents' mood regulation. Psychology of
Music, 35, 88-109. |
|
FORGAS, J.R. (2007). When sad is better than happy :
Negative affect can improve the quality and effectiveness
of persuasive messages and social influence strategies.
Journal of Experimental Social Psychology, 43,
513-528.
|
|
THAYER, R.E. (1989). The biopsychology of mood and
arousal. New York : Oxford. |
McFARLAND, C., BUEHLER, R., VON RUTI, R., NGUYEN, L. &
ALVARO, C. (2007). The impact of negative moods on
self-enhancing cognitions : The role of reflective vs.
ruminative mood orientations. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 93, 728-750. |
| |
DENISSEN, J.J.A., BUTALID, L., PENKE, L. & VAN AKEN,
M.A.G. (2008). The effects of weather on daily mood : A
multilevel approach. Emotion, 8 (5), 662-667. [PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. & EAST, R. (2008). On being happy and
gullible : Mood effects on scepticism and the detection of
deception. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
44, 1362-1367. |
| |
PHELPS, K., MILTENBERGER, R., JENS, T. & WADESON, H.
(2008). An investigation of the effects of dog visits on
depression, mood, and social interaction in elderly
individuals living in a nursing home. Behavioral
Interventions, 23, 181-200. |
|
FORGAS, J.R. & EAST, R. (2008). How real is that smile
? Mood effects on accepting or rejecting the veracity of
emotional facial expressions. Journal of Nonverbal
Behavior, 32 (3), 157-170. |
|
GIBBONS, F.X. & GERRARD, M. (1989). Effects of upward
and downward comparison on mood states. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 8, 14-31. |
SMITH, A.P. (2009). Effects of caffeine in chewing gum on
mood and attention. Human Psychopharmacology :
Clinical & Experimental, 24, 239-247. [PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. GOLDENBERG, L. & UNKELBACH, C. (2009).
Can bad weather improve your memory ? A field study of
mood effects on memory in a real-life setting. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 54, 254-257. |
|
GRIFFITHS, P.E. (1989). Folk, functional &
neurochemical aspects of mood. Philosophical
Psychology 2 (1), 17-30. |
WHITE, C. & McFARLAND, C. (2009). When are moods most
likely to influence consumers’ product preferences ? The
role of mood focus and perceived relevance of moods. Journal
of Consumer Psychology, 19, 526-536. |
| |
KUHBANDNER, C., HANSLMAYR, S., MAIER, M.A., PEKRUN, R.,
SPITZER, B., PASTÖTTER, B. & BÄUML, K.-H.T. (2009).
Effects of mood on the speed of conscious perception :
Behavioral and electrophysiological evidence. Social
Cognitive & Affective Neuroscience, 4, 286-293. |
|
BLESS, H., BOHNER, G., SCHARTWZ, N. & STRACK, F.
(1990). Mood and persuasion : A cognitive response
analysis. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 16, 331-345. |
SAXBE, D. & REPPTI, R.L. (2010). For better or worse ?
Coregulation of couples' cortisol levels and mood states.
Journal of Personality & Social Psychology, 98
(1), 92-103. [PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. (2011). Affective influences on
self-disclosure strategies : Mood effects on the intimacy
and reciprocity of disclosing personal information. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 100 (3),
449-461.
|
|
BRUNER, G.C. (1990). Music, mood, and marketing.
Journal of Marketing, 54 (4), 94-104. |
NG, W. (2011). Prior negative mood buffers some
individuals from subsequent negative events : The
moderating role of neuroticism. Psychology, 2
(5), 445-449. [PDF] |
|
MURRAY, N., SUJAN, H., HIRT, E.R. & SUJAN, M. (1990).
The influence of mood on categorization : A cognitive
flexibility interpretation. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 59, 411-425. |
ALBARRACIN, D. & HART, W. (2011). Positive mood +
action = negative mood + inaction : Effects of general
action and inaction concepts on decisions and performance
as a function of affect. Emotion, 11, 951-957. |
| |
HARVEY, P.D. (2011). Mood symptoms, cognition, and
everyday functioning in major depression, bipolar
disorder, and schizophrenia. Innovation in Clinical
Neuroscience, 8 (10), 14-18.
[PDF] |
|
FORGAS, J.R. (2013). Don't worry, be sad ! On the
cognitive, motivational, and interpersonal benefits of
negative mood. Current Directions in Psychological
Science, 22 (3), 225-232. |
|
ELDAR, E., RUTLEDGE, R.B., DOLAN, R.J. & NIV Y.
(2016). Mood as representation of momentum. Trends in
Cognitive Sciences, 20 (1), 15-24.
|
|
|
|
Voir aussi Affect,
Musique et Émotion |
|
|
Humeur (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de donnes qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'humeur. Measurement
of mood
| |
|
|
NOWLIS, V. & GREEN, R.F. (1965).
Mood Adjective Checklist--Short Form (MACL)
[Database record]. APA PsycTests. |
NOWLIS, V. (1965). Research with the Mood Adjective Check
List. In S. S. Tomkins & C. E. Izard (Eds.),
Affect, cognition and personality. New York :
Springer. |
|
|
Voir aussi Humeur,
Affect et Émotion |
|
|
Humeur (Régulation) : Contrôle
plus ou moins grand de ses propres humeurs.
Humeur, affect et
Émotion.
Mood regulation.
| |
|
|
MORRIS, W.N. & REILLY, N.P. (1987). Toward the
self-regulation of mood : theory and research. Motivation
& Emotion, 11, 215-249. |
COONEY, R.E., JOORMANN, J., ATLAS, L.Y., EUGÈNE, F. &
GOTLOB, I.H. (2007). Remembering the good times : Neural
correlates of affect regulation. Neuroreport, 18
(17), 1771-1774. [PDF] |
|
JOSEPHSON, B.R., SINGER J.A. & SALOVEY, P. (1996).
Mood regulation and memory : Repairing sad moods with
happy memories. Cognition & Emotion, 10, 437-444. |
JOORMANN, J., SIEMER, M. & GOTLIB, I.H. (2007). Mood
regulation in depression : Differential effects of
distraction and recall of happy memories on sad mood. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 116 (3), 484-490. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Humeur,
Affect et Émotion |
|
|
Humiliation :
Humiliation.
| |
|
|
DARKE, J.L. (1990) . Sexual aggression : Achieving power
th rough humiliation. In W.L. Marshall, D.R. Laws &
H.E. Barbaree (Eds.), Handbook of sexual assault :
Issues, theories and treatment of the offender (pp.
55-72). New York, NY : Plenum Press. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Humour : Toute activité humaine qui a pour but de faire sourire
ou rire (et qui parvient
effectivement à ce résultat).
= sens de l'humour.
Humor, sense of humor, joke, so funny.
| |
|
|
BERGSON, H. (1900/59). Le rire : essai sur la
signification du comique. Paris : Presses
Universitaires de France. |
ZAJDMAN, A. (1995). Humorous face-threatening acts :
Humour as strategy. Journal of Pragmatics, 23,
325-339. |
|
FREUD, S. (1905/1960). Der Witz und seine Beziehung zum
UnbewuBen. F. Deutickee/ Jokes and their relation to
the unconscious. New York : Norton. |
GRAHAM, E.E. (1995). The involvement of sense of humor in
the development of social relationships. Communication
Reports, 8, 158-169. |
| |
WEISENBERG, M., TEPPER, I. & SCHWARZWALD, J. (1995).
Humor as a cognitive technique for increasing pain
tolerance. Pain, 63, 207-212. |
| |
BROWN, J. (1995). Funny you should say that : Use humor to
help your students. Creative Classroom, 10,
80-81. |
| |
FRY, P.S. (1995). Perfectionism, humor and optimism as
moderators of health outcomes and determinants of coping
styles of women executives. Genetic, Social, &
General Psychology Monographs, 12, 211-245. |
|
HOLLINGSWORTH, H.L. (1913). Experimental studies in
judgment : Judgments of the comic. Psychological
Review 18, 32-156. [LIRE] |
KUIPER, N.A., MCKENZIE, S.D. & BELANGER, K.A. (1995).
Cognitive appraisals and individual differences in sense
of humor : Motivational and affective implications. Personality
& Individual Differences, 19, 359-372. |
| |
McNINCH, G.Q. & GRUBER, E.J. (1995). Humor in the
elementary classroom. College Student Journal, 29
(3), 340-346. |
|
| |
LEFCOURT, H.M., DAVIDSON, K., SHEPHERD, R., PHILLIPS, M.,
PRKACHIN, K. & MILLS, D.E. (1995). Perspective-taking
humor : Accounting for stress moderation. Journal of
Social & Clinical Psychology, 14, 373-391. |
|
KAMBOUROPOULOU, P. (1926). Individual differences in the
sense of humor. American Journal of Psychology, 37,
268-278. |
FRY, P.S. (1995). Perfectionism, humor, and optimism as
moderators of health outcomes and determinants of coping
styles of women executives. Genetic, Social, &
General Psychology Monographs 121, 213-245. |
|
MAIER, N. (1932). A gestalt theory of humor. British
Journal of Psychology, 23. |
BERK, R. (1996) Student ratings of ten strategies for
using humor in college teaching. Journal on
Excellence in College Teaching, 7 (3), 71-92 |
| |
ZUCKERMAN, M. (1995). Good and bad humors : Biochemical
bases of personality and its disorders. Psychological
Science, 6 (6), 325-332. |
| |
GROW, G. (1995). Using humor to help students respond
to one another's writing. Tallahassee, FL : Florida
A & M University. |
| |
SIEGEL, J. (1995). How to get a laugh in Fijian : Code
switching and humor. Language in Society, 24,
95-110. |
|
WOLFF, H.A., SMITH, C.E. & MURRAY, H.A. (1934).The
psychology of humor. The Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 38 (4), 341-365. |
RUCH, W. (1996). Measurement approaches to the sense of
humor : Introduction and overview. Humor, 9,
239-250. |
|
MURRAY, H.A. (1934). The psychology of humor. The
Journal of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 29
(1), 66-81. |
MORAN, C.C. (1996). Short-term mood change, perceived
funniness, and the effect of humor stimuli. Behavioral
Medicine, 22, 32-38. |
|
EYSENCK, H.J. (1942). The appreciation of humour : An
experimental and theoretical study. British Journal
of Psychology, 32, 295-309. |
RUCH, W., KOHLER, G. & VAN THIEL, C. (1996). Assessing
the "humorous temperament" : Construction of the facet and
standard trait forms of the State-Trait-Cheerfulness
Inventory - STCI. Humor, 9, 303-340. |
|
CATTELL, R.B. & LUBORSKY, L.B. (1947). Personality
factors in response to humor. Journal of Abnormal
& Social Psychology, 42, 402-421. |
NEWMAN, M.G. & STONE, A.A. (1996). Does humor moderate
the effects of experimentally induced stress ? Annals
of Behavioral Medicine, 18, 101-109. |
|
LUBORSKY, L.B. & CATTELL, R.B. (1947). Validation of
personality factors in humor. Journal of Personality,
15 (4), 283-291. |
WANZER, M., BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD, M. & BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD,
S. (1996). Are funny people popular ? An examination of
humor orientation, loneliness, and social attraction. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Communication Quarterly, 44,
42-52. |
|
GODFREY, W.P. (1953). The teacher as Humorist. The
Journal of Higher Education, 24 (5), 227-229. |
ZILLMANN, D. & CANTOR, J.R. (1996). A disposition
theory of humor and mirth. In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot
(Eds.), Humor and laughter : Theory, research and
applications (pp. 93-115). New Brunswick, NJ :
Transaction Publishers. |
|
WOLFENSTEIN, M. (1954). Children's humor.
Glencoe, IL : Free Press. |
BERK, R.A. (1996). Student ratings of ten strategies for
using humor in college teaching. Journal on
Excellence in College Teaching, 7 (3), 71-92. |
|
BYRNE, D. (1956). Relationship between humor and the
expression of hostility. Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 53, 84-89. |
FRANZINI, L.R. (1996). Feminism and women's sense of
humor. Sex Roles, 35, 811-819. |
|
DORIS, J. & FIERMAN, E. (1956). Humor and anxiety. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 56, 59-62. |
SVEBAK, S. (1996). The development of the Sense of Humor
Questionnaire : From SHQ to SHQ-6. Humor : I
nternational Journal of Humor Research, 9, 341-361. |
|
BYRNE, D. (1958). Drive level, response to humor, and the
cartoon sequence effect. Psychological Reports, 4, 439-442.
|
CHAPMAN, A.J. (1996). Social aspects of humorous laughter.
In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot (Eds.), Humor and
laughter : theory, research, and applications (pp.
155-186). New Brunswick, NJ : Transaction. |
|
| |
WORMER, K.V. & BOES, M. (1997). Humor in the emergency
room : A social work perspective. Health & Social
Work, 22 (2), 87-92. |
| |
ATTARDO, S. (1997). The semantic foundations of cognitive
theories of humor. Humor : International Journal of
Humor Research, 10 (4), 395-420. |
| |
McMORRIS, R.F., BOOTHROYD, R.A. & PIETRANGELO, D.J.
(1997). Humor in educational testing : A review and
discussion. Applied Measurement in Education, 10, 269-297. |
| |
GRUNER, C.R. (1997). The game of humor : A
comprehensive theory of why we laugh. London :
Transaction Publishers. |
| |
McCLELLAND, D. & CHERIFF, A. (1997). The
immunoenhancing effects of humor on secretory IgA and
resistance to respiratory infections. Psychology &
Health, 12 (3), 329-344. |
|
FREUD, S. (1959). Humour. In J. Strachey (Ed.), Collected
Papers of Sigmund Freud (Vol. 5. pp. 215-221). New
York : Basic Books. |
SVEBAK, S. & MARTIN, R.A. (1997). Humor as a form of
coping. In S. Svebak & M.J. Apter (Eds.), Stress
and health : A reversal theory perspective (pp.
173-184). Tylor and Francis, Washington DC, Tylor and
Francis. |
|
LEVINE, J. (1959). Humor as a disturbing stimulus.
Journal of General Psychology, 60, 191-200. |
THORSON, J.A. POWELL, F.C., SARMANY-SCHULLER, I. &
HAMPES, W.P. (1997). Psychological health and sense of
humor. Journal of Clinical Psychology, 53,
605-619. |
|
COSER, R.L. (1960). Laughter among Colleagues : A study of
the social functions of humor among the staff of a mental
hospital. Psychiatry, 23 (1), 81-95. |
LEFCOURT, H.M., DAVIDSON, K., PRKACHIN, K. & MILLS,
D.E. (1997). Humor as a stress moderator in the prediction
of blood pressure obtained during five stressful tasks. Journal
of Research in Personality, 31, 523-542. |
|
BRADFORS, A.L. (1964). The place of humor in teaching. Peabody
Journal of Education, 42 (2), 67-70. |
BARBATO, C.A., GRAHAM, E.E. & PERSE, E.M. (1997).
Interpersonal communication motives and perceptions of
humor among elders. Communication Research, 14,
48-57. |
|
KAPLAN, R.M. & BOYD, I.H. (1965). The social functions
of humor on an open psychiatric ward. Psychiatric
Quarterly, 39, 502-515. |
MEYER, J.C. (1997). Humor in member narratives : Uniting
and dividing at work. Western Journal of
Communication, 61, 188-208. |
|
ZIGLER, E., LEVINE, J. & GOULD, L. (1967). Cognitive
challenge as a factor in children's humor appreciation. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 6, 332-336. |
MORREALL, J. (1997). Humor works. Amherst (MA) :
HRD Press inc. |
|
DWORKIN, E.S. & EFRAN, E.S. (1967). The angered :
Their susceptibility to varieties of humor. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 6, 233-236. |
McMORRIS, R.F., BOOTHROYD, R.A. & PIETRANGELO, D.J.
(1997). Humor in educational testing : A review and
discussion. Applied Measurement in Education, 10, 269-297. |
| |
KUIPER, N.A., MARTIN, R.A., OLINGER, L.J., KAZARIAN, S.S.
& JETTE, J.L. (1998). Sense of humor, self- concept,
and psychological well-being in psychiatric inpatients. Humor
: International Journal of Humor Research, 11, 357-381. |
|
SHURCLIFF, A. (1968). Judged humor, arousal, and the
relief theory. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 8, 360-363. |
VEATCH, T.C. (1998). A theory of humor. Humor -
International Journal of Humor Research, 11 (2),
161-216. |
|
O'CONNELL, W. E. (1969). The social aspects of wit and
humor. Journal of Social Psychology, 79, 183-187. |
RUCH, W. & HEHL, F. J. (1998). A two-mode model of
humor appreciation : Its relation to aesthetic
appreciation and simplicity-complexity of personality. In
W. Ruch (Ed.), The sense of humor : Explorations of a
personality characteristic (pp. 109-142). New York
: Mouton de Gruyter. |
|
LEVINE, J. (1969). Motivation in humor. New York
: Atherton Press. |
BERGEN D. (1998). Development of the sense of humor. In W.
Ruch (Ed.), The sense of humor : Explorations of a
personality characteristic (pp. 329-358). Berlin,
Germany : Walter de Gruyter. |
|
SPIEGEL, D., KEITH-SPIEGEL, P., ABRAHAMS, J. &
KRANITZ, L. (1969). Humor and suicide : Favorite jokes of
suicidal patients. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 33 (4), 504-505. |
LEFCOURT, H.M. & THOMAS, S. (1998). Humor and stress
revisited. In W. Ruch (Ed.), The sense of humor :
Explorations of a personality characteristic (pp.
179-202). Berlin/New York : Mouton de Gruyter. |
| |
BERK, R.A. (1998). A humorous account of 10
multiple-choice item-flaws that clue testwise students. Journal
on Excellence in College Teaching, 9 (2), 93-117.
[PDF] |
|
BERKOWITZ, L. (1970). Aggressive humor as a stimulus to
aggressive responses. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 4, 710-717. |
KUIPER, N.A. & OLINGER, L.J. (1998). Humor and mental
health. In H. Friedman (Ed.), Encylopedia of mental
health (Vol. 2, pp. 445-458). San Diego, CA :
Academic Press. |
| |
ATTARDO, S. (1998). The analysis of humorous narratives .Humor
: International Journal of Humor Research, 11 (3),
231-260. |
|
McGHEE, P.E. (1971). Development of the humor response. Psychology
Bulletin, 76, 328-348. |
KUIPER, N.A. & MARTIN, R.A. (1998). Is sense of humor
a positive personality characteristic ? In W. Ruch (Ed.),
The sense of humor : Explorations of a personality
characteristic (pp. 159-178). New York : Mouton de
Gruyter. |
|
SHULTZ, T.R. (1972). The role of incongruity and
resolution in children's appreciation of cartoon humor.
Journal of Experimental Child Psychology, 13,
456-477. |
BERK, R.A. & NANDA, J.P. (1998). Effects of jocular
instructional methods on attitudes, anxiety, and
achievement in statistics courses. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 11, 383-409. |
|
SULS, J.M. (1972). A two-stage model for the appreciation
of jokes and cartoons : An information processing
analysis. In J.H. Goldstein & P.E. McGee (Eds.), The
psychology of humor : Theoretical per-spectives and
empirical issues (pp. 81-100). New York : Academic
Press. |
ABEL, M.H. (1998). Interaction of humor and gender in
moderating relationships between stress and outcomes. The
Journal of Psychology, 132, 267-274. |
|
HANDELMAN, D. & KAPFERER, B. (1972). Forms of joking
activity : A comparative approach. American
Anthropologist, 74, 484-517. |
WINNER, E., BROWNELL, H., HAPPE, F., BLUM, A. &
PINCUS, D. (1998). Distinguishing lies from jokes : Theory
of mind deficits and discourse interpretation in right
hemisphere brain-damaged patients. Brain &
Language, 62, 899-106. |
| |
DERKS, P., STALEY, R.E. & HASELTON, M. G. (1998).
"Sense. of humor : Perception, intelligence, or expertise
? In W. Ruch (Ed.), The sense of humor : Explorations
of a personality characteristic (pp. 143-158).
Berlin, Germany : Walter de Gruyter. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (1974). Revised questionnaire on the sense of
humor. Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 15,
328-331. |
RUCH, W. & KOHLER, G. (1998). A temperament approach
to humor. In Ruch, W. (Ed.), The sense of humor :
Explorations of a personality characteristic (pp.
203-228). Berlin/New York : Mouton de Gruyter. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (1974). A theory of sense of humor. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 15, 99-107. |
RUCH, W. (Ed.) (1998). The sense of humor :
Explorations of a personality characteristic.
Berlin, Germany : Walter de Gruyter. |
|
SHULTZ, T.R. & HORIBE, F. (1974). Development of the
appreciation of verbal jokes. Developmental
Psychology, 10, 13-20. |
MANKE, B. (1998). Genetic and environmental contributions
to children's interpersonal humor. In W. Ruch (Ed.),
The sense of humor : Explorations of a personality
characteristic (pp. 361-384). Berlin, Germany :
Walter de Gruyter. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (1974). Three attitude dimensions of sense of
humor as predictors of laughter. Scandinavian Journal
of Psychology, 15, 185-190. |
ZUCKERMAN, M., JOIREMAN, J.A., KRAFT, M. & KULHMAN,
D.M. (1999). Where do motivational and mood traits fit
within three factor models of personality. Personality
& Individual Differences, 26, 487-504. |
|
TERRY, R.I. & ERTEL, S.I. (1974). Exploration of
individual differences in preferences for humor. Psychological
Reports, 34, 1031-1037. |
McMAHON, M. (1999). Are we having fun yet ? Humor in the
english class. The English Journal, 88 (4),
70-72. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (1975). Styles in humor and social self-images.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology 16, 79-84. |
DAVIS, J. (1999). Speaking my mind : On humor. The
English Journal, 88 (4), 14-15. |
|
| |
SHAMNI, P. & STUSS, D T. (1999). Humour appreciation :
A role of the right frontal lobe. Brain, 122 (4),
657-666. |
|
KELLY J.P. & SOLOMON, P.J. (1975). Humor in television
advertising. Journal of Advertising, 4 (3),
31-35. |
KHER N. MOLSTAD, S. & DONAHUE, R. (1999). Using humor
in the "dread courses". College Student Journal, 33 (3)
400-406. |
|
LOSCO, J. & EPSTEIN, S. (1975). Humor preference as a
subtle measure of attitudes toward the opposite sex. Journal
of Personality, 43, 321-334. |
DECKERS, L. & ROTONDO, D.M. (1999). Use of humor at
work : Predictors and implications. Psychological
Reports, 84,961-968. |
|
CHAPMAN, A.J. & FOOT, H.C. (1976). Humour and
laughter : Theory, Research and Applications.
London : John Wiley & Sons. |
MORKES, J., KERNAL, H. & NASS, C. (1999), Effects of
Manke, B. (1998). Genetic and environmental contributions
to children's interpersonal humor. In W. Ruch (Ed.), The
sense of humor : Explorations of a personality
characteristic (pp. 361–384). Berlin, Germany :
Walter de Gruyter. |
|
CHAPMAN, A.J. & FOOT, H.C. (1976). Humour and
laughter : Theory, research and Applications.
London : John Wiley & Sons. |
HAMPES, W.H. (1999). The relationship between humor and
trust. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 12, 253-260. |
|
WELLER, L., AMITSOUR, E. & PAZZI, R. (1976). Reactions
to absurd humor by Jews of eastern and western descent. Journal
of Social Psychology, 98, 159-163. |
WANZER, M.B. & FRYMIER, A.B. (1999). The relationship
between student perceptions of instructor humor and
students' reports of learning. Communication
Education, 48 (1), 48-62. |
|
McGHEE, P.E. (1976). Sex differences in children's humor.
Journal of Communication, 26, 176-189. |
FRANCIS, L., MONAHAN, K. & BERGER, C. (1999). A
laughing matter ? The uses of humor in medical
interaction. Motivation & Emotion, 23 (2),
155-174. |
|
LEVINE J. & ZIGLER, E. (1976). Humor responses of high
and low premorbid competence alcoholic and nonalcoholic
patients. Addictive Behaviors, 1, 139-149. |
FUTCH, A. & EDWARDS, R. (1999). The effects of sense
of humor, defensiveness, and gender on the interpretation
of ambiguous messages. Communication Quarterly, 47,
80-97. |
|
PIEN, D. & ROTHBART, M.K. (1976). Incongruity and
resolution in children's humor : a reexamination.
Child Development, 47, 966-971. |
MORAN, C.C. & MASSAN, M.M. (1999). Differential
influences of coping humor and humor bias on mood. Behavioral
Medicine, 25, 36-42. |
|
ZILLMANN, D. & STOCKING, S.H. (1976). Putdown Humor. Journal
of Communication, 26 (3), 154-163. |
DEITER, R.E. (2000). The use of humour as a teaching toll
in college classroom. NACTA Journal, 44, 20-28.
[PDF] |
|
MUELLER, C. & DONNERSTEIN, E. (1977). The effects of
humor-induced arousal upon aggressive behavior.
Journal of Research in Personality, 11, 73-82. |
OLSSON, H., KOCH, M., BACKE, H. & SORENSON, S. (2000).
Nursing and humour-an exploratory study in Sweden. Vard
i Norden, 20 (1), 42-45. |
|
WILSON, G.D., RUST, J. & KASRIEL, J. (1977). Genetic
and family origins of humor preferences : A twin study.
Psychological Reports, 41, 659-660. |
BUXMAN, K. (2000). Humor in critical care: No joke. American
Association of Critical Care Nurses, 11 (1),
120-127. |
|
WELKER, W.A. (1977). Humor in education : A foundation for
wholesome living. College Student Journal, 11, 252-254. |
VARGA, D. (2000). Hyperbole and humor in children's
language play. Journal of Research in Childhood
Education, 14 (2), 142-151. |
|
KAPLAN, R. & PASCOE, G. (1977). Humorous lectures and
humorous examples : Some effects upon comprehension and
retention. Journal of Educational Psychology, 69,
61-65. |
BERK, R.A. (2000). Does humor in course tests reduce
anxiety and improve performance ? College Teaching,
48, 151-158. [PDF] |
|
NIAS, D.K. & WILSON, G.D. (1977). A genetic analysis
of humor preferences. In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot
(Eds.), It's a funny thing, humor (pp. 371-373).
Oxford : Pergamon Press. |
FRYMIER, A.B. & HOUSER, M.L. (2000). The
teacher-student relationship as an interpersonal
relationship. Communication Education, 49 (3),
207-219. |
|
KANE, T.R., SULS, J. & TEDESHI, J.T. (1977). Humor as
a tool for social interaction. In A.J. Chapman & H.C.
Foot (Eds.), It's a funny thing, humor (pp.
13-16). |
CHERKAS, L., HOCHBERG, F., MACGREGOR, A.J., SNIEDER, H.
& SPECTOR, T.D. (2000). Happy families : A twin study
of humor. Twin Research, 3, 17-22. |
|
ROTHBART, M.K. (1977). Psychological approaches to the
study of humour. In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot (Eds.), It's
a funny thing, humour (pp. 87-94). Oxford :
Pergamon Press. |
SAYRE, R. (2001). The use of aberrant medical humor by
psychiatric unit staff. Issues in Mental Health
Nursing, 22 (7), 669-689. |
|
GRUNER, C.R. (1978). Wit and humor in mass communication.
In A.J. Chapman & H.C. Foot (Eds.), Humor and
laughter : Theory, research and applications (pp.
287-312). New Brunswick : Transaction. |
NEZLEK, J. & DERKS, L. (2001). Use of humor as a
coping mechanism, psychological adjustment, and social
interaction. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 14 (4), 395-413. |
|
BRYANT, J., COMISKY, P.W. & ZILLMAN, D. (1979).
Teachers' humor in the college classroom. Communication
Education, 28, 110-118. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2001). Effect of humor on hitchhiking : a
field experiment. North American Journal of
Psychology, 3, 369-376. [PDF] |
| |
LEFCOURT, H.M. (2001). Humor : The psychology of
living buoyantly. New York : Kluwer Academic. |
|
McGHEE, P.E. (1979). Humor : Its origin and
development. San Francisco : W.H. Freeman. |
MARTIN, R.A. (2001). Humor, laughter, and physical health
: Methodological issues and research findings. Psychological
Bulletin, 127 (4), 504-519. |
|
DIXON, N.F. (1980). Humor : A cognitive alternative to
stress. In C.D. Spielberger and I.G. Sarason (Eds.), Anxiety
and stress (Vol. 7 pp. 281-289). Washington, DC :
Hemisphere. |
MATTE, G. (2001). A psychoanalytical perspective of humor.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 14
(3), 223-241. |
|
PIEN, D. & ROTHBART, M.K. (1980). Incongruity humour,
play, and self-regulation of arousal in young children. In
P. E. McGhee & A.J. Chapman (Eds.), Children's
humour (pp. 1-26). Chichester : Wiley. |
REDDY, V. (2001). Infant clowns : The interpersonal
creation of humour in infancy. Enfance, 3,
247-256. |
|
BRYANT, J., COMISKY, P.W., CRANE, J.S. & ZILLMANN, D.
(1980). Relationship between college teachers' use of
Humor in the classroom and students' evaluation of their
teachers. Journal of Educational Psychology, 72
(4), 511-519. |
ASTEDT-KURKI, P. & ISOLA, A. (2001). Humour between
nurse and patient, and among staff : Analysis of nurse's
diaries. Issues & Innovations in Nursing
Practice, 35 (3), 452-458. |
|
TURNER, R.G. (1980). Self-Monitoring and humor production.
Journal of Personality, 48 (2), 163-72. |
NEVO, O. (2001). Humor in career counseling. In W.A.
Salameh et W.F. Fry. (Eds.), Humor and wellness in
clinical intervention (pp. 109-132). Westport :
Praeger. |
|
McGHEE, P.E. (1980). Development of the sense of humour in
childhood : A longitudinal study. In P.E. McGhee &
A.J. Chapman (Eds.), Children's humour (pp.
213-236). Chichester : John Wiley & Sons. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2001). Relation between humor and empathic
concern. Psychological Reports, 88, 241-244. |
|
O'QUIN, K. & ARONOFF, J. (1981). Humor as a technique
of social influence. Social Psychology Quarterly, 44,
349-357. |
SAYRE, J. (2001). The use of aberrant medical humor by
psychiatric unit staff. Issues in Mental Health
Nursing, 22 (7), 669-689. |
|
ROSSELL, R. (1981). Chaos and control : Attempts to
regulate the use of humor in self-analytic and therapy
groups. Small Group Behavior, 12, 195-219. |
BERK, R.A. (2001). The active ingredients in humor :
Psychophysiological benefits/risks for older adults. Educational
Gerontology : An International Journal, 27,
323-339. [PDF] |
|
SUDOL, D. (1981). Dangers of classroom humor. The
English Journal, 70 (6), 26-28. |
WANZER, M. (2001). If we didn't use humor we'd cry :
Humorous coping communication in health care settings. Journal
of Health Communication, 10 (2), 105-125. |
|
TOWNSEND, M.A.R. & MAHONEY, P. (1981). Humor and
anxiety : Effects on class test performance. Psychology
in the Schools, 18, 228-234. [PDF] |
ZIV, A. & ZIV, N. (2002). Humour et créativité en
éducation : approche psychologique. Paris :
Creaxion. |
|
LINSK, F.L. & FINE, G.A. (1981). Perceptual and
evaluative response to humor : The effects of social
identification. Sociology & Social Research, 66,
69-79. |
FRANZINI, L.R. (2001). Humor in therapy : the case for
training therapists in its uses and risks. The Journal
of General Psychology, 128 (2), 170-193. |
|
HORGAN, D. (1981). Learning to tell jokes : A case study
of metalinguistic abilities. Journal of Child
Language, 8, 217-224. |
WANZER, M. (2002). Use of humor in the classroom : The
good, the bad, and the not-so-funny things teachers say
and do. In C. McCroskey (Ed.), Communication for
teachers (pp. 116- 125). Boston : Allyn &
Bacon. [PDF] |
|
CHANG, M. & GRUNER, C.R. (1981). Audience reaction to
self-disparaging humor. Southern Speech Communication
Journal, 46, 419-426. |
ABEL, H.M. (2002). Humor, stress, and coping strategies. Humor
- International Journal of Humor Research, 15 (4),
365-381. [PDF] |
|
CHAPMAN, A.J. & FOOT, H.C. (1981). Psychology of
Humor. Trends in Neurosciences, 4, 9. |
SAROGLOU, V. & SCARIOT, C. (2002). Humor Styles
Questionnaire : Personality and educational correlates in
Belgian high school and college students. European
Journal of Personality, 16, 43-54. [PDF] |
|
MADDEN, T.J. & WEINBERGER, M.G. (1982). The effects of
humor on attention in magazine advertising. Journal
of Advertising, 11 (3), 5-14. |
OLSSON, H., BACKE, H., SORENSEN, S. & KOCK, M. (2002).
The essence of humour and its effets and functions : a
qualitative study. Journal of Nursing Management, 10,
21-26. |
|
AIELLO, J.R., THOMPSON, D.E. & BRODZINSKY, D.M.
(1983). How funny is crowding anyway ? Effects of group
size, room size, and the introduction of humor. Basic
& Applid Social Psychology, 1082, 192-207. |
MARTIN, R.A. (2002). Is laughter the best medicine ?
Humor, laughter, and physical health. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 11 (6),
216-220. |
|
DODGE, B. & ROSSETT, A. (1982). Heuristic for humor in
instruction. NSPI Journal, 5, 11-14. |
PRIEST, R.F. & SWAIN, J.E. (2002). Humor and its
implications for leadership effectiveness. Humor, 15 (2),
169-189. |
|
JUNI, S. (1982). Humor preferences as a function of
pre-Oedipal fixation. Social Behaviour &
Personality, 10, 63-64. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). The effect of a joke on tipping when
it is delivered at the same time as the bill. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1955-1963. [PDF] |
| |
ROECKELEIN, J.E. (2002). The psychology of humor : A
reference guide and annotated bibliography. Westport,
CT : Greenwood Press. |
|
ZILLMANN, D. (1983). Disparagement humor. In P. McGhee and
J. Goldstein (Eds.), Handbook of humor research (Vol.
1, pp. 85-10). NY : Springer-Verlag. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2002). The effect of a joke on tipping when
it is delivered at the same time as the bill. Journal
of Applied Social Psychology, 32, 1955-1963. [PDF] |
|
McGHEE, P.E. & GOLDSTEIN, J.H. (Eds.) (1983).
Handbook of Humor Research : Volume One-two. New
York : Springer-Verlag. |
BENNETT, H.J. (2003). Humour in medicine. South
Medical Journal, 96, 1257-1261. |
|
MARTIN, R.A. & LEFCOURT, H.M. (1983). Sense of humor
as a moderator of the relation between stressors and
moods. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 45, 1313- 1324. |
SZABO A. (2003). The acute effects of humor and exercise
on mood and anxiety. Journal of Leisure Research, 35
(2), 152-162. |
|
CHEATWOOD, D. (1983). Sociability and the sociology of
humor. Sociology & Social Research, 67, 324-338. |
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. &
WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor
and their relation to psychological well-being :
development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75. |
|
| |
MOBBS, D., GREICIUS, M.D., ABDEL-AZIM, E., MENON, V.
& REISS, A.L. (2003). Humor modulates the mesolimbic
reward centers. Neuron, 40, 1041-1048. |
|
BROWNELL, H., MICHEL, D., POWELSON, J. & GARDNER, H.
(1983). Surprise but not coherence : Sensitivity to verbal
humor in right-hemisphere patients. Brain &
Language, 18, 20-27. |
WILD, B., RODDEN, F.A., GRODD, W. & RUCH, W. (2003).
Neural correlates of laughter and humour. Brain, 126,
2121-2238. |
|
ZIV, A. (1984). Personality and sense of humor.
New York : Springer. |
VILAYTHONG, A.P., ARNAU, R.C., ROSE, D.H. & MASCARO,
N.C. (2003). Humor and hope : Can humor increase hope ? Humor,
16, 79-89. |
|
MARTIN, R.A. & LEFCOURT, H.M. (1984). Situational
humor response questionnaire: Quantitative measure of
sense of humor. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 47, 145-155. |
EMERICH, D.M., CREAGHEAD, N.A., GRETHER, S.M., MURRAY, D.
& GRASHA, C. (2003). The comprehension of humorous
materials by adolescents with high-functioning autism and
asperger's syndrome. Journal of Autism &
Developmental Disorders, 33 (3), 253-256. |
|
DECKERS, L. & HRICIK, D. (1984). Orienting and humor
responses : A synthesis. Motivation & Emotion, 8,
183-204. |
FORTIN, B. et MÉTHOT, L. (2004). S'adapter avec humour au
travail interdisciplinaire. Revue Québécoise de
Psychologie, 25 (1), 98-118. [PDF] |
|
POWELL, J.P. & ANDRESEN, L.Q. (1985). Humour and
teaching in higher education. Studies in Higher
Education, 10 (1), 79-90. |
BERGEN, D. (2004). Le développement de l'humour chez les
enfants normaux et surdoués : Synthèse des connaissances
actuelles. Revue Québécoise de Psychologie, 25
(1), 21-42. |
| APTE, M.L. (1985). Humor and laughter : An
anthropological approach. Ithaca, NY : Cornell
University Press. |
KAZARIAN, S.S. & MARTIN, R.A. (2004). Humor styles,
personality, and well-being among Lebanese university
students. European Journal of Personality, 18, 209-219. |
|
RASKIN, V. (1985). Semantic mechanisms of humor. Dordrecht
: D. Reidel. |
MARTIN, R.A. (2004). Sense of humor and physical health :
Theoretical issues, recent findings, and future
directions. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 17 (1/2), 1-19. |
|
BIHRLE, A., BROWNELL, H., POWELSON, J. & GARDNER, H.
(1986). Comprehension of humorous and nonhumorous
materials by left and right brain-damaged patients.
Brain & Cognition, 5, 399-411. |
SVEBAK, S., MARTIN, R.A. & HOLMEN, J. (2004). The
prevalence of sense of humor in a large, unselected county
population in Norway : relations with age, sex, and some
health indicators. Humor : International Journal of
Humor Research, 17 (1/2), 121-134. |
|
DIXON, P.N., WILLINGHAM, W.K., CHANDLER, C.K. &
McDOUGAL, K. (1986). Relating social interest and
dogmatism to happiness and sense of humor. Individual
Psychology : Journal of Adlerian Theory, Research &
Practice, 42 (3), 421-427. |
KUIPER, N.A., GRIMSHAW, M., LEITE, C. & KIRSH, G.A.
(2004). Humor is not always the best medicine : Specific
components of sense of humor and psychological well-being.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 17, 135-168. |
|
CIVIKLY, J. (1986). Humor in the enjoyment of college
teaching. New Direction for Teaching & Learning,
26, 61-70. |
ZWEYER, K., VLEKER, B. & RUCH, W. (2004). Do
cheerfulness, exhilarations, and humor production moderate
pain tolerance ? A FACS study. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 17 (1/2), 85-120. |
|
ROSENHEIM, E. & GOLAN, G. (1986). Patients' reactions
to humorous interventions in psychotherapy. American
Journal of Psychotherapy, 40, 110-124. |
FORTIN, B. (2004). L'humour et la santé : une relation
drôlement complexe. Psychologie Québec, 21 (5),
35-38.
[PDF] |
|
FOOT, H. (1986). Humor and laughter. In O. Hargie (Ed.), A
handbook of communication skills (pp. 335-381). New
York : University Press. |
SVEBAK, S., GÖTTESTAM, K.G. & JENSEN, E.N. (2004). The
significance of sense of humor, life regard, and stressors
for bodily complaints among high school students. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 17
(1/2), 67-84. |
|
MASTEN, A.S. (1986). Humor and competence in school-aged
children. Child Development, 57, 461-473. |
KUIPER, N.A. & NICHOLL, S. (2004). Thoughts of feeling
better ? Sense of humor and physical health. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 17 (1/2), 37-66. |
|
LEFCOURT, H.M. & MARTIN, R.A. (1986). Humor and
life stress. New York : Springer-Verlag. |
KERKKÄNEN, P., KUIPER, N.A. & MARTIN, R.A. (2004).
Sense of humor, physical health, and well-being at work :
A three-year longitudinal stuty of Finnish police
officers. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 17 (1/2), 21-36. |
|
CORNETT, C.E. (1986). Learning through laughter :
humor in the classroom. Phi Delta Kappa Educational
Foundation. |
TOROK, S.E., McMORRIS, R.F. & LIN, W.C. (2004). Is
humor an appreciated teaching tool ? Perceptions of
professor's teaching styles and use of humor. College
Teaching, 52, 14-20. [PDF] |
|
PAUL, N.D., WELBORN, K.W., CYNTHIA, K.C. & McDOUGAL,
K. (1986). Relating social interest and dogmatism to
happiness and sense of humor. Individual Psychology,
42, 421-427. |
JAMES, D. (2005). A need for humor in online courses. College
Teaching, 52 (3), 93-94. |
|
|
DECKERS, L., KUHLHORST L. & FREELAND L. (1987). The
effects of spontaneous and voluntary facial reactions on
surprise and humor. Motivation & Emotion, 11, 403-412. |
CUNNINGHAM W.A. & DERKS, P. (2005). Humor appreciation
and latency of comprehension. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 18 (4), 389-403. |
|
MASTEN, A.S. (1987). Stalking the wild humorist. [Review
of Humor and life stress : Antidote to adversity]. Contemporary
Psychology, 32, 432-433. |
|
|
SVEBAK, S. & APTER, M.J. (1987). Laughter : An
empirical test of some reversal theory hypotheses. Scandinavian
Journal of Psychology, 28, 189-198. |
ZUNIGA, S. (2005). Humor and Pediatrics. Revista
Chilena de Pediatria, 76 (2), 129-131. |
|
VAN BOURGONDIEN, M.E. & MESIBOV, G.B. (1987). Humor in
high-functioning autistic adults. Journal of Autism
& Developmental Disorders, 17, 417-424. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2005). Correlations between humor styles and
loneliness. Psychological Reports, 96, 747-750.
[PDF] |
|
MUTTHAYA, B.C. (1987). Relationship between humor and
interpersonal orientations. Journal of Psychological
Research, 31, 48-54. |
OLSON, M. L., HUGELSHOFER, D.S., KWON, P. & REFF, R.C.
(2005). Rumination and dysphoria : The buffering role of
adaptive forms of humor. Personality & Individual
Differences, 39, 1419-1428. |
|
LYMAN, P. (1987). The fraternal bond as a joking relation
: A case study of the role of sexist jokes in male group
bonding. In M. Kimmel (Ed.), Changing men : New
directions in research on men and masculinity (pp.
148-163). Newbury Park, CA : Sage. |
LOSCHIAVO, F.M. & SHATZ, M.A. (2005). Enhancing online
instruction with humor. Teaching of Psychology, 32
(4), 247-250. |
|
CHAFE, W. (1987). Humor as a disabling mechanism. American
Behavioral Scientist, 30, 16-26. |
SZABO, A., AINSWORTH, S.E. & DANKS, P.K. (2005).
Experimental comparison of the psychological benefits of
aerobic exercise, humor, and music. Humor, 18, 235-246. |
|
PREROST, F.J. & RUMA, C. (1987). Exposure to humorous
stimuli as an Adjunct to muscle relaxation training.
Psychology : A Quarterly Journal of Human Behavior 24
(4), 70-74. |
CHIK, M.P.Y., LEUNG, C.S.B. & MOLLOY, G.N. (2005).
Development of a measure of humor appreciation. Australian
Journal of Educational & Developmental Psychology,
5, 26-31. |
|
FABRIZI, M. S. & POLLIO, H.R. (1987). A naturalistic
study of humorous activity in a third, seventh, and
eleventh grade classroom. Merill-Palmer Quarterly, 33
(1), 107-128. |
GARNER, R. (2005). Humor, analogy, and metaphor : H.A.M.
it up in teaching. Radical Pedagogy, 6 (2), [HTML] |
|
HILL, D.J. (1988). Humor in the classroom : a handbook
for teachers (and other entertainers!). Springeld :
Charles C Thomas. |
KUIPER, N.A. & BOROWICZ-SIBERNIK, M. (2005). A good
sense of humor doesn't always help : Agency and communion
as moderators of psychological well-being. Personality
& Individual Differences, 38, 365-377. |
|
LONG, D.L. & GRAESSER, A.C. (1988). Wit and humor in
discourse processing. Discours Processes, 11
(1), 35-60. |
LOIZOU, E. (2005). Infant humor : The theory of the absurd
and the empowerment theory. International Journal of
Early Years Education, 13 (1), 43-53. |
|
BRYANT, J. & ZILLMANN, D. (1988). Usign humor to
promote learning in the classroom. Journal of Children
in Contemporary Society, 20 (1), 49-78. |
JONES, J.A. (2005). The masking effects of humor on
audience perception of message organization. HUMOR :
International Journal of Humor Research, 18 (4),
405-418. |
|
MULKAY, M. (1988). On humor : Its nature and its
place in modern society. Cambridge : Polity. |
BERK, R.A. (2005). Laughterpiece theatre : Humor as a
systematic teaching tool. Teaching Excellence, 17
(2). |
|
BRYANT, J. & ZILLMAN, D. (1988). Usign humor to
promote learning in the classroom. Journal of
Children in Contemporary Society, 20 (1), 49-78. |
DEAN R.A. & GREGORY, D.M. (2005). Humor and laughter
in palliative care : An ethnographic investigation. Palliative
& Supportive Care, 2 (2), 139-148. |
|
ZIV, A. (1988). Using humor to develop creative thinking.
Journal of Children in Contemporary Society, 20
(1-2), 99-116. |
SLOVIC, P. (2005). Review of "Risk in perspective :
Insight and humor in the age of risk management" by K.M.
Thompson. Risk Analysis, 25, 493. |
|
MARTIN, R.A. (1988). Humor and the mastery of living :
Using humor to cope with the daily stresses of growing up.
Journal of Children in Contemporary Society, 20,
135-154. |
GARNER, R.L. (2006). Humor in pedagogy : How Ha-Ha can
lead to Aha! College Teaching, 54 (1), 177-180.
[PDF] |
|
MARTIN, R.A. & DOBBIN, J.P. (1988). Sense of humor,
hassles, and immunoglobin A : Evidence for a
stress-moderating effect. International Journal of
Psychiatry in Medicine, 18 (2), 93-105. |
COULSON, S., URBACH, T.P. & KUTAS, M. (2006). Looking
back : Joke comprehension and the space structuring model.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (3),
229-250. [PDF] |
|
WEAVER, J., ZILLMAN, D. & BRYANT, J. (1988). Effects
of humorous distortions on children's learning from edu-
cational television : Further Evidence. Communication
Education, 37, 181-187. |
SVEBAK, S., KRISTOFFERSEN, B. & AASAROD, K. (2006).
Sense of humor and survival among a county cohort of
patients with end-stage renal failure : A two-year
prospective study. International Journal of Psychiatry
in Medicine, 36, 269-281. |
|
ZIV, A. (1988). Humor's role in married life. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 1,
223-229. |
BERK, R.A. & NANDA, J.P. (2006). A randomized trial of
humor effects on test anxiety and test performance.
HUMOR : International Journal of Humor Research, 19, 425-454. |
|
RIM, Y. (1988). Sense of humor and coping styles. Personality
& Individual Differences, 9, 559-564. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation
between humor styles and shyness. Humor -
International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2),
179-187. |
|
HOING, A.S. (1988). Humor development in children.
Young Children, 43, 60-73. |
YIP, J.A. & MARTIN, R.A. (2006). Sense of humor,
emotional intelligence, and social competence. Journal
of Research in Personality, 40, 1202-1208. |
|
ATTARDO, S. (1988). Trends in European humor rsearch :
Towards a text model. Humor : International Journal
of Humor Research, 1 (4), 349-369. |
MARTIN, R.A. (2007). The psychology of humor : An
integrative approach. Burlington, MA : Elsevier
Academic Press. |
|
DOWNS, V.C., JAVALDI, M. & NUSSBAUM, J.F. (1988). An
analysis of teachers' verbal communication within the
classroom : Use of humor, self-disclosure, and narratives.
Communication Education, 37, 127-141. |
LOIZOU, E. (2007). Humor as a means of regulating one's
social self : two infants with unique humorous personas. Early
Child Development & Care, 177 (2), 195-205. |
|
JENNINGS, B. & ZILLMANN, D. (1989). Using humor to
promote learning in the classroom. Journal of
Children in Contemporary Society, 20 (1), 49-78. |
CLINE, T.W. & KELLARIS, J.J. (2007). The influence of
humor strength and humor-message relatedness on ad
memorability : A dual process model. Journal of
Advertising, 36 (1), 55-67. |
|
ZIV, A. & GADISH, O. (1989). Humor and marital
satisfaction. Journal of Social Psychology, 129, 759-768. |
BERK, R.A. (2007). Humor as an instructional
defibrillator. Journal of Health Administration
Education, 24 (2), 97-116. [PDF] |
|
NEZU, A.M., NEZU, C.M. & BLISSETT, S.E. (1988). Sense
of humor as a moderator of the relation between stressful
events and psychological distress : A prospective
analysis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 54 (3), 520-525. |
SCOTT, T. (2007). Expression of humour by emergency
personnel involved in sudden deathwork. Mortality, 12
(4), 350-364. |
|
WU, B.T.W., CROCKER, K.E. & ROGERS, M. (1989). Humor
and comparatives in ads for high and low involvement
products. Journalism Quarterly, 66, 653-661,
780. |
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R. (2007). Attachment
in adulthood : Structure, dynamics, and change. New
York : Guilford Press. |
|
ANDERSON, C.A. & ARNOULT, R.H. (1989). An examination
of perceived control, humor, irrational beliefs, and
positive stress as moderators of the relation between
negative stress and health. Basic & Applied
Social Psychology, 10, 101-117. |
HELVIK, A.S., JACOBSEN, G., SVEBAK, S. & HALLBERG,
R.-M. (2007). Hearing impairment, sense of humour and
communication strategies. Scandinavian Journal of
Disability Research, 9, 1-13. |
|
DERKS, P. & BERKOWITZ, J. (1989). Some determinants of
attitudes toward a joker. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 2, 385-396. |
VERNON, P.A., MARTIN, R.A., SCHERMER, J.A. & MACKIE,
A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of humor
styles and their correlations with the Big-5 personality
dimensions. Personality & Individual Differences,
44, 1116-1125. |
|
BRYANT, J. & ZILLMAN, D. (1989). Using humor to
promote learning in the classroom. Journal of
Children in Contemporary Society, 20 (1-2), 49-78. |
LOVORN, M.G. (2008). Humor in the home and in the
classroom : The benefits of laughing while we learn. Education
& Human Development, 2 (1), [PDF]
|
|
RUST, J. & GOLDSTEIN, J. (1989). Humor in marital
adjustment. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 2, 217-223. |
RANDLER, C. (2008). Evening types among German university
students score higher on sense of humor after controlling
for big five personality factors. Psychological
Reports, 103, 361-370. |
|
DECKERS, L., BUTTRAM, R.T. & WINSTEAD, D. (1989).
Sensitization of humor responses to cartoons. Motivation
& Emotion, 13, 71-81. |
FRYMIER, A.B., WANZER, M.B. & WOJTASZCZYK, A.M.
(2008). Assessing students' perceptions of inappropriate
and appropriate teacher humor. Communication
Education, 57 (2), 266-288. |
|
|
MASTEN, A.S. (1989). Humor appreciation in children :
Individual differences and response sets. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 2-4, 365-384. |
|
|
BRAUN, C.M.J. & LUSSIER, F. (1989). Understanding and
appreciation of humor by severe closed head-injured
patients, Brain Injury, 3, 345-354. |
SMITH, R.M. & SHAPON-SHEVIN, M. (2009) Disability
humor, insults, and inclusive practice. Social
Advocacy & Systems Change, 1 (2), 2008-2009. |
|
CARROLL, J.L. (1990). The relationship between humor
appreciation and perceived physical health. Psychology
: A Journal of Human Behavior, 27 (2), 34-37. |
BERK, R.A. (2008). Humor and the net generation. Thriving
in Academe, 25 (4), 5-8. [PDF] |
|
SCHNARCH, D.M. (1990). Therapeutic uses of humor in
psychotherapy. Journal of Family Psychotherapy, 1,
75-86. |
ZHOU, X.-X. (2008). Humor advertising appeal and its
communication effects. Advances in Psychological
Science, 16 (6), 955-963. |
|
ZINKHAM, G. & GELB, B. (1990). Humor repetition and
advertising effectiveness. Advances in Consumer
Research, 17, 438-441. |
KUIPER, N.A. & McHALE, N. (2009). Humor styles as
mediators between self-evaluative standards and
psychological well-being. Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 143 (4), 359-376. |
|
ZIV, A. & GADISH, O. (1990). The disinhibiting effects
of humor : Aggressive and affectiveresponses. HUMOR : International
Journal of Humor Research, 3, 247-257. |
MIKULINCER, M. & SHAVER, P.R. (2009). An attachment
and behavioral systems perspective on social support. Journal
of Social and Personal Relationships, 26, 7-19. |
|
YOVETICH, N.A., DALE, J.A. & HUDAK, M.A. (1990).
Benefits of humor in reduction of threat-induced anxiety.
Psychological Reports, 66 (1), 51-58. |
SUN, Y.L., GUO, S.P. & LI, H.H. (2009). The
relationship between humor styles and loneliness among
university students. China Journal of Health
Psychology, 17, 153-155. |
|
DALE, A.M.A., HUDAK, N.A. & YOVETICH, N.A. (1990).
Benefits of humor in reduction of threat-induced anxiety.
Psychological Reports, 66, 51-58. |
McGEE, E. & SHELVIN, M. (2009). Effect of humor on
interpersonal attraction and mate selection. The
Journal of Psychology, 143 (1), 67-77. [PDF] |
|
SPECTOR, C.C. (1990). Linguistic humor comprehension of
normal and language-impaired adolescents. Journal of
Speech & Hearing Disorders, 55, 533-541. |
SMITH, R.M. & SAPON-SHEVIN, M. (2009) Disability
humor, insults, and inclusive practice. Social
Advocacy & Systems Change, 1 (2), 2008-2009. |
|
GORHAM, J. & CHRISTOPHEL, D. (1990). The relationship
of teachers' use of humor in the classroom to immediacy
and student learning. Communication Education, 39,
46-62. [PDF] |
SUN, Y.L., GUO, S.P. & LI, H.H. (2009). The
relationship between humor styles and loneliness among
university students. China Journal of Health
Psychology, 17, 153-155. |
|
ATTARDO, S. (1991). Script theory revis(it)ed : Joke
similarity and joke representation model. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 4 (3/4),
347-411. |
|
|
OVERHOLSER, J.C. (1991). Sense of humor when coping with
life stress. Personality & Individual
Differences, 13, 799-804. |
BERGEN, D. (2009). Gifted children´s humor preferences,
sense of humor, and comprehension of riddles. Humor :
International Journal of Humor Research, 22, 419-436. |
|
THORSON, J.A. & POWELL, F.C. (1991). Measurement of
sense of humor. Psychological Reports, 69, 691-702. |
McGEE, E. & SHELVIN, M. (2009). Effect of humor on
interpersonal attraction and mate selection. The
Journal of Psychology, 143 (1), 67-77. [PDF] |
|
HUDAK, D.A., DALE, J.A. & HUDAK, M.A. (1991). Effects
of humorous stimuli and sense of humor on discomfort. Psychological
Reports 69, 779-786. |
BERK, R.A. (2009). Derogatory and cynical humour in
clinical teaching and the workplace : The need for
professionalism. Medical Education, 43, 7-9. |
|
BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD, S. & BOOTH-BUTTERFIELD, S.M.
(1991). Individual differences in the communication of
humorous messages. Southern Communication Journal,
56, 205-218. |
GUÉGUEN, N. (2010). Men's sense of humor and women's
responses to courtship solicitations : an experimental
field study. Psychological Reports, 107 (1),
145-156. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, J.P., BAUMEISTER, R.F. & KESSLER, J.W.
(1991). A three- component model of children's teasing :
Aggression, humor, and ambiguity. Journal of Social
& Clinical Psychology, 10, 459-472. |
HODSON, G., RUSH, J. & MacINNIS, C.C. (2010). A "joke
is just a joke" (except when it isn't): Cavalier humor
beliefs facilitate the expression of group dominance
motives. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 99, 660-682. |
|
PIZZINI, F. (1991). Communication hierarchies in humor :
Gender differences in the obstetrical/gynecological
setting. Discourse & Society, 2 (4),
477-488. |
SVEBAK, S., ROMUNDSTAD, S. & HOLMEN, J. (2010). A
seven-year prospective study of sense of humor and
mortality in an adult county population : The HUNT-2
study. International Journal of Psychiatry in
Medicine, 40, 125-146. |
|
ROTTON, J. (1992). Trait humor and longevity : Do comics
have the last laugh ? Health Psychology, 11, 262-266. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2010). The relation between humor styles and
empathy. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6 (3),
34-45. [PDF] |
|
BERGEN, D. (1992). Teaching strategies : Using humor to
facilitate learning. Childhood Education, 69
(2), 105-106. |
SVEBAK, S. (2010). The Sense of Humor Questionnaire :
Conceptualization and review of 40 years of findings in
empirical research. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6
(3), 288-310. [PDF] |
|
|
WEINBERGER, M.G. & GULAS, C.S. (1992). The impact of
humor in advertising : A review. Journal of
Advertising, 21 (4), 35-59. [PDF] |
KUIPER, N.A. & LEITE, C. (2010). Personality
impressions associated with four distinct humor styles.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 51, 115-122. [PDF] |
|
ZAJDMAN, A. (1992). Did you mean to be so funny ? Well, if
you say so... HUMOR : International Journal of Humor
Research, 5 (4), 357-368. |
VESELKA, L., SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A. & VERNON,
P.A. (2010). Laughter and resiliency : A behavioral
genetic study of humor styles and mental toughness. Twin
Research & Human Genetics, 13, 442-449. |
|
WYER, R.S. & COLLINS, J.E. (1992). A theory of humor
elicitation. Psychological Review, 99 (4),
663-688. |
STIEGER, S., FORMANN, A.K. & BURGER, C. (2011). Humor
styles and their relationship to explicit and implicit
self-esteem. Personality & Individual
Differences, 50 (5), 747-750. |
|
JOHNSON, A.M. (1992). Language ability and sex affect
humor appreciation. Perceptual & Motor Skills, 75
(2), 571-581. |
SINGH, K.S., TRIPATHI, A. & KOHLI, A. (2011). Humour
in psychiatric clinical practice. Delhi Psychiatry
Journal, 14 (2), 232-236.
[PDF] |
|
EISEMAN, R. (1992). Using humor in psychotherapy with a
sex offender. Psychological Reports, 71 (3),
994. |
WEINSTEIN, N., HODGINS, H.S. & OSTVIK-WHITE, E.
(2011). Humor as aggression : Effects of motivation on
hostility expressed in humor appreciation. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 100, 1043-1055. |
|
CARROLL, J. & SCHMIDT, J. (1992). Correlation between
humorous coping style and health. Psychological
Reports, 70 (2), 402. |
YUE, X.D. (2011). The Chinese ambivalence to humor : Views
from University students in Hong Kong and China.
Humor : International Journal of Humor Research, 24 (4),
463-480. [PDF] |
|
SHAUGNESSY, F. & WADSWORTH, T.M. (1992) Humor in
counseling and psychotherapy : a 20-year retrospective. Psychological
Reports, 70, 755-762. |
KUIPER, N.A. (2012). Humor and resiliency : Towards a
process model of coping and growth. Europe's Journal
of Psychology, 8 (3), 475-491. [PDF] |
|
KUIPER, N.A., MARTIN, R.A. & DANCE. K.A. (1992). Sense
of humor and enhanced quality of life. Personality
& Individual Differences, 13, 1273-1283. |
LIU, K.W.Y. (2012). Humor styles, self-esteem and
subjective happiness. Discovery : SS Student
E-Journal, 1, 21-41. [PDF] |
|
KRAMER, C. & KLEINER, B.H. (1992). Using humor
effectively in organizational life. The Bulletin of
the Association for Business Communication, 55,
84-86. |
ZHAO, J., KONG, F. & WANG, Y. (2012). Self-Esteem and
Humor Style as Mediators of the Effects of Shyness on
Loneliness among Chinese College Students. Personality
& Individual Differences, 52, 686-690. |
|
GRAHAM, E.E., PAPA, M.J. & BROOKS, G.P. (1992).
Functions of humor in conversation : Concept and
measurement. Western Journal of Communication, 56,
161-183. |
|
|
HAMPES, W.P. (1992). Relation between intimacy and humor.
Psychology Reports, 71, 127-130. |
ERIKSSON, K. (2013)
Autism-spectrum traits predict humor styles in the general population.
Humor : An International Journal of Humor Research, 26 (3), 461-475. [PDF] |
|
OLSON, J.M. (1992). Self-perception of humor : Evidence
for discounting and augmentation effects. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 62, 369-377. |
|
|
DEANER, S.L. & McCONATHA, J.T. (1993). Relationship of
humor to depression and personality. Psychological
Reports, 72 (3), 755-763. |
|
|
ZILLMANN, D., ROCKWELL, S. & SCHWEITZER, K. (1993).
Does humor facilitate coping with physical discomfort ? Motivation & Emotion, 17, 1-21. |
SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A., MARTIN, N.G., LYNSKEY, M.
& VERNON, P.A. (2013). The general factor of
personality and humor styles. Personality &
Individual Differences, 54,890-893. [PDF] |
|
UENO, Y. (1993). The relation between the attitude toward
humor, aggression, and altruism. Japanese Journal of
Psychology, 64 (4), 247-254. |
|
|
THORSON, J.A. & POWELL, F.C. (1993). Sense of humor
and dimensions of personality. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 49 (6), 799-809.
[PDF] |
|
|
FEUERHAHN, N. (1993). Le comique et l'enfance.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
KUIPER, N.A. & MARTIN, R.A. (1993). Humor and
self-concept. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 6 (3), 251-270. |
|
|
KUIPER, N.A., MARTIN, R.A. & OLINGER, L.J. (1993).
Coping humor, stress, and cognitive appraisals. Canadian
Journal of Behavioural Science, 25, 81-96. [PDF] |
|
|
RUCH, W. ATTARDO, S. & RASKIN, V. (1993). Towards an
empirical verification of the general theory of verbal
humor. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 6 (2), 123-136. |
|
|
HAMPES, W.P. (1993). Relation between humor and
generativity. Psychological Reports, 73, 131-136. |
BERK, R.A. (2014). "Last professor standing !": PowerPoint
enables all faculty to use humor in teaching. Journal
of Faculty Development, 28 (3), 81-87. [PDF] |
|
OLSON, H.A. (1994). The use of humor in psychotherapy. In
H.S. Strean (Ed.), The use of humor in psychotherapy.
(pp. 195-198). Northvale, NJ : Jason Aronson. |
ABRAHAM, R.R., HANDE, V., SHARMA, ME.J., WOHLRATH, S.K.,
KEET, C.C. & RAVI, S. (2014). Use of humour in
classroom teaching : Students' perspectives. Thrita,
3 (2), 1-4. [PDF] |
|
HOBDEN, K.L. & OLSON, J.M. (1994). From jest to
antipathy : Disparagement humor as a source of
dissonance-motivated attitude change. Basic &
Applied Social Psychology, 15, 239-249. |
|
|
FORABOSCO, G. (1994). "Seriality" and appreciation of
jokes. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 7 (4), 351-375. |
GOCKEL, L. & KERR, N.L. (2015). Put-down humor
directed at outgroup members increases perceived--but not
experienced--cohesion in groups. HUMOR :
International Journal of Humor Research, 28 (2),
205-228. |
|
WEAVER, J. & ZILLMANN, D. (1994). Effect of humor and
tragedy on discomfort tolerance. Perceptual &
Motor Skills, 78, 632-634. |
BOLKAN, S. & GOODBOY, A.K. (2015). Exploratory
theoretical tests of the instructor humor-student learning
link. Communication Education, 64, 45-64. |
|
RUCH, W. (1994). Temperament, Eysenck's PEN system, and
humor-related traits. Humor, 7, 209-244. |
BERK, R.A. (2015). The greatest veneration : Humor as a
coping strategy for the challenges of aging. Social
Work in Mental Health, 13 (1), 30-47. [PDF] |
|
FRANZINI, L.R. & HOGHARTY, S. (1994). Humor assessment
of corporate managers and humor seminar and personality
students. Humor : International Journal of Humor
Research, 7, 341-350. |
|
|
HAMPES, W.P. (1994). Relation between intimacy and the
Multidimensional Sense of Humor Scale. Psychological
Reports, 74, 1360-1362. |
BERK, R.A. (2018). Humor in scholarly journal articles :
What could possibly go wrong ? Journal of Faculty
Development, 32 (3), 59-72. [PDF] |
|
SULTANOFF, S.M. (1994). Choosing to be amusing : Assessing
an individual's receptivity to therapeutic humor.
Journal of Nursing Jocularity, 4, 34-35. |
AGASSI, J. (2020). Humor in philosophical contexts. Philosophy
of Humor Yearbook, 1, 185-189. |
|
NILSON, A.P. (1994). In defense of humor. College English, 56 (8), 928-933. |
GREENE, D. & KING, N.D. & Coe, J.B. (2020).
Diabetes and humor : A preliminary investigation. Diabetes
Spectrum, 33 (2), 175-181. |
|
CHRISTIE, G.L. (1994). Some psychological aspects of
humor. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 75,
479-489. |
GREENE, D. & KING, N.D. (2021). Humor and A1C : The
interaction between humor and diabetes control. Humor
: The International Journal of Humor Research, 34
(4), 483-496. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Sourire,
Émotion, Jeu,
Ironie et Rire |
|
|
Humour (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils
de collecte de données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'humour
| |
|
|
THORSON, J.A. & POWELL, F.C. (1993). Development and
validation of a multidimensional sense of humor scale.
Journal of Clinical Psychology 49, 13-23. |
|
RUCH, W. (1994). Temperament, Eysenck's PEN system, and
humor-related traits. Humor, 7, 209-244. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (1996). The development of the Sense of Humor
Questionnaire : From SHQ to SHQ-6. Humor : I |
|
MARTIN, R.A. (1996). The Situational Humor Response
Questionnaire (SHRQ) and Coping Humor Scale (CHS) : A
decade of research findings. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 9, 251-272. |
|
SAROGLOU, V. & SCARIOT, C. (2002). Humor Styles
Questionnaire : Personality and educational correlates in
Belgian high school and college students. European
Journal of Personality, 16, 43-54. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. &
WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor
and their relation to psychological well-being :
development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75. |
|
SVEBAK, S. (2010). The Sense of Humor Questionnaire :
Conceptualization and review of 40 years of findings in
empirical research. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6
(3), 288-310. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Humour |
|
|
Humour (Styles) :
| |
|
|
SVEBAK, S. (1975). Styles in humor and social self-images.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 16, 79-84. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2005). Correlations between humor styles and
loneliness. Psychological Reports, 96, 747-750.
[PDF] |
|
FRY, P.S. (1995). Perfectionism, humor and optimism as
moderators of health outcomes and determinants of coping
styles of women executives. Genetic, Social, &
General Psychology Monographs, 12, 211-245. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2006). Humor and shyness : The relation
between humor styles and shyness. Humor -
International Journal of Humor Research, 19 (2),
179-187. |
| |
KLEIN, D.N. & KUIPER, N.A. (2006). Humor styles, peer
relationships, and bullying in middle childhood. Humor
: The International Journal of Humor Research, 19, 383-404. |
| |
VERNON, P.A., MARTIN, R.A., SCHERMER, J.A. & MACKIE,
A. (2008). A behavioral genetic investigation of humor
styles and their correlations with the Big-5 personality
dimensions. Personality & Individual Differences,
44, 1116-1125. |
|
RUCH, W. (1996). Measurement approaches to the sense of
humor : Introduction and overview. Humor, 9,
239-250. |
SUN, Y.L., GUO, S.P. & LI, H.H. (2009). The
relationship between humor styles and loneliness among
university students. China Journal of Health
Psychology, 17, 153-155. |
| |
KUIPER, N.A. & McHALE, N. (2009). Humor styles as
mediators between self-evaluative standards and
psychological well-being. Journal of Psychology :
Interdisciplinary & Applied, 143 (4), 359-376. |
|
SAROGLOU, V. & SCARIOT, C. (2002). Humor Styles
Questionnaire : Personality and educational correlates in
Belgian high school and college students. European
Journal of Personality, 16, 43-54. |
HAMPES, W.H. (2010). The relation between humor styles and
empathy. Europe's Journal of Psychology, 6 (3),
34-45. [PDF] |
|
MARTIN, R.A., PUHLIK-DORIS, P., LARSEN, G., GRAY, J. &
WEIR, K. (2003). Individual differences in uses of humor
and their relation to psychological well-being :
development of the Humor Styles Questionnaire. Journal
of Research in Personality, 37, 48-75. |
KUIPER, N.A. & LEITE, C. (2010). Personality
impressions associated with four distinct humor styles.
Scandinavian Journal of Psychology, 51, 115-122. [PDF] |
| |
VESELKA, L., SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A. & VERNON,
P.A. (2010). Laughter and resiliency : A behavioral
genetic study of humor styles and mental toughness. Twin
Research & Human Genetics, 13, 442-449. |
| |
STIEGER, S., FORMANN, A.K. & BURGER, C. (2011). Humor
styles and their relationship to explicit and implicit
self-esteem. Personality & Individual
Differences, 50 (5), 747-750. |
|
KAZARIAN, S.S. & MARTIN, R.A. (2004). Humor styles,
personality, and well - Being among Lebanese university
students. European Journal of Personality, 18, 209-219. |
LIU, K.W.Y. (2012). Humor styles, self-esteem and
subjective happiness. Discovery : SS Student
E-Journal, 1, 21-41. [PDF] |
|
TOROK, S.E., MCMORRIS, R.F. & LIN, W.C. (2004). Is
humor an appreciated teaching tool ? Perceptions of
professor's teaching styles and use of humor. College
Teaching, 52, 14-20. [PDF] |
SCHERMER, J.A., MARTIN, R.A., MARTIN, N.G., LYNSKEY, M.
& VERNON, P.A. (2013). The general factor of
personality and humor styles. Personality &
Individual Differences, 54,890-893. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Humour |
|
|
Humour juif :
Jewish humour.
| |
|
|
WELLER, L., PAZI, A. & RINESLI, N. (1976). Reactions
to absurd humor by Jews of eastern and western descent.
Journal of Social Psychology, 98, 159-163. |
| SCHLESINGER, K. (1979). Jewish humour as Jewish identity.
International Review of Psychoanalysis, 1-14. |
|
MUSATTI, C. (1993). Humour as a Jewish vocation and the
work of Woody Allen. Freud & Judaism,
103-113. |
|
JUNI, S. (1996). Identification with aggression vs.
turning against the self : An empirical study of
turn-of-the- century european Jewish humor. Current
Psychology, 14 (4), 313-328. |
|
ORING, E. (2003). Sigmund Freud's Jewish Joke Book. Chicago,
IL : University of Illinois Press. |
|
|
Voir aussi Judaisme |
|
|
|
|
Humour raciste : Forme d'humour dont le
contenu est raciste.
Racial joke.
| |
|
|
INGRANDO, D.P. (1980). Sex differences in response to
absurd, aggressive, pro-feminist, sexual, sexist, and
racial jokes. Psychological Reports, 46,
368-370. |
|
McGHEE, P.E. & DUFFEY, N.S. (1983). Children's
appreciation of humor victimizing different racial-ethnic
groups--racial-ethnic differences. Journal of
Cross-Cultural Psychology, 14 (1), 29-40. |
|
|
Voir aussi Racisme |
|
|
Humour sexiste : Forme d'humour dont
le contenu est sexiste.
Sexist humor, sexist joke.
| |
|
|
INGRANDO, D.P. (1980). Sex differences in response to
absurd, Aaggressive, pro-feminist, sexual, sexist, and
racial jokes. Psychological Reports, 46,
368-370. |
|
MOORE T.E., GRIFFITHS, K. & PAYNE, B. (1987). Gender,
attitudes toward women, and the appreciation of sexist
humor. Sex Roles, 16, 521-531 |
|
WINNKEL, M. (1993). Autonomic differentiation of temporal
components of sexist humor. Humor : International
Journal of Humor Research, 6 (1), 27-42. |
|
LAFRANCE, M. & WOODZICKA, J.A. (1997). No laughing
matter : Women's verbal and nonverbal reactions to sexist
humor. In J. Swim & C. Stangor (Eds.), Targets of
prejudice. San Diego : Academic Press. |
|
FORD, T.E. (2000). Effects of sexist humor on tolerance of
sexist events. Personality & Social Psychology
Bulletin, 26, 1094-1107. |
|
GREENWOOD, D. & ISBELL, L.M. (2002). Ambivalent sexism
and the dumb blonde : Men's and women's reactions to
sexist jokes. Psychology of Women Quarterly, 26,
341-350. |
|
|
Voir aussi Sexisme
et Humour |
|
|
|
|
Humphrey Nicholas Kaynes (1943-) : Psychologue
et philosophe
britannique. Il s'intérese notamment à
l'intelligence et à la
conscience au rôle joué par
l'évolution dans le développement de ces phénomènes.
Collaborateur de Hinde.
 |
HUMPHREY, N. (1971). Contrast illusions in perspective. Nature,
232, 91-93. |
|
HUMPHREY, N. (1988). Lies, damned lies and anecdotal
evidence. Behavioral & Brain Sciences, 11, 257-258. |
|
HUMPHREY, N. (1992). A history of the mind.
Londres : Simon & Schuster. |
|
HUMPHREY, N. (2000). How to solve the mind-body
problem. Imprint Academic. |
|
HUMPHREY, N. (2006). Seeing red : a study in
consciousness. Harvard University Press./td> |
|
|
|
Humphreys Lloyd Girton (Lorane États-Unis 1913-2003 Urbana
États-Unis) :
Psychologue behavioriste
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Il est un des signataires du Groupe
des 52. Professeur de Lubinski.
 |
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1939). The effect of random alternation
of reinforcement on the acquisition and extinction of
conditioned eyelid reactions. Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 25, 141-158. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1985). General intelligence : An
integration of factor, test, and simplex theory. In B.B.
Wolman (Ed.), Handbook of intelligence (pp.
201-224). New York : Wiley. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1988). Trends in levels of academic
achievement of blacks and other minorities. Intelligence,
12, 231-260. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L.G., LUBINSKI, D. & YAO, G. (1993). Some
curious regressions on a measure of general intelligence.
Journal of School Psychology, 31, 385-405. |
|
HUMPHREYS, L.G. (1994). Intelligence from the standpoint
of a (pragmatic) behaviorist. Psychological Inquiry,
5, 179-192. |
|
|
LUBINSKI, D. (2004). Obituary Lloyd G. Humphreys :
Quintessential scientist (1913-2003). Intelligence,
32, 221-226. [PDF] |
|
ACKERMAN, P. & HUMPHREYS, G. (2004). Lloyd Girton
Humphreys (1913-2003) : Obituary. American
Psychologist, 59 (7), 637-638. |
|
|
|
Hunsley John ( ) :
Psychologue canadien et spécialiste de l'étude de l'efficacité des thérapies. Il enseigne à
l'Université d'Ottawa. Collaborateur de Lee.
 |
HUNSLEY, J. & DI GULIO, G. (2002). Dodo bird, phoenix,
or urban legend ? The question of psychotherapy
equivalence. The Scientific Review of Mental Health
Practice, 1, 11-22. |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & MEYER, G.J. (2003). The incremental
validity of psychological testing and assessment :
Conceptual, methodological, and statistical issues.
Psychological Assessment, 15 (4), 446-455. [PDF] |
|
HUNSLEY, J. & MASH, E.J. (2007). Evidence-based
assessment. Annual Review of Clinical Psychology, 3,
29-51. |
|
HUNSLEY, J. (2009). Introduction to the special issue on
developments in psychological measurement and assessment.
Canadian Psychology/Psychologie Canadienne, 50 (3),
117-119. |
|
HUNSLEY, J. (2015). Translating evidence-based assessment
principles and components into clinical practice settings.
Cognitive & Behavioral Practice, 22, 101-109. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hunt Earl B. (1933-2016) : Psychologue américain et spécialisé dans l'étude de l'intelligence.
Collaborateur de Pelligrino.
|
HUNT, E.B. (1980). Intelligence as an
information-processing concept. British Journal of
Psychology, 71, 449-474. |
|
HUNT, E.B. (1997). The status of the concept of
intelligence. Japanese Psychological Research, 39
(1), 1-11. [PDF] |
|
HUNT, E.B. (2000). Let's hear it for crystallized
intelligence. Learning & Individual Differences,
12, 123-129. |
|
HUNT, E.B. (2012). What makes nations intelligent ? Perspectives
on Psychological Science, 7, 284-306. |
|
HUNT, E.B. & JAEGGI, S.M. (2013). Challenges for
research on intelligence. Journal of Intelligence, 1,
36-54. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hunt J. McVicker (1906-1991) :
Psychologue américain et spécialiste de la motivation
intrinsèque et de l'intelligence.
Président de l'APA en 1952.
Étudiant de Guilford.
|
HUNT, J. McV. (Ed.) (1944). Personality and behavior
disorders. New York : Ronald Press. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1960). Experience and the development of
motivation : Some reinterpretations. Child
Development, 31, 489-504. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1961). Intelligence and experience.
New York : Ronald Press. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1963). Motivation inherent in information
processing and action. In O.J. Harvey (Ed.), Motivation
and social interaction : The cognitive determinants.
New York : Ronald Press. |
|
HUNT, J. McV. (1971). Towards a history of intrinsic
motivation. In H.I. Day, D.E. Berlyne & D.E. Hunt
(Eds.), Intrinsic motivation : A new direction in
education. Toronto : Holt, Rinehart and Winston of
Canada. |
|
|
HAYWOOD, H.C. (1992). Joseph McVicker Hunt (1906-1991) :
Obituary. American Psychologist, 47 (8),
1050-1051. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hunter Jennifer A. ( ) : Psychologue
canadienne et spécialiste de l'étude de l'ennui.
Collaboratrice de Eastwood.
|
HUNTER, J.A., DYER, K.J., CRIBBLE, R.A. & EASTWOOD,
J.D. (2015). Exploring the utility of the multidimensional
state boredom scale. European Journal of
Psychological Assessment, 32, 241-250. |
|
HUNTER, J.A., ABRAHAM, E.H., HUNTER, A.G., GOLDBERG, L.C.
& EASTWOOD, J.D. (2016). Personality and boredom
proneness in the prediction of creativity and curiosity.
Thinking Skills & Creativity, 22, 48-57 |
|
HUNTER, J.A., ABRAHAM, E.H., HUNTER, A.G., GOLDBERG, L.C.
& EASTWOOD, J.D. (2018). Personality and boredom
proneness in the prediction of creativity and curiosity. Thinking Skills & Creativity 22, 48-57. |
|
HUNTER, J.A. & EASTWOOD, J.D. (2018). Does state
boredom cause failures of attention ? Examining the
relations between trait boredom, state boredom, and
sustained attention. Experimental Brain Research, 236
(9), 2483-2492. |
|
HUNTER, J.A. & EASTWOOD, J.D. (2021). Understanding
the relation between boredom and academic performance in
postsecondary students. Journal of Educational
Psychology, 113 (3), 499-515. |
|
|
|
Hunter John E. (1939-2002) : Psychologue
organisationel et industriel,
spécialisé dans l'étude de
l'efficacité au travail. Il est un des signataires
du Groupe des 52. Collaborateur de Schmidt.
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1986). Cognitive ability, cognitive
aptitude, job knowledge, and job performance. Journal
of Vocational Behavior, 29 (3), 340–362. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. (1996). Intelligence and job performance :
Economic and social implications. Psychology, Public
Policy, & Law, 2 (3-4), 447-472. |
|
HUNTER, J.E. & SCHMIDT, F.L. (2000). Racial and gender
bias in ability and achievement tests : Resolving the
apparent paradox. Psychology, Public Policy, &
Law, 6 (1), 151–158. |
|
HUNTER, J.E., SCHMIDT, F.L. (2004). General mental ability
in the world of work : occupational attainment and job
performance. Journal of Applied Psychology, 86
(1),152-173. |
|
HUNTER, J.E., SCHMIDT, F.L. & LE, H. (2006).
Implications of direct and indirect range restriction for
meta-analysis methods and findings. Journal of Applied
Psychology, 91 (3), 594-612. |
|
|
SCHMIDT, F.L. (2003). Obituaries : John E. Hunter
(1939-2002). American Psychologist, 58 (3), 238.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Huntingford Felicity A. (1948-) : Éthologiste
écossaise, spécialisée dans l'étude des conflits,
notamment chez les poissons,
et du bien-être
animal.
 |
HUNTINGFORD, F.A. (1979). Pre-breeding aggression in male
and female three-spined sticklebacks (Gasterosteus
aculeatus ). Aggressive Behaviour, 5 (1),
51-58. |
|
HUNTINGFORD, F.A. & TURNER, A. (1987). Animal
conflict. London : Chapman & Hall. |
|
HUNTINGFORD, F.A. & COULTER, R.M. (1989). Habituation
of predator inspection in the three-spined stickleback,
Gasterosteus aculeatus L. Journal of Fish Biology, 35
(1), 153-154. |
|
HUNTINGFORD, F.A. (2003). A history of animal behaviour by
a partial, ignorant and prejudiced ethologist. Animal
Behaviour, 66 (3), 409-415. |
|
HUNTINGFORD, F.A., ADAMS, C.E., BRAITHWAITE, V.A., KADRI,
S., POTTINGER, T.G., SANDOE, P. & TURNBULL, J.F.
(2006). Current issues in fish welfare. Journal of
Fish Biology, 68 (2), 332-372. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Huprich Steven K. ( ) : Psychanalyste américain et spécialiste des troubles de la personnalité, de la dépression
et du test de
Roshsarch.
|
HUPRICH, S.K., O’'NEIILL, R.M., BORNSTEIN, R.F., KUSAJ, C.
& SMITH, P.Q. (2003). Detecting social interest in
dependent patients with the Rorschach Interpersonal
cluster. Individual Differences Research, 1,
64-72. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Psychodynamic understanding of
suicide. Journal of Contemporary Psychotherapy, 34,
23-39. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K. (2004). Convergent and discriminant validity
of three measures of depressive personality disorder. Journal
of Personality Assessment, 82, 321-328. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K., ZIMMERMAN, M. & CHELMINSKI, I. (2006).
Disentangling depressive personality disorder from
avoidant, borderline, and obsessive-compulsive personality
disorders. Comprehensive Psychiatry, 47 (4),
298-306. |
|
HUPRICH, S.K., PORCELLI, J., KEASCHUCK, R., BINIENDA, J.
& ENGLE, B. (2008). Depressive personality disorder,
dysthymia and their relationship to perfectionism. Depression
& Anxiety, 25, 207-217. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
Hurtig Marie-Claude ( ) : Psychologue
française et spécialiste de l'étude des différences
sexuelles.
|
HURTIG, M.-C. (1976). Attitudes des enfants d'école
maternelle envers leur propre sexe et le sexe opposé en
fonction de la perspective de la mixité à l'école
primaire. Enfance, 29, 155-170. |
|
HURTIG, M.-C. (1978). Du sexisme ordinaire chez des
enfants de 8-9 ans. Note sur les relations entre garçons
et filles. Enfance, 31, 73-83. |
|
HURTIG, M.-C. (1982). L'élaboration socialisée de la
différence des sexes. Enfance, 35 (4), 283-301. [PDF] |
|
HURTIG, M.-C. et PICHEVIN, M.-F. (1985). La variable sexe
en psychologie : donné ou construct ? Cahiers de
Psychologie Cognitive, 5, 187-228. |
|
HURTIG, M.-C. KAIL, M. & ROUCH, H. (Eds.) (1991). Sexe
et genre. De la hiérarchie entre les sexes. Paris :
Centre national de la recherche scientifique. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hursh Steven R. ( ) : Psychologue
behavioriste
américain. Collaborateur de Branch,
Deleon, Fantino,
Madden,
Mazur, Shull, Winger
et woods.
 |
HURSH, S. & FANTINO, E. (1973). Relative delay of
reinforcement and choice. Journal of the Experimental
Analysis of Behavior, 19 (3), 437-450. [PDF] |
|
HURSH, S. (1980). Economic concepts for the analysis of
behavior. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 34 (2), 219-238. [PDF] |
|
HURSH, S. (1984). Behavioral economics. Journal of
the Expermental Analysis of Behavior, 42 (3),
435-452. [PDF] |
|
HURSH, S., RASLEAR, T.G., SHURTLEFF, D., BAUMAN, R. &
SIMMON, L. (1988). A cost benefit analysis of demand for
food. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 50, 419-440. [PDF] |
|
HURSH, S., REDMOND, D.P., JOHNSON, M.L., THORNE, D.R.,
BELENKY, G., BALKIN, T.J., STORM, W.F., MILLER, J.C. &
EDDY, D.R. (2004). Fatigue models for applied research in
warfighting. Aviation, Space & Environmental
Medicine, 75 (S3), 44-53. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hurwitz Harry M.B. (1923-2018 Toronto) : Psychologue
béhavioriste canadien
d'origine allemande. Il s'est notamment intéressé à l'extinction des comportements. Collaborateur de Davis et Schnelle.
|
HURWITZ, H.M.B. (1954). Response-duration of lever
pressing in the rat. Quarterly Journal of Experimental
Psychology, 6, 62-67.
|
|
MILLENSON, J.R. & HURWITZ H.M.B. (1961).Some temporal and sequential properties of behavior during conditioning and extinction. Journal of Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 4 (2), 97-106. [PDF] |
HURWITZ, H.M.B., ROBERTS, A.E. & GREEWAY, L. (1972).
Extinction and maintenance of avoidance behavior using
response-independent shocks. Psychonomic Science, 28 (3),
176–178.
|
|
HURWITZ, H.M.B. & ROBERTS, A.E. (1971). Time-out as a
determinant of rate of response and rate of avoidance. Psychonomic
Science, 24, 131–133. |
|
HURWITZ, H.M.B. & DAVIS, H. (1983). The description and analysis of conditioned suppression : A critique of the conventional suppression ratio. Animal Learning & Behavior, 11, 383–390. |
|
|
|
Husserl Edmund (Prosznitz Moravie 1859-1938 Fribourg) : Mathématicien
et philosophe
autrichien. Père de la phénoménologie.
Il a développé une théorie des
essences. Étudiant de Stumpf.
Professeur de Arendt,
Marcuse et Heidegger.
 |
HUSSERL, E. (1900/70). The logical investigations.
New York : Humanities Press. [PDF] |
|
HUSSERL, E. (1925/77). Phenomenological psychology. The
Hague : Martinus Nijhof. |
|
HUSSERL, E. (1936/70). The crisis of European
sciences and transcendental phenomenology. Evanston,
IL : Northwestern University Press. |
|
HUSSERL, E. (1960). Cartesian meditations : An
introduction to phenomenology. The Hague : Martinus
Nijhoff. |
|
HUSSERL, E. (1962-1969). Recherches logiques.
Paris : Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
|
KOCKELMANS, J.J. (1994). Edmund Husserl's
phenomenology. West Lafayette, IN : Purdue
University Press. |
|
ZAHAVI, D. (1994). Husserl's phenomenology of the body. Etudes
Phénoménologique, 19, 63-84. |
|
FISETTE, D. (2009). Stumpf and Husserl on phenomenology
and descriptive psychology. Gestalt Theory, 29 (1),
175-190. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Huston Aletha C. ( ) : Psychologue
écologiste américaine et spécialiste de l'étude de la pauvreté, de
l'imitation et des effets
de la télévision
sur le développement des enfants. =
Stein, Huston-Stein. Collaboratrice de Bandura,
Brooks-Gunn, Calvert,
Duncan, Magnusson,
Susman et
Wright.
|
STEIN, A.H. (1967). Imitation of resistance to temptation.
Child Development, 38, 157-169. |
|
HUSTON-STEIN, A.H. & WRIGHT, J.C. (1979). Children and
television : Effects of the medium, its content and its
form. Journal of Research & Development in
Education, 13, 20-31. |
|
HUSTON, A.C., McLOYD, V.C. & GARCIA, C. (1994).
Children and poverty : Issues in contemporary research. Child Development, 65 (2), 275-282. |
|
HUSTON, A.C. (2008). How can public policy improve quality
of early care and education ? International Journal
of Child Care & Education Policy, 2 (1), 1-14.
|
|
HUSTON, A.C. & BENTLEY, A.B. (2010). Human development
in societal context. Annual Review of Psychology, 61,
411-427. |
|
|
|
Hutchins Edwin (1948-) : Anthropologue
cognitiviste
américain, chef de file de l'ethnographie
cognitive et père de la théorie
de la cognition socialement distribuée (distributed
cognition). Étudiant
d'Andrade. Collaborateur de Norman.
 |
HUTCHINS, E., HOLLAND, J.D. & NORMAN, D.A. (1986).
Direct manipulation interfaces. In D.A. Norman & S.
Draper (Eds.), User centered system design : New
perspectives on human-computer interaction.
Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). Cognition in the wild.
Cambridge, Mass. : MIT Press. |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (1995). How a cockpit remembers its speeds. Cognitive
Science, 19, 265-288. [PDF] |
|
HUTCHINS, E. (2000). The cognitive consequences of
patterns of information flow. Intellectica, 1
(30), 53-74. [PDF]
[PDF] |
|
HUTCHINS, E. & HAZLEHURST, B. (2002).
Auto-organization and emergence of shared language
structure. In A. Cangelosi & D. Parisi (Eds.), Simulating
the evolution of language (pp. 279-305). London :
Springer-Verlag/MIT Press. |
|
|
CONEIN, B. (2004). Cognition distribuée, groupe social et
technologie cognitive. Réseaux, 2 (124), 53-79.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Hutchinson Ronald Ralph (1936-2015) : Psychologue béhavioriste
américain, spécialiste de de la modification
du comportement, notamment de l'agression.
Collaborateur de Azrin, Hakeet Ulrich.
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R., ULRICH, R.E. & AZRIN, N.H. (1965).
Effects of age and related factors on the pain-aggression
reaction. Journal of Comparative and Physiological
Psychology, 59 (3), 365-369. |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R., AZRIN, N.H. & HUNT, G.M. (1966). An
automatic method for the study of aggression in squirrel
monkeys. Journal of the Experimental Analysis of
Behavior, 9 (3), 33-237. [PDF] |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R., AZRIN, N.H. & HUNT, G.M. (1968).
Attack produced by intermittent reinforcement of a
concurrent operant response. Journal of the
Experimental Analysis of Behavior, 11 (4), 489-495.
[PDF] |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R., PIERCE, G.E., EMLEY, G.S., PRONI, T.J.
& SAUER, R.A. (1977). The laboratory measurement of
human anger. Biobehavioral Reviews, 1 (4),
24-259. |
|
HUTCHINSON, R.R. (1972). The environmental causes of
aggression. The Nebraska Symposium on Motivation, 20,
155-181. |
|
|
|
|
|
Huxley Andrew Fielding (1917-2012) : Biologiste
anglais et lauréat du prix
nobel de médecine et de physiologie en 1963 (avec Hodgkin
et Eccles). On lui doit la
découverte des mécanismes du
potentiel d'action, en collaboration avec Hodgkin
(étude sur le calmar).
 |
HODGKIN, A.L., HUXLEY, A.F. & KATZ, B. (1952).
Measurement of current-voltage relations in the membrane
of the giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology,
116 (4), 424-448. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). Currents carried
by sodium and potassium ions through the membrane of the
giant axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116
(4), 449-472. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). A quantitative
description of membrane current and its application to
conduction and excitation in nerve. Journal of
Physiology, 117, 500-544. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The dual effect
of membrane potential on sodium conductance in the giant
axon of loligo. Journal of Physiology, 116 (4),
497-506. |
|
HODGKIN, A.L. & HUXLEY, A.F. (1952). The components of
membrane conductance in the giant axon of loligo. Journal
of Physiology, 116 (4), 473-496. |
|
|
|
Huxley Julian Sorell (Londres 1887-1975) : Biologiste
évolutionniste, zoologiste
anglais et vulgarisateur
scientifique. Il a aussi été le premier directeur de
l'Unesco.
 |
HUXLEY, J.S. (1924). The mechanism of Mendelian heredity.
Nature, 113, 518-520. |
|
HUXLEY, J. (1932/72). Problems of relative growth.
London : Methuen/Dover edition. |
|
HUXLEY, J., MAYR, E., OSMOND, H. & HOFFER, A. (1964).
Schizophrenia as a genetic morphism. Nature 204,
220-221. |
|
HUXLEY, J. (1976). Le comportement rituel chez
l'homme et l'animal. Paris : Gallimard. |
|
HUXLEY, T.H. & HUXLEY, J. (1947). Evolution and
ethics 1893-1943. Pilot : London. |
|
|
|
Huxley Thomas Henry (Ealing 1825-1895) : Biologiste
évolutionniste et philosophe
anglais. Collaborateur de Darwin.
 |
HUXLEY, T.H. (1860). On species, and races and their
origin. Proceedings of the Royal Institution of
Great Britain, 1858-62 (3), 195. |
|
HUXLEY, T.H. (1860). The origin of species.
Westminster Review. |
|
HUXLEY, T.H. (1861). On the zoological relations of man
with the lower animals. Natural History Review (new
series). |
|
HUXLEY, T.H. (1864). Further remarks on the human remains
from the Neanderthal. Natural History Review, 4, 429-460. |
|
HUXLEY, T. (1894). On the hypothesis that animals are
automata, and its history. Nature, 10, 362-366.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
| HU -
HYDE - HYPER - HYPERSEXUALISATION
- HYPNOSE
- HYPO - HYPOCONDRIE
- HYPOTHALAMUS -
HYPOTHÈSE - HYSTÉRIE - Fin
|
Hybride : Hybridation
: Du latin ibrida, qui signifie «accouplement
entre un sanglier et une truie». Spécimen issu du croissement, par
reproduction sexuée
chez les animaux
et par multiplication végétative chez les plantes (bouturage,
greffe ou marcottage), de deux organismes de la même espcèce
(croissement intraspécifique) ou de deux espèces distinctes
(croissement interspcifique).
= Mélange
de deux choses semblables, sang mêlé. Hybridization.
| |
|
|
MENDEL, G. (1865/1907). Versuche über
pflanzenhybriden. Vereins in Brunn, 4, 3-47.
Experiments in plant hybridization/Recherches sur les
hybrides végétaux. Bulletin Scientifique de la France
et de la Belgique. [PDF] |
ALLENDORF, F.W., LEARY, R.F., SPRUEL, P. & WENBERG,
J.K. (2001). The problems with hybrids : setting
conservation guidelines. Trends in Ecology &
Evolution, 16, 613–622. |
|
De VRIES, H. (1900). Sur la loi de disjonction des
hybrides. Comptes Rendus de 1'Académie des Sciences,
130, 845-847. |
ANDERSON, E.Z., LUCCHINI, V., RANDI, E. & OZOLINS, J.
(2002). Hybridization between wolves and dogs in Latvia as
documented using mitochondrial and microsatellite DNA
markers. Mammalian Biology, 67, 79-90. |
|
RHYMER, J.M. & SIMBERLOFF, D. (1996). Extinction by
hybridization and introgression. Annual Review of
Ecology & Systematics, 27, 83-109. |
SCHWARTZ, M.K., PILGRIM, K.L., MCKELVEY, K.S., LINDQUIST,
E.L. CLARR, J.J., LOCH, S. & RUGGERIO, L.F. (2004).
Hybridization between Canada lynx and bobcats : genetic
results and management. implications. Conservation
Genetics, 5, 349–355. |
|
VILÀ, C. & WAYNE, R.K. (1999). Hybridization between
wolves and dogs. Conservation Biology, 13 (1),
195-198. [PDF] |
MILENKOVIC, M., HABIJAN-MIKES, V. & MATIC, R. (2006).
Cases of spontaneous interbreeding of wolf and domestic
dog in the region of southeast banat (serbia). Archives
of Biological Sciences, 58 (4), 225-231. [PDF]
|
| |
RANDI, E. (2008). Detecting hybridization between wild
species and their domesticated relatives. Molecular
Ecology, 17, 285-293. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Espèce
et Interfécondité |
|
|
Hyde Janet Shibley ( ) : Psychologue
cognitivo-béhavioriste et féministe
américaine, spécialisée dans l'étude du genre
et des différences
sexuelles. Collaboratrice d'Abramson,
Benbow, Caplan,
Delamater, Devine,
Geary, Gernsbacher,
Gur, Halpern, McCabe
et Ward.
 |
HYDE, J.S., FENNEMA, E. & LAMON, S. (1990). Gender
differences in mathematics performance: A meta-analysis. Psychological
Bulletin, 107, 139-155. |
|
HYDE, J.S. & PLANT, E.A. (1995). Magnitude of
psychological gender differences : another side to the
story. American Psychologist, 50, 159-161. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S. (2005). The gender similarities hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 60 (6), 581-592.
[PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S. & LINN, M. C. (2006). Gender similarities
in mathematics and science. Science, 314,
599-600. [PDF] |
|
HYDE, J.S., MEZULIS, A.H. & ABRAMSON, L.Y. (2008). The
ABCs of depression : Integrating affective, biological,
and cognitive models to explain the emergence of the
gender difference in depression. Psychological
Review, 115 (2), 291-313. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Hyène : Mammifère carnassier
africain de la famille des canidés.
Hyaena
| |
|
|
DREA, C.M., HAWK, J.E. & GLICKMAN, S.E. (1996).
Aggression decreases as play emerges in infant spotted
hyaenas : preparation for joining the clan. Animal
Behaviour, 51, 1323-1336. |
|
ENGH, A.L., SIEBERT, E.R., GREENBERG, D.A. & HOLEKAMP,
K.E. (2005). Patterns of alliance formation and
postconflict aggression indicate spotted hyaenas recognize
third-party relationships. Animal Behaviour, 69, 209-217 |
|
TANNER, J.B., SMALE, L. & HOLEKAMP, K.E. (2007). JDP
Forum : Ontogenetic variation in the play behavior of
spotted hyenas. Journal of Developmental Processes, 2
(2), 5-30. [PDF] |
|
KISSUI, B.M. (2008). Livestock predation by lions,
leopards, spotted hyenas, and their vulnerability to
retaliatory killing in the Maasai steppe, Tanzania.
Animal Conservation, 11 (5), 422-432. [PDF] |
|
BENSON-AMRAM, S. & HOLEKAMP, K.E. (2012). Innovative
problem solving by wild spotted hyenas. Proceeding of
the Royal Society B : Biological Sciences, 279 (1744),
4087-4095. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Mammifère,
Canidé et
Animal |
|
|
Hygge Staffan ( ) : Psychologue suédois, spécialisé dans l'étude du
stress environnemental et des influences du bruit
sur la santé mentale. Collaborateur
de Haines, Öhman
et Stansfeld.
|
HYGGE, S. & ÖHMAN, A. (1978). Modeling processes in
the acquisition of fears : Vicarious electrodermal
conditioning to fear-relevant stimuli.Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36 (3),
271-279. |
|
HYGGE, S., EVANS, G.W. & BULLINGER, M. (2002). A
prospective study of some effects of aircraft noise on
cognitive performance in schoolchildren. Psychological
Science, 13, 469-474. |
|
HYGGE, S. (2003). Classroom experiments on the effects of
different noise sources and sound levels on long-term
recall and recognition in children. Applied Cognitive
Psychology, 17, 895-914. |
|
HYGGE, S., BOMAN, E. & ENMAKER, I. (2003). The effects
of road traffic noise and meaningful irrelevant speech on
different memory systems. Scandinavian Journal of
Psychology, 44 (1), 13-21. |
|
HYGGE, S. (2011). Noise and cognition in children. In J.O.
Nriagu (Ed.), Encyclopedia of environmental health
(Vol. 4, pp. 146-151). Burlington : Elsevier |
|
|
|
Hygiène : Ensemble des mesures et des soins
prodiguer à un organisme
(ou au lieu où vit cet organisme) dans le but de préserver ou
d'améliorer la santé
individuelle et collective d'une population.
Hygiène, comportement de
propreté et apprentissage
de la propreté.
= soins du corps.
Hygiene.
| |
|
|
VIGARELLO, G. (1985). Le propre et le sale : l'hygiène
du corps depuis le Moyen Âge. Paris : Seuil. |
|
LARSON, E.L. & AIELLO, A.E. (2001). Hygiene and health
: an epidemiologic link ? American Journal of
Infection Control, 29 (4), 232-238. |
|
LARSON, E.L. & DUARTE, C.G. (2001). Home hygiene
practices and infectious disease symptoms among household
members. Public Health Nursing, 18 (2), 116-117. |
|
AIELLO, A.E. & LARSON, E.L. (2002). Causal inference :
the case of hygiene and health. American Journal of
Infection Control, 30 (8), 503-511. |
|
CLOUGH, S. (2011). Gender and the hygiene hypothesis. Social
Science & Medicine, 72 (4), 486-493. |
|
GRANT, A.M. & HOFMANN, D.A. (2011). It's not all about
me : Motivating hospital hand hygiene by focusing on
patients. Psychological Science, 22, 1494-1499. |
|
SWEETMAN, C. & MEDLAND, L. (2017). Introduction :
gender and water, sanitation and hygiene. Gender
& Development, 25 (2), 153-166. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi Se
laver les mains |
|
|
|
|
Hyman
Herbert Hiram (1918-1985) : Sociologue
américain, spécialisé dans l'étude des groupes
de référence. Professeur de Singer.
|
HYMAN, H.H. (1942). The psychology of status. Archives
of Psychology, 269, 5-91. |
|
HYMAN, H.H. & SINGER, E. (Eds.) (1968). Readings
in reference group theory and research. New York :
Free Press. |
|
HYMAN, H.H. (1968). Reference Groups. In D. Sills (Ed.), International
Encyclopedia of the social sciences (Vol. 13, pp.
353-359). New York : Macmillan Company & Free Press. |
|
HYMAN, H.H. (1975). Interviewing in social research.
Chicago : University of Chicago Press. |
|
HYMAN, H.H., WRIGHT, C.R. & REED, J.S. (1975). The
enduring effects of education. Chicago : University
of Chicago Press. |
|
|
ROSENFELD, J.G. & FAGAN, T. (2005). Irwin A. Hyman
(1935-2005) : Obituary. American Psychologist, 60 (9),
1033. |
|
|
|
Hyman Ray (Chelsea 1928-) : Psychologue
cognitiviste
américain, magicien et critique
de la parapsychologie
et de ses explications non-scientifiques. Collaborateur de
Andrus, Beyerstein
et Umilta.
 |
HYMAN, R. (1953). Stimulus information as a determinant of
reaction-time. Journal of Experimental Psychology, 45
(3), 188-196. [PDF] |
|
HYMAN, R. (1964). The nature of psychological
inquiry. Englewood Cliffs, N.J. : Prentice-Hall, |
|
HYMAN, R. (1977). Cold reading : how to convince strangers
that you know all about them. Zetetic, 1 (2),
18-37. |
|
HYMAN, R. (1989). The elusive quarry : A scientific
appraisal of psychical research. Prometheus Books. |
|
HYMAN, R. (1996). The evidence for psychic functioning :
Claims vs. reality. Skeptical Inquirer magazine,
March/April. |
|
|
|
Hyper : Préfixe qui
signifie au-dessus.
|
Hyperactivité : Activité motrice et comportementale trop intense, spontanée
ou désordonnée qui nuit à l'apprentissage,
à l'éxécution des tâches et
au fonctionnement des autres (surtout en classe
et au travail), et
que l'individu ne parvient pas à contrôler. L'hyperactivité est une composante du trouble du décifit de l'attention avec hyperactivité. Hyperactivité,
Ritalin et
relaxation.
=
trouble d'hyperactivité.
Hyperactivity, hyperactive children, overactive, hyperkinetic
child, overactive behavior.
| |
|
|
CHILDERS, A.T. (1935). Hyper-activity in children having
behavior disorders. American Journal of
Ortho-psychiatry, 5, 227-243. |
SCHACHAR, R., RUTTER, M. & SMITH, A. (1981). The
characteristics of situationally and pervasively
hyperactive children : Implications for syndrome
definition. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 22, 375-392. |
|
BAIR, H.V. & HEROLD, W. (1955). Efficacy of
chlorpromazine in hyperactive mentally retarded children.
A.M.A. Archives of Neurology & Psychiatry, 74, 363-364. |
ROBINSON, P.W., NEWBY, T.J. & GANZELL, S.L. (1981). A
token system for a class of underachieving hyperactive
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 14
(3), 307-315. [PDF] |
|
LAUFER, M. & DENHOFF, E. (1957). Hyperkinetic behavior
syndrome in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 50,
463-474. |
O'LEARY, K.D. (1981). Assessment of hyperactivity : Observational and rating scale methodologies. In S.A. Miller
(Ed.), Nutrition and behavior (pp. 291-298).
Philadelphia : Franklin Institute Press. |
|
LAUFER, M., DENHOFF, E. & SOLOMONS, G. (1957).
Hyperkinetic impulse disorder in children’s behavior
problems. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19, 38-49. [PDF] |
COLLINS, B.E. (1981). The myth and entity of
hyperactivity. In M.B. Brewer & B.E. Collins (Eds.),
Knowing and validating : A tribute to Donald T.
Campbell. San Francisco : Jossey-Bass. |
|
CHESS, S. (1960). Diagnosis and treatment of the
hyper-active child. New York State Journal of
Medicine, 60, 2379-2385. |
BARKLEY, R.A. (1981). The hyperactive children.
N.Y. : Guilford Press. |
|
BURKS, H.F. (1960). The hyperkinetic child.
Exceptional Children, 27, 18. |
ROSS D.M. & ROSS, S.A. (1982). Hyperactivity.
New York : Wiley and sons. |
| |
O'LEARY, S.G. (1982). Subcategorizing hyperactivity : The
Stony Brook Scale. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50 (3), 426-432. |
|
PATTERSON, G.R. (1964). An application of conditioning
techniques to the control of a hyperactive child. In L.P.
Ullman & L. Krasner (Eds.), Case studies in
behavior modification. New York : Holt, Rinehart,
Winston. |
RAPPORT, M.D., MURPHY, H.A. & BAILEY, S.J. (1982).
Ritalin vs. response cost in the control of hyperactive
children : a within-subject comparison. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 15 (2), 205-216. [PDF] |
| |
OTTENBACHER, K. & COOPER, H.M. (1983). Drug treatments
of hyperactivity in children. Developmental Medicine
& Child Neurology, 25, 353-357. |
| |
TALLMADGE, J. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1983). The interactions
of hyperactive and normal boys with their fathers and
mothers. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 11
(4), 565-579. |
| |
FRIMAN, P.C., BARONE, V.J. & CHRISTOPHERSEN, E.R.
(1983). Behavior therapy and hyperactivity : A brief
review of therapy for a big problem. The Behavior
Therapist, 6, 175-176. |
|
PATTERSON, G.R., JONES, R., WHITTIER, J. & WRIGHT,
M.A. (1965). A behavior modification technique for the
hyperactive child. Behavior Research & Therapy,
2, 217-226. |
TRITES, R.L. & LAPRADE, D. (1983). Evidence for an
independent syndrome of hyperactivity. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 24, 573-586. |
|
DOUBROS, S.G. & DANIELS, G.J. (1966). An experimental
approach to the reduction of overactive behavior.
Behavior Research & Therapy, 4, 251-258. |
O'LEARY, K.D. (1984). Mommy I can't sit still :
Coping with the aggressive and hyperactive child.
New York : Horizon Press. |
|
STEWART, M.A., PITTS, F.N., CRAIG, A.G. & DIERUF, W.
(1966). The hyperactive child syndrome. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 36 (5), 861-867. |
O'LEARY, K.D., VIVIAN, D. & CORNOLDI, C. (1984).
Asessment and treatment of "hyperactivity" in Italy and
the United States. Journal of Clinical Child
Psychology, 13 (1), 56–60. |
|
CONNERS, C.K. (1966). The effect of dexedrine on rapid
discrimination and motor control of hyperkinetic children
under stress. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 142, 429-433. |
HINSHAW, S.P., HENKER. B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1984).
Self-control in hyperactive boys in anger inducing
situations : Effects of cognitive-behavioral training and
of methylphenidate Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 12, 55-77. |
|
STEWART, M.A., PITTS, M F.N., CRAIG, A.G. & DIERUF, W.
(1966). The hyperactive child syndrome. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 36, 861-867. |
CHRISTIE, D.J., HISS, M. & LOZANOFF, B. (1984).
Modification of inattentive classroom behavior :
Hyperactive children’s use of self-recording with teacher
guidance. Behavior Modification (3), 391-406. |
|
MILLICHAP, J.G. & BOLDREY, E.E. (1967). Studies in
hyperkinetic behavior. II. Laboratory and clinical
evaluations of drug treatments. Neurology, 17,
467-472. |
HINSHAW, S.P., HENKER, B. & WHALEN, C.K. (1984).
Cognitive, behavioral and pharmacologic interventions for
hyperactive boys : Comparative and combined effects. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 52,
739-749. |
|
ALLEN, K.E., HENKE, L.B., HARRIS, F.R., BAER D.M. &
REYNOLDS, N.J. (1967). Control of hyperactivity by social
reinforcement of attending behavior. Journal of
Educational Psychology, 58 (4), 231-237. |
ZENTALL, S.S. & GOHS, D.E. (1984). Hyperactive and
comparison children's response to detailed vs. global cues
in communication tasks. Learning Disability
Quarterly, 7, 77-87. [PDF] |
|
MILLICHAP, J.G., AYMAT, F, STURGIS, L.H., LARSEN, K.W.
& EGAN, R. (1968). Hyperkinetic behavior and learning
disorders. American Journal of Diseases of Children,
116, 235-244. |
ROSENBAUM, M. & BAKER, E. (1984). Self-control
behavior in hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 12, 303-318. |
|
WEISS, G., WERRY, J., MINDE, K., DOUGLAS, V. & SYKES,
D. (1968). Studies on the hyperactive child V. The
effects of dextroamphetamine and chlorpromazine on
behaviour and intellectual functioning. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 9 (3), 145-156. |
SERGEANT, J. & SCHOLTEN, C.A. (1985). On resource
strategy limitations in hyperactivity : Cognitive
impulsivity reconsidered. Journal of Child Psychology
& Psychiatry, 26, 97-109. |
| |
ABIKOFF, H. (1985). Efficacy of cognitive training inter-
ventions in hyperactive children : A critical review. Clinical
Psychology Review, 5, 479-512. |
|
EPSTEIN, L.C., LASAGNA, L., CONNERS, C.K. & RODRIGUEZ,
A. (1968). Correlation of dextro-amphetamine excretion and
drug response in hyperkinetic children. Journal of
Nervous & Mental Diseases, 146, 136-146. |
TARVER-BEHRING, S., BARKLEY, R.A. & KARLSSON, J.
(1985). The mother-child interaction of hyperactive boys
and their normal siblings. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 55, 202-209. |
|
WERRY, J.S. (1968). Developmental hyperactivity. Pediatric
Clinics of North America, 15 (3), 581-599. |
ABIKOFF, H. & GITTELMAN, R. (1985). Hyperactive
children treated with stimulants : Is cognitive training a
usefuladjunct ? Archives of General Psychiatry, 42,
953- 961. |
| |
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B. & HINSHAW, S.P. (1985).
Cognitive behavioral therapies for hyperactive children :
Premises, problems, and prospects. Journal of
Abnormal Child Psychology, 13, 391-410. |
|
FREIBERGS, V. & DOUGLAS, V. I. (1969). Concept
learning in hyperactive and normal children. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 74, 388-395. |
WOLRAICH, M.L., MILICH, R., STUMBO, P. & SCHULTZ, F.
(1985). Effects of sucrose ingestion on the behavior of
hyperactive boy. The Journal of Pediatrics, 106
(4), 675-682. |
|
|
WERRY, J.S. & SPRAGUE, R.L. (1970). Hyperactivity. In
C.G. Costello (Ed.), Symptoms of psychopathology.
New York : Wiley |
BROWN, R.T. & BORDEN, K.A. (1986). Hyperactivity at
adolescence : Some misconceptions and new directions. Journal
of Clinical Child Psychology, 15, 194-209. |
|
SCOTT, T. (1970). The use of music to reduce hyperactivity
in children. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 4,
677-680. |
MILICH, R., WOLRAICH, M.D. & LINDGREN, S. (1986).
Sugar and hyperactivity : A critical review of empirical
findings. Clinical Psyhology Review, 6, 493-513. |
|
STEWART, M. A. (1970). Hyperactive children. Scientific
American, 222, 94-98. |
WEISS, G. & HECHTMAN, L. (1986/93). Hyperactive
children grown up. New York : Guilford Press. |
|
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I., WEISS, G. & MINDE, K.K.
(1971). Attention in hyperactive children and the effect
of methylphenidate (Ritalin). Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 12 (2), 129-139. |
CAMPBELL, S.B., BREAUX, A.M., EWING, L.J. & SZUMOWSKI,
E.K. (1986). Correlates and predictors of hyperactivity
and aggression : A longitudinal study of parent-referred
problem preschoolers. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 14, 217-234. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGANSTERN, G.
(1971). Cognitive styles in hyperactive children and the
effect of methylphenidate. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 12, 55-67. |
ZENTALL, S.S. (1986). Effects of color stimulation on
performance and activity of hyperactive and nonhyperactive
children. Journal of Educational Psychology, 78
(2), 159-165. |
|
MINDE, K., KEWIN, D., WEISS, G., LAVIGUEUR, H., DOUGLAS,
V. & SYKES, E. (1971). The hyperactive child in
elementary school : A 5 year, controlled, followup. Exceptional
Children, 38, 215-221. |
HOFFER, A. (1986). Vitamin therapy for hyperactivity and
schizophrenia : A family struggle. Journal of
Orthomolecular Medicine, 1, 57-62. |
|
KEOGH, B. (1971). Hyperactivity and learning disorders :
review and speculation. Exceptiona Children, 38, 101-109. |
ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1986). Hyperactivity
ratings : Statistical regression provides an insufficient
explanation of practice effects. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 11, 393-396. |
|
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1972).
The effect of methylphenidate (ritalin) on sustained
attention in hyperactive children. Psychopharmacologia,
25 (3), 262-274. |
DUGAS, M. (1987). L'hyperactivité chez l'enfant. Paris
: Presses Universitaires de France. |
|
SAFER, D., ALLEN, R. & BARR, E. (1972). Depression of
growth in hyperactive children on stimulant drugs. New
England Journal of Medicine, 287 (5), 217-220. |
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., CASTRO, J. & GRANGER, D.
(1987). Peer perceptions of hyperactivity and medication
effects. Child Development, 58, 816-828. |
|
PIGEON, G. & ENGER, A. (1972). Increasing assignment
completion and accuracy in a hyperactive first grade
student. School Application of Learning Theory, 4, 24-30. |
VAN DER MEERE, J. & SERGEANT, J. (1988). Focused
attention in pervasively hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 16, 627-639. |
|
TWARDOSZ, S. & SAJWAJ, T. (1972). Multiple effects of
a procedure to increase sitting in a hyperactive, retarded
boy. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 5
(1), 73-78. [PDF] |
TAYLOR E. A. (1988). Diagnosis of hyperactivity : A
British perspective. In L.M. Bloomingdale & J.
Sergeant (Eds.), Attention deficit disorder :
Criteria, cognition, intervention (pp. 141-160).
New York : Pergamon Press. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1973). Mother-child interaction in
reflective, impulsive, and hyperacative children. Developmental
Psychology, 8, 341-349. |
LAMBERT, N.M. (1988). Adolescent outcomes for hyper-
active children. American Psychologist, 43,
786-799. |
|
SYKES, D.H., DOUGLAS, V.I. & MORGENSTERN, G. (1973).
Sustained attention in hyperactive children. The
Journal of Child Psychology & psychiatry, 14 (3),
213-220. |
ZENTALL, S.S. & DWYER, A.M. (1989). Color effects on
the impulsivity and activity of hyperactive children.
Journal of School Psychology, 27 (2), 165-173. |
|
CHRISTENSEN, D. & SPRAGUE, R. (1973). Reduction of
hyperactive behavior by conditioning procedures alone and
combined with methylphenidate (Ritalin). Behavior
Research & Therapy, 11, 331-334. |
GOODMAN, R. & STEVENSON, J. (1989). A twins study of
hyperactivity : II. The etiological role of genes, family
relationships, and perinatal adversity. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 30, 691-709. |
|
WEISS, G., KRUGER, E., DANIELLSON, U. & ELMAN, M.
(1975). Effect of long-term treatment of hyperactive
children with methylphenidate. Canadian Medical
Association Journal, 112 (2), 159-165. [PDF] |
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P., CHAJCZYK, D.
& LOGAN, G D. (1989). Effect of Methylphenidate on
inhibititory control in hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 17 (5), 473-491. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. (1975). Optimal stimulation as theoretical
basis of hyperactivity. American Journal of
Orthopsychiatry, 45, 549-563. [PDF] |
TANNOCK, R., SCHACHAR, R.J., CARR, R.P. & LOGAN, G.D.
(1989). Dose-response effects of methylphenidate on
academic performance and overt behavior in hyperactive
children. Pediatric, 84, 648-657. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. & ULLMAN, D.G. (1975). A comparison of
objective measures of activity level and distractibility
in hyperactive and nonhyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 3, 213-244. |
ZAMETKIN, A.J., NORDAHL, T.E., GROSS, M., KING, A.C.,
SEMPLE, W.E., RUMSEY, J., HUMBURGER, S. & COHEN, R.M.
(1990). Cerebral glucose metabolism in adults with
hyperactivity of childhood onset. New England Journal
of Medicine, 323, 1361-1366. [PDF] |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. (1975). Mother-child interactions : A
comparison of hyperactive, learning disabled, and normal
boys. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 45,
51-57. |
SCHACHAR, R.J. & LOGAN, G.D. (1990). Are hyperactive
children deficient in attentional capacity ? Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 18, 493-513.
[PDF] |
|
MORRISON, J.R. & MINKOFF, K. (1975). Explosive
personality as a sequel to the hyperactive child syndrome.
Comprehensive Psychiatry, 16, 343-348. |
FISHER, M., BARKLEY, R.A., EDELBROCK, C.S. & SMALLISH,
L. (1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children
diagnosed by research criteria : II. Academic,
attentional, and neuropsychological status. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58 (5),
580-588. |
|
DOUGLAS, V.I. (1975). Are drugs enough ? To treat or train
the hyperactive child. International Journal of
Mental Health, 5, 199-212. |
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1990). Social judgment
processes in hyperactive boys : Effects of methylphenidate
and comparisons with normal peers. Journal of Abnormal
Child Psychology, 18, 297-316. |
| |
BARKLEY, R.A., FISCHER, M., EDELBROCK, C.S. &
SMALLISH, L. (1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive
children diagnosed by research criteria : I. An 8 year
prospective follow-up Study. Journal of the American
Academy of Child & Adolescent Psychiatry, 29, 546-557. |
|
| |
FISHER, M., BARKLEY, R.A., FLETCHER, K. & SMALLISH, L.
(1990). The adolescent outcome of hyperactive children
diagnosed by research criteria, II : Academic,
attentional, and neuropsychological status. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 58, 580-588. |
|
AYLLON, T., LAYMAN, D. & KANDEL, H.J. (1975). A
behavioral-educational alternative to drug control of
hyperactive children. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 8 (2), 137-146. [PDF] |
GOUPIL, G. (1990). Hyperactivité. Dans G. Goupil (Dir.), Élèves
en difficulté d’adaptation et d’apprentissage (pp.
158-164). Boucherville (Québec) : Gaëtan Morin. Morin. |
|
BORNSTEIN, P.H. & QUEVILLON, R.P. (1976). The effects
of a self-instructional package on overactive preschool
boys. Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 9
(2), 179-188. [PDF] |
McGEE, R., PARTRIDGE, F., WILLIAMS, S. & SILVA, P.A.
(1991). A twelve year follow-up of preschool hyperactive
children, Journal of the American Academy of Child
& Adolescent Psychiatry, 30, 224-232. |
|
HERSEN, M. & BELLACK, A.S. (1976). multiple-baseline
analysis of social-skills training in chronic
schizophrenics. Journal of Applied Behavioral
Analysis, 9 (3), 239-245. |
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1991). The social impact of
stimulant treatment for hyperactive children. Journal
of Learning Disabilities, 24, 231-241. |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & ZENTALL, T.R. (1976). Activity and
task performance of hyperactive children as a function of
manipulated environmental stimulation. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 44, 693-697. |
WHALEN, C.K. & HENKER, B. (1991). Therapies for
hyperactive children : Comparisons, combinations, and
compromises. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 59, 126-137. |
| |
VAN DER MEERE, J. & SERGEANT, J. (1988). Focused
attention in pervasively hyperactive children. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 16, 627-639. |
| |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., TAYLOR E., SEMBI, E. & SMITH, J.
(1992). Hyperactivity and delay aversion : I. The effect
of delay on choice. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 33, 387-398. |
| |
MANN, E.M., IKEDA, Y., MUELLER, C.W., TAKAHASHI, A., TAO,
K.T., HUMRIS, E., LI, B.L. & CHIN, D. (1992).
Cross-cultural differences in rating
hyperactive-disruptive behaviors in Children. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 149, 1539-1542. |
|
O'LEARY, K.D., PELHAM, W.E., ROSENBAUM., A. & PRICE,
G.H. (1976). Behavioral treatment of hyper-kinetic
children : An experimental evaluation of its usefulness. Clinical
Pediatrics, 15, 510-515. |
BUHRMESTER, D., WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., MacDONALD, V.
& HINSHAW, S.P. (1992). Prosocial behavior in
hyperactive boys : Effects of stimulant medication and
comparison with normal boys. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 20, 103-121. |
| |
VAN DER MEERE, J., WREELING, H.J. & SERGEANT, J.
(1992). A motor presetting study in hyperactive, learning
disabled and control children. Journal of Child
Psychiatry, 8, 1347-1354. |
|
ROUTH, D.K. & SCHROEDER, C.S. (1976). Standardized
playroom measures as indices of hyperactivity. Journal
of Abnormal Child Psychology, 4, 199-207. |
DUBÉ, R. (1992). Hyperactivité et déficit d'attention
chez l'enfant. Boucherville : Gaëtan Morin |
| |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., MINOCHA, K., TAYLOR E. &
SANDBERG, S. (1993). Inter-ethnic bias in teachers'
ratings of childhood hyperactivity. British Journal
of Developmental Psychology, 11, 187-200. |
| |
SHAW, G. & GIAMBRA, L. (1993). Task unrelated thoughts
of college students diagnosed as hyperactive in childhood.
Developmental Neuropsychology, 9, 17-30. |
| |
BARKLEY, R.A., FISCHER, M., EDELBROCK, C.S. &
SMALLISH, L. (1993). The stability of dimensions of
behavior in ADHD and normal children over an 8-year
follow-up. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 21,
315-337. |
|
SAFER D.J. & ALLEN, R. (1976). Hyperactive
children. Baltimore : University Park Press. |
KANAREK, R.B. (1994). Does sucrose or aspartame cause
hyperactivity in children ? Nutrition Review, 52
(5), 173-175. |
|
FIRESTONE, P., LEWY, F. & DOUGLAS, V.I. (1976).
Hyperactivity and physical anomalies. Canadian
Psychlatric Association Journal, 21, 23-26.
[PDF] |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., LAMPARELLI, M, STEVENSSON, J,
THOMPSON, M. & HENRY, A. (1994). Behaviour problems
and pre-school intellectual attainment : the associations
of hyperactivity and conduct problems. Journal of
Child Psychology & Psychiatry, 35, 949-960. |
|
SHAFTO, F. & SULZBACHER, S. (1977). Comparing
treatment tactics with a hyperactive preschool child :
Stimulant medication and programmed teacher intervention.
Journal of Applied Behavioral Analysis, 10 (1),
13-20. [PDF] |
THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A. & McGUFFIN, P. (1995).
Child-hood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and
show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior
Genetics, 25, 537-544. |
|
ABIKOFF, H., GITTELMAN-KLEIN, R. & KLEIN, D. (1977).
Validation of a classroom observation for code for
hyperactive children. Journal of Consulting and
Clinical Psychology, 45, 772-783. |
PARISIEN, M. (1995). Les enfants hyperactifs à
l’adolescence, à l’âge adulte. Psychologie Québec, 12
(4), 15. |
|
BLOCK, G.H. (1977). Hyperactivity : A cultural
perspective. Journal of Learning Disabilities, 110,
236-240. |
THAPAR, A., HERVAS, A. & McGUFFIN, P. (1995).
Childhood hyperactivity scores are highly heritable and
show sibling competition effects : Twin study evidence. Behavior
Genetics, 25, 537-544. |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B., ENDMAN, M. & BERNFELD, T. (1977). A
three-year follow-up of hyperactive preschoolers into
elementary school. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 18, 239-249. |
WOLRAICH, M.L., WILSON, D.B. & WHITE, J.W. (1995). The
effect of sugar on behavior or cognition in children : A
meta-analysis. Journal of the American Medical
Association, 274, 1617-1621. |
| |
CARLSON, E., JACOBVITZ, D. SROUFE, L.A. (1995). A
developmental investigation of inattentiveness and
hyperactivity. Child Development, 66, 37-54. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1977). A review of stimulant drug research
with hyperactive children. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 18, 137-166. |
ZAMETKIN, A.J. (1995). Attention-deficit disorder : born
to be hyperactive ? Journal of the American Medical
Assocation, 273 (23), 1871-1874. |
|
WULBERT, M. & DRIES, R. (1977). The relative efficacy
of methylphenidate (ritalin) and behavior-modification
techniques in the treatment of a hyperactive child. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 10 (1), 21-31. |
TAYLOR, E. & CHADWICK, O., HEPTINSTALL, E. &
DANCKAERTS, M. (1996). Hyperactivity and conduct problems
as risk factors for adolescent development. Journal
of the American Academy of Child & Adolescent
Psychiatry, 35, 1213-1226 |
|
OKOLO, C.M., BARTLETT, S. & SHAW, S. (1978).
Communication between professionals concerning medication
for the hyperactive child. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 11, 647-650. |
DUCHE, J. (1996). L'enfant hyperactif. Paris :
Ellipses. |
|
CANTWELL, D.P. & SATTERFIELD, J.H. (1978). The
prevalence of academic underachievement in hyperactive
children. Journal of Pediatric Psychology, 3,
168-171. |
SILBERG, J. RUTTER, M., MEYER, J., MAES, H., HEWITT, J.,
SIMONOFF, E., PICKLES, A., LOEBE, R. & EAVES, L.
(1996). Genetic and environmental influences on the
covariation between hyperactivity and conduct disturbance
in juvenile twins. Journal of Child Psychology &
Psychiatry, 37 (7), 803-816. |
|
|
ROSE, T.L. (1978). The functional relationship between
artificial food colors and hyperactivity. Journal of
Applied Behavior Analysis, 11 (4), 439-446. |
DORÉ, C. et COHEN, D. (1996). La prescription de
stimulants aux enfants "hyperactifs" : une étude pilote
des incitatifs et des contraintes pour les parents, les
médecins et les enseignants. Santé Mentale au Québec,
22 (1), 216-238. |
|
ZENTALL, S.S., ZENTALL, T.R. & BARACK, R.S. (1978).
Distraction as a function of within-task stimulation for
hyperactive and normal children. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 11, 540-548. |
WEEKS, A. & LAVER-BRADBURY, C. (1997). Behaviour
modification in hyperactive children. Nursery Times,
93 (47), 56-58. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A. (1978). Recent developments in research on
hyperactive children. Journal of Pediatric
Psychology, 3, 158-162. |
MILLER, A., KOPLEWICZ, H.S. & KLEIN, R.G. (1997).
Teacher ratings of hyperactivity, inattention, and conduct
problems in preschoolers. Journal of Abnormal Child
Psychology, 25, 113-119. |
|
WHALEN, C.K., HENKER, B., COLLINS, B.E., FINCK, D. &
DOTEMOTO, S. (1978). A social ecology of hyperactive boys
: medication effects in structured classroom environments.
Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 12 (1),
65-81. [PDF] |
CHARLEBOIS, P., NORMANDEAU, S., VITARO, F. & BERNÈCHE,
F. (1999). Skills training for inattentive-overactive
aggressive boys : differential effects of content and
delivery method. Behavioral Disorders, 24,
137-150. |
|
BARKLEY, R. & CUNNINGHAM, C. (1978). Do stimulant
drugs improve the academic performance of hyperkinetic
children ? A review of outcome studies. Clinical
Pediatrics, 17 (1), 85-92. |
GORDON, M. (1999). Attention deficit hyperactivity
disorder : diagnosis and management in the USA. Journal
of the Royal Society of Medicine, 92 (9), 453-455.
[PDF] |
|
HASTINGS, J. & BARKLEY, R.A. (1978). A review of
psychophysiological research with hyperactive children.
Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 413-447. |
MASSÉ, L. (1999). Déficit de l'attention/hyperactivité.
Dans Troubles psychopathologiques de l'enfant et de
l'adolescent : Approche intégrée (p. 163-182).
Boucherville, Québec : Gaëtan Morin. |
|
LAMBERT, N.M., SANDOVAL, J.H. & SASONE, D.M. (1978).
Prevalence estimates of hyperactivity in school children.
Pediatric Annals, 7, 330-338. |
NAGIN, D. & TREMBLAY, R.E. (1999). Trajectories of
boys' physical aggression, opposition, and hyperactivity
on the path to physically violent and nonviolent juvenile
delinquency. Child Development, 70 (5),
1181-1196. [PDF] |
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & BARACK, R.S. (1979). Rating scales for
hyperactivity : Concurrent validity, reliability, and
decisions to label for the Conners and Davids abbreviated
scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7,
179-190. [PDF] |
JOSEPH, J. (2000). Not in their genes : A critical view of
the genetics of attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder.
Developmental Review, 20, 539-567. [PDF] |
|
GORDON, M. (1979). The assessment of impulsivity and
mediating behaviors in hyperactive and non-hyperactive
children. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7, 317-326. |
POISSANT, H. (2000). Le trouble déficitaire
d'attention/d'hyperactivité. Revue Canadienne de
Psycho-Éducation, 29 (2), |
|
CAMPBELL, S.B. & PAULAUSKAS, S.L. (1979). Peer
interaction in hyperactive children. Journal of Child
Psychology & Psychiatry, 20, 233-246. |
BINDER, D.L., DIXON, M.R. & GHEZZI, P.M. (2000). A
procedure to teach self-control to children with attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder. Journal of Applied
Behavior Analysis, 33 (2), 233-237. [PDF] |
|
BARKLEY, R. & CUNNINGHAM, C. (1978). Stimulant drugs
and activity level in hyperactive children. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 49 (3), 491-499. |
ZENTALL, S.S., CASSADY, J.C. & JAVORSKY, J. (2001).
Social comprehension of children with hyperactivity. Journal
of Attention Disorders, 5, 11-24. [PDF]
|
|
MILCH, R. & LONEY, J. (1979). The role of hyperactive
and aggressive symptomatology in predicting adolescent
outcome among hyperactive children. Journal of
Pediatric Psychology, 4, 93-112. |
ARMSTONG, T. (2002). Déficit d'attention et
hyperactivité, stratégies pour intervenir autrement en
classe. Montréal : Chenelière/McGrawHill. |
|
TRITES, R.L. (1979). Hyperactivity in children.
Univ. Park Press Baltimore. |
SCHNOLL, R., BURSHTEYN, D. & CEA-ARAVENA, J. (2003).
Nutrition in the treatment of attention-deficit
hyperactivity disorder : A neglected but important aspect.
Applied Psychophysiology & Biofeedback, 28
(1), 63-75. [PDF] |
|
BACKMAN, J. & FIRESTONE, P. (1979). A review of
psychopharmacological and behavioral approaches to the
treatment of hyperactivie children. American Journal
of Orthopsychiatry, 49 (3), 500-504.
[PDF] |
SONUGA-BARKE, E.J.S., AUERBACH, J. CAMPBELL, S.B., DALEY,
D. & THOMPSON, M. (2005). Varieties of preschool
hyperactivity : multiple pathways from risk to disorder.
Developmental Science, 8 (2), 141-150. |
|
WAECHTER, D., ANDERSON, R., JUAREZ, L., LANGSDORF, R.
& MADRIGAL, J. (1979). Ethnic group, hyperkinesis, and
modes of behavior. Psychology in the Schools, 16,
435-439. |
HABIB, M. (2006). Neurologie de l’action et de la
motivation : de l’athymhormie à l’hyperactivité. L’Encéphale,
32, 10-24. [PDF] |
| |
WILLIAMS J. & TAYLOR, E. (2006) The evolution of
hyperactivity, impulsivity and cognitive diversity.
Journal of The Royal Society Interface, 3, 399-413.
[PDF] |
| |
KERR, D. & MICHALSKI, J.H. (2007). Family structure
and children's hyperac vity problems : A longitudinal
analysis. Canadian Journal of Sociology, 32
(1), 85-112. |
|
CUNNINGHAM, C. & BARKLEY, R. (1979).The interactions
of hyperactive and normal children with their rnothers
during free play and structured task. Child
Development, 50, 217-224. |
TORDJMAN, S., GUIGNARD, J.-H., SELIGMANN, C., VANROYE, E.,
NEVOUX, G., FAGARD, J., GOREA, A., MAMASSIAN, P.,
CAVANAGH, P. & LEBRETON, S. (2008). Diagnosis of
hyperactivity disorder in gifted children depends on
observational sources. Gifted & Talented
International, 22, 62-67. [PDF] |
|
PRINZ, R.J., ROBERTS, W.A. & HANTMAN, E. (1980).
Dietary correlates of hyperactive behavior in children.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 48
(6), 760-769. |
FONTAINE, N., CARBONNEAU, R., BARKER, E.D., VITARO, F.,
HÉBERT, M., CÔTÉ, S.M., NAGIN, D.S., ZOCCOLILLO, M. &
TREMBLAY, R.E. (2008). Girls' hyperactivity and physical
aggression during childhood and adjustment problems in
early adulthood a 15-Year longitudinal study. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 65 (3), 320-328. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. (1980). Pills or skills for hyperactive
children. Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, 13
(1), 191-204. |
VREEMAN R.C. & CARROLL, A.E. (2008). Festive medical
myths. British Medical Journal, 337, 1-3. [PDF] |
| |
PINGAULT, J.-B., TREMBLAY, R.E., VITARO, F., CARBONNEAU,
R., GENOLINI, C., FALISSARD, B. & CÔTÉ, S.M. (2011).
Childhood trajectories of inattention and hyperactivity
and prediction of educational attainment in early
adulthood : A 16-year longitudinal population-based study.
American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 1164-1170.
[PDF] |
| |
WEINIARZ, B. et LAUTH, B. (2011). Le traitement de
l'hyperactivité : autour de la prescription de
psychostimulants. Perspectives Psy, 50 (1),
78-85. |
| |
PINGAULT, J.-B., CÔTÉ., S.M., LACOURSE, E., VITARO, F.
& TREMBLAY, R.E. (2013). Childhood hyperactivity,
physical aggression and criminality : A 19-Year
prospective population-based study. PLOSone, 8
(5), 1-7.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Classe, Mesure/évaluation
de l'hyperactivité,
TDAH et Sucre |
| |
|
|
Hyperactivité (Mesures/Évaluations) :
Ensemble des critères
de diagnostic, des
tests et des outils de collecte de données qui permettent d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'hyperactivité.
Rating scales of hyperactivity.
| |
|
|
ZENTALL, S.S. & BARACK, R.S. (1979). Rating scales for
hyperactivity : Concurrent validity, reliability, and
decisions to label for the Conners and Davids abbreviated
scales. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 7,
179-190. [PDF] |
|
O'LEARY, K.D. (1981). Assessment of hyperactivity :
Observational and rating scale methodologies. In S. A.
Miller (Ed.), Nutrition and behavior (pp.
291-298). Philadelphia : Franklin Institute Press. |
|
O'LEARY, S.G. (1982). Subcategorizing hyperactivity : The
Stony Brook Scale. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 50 (3), 426-432. |
|
CONNORS, C.K. (1999). Clinical use of rating scales in
diagnosis and treatment of attention-deficit/hyperactivity
disorder. Pediatric Clinics of North America, 46
(5), 857-870. |
|
CORDES, M. & McLAUGHLIN, T.F. (2004). Attention
deficit hyperactivity disorder and rating scales with a
brief review of the Connors Teacher Rating Scale (1998).
International Journal of Special Education, 19 (2),
23-34. [PDF] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hyperkinésie : Excès de mouvements
involontaires. De nos jours, on utilise davantage le mot hyperactivité.
Hyperkinésie et Hyperactivité.
Hyperkinetic
behavior syndrome. hyperkinetic children.
| |
|
|
LAUFER, M. & DENHOFF, E. (1957). Hyperkinetic behavior
syndrome in children. Journal of Pediatrics, 50,
463-474. |
MILLICHAP, J.G. & BOLDREY, E.E. (1967). Studies in
hyperkinetic behavior. II. Laboratory and clinical
evaluations of drug treatments. Neurology, 17,
467-472. |
|
LAUFER, M., DENHOFF, E. & SOLOMONS, G. (1957).
Hyperkinetic impulse disorder in children's behavior
problems. Psychosomatic Medicine, 19, 38-49. [PDF] |
DENHOFF, E., DAVIS A. & HAWKINS, R. (1971). Effect of
dextroamphetamine on hyperkinetic children : a controlled
double blind study. Journal of Learning Disabilities,
4, 27. |
| |
CONNERS, C.K. (1971). Recent drug studies with
hyperkinetic children. Journal of Learning
Disabilities, 4, 476-483. |
|
BURKS, H.F. (1960). The hyperkinetic child.
Exceptional Children, 27, 18. |
O'LEARY, K.D., PELHAM, W.E., ROSENBAUM., A. & PRICE,
G.H. (1976). Behavioral treatment of hyper-kinetic
children : An experimental evaluation of its usefulness. Clinical
Pediatrics, 15, 510-515. |
|
CONNERS, C.K. (1966). The effect of dexedrine on rapid
discrimination and motor control of hyperkinetic children
under stress. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Diseases, 142, 429-433. |
SHOUSE, M.N. & LUBAR, J.F. (1979). Sensorimotor rhythm
(SMR) operant conditioning and methylphenidate in the
treatment of hyperkinesis. Biofeedback & Self
regulation, 4, 299-311. |
|
|
Voir aussi Mouvements
et Hyperactivité |
|
|
Hyperphagie (boulimique) : Trouble
alimentaire analogue à la boulimie,
qui consiste à trop manger
ou à manger de manière compulsive,
sans contrôle.
L'hyperphagie se distingue de la boulimie par l'absence de
contrôle de poids (et donc par l'absence d'entraînement
intensif ou de vomissements
que l'on observe chez les boulimiques). =
hyperphagie boulimique, compulsion alimentaire, rage alimentaire,
s'empiffrer. Binge Eating
Disorder, BED, binge eating.
| |
|
|
MARCUS, M.D., WING, R.R., EWING, L. & KERN, E.
(1990). Psychiatric disorders among obese binge eaters.
The International Journal of Eating Disorders, 9, 69-77.
|
RIEGER, E., WILFLEY, D.E., STEIN, R.I., MARINO, V. &
CROW, S.J. (2005). A comparison of quality of life in
obese individuals with and without binge eating disorder.
International Journal of Eating Disordors, 37,
234-240. |
|
HEATHERTON, T. F. & BAUMEISTER, R.F. (1991). Binge
eating as an escape from self-awareness. Psychological
Bulletin, 110, 86-108. |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2005).
Efficacy of cognitive behavioral therapy and fluoxetine
for the treatment of binge eating disorder : a randomized
double-blind placebo-controlled comparison. Biological
Psychiatry, 57 (3), 301-309. |
|
PATTON, C.J. (1992). Fear of abandonment and binge eating
: A subliminal psychodynamic activation investigation. Journal
of Nervous & Mental Disease, 180, 484-490. |
ALLISON, K.C., GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & STUNKARD,
A.J. (2005). Binge eating disorder and night eating
syndrome : A comparative study of disordered eating. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 73, 1107-1115.
|
|
SPITZER, R.L., DEVLIN, M.J., WALSH, B.T., HASIN, D., WING,
R.R., MARCUS M.D., STUNKARD, A.J., WADDEN, T., YANOVSKI,
S., AGRAS, S. MITCHELL, J. & NONAS, C. (1992). Binge
eating disorder : A multisite field trial of the
diagnostic criteria. International Journal of Eating
Disordors, 11, 191-203. |
GRILO, C.M., LOZANO, C. & MASHEB, R.M. (2005).
Ethnicity and sampling bias in binge eating disorder :
Black women who seek treatment have different
characteristics than those who do not. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 38, 257-262. |
| |
REAS, D.L., GRILO, C.M. & MASHEB, M. (2006).
Reliability of the Eating Disorder
Examination-Questionnaire in patients with binge eating
disorder. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44,
43-51. |
|
STUNKARD, A.J. (1993). A history of binge eating. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment. New York :
Guilford Press. |
BARTHOLOME, L.T., RAYMOND, N.C., LEE, S. S., PETERSON,
C.B. & WARREN, C.S. (2006). Detailed analysis of
binges in obese women with binge eating disorder :
comparisons using multiple methods of data collection. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 39 (8), 685-693. |
|
YANOVSKI, S.Z., NELSON, J.E., DUBBERT, B.K. & SPITZER,
R.L. (1993). Association of binge eating disorder and
psychiatric comorbidity in obese subjects. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1472-1479. |
GLUCK, M.E. (2006). Stress response and binge eating
disorder. Appetite, 46, 26-30. [PDF] |
|
SPITZER, R.L., YANOVSKI, S, WING, R.R., MARCUS M.D.,
STUNKARD, A.J., DEVLIN, M., MITCHELL, J., HASIN, D. &
HORNE, R.L. (1993). Binge eating disorder : Its further
validation in a multi- site study. International
Journal of Eating Disordors, 13, 137-153. |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2006). Rapid
response to treatment for binge eating disorder.
Journal of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 74
(3), 602-613. |
|
YANOVSKI, S.Z., YANOVSKI, J.A., GWIRTSMAN, H.E., BERNAT,
A., GOLD, P.W. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1993). Normal
dexamethasone suppression in obese binge and nonbinge
eaters with rapid weight loss. The Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 76,
675-679. |
MUNSCH, S., BIEDERT, E., MEYER, A., MICHAEL, T., SCHLUP,
B., TUCH, A. & MARGRAF, J. (2007). A randomized
comparison of cognitive behavioral therapy and behavioral
weight loss treatment for overweight individuals with
binge eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 40 (2), 102-113. |
|
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., MARCUS, M.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1993).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for binge eating and bulimia
nervosa : A comprehensive treatment manual. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment (pp. 361-404).
New York : Guilford Press. |
MASHEB, R.M. & GRILO, C.M. (2007). Rapid response
predicts treatment outcomes in binge eating disorder :
implications for stepped care. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75 (4), 639-644. |
|
STUNKARD, A.J. (1993). A history of binge eating. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment. New York :
Guilford Press. |
BULIK, C.M., BROWNLEY, K.A. & SHAPIRO, J.R. (2007).
Diagnosis and management of binge eating disorder.
World Psychiatry, 6 (3), 142-148. |
|
YANOVSKI, S.Z., NELSON, J.E., DUBBERT, B.K. & SPITZER,
R.L. (1993). Association of binge eating disorder and
psychiatric comorbidity in obese subjects. The
American Journal of Psychiatry, 150, 1472-1479. |
SMYTH, J.M., WONDERLICH, S.A., HERON, K.E., SLIWINSKI
M.J., CROSBY, R.D., MITCHELL, J.E. & ENGELL, S.G.
(2007). Daily and momentary mood and stress are associated
with binge eating and vomiting in bulimia nervosa patients
in the natural environment. Journal of Consulting
& Clinical Psychology, 75, 629-638. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., TODISCO, P., OLIOSI, M. & MARCHI, S.
(1996). Binge eating disorder and weight cycling in obese
women. Eating Disorders, 4 (1), 67-73. |
STEFANO, S.C., BACALTCHUK, J., BLAY, S.L. &
APPOLINARIO, J.C. (2008). Antidepressants in short-term
treatment of binge eating disorder : systematic review and
meta-analysis. Eating Behaviors, 9, 129-136. |
| |
CLAUDINO, A.M., DE OLIVEIRA, I.R., APPOLINARIO, J.C.,
TÀKI, A. CORDÀS, M.D., DUCHESNE, M., SICHIERI, R. &
BACALTCHUK, J. (2007). Double-blind, randomized,
placebo-controlled trial of topiramate plus
cognitive-behavior therapy in binge-eating disorder. Journal
of Clinical Psychiatry, 68 (9), 1324-1332. |
|
SPITZER, R.L., YANOVSKI, S, WING, R.R., MARCUS M.D.,
STUNKARD, A.J., DEVLIN, M., MITCHELL, J., HASIN, D. &
HORNE, R.L. (1993). Binge eating disorder : Its further
validation in a multi- site study. International
Journal of Eating Disordors, 13, 137-153. |
HILBERT, A. & TUSCHEN, C.B. (2007). Maintenance of
binge eating through negative mood : A naturalistic
comparison of binge eating disorder and bulimia nervosa. International
Journal of Eating Disordors, 40, 521-530. |
|
YANOVSKI, S.Z., YANOVSKI, J.A., GWIRTSMAN, H.E., BERNAT,
A., GOLD, P.W. & CHROUSOS, G.P. (1993). Normal
dexamethasone suppression in obese binge and nonbinge
eaters with rapid weight loss. The Journal of
Clinical Endocrinology & Metabolism, 76,
675-679. |
GRILO, C.M., HRABOSKY, J.I., WHITE, M.A., ALLISON, K.C.,
STUNKARD, A.J. & MASHEB, R.M. (2008). Overvaluation of
shape and weight in binge eating disorder and overweight
controls : refinement of a diagnostic construct. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 117 (2), 414-419 |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., MARCUS, M.D. & WILSON, G.T. (1993).
Cognitive behaviour therapy for binge eating and bulimia
nervosa : A comprehensive treatment manual. In C.G.
Fairburn & G.T. Wilson (Eds.), Binge eating :
Nature, assessment, and treatment (pp. 361-404).
New York : Guilford Press. |
STRIEGEL-MOORE, R.H. & FRANKO, D.L. (2008). Should
binge eating disorder be included in the DSM-V ? A
critical review of the state of the evidence. Annual
Review of Clinical Psychology, 4, 305-324. |
|
|
DE ZWAAN, M., MITCHELL, J.E., RAYMOND, N.C. & SPITZER,
R.L. (1994). Binge eating disorder : Clinical features and
treatment of a new diagnosis. Harvard Review of
Psychiatry, 1, 310-325. |
YAGER, J. (2008). Binge eating disorder : The search for
better treatments. American Journal of Psychiatry,
165 (1), 4-6. |
|
FABER, R.J., CHRISTENSON, G.A., DE ZWAAN, M. &
MITCHELL, J. (1995). Two forms of compulsive consumption :
Comorbidity of compulsive buying and binge eating. Journal
of Consumer Research, 22 (3), 296-304. |
BOSCH, A., MILTENBERGER, R.G., GROSS, A., KNUDSON, P.
& BROWER-BREITWIESER, C. (2008). Evaluation of
extinction as a functional treatment for binge eating. Behavior
Modification, 32, 556-576. |
|
STUNKARD, A.J., BERKOWITZ, R., WADDEN, T., TANRIKUT, C.,
REISS, E. & YOUNG, L. (1996). Binge eating disorder
and the night-eating syndrome. International Journal
of Obesity & Related Metabolic Disorders, 20
(1), 1-6. [PDF] |
WILSON, G.T. & SYSKO, R. (2009). Frequency of binge
eating episodes in bulimia nervosa and binge eating
disorder : Diagnostic considerations. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 42, 603-610. |
|
DALLE GRAVE, R., TODISCO, P., OLIOSI, M. & MARCHI, S.
(1996). Binge eating disorder and weight cycling in obese
women. Eating Disorders, 4 (1), 67-73. |
SHERRY, S.B. & HALL, P.A. (2009). The perfectionism
model of binge eating : Tests of an integrative model.
Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, 96, 690-709. |
|
CARTER, J.C. & FAIRBURN, C.G. (1998).
Cognitive-behavioral self-help for binge eating disorder :
a controlled effectiveness study. Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 66 (4),
616-623. |
GRILO, C.M., CROSBY R.D., MASHREB, R.M., WHITE, M.A.,
PETERSON, C.B., WONDERLICH, S.A. & MITCHELL, J.E.
(2009). Overvaluation of shape and weight in binge eating
disorder, bulimia nervosa, and sub-threshold bulimia
nervosa. Behaviour Research & Therapy, 47
(8), 692-696. |
|
AGRAS, W.S. & TELCH, C.F. (1998). The effects of
caloric deprivation andnegative affect on binge eating in
obese binge-eating disordered women. Behavior Therapy,
29, 491-503. |
MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A. H., MILENKOVIC, N., SCHLUP, B.,
MARGRAF, J. & WILHELM, F. H. (2009). Ecological
momentary assessment to evaluate cognitive-behavioral
treatment for binge eating disorder. International
Journal of Eating Disorders, 42 (7), 648-657. [PDF] |
|
FAIRBURN, C.G., COOPER, Z., DOLL, H.A., NORMAN, P. &
O'CONNOR, M. (2000). The natural course of bulimia nervosa
and binge eating disorder in young women. Archives of
General Psychiatry, 57 (7), 659-665. |
LEOMBRUNI, P., LAVAGNINO, L. & FASSINO, S. (2009).
Treatment of obese patients with binge eating disorder
using topiramate : a review. Neuropsychiatric Disease
& Treatment, 5, 3385-392. [PDF] |
|
GREENO, C.G., WING, R.R. & SHIFFMAN, S. (2000). Binge
antecedents in obese women with and without binge eating
disorder. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 68 (1), 95-102. |
SCHLUP, B., MUNSCH, S., MEYER, A.H., MARGRAF, J. &
WILHELM, F.H. (2009). The efficacy of a short version of a
cognitive-behavioral treatment followed by booster
sessions for binge eating disorder. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 47 (7), 628-635. [PDF] |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2001). A
comparison of different methods for assessing the features
of eating disorders in patients with binge eating
disorder. Journal of Consulting Clinical Psychology,
69, 317-322. |
GIDDINNG, T.C. & MILTENBERGER, R.G. (2010). Evaluation
of a functional treatment for binge eating associated with
bulimia nervosa. Eating & Weight Disorders, 15 (1-2),
100-107. |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2001).
Different methods for assessing the features of eating
disorders in patients with binge eating disorder : a
replication. Obesity research, 9, 418-422. |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WHITE, M.A. (2010).
Significance of overvaluation of shape/weight in
binge-eating disorder : comparative study with overweight
and bulimia nervosa. Obesity, 18 (3), 499-504. [PDF] |
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & WILSON, G.T. (2001).
Subtyping binge eating disorder.Journal of Consulting
Clinical Psychology, 69, 1066-1072. |
MASHEB, R.M., GRILO, C.M. & ROLLS, B.J. (2011). A
randomized controlled trial for obesity and binge eating
disorder : Low-energy-density dietary counseling and
cognitive behavioral therapy. Behaviour Research
& Therapy, 49 (12), 821-829. [PDF] |
|
REDLIN, J., MILTENBERGER, R.G., CROSBY, R., WOLFF, G.
& STICKNEY, M. (2002). Functional assessment of binge
eating in a clinical sample of obese binge eaters. Eating
& Weight Disorders, 7, 106-115. |
MOBBS, O., IGLESIAS, K., GOLAY, A. & VAN DER LINDEN,
M. (2011). Cognitive deficits in obese persons with and
without binge eating disorder. Investigation using a
mental flexibility task. Appetite, 57 (1),
263-271. |
|
LE GRANGE, D., GORIN, A., DYMEK, M. & STONE, A.
(2002). Does ecological momentary assessment improve
cognitive behavioural therapy for binge eating disorder ?
A pilot study. European Eating Disorders Review, 10,
316-328. |
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M. & CROSBY, R.D. (2012).
Predictors and moderators of response to cognitive
behavioral therapy and medication for the treatment of
binge eating disorder. Journal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 80 (5), 897-906. |
|
ABRAMSON, L.Y., BARDONE, A.M., VOHS, K.D., JOINER, T.E.
& HEATHERTON, T.F. (2002). The paradox of
perfectionism and binge eating : Toward a resolution. In
L.B. Alloy & J.H. Riskind (Eds.), Cognitive
vulnerability to emotional disorders. Hillsdale,
N.J. : Erlbaum. |
LAGHI, F., LIGA, F., BAUMGARTNER, E. & BAIOCCO, R.
(2012). Identity and conformism among Italian adolescents
who binge eat and drink. Health, Risk & Society,
14 (4), 361-376. [PDF] |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., ROBINSON WELCH, R., STEIN, R.I., BORMAN
SPURRELL, E., COHEN, L.R., SAELENS, B.E., ZOLER DOUNCHIS,
J., FRANK, M.A., WISEMAN, C.V. & MATT, G.E. (2002).
Randomized comparison of group cognitive-behavioral
therapy and group interpersonal psychotherapy for the
treatment of overweight individuals with binge-eating
disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 713-721.
[PDF] |
WOOD, K. & OGDEN, J. (2012). Explaining the role of
binge eating behaviour in weight loss post bariatric
surgery. Appetite, 58, 177-180. |
|
BRANSON, R., POTOCZNA, N., KRAL, J.G., LENTES, K.-U.,
HOEHE, M.R. & HORBE, F.F. (2003). Binge eating as a
major phenotype of melanocortin 4 receptor gene mutations.
The New England Journal of Medicine, 348,
1096-1103. |
GRILO, C.M. (2013). Why no cognitive body image feature
such as overvaluation of shape/weight in the binge eating
disorder diagnosis ? International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 46 (3), 208-211. [PDF] |
|
ZILBERSTEIN, B., PAJECKI, D., GARCIA DE BRITO, A.C.,
GALLAFRIO, S.T., ESHKENAZY, R. & ANDRADE, C.G. (2004).
Topiramate after adjustable gastric banding in patients
with binge eating and difFIculty losing weight.
Obesity Surgery, 14 (6), 802-805. |
FISCHER, S., MEYER, A.H., DREMMEL, D., SCHLUP, B. &
MUNSCH, S. (2014). Short-term cognitive-behavioral therapy
for binge eating disorder : Long-term efficacy and
predictors of long-term treatment success. Behaviour
Research & Therapy, 58, 36-42. [PDF] |
|
GLUCK, M.E., GELIEBTER, A. & LORENCE, M. (2004).
Cortisol stress response is positively correlated with
central obesity in obese women with binge eating disorder
(BED) before and after cognitive-behavioral treatment. Annals
of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1032, 202-207. |
|
|
GRILO, C.M., MASHEB, R.M., LOZANO-BLANCO, C. & BARRY,
D.T. (2004). Reliability of the eating disorder
examination in patients with binge eating disorder.
International Journal of Eating Disorders, 35,
80-85. |
JUARASCIO, A.S., SRISVASTAVA, P., MANASSE, S.M.,
WILKINSON, M.L., FELONIS, C.R. & DREXLER, S.A. (2023).
Reward retraining : A pilot randomized controlled trial of
a novel treatment approach for transdiagnostic binge
eating. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 56 (3), 662-670. |
|
| Voir Boulimie, Vomir
et Évaluation
de l'hyperphagie |
|
|
|
Hyperphagie (Mesures/Évaluations) : Ensemble
des critères de
diagnostic, des tests
et des outils de collecte de
données qui permettent
d'évaluer et de mesurer
l'hyperphagie
Assessment of binge eating.
| |
|
|
FAIRBURN, C.G. & WILSON, T.G. (Eds.) (1993). Binge
eating : Nature, assessment and treatment. New York
: Guilford Press. |
|
WILFLEY, D.E., SCHWARTZ, M.B., SPURRELL, E.B. &
FAIRBURN, C.G. (1997). Assessing the specific
psychopathology of binge eating disorder patients :
Interview or self-report ? Behaviour Research &
Therapy, 35, 1151-1159. |
|
REDLIN, J., MILTENBERGER, R.G., CROSBY, R., WOLFF, G.
& STICKNEY, M. (2002). Functional assessment of binge
eating in a clinical sample of obese binge eaters. Eating
& Weight Disorders, 7, 106-115. |
|
GOLDFEIN, J.A., DEVLIN, M.J. & KAMENETZ, C. (2005).
Eating Disorder Examination-Questionnaire with and without
instruction to access binge eating in patients with binge
eating disorder. International Journal of Eating
Disorders, 37, 107-111. |
|
REAS, D.L., GRILO, C.M. & MASHEB, M. (2006).
Reliability of the Eating Disorder Examination-
Questionnaire in patients with binge eating disorder.
Behaviour Research & Therapy, 44, 43-51. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hyperphagie |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypertension : Pression
artérielle dépassant 16 cm de mercure en systole et 9 cm de
mercure en diastole ou 16/9,5. Hypertension, stress
et cortisol.
/hypotension. Hypertension.
| |
|
|
HINES, E.A. & BROWN, G.E. (1932). A standard stimulus
for measuring vasomotor reactions : Its application to
the, study of hypertension. Proceedings of the Staff
Meetings of the Mayo Clinic, 7, 332. |
FRANCIS, C.S. (1991). Hypertension, cardiac disease, and
compliance in minority patients. American Journal of
Medicine, 91 (S.1A), 29-36. |
| |
CANINO, E., CARDONA, R., MONSALVE, P., ACUNA, F.P., LÓPEZ,
B. & FRAGACHAN, F. (1994). A behavioral treatment
program as a therapy in the control of primary
hypertension. Acta Cientifica Venezolana, 45, 23-30. |
|
GRENFELL, R., BRIGGS, A.H. & HOLLAND, W.C. (1961). A
double-blind study of the treatment of hypertension. Journal
of the American Medical Association, 176, 124-67 |
WHITWORTH, J.A., BROWN, M.A., KELLY, J.J. &
WILLIAMSON, P.M. (1995). Mechanisms of cortisol-induced
hypertension in humans. Steroids, 60, 76-80. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., HUI, K.K., OAKLLEY, M.E., PASIC, J. &
JAMNER, L. (1997). Reduction in drug requirements for
hypertension by means of a cognitive-behavioral
intervention. American Journal of Hypertension, 10,
9-17. |
|
BENSON, H., SHAPIRO, D., TURSKY, B. & SCHWARTZ, G.E.
(1971). Decreased systolic blood pressure through operant
conditioning techniques in patients with essential
hypertension. Science, 173, 740-742. |
MADDEN, D.J. & BLUMENTHAL, J.A. (1998). Interaction of
hypertension and age in visual selective attention
performance. Health Psychology, 17, 76-83. |
| |
TAYLOR, S.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & GAITHER, C.A. (1975).
(2001). Gender differences in the self- regulation of
hypertension. Journal of Behavioral Medicine, 24 (5),
469-487. |
|
ELDER, S.T., RUIZ, Z.R., DEABLER, H.L. & DILLENKOFFER,
R.L. (1973). Instrumental conditioning of diastolic blood
pressure in essential hypertensive patients. Journal
of Applied Behavior Analysis, 6 (3), 377-382. [PDF] |
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., SHERWOOD, A., GULLETTE, E.D.,
GEORGIADES, A. & TWEEDY, D. (2002). Biobehavioral
approaches to the treatment of hypertension. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 70 (3),
569-589. [PDF] |
|
SHAPIRO, D., MAINARDI, J.A. & SURWIT, R.S. (1977).
Biofeedback and self-regulation in essential hypertension.
In G.E. Schwartz & J. Beatty (Eds.), Biofeedback :
Theory and research (pp. 313-347). New York :
Academic Press. |
YAN, L.L., LIU, K., MATTHEWS, K.A., DAVIGLUS, M.L.,
FERGUSON, T.F. & KIEFE, C. I. (2003). Psychosocial
factors and risk of hypertension. Journal of the
American Medical Association, 290, 2138-2148. |
|
SHAPIRO, D., THANANOPAVARN, C. & SAMBHI, M. (1982).
Comparison of drug and behavioral treatments of essential
hypertension. Health Psychology, 1, 7-26. |
BLUMENTHAL, J.A., SHERWOOD, A. & BACON, S.L. (2003).
Effects of exercise and weight loss on hypertension. Journal
of Americain Medical Association, 290, 885-886. |
|
SHAPIRO, D. & GOLDSTEIN, I.B. (1982). Biobehavioral
perspectives on hypertension. Journal of Consulting
and Clinical Psychology, 50, 841-858. |
STAESSEN, J.A., WANG, J., BIANCHI, G. & BIRKENHAEGER,
W.H. (2003). Essential hypertension. Lancet, 361, 1629-1641. |
|
NEUS, H., RUDDEL, H. SCHULTE, W. & VON EIFF, A.W.
(1983). The long-term effect of noise on blood pressure. Journal
of Hypertension, 1 (S2), 251-253. |
RUDD, P., MILLER, N.H., KAUFMAN, J., KRAEMER, H.C.
BANDURA, A., GREENWALD, G. & DEBUSK, R.F. (2004).
Nurse management for hypertension : A systems approach. American
Journal of Hypertension, 17, 921-927. [PDF] |
|
ANDERSON, N.B., WILLIAMS, R.B., LANE, J.D., HOUSEWORTH, S.
& MURANAKA, M. (1987). Parental history of
hypertension and cardiovascular responsivity in young
Black women. Journal of Psychosomatic Research, 31,
723-729. |
|
|
GREENBERG, W. & SHAPIRO, D. (1987). The effects of
caffeine and stress on blood pressure in individuals with
and without a family history of hypertension.
Psychophysiology, 24, 151-157. |
TAYLOR, S.D., BAGOZZI, R.P. & GAITHER, C.A. (2005).
Decision making and effort in the self-regulation of
hypertension : Testing two competing theories. British
Journal of Health Psychology, 10 (4), 505-530. |
|
FAHRION, S., NORRIS P., GREEN, E. & SCHNAR, R. (1987).
Behavioral treatment of hypertension : A group outcome
study. Biofeedback & Self-Regulation, 11, 257-278. |
KEARNEY, P.M., WHELTON, M., REYNOLDS, K., MUNTNER, P.
& WHELTON, P.K. & HE J. (2005). Global burden of
hypertension : analysis of worldwide data. Lancet,
365 (2), 217-223. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B. (1988). Aging and hypertension in Blacks :
A multidimensional perspective. In J. Jackson (Ed.), The
black American elderly : Research on physical &
psychosocial health (pp. 190-214). New York :
Springer Publishing Company. |
|
|
ANDERSON, N.B., LANE, J.D., TAGUCHI, F. & WILLIAMS,
R.B. & ARMSTEAD, C.A. (1989). Patterns of
cardiovascular responses to stress as as a function of
race and parental hypertension in men. Health
Psychology, 8, 525-540. |
UCHIYAMA, S., KURASAWA, T., SEKIZAWA, T. & NAKATSUKA,
H. (2005). Job strain and risk of cardiovascular events in
treated hypertensive Japanese workers : hypertension
follow-up group study. Journal of Occupational Health,
47 (2), 102-111. |
|
ANDERSON, N.B. (1989). Racial differences in
stress-induced cardiovascular reactivity and hypertension
: Current status and substantive issues. Psychological
Bulletin, 105, 89-105. |
|
|
ACHMON, J., GRANEK, M., GOLOMB, M. & HART, J. (1989).
Behavioral treatment of essential hypertension : A
comparison between cognitive therapy and biofeedback of
heart rate. Psychosomatic Medicine, 51, 152-164.
[PDF] |
WANG, Y., MEI, H., JIANG, Y.R., SUN, W.Q., SONG, Y.J.,
LIU, S.J. & JIANG, F. (2015). Relationship between
duration of sleep and hypertension in adults : A
meta-analysis Journal of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 11
(9), 1047-1056. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Pression
artérielle,
Cortisol et
Stress |
|
|
Hyperventilation : Accélération et amplification respiratoire
anormale, souvent consécutive au stress,
à l'anxiété ou à la peur.
Hyperventilation.
| |
|
|
ALLEN, T.E. & ARGUS, B. (1968). Hyperventilation
leading to hallucinations. American Journal of
Psychiatry, 125, 632-637. |
|
RAPEE, R.M., BROWN, T.A., ANTONY, M.M. & BARLOW, D.H.
(1992). Response to hyperventilation and inhalation of
5.5% carbon dioxide-enriched air across the DSM-III-R
anxiety disorders. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
101, 538-552. |
|
MACDONALD, A., BAKER, J., STEWART, S. & SKINNER, M.
(2000). The effects of alcohol on the response to
hyperventilation of participants high and low in anxiety
sensitivity. Alcoholism : Clinical & Experimental
Research, 24, 1656-1665. |
|
TELCH, M.J., JACQUIN, K., SMITS, J.A. & POWERS, M.B.
(2003). Emotional responding to hyperventilation as a
predictor of agoraphobia status among individuals
suffering from panic disorder. Journal of Behavior
Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 34, 161-70 |
| |
|
Voir aussi Anxiété,
Stress et Trouble
panique |
|
|
|
|
Hypnose
: Hypnothérapie : Comme moyen de traitement, Charcot
fut le premier à utiliser l'hypnose, notamment pour soigner l'hystérie.
Il enseigna ses techniques à Freud,
qui utilisa l'hypnose pour sonder l'inconscient
de ses patients, avant de l'abandonner au profit de
l'association-libre. De nos jours surtout utilisé pour
favoriser la détente et la relaxtion.
Hypnose, transe et
suggestibilité. Hypnosis,
hypnotherapy, hypnosis intervention. hypnotic state.
| |
|
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1882). Sur les divers États nerveux
déterminés par l'hypnotisation chez les hystériques.
Comptes-rendus hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie
des Sciences. |
CRASILNECK, H.B. & HALL, J.A. (1985). Clinical
hypnosis : Principles and applications. New York :
Grune & Stratton. |
|
BERNHEIM, H. (1884). De la suggestion dans l'état
hypnotique et dans l'état de veille. Paris :
Octave Doin. |
BALTHAZARD, C.G. & WOODY, E.Z. (1985). The "stuff" of
hypnotic performance : A review of psychometric
approaches. Psychological Bulletin, 98, 283-296. |
|
BABINSKI, J. (1890). La suggestion dans l'hynotisme. Dans
Société des psychologie physiologique de Paris
(p. 131-139). Paris : Société d'Éditions scientifiques. |
KIHLSTROM, J.E. (1985). Hypnosis. Annual Review of
Psychology, 36, 385-418. |
|
FRAIPONT, F.et DELBOEUF, J. (1891). Accouchement dans
l'hypnotisme. Revue de l'Hypnotisme, 7, 289-298. |
|
|
BERNHEIM, H. (1891). Hypnotisme, suggestion,
psychothérapie. Etudes Nouvelles, Paris : Doin. |
SPANOS, N.P. (1986). Hypnotic behavior : A social
psycological interpretation of amnesia, analgesia and
trance logic. Behavioural & Brain Science, 9, 449-502. |
|
FREUD, S. (1891/1970). Hypnose. In M. Tinterow (Ed.), Foundations
of hypnosis : From Mesmer to Freud (pp. 460-471).
Springfield, IL : Charles C. Thomas. |
COCHRANE, G. & FRIESEN, J. (1986). Hypnotherapy in
weight loss treatment. Joumal of Consulting &
Clinical Psychology, 54, 489-492. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). La mémoire des hypnotisés. Revue
de l'Hypnotisme, 10, 29-30. |
BLISS, E.I. (1986). Multiple personality, allied
disorders and hypnosis. New York : Oxford. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). Quelques considérations sur la
psychologie de l'hypnotisme. Revue de l'Hypnotisme, 9,
200-210. |
BARABASZ, A.F., BAER, L, SHEEHAN, C.V. & BARABASZ, M.
(1986). A three-year follow- 45 Freud's Relevance to
Hypnosis up of hypnosis and restricted environmental
stimulation therapy for smoking. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 34
(3), 169-181. |
|
DELBOEUF, J. (1893). Une suggestion originale. Revue
de l'Hypnotisme, 9, 315. |
REGISTER, P.A. & KIHLSTROM, J.E. (1986). Finding the
hypnotic virtuoso. International Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, 34, 84-97. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1889). L'hypnotisme et les
états analogues. Paris : Plon. |
ZAMANSKY, H.S. & CLARK, L.E. (1986). Cognitive
competition and hypnotic behaviour : whither absorption ?
International Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Hypnosis, 34, 205-214. |
|
WUNDT, W. (1892). Hypnotisme et suggestion.
Paris : Félix Alcan. |
ERICKSON, M.H. (1986). L'hypnose thérapeutique,
quatre conférences. ESF. |
|
BINET, A. (1899). The psychology of reasoning. Based
on experimental researches in hypnotism. Chicago :
Open Court. |
SPANOS, N.P, BRETT, P.J., MENARY, E.P & CROSS, W.P.
(1987). A measure of attitudes toward hypnosis :
Relationships with absorption and hypnotic susceptibility.
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 30 (2),
139-150. |
|
FOREL, A. (1906). Hypnotism or suggestion and
psychotherapy. Londres : Rebman. |
NASH, M.R. (1987). What, if anything, is regressed about
hypnotic age regression ? A review of the empirical
literature. Psychological Bulletin, 102, 42-52.
[PDF] |
|
BRAMWELL, J.M. (1906/13). Hypnotism : its history,
practice and theory. London : W. Rider. |
ZANGWILL, O.L. (1987). Hypnotism, history of. In R.L.
Gregory (Ed.), The Oxford companion to the mind
(pp. 330-333). Oxford : Oxford University Press. |
|
PAVLOV, I.P. (1923). The identity of inhibition with sleep
and hypnosis. Scientific Monthly, 17, 603-608. |
OLNESS K. & GARDNER, G. (1988). Hypnosis and
hypnotherapy with children. Philadelphia : Grune
& Stratton. |
|
HULL, C.L. (1933). Hypnosis and suggestibility an
experimental approach. New York : Crown House
Publishing. |
LAURENCE, J.R. & PERRY, C. (1988). Hypnosis, will
and memory : A psycho-legal history. New York, NY :
Guilford. |
| |
LYNN, S.J., WEEKES, J.R., MATYI, C.L. & NEUFELD, V.
(1988). Direct versus indirect suggestions, archaic
involvement, and hypnotic experience. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 97, 296-301. |
|
KANTOR, J.R. & DAVIS, R.C. (1932). Skin resistance
during hypnotic states. Journal of General Psychology,
13, (1), 62-81. |
SPANOS, N.P., STENSSTROM, R.J. & JOHNSTON, J.C.
(1988). Hypnosis, placebo, and suggestion in the treatment
of warts. Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, 245-260. [PDF] |
|
WIBLE, C.L. & JENNESS, A. (1936). Electrocardiograms
during sleep and hypnosis. Journal of Psychology, 1, 235-245. |
NASH, M.R. (1988). Hypnosis : A window on regression.
Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 52, 383-403. |
|
FRIEDLANDER, J.W. & SARBIN, T.R. (1938). The depth of
hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 33,
453-375. |
BARABASZ, M. & SPIEGEL, D. (1989). Hypnotizability and
weight loss in obese subjects. International Journal
of Eating Disorders, 8, 335-341. |
| |
PICCIONE, C., HILGARD, E. & ZIMBARDO, P. (1989). On
the degree of stability of measured hypnotizability over a
25-year period. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 56, 289-295. |
|
| |
SPANOS, N.P. & CHAVES, J.F. (1989). Hypnosis :
The cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY :
Prometheus Books. |
|
WHITE, R.W. (1941). A preface to a theory of hypnotism. Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 36, 477-505. |
CHAVES, J.F. (1989). Hypnotic control of clinical pain. In
N.P. Spanos & J.F. Chaves (Eds.), Hypnosis : The
cognitive-behavioral perspective. Buffalo, NY :
Prometheus Books. |
|
WELLS, W.R. (1941). Experiments in the hypnotic production
of crime. Journal of Psychology, 11, 63-102. |
SPANOS, N.P., STENSSTROM, R.J. & JOHNSTON, J.C.
(1988). Hypnosis, placebo, and suggestion in the treatment
of warts. Psychosomatic Medicine, 50, 245-260. [PDF] |
|
EASTBROOKS, G.H. (1948). Hypnotism. New York :
Dutton. |
LYNN, S.J., RHUE, J.W. & WEEKES, J. (1990). Hypnotic
involuntariness : A social-cognitive analysis. Psychological
Review, 97, 169-184. |
| |
LAVOIE, G. (1990). Clinical hypnosis : A psychodynamic
approach. In M.L. Fass & D. Brown. (Eds.), Creative
mastery in hypnosis and hypnoanalysis : A festschrift
for 48 Bachner-Melman, Lichtenberg Erika Fromm (pp.
77-105). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
|
WOLBERG, R. (1948). Medical hypnosis. New York :
Grune & Straton. |
VAN DYCK, R. & HOOGDUN, K. (1990). Hypnosis : placebo
or nonplacebo ? American Journal of Psychotherapy,
44, 396-404. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A. (1949). The production of anti-social
acts under hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 44 (3), 420-422. |
BAKER, R.A. (1990). They call it hypnosis.
Amherst, NY : Prometheus Books. |
|
BARKER, W. & BURGWIN, S. (1949). Brain wave patterns
during hypnosis, hypnotic sleep and normal sleep. Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry Chicago, 62, 412-420. |
LAVOIE, G. (1990). Clinical hypnosis : A psychodynamic
approach. In M.L. Fass and D. Brown. (Eds.), Creative
mastery in hypnosis and hypnoanalysis : A festschrift
for 48 Bachner-Melman, Lichtenberg Erika Fromm (pp.
77-105). Hillsdale, NJ : Lawrence Erlbaum Associates, Inc. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1951). The mechanisms of hypnotic age
regression : An experimental study. Journal of
Abnormal & Social Psychology, 46, 213-225 |
SPANOS, N.P. (1991). A sociocognitive approach to
hypnosis. In S.J. Lynn & J.W. Rhue (Eds.), Theories
of hypnosis : Current models and perspectives (pp.
324-361). New York : Guilford Press. |
| |
WAGSTAFF, G.F. (1991). Compliance, belief, and semantics
in hypnosis : A nonstate, sociocognitive perspective. In
S.J. Lynn & J.W.Rhue (Eds.), Theories of hypnosis
: Current models and perspectives. The Guilford clinical
and experimental hypnosis series (pp. 362-396). New
York : The Guilford Press. |
|
YOUNG, P.C. (1952). Antisocial uses of hypnosis. In L.M.
LeCron (Ed.), Experimental hypnosis (pp.
376-409). New York : MacMillan |
SPIEGEL, D.A. (1991). Neurophysiological correlates of
hypnosis and dissociation. Journal of Neuropsychiatry
& Clinical Neurosciences, 3, 440-445. |
| |
LYNN, S.J., WEEKES, J.R., NEUFELD, V. & ZIVNEY, O.
(1991). Interpersonal climate and hypnotizability level :
Effects on hypnotic performance, rapport, and archaic
involvement. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 60 (5), 739-743. |
|
ERICKSON, M.H. (1952). Deep hypnosis and its induction. In
L. LeCron (Ed.), Experimental hypnosis (pp.
70-114). New York : Macmillan. |
WESTER, W.C. & O'GRADY D.J. (Ed.) (1991). Clinical
hypnosis with children. New Yok : Brunner Mazel. |
|
KLINE, M.V. (1953). Freud and hypnosis : a critical
evaluation. British Journal of Medical Hypnotism, 4,
1-10. |
NASH, M.R. (1991). Hypnosis as a special case of
psychological regression. In S.J. Lynn & J.W. Rhue
(Eds.), Theories of hypnosis : Current models and
perspectives (pp. 171-194). New York : Guilford. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1953). Hypnosis, hypnotherapy, and medical
practice. Tufts Medical Journal, 21, 3-15. |
SPANOS, N.P., QUIGLEY, C.A., GWYNN, M.I., GLATT, R.L.
& PERLINI, A.H. (1991). Hypnotic interrogation,
pretrial preparation, and witness testimony during direct
and cross-examination. Law & Human Behavior, 15,
639-653. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1953). Reactions of psychotherapy patients who
resist hypnosis. The Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 1, 12-15. |
BROWN, D.P. (1992). Clinical hypnosis research since 1986.
In E. Fromm and M.R. Nash (Eds.), Contemporary
hypnosis research (pp. 427-458). New York : The
Guilford Press. |
|
|
KLINE, M.V. (1955). Freud and hypnosis : II. Further
observations on resistance and acceptance. Journal of
Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 3, 124-129. |
BALTHAZARD, C.G. & WOODY, E.Z. (1992). The spectral
analysis of hypnotic performance with respect to
"absorption". International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 40 (1), 21-43. |
|
ELLIS, A. (1958). Hypnotherapy with borderline
schizophrenics. Journal of General Psychology, 59,
245-253. |
KIRSCH, I., MOBAYED, C.P., COUNCIL, J.R. & KENNY, D.A.
(1992). Expert judgments of hypnosis from subjective state
reports. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 101,
657-662. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1959). The simulation of hypnosis : Why, how,
and what it means. International Journal of Clinical
and Experimental Hypnosis, 19, 183-210. |
NASH, M.R. (1992). Hypnosis, psychopathology, and
psychological regression. In E. Fromm & M.R. Nash
(Eds.), Contemporary hypnosis research (pp.
149-169). New York : Guilford. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1959). Stanford
hypnotic susceptibility scale, forms A and B.
Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists Press. |
GAULD, A. (1992). A history of hypnotism.
Cambridge, U.K. : Cambridge University Press. |
|
GILL, M.M. & BRENNAN, M. (1959). Hypnosis and
related states. New York : International
Universities Press. |
LUNDH, L.G. (1992). Placebo, cognition, and emotion. In W.
Bongartz (Ed.), Hypnosis : 175 years after Mesmer.
Recent developments in theory and application (pp.
151-159). Konstanz : Universitätsverlag. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1959). The nature of hypnosis : artefact and
essence. The Journal of Abnormal & Social
Psychology, 58, 277-299. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (1992). Hypnosis : A sesquicentennial
essay. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 40, 301-314. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1962). Stanford
Hypnotic Susceptibility Scale, Form C. Palo Alto,
CA : Consulting Psychologists Press. |
SPANOS, N.P. & COE, W.C. (1992). A
social-psychological approach to hypnosis. In E. Fromm
& M.R. Nash (Eds.), Contemporary hypnosis
research (pp. 102-130). New York : Guilford. |
|
BARBER, T.X. & HAHN, K.W. (1962). Physiological and
subjective responses to pain producing stimulation under
hypnotically-suggested and waking-imagined "analgesia". Journal
of Abnormal & Social Psychology, 65, 411-418. |
HILGARD, E.R. & HILGARD J.R. (1994). Hypnosis in
the relief of pain. NewYork : Bruner Mazel. |
|
SHOR, R.E. & ORNE, E.C. (1963). Norms of the Harvard
Group Scale of Hypnotic Susceptibility, Form A. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 11,
39-47. |
HALAMA, P. (1994). Sigmund Freud's attitude towards
hypnosis. Experimentelle und Klinische Hypnose, 10
(2), 123-145. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. (1963). Hypnosisinfiction. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 11 (2),
71-80. |
|
|
LUDWIG, A.M., LYLE, W.H. & MILLER, J.S. (1963). Group
hypnotherapy techniques with drug addicts. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 12
(2), 53-66. |
|
|
LEVITT, E.E. & OVERLEY, T.M. (1965). Experience of the
hypnotist as a factor in hypnotic behavior.
International Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Hypnosis, 13 (1), 34-38. |
BAKICH, I. (1995). Hypnosis in the treatment of sexual
desire disorders. Australian Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Hypnosis, 23 (1), 70-77. |
|
ORNE, M.T. & EVANS, F.J. (1965). Social control in the
psychological experiment : Antisocial behavior and
hypnosis. Journal of Personality & Social
Psychology, 1, 189-200. |
KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J. (1995). The altered state of
hypnosis - Changes in the theoretical landscape.
American Psychologist, 50 (10), 846-858. |
|
HUSSAIN, A. (1965). Behavior therapy using hypnosis. In The
conditioning therapies (pp. 5-20). New York :
Holt, Rinehart & Winston. |
|
|
FROMM, E. (1965). Hypnoanalysis : Theory and two case
excerpts. Psychotherapy, 2, 127-133. |
|
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1965). Hypnotic susceptibility. New
York : Harcourt, Brace & World. |
BOWERS, K.S. & WOODY, E.Z. (1996). Hypnotic amnesia
and the paradox of intentional forgetting. Journal of
Abnormal Psychology, 105, 381-390. |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1966). Hypnosis, motivation and compliance. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 122, 721-726. |
SYRJALA, K.L. & ABRAMS, J.R. (1996). Hypnosis and
imagery in the treatment of pain. In R.J. Gatchel &
D.C. Turk (Eds.), Psychological approaches to pain
management : A practitioner's handbook (pp.
231-258). New York : Guilford. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1963).
Stanford Profile Scales of Hypnotic Susceptibility Forms
I and IL. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists
Press. |
RAY, W.J. (1997). EEG concomitants of hypnotic
susceptibility. International Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Hypnosis, 45, 301-313. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. & HILGARD, E.R. (1963).
Stanford Profile Scales of Hypnotic Susceptibility Forms
I and IL. Palo Alto, CA : Consulting Psychologists
Press. |
FROMM, E. & NASH, M.R. (1997). Psychoanalysis and
hypnosis. Madison, CT : International Universities
Press. |
|
LUDWIG, A.M. & LEVINE, J.A. (1965). controlled
comparison of five brief treatment techniques employing
LSD, hypnosis and psychotherapy. American Journal of
Psychotherapy, 19, 417. |
|
|
BARBER, T.X. (1965). Experimental analyses of "hypnotic"
behavior : A review of recent empirical findings. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 70 (2), 132-154. |
LYONS, L.C. & CRAWFORD, H.J. (1997). Sustained
attentional and disattentional abilities and arousability
: Factor analysis and relationships to hypnotic
susceptibility. Personality & Individual
Differences, 23 (6), 1071-1084. |
|
SHOR, R.E., ORNE, M.T. & O'CONNELL, D.B. (1966).
Psychological correlates of plateau hypnotizability in a
special volunteer sample. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 3, 80-95. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (1997). Hypnosis, memory and amnesia. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, 352,
1727-1732. |
|
AMBROSE, G. & NEWBOLD, G. (1968). Handbook of
medical hypnosis. London : Bailiere Tindal. |
LYNN, S.J., LOCK, T.G., MYERS, B. & PAYNE, D.G.
(1997). Recalling the unrecallable : Should hypnosis be
used to recover memories in psychotherapy ? Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 6, 79-83. |
|
BLATT, S.J., GOODMAN, J.T. & WALLINGTON, S.A. (1969).
Is the hypnotist also being hypnotized ? International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 17, 160-166. |
NASH, M.R. (1997). Why scientific hypnosis needs
psychoanalysis (or something like it). International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 45, 291-300. |
|
BARBER, T.X. (1969). Hypnosis : A scientific
approach. New York, NY : Van Nostrand Reinhold. |
NASH, M.R. & NADON, R. (1997). Hypnosis. In D.L.
Faigman, D. Kaye, M.J. Saks & J. Sanders (Eds.),
Modern scientific evidence : The law and science of
expert testimony. St. Paul, MN : West. |
|
LENOX, J.R. (1970). Effect of hypnotic analgesia on verbal
report and cardiovascular responses to ischemic pain. Journal
of Abnormal Psychology, 75, 199-206. |
WOODY, E.Z., DRUGOVIC, M. & OAKMAN, J.M. (1997). A
reexamination of the role of nonhypnotic suggestibility in
hypnotic responding. Journal of Personality &
Social Psychology, 72 (2), 399-407. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1970/79). Personality and hypnosis : A
study of imaginative involvement. Chicago, IL :
University of Chicago Press. |
FROMM, E. & NASH, M.R. (1997). Psychoanalysis and
hypnosis. Madison, CT : International Universities
Press. |
| |
GRUZELIER, J. (1998). A working model of the
neurophysiology of hypnosis : A review of evidence. Contemporary
Hypnosis, 15, 3-21. |
| |
OAKLEY, D.A. (1999). Hypnosis and consciousness : A
structural model. Contemporary Hypnosis, 16, 215-223. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Pain : Its reduction and production
under hypnosis. Proceedings of the American
Philosophical Society, 115, 470-476. |
KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S J. (1998). Social-cognitive
alternatives to dissociation theories of hypnotic
involuntariness. Review of General Psychology, 2 (1),
66-80. |
|
GREENBERG, R.P. & LAND, J.M. (1971). Influence of some
hypnotist and subject variables on hypnotic
susceptibility. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 37 (1), 11-115. |
KIRSCH, I. & BRAFFMAN, W. (1999). Correlates of
hypnotizability : The first empirical study. Contemporary
Hypnosis, 16, 224-230. |
| |
GRUZELIER, J. (2000). The relevance of
neuro-psychophysiological evidence to cognitive, social
and phenomenological theories of hypnosis.
International Journal of Psychophysiology, 35, 40. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1971). Hypnotic phenomena : The struggle
for scientific acceptance. American Scientist,
567-577. |
PINELL, C.M. & COVINO, N.A. (2000). Empirical findings
on the use of hypnosis in medicine : A critical review.
International Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Hypnosis, 48, 170-194. |
|
KLINE, M.V. (1972). Freud and hypnosis : a reevaluation. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 20
(4), 252-263. |
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. (2000). The practice of
hypnotism. John Wiley & Sons. |
|
SARBIN, T.R.W. & COE, C. (1972). Hypnotic
behavior : The social psychology of influence
communication. New-York : Holt, Reinhart &
Winston. |
PINELL, C.M. & COVINO, N.A. (2000). Empirical findings
on the use of hypnosis in medicine : A critical review. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 48, 170-194. |
|
KLINE, M.V. (1972). Freud and hypnosis : a reevaluation. International
Journal of Clinical and Experimental Hypnosis, 20 (4),
252-263. |
AIKINS, D. & RAY, W.J. (2001). Frontal lobe
contributions to hypnotic susceptibility : A
neuropsychological screening of executive functioning. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 49 (4),
320-329. |
| |
PHAF, R.H. (2001) Only explicit memory seems affected by
depth of hypnotic state. Anesthesiology, 94, 380-381. |
| |
BARRIOS, A.A. (2001). A theory of hypnosis based on
principles of conditioning and inhibition.
Contemporary Hypnosis, 18 (4), 163-203. |
|
SUMAN, O.S., GOTTLIEB, S.K., HACKETT, T.P. &
SILVERBERG, E.L. (1973). Hypnosis in the treatment of
warts. Archives of General Psychiatry, 28,
439-441. |
KING, B.J., NASH, M.R., SPIEGEL, D. & JOBSON, K.
(2001). Hypnosis as an intervention in pain management : A
Brief Review. International Journal of Psychiatry in
Clinical Practice, 5, 97-101. [PDF] |
|
| |
BARRIOS, A.A. (2001). A theory of hypnosis based on
principles of conditioning and inhibition. Contemporary
Hypnosis, 18, 163-203. |
|
HILGARD, E.R. (1973). A neodissociation interpretation of
pain reduction in hypnosis. Psychological Review, 80,
403-419. |
BACHNER-MELMAN, R. & LITCHENBERG, P. (2001). Freud's
relevance to hypnosis : A reevaluation. American
Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 44 (1), 37-50. [PDF] |
|
JOHNSON, C.A., SMITH, D.E., WHATLEY, J.L. & DEVOGE, T.
(1973). The effects of sex and personalism factors on
subjects' responses to hypnotic suggestions. Proceedings
of the Annual Convention of the American Psychological
Association, 1077-1078. |
NASH, M.R. (2001). The truth and hype of hypnosis. Scientific
American, 285, 46-55. |
|
GALLUP, G.G. (1974). Animal hypnosis : Factual states of a
fictional concept. Psychological Bulletin, 81,
836-853. |
KIRSCH, I. & BRAFFMAN, W. (2001). Imaginative
suggestibility and hypnotizability. Current
Directions in Psychological Science, 4 (2), 57-61. |
|
BARBER, T.X. & SPANOS, N.P. (1974). Toward a
convergence in hypnosis research. American
Psychologist, 29, 500-511. |
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G., KIRSCH, I. & MILLING, L.S.
(2002). Immediate and persisting effects of misleading
questions and hypnosis on memory reports. Journal of
Experimental Psychology : Applied, 8, 26-32. [PDF] |
|
HILGARD, E.R., RUCH, J.C., LANGE, A.F., LENOX, J.R.,
MORGAN, A.H. & SACHS, L.B. (1974). The psycho-physics
of cold pressor pain and its modification through hypnotic
suggestion. American Journal of Psychology, 87,
17-31. |
RAZ, A., SHAPIRO, T., FAN, J. & POSNER, M.I. (2002).
Hypnotic suggestion and the modulation of Stroop
interference. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59, 1155-1161. |
| |
NASH, M.R. & NADON, R. (2002). The scientific status
of hypnosis. In Faigman et al. (Eds.), Modern
scientific evidence. St. Paul, MN : West. |
|
BARBER, T.X., SPANOS, N.P. & CHAVES, J.F. (1974). Hypnosis,
imagination and human potentialities. New York :
Pergamon |
RAZ, A. & SHAPIRO, T. (2002). Hypnosis and
neuroscience: a cross talk between clinical and cognitive
research. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59
(1), 85-90. [PDF] |
|
TELLEGEN, A. & ATKINSON, G. (1974). Openness to
absorption and self-altering experiences : A trait related
to hypnotic susceptibility. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 83, 268–277. |
STENGERS, I. (2002). L'hypnose entre science et
magie. Paris : Les Empécheurs de penser en rond. |
|
MORGAN, A.H., JOHNSON, D.L. & HILGARD, J.R. (1974).
The stability of hypnotic susceptibility : A longitudinal
study. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 22, 249-257. |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2003). Hypnosis and memory. In J.F. Byrne
(Ed.), Learning and memory (pp. 240-242).
Farmington Hills, Mi. : Macmillan Reference. |
|
BARBER, T.X. (1975). Responding to "hypnotic suggestions"
: An introspective report. American Journal of
Clinical Hypnosis, 18, 6-22. |
KALLIO, S. & REVONSUO, A. (2003). Hypnotic phenomena
and altered states of consciousness : a multilevel
framework of description and explanation. Contemporary
Hypnosis, 20 (3), 111-164. [PDF] |
|
HILGARD, E.R. & HILGARD, J.R. (1975/83). Hypnosis
in the relief of pain. Los Altos : Kaufmann. |
LYNN, S.J., SCHINDLER, K. & MEYER, E. (2003). Hypnotic
suggestibility, psychopathology, and treatment outcome. Sleep
& Hypnosis, 5 (1), 17-25. |
|
MELZACK, R. & PERRY, C. (1975). Self-regulation of
pain : The use of alpha-feedback and hypnotic training for
the control of chronic pain. Experimental Neurology,
46 (3), 452-469. |
KILLEEN, P.R. & NASH, M.R. (2003). The four causes of
hypnosis. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 51, 195-231. [PDF] |
|
SPANOS, N.P. & BARBER, T.X. (1976). Behavior
modification and hypnosis. In M. Hersen, R.M. Eisler and
Miller (Eds.), Progress in behavior modification. New
York : Academic Press. |
KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J. (2004). Hypnosis and will. Behavioral
& Brain Sciences, 27, 667-668. |
|
BARKLEY, R.A., HASTINGS, J. & JACKSON, T. (1977). The
effects of rapid smoking and hypnosis in the treatment of
smoking behavior. International Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Hypnosis, 25, 7-17. |
RAZ, A. (2004). Atypical attention : Hypnosis and conflict
reduction. In M.I. Posner (Ed.), Cognitive
neuroscience of attention (pp. 420-429). New York :
Guilford Press. [PDF] |
|
MOSELY, S., BRIGGS, W.P. & MAGNUS, V. (2005). Hypnotic
psychotherapy with sex offenders. Journal of
Addictions & Offender Counseling, 26 (1), 38. |
|
CHERTOK, L. (1977). Freud and hypnosis : An
epistemological appraisal. Journal of Nervous and
Mental Disease, 165 (2), 99-109. |
WHEATLEY, T. & HAIDT, J. (2005). Hypnotically induced
disgust makes moral judgments more severe. Psychological
Science, 16, 780-784. [PDF] |
|
DEVOGE, J.T., JOHNSON, C.A., DOMELSMITH, D.E. &
WHATLEY, J.L. (1977). Effects of sex and degree of
personal contact on hypnotic susceptibility. Psychological
Reports, 41 (2), 467-473. |
BENHAM, G., WOODY, E.Z., WILSON, K.S. & NASH, M.
(2006). Expect the unexpected : Ability, attitude, and
responsiveness to hypnosis. Journal of Personality
& Social Psychology, 91, 342-350. |
| |
HEAP, M. & KIRSCH, I. (2006). Hypnosis : Theory,
research and application. Aldershot, UK : Ashgate
Publishers. |
|
|
SHOR, R.E. (1979). The fundamental problem in hypnosis
research as viewed from historical perspectives. In R.E.
Shor and E. Fromm (Eds.), Hypnosis : Developments in
research and new perspectives (pp. 15-44). New
York : Aldine Publishing |
LYNN, S.J., KIRSCH, I., KNOX, J. & LILIENFELD, S.
(2006). Hypnosis and neuroscience : Implications for the
altered state debate. In G. Jamieson (Ed.), Hypnosis
and conscious states : The cognitive-neuroscience
perspective. New York/United Kingdom : Oxford
University Press. |
|
NASH, M.R., JOHNSON, L.S. & TIPTON, R.D. (1979).
Hypnotic age regression and the occurrence of transitional
object relationships. Journal of Abnormal Psychology,
88 (5), 547-555. [PDF] |
SCOBORIA, A., MAZZONI, G. & KIRSCH, I. (2006). Effects
of misleading questions and hypnotic memory refreshment on
memory reports : A signal detection analysis.
International Journal of Clinical & Experimental
Hypnosis, 54 (3), 340-359. [PDF] |
|
ORNE, M.T. (1979). The use and misuse of hypnosis in
court. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 27, 311-341. |
EGNER, T. & RAZ, A. (2007). Cognitive control
processes and hypnosis. In G.A. Jamieson (Ed.),
Hypnosis and conscious states : The cognitive
neuroscience perspective (pp. 29-50). New York :
Oxford University Press. [PDF] |
|
SHEEHAN P.W. & DOLBY, R.M. (1979). Motivated
involvement in hypnosis : The illustration of clinical
rapport through hypnotic dreams. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 88, 573-583. |
DIENES, Z. & PERNER, J. (2007). Executive control
without conscious awareness : the cold control theory of
hypnosis. In G.A. Jamieson (Ed.), Hypnosis and
conscious states : The cognitive neuroscience
perspective. (pp. 293-314). Oxford University
Press. [PDF] |
| |
SAPP, M., OBIAKOR, F.E., SCHOLZE, S. & GREGAS, A.J.
(2007). Confidence intervals and hypnosis in the treatment
of obesity. The Australian Journal of Clinical
Hypnotherapy & Hypnosis, 28 (2), 125-133. |
|
SHOR, R.E. (1979). A phenomenological method for
measurement of variables important to an understanding of
the nature of hypnosis. In E. Fromm & R.E. Shor
(Eds.), Hypnosis : Developments in research and new
perspectives (pp. 105-135). New York : Aldine. |
BARRIOS, A.A. (2007). Commentary on a theory of hypnosis
based on principles of conditioning and inhibition Part I
: contrasts with other perspectives and supporting
evidence. Contemporary Hypnosis, 24 (3),
109-122. [PDF] |
|
SACKHEIM, H.A., NORDLIE, J.W. & GUR, R.C. (1979). A
model of hysterical and hypnotic blindness : cognition,
motivation, and awareness. Journal of Abnormal
Psychology, 88, 474-489. |
LYNN, S.J. & CARDENA, E. (2007). Hypnosis and the
treatment of posttraumatic conditions : An evidence- based
approach. International Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 55, 167-188. |
|
ANDERSON, J.A., DALTON, E.R. & BASKER, M.A. (1979).
Insomnia and hypnotherapy. Journal of the Royal
Society of Medicine, 72, 734-739. |
BARRIOS, A.A. (2007). Commentary on a theory of hypnosis
based on principles of conditioning and inhibition Part II
: benefits of the theory. Contemporary Hypnosis, 24
(3), 123. |
| |
SAPP, M. OBIAKOR, F.E., GREGAS, A. & SCHOLZE, S.
(2007). Mahalanobis Distance : A multivariate measure of
effect in hypnosis research. Sleep and Hypnosis, 9
(2), 67-70. |
| |
EGNER, T. & RAZ, A. (2007). Cognitive Control
Processes and Hypnosis. In G. A. Jamieson (Ed.), Hypnosis
and conscious states : The cognitive neuroscience
perspective (pp. 29-50). New York : Oxford
University Press. |
|
CRANNEY, J. & McCONKEY, K.M. (1980). Seating
preference, hypnotizability, and imagery ability. Perceptual
& Motor Skills, 50, 1175-1178. [PDF] |
PINTAR, J. & LYNN, S.J. (2008). A brief history of
hypnosis. New York : Wiley- Blackwell. |
| |
SAPP, M. (2008). The effect sizes r and d in hypnosis
research. European Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 8
(1), 41-59. |
|
WEITZENHOFFER, A.M. (1980). Hypnotic susceptibility
revisited. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 22,
130-146. |
MICHAUX, D. (2008). Histoire de l’analgésie hypnotique. Douleur
et Analgésie, 21 (1). |
|
SHEENAN, P.W. (1980). Factors influencing rapport in
hypnosis. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 89,
263-281. |
NASH, M.R. & BARNIER, A. (Eds.) (2008). The
Oxford handbook of hypnosis : Theory, research, and
practice Oxford, UK : Oxford University Press. |
|
WADDEN, T.A. & FLAXMAN, J. (1981). Hypnosis and weight
loss : A preliminary study. International Journal of
Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 29 162–173. |
BARNIER, A.J., DIENES, Z. & MITCHELL, C.J. (2008). How
hypnosis happens : New cognitive theories of hypnotic
responding. In M. Nash & A. Barnier (Eds.), The
Oxford handbook of hypnosis : Theory, research, and
practice (pp. 141-178). Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
| |
KIHLSTROM, J.F. (2008). The domain of hypnosis, revisited.
In M. Nash and A. Barnier (Eds.), Oxford handbook of
hypnosis (pp. 21-52). Oxford : Oxford University
Press. |
| |
LYNN, S.J. & O'HAGEN, S. (2009). The sociocognitive
and conditioning and inhibition theories of hypnosis. Contemporary
Hypnosis, 26 (2) 121-125. |
|
WADDEN, T.A. & ANDERTON, C.H. (1982). The clinical use
of hypnosis. Psychological Bulletin, 91,
215-243. |
DIENES, Z., BROWN, E., HUTTON, S., KIRSCH, I., MAZZONI, G.
& WRIGHT, D.B. (2009). Hypnotic suggestibility,
cognitive inhibition, and dissociation. Consciousness
& Cognition, 18, 837-847. [PDF] |
| |
WAGSTAFF, G., DAVID, D., KIRSCH, I. & LYNN, S.J.
(2010). Hypnosis : The cognitive-behavioral model. In S.J.
Lynn, I. Kirsch & J.W. Rhue (Eds.), Handbook of
clinical hypnosisWashington, D.C.: American
Psychological Association. |
| |
SADLER, P. & WOODY, E.Z. (2010). Dissociation in
hypnosis : Theoretical frameworks and psychotherapeutic
implications (PDF). In J.W. Rhue, S.J. Lynn & I.
Kirsch (Eds.), Handbook of clinical hypnosis (pp.
151-268). Washington, DC : American Psychological
Association. |
| |
SAPP, M. (2010). Confidence intervals within hypnosis
research. Sleep & Hypnosis, 6 (4), 169-176.
[PDF] |
| |
YAPKO, M.D. (2010). Hypnosis in the treatment of
depression : An overdue approach for encouraging skillful
mood management. International Journal of Clinical
& Experimental Hypnosis, 58 (2), 137-146. |
|
CRAWFORD, H.J. (1982). Cognitive processing during
hypnosis : Much unfinished business. Research
Communications in Psychology, Psychiatry & Behavior,
7, 169- 179. |
VANDERBERG, B.R. (2010). Evidence, ontology, and
psychological science : The lesson of hypnosis.
Journal of Theoretical & Philosophical Psychology,
30 (1), 51-65. [PDF] |
|
SHEEHAN, P.W. & McCONKEY, P.W. (1982). Hypnosis
and experience : the exploration of phenomena and
process. Hillsdale, NJ : Erlbaum. |
MILLING, L.S., COURSEN, E.L., SHORE, J.S. &
WASZKIEWICZ, J.A. (2010). The predictive utility of
hypnotizability : The change in suggestibility produced by
hypnosis. Journal of Consulting & Clinical
Psychology, 78 (1), 126-130. |
|
SPANOS, N.P. (1982). A social psychological approach to
hypnotic behavior. In G. Weary & H.R. Mirels (Eds.), Integrations
of clinical and social psychology. New York :
Oxford. |
KIRSCH, I., CARDENA, E., DERBYSHIRE, S., DIENES, Z., HEAP,
M., KALLIO, S., MAZZONI, G., NAISH, P., OAKLEY, D.,
POTTER, C., WALTERS, V. & WHALLEY, M. (2011).
Definitions of hypnosis and hypnotizability and their
relation to suggestion and suggestibility : a consensus
statement. Contemporary Hypnosis & Integrative
therapy, 28 (2), 107-111. [PDF] |
| |
SOMMER, A. (2011). Professional heresy : Edmund Gurney
(1847-1888) and the study of hallucinations and hypnotism.
Medical History, 55, 383-388. [PDF] |
| |
McGEOWN, W.J., VENNERI, A., KIRSCH, I., NOCETTI, L.,
ROBERTS, K., FOAN, L. & MAZZONI, G. (2011). Suggested
visul hallucinations without hypnosis enhance activation
in visual areas of the brain. Consciousness &
Cognition, 21 (1), 100-116. |
| |
SCHWEIGER-GALLO, I., PFAU, F. & GOLLWITZER, P.M.
(2012). Furnishing hypnotic instructions with
implementation intentions enhances hypnotic
responsiveness. Consciousness & Cognition, 21, 1023-1030.
[PDF] |
|
NASH, M.R. & SPINLER, D. (1983). Hypnosis and
transference : A measure of archaic involvement. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 37, 6-11. |
RAZ, A. (2012). Hypnosis as a lens to the development of
attention. Consciousness & Cognition, 21, 1595-1598.
[PDF] |
| |
CHAMPIGNY, C.M. & RAZ, A. (2012). Transcultural
factors in Hypnotizability Scales : Limits and prospects.
American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 58 (2),
171-194.
[PDF] |
|
SMITH, M.C. (1983). Hypnotic memory enhancement of
witnesses : Does it work ? Psychological Bulletin,
94, 387-407. |
PARKER, A. (2015). The jungle of hypnotic psi : Part 1.
Research on hypnosisi relevant to psi. Journal of
Parapsychology, 79 (1), 20-36. [PDF] |
| |
CORDI, M.J., HIRSIGER, S., MÉRILLAT, S. & RASCH, B.
(2015). Improving sleep and cognition by hypnotic
suggestion in the elderly. Neuropsychologia 69,
176-182. |
|
BOLOCOFSKY, D.N., SPINLER, D. & COULTHARD-MORRIS, L.
(1985). Effectiveness of hypnosis as an adjunct to
behavioral weight management. Journal of Clinical
Psychology, 41, 35-41. |
LYNN, S.J., LAURENCE, J.-R. & KIRSCH, I. (2015).
Hypnosis, suggestion, and suggestibility : An integrative
model. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, 57, 314-329.
[PDF] |
| |
BEEVI, Z., LOW, W.Y. & HASSAN, J. (2017). The
effectiveness of hypnosis intervention for labor : An
experimental study. Journal of Clinical &
Experimental Hypnosis, 60 (2), 172-191. |
| |
MAZZONI, G. & LYNN, S.J. (2018). Using hypnosis in
eyewitness memory : past and current issues. In M.P.
Toglia, J.D. Read, D.F. Ross & R.C.L. Lindsay (Eds.),
The handbook of eyewitness Psychology. Vol I : Memory
for events (pp. 321-338). |
| |
MOSS, D. (2020). Physiological monitoring to enhance
clinical hypnosis and psychotherapy. International
Journal of Clinical & Experimental Hypnosis, 68, 466-474. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dissociation, Transe
et Suggestibilité |
|
|
|
|
Hypnotique : Famille de
somnifère. Hypnotic.
| |
|
|
BOND, A.J. & LADER, M. (1972). Residual effects of
hypnotics. Psychopharmacologia, 25, 117-132. |
|
SHEPHERD, M., LADER, M. & LADER, S. (1972). Hypnotics
and sedatives, interneurone blocking agents, major
tranquillisers, anticonvulsants. In L. Meyler & A.
Herxheimer (Eds.), Side effects of drugs (Vol.
7, pp. 51-115). Amsterdam : Excerpta Medica. |
|
BERGMAN, H., BORG, S., ENGELBREKTSON, K. & VIKANDER,
B. (1989). Dependence on sedative-hypnotics :
Neuropsychological impairment, field dependence and
clinical course in a 5-year follow-up study. British
Journal of Addiction, 84, 547-553. |
|
ALLAIN, H., BENTUÉ-FERRER, D., POLARD, E., AKWA, Y. &
PATAT, A. (2005). Postural instability and consequent
falls and hip fractures associated with use of hypnotics
in the elderly : a comparative review. Drugs Aging,
22 (9), 749-765. |
|
LADER, M.H. (2009). Hypnotics. How effective are they for
insomnia ? Psychiatric Times, 23-25. |
|
CHEN, P.L., LEE, W.J., SUN, W.Z., OYANG, Y.J. & FUH,
J.L. (2012). Risk of dementia in patients with insomnia
and long-term use of hypnotics : a population-based
retrospective cohort study. PLOS One, 7
(11):e49113. [PDF] |
|
JAMES, W. (2017). Hypnotics and the risks of dementia. Journal
of Clinical Sleep Medicine, 13 (6), 837. [PDF] |
|
|
Voir aussi
Benzodiazépine |
|
|
Hypo : Préfixe qui
signifie sous ou en dessous de.
|
Hypocondrie : Trouble de la somatisation
décrit par Galien. Préoccupation excessive et angoissante
du sujet à l'égard de sa santé,
centrée sur la crainte ou l'idée d'être atteint d'une grave maladie,
la plupart du temps fondée sur une interprétation erronée de symptômes
physiques réels ou imaginaires.
= malade imaginaire.
Hypochondriasis, hypocondria.
| |
|
|
WHYTT, R. (1777). Traité des maladies nerveuses,
hypochondriaques et hystériques. Paris : Didot F.
Lib. |
FALLON, B.A. (2001). Pharmacologic strategies for
hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt
(Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an
ancient malady (pp. 329-351). New York : Oxford. |
|
LORAND, S. (1928). A narcissistic neurosis with
hypochondriac symptoms. Psychoanalytic Review, 15,
261-277. |
STARCEVIC, V. (2001). Clinical features and diagnosis of
hypochondriasis. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt
(Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an
ancient malady (pp. 21-60). New York : Oxford. |
|
REZEK, P.J. & LEARY, M.R. (1990). Evaluation
apprehension, hypochondriasis, and the strategic use of
symptoms. Basic & Applied Social Psychology, 11,
233-242. |
VISSER, S. & BOUMAN, T.K. (2001). The treatment of
hypochondriasis : Exposure plus response prevention vs
cognitive therapy. Behaviour Research & Therapy,
39, 423-442. |
|
FALLON, B.A., JAVITCH, J.A., HOLLANDER, E. &
LIEBOWITZ, M.R. (1991). Hypochondriasis and obsessive
compulsive disorder : Overlaps in diagnosis and treatment.
Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 52, 457-560. |
SALKOVSKI, P.M., RIMES, K.A., WARWICK, H.M. & CLARK,
D.M. (2002). The health anxiety inventory : Development
and validation of scales for the measurement of health
anxiety and hypochondriasis. Psychological Medicine,
32, 843-853. |
|
BARSKY, A.J. (1992). Hypochondriasis and
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 15, 791-801. |
RIEF, W., HILLER, W. & MARGRAF, J. (2003). Cognitive
aspects of hypochondriasis and the somatization syndrome.
Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 107, 587-595. |
|
OTTO, M., POLLACK, M., SACHS, G. & ROSENBAUM, J.
(1992). Hypochondriacal concerns, anxiety sensitivity, and
panic disorder. Journal of Anxiety Disorders, 6,
93-104. |
BARSKY, A. & AHERN, D.K. (2004). Cognitive behavior
therapy for hypochondriasis : a randomized controlled
trial. Journal of the American Medical Association,
291 (12), 1464-1470. |
|
FALLON, B.A., LIEBOWITZ, M.R., SALMAN, E., SCHNEIER, F.R.,
JUSINO, C., HOLLANDER, E. & KLEIN, D.F. (1993).
Fluoxetine for hypochondriacal patients without major
depression. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology,
13, 438-441. |
|
|
CLARK, D.M., SALKOVSKI, P.M., HACKMAN, A., WELLS, A.,
FENNELL, M., UDGATE, J., AHMAND, S., RICHRDS, H.C. &
GELDER, M. (1998). Two psychological treatments for
hypochondriasis, a randomized controlled trial. British
Journal of Psychiatry, 173, 218-225. |
CREED F. & BARSKY, A. (2004). A systematic review of
the epidemiology of somatisation disorder and
hypochondriasis. Journal of Psychosomatic Research,
56, 391-408. |
| a href="definitionsf.htm#favam">
OTTO, M., DEMOPULOS, C.J., McEAN, N., POLLACK, M. &
FAVA, M. (1998). Additional findings on the association
between anxiety sensitivity and hypochondriacal concerns :
Examination of patients with major depression. Journal
of Anxiety Disorders, 12, 225-232. |
DAVEY, G.C.L. & BOND, N. (2006). Using controlled
comparisons in disgust psychopathology research : The case
of disgust, hypochondriasis and health anxiety. Journal
of Behavior Therapy & Experimental Psychiatry, 37
(1), 4-15. |
|
NOYES, R. (1999). The relationship of hypochondriasis to
anxiety disorders. General Hospital Psychiatry, 21,
8-17. |
GREEVEN, A., VAN BALKOM, A.J.L.M., VISSER, S., MERKELBACH,
J.W., VAN ROOD, Y.A., VAN DYCK, R., WILLEM VAN DER DOES,
A.J., ZITMAN, F.G. & SPINHOVEN, P. (2007). Cognitive
behavior therapy and Paroxetine in the treatment of
hypochondriasis : A randomized controlled trial. American
Journal of Psychiatry, 164, 91-99. [PDF] |
|
FALLON, B.A., QURESHI, A.I., LAJE, G. & KLEIN, B
(2000). Hypochondriasis and its relationship to
obsessive-compulsive disorder. Psychiatric Clinics of
North America, 23, 605-616. |
FALLON, B.A., PETKOVA, E., SKRITSKAYA, N., SANCHEZ-LACAY,
A., SCHNEIER, F., VERMES, D., CHENG, J. & LIEBOWITZ,
M.R. (2008). A double-masked placebo-controlled study of
fluoxetine for hypochondriasis. Journal of Clinical
Psychopharmacology, 28, 638-645. [PDF] |
|
FAVA, G.A. & MANGELLI, L. (2001). Hypochondriasis and
anxiety disorders. In V. Starcevic & D.R. Lipsitt
(Eds.), Hypochondriasis : Modern perspectives on an
ancient malady (pp. 89-102). New York : Oxford. |
DEACON, B. & ABRAMOWITZ, J.S. (2008). Is
hypochondriasis related to obsessive-compulsive disorder,
panic disorder, or both ? An empirical evaluation. Journal
of Cognitive Psychotherapy : An International Quarterly,
22 (2), 115-127. [PDF] |
| |
|
Voir aussi Somatisation |
|
|
Hypocrisie
: Hypocrisy.
| |
|
|
ARONSON, E. (1997). Dissonance, hypocrisy and the
self-concept. In E. Aronson (Ed.), Readings about the
social animal (pp. 219-236). New York : Freeman. |
|
BATSON, C.D., THOMPSON, E.R. & CHEN, H. (2002). Moral
hypocrisy : Addressing some alternatives. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 83, 330-339. |
|
|
|
Hypoglycémie
: Hypoglycemia.
| |
|
|
GEDDES, J., RATCLIFF, R., ALLERHAND, M., CHILDERS, R.,
WRIGHT, R.J., FRIER, B.M. & DEARY, I.J. (2010).
Modeling the effects of hypoglycemia on a two-choice task
in adult humans. Neuropsychology, 24, 652-660. |
|
|
|
|
|
Hypophyse : Petite glande
endocrine située à la base du
cerveau; sécrète plusieurs hormones
et régit le fonctionnement d'autres glandes endocrines.
=
glande pituitaire.
Pituitary gland.
| |
|
 |
|
MURISON, R., OVERMIER, J.B., HELHAMMER, D. & CARMONA,
M. (1989). Hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal manipulations and
stress ulcerations in rats. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
14, 331-338. |
|
ELSTER,A.D., CHEN, M.Y. & WILLIAMS, D.W. (1990).
Pituitary gland : MR imaging of physiologic hypertrophy in
adolescence. Radiology, 174, 681-685. |
|
ARGYROPOULOU M., PERIGNON F., BRUNELLE F., BRAUNER R.
& RAPPAPORT, R. (1991). Height of normal pituitary
gland as a function of age evaluated by magnetic resonance
imaging in children. Pediatric Radiology, 21
(4), 247-249. |
|
TSUNODA, A., OKUDA, O. & SATO, K. (1997). MR Height of
the pituitary gland as a function of age and sex :
Especially physiological hypertrophy in adolescence and in
climacterium. American Journal of Neuroradiology, 18,
551-554. |
|
WALSH, B.T., ROOSE, S.P., KATZ, J.L., DYRENFURTH, I.,
WRIGHT, L., VANDE, W.R. & GLASSMAN, A.H. (1987).
Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal-cortical activity in
anorexia nervosa and bulimia. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
12, 131-140. |
|
KEANNINSIRI, C., CHEIWVIT, P.S., TRITRAKARN, S.
THEPAMONGKHOL, K. & SANTIPRABHOP, J. (2012). Size and
shape of the pituitary gland with MR imaging from newborn
to 30 Years : A study at Siriraj Hospital. Annual
Scientific Meeting, 6, 55-58. [PDF] |
|
| ABERCROMBIE,
M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary
of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
Voir aussi Cerveau,
Hypothalamus
et Hormone |
|
|
Hypothalamus : Structure du cerveau, plus précisément du système limbique, décrite par Forel, mais ainsi désigné par His. Elle intervient dans les émotions et les pulsions essentielles à la survie telles que la peur,
le plaisir, la faim, la soif et la reproduction; régit le système
nerveux autonome. Elle régule également la température interne du corps.
Hypothalamus.
| |
|
 |
| |
|
CANNON, W.B. (1927). The James-Lange theory of emotions :
A critical examination and an alternative theory. American
Journal of Psychology, 39, 106-124. |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W., RANSON, S.W. & KABAT, H. (1935).
Autonomic responses to electrical stimulation of
hypothalamus, preoptic region and septum. Archives of
Neurology & Psychiatry, 33, 467-474. |
WALSH, B.T., ROOSE, S.P., KATZ, J.L., DYRENFURTH, I.,
WRIGHT, L., VANDE, W.R. & GLASSMAN, A.H. (1987).
Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal-cortical activity in
anorexia nervosa and bulimia. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
12, 131-140. |
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1938). Excitability of the hypothalamus
after degeneration of corticifugal connections from the
frontal lobes. American Journal of Physiology, 122,
530-532. |
MURISON, R., OVERMIER, J.B. HELHAMMER, D. & CARMONA,
M. (1989). Hypothalamo-pituitary-adrenal manipulations and
stress ulcerations in rats. Psychoneuroendocrinology,
14, 331-338. |
|
PAPEZ, J.W. (1937). A proposed mechanism of emotion. Archives
of Neurology & Psychiatry, 38, 725-743. [PDF] |
|
|
MAGOUN, H.W. (1940). Descending connections from the
hypothalamus. Journal of Nervous & Mental
Disease, 20, 270-285. |
|
|
LEGROS CLARK, W.E. & MEYER, M. (1950). Anatomical
relationships between the cerebral cortex and the
hypothalamus. British Medical Bulletin, 6,
341-344. |
LEVAY, S.A. (1991). Difference in hypothalamic structure
between heterosexual and homosexual men. Science, 253
(5023), 1034-1037. [PDF] |
|
KENNEDY, G.C. (1950). The hypothalamic control of food
intake in rats. Proceedings of the Royal Society of
London, Series B, 137, 535-549. |
SWAAB, D.F., GOOREN, L.J.G. & HOFMAN, M.A. (1992). The
human hypothalamus in relation to gender and sexual
orientation. Progress in Brain Research, 93,
205-215. |
|
OLDS, J. & OLDS, M.E. (1958). Positive reinforcement
produced by stimulating hypothalamus with iproniazid and
other compounds. Science, 127, 1175-1176. |
SWAAB, D.F. (1995). Development of the human hypothalamus.
Neurochemical Research, 20, 509-519. |
|
STEIN, L. & WISE, C.D. (1969). Release of
norepinephrine from hypothalamus and amygdala by rewarding
medial forebrain bundle stimulation and amphetamine.
Journal of Comparative & Physiological Psychology,
67, 189-198. |
SWAAB, D.F. & HOFMAN, M.A. (1995). Sexual
differentiation of the human hypothalamus in relation to
gender and sexual orientation. Trends in
Neurosciences, 18, 264-270. |
|
BARD, P. (1973). The ontogenesis of one physiologist.
Annual Review of Physiology, 35, 1-16. |
DAIGNEAULT, S. & BRAUN, C.M.J. (1998). Effets
psychiatriques d'une petite tumeur de l'hypothalamus. L'Encéphale,
24, 199-205. |
|
KEESEY, R.E. & POWLEY, T.L. (1975). Hypothalamic
regulation of body weight. American Scientist, 63, 558-565. |
BYNE, W., LASCO, M.S., KEMETHER, E., SHINWARIA, EDGAR,
M.A., MORGELLO S, JONES, L.B. & TOBET, S. (2000). The
interstitial nuclei of the human anterior hypothalamus :
an investigation of sexual variation in volume and cell
size, number and density. Brain Research, 856,
254-258. |
|
OLDS, J. (1977). Drives and reinforcements :
Behavioral studies of hypothalamic functions. New
York : Raven Press. |
SWAAB, D.F. (2004). The human hypothalamus. Basic and
clinical aspects. Part II : Neuropathology of the
hypothalamus and adjacent brain structures. In M.J.
Aminoff F. Boller & D.F. Swaab (Eds.), Handbook
of clinical neurology (Vol. 80). Amsterdam :
Elsevier. |
|
MORGANE, J.P. & PANKSEPP, J. (Eds.) (1979/80/81). Handbook
of the hypothalamus : Vol. 1-2-3-4 : Anatomy of the
hypothalamus. New York : Marcel Dekker, Inc. |
VERTES, R.P. (2006). Interactions among the medial
prefrontal cortex, hippocampus and midline thalamus in
emotional and cognitive processing in the rat. Neuroscience,
142 (1), 1-20. [PDF] |
|
GARCIA-FALGUERAS, A., LIGTENBERG, L., KRUJVER, F.P.M.
& SWAAB, D.F. (2004). Neurons in the intermediate
nucleus (InM) of the human hypothalamus in relation to
sex, age, and gender identity. Journal of Comparative
Neurology, 519, 3061-3084. |
|
BERGLUND, H., LINDSTRÖM, P., DHEJNE-HELMY, C. & SAVIC,
I., 2008. Male-to-female transsexuals show sex-atypical
hypothalamus activation when smelling odorous steroids. Cerebral
Cortex, 18 (8), 1900–1908. |
|
|
Voir aussi Cerveau,
Hypophyse, Hippocampe
et Système
limbique |
|
| ABERCROMBIE, M., HICKMAN, C.J. & JOHNSON, M.L. (1980). Dictionary of biology. Londres : Penguin. |
|
|
|
Hypothèse : Le terme hypothèse a deux sens; le second est à
proscrire : a) Affirmation provisoire visant à prédire
l'existence ou la nature d'un phénomène,
ou encore la relation entre deux ou plusieurs phénomènes.
L'hypothèse décrit le monde tel que le chercheur l'imagine, compte
tenu de ce que l'on sait
au moment où il émet cette hypothèse. Une fois correctement
formulée, cette hypothèse sera soumise à une vérification
empirique. Une hypothèse peut être vraie
ou fausse. Si elle est confirmée,
on dira de cette hypothèse qu'elle décrit le monde tel qu'il est.
Dans tous les cas, une hypothèse consiste à prédire
logiquement quelque chose que l'on ne peut voir (phénomène
théoriquement inobservable), qu'on ne peut observer
entièrement
(échantillon), qu'on peut difficilement observer
(inobservabilité pratique) ou qu'on peut observer
directement pour des raisons méthodologique
ou technique. Autrement dit, on ne fait pas d'hypothèse lorsqu'on
peut observer tous les éléments d'un phénomène qui ne varie pas.
Le mot «logique» renvoie ici à l'existence d'un raisonnement
qui permet de soutenir l'hypothèse, la relation entre un X et un
Y. Ce raisonnement propose des arguments
sous forme de théorie ou
de faits (ou les deux, dans
le meilleur des mondes). Hypothèse et formulation d'une hypothèse. *objectif
de recherche. b) On
utilise aussi parfois ce terme au sens de théorie, comme synonyme.
La confusion vient du fait que les hypothèses dites logiques sont
toujours déduites d'une théorie. L'hypothèse devient alors un
élément d'une théorie, donc d'un ensemble plus vaste. (
): Voir tableau ci-bas.
Hypothesis.
| |
|
|
POINCARRÉ, H. (1902/68). La science et l'hypothèse.
Paris : Champs Flammarion. |
|
|
PEIRCE, C.S. (1934). On selecting hypotheses. In C.H.P.
Weiss (Ed.), Collected papers of Charles Sanders Peirce.
Pragmatism and Pragmaticism (Vol. 5, pp. 413-422).
Cambridge : Harvard University Press. |
POLETIEK, F. (2001). Hypothesis-testing behaviour. Hove,
UK : Psychology Press. |
|
PEPPER, S.C. (1942). World hypotheses : A study in
evidence. Berkeley : University of California
Press. |
GARST, J., KERR, N.L., HARRIS, S.E. & SHEPPARD, L.A.
(2002). Satisficing in hypothesis generation. American
Journal of Psychology, 115 (4), 475-500. |
|
LEHMANN, E.L. (1950). Some principles of the theory of
testing hypotheses. The Annals of Mathematical
Statistics, 21, 1-26. |
WRIGHT, D.B. (2006). Causal and associative hypotheses in
psychology : Examples from eyewitness testimony research.
Psychology, Public Policy & Law, 12 (2),
190-213. [PDF] |
|
LEHMANN, E.L. (1952). Testing multiparameter hypotheses.The
Annals of Mathematical Statistics, 23, 541-552. |
SHAFFER, J.P. (2006). Recent developments towards
optimality in multiple hypothesis testing . Institute
of Mathematical Statistics Lecture Notes - Monograph
Series, 49, 16-32. [PDF] |
|
DULANY, D.E. (1961). Hypotheses and habits in verbal
"operant conditioning". Journal of Abnormal &
Social Psychology, 63 (2), 251-263. |
|
|
RESCHER, N. (1971). Counterfactual hypotheses, laws, and
dispositions. Nos, 5, 157-178. |
ROSENBAUM, P.R. (2008). Testing hypotheses in order. Biometrika,
95, 248-250. |
|
LAUDAN, L. (1981). Science and hypothesis.
Dordrecht, Holland : Reidel. |
|
|
SHAFFER, J.P. (1995). Multiple hypothesis testing. Annual
Review of Psychology, 46, 561-584. [PDF] |
FATEMI, S.H. & FOLSOM, T.D. (2009). The
neurodevelopmental hypothesis of schizophrenia :
Revisited. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 35 (3),
528-548. [PDF]
|
|
MccGUIRE, W.J. (1997). Creative hypothesis generating in
psychology : Some useful heuristices. Annual Review of
Psychology, 48, 1-30. [PDF] |
BAINS, W. (2009). Hypotheses and humility : Ideas do not
have to be right to be useful. Bioscience Hypotheses
Journals, 2 (1), 1-2. |
|
VAN GELDER, T. (1998). The dynamical hypothesis in
cognitive science. Behavioral & Brain Sciences,
21, 1-14. |
O'KEEFE, D.J. (2011). The asymmetry of predictive and
descriptive capabilities in quantitative communication
research : Implications for hypothesis development and
testing. Communication Methods & Measures, 5, 113-125.
[PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Théorie,
Formulation et Prédire |
|
|
Hypothèse
(Formulation) : Opération qui
survient à différent moment d'une recherche.
Avant même qu'il commence à mettre à jour ses connaissances dans
un domaine, le chercheur peut formuler une hypothèse
de travail qui guidera sa recension
des écrits. Lors de la rédaction de sa problématique, le chercheur peut formuler une hypothèse
ou un objectif de
recherche. Par la suite, cette hypothèse sera
opérationnalisée lors de la conception de l'outil
de collecte de données. Finalement, le chercheur devra
traduire son hypothèse de recherche en hypothèse statistique lors
de l'analyse des
données, dans le but de vérifier si son hypothèse de
recherche est confirmée
ou infirmée.
= inférence scientifique. Formulate
a hypothesis.
| |
| Étapes |
|
Exemple |
| Hypothèse
de travail (facultative) |
= |
Il
existe des différences entre les hommes et les femmes,
notamment sur le plan anatomique |
 |
|
|
| Hypothèse
de recherche (ou objectif) |
= |
Les
hommes sont plus grands que les femmes |
|
|
|
| Hypothèse
opérationelle |
= |
La
taille moyenne des hommes (mesurée en centimètre) est
supérieure à la taille moyenne des femmes |
|
|
|
| Hypothèse statistique (si test statistique) |
= |
Hypothèse
nulle : Th = Tf
Hypothèse alternative : Th > Tf |
|
|
|
| Hypothèse
de recherche confirmée
ou non |
= |
Hypothèse
confirmée : Les hommes sont effectivement plus grands que
les femmes |
| |
|
|
| |
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1972). Scientific inference : The myth and
the reality. In R.S. Brown & D.J. Brenner (Eds.),
Science, psychology, and communication : Essays honoring
William Stephenson. New York : Teachers College
Press. |
| |
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse ad hoc : Hypothèse de
circonstance formulée expressément pour expliquer
un ou quelques phénomènes
dont l'inteprétation
est épineuse, voire impossible. Si elle s'avère, l'hypothèse ad
hoc permet de sauvegarder la ou les hypothèses principales d'une
théorie de la réfutation/falsification. Pour Bunge,
une hypothèse ad hoc n'est valable que si elle peut être vérifiée
par les faits, indépendamment de la théorie qu'elle sert à
protéger. *deus ex machina.
|
Hypothèse alternative : H1 : Hypothèse
statistique que le chercheur cherche à accepter, et donc à
démontrer. Cette forme d'hypothèse, proposée par Neyman
et Pearson, postule
l'existence d'une différence
significative entre A et B (donc A > B, A > B ou A
> B). On accepte l'hypothèse alternative après avoir
rejeter l'hypothèse nulle. = H1,
contre hypothèse, hypothèse non-nulle, hypothèse du chercheur,
hypothèse significative, hypothèse acceptée. (
): hypothèse unilatérale, hypothèse
bilatérale.
Alternative hypothesis,
non-null hypothesis.
| Type |
Notation |
Rôle |
| Hypothèse
nulle |
A = B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
|
| Hypothèse
alternative |
Unilatérale |
A
> B ou A < B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter, donc de confirmer
|
| Bilatérale |
A
B |
|
|
| Résultat
du test |
Décision/Conclusion |
Bonne
conclusion |
Mauvaise
conclusion |
| La
valeur P est supérieure au seuil de signification |
Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
Il
n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B |
A = B
|
| La
valeur P est inférieure au seuil de signification |
Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
Alors
j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence
significative entre A et B |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1928). On the use and
interpretation of certain test criteria for purposes of
statistical inference. Biometrika,
175-240/263-294. |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 289-337. |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1933). The testing of statistical hypotheses
in relation to probabilities a priori. Mathematical
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 29,
492-510. |
|
DENIS, D. (2001). Inferring the alternative hypothesis :
Risky business. Theory & Science, 2 (1).
[LIRE] |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse confirmée : Hypothèse
existentielle
vraie, donc confirmée, qui
se fonde sur des faits, qui
correspond à la réalité. =
hypothèse vraie, test
positif. Hypothèse confirmée et donnée
probante. Confirmation.
| |
|
|
KLAYMAN, J. & HA, Y. (1987). Confirmation,
disconfirmation, and information in hypothesis testing. Psychological
Review, 94 (2), 211-228. [PDF] |
|
ZUCKERMAN, M., KNEE. C.R., HODGINS, H.S. & MIYAKE, K.
(1995). Hypothesis confirmation : The joint effect of
positive test strategy and acquiescent response set. Journal
of Personality & Social Psychology, 68, 52–60. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Hypothèse existentielle
et Hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse de l'appariement : Voir Appariement.
Matching hypothesis.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse
de recherche : Hypothèse mise
à l'épreuve lors d'une recherche
scientifique. Généralement, c'est ce que soutient le
chercheur dans sa problématique.
Ce sont ses idées. Cette hypothèse fait généralement l'objet d'un
pararagraphe placé à la toute de fin du texte. Sur le plan
statistique, cette hypothèse, sauf exception, correspond à l'hypothèse
alternative. Hypothèse et objectif
de recherche.
Hypothesis testing.
| |
|
|
KLAYMAN, J. & HA, Y. (1989). Confirmation,
disconfirmation, and information in hypothesis testing.
Psychological Review, 94, 211-228. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse de Sapir-Whorf : Cette théorie, formulée par Sapir
et Whorf, postule que
certaines catégories linguistiques (concepts
et grammaire) façonnent notre perception du monde (alors que les
théories de l'époque prétendaient le contraire c-à-d que le
langage n'était que le reflet passif de la réalité physique et
sociale) = linguistic relativity
hypothesis. Sapir-Whorf hypothesis, SWH, Whorf
hypothesis.
| |
|
|
WHORF, B. (1956). In J.B. Carroll (Ed.), Language,
thought, and reality : Selected writings of Benjamin Lee
Whorf. Cambridge, MA : MIT Press.
[PDF] |
|
|
WHORF, B.L. (1956). The relation of habitual thought and
behavior to language. In J.B. Carroll (Ed.), Language,
thought, and reality (pp. 134-159). Cambridge, MA :
MIT Press. |
GILBERT, A.L., REGIER, T., KAY, P. & IVRY, R.B.
(2006). Whorf hypothesis is supported in the right visual
field but not the left. Proceedings of the National
Academy of Sciences, 103, 489-494. [PDF]
|
|
LUCY, J. & SHWEDER, R. (1979). Whorf and his critics :
Linguistic and nonlinguistic influences on color memory. American
Anthropologist, 81, 581-618. |
DRIVONIKOU, G.V., KAY, P., REGIER, T., IVRY, R.B.,
GILBERT, A.L., FRANKLIN, A. & DAVIES, I.R.L. (2007).
Further evidence that Whorfian effects are stronger in the
right visual field than the left. Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 104, 1097-1102. [PDF]
|
|
KAY, P. & KEMPTON, W. (1984). What is the Sapir-Whorf
hypothesis ? American Anthropologist, 86, 65-79.
[PDF] |
CASASANTO, D. (2008). Who's afraid of the Big Bad Whorf?
Cross-linguistic differences in temporal language and
thought. Language Learning, 58 (1), 63-79. |
|
HUNT, E. & BANAJI, M.R. (1988). The Whorfian
hypothesis revisited : A cognitive science view of
linguistic and cultural effects on thought. In J. Berry,
S. Irvine & E.B. Hunt (Eds.), Indigenous
cognition : Functioning in cultural context (pp.
57-84). Boston, MA : Martinus Nijhoff Publishers. [PDF]
|
PERLOVSKY, L.I. (2009). Language and emotions : Emotional
Sapir-Whorf hypothesis. Neural Networks, 22, 518–526.
[PDF] |
|
HUNT, E. & AGNOLI, F. (1991). The Whorfian hypothesis
: A cognitive psychology perspective. Psychological
Review, 98, 377–389. |
PRINZ, J. & REINES, F. (2009). Reviving Whorf : The
return of linguistic relativity. Philosophy Compass,
4, 1022-1032. |
|
ROBERSON, D., DAVIES, I. & DAVIDOFF, J. (2000). Colour
categories are not universal : Replications and new
evidence in favour of linguistic relativity. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 129, 369-398. |
REGIER, T. & KAY, P. (2009). Language, thought, and
color : Whorf was half right. Trends in Cognitive
Science, 13 (10), 439-446. [PDF]
|
|
BORODITSKY, L. (2001). Does language shape thought ?:
Mandarin and English speakers’ conceptions of time. Cognitive
Psychology, 43 (1), 1–22.
[PDF] |
KAY, P., REGIER, T., GILBERT, A.L. & IVRY, R.B.
(2009). Lateralized Whorf : Language influences perceptual
decision in the right visual field. In J.W. Minett &
W. Wang (Eds.), Language, evolution, and the
brain. Hong Kong : The City University of Hong Kong Press.
[PDF]
|
| OZGEN, E. & DAVIES, I.R.L. (2002). Acquisition of
categorical color perception : A perceptual learning
approach to the linguistic relativity hypothesis. Journal
of Experimental Psychology : General, 131, 477-493.
[PDF] |
DOLSCHEID, S., SHAYAN, S., MAJID, A. & CASASANTO, D.
(2011). The thickness of musical pitch : Psychophysical
evidence for the Whorfian hypothesis. In L. Carlson, C.
Hölscher & T. Shipley (Eds.), Proceedings of the 33rd
Annual Conference of the Cognitive Science Society (pp.
537-542). Austin, TX: Cognitive Science Society. |
|
GENTNER, D. & GOLDIN-MEADOW, S. (2003). Whither Whorf.
In D. Gentner and S. Goldin-Meadow (Eds.), Language
in mind : Advances in the study of language and thought
(pp. 3-14). Cambridge, MA : MIT Press. [PDF]
|
CASASANTO, D. (2012). Whorfian hypothesis. In J.L. Jackson
(Ed.), Oxford bibliographies online : Anthropology. New
York : Oxford University Press. |
| |
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hypothèse
du tampon social : Hypothèse
selon laquelle le soutien
social protège les individus
contre le stress.
Tampon social et facteur
de protection. Buffering hypothesis.
| |
|
|
COHEN, S. & McKAY, G. (1984). Social support, stress,
and the buffering hypothesis : A theoretical analysis. In
A. Baum, S.E. Taylor & J. Singer (Eds.), Handbook
of psychology and health (pp. 253-268). Hillsdale,
NJ : Erlbaum. |
|
COHEN, S. & WILLS, T.A. (1985). Stress, social support
and the buffering hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin,
98, 310-357. [PDF] |
|
FARMER, R.F. & SUNDBERG, N.D. (2010). Buffering
hypothess. In Corsini Encyclopedia of Psychology. |
|
|
Hypothèse existentielle (négative) : Hypothèse
qui nie l'existence d'un phénomène ou d'une classe de phénomènes.
EX: Il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses.
En science, cette forme d'hypothèse est habituellement utilisée en
conjonction avec une hypothèse
falsifiable. En effet, on ne peut pas montrer de façon
définitive que l'hypothèse falsifiable Tous les éléphants
sont gris est vraie car, pour y parvenir, il faudrait
observer tous les éléphants, de tous les mondes, de toutes les
époques (vaste programme, comme dirait De Gaulle). Cependant,
l'hypothèse qui possède un quantificateur
universel - un Tout - équivaut logiquement à
nier l'existence d'autres phénomènes (Si tous les éléphants sont
gris, il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses ou mauves). Si cette
hypothèse existentielle négative est contredite par les faits - on
vient de découvrir un éléphant rose sur la planète Éthilyc 12 -
l'hypothèse falsifiable sera alors falsifiée, donc définitivement
fausse. Utilisée seule, cette hypothèse a peu de valeur car, si
elle peut être contredite par les faits, il est impossible de
démontrer qu'elle est vraie puisque, pour y parvenir, il faudrait
passer en revue tous les lieux, de tous les mondes, de toutes les
époques (en tout monde, en
tout temps) où l'on observer un éléphant. =
affirmation existentielle négative.
| Peut
être confirmée |
OU |
Peut
être infirmée |
| NON |
Oui |
|
Hypothèse existentielle (positive) : Se dit
d'une hypothèse scientifique formulée de
manière à ce que l'on puisse montrer qu'elle est vraie car
confirmée pas les faits.
Logiquement, ce type d'hypothèse affirme l'existence d'un phénomène
(Il existe un x...). Si cette affirmation peut être
confirmée, elle demeure infalsibiable.
EX: Il existe des éléphants gris. Si on trouve
effectivement un éléphant de cette couleur, l'hypothèse sera
confirmée, donc définitivement vraie en ce monde; par ailleurs, si
on ne trouve pas d'éléphant gris, cela ne nous autorise pas à
déclarer l'hypothèse définitivement
fausse puisque cet éléphant peut exister ailleurs, dans un
autre monde ou à une autre époque (en
tout monde, en tout temps).
= affirmation existentielle positive.
| Peut
être définitivement vraie |
OU |
Peut
être définitivement fausse |
| OUI |
NON |
|
Hypothèse falsifiable : Hypothèse falsifiée : Pour Popper,
se dit d'une hypothèse scientifique
formulée de manière à ce que l'on puisse montrer qu'elle est
fausse, puisque contredite pas les faits
(Tous les x sont...), Logiquement, cette hypothèse utilise
un quantificateur
universel, qui nie l'existence d'une classe de phénomème. EX:
Tous les éléphants sont gris est une hypothèse falsifiable, qui
équivaut logiquement à : Il n'existe pas d'éléphants roses.
Si on trouve effectivement un éléphant de couleur rose (phénomène
ou classe de phénomènes qui n'est pas censé exister), on dira que
l'hypothèse est fausse ou falsifiée, car contredite par les faits;
par ailleurs, si on ne trouve pas d'éléphant rose, l'hypothèse
sera considérée comme temporairement
vraie ou corroborée (et non confirmée)
jusqu'à preuve du contraire. En résumé, une hypothèse falsifiable
peut être temporairement vraie ou définitvement
fausse. = hypothèse réfutée.
/hypothèse
corroborée.
| |
| Peut
être définitivement vraie |
OU |
Peut
être définitivement fausse |
| NON |
OUI |
|
Hypothèse
infirmée : Hypothèse existentielle
fausse, donc infirmée,
qui ne correspond pas à la réalité, aux faits.
= hypothèse
fausse, hypothèse réfutée,
test négatif. Disconfirmation,
empirical disconfirmation.
| |
|
|
BANDURA, A. (1968). On empirical disconfirmations of
equivocal deductions with insufficient data. Journal
of Consulting & Clinical Psychology, 32, 247-249.
[PDF] |
|
WOLFORD, G. & BOWER, G.H. (1969). Continuity theory
revisited : Rejected for the wrong resasons ?
Psychological Review, 76 (5), 515-518. [PDF] |
|
RESCHER, N. (1971). Counterfactual hypotheses, laws, and
dispositions. Noûs, 5, 157-178. |
|
KLAYMAN, J. & HA, Y.W. (1987). Confirmation,
disconfirmation, and information in hypothesis-testing.
Psychological Review, 94, 211-228. |
|
| SCHERRER,
B. (1984). Biostatistique. Chicoutimi : Gaëtan
Morin. |
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse nulle : H0 : Hypothèse
statistique formulée lors d'un test
d'hypothèse et que le chercheur souhaite généralement
rejeter. Cette forme d'hypothèse, proposée par Neyman
et Pearson, postule qu'il
n'y a pas de différence entre A et B (A et B étant des groupes ou
des mesures). Notez A = B. En dépit de sa notation, elle est
formulée de manière à être rejetée. Autrement dit, on n'accepte
jamais l'hypothèse nulle. En effet, si on rejette l'hypothèse
nulle, il faut, à défaut d'autres options, accepter l'hypothèse
alternative, qui correspond généralement à l'hypothèse que
soutient le chercheur et qui affirme qu'il existe une différence significative entre A et B. Par contre, si on ne
rejette pas cette hypothèse, on ne peut conclure à son égalité (A
= B) puisque la probabilité que cela soit vraie est extrêment
faible. Alors plutôt que d'affirmer que l'hypothèse est acceptée,
et que A = B, on dira simplement que l'hypothèse ne peut être
rejetée et qu'il n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre
A et B. Il existe même une revue scientifique - Journal
of Articles in Support of the Null Hypothesis - qui
ne publie que les recherche dont l'hypothèse nulle a été
confirmée. Hypothèse nulle, valeur
de P et ampleur
de l'effet. =
contre-hypothèse, hypothèse zéro, hypothèse de non-différence, Ho,
hypothèse non-significative, hypothèse rejetée.
Null hypothesis, null results, null hypothesis
significance testing, NHST.
| |
| Type |
Notation |
Rôle |
| Hypothèse
nulle |
A = B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
|
| Hypothèse
aternative |
Unilatérale |
A > B
ou A < B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter, donc de confirmer
|
| Bilatérale |
A
B |
| |
|
| |
| Résultat
du test |
Décision/Conclusion |
Bonne
conclusion |
Mauvaise
conclusion |
| La
valeur P est supérieure au seuil de signification |
Je
ne rejette pas l'hypothèse nulle... |
Il
n'y a donc pas de différence significative entre A et B |
A = B
|
| La
valeur P est inférieure au seuil de signification |
Je
rejette l'hypothèse nulle... |
Alors
j'accepte l'hypothèse alternative : il y a une différence
significative entre A et B |
|
| |
|
| |
|
|
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1928). On the use and
interpretation of certain test criteria for purposes of
statistical inference. Biometrika,
175-240/263-294. |
ANDERSON, D.R., BURNHAM, K.P. & THOMPSON, W.L. (2000).
Null hypothesis testing : Problems, prevalence, and an
alternative. Journal of Wildlife Management, 6,
912-923. [PDF] |
| |
BAYARRI, M.J. & BERGER, J.O. (2000). P values for
composite null models. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 95 (452), 1127-1172. |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, S.E. (1933). On the problem of
the most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society, 289-337. |
NICKERSON, R.S. (2000). Null hypothesis significance
testing : A review of an old and continuing controversy. Psychological
Methods, 5 (2), 241-301. [PDF] |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1933). The testing of statistical hypotheses
in relation to probabilities a priori. Mathematical
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 29,
492-510 |
VACHA-HAASE, T., NILSSON, J.E., REETZ, D.R., LANCE, T.S.
& THOMPSON, B. (2000). Reporting practices and APA
editorial policies regarding statistical significance and
effect size. Theory & Psychology, 10,
413-425. |
|
ROZEBOOM, W.W. (1960). The fallacy of the null-hypothesis
signifiance test. Psychological Bulletin, 57,
416-428. [LIRE] |
SELLKE, T., BAYARRI, M.J. & BERGER, J.O. (2001).
Calibration of p values for testing precise null
hypotheses. American Statistician, 55 (1),
62-71. [PDF] |
|
WILSON, W., MILLER, H.L. & LOWER, J.S. (1967). Much
ado about the null hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin,
67 (3), 188-196. |
HOWARD, G.S., MAXWELL, S.E. & FLEMING, K.J. (2000).
The proof of the pudding : An illustration of the relative
strengths of null hypothesis, meta-analysis, and Bayesian
analysis. Psychological Methods, 5 (3),
315-332. [PDF] |
|
SPIELMAN, S. (1974). The logic of tests of significance. Philosophy
of Science, 41, 211-225. |
KRUEGER, J. (2001). Null hypothesis significance testing :
On the survival of a flawed method. American
Psychologist, 56 (1), 16-26. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
GREENWALD, A.G. (1975). Consequences of prejudice against
the null hypothesis. Psychological Bulletin, 82
(1), 1-20. [PDF] |
GUTHERY, F.S., LUSK, J.J. & PETERSON, M.J. (2001). The
fall of the null hypothesis : Liabilities and
opportunities. Journal of Wildlife Management, 65, 379-384. |
|
ROSENTHAL, R. (1979). The "file drawer problem" and
tolerance for null results. Psychological Bulletin,
86, 638-641. |
TRYON, W.W. (2001). Evaluating statistical difference,
equivalence, and indeterminancy using inferential
confidence intervals : An integrated alternative method of
conducting null hypothesis statistical tests.
Psychological Methods, 6 (4), 371-386. [PDF] |
|
GARDNER, M.J. & ALTMAN, D.G. (1986). Confidence
intervals rather than P values : Estimation rather than
hypothesis testing. British Medical Journal, 292, 746-750.
[PDF] |
SCHMIDT, F. & HUNTER, J. (2002). Are there benefits
from NHST ? American Psychologist, 57, 65-71. [PDF] |
|
BERGER, J.O. & SELLKE, T. (1987). Testing a point null
hypothesis : The irreconcilability of p values and
evidence. Journal of the American Statistical
Association, 82, 112-122. [PDF] |
BROWN, G.R. & SILK, J.B. (2002). Reconsidering the
null hypothesis : Is maternal rank associated with birth
sex ratios in primate groups ? Proceedings of the
National Academy of Sciences, 99 (17),
11252-11255. [PDF] |
|
HARCUM, E.R. (1990). Distinction between tests of data or
theory : Null versus disconfirming results. American
Journal of Psychology, 103, 359-366. |
SHAFFER, J.P. (2002). Multiplicity, directional (Type III)
errors, and the null hypothesis. Psychological
Methods, 7 (3), 356-369. [PDF] |
|
TURKHEIMER, E. & GOTTESMAN, I.I. (1991). Is H2 = 0 a
null hypothesis anymore ? Behavioral & Brain
Sciences, 14, 410-411. |
ALCOCK, J.E. (2003). Give the null hypothesis a chance :
Reasons to remain doubtful about the existence of psi.
Journal of Consciousness Studies, 10 (6-7), 29-50.
[PDF] |
| |
LECOUTRE, M-P., POITEVINEAU, J. & LECOUTRE, B. (2003).
Even statisticians are not immune to misinterpretations of
null hypothesis significance tests. International
Journal of Psychology, 38 (1), 37-45. |
| |
MORGAN, P.L. (2003). Null hypothesis significance testing
: Philosophical and practical considerations of a
statistical controversy. Exceptionality, 1 (4),
209-221. |
|
HEDGES, L.V., COOPER, H.M. & BUSHMAN, B.J. (1992).
Testing the null hypothesis in meta-analysis. A comparison
of combined probability and confidence interval
procedures. Psychological Bulletin, 111,
188-194. |
EFRON, B. (2004). Large-scale simultaneous hypothesis
testing : The choice of a null hypothesis. Journal of
the American Statistical Association, 99 (465),
96-104. [PDF] |
|
COHEN, J. (1994). The earth is round (p < .05). American
Psychologist, 49, 997-1003. [PDF] |
BALLUERKA, N., GOMEZ, J. & HILDAGO, D. (2005). The
controversy over null hypothesis significance testing
revisited. Methodology, 1, 55-70. |
|
FRICK, R.W. (1996). The appropriate use of null hypothesis
testing. Psychological Methods, 1 (4), 379-390. [PDF] |
KILLEEN, P.R. (2005). An alternative to null hypothesis
statistical tests. Psychological Science, 16, 345-353.
[PDF] |
|
| |
MacCALLUM, R.C., BROWNE, M.W. & CAI, L. (2006).
Testing differences between nested covariance structure
models : Power analysis and null hypotheses. Psychological
Methods 11, 19–35. |
|
MALGADY, R.G. (1996). The question of cultrual bias in
assessment and diagnosis of ethnic minority clients :
Let’s reject the null hypothesis. Professional
Psychology : Research & Practice, 77, 73-77. |
WILSON, D.B. & SHADISH, W.R. (2006). On blowing
trumpets to the tulips : To prove or not to prove the null
hypothesis : Comment on Bösch, Steinkamp and Boller
(2006). Psychological Bulletin, 132, 524-528. |
| |
GIBBONS, J.M., CROUT, N.M & t HEALEY, J.R. (2007).
What role should null-hypothesis significance tests have
in statistical education and hypothesis falsification ? Trends
in Ecology & Evolution, 22 (9), 445-446. |
|
HAGEN, R.L. (1997). In praise of the null hypothesis
statistical test. American Psychologist, 52,
15-24.
[PDF] |
ROUDER, J.N., MOREY, R.D., SPRECKMAN, P.L. & PRATTE,
M.S. (2007). Detecting chance : A solution to the null
sensitivity problem in subliminal priming. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 14 (4), 597-605. [PDF] |
| |
LEVINE, T.R., WEBER, R., HULLETT, C., PARK, H.S. &
MASSI-LINDSAY, L.L. (2008). A critical assessment of null
hypothesis significance testing in quantitative
communication research. Human Communication Research,
34, 171-187. [PDF]
+ [PDF] |
|
KERR, N.L. (1998). HARKing : Hypothesizing after the
results are known. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 2 (3), 196-217. |
ROUDER, J.N., SPRECKMAN, P.L., SUN, D. & MOREY, R.D.
(2009). Bayesian t tests for accepting and rejecting the
null hypothesis. Psychonomic Bulletin & Review,
16 (2), 225-237. [PDF] |
|
NIX, T.W. & BARNETT J.J. (1998). The data analysis
dilemma : ban or abandon. A review of null hypothesis
significance testing. Research in the Schools 5, 3-14. |
BALLUERKA, N., IRAETA, A.I.V. & GRAS, J.A. (2009).
Calculating the main alternatives to
null-hypothesis-significance testing in between-subject
experimental designs. Psicothema, 21 (1),
141-151. [PDF] |
|
TRYON, W.W. (1998). The inscrutable null hypothesis. American
Psychologist, 53, 796. |
GALLISTEL, C.R. (2009). The importance of proving the
null. Psychological Review, 116 (2), 439-453. [PDF] |
| |
WETZELS, R., RAAIJMAKERS, J.G.W., JAKAB, E. &
WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. (2009). How to quantify support for and
against the null hypothesis : A flexible WinBUGS
implementation of a default Bayesian t test. Psychonomic
Bulletin & Review, 16, 752-760. [PDF] |
|
WAINER, H. (1999). One cheer for null hypothesis
significance testing. Psychological Methods, 4 (2),
212-213.
[PDF] |
LOFTUS, G.R. (2010). The null hypothesis.
Encyclopedia of Research Design : Sage Publications. [PDF] |
|
KRANTZ, D.H. (1999). The null hypothesis testing
controversy in psychology. Journal of the American
Statistical Association, 94, 1372-1381. |
WISEMAN, R. (2010). "Heads i win, tails you lose" : How
parapsychologists nullify null results. Skeptical
Inquirer, 34 (1), 36-39.
[PDF] |
|
SACROWITZ, H. & SAMUEL-CAHN, E. (1999). P values as
random variables - Expected P values. The American
Statistician, 53 (4), 326-331 |
CARTER, C. (2010). "Heads i lose, tails you win", Or, How
Richard Wiseman nullifies positive results, and what to do
about it : A response to Wiseman’s (2010) Critique of
parapsychology. Journal of the Society for Psychical
Research, 74, 156-167.
[PDF] |
|
GILL, J. (1999), The insignificance of null hypothesis
significance testing. Political Research Quarterly, 52
(3), 647-674. |
FERGUSON, C.J. & HEENE, M. (2012). A vast graveyard of
undead theories : Publication bias and psychological
science's aversion to the null. Perspectives on
Psychological Science, 7, 555-561. [PDF] |
|
ANDREWS, K. & HUSS, B. (2014). Anthropomorphism,
anthropectomy, and the null hypothesis. Biology
Philos. 29, 711-729. |
|
MOREY, R.D. & WAGENMAKERS, E.-J. (2014). Simple
relation between Bayesian order-restricted and point-null
hypothesis tests. Statistics & Probability
Letters, 92, 121–124. [PDF] |
|
SCHNEIDER, J.W. (2015). Null hypothesis significance
tests. A mix-up of two di erent theories : the basis for
widespread confusion and numerous misinterpretations. Scientometrics,
102 (1), 411-432. |
|
HOWE, M.L. & OTGAAR, H. (2020). Theoretically
important failures to reject the null hypothesis :
introduction to a special section of memory. Memory,
28 (7), 837-838. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi
Inférence statistique, Ampleur
de l'effet, Hypothèse
statistique, Biais
de publication et
Hypothèse |
| |
|
|
Hypothèse
opérationnelle : Hypothèse
que l'on formule de manière à pouvoir la confronter aux faits.
Les concepts de cette hypothèse ont été traduits en des
termes observables et mesurables (donc opérationnalisés).
Habituellement formulée lors de la conception de
l'outil de collecte de données. NDLR :
Même bien formulée, une hypothèse peut être fausse.
= Hypothèse vérifiable ou falsifiable, hypothèse
correctement formulée, hypothèse claire et précise. Operational
hypothesis.
| |
| Type |
Formulation |
Problème
? |
| Hypothèse
non-opérationnelle |
Plus les
humains sont vieux, plus ils sont riches |
Vieux = ?
Riches = ?
|
| Hypothèse
opérationnelle |
Les
humains de plus de 50 ans ont un revenu personnel (salaire
+ autres revenus) supérieur à la moyenne de la population
de leur pays |
Cette hypothèse peut être confrontées aux
faits (même si elle n'est pas = sur le plan sémantique à
sa version non-opérationnelle)
|
|
|
| |
|
|
MOSHMAN, D. (1979). Development of formal
hypothesis-testing ability. Developmental Psychology,
15 (2), 104-112. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse Ortega : Hypothèse selon
laquelle la science peut
progresser même lorsque les chercheurs font de la mauvaise
science. Ortega hypothesis.
| |
|
|
ORTEGA y GASSET, J. (1929/85). The revolt of the
masses. W.W. Norton and Co. |
|
COLE, J. & COLE, S. (1972). The Ortega hypothesis.
Science, 178, 368-375. |
|
OROMANER, M. (1983). The Ortega hypothesis and influential
articles in American sociology. Scientometrics, 7
(1), 3-10. |
|
NEDERHOF, A.J. & VAN REAN, T. (1987). Citation theory
and the Ortega hypothesis. Scientometrics, 12
(5), 325-328 |
|
SZÀVA-KOVÀTS, E. (2004). The false "Ortega hypothesis" : a
literature science case study. Journal of Information
Science, 30 (6), 496-508. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse
personnelle : Hypothèse que
l'on formule pour expliquer le comportement d'autrui. Hypothèse
personnelle, inférence et
attribution.
| |
|
|
SNYDER, M. & SWANN, M. (1978). Behavioral confirmation
in social interaction : From social perception to social
reality. Journal of Experimental Social Psychology,
14, 148-162. |
|
SNYDER, M. & SWANN, M. (1978). Hypothesis-testing
processes in social interaction. Journal of
Personality & Social Psychology, 36, 1202-1212. |
|
SNYDER, M. & CANTOR, N. (1979). Testing hypotheses
about other people : The use of historical knowledge. Journal
of Experimental Social Psychology, 75, 330-342. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse
post hoc : En recherche, règle méthodologique proposée
par Kerr pour proscrire la
formulation d'hypothèse une fois que les données d'une recherche
sont disponibles, sont analysées. Selon lui, dans le cadre de la
démarche scientifique, il faut logiquement proposer une hypothèse
avant la collecte de données, et non après. HARKing
| |
|
|
KERR, N.L. (1998). HARKing : Hypothesizing after the
results are known. Personality & Social
Psychology Review, 2 (3), 196-217. |
|
LEUNG, K. (2011). Presenting post hoc hypotheses as a
priori : Ethical and theoretical issues. Management
& Organization Review, 7, 471-479. |
|
MAZZOLA, J.J. & DEULING, J.K. (2013). Forgetting what
we learned as graduate students : HARKing and selective
outcome reporting in I-O journal articles. Industrial
& Organizational Psychology : Perspectives on
Science & Practice, 6 (3), 279-284. |
|
RUBIN, M. (2017). When does HARKing hurt ? Identifying
when different types of undisclosed post hoc hypothesizing
harm scientific progress. Review of General
Psychology, 21 (4), 308-320. [PDF]
|
|
HOLLENBECK, J.R. & WRIGHT, P.M. (2017). Harking,
sharking, and tharking : Making the case for post hoc
analysis of scientific data. Journal of Management,
43, 5-18. |
|
VANCOUVER, J.N. (2018). In defense of HARKing.
Industrial & Organizational Psychology, 11,
73-80. |
|
|
Voir aussi Kerr, Prédire
et Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse
principale : Hypothèse
centrale d'une théorie sur
laquelle repose toute l'édifice logique de l'explication (et donc
de la problématique du chercheur). =
hypothèse centrale, noyau dur de l'explication.
Primary hypothesis.
|
|
|
Hypothèse
scientifique : Hypothèse
formulée dans le cadre d'une recherche
scientifique. Scientific hypothese.
| |
|
|
BOLLES, R.C. (1962). The difference between statistical
hypotheses and scientific hypotheses. Psychological
Reports, 11, 639-645. |
|
GASPARYAN, A.Y., AYVAZYAN, L., MUKANOVA, U., YESSIRKEPOV,
M. & KITAS, G.D. (2019). ScientifichHypotheses :
Writing, promoting, and predicting implications. Journal
of Korean Medical Science, 34 (45), 1-10. [PDF]
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse |
|
|
Hypothèse statistique : Sur le plan logique, il s'agit des deux
hypothèses - nulle et
alternative - qui couvrent toutes les
possibilités logiques (vraie ou fausse) de l'hypothèse
de recherche. Ces deux hypothèses sont formulées de manière mutuellement exclusive, ce qui permet de choisir l'une ou l'autre.
( ): hypothèse
nulle et hypothèse
alternative.
Statistical hypotheses.
| |
| Type |
Notation |
Rôle |
| Hypothèse
nulle |
A = B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente de rejeter
|
| Hypothèse
alternative |
Unilatérale |
A
> B ou A < B |
Hypothèse que le chercheur tente d'accepter, donc de confirmer
|
| Bilatérale |
A
B |
| |
|
| |
| |
|
FISHER, R.A. (1923). Statistical tests of agreement
between observation and hypothesis. Economica, 3
(8), 139–147. |
LOFTUS, G.R. (1991). On the tyranny of hypothesis testing
in the social sciences. Contemporary Psychology, 36, 102-105. |
|
NEYMAN, J. & PEARSON, E.S. (1933). On the problem
ofthe most efficient tests of statistical hypotheses. Philosophical
Transactions of the Royal Society of London, Series A,
231, 289-337. |
LEHMANN, E.L. (1993). The Fisher, Neyman-Pearson theories
of testing hypotheses : One theory or two ? Journal
ofthe American Statistical Association, 88, 1242-1249. |
|
NEYMAN, J. (1933). The testing of statistical hypotheses
in relation to probabilities a priori. Mathematical
Proceedings of the Cambridge Philosophical Society, 29,
492-510. |
ROGERS, T.W., GIERL, M.J. & LEIGHTON, J.P. (2004).
Some thoughts on best practices for statistical hypothesis
testing. CERA News. The Newsletter of the Canadian
Educational & Researchers' Association, 4-7. |
|
HODGES, J.L. & LEHMANN, E.L. (1954). Testing the
approximate validity of statistical hypotheses. Journal
of the Royal Statistical Society, B, 16, 261-268. |
|
|
BOLLES, R.C. (1962). The difference between statistical
hypotheses and scientific hypotheses. Psychological
Reports, 11, 639-645. |
FIDLER, F. & LOFTUS, G.R. (2009). Why hypothesis
testing is misunderstood : Hypotheses and data. Zeitschrift
fuer Psychologie, 217, 27-27. |
|
EDWARDS, W. (1965). Tactical note on the relation between
scientific and statistical hypotheses. Psychological
Bulletin, 63, 400-402. |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Hypothèse, Test
d'hypothèse et Vérification
d'une hypothèse |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hyslop James Hervey (1854-1920) : Psychologue,
philosophe et logicien
américain. Il est l'un des 33 premiers membres de
l'APA.
 |
HYSLOP, J.H. (1982/1907). The elements of logic :
Theoretical and practical. C. Scribner's sons. |
|
HYSLOP, J.H. (1895). Elements of psychology. New
York : Columbia College. [LIRE]
|
|
HYSLOP, J.H. (1899). Professor Munsterberg on mysticism.
Psychological Review, 6 (3), 292-298. |
|
HYSLOP, J.H. (1899). Syllabus of psychology. |
|
HYSLOP, J.H. & PRICE, W.F. (1915-1917). The Doris
Case of Multiple Personality. |
|
|
ROYCE, J. (1895). The elements of ethics. by James H.
Hyslop. International Journal of Ethics, 6 (1),
113-117. |
|
|
|
Hystérie : Hystérique : Trouble
de symptôme somatique décrit par le DSM-V, étudié à l'origine par Charcot,
Breuer et Freud. Au
sens large et usuel, le mot désigne une conduite irrationnelle,
désorganisée et excessive, que l'on associe plus souvent aux
femmes qu'aux hommes. = trouble de
conversion, névrose hystérique de type conversif.
( ): hystérie d’angoisse,
hystérie de conversion. Hysteria.
| |
|
| WHYTT, R. (1777). Traité des maladies nerveuses,
hypochondriaques et hystériques. Paris : Didot F.
Lib. |
BRADY, J.P & LIND, D.L. (1961). Experimental analysis
of hysterical blindness. Archives of General
Psychiatry, 4, 331-339. |
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1882). Sur les divers états nerveux
déterminés par l'hypnotisation chez les hystériques. Comptes-rendus
hebdomadaires des séances de l'Académie des Sciences. |
GREEN, A. (1964). Névrose obsessionnelle et hystérie,
leurs relations chez Freud et depuis. Revue Française
de Psychanalyse, 28 (5-6), 679-716. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1890). La nutrition dans
l'hystérie. |
ZETZEL, E. (1968). The so-called good hysteric. The
International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 49,
256-260. |
|
CHARCOT, J.M. (1891). Sur un cas d'amnésie
rétro-antérograde, probablement d'origine hystérique. Revue
de Médecine, 12. |
BARRAUD, H.J. (1970). Étude comparée de l'hystérie chez
Pierre Janet et chez Freud. Bulletin de Psychologie,
23 (17-19), 1133-1134. |
|
BREUER, J. & FREUD, S. (1895). Studies on
hysteria. / Études sur l'hystérie.
Paris. Presses Universitaires de France. / London : Hogarth
Press. |
LAPLANCHE, J. (1973). L'hystérie aujourd'hui, Rapport au
Congrès international de psychanalyse à Paris, juillet
1973. The International Journal of Psychoanalysis,
55, 459-469. |
|
GILLES DE LA TOURETTE, G. (1895). Traité clinique et
thérapeutique de l'hystérie d'après l'enseignement de La
Salpêtrière. Paris : Plon. |
COMPTON, A.S. (1974). Who's hysterical ? Journal of
Sex & Marital Therapy, 1 (2), 158-174. |
|
FREUD, S. (1905/2010). Fragment d'une analyse
d'hystérie. Paris : Payot. |
KOHON, G. (1984). Reflections on Dora ; the case of
hysteria. The International Journal of
Psychoanalysis, 65 (1), 73-84. |
|
PUTNAM, J.J. (1906). Recent experiences in the study and
treatment of hysteria at the Massachusetts General
Hospital; with remarks on Freud's method of treatment by
"psycho-analysis". Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 1,
26-41. |
SCHAEFFER, J. (1985). Le rubis a horreur du rouge,
relation et contre-investissement hystériques. Revue
Française de Psychanalyse, 50 (3), 923-944. |
|
BINET, A. et SIMON, T. (1909). Hystérie. L'année
psychologique, 16, 67-122.
[PDF] |
ROSOLATO, G. (1988). L'hystérie, névrose d'inconnu.
Topique, 41, 20-46. |
|
BERNHEIM, H. (1913). L'hystérie : Doctrine de Breuer
et Freud. Paris : Fayard. Octave Doin et fils
éditeurs. |
LANOUZIÈRE, A.J. & RICHARD, F. (1999). Problèmes
de l'hystérie. Dunod. |
|
BORNSTEIN, B. (1946). Hysterical twilight states in an
eight-year-old child. Psychoanalytic Study of the
Child, 2, 229-240. |
BOLLAS, C. (2000). Hysteria. Routledge : London. |
|
PROCTOR, J.T. (1958). Hysteria in childhood. American
Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 28, 394-407. |
GUTTIERES-GREEN, L. (2003/4). Hystérie éternelle, encore
et toujours. Revue Française de Psychanalyse, 67,
1139-1158. [PDF]
|
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2011). Hysteria after Charcot :
Back to the future. Frontiers of Nerurology &
Neuriscience, 29, 137-161. |
BOUGOUSSLAVSKY, J., WALUNSKI, O. & VEYRUNES, D.
(2009). Crime, hysteria and Belle Époque hypnotism : The
path traced by Jean-Martin Charcot and Georges Gilles de
la Tourette. European Neurology, 62, 193-199. |
|
BOGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2011). Hysteria after Charcot :
Back to the future. Frontiers of Nerurology &
Neuriscience, 29, 137-161.
|
|
BOUGOUSSLAVSKY, J. (2016). The mysteries of hysteria. Neurosciences
& History, 2 (2), 54-73. [PDF] |
|
ABSE, D.W. (1959). Hysteria. In S. Arieti (Ed.), American
handbook of psychiatry (Vol. 1). New York : Basic
Books. |
GIMENEZ-ROLDAN, S. (2016). Clinical history of Blanche
Wittman and current knowledge of psychogenic non-epileptic
seizures. Neurosciences & History, 4 (4),
122-129. [PDF] |
|
|
|
Voir aussi Dora et Trouble
de symptome somatique |
|
|
Hystérie de conversion : Hysterical
conversion.
| |
|
|
FREUD, S. (1905/2010). Fragment d'une analyse
d'hystérie. Paris : Payot. |
|
LADER, M.H. & SARTORIUS, N. (1968). Anxiety in
patients with hysterical conversion symptoms. Journal
of Neurology, Neurosurgery & Psychiatry, 31,
490-495. |
|
BENDFELDT, F., MILLER, L.L. & LUDWIG, A.M. (1976).
Cognitive performance in conversion hysteria. Archives
of General Psychiatry, 33, 1250-1254. |
|
|
Voir aussi Hystérie |
|
|
| HABILETÉ
- HABITUDE - HAC
- HALL - HAP - HARCÈLEMENT
- HARLOW - HE - HEBB
- HI - HILGARD -
HO - HOMME - HU -
HULL - HY - Début |
|
|
Comment
citer ce site ?  |
|
Pl@nète
Psy©/Claude Goulet |
![[]](http://m3.moostik.net/img/?pseudo=gouc&cpt=definitionsh&option=invisible)
